Verses 21, 22, 23, 24.
But I had pity for mine holy Name, which the house of Israel had profaned among the heathen, whither they went.
Therefore say unto the house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord God, I do not this for your sakes, O house of Israel, but for mine holy Names sake, which ye have profaned among the heathen, whither ye went.
And I will sanctifie my great Name which was profaned among the heathen, which ye have profaned in the midst of them; and the heathen shall know that I am the Lord, saith the Lord God, when I shall be sanctified in you, before their eyes.
For I will take you from among the heathen, and gather you out of all Countreys, and will bring you into your own Land.
THese verses contain the ground of the Jews restauration, which is the fourth general part of the Chapter; they being in captivity, and sinning there greatly, they caused the name of God to be profaned by the heathens, and so deserving nothing but confusion, he pityed them, and for his names sake delivered them; which name of God is set out by two adjuncts, or epithites.
Vers. 21. But I had pity for my holy Name.
The Hebrew is, And I spared upon the Name of my holinesse; that is, I spared them upon the account of my holy Name; I would not suffer that to be profaned so by the heathen, and therefore did deliver them. The Septuagint is [...], I spared them for my holy Names sake, I had a tender respect unto my Name, which being holy, I would not suffer to lye under heathenish oblequies.
Which the house of Israel had profaned among the heathen whither they went.
God is stiled in Scripture, The Holy One of Jacob, Isa: 29.23. The Holy One of Israel, Psal: 78.41. The Holy One, Isa: 40.23. And the Jews above all Nations and People in the world should have had a special care of the name of their God, that the holinesse thereof might have been maintained; but they forgat God in Babylon, did wickedly, and so gave occasion to the heathens to blaspheme his holy Name.
Vers. 22. I do not this for your sakes, O house of Israel.
They deserved not such a mercy at the hands of God, as reduction out of Babylon into Canaan; they were defiled with bloud and idolatry, which moved God to cast them out of their Land, and scatter them among the heathen, but they did nothing to incline God to shew them the least favour; had they had according to their deserts, they should never have been set at liberty, but have perished utterly in their captivity: They might think, because they were circumcised, came of David, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and were the only people God had in the world, that therefore God would do much for their sakes; but to take them off from such conceits, the Lord makes open profession, that what he was about to do, was not for their sakes.
But for mine holy Names sake.
Gods name is sometimes put for himself, as Psal. 33.21. We have trusted in his holy Name; that is, in God himself: Sometimes its put for his power, Prov: 18.10. The name of the Lord is a strong Tower; that is, his Omnipotence is such a Tower: Sometimes its put for the Attributes and divine perfections of God, Psal. 8.1. O Lord, how excellent is thy name in all the earth! that is, How excellent are thine Attributes! Sometimes its put for the fame and glory of God, as 2 Sam: 7.23. To make himself a name; that was, to make himself famous and glorious. The two last may be understood here by name: the heathens said, God was not wise, not faithfull, not omnipotent, that would let his people go into captivity, and become servants unto us; yea, its evident by his peoples doings what a God he is; they are an unholy people, and he is an unholy God; and so his fame and glory were eclipsed: therefore saith God, For mine holy Names sake, which ye have profaned among the Heathen, I will vindicate my name, and make heathens know, and you know that I am a wise, a faithfull, an Allmighty, and holy God.
Vers. 23. And I will sanctifie my great name.
I will vindicate my name from all aspersions laid upon it, and make it known to Heathens, and to you O house of Israel, by punishing them for their idolatry and other wickednesses, and by bringing you out of captivity, that I am a God of power, wisdome, faithfullnesse and holinesse. God sanctifies his name when he clears it from disgrace and reproach cast thereupon, and makes it appear as it is in it self, glorious and holy. Gods name hath many Epithites given unto it in the Word; its said to be glorious, Ps. 72.19. Excellent, Psal. 148.13. Dreadful, Mal. 1.14. Holy, vers. 21. of this Chapter; and here Great. God hath done great and wonderfull things in the world, whereupon he hath a great name, not only in Israel, Psal. 76.1. but all the [Page 306] world over, Psal: 8.9. Many men have had great names, yet nothing comparable to the name of the Lord.
Which was profaned among the Heathen, which ye have profaned in the midst of them.
The Jews being under the Babylonish yoke for their sins, did not humble themselves before God, repent and turn from their wicked wayes, that so Gods name might have been sanctified among the Heathen; but they persisted in their wicked wayes, and were worse than the Heathens among whom they were scattered, and so occasioned the Heathens to speak evill of their God, their Religion, and Worship; and not only so, but themselves profaned Gods name, they rejected the God of Israel and his wayes, saying, We will be as the Heathen, as the familyes of the Countryes, to serve wood and stone, Ezek: 20.32. They made the God of Israel like the heathen gods, and his wayes like theirs; which was a great profanation of him and his name.
And the heathens shall know that I am the Lord, saith the Lord God, when I shall be sanctified in you, before their eyes.
When the Lord should manifest his mercy towards them, and put forth his power to bring them out of Babylon, then was he sanctified in the midst of them, then he did vindicate his name from all aspersions, and made the Jews and Babylonians know, that he was an holy, faithful, wise, merciful, and an Allmighty God; he would make his name honourable before them all, which had been profaned.
Vers. 24. For I will take you from among the Heathen.
The Heathen make full account you are theirs, that you shall [Page 307] never get out of their borders, or return into your own Land; they think that their idol gods are stronger then I, who am the God of Israel; but they shall find it otherwise, for I will by a strong hand take you from among the heathen,
And gather you out of all Countreys.
They were dispersed into divers Countreys, into the 127 Provinces that were under Ahasuerus his government, Esther 3.8. & it seemed improbable that they should ever be gathered out of so many Countreys; but the Lord tells them for their comfort, that he would gather them out of all Countreys; no distance of place, or difficulty in any place, should impede his Congregating of them.
And will bring you into your own Land.
After the seaventy years of their captivity were expired, the Lord set them at liberty, and brought them back to the Land of Canaan, their own Land, because they inherited it from their fathers, unto whom the Lord had given it. This was a glorious and great work, viz: the bringing the Jews out of Babylon, and all the Countreys where they were scattered, into Canaan, and did prefigure the salvation of the Church by Christ, and gathering of those that were his out of all Nations unto it, according to what is in John 10.16. & John 11.52.
First, Observe
The name of the Lord is holy.
His Essence, his Will, his Attributes, his Works, his Word, are his Name: All these set out God, make him known, and so are his name, even the name of his holinesse, or his holy name. There is no name under Heaven like unto the Lords; its an holy name, and so glorious; a great name, and so dreadful. We should sanctifie the name of God; which is done by believing, Num. 20.12. [Page 308] When Moses and Aaron did not believe God, they did not sanctifie his name; but when men believe Gods Word, then they sanctifie his name. Its done also by fearing to displease him, Isa: 8.13. Isa. 29.23. Its done also by acknowledging his name to be holy, Math: 6.9. when men praise him.
Secondly, Observe
The profaning of Gods holy name, as it is a trouble unto him, so it sticks and abides upon him.
Other provocations passe away, but this settles upon his spirit; see here what hold it took, vers. 20. They profaned my holy Name; and vers. 21. The house of Israel profaned my holy name among the heathen; vers. 22. Mine holy name which ye have profaned among the heathen. Thrice the Lord mentions their profaning of his name; yea, in the next verse, as if he could not shake this act of theirs out of his mind, he mentions it twice more, My name which was profaned, which ye have profaned. Gods name being holy is dear unto him, and the profaning of it makes deep impressions in his heart.
Thirdly, Observe
Temporall mercies are not merited at Gods hands by men.
I do not this for your sakes, O house of Israel. What was it God did not for their sakes? viz: deliver them from their Babylonish bondage, and bring them into their own Countrey; these were temporal mercies: and though there were Godly men amongst them, as Ezekiel, Daniel, Mordecai, Ezra, Nehemiah, and others, yet with all their prayers, fastings, suffering and holinesse, they did not merit these outward mercies; liberty, safety, plenty, possessions, are not the merit or purchase of the creature, but the gift of God, 1 Tim: 6.17. He giveth us all things richly to enjoy. Have men more or lesse of these outward things, they are upon free gift, not any defert: and if we deserve not temporal things, much lesse do, or can we deserve spiritual and eternal things, which are of a transcendent nature; if we do not deserve an outward deliverance, an earthly [Page 309] Canaan, how shall we deserve a spiritual deliverance, an Heavenly Canaan? all things of that nature are free gifts, Luke 12.32. Rom: 6.23.
Fourthly, Observe
The good God doth unto his Church, be it temporal or spiritual, is for his own sake.
What I do (saith God) I do it for mine holy names sake; there is nothing to move me but my own name, that is holy, great, and glorious, and I will for my names sake do much for my Church and People. That they were preserved in Babylon, was for his holy names sake; that they were brought out of Babylon, was for his holy names sake; that they were replanted in Canaan, was for his holy names sake; that they had a Temple, Sacrifices, Priests, Prophets, Ordinances again, was for his names sake: when they were neer to destruction often in former dayes, God wrought for his names sake, Ezek: 20. so Isa: 48.8, 9. Its not for the enemies sake, that God doth preserve or deliver his people; nor for their sakes, their prayers, tears, faith, obedience, holinesse, that he doth great things for them, bestow great mercies upon them, but it is for his own names sake. For mans sake God cursed the earth, Gen: 8.21. but its for his names sake that he blesseth it; the choicest mercies Gods people have, are for his names sake; they have pardon of sin for his names sake, Psal. 25.11. 1 John 2.12. Purging of sin for his names sake, Psal: 79.9. Leading in the paths of righteousnesse for his names sake, Psal: 23.3. Quickning of their dead and dull hearts for his names sake, Psa: 143.11. Though his people much offend him, yet he forsakes them not for his great names sake, 1 Sam: 12.22. The Lord doth all freely and for the honour of his name; let us then say with the Prophet, Whatever we have, not unto us, O Lord, not unto us, but to thy name be the glory. Not unto us who are thy creatures, not unto us who are Tools in thy hand, but to thy name (which is the ground, root, and spring of all our mercies) be the glory, all the glory, and that everlastingly.
Fifthly, Observe
God will not suffer his holy and great name alwayes to lye under aspersions and reproaches of men.
I will sanctifie my holy and great name which was profaned among the heathen, even in the midst of them. He will vindicate his honour and glory. Great men when their names are blemished do stand upon it, and will vindicate them with much cost and labour: so God, when wicked ones have profaned his name, and darkned the glory thereof, will stand upon it, and do that which shall clear his name before all his enemies. Goliah for many dayes defyed the God of Israel, and the Armies of Israel; but not long after the Lord vindicated his holy and great name by stirring up and strengthning of David to take off his head, 1 Sam: 17.45, 51. When the King of Assyria and Rabshakeh blasphemed the name of God, as they did, Isa: chap. 36. & 37. did not the Lord quickly send an Angel and destroy their great Army of one hundred fourscore and five thousand, and so by this stroke of his made his holy and great name glorious and dreadful. He will scatter the smoak and venemous vapours, that ascend from the tongues and lives of profane persons to hinder the beams of his glorious name from shining, as the wind scatters clouds from before the Sun; and as by destruction of his enemies, so by delivering of his servants.
Sixthly, Observe
When God doth great things for his people, and they honour his name for them, then very heathens will be convinced, acknowledge God, and give glory to his name.
The heathen shall know that I am the Lord, when I shall be sanctified in you, that is, in your deliverance before their eyes; then you will magnifie my name, and they will magnifie my name which hath been profaned; then they will see and say that I am another kind of God then their idol gods are, that I am omnipotent, faithfull, holy, wise. Psal. 126.2. When the Lord turn'd the captivity of his people; as they said, The Lord hath done [Page 311] great things for us; so the heathens said, The Lord hath done great things for them. So much of God appear'd in taking them out of Babylon, that Jewish and Babylonish Tongues were constrained to speak out the power, truth and goodnesse of God.
Seventhly, Observe
Things difficult, and in the eye of man impossible, are facile to, and feasible by the power of God.
The Jews were among the heathens, who by their Laws, power, and vigilancy kept them in great bondage; they were scattered into one hundred twenty and seven Provinces, Esther 8.5. with Chap. 1 [...] 1. and so it seemed impossible that these should be drawn out and carried to Canaan, which was so far off, especially for them who were seated neer India; but what saith the Lord to this? I will take you from among the heathen. He would but put forth his hand and lay hold of them, saying, Come, go with me, and it should be done; he would gather them out of all Countreys, as an Hen gathers her Chickens that are dispersed up and down among the Bushes, Trees, or Weeds in an Orchard: And as he carried them upon Eagles wings from Egypt to Canaan, so would he bring them upon the same wings from Babylon to Canaan. This work God is upon in these dayes of Christ, he is bringing out of all Nations some unto Christ, and gathering them into spirituall Canaan.
Vers. 25. Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean; from all your filthinesse, and from all your idols will I cleanse you.
WE are now come to the last generall part of this Chapter; which consists in the multiplication of promises, both Spiritual and Temporal, with the ground of them.
The Spiritual are,
- 1. Remission of sins, vers. 25, 29, 33.
- 2. Regeneration, vers. 26.
- 3. Sanctification, vers. 27.
- 4. Renovation of the Covenant between God and them, vers. 28.
- 5. Repentance, vers. 31.
The Temporal are,
- 1. Repossession of their Land, vers. 28.
- 2. Plentifull maintenance, vers. 29, 30.
- 3. Re-edifying of their Cityes and waste places, vers. 33, 35.
- 4. Increase of men, vers. 37, 38.
The ground of all these sweet and great promises is Gods free grace, not mans desert, vers. 32.
Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you.
When they were call'd and come out of Babylon, then would the Lord sprinkle clean water upon them. The Jews by water mean the abundance of outward things. Some others interpret it of the water in baptisme; but neither doth abundance of outwards, nor the water of baptisme cleanse from the pollution of [Page 313] idols: For after their return from Babylon, Jason sent money for the sacrifice of Hercules; he, Menelaus and others, fell to the customs of the Gentiles, desired to be like them in all things, they set not by the honour of their Fathers, but liked the glory of the Gentiles best of all, 2 Maccab. 4. And are not many baptized ones amongst the Papists and others, idolaters? Some other sense of the word therefore must we seek out. By water, the bloud of Christ is intended, say the best Expositors. Some make Grace the thing, but that's too general, unlesse we limit it to the bloud of Christ, which of Grace is given to wash sinners with. These words, I will sprinkle clean water upon you, have some allusion unto the waters mingled with the ashes of the red Cow, which being sprinkled by a branch of Hyssope upon the unclean party, he was cleansed; and this water was call'd The water of separation or purification for sin, Numb: 19.9. The Septuagint call it [...], The water of sprinkling; and so the 18. and 19. verses expresse it. This red Cow figured out Christ in his afflictions and sufferings; and the water mingled with the ashes of it, the bloud of Christ, which from hence is call'd The bloud of sprinkling, Heb: 12.24.
The water they used in sprinkling was clean water, running or spring water, free from all filth; so the bloud of Christ is pure, he was without sin, any blemish, or spot, his bloud was precious and pure, 1 Pet: 1.19. and here its called clean water.
This sprinkling of clean water upon them, is the application of the bloud of Christ, by the Spirit of God: as the Priest was to take of the bloud of the red Heifer with his finger, and to sprinkle it; so God by the hand and finger of his Spirit doth take and sprinkle the bloud of Christ, that is, apply the fruit and benefit of it unto the hearts of men, 1 Cor: 6.11.
And ye shall be clean.
There be three things among other which water serveth for, viz: to cool, to nourish, to cleanse: 1. It quencheth thirst caused by heat, and so coole; the like doth the bloud of Christ, being [Page 314] drunk by faith, John 7.37. 2. It nourisheth and causeth growth; and Christs bloud doth the same, John 6.55. 3. It cleanseth, which is the use of it here mentioned, water washeth away the filth of garments, vessels, and persons; so the bloud of Christ is a cleansing thing, Heb: 9.13, 14. If the bloud of Bulls and of Goats, and the ashes of an He [...]fer sprinkling the unclean, sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh: How much more shall the bloud of Christ, who through the eternall Spirit, offered himselfe without spot to God, purge your consciences from dead works to serve the living God? The argument is a minori ad majus; if the bloud of typical sacrifices could do that to the flesh for which they were appointed, much more the bloud of Christ the true sacrifice, will do that to the soul and conscience for which it was appointed, viz: purge away the guilt of sin; otherwise the honour and efficacy of the Type, should be greater than the honour and efficacy of the Substance; which the Apostle denyes when he tells us, Types were shadows of good things to come, Heb: 10 1. This cleansing is the remission of their sins through the bloud of Christ, or the justifying of their persons, so as they are before God without spot, or fault, Col. 1.14. Rom: 5.9. Rev: 14.5. When sins are forgiven, the persons are clean in the fight of God.
From all your filthinesse, and from all your idols will I cleanse you.
They had State defilements, and Temple defilements, Family and Personal filthinesses, Zeph: 3.3, 4. Micah 3.9, 10, 11. Ezekiel 22. Jer: 6.13. Chap: 7.9. Whatever their filthinesses were, God would cleanse them; and because idolatry is a sin which exceedingly defiles and provokes the Lord to jealousie, Exod: 20.5. To fury, vers. 18. of this Chap: and they might apprehend there was no mercy for them; therefore the Lord mentions the filthinesse of idols, and tells them He will cleanse them from that filthinesse. Its not material water washes from the filth of idolatry, but spiritual water.
First, Observe
When it pleases God to gather his people out of Babylon, and to bring them to Sion, then he will multiply mercies upon them, and do for them great things.
I will gather you from among the heathen, out of all Countrey [...], and bring you into your own Land; and then will I sprinkle you with clean water, then will I give you a new heart, then will I put my Spirit into you, then will I call for the Corn, and multiply the fruit of the tree and increase of the field. After great afflictions, God bestowes great kindnesses; after sharp sufferings, he gives solid comforts; Isa: 54.7. For a small moment have I forsaken thee, but with great mercies will I gather thee. Berachamim gedolim. When God gathers his out of Babylon, a state of confusion; that is mercy; and when he brings them into Sion, to behold the order, beauty, and glory thereof, that is great mercy; and God will not leave them there, but go on with them and heap great mercies still upon them, see Isa: 49.18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23. Jer. 32.37, 38, 39, 40, 41.
Secondly, Observe
Justification is a gracious act of God upon a sinner.
I will sprinkle clean water upon you. Its Gods prerogative to forgive, and blot out sins, Mark 2.7. Isa: 43.25. and this he doth freely, its an act of grace and mercy, Rom: 3.24. Being justified freely by his grace. Now in this act nothing is done in a sinner, there is no grace infused, no change made in the heart by it, there be no [...] therein, its upon a sinner; justifying grace is subjectively in God, objectively on man; for its a judicial act of God which puts nothing into the creature, Rom: 3.22. Its upon all them that do believe.
Thirdly, Observe
The bloud of Christ applyed by the Spirit of God is efficatious to free sinners from the guilt of their sins, and of all their sins, of what bind soever they be.
I will sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean. Their sins were great, very great, they were guilty of bloud, oppressing the widow and fatherless, of idolatry, of despising and profaning holy things, Ezek: 22.8.26. They were under the guilt of all crying and notorious sins, Ezek: 16.47. worse then Sodom or Samaria; then the Nations, Ezek: 5.7. yet the Lord would cleanse them by the bloud of Christ; there was virtue in that to cleanse them from their old spots, from their deep guilt, yea, from all their guilt, they should be clean from all their filthinesses. As water washeth all the filth out of a cloath, so doth the bloud of Christ all sin out of the soul, 1 Joh: 1.7. The bloud of Jesus Christ cleanseth us from all sin, the guilt of our thoughts, words, acts, neglects; there is no sin defiles the conscience so, but the bloud of Christ will purge it away, Heb: 9.14. Chap: 1.3. Christs bloud is of great virtue, it purges away all sin, and procures peace, Coloss: 1.20. So that being justified by his bloud, we shall be saved from wrath, as it is Rom: 5.9.
Fourthly, Observe
All sin defiles and makes guilty before God, yet some sins defile more then others, and make more deeply guilty.
God would cleanse them from all their filthinesse, from every sin that had poluted them, and made them guilty; and from their idols which had made them more deeply guilty: Idolatry hath more guilt adhering to it, then many other sins, that's a sin breaks Covenant with God, deposes God, and sets up an Idoll in his stead.
Verse 26. A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you, and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, and I will give you an heart of flesh.
THis is another great promise, even a promise of Regeneration; and in it there is considerable,
- 1. The party promising, I, I, I, I.
- 2. The things promised,
- 1. A new heart.
- 2. A new spirit.
- 3. Removall of the stony heart.
- 4. An heart of flesh.
- 3. The parties to whom the Lord will do these things, You, You, You.
- 4. The manner of Gods doing these things, which is by giving, putting, and taking away.
A new heart also will I give you.
By heart in Scripture, is signified the judgement and understanding, Eph: 4.18. The will and affections, Prov: 23.26. and the conscience, 1 John 3.20. all which are here comprehended in the word heart. New notes sometimes that which is for substance new, totally new, as new ropes, Judges 16.11, 12. A new wife, Deut: 24.5. New gods, Deut: 32.17. And sometimes that which is only for quality new, as the new Moon, Isa: 66.23. From one new Moon to another; The Moon is not new for substance, but renewed with light, new in regard of quality; so New tongues, Mark 16.17. They had not their old Tongues plucked or cut out of their mouths, and other new ones put in; but these Tongues they had before, had new [Page 318] Languages put into them, new gifts and graces. Here then by A new heart is not intended one new for substance or nature of it, but the same heart altered for the qualities of it, renewed and indued with other qualities then it had before; such qualities are wrought in the heart, that a man thereupon is said to be regenerate or born again, John 3.3, 5, 6, 7. and to be a new creature, Gal▪ 6.15.
This new heart lyeth not in those common gifts which many have, yet without alteration in their hearts. Judas had a covetous, an earthly, an old heart, notwithstanding those great gifts he had, He could cast out Devils, and heal all manner of sicknesses, Matth: 10.1, 4. And those Matth: 7.22, 23. Who had the gift of prophesie, of casting out Devils, and working wonders, had no new hearts, for Christ sends them going for workers of iniquity; but it lyeth in grace infused, which is a principle of light and life, supernatural and permanent. Man since the fall of Adam is in a state of darknesse and death, Ephes. 5.8. Chap: 2.5. and when grace is infused, that brings light and life unto the heart; John 8. [...]2. its call'd The light of life; and when a blind heart sees, a dead heart lives, there is a great and glorious alteration, so that it is become a new heart, it hath a new principle which is supernatural and permanent, call'd The Divine Nature, 2 Pet. 1.4. Divine to shew the supernaturalnesse of it, and Nature to shew the permanency of it.
And a new spirit will I put within you.
These very words we had Ezek: 11.19. where they were largely opened: New spirit there, was interpreted to be those excellent qualities and graces God put into the soul, and shewed upon what account they were call'd Spirit and New. Here I conceive a new spirit is added Exegetically being the same with a new heart.
This new heart, or new spirit causeth the partie in whom it is to look at God as a Father, and so to honour him, Mal. 1.6. To love him, 1 John 5.1. To fear him, 1 Pet. 1.17. To yield obedience to him, Rom: 6.17. 1 Pet: 1.14, 15. Patiently to [Page 319] bear his chastisements, Heb: 12.6, 7, 8, 9. To eschew sin and work righteousnesse, 1 John 5.18. Chap: 3.9, 10. To acknowledge how he hath offended him, Luke 15.18. To pray fervently unto him, Rom: 8.15. To be like unto him in mercifullnesse and doing of good, Luke 6.36. To delight in his wayes, and to have communion with him, and his Son Christ, 1 John 1.3. To worship him in spirit and truth, John 4.23. To be thankfull alwayes unto him for all things, Ephes. 5.20. To live nobly and spiritually, minding the things of Heaven, Rom: 8.5. 1 Pet: 1.14. John 3.6. 2 Cor: 5.16. And to love those that are regenerate, 1 John 5.1. and these doing so, God their Father hath a special care of them, and love unto them, Matth. 6.26.32. Luke 11.13. Chap: 12.32.
Will I give you, will I put within you.
The new heart, and new spirit comes from God; he that to the Authour of every good and perfect gift, is the Author of the same: Now in the working of this new heart, and new spirit, there be several Attributes of God set on work: As
First, His infinite mercy. That he should mind sinners, who have old, rotten, filthy, hard, dead hearts within them, so at enmity with God, that they would pull him out of Heaven had they power to do it; for God to mind such hearts and spirits, and make them new so as to affect him and his wayes, argues unspeakable mercy, loving kindness superabundant. It was a time of love when God saw Jerusalem in her bloud, and said unto her live, Ezek: 10. It was infinite love, infinite mercy for him to pity Jerusalem in such a case, and to say so unto her: the same it is when God makes of an old heart a new heart, of an old spirit a new spirit.
Secondly, Gods infinite power is imployed in this work. The making of a dead heart to live, a blind heart to see, an old heart and spirit to become new, requires an omnipotent arm. By the preaching of the word men have great convictions, strong resolutions, and are perswaded almost to be Christians; but those convictions and resolutions dye away, and they never come altogether to be Christians, altogether to be new hearted, and [Page 320] new spirited, till the Lord put forth his allmighty power, and create new hearts and spirits in them; its a work of creation, Psal. 51.10. 2 Cor. 4.6. Eph. 2.10. And such hearts and spirits are call'd new creatures, Gal: 6.15. 2 Cor: 5.17.
Thirdly, Infinite wisdome. The heart of man is deceitfull above all things, and desperately wicked; who can know it? Jer: 17.9. Its beyond the knowledge of man; it hath so many windings, turnings, pretences, shifts, arguments, wiles, depths, methods, as that none but God knows it; he being infinitely wise; can answer all the objections, arguments, and subtle distinctions of the heart, so that it shall be silent. Mans heart whilest its old, hath the cunning of the old Serpent in it, and pleads hard to keep its old principles, its old ungodly lusts, its old ignorance, its old darkness, its old formal wayes of worship, its old fleshly confidences, its old delights and pleasures, its old company, its old customes, its old aims and ends, which were selfe; it musters up many arguments to defend these; and who can convince the heart of the evill of these, and take it off from them, but God by his infinite wisdome? To make an heart, or spirit, which hath so many oldnesses in it, new, argues more skill and wisdome then dwels in any creature.
Fourthly, His Infinite holinesse and purity. When God takes an old heart which is as dark as hell, as stinking as any Sepulchre, Math: 23.27. an old spirit which is as unclean and loathsome as the Devils are; when he takes these, and makes them new, he scatters darkness, abolisheth death, separating filthinesse, and instead thereof brings in marveilous light, 1 Pet. 2.9. A glorious life, Ephes. 4.18. And true holinesse, vers. 24. which import that God is light without darknesse, life without possibility of dying, holinesse without any spot or imperfection. When the wind cleanseth the aire infected, pestilential and stinking, it argues the wind is pure; when a vessel or house is noysome, and one cleanses and sweetens them, as not enduring them in that condition, it argues their cleanlinesse, and if they could make them new, it would argue it much more; so here, God makes them new, He puts them into the fire that they may be refined, and partake of his holinesse, Heb: 12.10. Its Gods holy arme which makes an unholy heart to become holy, and glorious in holinesse.
The dignity and excellency of this new heart and new spirit, is worthy the notice.
First, Its that doth discriminate and difference a man from all others. They that have old hearts, old spirits, and new hearts, new spirits, differ as much from them, as light from darknesse, life from death, & holinesse from filthinesse: a man with a new heart, a new spirit, is a living man, whereas others be dead, Ephes. 2.1. He is a seeing man, whereas others be blind, 1 Jok: 5.20. 1 Cor: 2.14. He is pure, whereas others are filthy, 1 Pet. 2.9. Tit: 1.15. Hereby a man is differenced from all profane, civill, and moral men, from all gifted men, from all hypocrites, what specious forms of religion and holinesse soever they have; whoever hath a new spirit is distinguished from all other spirits, yea from the Devils who are but unclean spirits.
Secondly, It doth ennoble a man; A new heart and new spirit doth not only distinguish from others, but makes more excellent then others, Prov: 12.26. The righteous is more excellent then his neighbour. Righteousnesse is one of the qualities in the new heart, in the new spirit, Eph: 4.23, 24. and that Nobilitates a man; such a one is born not of blood, that is, not of the Princes and Nobles of the world, who stand upon their blood and greatnesse; nor of the will of the flesh, that is, not in the ordinary way; nor of the will of man, viz: not by education and School principles; but of God, John 1.13. He is descended from the highest, the King of Kings, he is of the most Royal blood, even the blood of God, Acts 20.28. Others are vile, but he is precious, Jerem: 15.19. 2 Pet. 1.1. He is partaker of the Divine Nature, and lives the life of God, 2 Pet. 1.4. Ephes. 4.18.
Thirdly, It fills them where it is with new joyes. New things affect much; when the Apostles had new tongues given them, they were greatly affected therewith; and when men have new hearts, new spirits, they abound in joy: the greater the mercy, the more full the joy; If when a sinner is converted, there be joy in Heaven, what joy is in the sinners heart then? When Christ came to Zacheus, and gave him a new heart, a new spirit, he was fill'd with joy, Luke 19. and new joyes: Before his joy was to get money by any means, and treasure it up; now [Page 322] his joy was to disperse, make satisfaction, and to give away, vers. 8, 9. His new heart begat in him new joyes, and inabled him to joy in that he could not do not think of before without sadness. So Paul, when he had a new heart and spirit, he had new joyes, fullnesse of them in those things he could not rejoyce in before, 2 Cor. 7.4. I am filled with comfort, I am exceeding joyfull in all our tribulations; & Chap: 12.10. He took pleasure in infirmities, in reproaches, in necessities, in persecutions, in distresses. Here's the excellency of a new heart and a new spirit, it fills with new joyes in God, in Christ, in the Promises, in the Saints, and inables us to rejoyce and glory in tribulations, Rom: 5.3.
Fourthly, It intitles us to diverse new and excellent things: As
First, To the New Covenant: When a man hath a new heart and a new spirit, he hath an interest in the New Covenant, Jer: 31.31, 33. The law of sin, and principles of Satan and the wo [...]ld, were writ in the old heart, and old spirit, and so the party was under the Covenant with death and hell, Isa: 28.15. but in the new heart is written, the Law of God, the Law of faith, Rom: 3.27. Heb: 8.10. and so they are under the New Covenant which is call'd Grace, Rom: 6.14.
Secondly, To New Names: Where there is newness of heart and spirit, there they are sealed in their fore-heads with new Names; their Title is New Creatures, 2 Cor. 5.17. The Seed of Abraham, Isa. 41.8. Servants of Righteousnesse, Rom. 6.18. Children of Light, John 12.36. Conquerours, Rom: 8.37. Gods workmanship, Ephes. 2.10. Kings and Priests, Rev: 1.6. Temples of God, 1 Cor: 3.16. The glory of God, Isa. 4.5. New born Babes, 1 Pet: 2.2. His Saints, Psal. 149.9. Vessels of Gold and Silver, 2 Tim. 2.20. Wise Virgins, Matth: 25. Heirs of Salvation, Heb: 1.14.
Thirdly, To a New Lord and Master: When their hearts were old Satan was their Soveraign, They walked according to the Prince of the aire, Ephes. 2.2. 2 Tim: 2.26. His lusts they did execute, John 8.44. But having new hearts, they have a new Lord, a new Master, and that is the Lord Christ, Phil: 1.1. Paul a servant of Christ: He had a new heart, and [Page 323] now he had a new Master, which was Christ, he would serve Satan no longer, but Christ, who dyed for sinners, that they might live unto him, 2 Cor. 5.15. When the hearts and spirits of men are new, they are dead to their old Masters, and have new, Rom: 7.4. Christ is the Husband and Head of every one renewed by his grace, he is Lord and Master of all such, 1 Cor. 7.22. Matth: 23.8.
Fourthly, To a New Guard; Such have a Guard of Angels about them: before, as they were without God, so without the protection of his Angels, exposed to all dangers; but having new hearts and new spirits, being new creatures they have a multitude of the Heavenly Host, not only to praise God for their new-birth as they did at Christs birth, Luke 2.13. but to attend and protect them, Heb: 1.14. Are not the Angels ministring spirits, sent forth to minister for them, who shall be heirs of salvation? and none shall be such, but those that have new hearts and new spirits, for flesh and bloud cannot inherit the Kingdome of God, 1 Cor: 15.50.
Fifthly, To New Alliance this change is wrought in them: Blasphemers, Idolaters, Adulterers, Drunkards, Murtherers, Lyars, Ʋnbelievers, Hypocrites, and all profane ones, they the very Devils themselves, John 8.44. But when they have new hearts and new spirits, then they have new kindred; as a man that marries a woman, all her kindred becomes his; so here, all that have new hearts and spirits are his kindred who hath a new heart, he is allied unto them all, Math: 23.8. All ye are brethren. All the Saints throughout the earth, how great, how learned, how rich, how gifted or gracious soever they be, are all brethren; yea, the Angels are brethren unto those that have new hearts, Rev. 19.10.22.9. and that which is beyond all, Christ himself is their Brother and Father; Math. 12.49, 50. Heb: 2.12, 13.
Sixthly, To the New Mansions in the City made without hands, John 14.2. saith Christ, In my Fathers house are many Mansions, and I go to prepare a place for you; You have right and title to them, ye have new hearts, ye believe in God, vers. 1. and I go to prepare and fit places for you in those Mansions.
Fifthly, The excellency of a new heart is this, That it sets an high price upon the things of God, and a low price upon the things of the world, how goodly soever they appear; whereas before the things of the world were magnified, and the things of God slighted. When Paul had another heart, and another spirit then before, then he had no confidence in the flesh, then he did not value his great priviledges, he counted them and all things but losse for Christ, they did damnifie him rather then advantage him, and therefore lookt upon them as dung [...], things of no worth, chaffe, dirt, excrements in respect of Christ, his righteousnesse, and knowledge of him, Phil. 3.7, 8, 9. all which had an excellency, and were so prized by Paul, that he was willing to lay down his life for them, Acts 21.13. When Simon Magus offered the Apostles money for to have power to give the Holy Spirit, by laying on of hands, Peter in his own name, and in the name of the rest, said, Thy money perish with thee; we value not bags of gold and silver, but the things of God, Acts 8.19, 20. When the Conjurers had the Devils cast out of them, and new hearts given them, they brought forth their books which they had highly valued, and burnt them before all men, and so many they burnt as came to fifty thousand pieces of silver, Acts 19.19. and instead of these, they prized the books of Moses, the Prophets, and Apostles. A new heart sees excellency in spiritual things, and saith, It cannot over value them, but for other things it puts them under its feet.
Sixthly, Its excellent in that it doth really make God its end and aims at his glory in its operations; before self was all, now God is all. Acts 20.23, 24. Paul was told by the Spirit of God, that bonds and afflictions did abide him every where, that his life was in danger; now had not Paul been a man of a new heart and spirit, he would have shifted for himself, and let the preaching of the Gospel have fallen; but being such an one, what saith he? None of these things move me, neither count I my life dear unto my selfe, so I may finish my course with joy, and the Ministry, I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testifie the Gospel of the Grace of God: That was Pauls end to make known the grace of God in the Gospel towards poor sinners, [Page 325] that so they partaking of that grace might give glory to God, and God be glorified by him. God and his glory were so in his eye, that he gave out a rule for all Christians to eye and mind God and his glory in all things, 1 Cor. 10.31.
Seventhly, Its the principle of eternal life and happinesse: When God puts life, light, and grace into the heart, and so makes it new, he hath begun our admission into Heaven and happinesse; this new heart and spirit are the water springs up into everlasting life, John 4.14. They are the Eagles wings will carry you not only up to Heaven, but into Heaven.
Concerning this new heart and new spirit, there be divers mistakes; many think they have the same, when they have it not. There be several things which cause men to judge so.
First, Outward Reformation. When men cease from their former lewd courses, when they give over their drunkenness, whoredome, swearing, lying, oppression, and other scandalous practices, they think themselves, and are reputed of others to be new men, and so to have new hearts; but know, A man may have escaped the pollutions of the world, have changed his manners, yet retain his old heart: a Swine may be washed; and yet reserve her Swinish nature: Herod reformed in many things, yet had an unreformed heart, Mark 6.20. Luke 3.20. Chap. 9.9. The Scribes and Pharisees were whited Sepulchres, they had beautifull out-sides, they appeared righteous unto men, but what were their hearts? were they not full of hypocrisie and iniquity? Matth: 23.27, 28. Shame among men, fear of punishment, death, hell, terrours of conscience, afflictions, strength of reason, and hope of profits and reward, may make a man reform his life and manners, his heart being still naught; a man formerly deboist and wicked may become a new man, and yet not have a new heart.
Secondly, Morall virtues cause many to be deceived about this new heart: because they are temperate, just, prudent, faithful to their friends, true in their speeches, patient under afflictions, seek the publique good, not their own interest, are chaste, and courteous unto all, they thereupon conclude that they have the new heart and new spirit here spoken of; but all these are no more then were found in heathens; Scipio, Aristides, [Page 326] Cato, Aemilius, Lepidus, Lucretia, and others, excell'd in morall virtues. The Romane faith was in great esteem in all the world, because the Romans kept their word, and made good whatever they promised. Many Heathens excell'd in morallities, and did virtuous actions for virtues sake, yet they had no new hearts or spirits, they knew not what regeneration was, they were strangers to the Life of God and Faith, they attained to what they had by their own industry, and what they did was not done according to the mind of God in his Word, and so referring to his glory; they sought their own glory in all.
Thirdly, A form of godliness. When men have left their old wayes of sin, and taken up a way, or form of godlinesse which is new to them, they imagine themselves to be new, and to have new hearts; they read, pray, hear, meditate and worship God with their hearts, which they never did before, and hence they ground a newness in their hearts. The Jews have a form of godlinesse at this day, yet are they cast off of God and numbred amongst unbelievers, Rom: 11.20. Such was their godliness, as persecuted true godliness, Acts. 13.50. 1 Thess: 2.15. The Heathens had forms of godlinesse; Plato taught men not to sleep without repentance for their sins; Hermes instructed them to pray earnestly unto God, and continually for repentance to call upon him in the day, and not to forget him in the night; they worshipped by nature, those were no gods,Treatise of Moral Philosophy. Gal. 4.8. Forms of worship they had, though they worshipped blindly; Socrates saw further then the most of them, who said, God must be worshiped only that way which he hath appointed; yet neither Socrates, nor the rest of the Heathens had new hearts. Christians have forms of godlinesse, yet all among them have not new hearts; among Papists and Protestants are many religious, but few pious, they have the form of godliness, but not the power: Painted fire is not true fire, and all that worship God do not worship him in newness of spirit; the most do worship him with old hearts.
Fourthly, Some are deceived upon this ground, that they have the Law in their hearts, approve of truth, make conscience of their wayes, have peace within, and so determine their hearts are new. But here is a great mistake, the Law is [Page 327] in mens hearts by nature, Rom: 2.14, 15. The Gentiles which had not the Law, did by nature the things of the Law, and so shewed the work of the Law written in their hearts. When they did ill their consciences did accuse them, and when they did well they did excuse them, and so they had peace; here was nothing supernatural: where there is a new heart, a new spirit, there is something supernatural; men have not these by descent from their parents, but they are given, they are put in by God, I will give you a new heart, and I will put within you a new spirit. The Law that all men have in their hearts is by virtue of Creation, not of the new Covenant, that is another Law, Jer: 31.33. which is from grace, not from nature; where this Law is written, the heart is new, and so doth not only approve of truth in general, but knows and approves of truth as it is in Christ, Eph: 4.21. and as it is according to godliness. Truth in a new heart provokes unto Godliness, and maketh conscientious towards God and men, Acts 24.16. Looking at Christ for peace, Rom: 5.1. Being justified by faith, we have peace with God, the conscience being purged from dead works by the bloud of Christ: Men have sound peace in their new hearts; Its false peace which men of old hearts have, they bribe their consciences with doing something, and that is their peace.
Fifthly, New Relations make some to fancy they have new hearts and new spirits; they are under Church priviledges, they are Citizens of Sion, inhabitants of Jerusalem, in relation to Christ and his Ordinances, this may be, and yet without newnesse of heart or spirit; Relations make not alterations in mens hearts. Simon Magus was baptized, stood in relation to Christ and the Gospel, yet his heart was the same it was before, Acts 8. The Jews gloried they were the seed of Abraham, John 8.33. Yet they were of their father the Devill, vers. 44. and had bloudy hearts, vers. 40. seeking to kill Christ, Rom: 2.28, 29. Outward priviledges may be, as Circumcision of the flesh, where there is no Circumcision of the heart; and Paul tels us, Gal: 6.15. That Circumcision nor uncircumcision avail any thing, but a new creature; they may be where the new creature [Page 328] is not; himself had many priviledges, Phil. 3. when he was far from newness of heart.
Sixthly, Gifts, They breed mistakes in divers persons: those that have choice and great gifts perswade themselves they have new hearts and spirits, that they are gracious and good; but there is a vast difference between gifts and grace.
1. Gifts make not a man a Christian: Heathens had great gifts, as Tully, Seneca, Plato, Aristotle, Plutarch; Its grace makes a Christian; the Gentiles were not Christians, and so not acceptable to God, till they were sanctified by the Holy Spirit, Rom: 15.16. They may make a man an useful man, not a good man, Acts 11.24. Its faith and the graces of the Spirit make a good man.
2. All gifts do seldome or never meet in one man, but graces do, they are the fruits of the Spirit, and grow all in a new heart, John 1.16. Of his fullnesse have we all received, and grace for grace. Graces go together, not Gifts.
3. A man may have Gifts and not be saved. Judas had gifts, yet was a son of perdition: The beast came up out of the earth had miraculous Gifts, and the false Prophets also, and notwithstanding their Gifts, they were both cast into the Lake of fire burning with Brimstone, Rev: 13.11, 13, 14. Chap. 19.20. But he that hath a new heart and new spirit hath grace, and so shall be saved, John 3.6. 2 Cor. 3.17. He that is born of the Spirit, is a new creature, he hath grace, and shall be saved, Acts 15.11.
Seventhly, Activeness. Some men growing active for God and the publique, Zealous against corrupt practices in Church or State, gather from hence that they have new hearts and spirits; they were not so before, and how can it be that such new operations and activeness should be in them, and from them, and they not be men of new hearts? When men are call'd to publique imployments, they may have other hearts then they had before, yet not such a new heart as is here spoken off. Saul had another heart, (1 Sam: 10.9.) when anointed to be King, yet not a new heart. Credit, profit, and conscience mis-informed may make men zealous and active, when they have no other then their old hearts. Paul before his conversion [Page 329] was very active and exceedingly zealous of the Traditions of his fathers, Gal: 1.13, 14. How active are Jesuits? how zealous are Papists and many others? and that from erroneousness of their consciences, not newnesse of their spirits.
First, Observe
Mens hearts and spirits by nature are old, they are degenerated from that innocency, simplicity, and purity, Adam was created in, they are corrupted ever since he eat of the forbidden fruit.
Psal. 14.1. Men are corrupt, they have done abominable works, there is none that doth good; Psal. 53.3. Every one of them is gone back, they are altogether become filthy; there is none that doth good, no not one. Such as their hearts are, such are their actions; old hearts have answerable operations, Psal: 58.3. They go astray assoon as they be born. They brought corrupt hearts and natures with them into the world, and their first actings were against God, truth, ju [...]ce, and holinesse; men by nature have hearts full of old things, 2 Cor. 5.17. Old things are not passed away, but abide: Old principles, old lusts, old desires, old thoughts, old reasonings, old enmityes, old confidences, old hardness, old deceitfulness, old frowardness, and old naughtiness, are all found in mens hearts till they are made new, Gen. 6.5. Math: 15.19.
Secondly, Observe
A new heart, a new spirit, is not from the power or will of man, but from the grace of God.
A new heart will I give you, a new spirit will I put into you. God bade them (Ezek: 18.31.) make themselves new hearts, and new spirits, but they were not able to do it, he promises therefore to do it for them. Its Gods way in his holy Word to command and call for that at the hands of men, which he intends to give and work, as Phil: 2.12. Work out your own salvation; and in the next verse its said, Its God which [Page 330] worketh in you, both to will and to do: Isa: 1.16. Wash ye, make ye clean; Ezek: 36.25. I will sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean: Deut: 10.16. Circumcise the foreskin of your heart, they could not do it, therefore (Deut. 30.6.) the Lord thy God will circumcise thine heart. These Scriptures evince, that it is the Lord himself who performs what he commands; its not mans will or power which produceth the new heart, its the gracious and mighty hand of God which effects it; and when he will work who shall let it? shall mans will? yes, if God did only propound arguments, command, exhort, invite, encourage, threaten, it might, but God doth promise to do the thing, To give a new heart, to put in a new spirit; and should the liberty of mans will hinder it, how should God be faithful? but rather then he will be found unfaithful, he will over-power the corrupt wills of men, and make them flexible to his will. The efficacy of grace depends not upon mans will, embracing, or refusing what is tendered, but on the good pleasure and power of God, Phil: 2.13. When it pleases God to put forth his power the wo [...] [...]hall be done, the new heart and new spirit shall be wrought in the man, notwithstanding all the oldnesses therein.
And I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh.
In Chap: 11. vers. 19. the words are, I will take the stony heart out of their flesh; and here they are, I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh. Much was spoken of them there; something I shall speak now.
The stony heart.
The Hebrew is, The heart of stone, that is, the heart which in a spiritual sense is like a stone.
First, A stone is senselesse, it feels or perceives nothing; and so is a stony heart, Ephes. 4.19. Who being past feeling; they were so accustomed to sin, that they felt not any evill in sin; Consuetudo peccandi tollit sensum peccati. Zech: 14.4. [Page 331] we read of a Mountain that cleav'd in sunder at the presence of Christ; but the hearts of the Jews were so stony that they were not at all affected at the presence or voice of Christ.
Secondly, A stone is hard and impenetrable, a Knife, a Sword, a Nail, will not enter into it; so a stony heart is so hard that the Word of God hath no entrance into it, Psal. 119.130. The entrance of thy Words giveth light; when it enters into the heart it doth so; but though the Word be of a sharp and piercing nature, yet it enters not into a stony heart, its impenetrable, Zech: 7.11. They refused to hearken, and pull'd away their shoulder, and stopped their ears that they should not hear; yea, they made their hearts as an Adamant stone: No truths, no arguments, no invitations, no prayers, no tears, no mercies, no threats, no judgements, do conquer or prevail with it; neither wind, rain, thunder, lightning, sun-shine, heat, cold, do change the nature of a Rock.
Thirdly, A stone is unpolished and inept for building and other uses, till it be hewn, sawn, and brought into some other form; so a stony heart is an heart unpolished, unfit to lye in any part of Gods building, or for any service of his, till it be polished, hewn, sawn, hammered, and brought into some other frame. As a stone cannot change it self, no more can a stony heart. The Devil knew that the stones, Matth. 4.3. could not turn themselves into bread, therefore saith to Christ, Command that they be made bread. He knew they might be made bread meet to eat; and so stony hearts, though they cannot make themselves fleshy, yet they may be made fleshy, they may be brought to another form, and so be fit for spiritual imployments and uses.
Fourthly, A stone doth resist and repell what falls upon it; stones do oft break the instruments strikes them, and force them back, there is a resisting in them; so in stony hearts there is much resistancie, Luke 4.28, 29. All they in the Synagogue, when they heard these things, were filled with wrath, rose up and thrust him out of the City, and led him unto the brow of the hill, that they might cast him down headlong. Their flinty, rocky hearts resisted and rejected all the precious truths Christ had delivered, and made them fall fowl upon him, and seek to [Page 332] spill his bloud; 2 Tim: 3.8. As Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses, so do these also resist the truth, men of corrupt minds, reprobate concerning the faith. They were men of stony hearts resisting the faith, Acts 7.51. Ye stiff-necked, and uncircumcised in heart and ears, ye do alwayes resist &c.
Fifthly, A stone is heavy, Prov: 27.3. and its motion is downwards, its earth hardned, and its whole tendency is to the earth; so a stony heart is heavy, earthy, and tends downwards altogether, Ezek: 20.16. Their heart went after their idols; Ezek: 33.31. Their heart goeth after their covetousnesse; & Hosea 4.8. They set their heart on their iniquitie. Men are born with the stone in their hearts, and naturally they mind earthly things, Phil: 3.19. Their motion is downward, John 3.31. He that is of the earth is earthly, and speaketh of the earth; his thoughts, his words, his motions, are all that way. The things of Heaven are burdensome to a stony heart, that cannot move upwards.
Sixthly, Stones keep their places, and are immoveable, Eccl. 10.9. Whoso removeth stones shall be hurt therewith. Great stones, mountains, rocks, abide fixt, and its dangerous to meddle with them; so stony hearts keep their stonynesse, they are immoveable; what opinions, principles, conclusions soever they have taken in, though false and corrupt, they are tenacious of, and obstinate in, Judges 2.19. They ceased not from their own doings, nor from their stubborn wayes. God sold them into the hands of enemies where they suffered grievous things, God raised them up Deliverers, who set them at liberty; yet they ceased not from their own wayes, they were immoveable from their own opinions, corrupt principles and dangerous tenets; men are so self-conceited, self-willed, that they are like rocks, not to be stirred.
Seventhly, Stones are dry, and have no moisture in them at all. Take a Rock there is no water in it, take any stone its dry, all stones are dry and barren; so stony hearts they have no moisture of grace in them, they are all dry and barren, the waters of life are not found in them. The woman of Samaria had a stony heart, and how dry, how barren was it? not a good word came out of it towards Christ; John 4. Whilest the Gentiles [Page 333] were without God and Christ in the world, they had stony hearts, and so were barren and fruitless, Isa: 54.1. VVheresoever is a stony heart there is no melting, no mourning, no tears.
Eighthly, Stones are cold; 1 Sam: 25.37. its said, Nabals heart dyed within him, and he became as a stone, that is, cold and sencelesse; so stony hearts are cold, there is no spiritual heat in them; though the word be as fire, yet it heats them not. Men of stony hearts are frigid in the things of God, they contend not for the truth, they reprove not wickedness in others, they stand not for the interest of Christ, they are not zealous for God, and his glory, they put not their hands to his work, they mind not the conversion of sinners, they are indifferent how things of that nature go. A stony heart is a dead heart, and as it hath no life nor motion in it, so no warmth in it; like the Shunammites son, 2 Kings 4.34. till Elisha came and stretched forth himself upon it, there was neither life nor warmth in it; and till Gods Spirit come and stretch forth its virtue and power upon a stony heart, it hath neither life nor warmth in it. Thus you see wherein a stony heart resembles a Stone or Rock.
Quest: What is the evill of an hard heart?
Answ: 1. It is ever unthankfull; mercies, kindnesses, do not affect it, and how then can it be thankfull? Some verball thankfullnesse may be in an hard hearted man, but in his heart, in his life, there is nothing. Poure Wine, Oyle, the Spirits and Quintessence of any thing upon a stone, its lost, the stone is not at all the better for it, not affected with it; so a stony heart, let the choicest mercies of Heaven or Earth be presented to it, they are lost, that heart is unthankfull: and whereas we should be thankfull in every thing, 1 Thess: 5.18. such an one is thankfull in nothing, and makes the times perillous, 2 Tim: 3.2.
Answ: 2. It grows worse and worse, harder and harder every day, nothing stops it from proceeding on in its wicked wayes. The Jews were a stony hearted people, and what [Page 334] saith the Lord to them? Isa: 1.5. Why should ye be stricken any more? ye will revolt more and more. Threatning judgements did not stop or turn them from their wickedness. Pharoah saw the wonderful judgements of God, ten plagues were upon him and his Land, and yet his heart grew harder and harder. They that came to take Christ went backward and fell to the ground when Christ said, I am he; they saw also a miracle wrought by Christ, in restoring to Malchus his ear which Peter had cut off, yet being stony hearted they proceeded to take Christ, to bind him and carry him to the High Priests, John 18.6.10, 11, 12, 13.
Answ. 3. It causeth a man to walk contrary to his profession. Those that are Christians, professe Christ and the Gospel, they have in Baptisme given up themselves to him, and obliged themselves to walk according to Gospel Rules; now whence is it that they profess one thing, and practice another, that they professe Christianity, and walk as Heathens, or worse then Heathens; whoredome, drunkenness, covetousness, lying, pride, swearing, theft, murther, witchery, contention, slander, oppression, &c. are they not as frequent among Christians, as ever they were among Heathens? Paul writing to the Ephesians exhorted them not to walk as other Gentiles, in the vanity of their minds, having the understanding darkned, being alienated from the life of God, through the ignorance that is in them, because of the blindnesse of their heart, who being past feeling have given themselves over unto lasciviousnesse, to work all uncleanness with greedinesse. It was the hardnesse of the heathen Gentiles hearts, which made them walk so; and when Christian Gentiles walk so, its from the hardness of their hearts; we are of the Gentiles, and notwithstanding our Christianity, we walk contrary to Christ and the Gospel, which is from the stonyness of our hearts, keeping out the power, and this is a grievous evill, we profess Christ and the Gospel verbally, and deny both really, and so cause our holy profession, and the Lord Jesus Christ to be blasphemed, Rom: 2.24. James 2.7.
Answ. 4. Its a spirituall judgement, which is worse then all other diseases, then all other judgements; a blind eye, a deaf ear, a dumb tongue, a palsie hand, a gouty leg, a leprous head, the stone in the kidneys or bladder, are nothing to the stone in the heart, no plague is like that plague; those four sore judgments mentioned Ezek. 14.21. are not so ill as the stone in the heart; men are sensible of those, and tremble at them, but the stonyness of their hearts, they neither feel nor fear, by reason of it. Can there be a more dreadful judgement upon a man then to be given up of God to hardness of heart, Psal. 81.11, 12. My people would not hearken to my voice, and Israel would none of me, so I gave them up unto their own hearts lusts, and they walked in their own inventions. They were stubborn, and God punished their stubbornnesse with stonynesse.
Answ. 5. It pleaseth it self in the wayes of wickednesse, Prov: 10.23. It is a sport to a fool to do mischief; & Chap: 14.9. Fools make a mock of sin; Fools, that is, wicked men, whose hearts are hardned, who know not the nature of sin, who feel not the weight of sin, they slight sin, they sport themselves with sin, they rejoyce to do evill, Prov: 2.14. They count it pleasure to ryot in the day time, 2 Pet: 2.13. There is no sin but men of stony hearts take delight in, some in one, some in another, and if they can or cannot commit wickednesse themselves, they take pleasure in them that can, Rom: 1.32.
Answ: 6. Its the seat of Satan, he dwels in it. A stony heart is the Devils Castle, Ephes. 2.2. He is in, and works in the children of disobedience; In their hearts he hath strong holds, keeps possession, and rules them at his pleasure, they are his Subjects. God dwels in a broken heart, Isa. 57.15. but the Devill in a stony heart.
Answ: 7. That man that hath a stony heart increaseth his own woe daily, Rom: 2.5. Thou after thy hardnesse and impenitent heart, treasurest up unto thy selfe wrath against the day of wrath; that is, thou causest God to treasure up more severe [Page 336] punishment for thee daily; thou sinnest more and more daily, and God heats the furnace hotter and hotter daily.
I will take away.
The word is in Hiphil, and signifies thus much, I will cause to depart, or I will make to remove, cause to be gone. Montanus renders it amovebo, I will remove it. God doth this
First, By inlightning the blind heart to see, Acts 26.18. 1 Pet. 2.9. Eph: 4.18. Chap: 5.8.
Secondly, By inlivening the dead and senseless heart to feel its stonynesse. When breath and life entred into the dry bones, they were sensible, Ezek: 37. and when God breaths upon a stony heart it lives, and is sensible. What an Adamantine heart was in Paul, who took pleasure in vexing, imprisoning, and murthering of the Saints; but when Christ breathed upon him, and put life into him, he then became sensible of his hard heartedness, Acts 9.
Thirdly, By the warmth of his Spirit, and moisture of his grace, love and mercy, he melts the stony heart. Some fire will melt brasse and iron, and some waters dissolve any stone; such is the fire of Gods Spirit, there is not any iron or brazen heart but that can melt it; such is the water of life, there is not any stony heart but that will dissolve it; there is an omnipotent power in the Spirit and grace of God to turn Mil-stones into wax, and Rocks into streams; it was verified in Paul, who feeling the mighty power of Gods Spirit and grace in his heart had the milstonyness and rockynesse thereof removed, for presently he cryed out, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? and fell to weeping and praying.
Out of your flesh.
By flesh here is not meant corrupt nature, as Gal: 5.13. but by it is meant man, I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, that is, out of you.
First, Observe
The hearts of men as they are in themselves are stony, even stones, senselesse of sin, unyieldable to truth, inept for spiritual imployments, repelling and rejecting the counsel of God, moving down wards, and minding earthly things, immoveable from their tenets, cold and barren.
Such are all mens hearts naturally, and the hardness of them is much increased by actual and customary sins; when men consent to evill thoughts and lusts in their hearts, vent them by actings, and reiterate the same day after day, they make their hearts more and more hard, as the hand is by working, and the foot by walking; Jer: 5.3. They have made their faces harder than a rock, they have refused to return. If their faces were hardned like rocks, what were their hearts? Zechariah tells you, They made their hearts as an Adamant stone, Zech. 7.12. which exceeds other stones in hardnesse; and not some few of them had done so, but even all of them, Ezek: 3.7. All the house of Israel are impudent and hard-hearted; all of them had faces of rock, and hearts of Adamant.
Secondly, Observe
Its the prerogative of God who hath dominion over the heart, to alter the heart.
I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh. They could not change their own hearts, they were not able to get the stone out of them, nor the Prophets who were their spirituall Physitians: Kidney-stones, and Bladder-stones men may remove, heart-stones none can remove but God; men cannot remove Mountains or Rocks, but the Lord can, he hath an arm of strength, his Word is a Word of power, when he commands, it is done; though a stony heart can stand it out against men, yet it cannot stand it out against God; he fetched water out of a Rock, and God can make the hardest rocky heart in the world to melt, repent, and send forth floods of water. Mary Magdalen had an impudent face, and a hard heart, but [Page 338] when God dealt with her he took away the hardness of her heart, and impudency of her face, she sat and wept at the feet of Christ, Luke 7.38. The Lord can turn wildernesses into standing waters, and dry ground into water-springs, Psal. 107.35.
Thirdly, Observe
Its a great mercy to have the stonynesse of the heart removed.
The removall of any evill from the body of man is mercy, as blindness from the eye, deafness from the ear, lameness from the leg, weakness from the stomach; much more then the removal of spiritual evil, and that from the heart. Stonynesse of heart is the greatest plague, evill, which can befall it, and for God to take that away, to cure it, is a rich, a wonderfull great mercy, its a mercy of the new Covenant, its more then Gods delivering Daniel from the Lyons Den, Jonas from the Whales belly, or the 3 children from the fiery Furnace; they should have been saved had they died in those conditions, but the man that dyes with an hard heart perisheth for ever.
And I will give you an heart of flesh.
The heart of flesh is opposed to the stony heart, and it implyes several things which are considerable: As
First, Softnesse, tendernesse; a stony heart is hard, but an heart of flesh is tender and soft. The Scripture speaks of a soft tongue, Prov: 25.15. and of a soft heart, Job 23.16. that is, an heart free from stonynesse and obduration. Some flesh is brawny and hard, some very tender, as the flesh of those mentioned Deut: 28.56. The heart of flesh is an heart like the tenderest flesh, even the flesh of a child new-born.
Secondly, Sensibleness. Some flesh is so hardned as that it feels nothing, & some is so tender its sensible of the least touch. [Page 339] The drunkards flesh felt not the stripes when he was beaten, Pro: 3.35. but Josiahs heart was sensible of the anger of God, when he heard the Law only read, 2 Chr: 34. Christs heart was tender & sensible of our infirmities, he was touched with the feeling of them, Heb: 4.15. the least infirmity he was affected with, for he had an heart of flesh, an heart without any stonyness at all in it, and where an heart of flesh is, its sensible of the least sin, the least dishonour to God; vain thoughts, risings of corruption, extravagancy of affections, all sins are burdensome to it; the man of such an heart hath his senses exercised to discern between good and evill, Heb: 5.14.
Thirdly, Meltingness. A stony heart never melts, but an heart of flesh is of a melting nature. Josiahs heart was not only affected with the Law read, but melted also into tears, 2 Kings 22.19. His heart was tender, and he humbled himself before the Lord. So David, Psal. 22.14. My heart is like wax, it is melted in the midst of my bowels; how did it melt after Nathan had told him of his sin! Psal: 51. so after his numbring of the people, 2 Sam: 24.17. Peters heart was of this nature, for after Christ looked upon him, he went out and wept bitterly, Luke 22.62. Such were their hearts, Ezek: 9.4. who sighed and cryed for all the abominations which were done in the midst of Jerusalem. An heart of flesh melts and mourns that God is dishonoured by others, but most of all that he hath been dishonoured by him in whom it is; that man that hath an heart of flesh sheds most tears for the wrongs himself hath done unto God, Luke 15.18, 19.
Fourthly, Teachablenesse. A stony heart is indocible, inflexible, it repels and keeps out truths, but an heart of flesh admits and receives truths, it is yielding and teachable. When Lydiacs hard heart was turned into flesh, Acts 16.14. she attended unto the things which were spoken by the Apostle, she received them, and believed them; she was a good Scholar, and constrained her Teachers to come and abide at her house, that she might learn more of them, vers. 15. Paul no sooner had his heart of stone made flesh, but he manifested a teachablenesse [Page 340] in himself, Acts 9.6. Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? I am a blind Pharisee, and have been all my dayes out of the way; I desire now to learn, and to be taught of thee whom I ignorantly blasphemed. David shut not his eyes against the light, as many hard-hearted persons do, he prayed, That the Lord would open his eyes that he might behold wonderous things out of the Law; He was oft begging of God to teach him, O teach me the way of thy statutes, and I shall keep it unto the end, Psal. 119.18.33. He was willing to see, to hear, and to do, Psal: 110.3. Thy people shall be willing in the day of thy power. When the stony heart is removed, and an heart of flesh put in the room of it, that is a day of power, and then the people so hearted are willing to hear the Lord speak, to understand his counsels, and to resolve their wills into Gods, so that his will is theirs.
Cor carneum quod ante ad alterius arbitratum fingitur.Fifthly, Obedientialnesse. A stony heart is refractory, contradictory, disobedient, but a fleshy heart is yielding and obediential, it is Cor sequari, an heart which follows God, as Elisha followed Elijah, virtue went out of the mantle and constrained him to do so, and the virtue gone out from God into an heart of flesh prevails with it, and causeth it to follow God, to yield obedience unto him. Caleb had another spirit then the rest of the Jews had, and he followed the Lord fully, Numb: 14.24. His spirit was not obstinate but obediential, and where-ever this heart of flesh is, it is so far from being contentious against the truth, or with-holding the truth in unrighteousness, as that it obeys the truth heartily, Rom: 6.17.
The Excellency of a tender heart.
First, Its the Mansion of Gods holy Spirit. When the heart is tender and fleshy, God puts in his holy Spirit into it, as in the next verse appears. The Spirit it self is a tender thing, and takes no content in an hard heart, Isa: 57.15. Its in the heart of humble and contrite ones that the Spirit dwells. The Corinthians were babes in Christ, very tender, and they were Temples of the Spirit, 1 Cor. 3.1.16. How excellent is a tender heart [Page 341] that the Spirit of Grace, Heb: 10.29. the Spirit of Glory, 1 Pet: 4.14. should take it up for its habitation? It was there before as an Agent, not as an Inhabitant.
Secondly, It cannot endure the dishonour of God; its much affected, yea afflicted thereat. When Rabshakeh blasphemed and reviled the God of Israel, how was Hezekiah afflicted at it? He rent his cloaths, covered himself with sackcloath, and went into the house of the Lord, sends for Isaiah, begs his prayers, spreads the blasphemers Letter he had received before the Lord, and cryed unto him for help to vindicate his own name, 2 Kings 19.1, 2, 3, 4, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. Hezekiah had a tender heart, and herein was the excellency of it, he was deeply affected with the dishonour of God. Davids heart was touched throughly when men violated the Law of God, and dishonoured his name, Psal. 119.136. Rivers of water run down mine eyes because they keep not thy Law. None of his own afflictions, his persecution by Saul, his expulsion by Absolom, did draw so many tears from him as the dishonour of Gods name, that made his tender heart like a Fountain which sends forth Rivers; the heathens who had hard hearts said of their heathenish King, Its not meet for us to see the Kings dishonour, Ezra 4.14. And can Christians see the dishonour of the God of Heaven? Those that have hearts of flesh cannot endure to see it, if they cannot help the same, they will mourn, and mourn abundantly for it.
Thirdly, Its a strong defence against all sin; it quickly feels the nature of sin, and so flyes from it. Touch tender flesh with a Needle or Pin, it endures not the same, it cryes out against, and removes them. Some bodyes are so delicate that they feel every wind, every little distemper, and so fortifie themselves against them; and some hearts are so tender that corruption or the Devil cannot stir but they discern, feel, and find them, and so set themselves against them. When Josephs Mistriss tempted him to folly, his heart startled at it, and caused his tongue to say, How can I do this, and sin against God? Gen: 39.9. A tender heart sticks at the appearance of evill, [Page 342] and will not venture there: Abraham would not take any thing of the spoyl recovered, but returned all into the hands of the King of Sodom, least he should say, I have made Abraham rich, Gen: 14.23. This was an excellent frame of spirit; and proceeded from the tenderness of his heart, such tenderness Antidotes a man against the poyson of sin. Jobs heart was flesh, not stone, and not his Friends, Wife or Devil could draw him to commit sin; his heart was sensible of his sons sinning, and on their behalf he offered sacrifice continually, Job 1.5. and that tenderness preserved him from sinning. Davids heart smote him when he cut off but the lap of Sauls garment, 1 Sam: 24.5.
Fourthly, Its active for God. When Pauls heart was turned into flesh, presently saith he, Lord what wilt thou have me to do? I am now ready to do ought for thee, Acts 9.6. And straight way he preached Christ in the Synagogues, vers. 20. Josiah was of a tender heart, and he acted notably for God, he destroyed the groves, altars, high-places, images out of Judah and Jerusalem, and other places, he repaired the Temple, he caused the Law to be read, the people to enter into Covenant with God, he kept a most solemn Passeover, such as had not been from Samuels dayes before, 2 Chron: 34. & 35. Chap: A hard heart is active against God, and a soft heart is active for God. Manasseh through the hardness of his heart, did more wickedly then any, 2 Chron: 33. And David through the tendernesse of his heart, fulfilled all the wills of God, Acts 13.22. He durst not neglect any duty the Lord call'd for, nor do it remisly when he went about it.
What are the mistakes about a tender heart?
First, There is a legal tendernesse which arises from apprehension of Gods Soveraignty and Justice, and his wrath due unto men for sin, and their sinfull practices, whereupon they humble themselves, mourn, sigh, weep, pray, and so manifest some tenderness of heart; such I conceive was the tenderness of Manasseh's heart, when he was among thorns, bound in fetters, and in affliction, then he besought the Lord, humbled [Page 343] himself greatly, and prayed, 2 Chron: 33.11, 12, 13. Such tendernesse had Judas who repented of what he had done, saying, He had sinned in betraying innocent bloud, Mat: 27.3, 4. Terrours of conscience put him upon it: This legal tenderness is not that here meant. For
1. Apprehensions of Gods power, justice, wrath, fear of death and hell, do never melt the heart. The Law, judgements of God, considerations of death and hell may break the stony heart into many pieces, yet every piece remain a stone, retain its hardnes: when you break a Milstone or Rock into pieces with an hammer or pick-axe, though broken, yet there is no true softness in them.
2. Legal tendernesse never loves God, it loves it self, and seeks it self; but Evangelical or Spiritual tenderness carries out the heart to God and Christ. Peter having hardned his heart by denyal of the Lord Jesus once, twice, and thrice, and then being softned again by a look of Christ upon him, Luke 22.61, 62. he loved him dearly, and that it might be known, Christ asked him the question, Simon, lovest thou me more than these? he saith not, Peter dost thou love me? but dost thou love me more than these? I know these love me much, how stands thy heart to me? his answer was, Yea, I love thee, and more than these do love thee, and thou knowest it. A tender heart is strongly in love with Christ. Paul after his heart was regenerate and softned, he was so in love with Christ, that he wisheth Anathema Maranatha to that man which loves not the Lord Jesus, 1 Cor: 15.22.
Secondly, There is a naturall fleshliness or tenderness which is much in women, and sometimes also in men; as when Joseph made himself known unto his brethren, he wept, it was from a natural tenderness in him, Gen. 45.1, 2. Some are by nature very tender and pittyfull; such tenderness is not what our Prophet aims at. For
1. This natural tenderness is born with men, they bring it with them into the world; the other is a gift, I will give you an heart of flesh; the one is of nature, the other of grace; Parents [Page 344] procreate the one, God creates the other; the one is from constitution, the other from regeneration.
2. Where there is a natural tenderness it is flexible both wayes, to good and evill. Rehoboam who was a wicked King, having a tender heart, 2 Chron: 13.7. he was for evill and for good, he hearkned to the young mens ill counsel at one time, and to Shemaiah's good counsel another time, 1 Kings 12.14, 24. he was easily drawn this way and that way, like some in the Apostles time who were carryed about with every wind of Doctrine, Ephes. 4.14. They were children, they had a natural tendernesse in them, and bowed to sound and corrupt doctrine; but a man that hath the tenderness of heart here intended is untractable towards evill, and only flexible unto good, 1 John 3.9. He cannot sin because he is born of God, his heart is obstinate against sin, he keeps himself from the touching of the wicked one, Chap: 5.18. But is plyable to the will of the holy one, prepared unto every good work, 2 Tim: 2.21.
Thirdly, Natural tenderness is faint in the cause of God, it hath no courage, no magnanimity for God, but spiritual tenderness hath. Paul was tender hearted after his conversion, and see what a spirit he had for God, Acts 17.22, 23. Ye men of Athens, I perceive that in all things ye are too superstitious, &c. He contested with the whole University of Athens. The Bock of Martyrs tells of Alice Driver (a tender hearted woman) who said, She would set her foot against the foot of any of them all; she meant the Bishops and their creatures; she had courage for God and his cause.
Fourthly, Natural tendernesse is dulled by fasting, prayer, and humiliation, but spiritual tenderness is sharpned and quickned by the same. Esther after her fasting, praying, and humbling her soule was more sensible of the state of the Jews, and the great danger they were in, and ventured her life for them, Esther 4. & 5. Chap.
Fifthly, Afflictions, crosses, are very heavy to that heart that is naturally tender, its restlesse, unquiet under them, but an [Page 345] heart spiritually tender welcomes afflictions, receives them with joy, Heb. 10.34. and finds sin heavier then afflictions. There be some soft natures which can weep, shed tears in abundance for losse of Relations, Estates, Favours of great Ones, yet never wept for sin; these have a natural tenderness, not a spirituall.
Besides what may be gathered from what is said, I shall give some Characters of a tender heart.
First, Its sensible of the Churches and Saints afflictions, it mourns for, and with them; a tender heart bleeds when it goes ill with Sion and the people of God. When the men of Ai smote but thirty six Israelites, how was Joshua affected with it? He rent his clothes, and fell to the earth upon his face, before the Ark of the Lord, untill the even tide, Josh. 7.6. You may read Ps. 79. & 80. how greatly David or Asaph were affected with the desolation of Jerusalem, and miseries befell the Church. These were men of tender hearts, and sensible of evils at a distance. Such was Paul, 2 Cor: 14.29. and Jeremy, whose eyes ran down with tears, because the Lords flock was carryed away captive, Jer: 13.17.
Secondly, Where an heart hath a gracious and spiritual tenderness, its affected with the perishing condition of others, it grieves to see men impenitent, unbelieving, going on in the broad way, to be in a state of irregeneracy, and pityes them, Rom: 9.2, 3. Paul had great heaviness, and continual sorrow in his heart, and why? for his brethren and kinsmen according to the flesh; they rejected Christ and his Gospel through unbelief and hardnesse of heart, they were in the broad way to destruction. Christ seeing Jerusalem insensible of her own good, he wept over her, Luke 19.41. And in former times Jeremy had manifested the tenderness of his heart toward the Jews, when he said unto them thus, Hear ye, and g [...]ve ear, be not proud; for the Lord hath spoken: Give glory to the Lord your God, before he cause darknesse, and before your feet stumble upon the dark mountains, and while ye look for light, he turn it into the shadow of [Page 346] death, and make it grosse darknesse: but if ye will not hear it, my soul shall weep in secret places for your pride, Jer: 13.15, 16, 17.
Thirdly, A tender heart dare not go out from God in any case, but commits it self and way to him, it consults with God, and leans upon him for counsel and direction. Josiah, when the Law was found, and he understood from it what wrath was due to the breach of it, presently sends men to enquire of the Lord for himself and others what to do; he took counsel of God, and not of man, 2 Chron: 34.21. So Jehoshaphat he sought not to Baalim, but to the Lord God of his fathers; and David made Gods Testimonyes his Counsellers, Psal. 119.24. Hard hearts dare presume and venture to go out from God, and into wayes he hath not warranted; so did Gehazi, Judas and Demas, they followed the imaginations of their own hearts, and declared that their hearts were Brasse. Those that have hearts of flesh say with them in Isa: 2.3. Come, let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob, and he will teach us of his wayes, and we will walk in his paths, not in our own.
Fourthly, Its affected presently at the frowns and chidings of God, at the appearance and shaking of the Rod. A child of a tender nature will melt when the Parent begins to manifest displeasure, as to chide or take the Rod into his hand; but its not so with a stubborn nature, that will hear bitter words, and endure many stroaks before it will melt, Jer: 5.3. Thou hast stricken them, but they have not grieved; thou hast consumed them, but they have refused to receive correction; they have made their faces harder then a rock, they have refused to return: These had no tender hearts in them. When Absolom had driven David out of Jerusalem, he went up mount Olivet weeping: He was presently affected with the hand of God, 2 Sam: 15.30. Moses was presently affected with the wrath that went out from God against the people, Numb: 16.46.
Fifthly, A tender heart feels much stoninesse in it self, and complains of it; O what a stony, rocky, Adamantine heart have I! saith a tender hearted man: its tendernesse discovers and feels hardnesse, Eph: 4.19. They were hardned in sin, were past [Page 347] feeling, Where hearts are all stone, there is no sensibleness of the stonyness; those have the tenderest hearts, that feel most Brass and Iron in them. David cryed oft to God for quickning, Psal: 119.154, 156, 159. Quicken me according to thy Word; Quicken me according to thy judgements; Quicken me according to thy loving kindnesse. And why did he cry so for quickning? because he felt much deadness and hardness in his heart. A dead heart is an hard heart: A man when dead is cold, stiff, and hard; so a mans heart, if dead within him, is cold, stiff, and stony.
How may the heart be kept tender?
First, By taking heed of every sin, for its only sin that hardens the heart; as the foot by treading hardens the earth, so when sin walks up and down in the heart it hardens and obdurates the same; Dan: 5.20. Nebuchadnezzars mind was hardned in pride; and the Apostle tells you, Heb: 3.13. That mens hearts come to be hardned through the deceitfulnesse of sin. Men think little sins can do them little harm; but they harden their hearts, and is that no harm? is that little harm? its the greatest harm can be done you.
Secondly, By searching and examining of your hearts frequently, that is a special means to keep them tender; its like digging of the Garden, and ploughing of the Earth, which keeps it from hardning; the more digging and ploughing, the more tender and crumbly is the earth, that is the chiefest way to preserve it so; and they who are ever searching their hearts, examining them daily, have them in a tender frame. David communed oft with his own heart, and his spirit made diligent search, Psal. 77.6. That kept his heart in a tender frame.
Thirdly, By studying the word much and minding it there is great virtue in the word, it's like fire, and will not only thaw the icyness of their hearts, but keep them unfrozen; the hardest mettals while they are in the Fire are soft, and whilest mens hearts are in the Divine fire of the Scriptures, they will be soft. The Word is like Water and Oyl which moisten and [Page 348] supple the heart, so that the tendernesse of it is preserved.
Fourthly, By meditating seriously on Gods love, the heigths, depths, lengths, and breadths of his love. When a soul is taken up with thoughts of the freeness, greatness, strength, sweetness, everlastingness, and fruits of Gods love, it will be in a melting frame, that fire works kindly upon the heart; love apprehended makes the heart tender.
Fifthly, Look much to Christ crucified, Zech: 12.10. When we consider what Christ hath suffered for our sakes, it will make and keep our hearts tender.
First, Observe;
A tender heart is a choice mercy.
As a stony heart is a grievous plague, so an heart of flesh is a great blessing, its sensible of sin, even secret sins, it trembles at thoughts of God, his Attributes and Word, it understands divine things, its teachable and obediential, its compassionate and full of bowels towards all; such an heart is rare to find, but where-ever it is, it's a mercy of mercies, a superlative mercy.
Secondly, Observe;
Its a gift, even the gift of God.
I will give you an heart of flesh. None but he who can fetch water out of a Rock, and turn stones into flesh, (Mat. 3.9.) can give this tender heart; we can make our hearts stony by sinning, but we cannot soften them again. Its Gods prerogative to make and give an heart of flesh; he can make the hardest heart exceeding tender: beg such an heart of him, and presse him with his promise; For faithfull is he who hath promised, who also will do it.
Vers. 27. And I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, and ye shall keep my judgements, and do them.
IN the 35. verse remission of sins was promised, in the 36. regeneration, and in this, infusion of the spirit is promised: In the words are
- 1. The mercy promised, viz: the spirit.
- 2. The parties recipient, you.
- 3. The effects of this reception, walking in &c.
I will put my spirit within you.
By spirit here, I understand not the new heart, or new spirit mentioned in the verse before, viz. the gifts and graces of the spirit, but the spirit it self, so Aecolampad: Lavater, Junius and Polonius; and however it be a great dispute among School-men, Whether the spirit it self be given unto men, and dwell in them; some conclude, That the person of the spirit is not given, but dwells in us only Mediantibus donis; yet the Scripture is cleer, That the spirit it self is given, and dwells in the sons of men, Rom: 5.5. The love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the holy spirit which is given unto us. Here is a distinction made between the grace of the spirit, and the spirit it selfe; the grace of love is shed abroad [...] the hearts of the Saints by the spirit, and that spirit which [...]keth that grace in them, is given unto them; the person of the spirit is distinguished from the gifts, and graces he works in men; 1 Cor: 6.19. Know ye not that your body is the Temple of the Holy spirit in you. A Temple is not for gifts or graces, but for a person, a Deity, and some speciall presence of that Deity; the world hath God in it, yet it is not call'd The Temple of God, [Page 350] because he is in a general and common manner in the same, but the spirit is in the bodyes of the Saints, and that in a special manner, 1 Cor. 2.12. We have r [...]ceived not the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God, that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God. By spirit here cannot be meant gifts or graces, but the person of the spirit, who searcheth the deep things of God, as it is vers. 10. and makes them known by degrees, unto those he dwells in, discovering what God hath done for them, Rom: 8.11. If the spirit of him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you: its the spirit of God himself, who dwells in beleevers, and not only the gifts and graces of the spirit; these are in them as qualities in a Subject, but he is in them as an Inhabitant in an house.
The spirit by reason of its Infinitenesse, is every where, in Trees, Worms, Flowers, waters, all creatures; is it any other wise in the Saints then in them? True, the spirit quoad essentiam is in all things; yet,
First, Its not in them per modum unionis, by way of union; a Fish is in the water, but not united to the water; the spirit is in the Saints by way of union, therefore is said to dwell in them by his own gifts and graces; we are united to the spirit, and the spirit to us.
Secondly, Its not in them per modum gratiosae operationis, by way of gracious operation; all he doth in other creatures, is upholding their beings, enabling them to put forth their natural power, vigour, virtue, and ordering their motions to what ends he pleaseth, he worketh nothing in them above their natures, but in those he dwells, he worketh gracious effects, in those the Lord gives the spirit unto, he worketh such operations as are not elsewhere, even such as are aboue nature; he is in them Speciali titulo ratione gratiae: A Gardiner worketh curious Knots in the Garden, which he doth not elsewhere; God made other works, and set other plants in Paradise than in the world.
Thirdly, As the Deity of Christ is every where in every creature, yet otherwise in Christs humane nature, than in any creature, Col: 2.9. so the spirit, though it be every where, yet is otherwise in Believers, than in other creatures, it is in them as it is in Christ himself, but not in the same measure.
What doth the spirit being within us?
First, It unites the Lord Christ and the soul together, it makes an happy union between them two. The Corinthians were espoused to Christ, 2 Cor. 11.2. not only by the Ministry of Paul, but by the spirit, 1 Cor. 12.13. By one spirit are we all baptized into one body; that is, the Church, the body of Christ; the spirit is the great Agent in this work.
Secondly, The spirit gives out divine Oracles and Truths unto the soul: As in the Temple God gave out his mind, made known his will, so doth the spirit in the heart of man; Mat. 10.20. The spirit of the Father speaks in Believers; 1 John 2.20. Ye have an anction from the holy One, and ye know all things. That unction is the spirit which makes known all needful things unto those it dwells in; its needful to be instructed, and armed against Antichrist and his seducements, its needful to be directed in the way to Heaven, they had the spirit which did teach them how to avoid the one, and how to proceed in the other; and so were [...], taught of God; and who teacheth like him? Job 36.22. He teacheth inwardly, infallibly, powerfully.
Thirdly, It conquers and drives out the enemies that had possession of, and quartered in us. There is no man the Lord puts his spirit into, but the spirit finds the Devil there, he hath possession of mens hearts, and labours to keep the same; there be also a multitude of base and ungodly lusts which fight for the Devils interest, these the spirit sets upon, subdues and casts out. When Christ came into the Temple, he whipt out all the money-changers; when Joshua came into Canaan, he drove out the Canaanites and other Nations; and when the spirit comes [Page 352] into a man it beats down strong holds, drives out Satan and his Troops; 1 John 4.4. Greater is he that is in you, than he that is in the world. The Devil had been in them before, but was now driven out of them into the world by the spirit which was in them, and their lusts were mortified by the same spirit, Rom: 8.13.
Fourthly, The Spirit put into man, takes the rule and government of that man into his own hand; he must no longer be under the dominion of sin or Satan, but under the conduct of the spirit, he, and all in him, must bow to that great Person. When a great man cometh into the Countrey to dwell, he looks for all about him to bow unto him, and to be at his command; hence men that have stout and stubborn spirits which cannot bow use to say, Magnum vicinum nolumus, We care not for a great Neighbour. The spirit is greater than all men, and when he is put into men, it's to rule; he is there not to be checked, controled, opposed, but to bear sway, to have the Keyes of every Room delivered up unto him, he must be, and will be Soveraign in the soul, before him every Mountain and Hill must be brought low, yea every creature must swear fealty unto him, Rom: 8.14. They are lead by the spirit of God. The spirit is the Commander and Leader of those it dwells in, they follow him and not others; whereas those that are without the spirit are led away with diverse lusts, 2 Tim: 3.6. or drawn away with their own lust, James 1.14. and so follow Satan, 1 Tim: 5.15. It's not so with those that have the spirit that is call'd A Guide, John 16.13. and such a Guide, as guides into all truth, and orders them so, as that they shall not miscarry, for its a spirit of wisdome, Ephes. 1.17. of counsell, Isa: 11.2. of power, 2 Tim: 1.7. so that he must rule, and where he rules, he doth it wisely.
Fifthly, He frames them to his own mind, and transforms them into his own likenesse: as a Graft put into a Stock, turns the sap of the Stock, and assimilates it and the Stock to it self; so doth the spirit in the parties where it is, 2 Cor: 3.18. We are changed into the same Image from glory to glory, even as by the [Page] [Page] [Page 353] Spirit of the Lord, or by the Lord the Spirit, so the Greek will bear it; we are selfish, sinfull, natural, morall, and the spirit makes us spiritual. The husband frames the mind of his wise suitable unto his own; when a man comes into an old house, he pulls down, and sets up, he takes away and adds what he pleases, and fits the house to his own mind; so doth the spirit being in our earthly Tabernacles, it abrogates the Laws of the flesh, it throws out the Principles of Satan, and the world, it sets up new Laws, and works new Principles, Rom: 3.27. Chap: 8.2.
Sixthly, The spirit being put into man, and man becoming his Temple, he doth beautifie and adorn that Temple, and make it glorious. Solomon over-laid the Temple with pure gold, 1 Kings 6.21. the inside was very glorious; and the spirit trims up its Temple with pure graces, with love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance, &c. Gal: 5.22, 23. Ephes. 5.9. The spirit garnished the Heavens with those greater and lesser Lights, Job 26.13. which fill this lower world with their glory: Its the spirit which reneweth the face of the earth, Psal: 104.30. and makes it beautifull, and its the spirit reneweth and garnisheth the soul, making it glorious and beautifull with all graces, Psal. 45.13. The Kings daughter is all glorious within; and the spirits Temple is no lesse glorious: If Solomons Temple were call'd The holy and beautifull house, Isa. 64.11. much more may the Temple of the spirit be so called.
Seventhly, It being in man enables him to do many things, it strengthens him with might to do that which otherwise he could not do, Eph: 3.16. As
First, To discern between the things of men, and the things of God, between the things of Christ, and those of Antichrist, between true and counterfeit graces, 1 Cor. 2.15. He that is spiritual judgeth all things. He hath the spirit enabling him to make a difference, and to see the reallity, beauty and excellency of some things above others: The High Priests, Scribes & Pharisees, saw no beauty in Christ that they should desire him, [Page 354] but the Apostles who had the spirit in them did, John 1.14. We beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: and Paul saw so much in Christ, and the knowledge of him, That he counted all things but lasse for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ, Phil. 3.8.
Secondly, It enables them to pray spiritually, Rom. 8.26. The spirit helpeth our infirmities, for we know not what we should pray for as we ought. The spirit tells us what to pray for, and helps us to bring forth those Petitions it hath formed in us; Zech: 12.10. its call'd The spirit of supplication, because it teaches us what to supplicate God for, and assists us in supplicating. Both Paul and Jude exhorts those they write unto, To pray in the spirit, Ephes. 6.18. Jude 20. That is, in the strength and help of the spirit, not in their own strength.
Thirdly, It enables to stand in time of trouble, persecution and sufferings: The spirit prompts answers unto those that are questioned for truths sake, and helps them against all their opposers, see Mark 13.11. Matth: 10.19, 20. Luke 12.11, 12. When they were lead before Magistrates and Powers, they must take no thought before hand what to speak, nor premeditate, the spirit should help them, encourage, and uphold them, not an Angel, but the spirit; Acts 6.10. Stephen was so mightily assisted by the spirit, that his opposers, viz: the Libertines, Cyrenians, Alexandrians, and others were not able to withstand him.
Fourthly, It enables to bring forth good fruit. If there be no sap in a Vine, it will bear no fruit; if there be only our own sap, it will yeeld sowre fruit; but if the sap of the spirit be there, then it will afford good fruit, speciall fruit, Acts 10.38. Christ being anointed with the holy spirit, and with power, he went about doing good; so the Apostles, Acts 1.8. Ye shall receive power after the holy spirit is come upon you, and ye shall be witnesses unto me, both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost parts of the earth. The spirit impowered them to walk up and down in the world, to preach the Gospel, convert souls, plant Churches, and to do them good; so did Paul, Rom. 15.19. Where the spirit is, it enables, and provokes unto good, John 7.38, 39.
Fifthly, The spirit enables men to keep the Word of God, and yeeld obedience unto it; 2 Tim. 1.14. That good thing which was committed unto thee, keep by the holy spirit which dwelleth in us. Timothy, saith Paul, thou hast that which is of great concernment committed to thy keeping, viz: the Gospel, the form of sound words, and thou hast a great helper to enable thee thereunto, even the spirit of God which dwells in thee; see therefore that thou keep it by the enabling power of the spirit, which helps not only to remember truth, but also to obey truth; for Peter assures us, That the beleeving Jews did obey the truth through the spirit; that is, through the assistance of the spirit: This is that which follows in the next words to be opened.
And cause you to walk in my statutes.
The Hebrew word for cause is [...] faciam, I will make, effect, or bring to passe by the operation of that spirit I put into you, that you shall walk in my statutes. Vatablus renders it efficiam, which imports influence of power; David, Psal. 143.10. prayes unto the Lord to teach him to do his will; and Psal. 119.35. he saith, Make me to go in the path of thy Commandments; both these the spirit being put into man performs, it teaches him to do the will of God, and causes him to go in the path of his Commandements.
To walk in Gods statutes, implyes several things.
First, The making of Godlinesse and Religion our chief work in this life: other things are to be done as inferiour things, this is to be the principal, no work should be so minded as this; saith Joshua Chap. 24.15. As for me and my house, we will serve the Lord; that shall be our great and chief businesse in this world: He remembred what God had commended to him and all men, Deut. 6.6, 7, 8, 9. These words which I command thee this day, shall be in thine heart; and thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy Children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thy house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou lyest down, and when thou risest up; and thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be as frontlets [Page 356] between thine eyes, and thou shalt write them upon the posts of thine house, and upon thy gates. God would have us to be godly inwardly and outwardly, at home and abroad, night and day, and to make our familyes religious; and they are repeated again, Deut: 11.18, 19, 20. that so they might take the deeper impression upon the hearts of men. David looked at this work above all others, Psal. 119.97. O how I love thy Law! it is my meditation all the day. To be godly and religious was his principal care, that is the one thing necessary; and Solomon hath drawn it up into this conclusion, Fear God, and keep his Commandements, for this is the whole duty of man, Eccles: 12.13.
Secondly, Taking delight in the wayes of God: His statutes, commands, and wayes are grievous to men, naturally they walk not in them: When men walk in any way, they are delighted with and in that way; so here, walking in Gods statutes notes delight, Psal: 119.14. I have rejoyced in the way of thy Testimonies, as much as in all riches. Some rejoyce in fine houses, some in fertile Lands, some in great Flocks, some in Silver and Gold, but David rejoyced in the way of Gods Testimonies, and as much as any of them, or all of them in their riches; he found more sweet in them, then they in their wealth, vers. 143. Thy Commandements are my delights: They were his chief, his satisfying, his sole and soul delights. It was meat and drink to Paul, to be doing the will and work of the Lord, Acts 20.24. as it was unto Christ, John 4.34.
Thirdly, It imports motion and progresse; they should not stand still in contemplation, nor sit still in meditation, but they should proceed and go on in the wayes of God, they should get neerer their journeys end, be daily more knowing, more holy, more gracious and godly. The Thessalonians faith did grow exceedingly, and their charity abounded, 2 Thess. 1.3. They walked from faith to faith, and from love to love. When Paul was converted, and brought into the way of Christ, he encreased in spiritual strength, Acts 9.22. He reached forward, and pressed towards the mark, Phil: 3.13, 14. He put on mightily [Page] [Page] [Page 357] for to get the knowledge of Christ, and the power of his resurrection, and the fellowship of his sufferings; he did not only walk, but ran oft in the way of truth and godlinesse, 1 Cor. 9.26.
Fourthly, Walking in Gods statutes, imports perseverance in them; they shall not apostatize and turn back from them, but continue in them. Of a wicked man destitute of Gods Spirit, its said, He hath left off to be wise, and to do good, Psal. 36.1. But of a righteous man its said, He shall hold on in his way, Job 17.9. He knows he is in a safe and good way, a way that will recompence him fully at the end, whatever hardships or storms he meets withall, and therefore will neither sit still nor go back, he may be extra semitam sometimes, but never turning back again.
Ye shall keep my judgements and do them.
Statutes and Judgements are comprehensive words, and sometimes are used promiscuously, as hath formerly been shewed in Chap: 18. and 5. but here they may be thus differenced, Statutes to signifie the duties of the first Table, the things of Gods worship and manner of the same, whether under the Law or Gospel; and Judgements, the duties of the second Table, matters of equity and justice between man and man.
The word for keep is [...], which imports keeping with care and diligence, they should not keep them in their houses or memories only, but they should keep them practically, they should do them.
First, Observe;
Gods spirit differs from all other spirits.
Angels are spirits, souls of men are spirits, but these are below Gods spirit; I will put my spirit. Gods spirit is a spirit of holinesse, Rom. 1.4. The power of the highest, Luke 1.35. A spirit of truth guiding into all truth, John 16.13. A spirit of grace, Zech: 12.10. The Oyl of gladnesse, Heb: 1.9. The [Page 358] Comforter, John 14.16. A spirit of glory, 1 Pet. 4.14. A spirit, that is the Lord, Isa. 11.2. Ruach Jehovah, The spirit of Jehovah shall rest upon him. Whatever excellencies may be in souls or Angels, they are infinitely short of that that is in the spirit of God; Psal. 143.10. Thy spirit is good; that is, Thy spirit, O Lord, is transcendently good; my own spirit is naught, and all other spirits are nothing compared with thy spirit, that, and that only is good, good originally, good transcendently, good infinitely.
Secondly, Observe;
The putting in of the spirit into the sons of men, is a free act of God.
He doth it not upon the account of the Covenant of works, but by vertue of the Covenant of grace. This verse is a branch of the Covenant of grace, and agrees with that in Jerem. 31.33. I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts; that God doth when he puts in his spirit, 2 Cor. 3.3. for the spirit being within, writes divine truths in the heart: Adam had the Law writ in his heart by the spirit, but not as it is written by the spirit in the hearts of Believer, who are under the new Covenant; the spirit writ the Law in Adams heart as Concreator with the Father and the Son, not by vertue of any Covenant; but Believers receive the spirit, and have the Law writ in them by vertue of Covenant; God hath covenanted to put his spirit in them, and they have the spirit from Christ and the Father; Christ purchased of the Father the mission of the spirit, therefore saith, He will send the Comforter unto them, John 16.7. And that he will pray the Father, and he shall send the Comforter unto them, John 14.16. So that Believers now have the spirit from God as a Father in Christ, from Christ as Head of the Church, and both these by vertue of the new Covenant; Adam had not the spirit so: and for those that had the spirit under the Law (for some had it as you may see, Psal. 51.11. Nehem: 9.20. Numb: 27.18. Hagg. 2.5.) they had it not by vertue of the Covenant of works, Do this and live; for none were able to keep the Law, but by vertue of the Covenant [Page] [Page] [Page 359] of grace; there was Gospel in the Law, yea, the whole Ceremonial Law was so: The Apostle tells us that the Galatians received not the spirit by the works of the Law, but by the hearing of faith, Gal. 3.2. And look how the Gentiles received the blessing of Abraham, viz. the spirit, which was through faith, and through Christ, vers. 14. so did the Jews likewise.
Neither Jews nor Gentiles do bring any preparations or qualifications towards the reception of the spirit; God gives his spirit freely where there are no such things: when men are in a state of sin and wickednesse, the spirit is put in; first, its there, and then it works grace; before they have new hearts, new spirits, the stone be taken out of the heart, and there be an heart of flesh; the spirit is put in and acts, he finds not qualifications or dispositions, but brings them, works them. The Bees when they come to the Hive, find no wax, no honey there, but they bring the wax and honey; so the spirit, when it comes to mens hearts it finds no wax, no honey, no graces, nor gracious dispositions there, but brings them; when the spirit comes to regenerate and sanctifie it finds nothing in men but darkness, unbelief, unholinesse, and enmity, by which its no more defiled than an Angel by coming into the world which lyes in wickednesse, or the Sun shining upon a Dunghil; but when it comes to be an Inhabitant, a Comforter, a spirit of glory to rest upon a man, then it finds the heart prepared, and made meet for its entertainment and abode.
Thirdly, Observe;
The gift of the spirit is a great and excellent gift.
I will put, or give my spirit within you. The greatness and excellency of it appears in these following particulars:
First, Its the person of the spirit which is a fundamental mercy, and more considerable than all his gifts and graces which flow from him; the Tree is better than all the fruit, the Sun is of more worth than all his Beams.
Secondly, It is the procreator of all grace in the soul, Gal. 5.22. The fruit of the spirit is love, joy, peace, faith: Take but those four graces, & see how they are exalted; faith is stiled precious, 2 Pet. 1.1. peace is said to passe all understanding, Phil. 4.7. joy to be glorious and unspeakable, 1 Pet. 1.8. and love is magnified by Paul above all gifts and other graces, 1 Cor. 13. What a gift then is the spirit which is the Parent, not only of these, but of all graces and all gifts, Ephes. 5.9. The fruit of the spirit it in all goodnesse.
Thirdly, It is the Conservator of all grace and good things in us: As God conserves the world which is his creature, so the spirit conserves grace which is its creature; the spirit as it gives being to all graces, so it preserves them in their beings and operations; It's the spirit which mortifies lusts, Rom. 8.13. And it is the spirit maintains graces, John 3.6. That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the spirit is spirit. As flesh brings forth flesh, so it maintains the same, and as the spirit brings forth spirit, so it maintains the same; each maintains their own off-springs. The spirit is the Nurse of all those graces it hath brought forth in the heart of any; 2 Cor. 4.13. its called The spirit of faith, not only because it creates faith in the heart, but keeps it there; so its called The spirit of grace, Zech. 12.10. not only because it works grace in men, but also because it keeps grace in them; hence those who are after the spirit, are said to mind the things of the spirit; their graces are maintained by the provision of the spirit.
Fourthly, The spirit is he who actuates and consummates our graces; the spirit doth not content it self to beget and preserve graces in mens hearts, but improves and perfects them; we and our graces would act very poorly, did not the spirit assist us, John: 15.5. Without me (saith Christ) you can do nothing; that is, without my spirit concurre with your graces and actuate them, you can do nothing. The Mill may have all things fit for motion, the Sails may be spread, but if the wind blow not, the Mill goes not; so a man may through grace be prepared and fitted to every good work, but if the spirit blow not, [Page] [Page] [Page 361] he moves not, John 6.63. It is the spirit that quickens; it quickens us and our graces also; 2 Cor. 3.6. The spirit gives life, Life to mens persons, and life to their graces; its the spirit makes lively, and sets grace a work. It's the Sun and influences of Heaven which draw up the sap, and make the Tree grow, and it is the spirit and its influences, which draw out our graces into act, they lye still unless fresh blasts of the spirit come upon us and them. And as the spirit acts our graces, so it perfects them, it adds supplyes unto them, Phil. 1.19. and changes us into further glory, day by day, 2 Cor. 3.18. And what is said of Christ, Heb: 12.2. That he is the Authour and Finisher of our faith; the same Christ doth by his spirit, and so the spirit is the Authour and Finisher of all our graces.
Fifthly, The spirit is a great and excellent gift, in that it doth facilitate, sweeten, and make delightfull unto us all the wayes of God; they are hard and harsh to flesh and bloud, as to deny a mans self, to passe by wrongs, to forgive enemies, to bear the Crosse cheerfully, &c. these are things corrupt nature cannot digest; but where the spirit is given, they become easie; the spirit is the oyl of gladnesse, and makes the soul cheerfully fall in with whatever is of God. When a child hath the father to go before, and leads it by the hand, though the way be stony, durty, up hill, it goes willingly; so the soul that hath the spirit to lead it, let the way be what it will, followeth willingly, Psal. 119.32. I will run the way of thy Commandements when thou shalt enlarge my heart; the spirit doth enlarge the heart, 2 Cor. 3.17. where that is there is liberty; let the Lord command things hard, David will run to do them, they are suitable to the spirit, and the work of the spirit in the heart.
Sixthly, The spirit is an excellent gift, in that it makes them excellent who have it, Dan: 5.10, 11. saith the Queen to Belshazzer, There is a man in thy Kingdome in whom is the spirit of the holy gods, he is an excellent man, none like him in all thy Provinces, he hath the spirit of the gods in him, which others have not. Where the spirit of God is put into a man, that man is an excellent man, he hath an excellent person in him, more [Page 362] excellent than his soul, than all souls, than all Angels, he hath excellent graces, and is honourable above others, 1 Sam. 9.6. There is in this City a man of God, and he is an honourable man, said Sauls servant; so every one that hath the spirit, be he in the City, or out of it, is a man of God, and an honourable man.
Fourthly, Observe;
There is an union between the Saints and the spirit of God.
I will put my spirit within you; it is not said, I will put my spirit upon you, but within you; So that by vertue of those graces it works in you, there shall be an union between you and my spirit. This union is not such as is between the three John speaks of, 1 John 5.7. for they are one essentially, nor such as is between the Deity, and Christs humane nature, Col. 2.9. for that is personal, but it is a mystical union, an union of persons, not a personall union. It is
First, Reall; there is a true oneness between the spirit and those its put into, 1 Cor. 6.17. He that is joyned unto the Lord is one spirit, he saith not is one body, or one soul, or hath one spirit with the Lord, but is one spirit; there is as reall an union as is between soul and body, he is so one with the spirit as he is denominated spirit, John 3.6. That which is born of the spirit is spirit.
Secondly, It is a wonderful union. The spirit of God who is one with the Father and the Son, to be one also with man, and not with one man, but all he is put into, even thousands of men, is wonderfull. John tells us, It was a great wonder to see a woman cloathed with the Sun, Rev: 12.1. but it is a greater wonder to see a man or woman united to the spirit of God, which is in our souls and bodyes, the faculties and members of them, as the sap is in the root, vine, and branches; and here is the wonder, the same sap to be in every one of these, and in all other Vines.
Thirdly, It is a most glorious union. When the Lord came into the Temple it was filled with glory, 1 Kings 8.11. and when the spirit is put into a man, and the union made between them, the man is filled with glory: when the Sun shines into an house, it fills it with glory; when the fire is in the Iron, how glorious is it? the union between the Fire and the Iron makes the Iron a thick, dark, solid body, as glorious as the Fire it selfe.
Fourthly, It is a strong and intimate union which cannot be dissolved; I will put my spirit within you, that is, into their inward parts; the spirit is deeply seated, and strongly united unto those it is in, 2 Cor. 6.16. I will dwell in them. The Greek is, I will indwell in them; there is such an indwelling of Gods spirit in the hearts of his, that he will neither leave, nor be thrust out of his habitation; John 14.16. I will pray the Father, and he shall give you another Comforter, that he may abide with you for ever. I am leaving you (saith Christ) but when I am gone, I will intercede with the Father for you, and he shall send the spirit, the great Comforter, and he shall never leave you, he shall abide with you for ever, none shall be able to dispossesse or drive him out of you.
Object: But both these seem contrary to Scripture, 1 Sam. 16.14. The spirit of the Lord departed from Saul; and David did drive away the spirit, when he committed his great sins of murther and adultery.
Answ. 1. Wicked men have the spirit from God as a Lord, by vertue of the Covenant of works, & so sinning the spirit departs from them; thus was it with Saul, he rebelled against God, vexed his spirit, & so that left him; but David who was a godly man, had the spirit from God as a Father in Christ, by vertue of the Covenant of grace; and so though the spirit were grieved by his sins, it did not depart from him; for Psal: 51.11. he prayes unto the Lord, saying, Take not thy holy spirit from me. Had it been gone, the tenour of his prayer had been for restitution, not against ablation of it.
Secondly, The spirit departed from Saul was the spirit of prophesie, and those Kingly endowments which he had received 1 Sam. 10.6. they ceased. The spirit is oft put for the gifts of the spirit, and they do oft-times fail in men.
Thirdly, All men have the spirit of bondage to fear, but all have not the spirit of adoption to cry, Abba, Father, whosoever have the same it abides with them.
Fifthly, Observe;
That before the spirit of God be put into men, they are without life or motion towards God, or spiritual things, they live not to God, they walk not in his statutes, they live to themselves, to the flesh, to the creatures, and wander from God and his wayes.
Naturally men are destitute of the spirit, sensual, as Jude tells you, vers. 19. Sensual, not having the spirit. [...]: Those that have not the spirit, at the best are but sensual or soulie men; and those had the best souls, most reason, understanding, knew not God, Acts. 17.23. 1 Cor. 1.21. David tells us, Psal. 14.2, 3. That God looked down from Heaven upon the children of men; that is, Jews and Gentiles, to see if there were any that did understand, and seek God, that is, whether any did so know God as to set them a work to seek him, as being the highest good, beyond all creature excellencie. But what was the issue of Gods so looking upon men? They are all gone aside, that is, from him and his wayes, They are altogether become filthy, their practices are such as makes them stink, There is none that doth good, no not one; of so many millions of men as are upon the earth, there is not one doth good. There were men of excellent parts then in the world, men of soul, or foulie men, but not one of them did know God, or seek after God; Paul therefore hath laid it down for an universal Maxime, That the animal, natural, or soulie man, receives not the things of the spirit of God, for they are foolishnesse unto him. Whilest he is without the spirit of God, they are no better than foolishnesse unto him, and so are rejected by him.
Sixthly, Observe;
The principle of spiritual life and motion is the spirit of God.
I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk. Immediately upon the putting in of the spirit into the heart of any, there is life and motion; men live and move spiritually. Some make grace the principle of life and motion, but all grace flows from the spirit, Gal. 5.22, 23. Ephes. 5.9. and why should grace have that honour is due to the spirit? It was the entrance of the spirit which quickned the dead bodies of the Witnesses, and caused them to move, Rev. 11.11. and it is the entrance of the spirit which quickens dead souls and causes them to move. We must beware of an error here which hath siezed upon divers of late, viz: That because the spirit is in us, and the principle of life and motion, that therefore the spirit doth all. Matth: 10.20. It is not ye that speak, but the spirit of your Father which speaketh in you; so it is not you that do, but the spirit in you, and if the spirit speaketh and do all, we must sit still and leave our selves to the spirits motions and actings: This is a dangerous error; know therefore, That though the spirit be in men, and the principle of life and motion, yet it doth not act or work without us; in the putting in of the spirit we are Passive, John 3.6. we concur no more to our birth, then a child doth to its generation; but when the spirit is in us and hath quickned us, then there is the co-operation of man with the spirit, Rom: 8.16. The spirit beareth witnesse to our spirit, vers. 26. It helpeth our infirmities. Acti agimus, the spirit acts us, and we co-act with it; If the spirit did all, then the spirit should repent, believe, and not man; but what cause hath the spirit to repent or believe? it never sinned, it stands not in need of help or mercy; that place Matth: 10.20. is not absolutely to be taken, that they did not speak, for so it should be false, Luke 12.12. The holy spirit shall teach you in the same hour what ye ought to say. They spake, and the spirit taught them to speak; the place is to be taken comparatively, not you, but the spirit; that is, it is rather the spirit than you, the spirit is the principle which sets you on. For men to sit still, [Page 366] and leave all to the spirit, is a grieving of the spirit, and contradicts what the spirit hath given out, Matth. 7.7. Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and you shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you. The spirit would have us use means, and doth most vigorously assist us, when we are most diligent in the use of them, Prov. 2.3, 4, 5. 2 Chron. 15.2.
Quest: If the spirit be put into us, dwell in us, and be the principle of life and motion, what need the soul look unto Christ for any fresh or further supply?
Answ. 1. It is granted there is a sufficiency and fullnesse in the spirit, yet because it is the will of God that we should look unto Christ, we are bound to do it, Heb. 12.2. Looking unto Jesus the Authour and Finisher of our faith; 2 Tim. 2.1. Be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus; and Paul himself, 2 Cor. 12.8, 9. looked up to Christ for more help, notwithstanding he had a fullnesse of the spirit within him, Acts 13.9.
Answ. 2. The spirit is not the head of the body, though it be in the body; that honour is Christs, Col. 1.18. He is the Head of the Body, the Church; and from it the whole body receiveth influence, Eph. 4.15, 16. Col. 2.19. its requisite therefore, that every member in the body should look up to the head.
Seventhly, Observe;
God first makes men good, and then they do good; first he puts his spirit into them, and then they walk in his wayes.
It is said of God himself, He is good, and doth good, Psal. 119.68. He is first good, and then good comes from him; so God makes men good by the infusion of his spirit, and then they bring forth spiritual fruit, Ephes. 2.10. We are his workmanship created in Christ Jesus unto good works. Since mans fall, amongst all the sons of men God finds none good, Rom. 2.10. There is none righteous, no not one; if any be so, he is [...], God hath made him so by his spirit, he hath made him a new [Page 367] creature, & so fitted him for good works; the Tree must first be good, before the fruit be good: amongst men good actions are first done, and then men are reputed good; but with God it is otherwise, he makes men first good, and then they do good actions; they do not make themselves good by their free will, by frequent acts of good, but God puts in his spirit towards which they contribute nothing, and thereby they are made good, and act answerably, then their actions have life in them, worth in them, and are suitable to God who is a spirit, and must be worshipped in spirit and truth. Let men look heedfully to themselves, and not stand upon their actions; men may do many actions outwardly glorious, and magnified by men, themselves being corrupt and naught; if men have not the spirit of God in them, their actions are no better than corrupt fruit, of a corrupt Tree, they do not please God; and if any have not the spirit of Christ, he is none of his, He is neither good, nor doth good.
Eighthly, Observe;
In what heart soever the spirit dwells, there will be outward and visible manifestations of it.
Grace within will appear without; I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, to keep my judgements, and to do them. The spirit is like the Sun in the Firmament which cannot be hid long, though it may be clouded for a season; the Cough and Grace are of such natures as will not be concealed; and the spirit is of that nature, as it will di [...]er it self in the man it is within, causing him to change his courses, and to walk in other wayes then ever he walked in. When the spirit is put into a swearer, a lyar, an unclean person, an extortioner, a bloudy persecutor, it makes the swearer fear an oath, the lyar speak truth from his heart, the unclean man to possesse his vessel in sanctification and honour, the extortioner to make satisfaction, and give half of his goods to the poor, and the bloudy persecutor to love and preach the Gospel he persecuted, so demonstrating it self to be in them. The spirit in Scripture is compared to Fire, Matth: 3.11. to a mighty wind, [Page 368] Acts 2.2. to a fountain or spring, John 7.38, 39. to an ointment, 1 John 2.27. to the oyl of gladnesse, Psal: 45.7. All which things will be seen, heard, or smelt, and set out the spirits manifestation of it self. The spirit is an active thing, and makes its inbeing-known by mens outward actions, as the inbeing of the soul is by speaking and walking; the sap keeps not alwayes in the root, but ascends, disperseth it self into every branch, and by leaves, blossoms, and fruit, declares the life and nature of the Tree; many whose lives do testifie what they are, cheat their own souls with this delusion, They have honest hearts, and are inwardly good, though they be not so gracious, and holy outwardly as others; yea, though corruptions do break out sometimes, inwardly they are good; but let such know, it is impossible there should be grace, Christ, or the spirit within them, and these not appear in their tongues and lives; For out of the abundance of the heart the tongue speaks, and the hand acts: The corruption breaks out testifies there is a corrupt, graceless, Christless, and spiritless heart within.
Ninthly, Observe:
When men have received the spirit of God, they are assisted and enabled by it to proceed and persevere in the wayes of God.
I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, and ye shall keep my judgements. As the stonynesse of their hearts, and power of their wills, could not hinder God fr [...] [...]utting in his spirit; so the stonyness being removed, the liberty or power of the will cannot hinder the spirit from carrying on the men in whom it is in the wayes of God, it complyes and co-operates with the spirit therein: Mans Will after the spirits infusion and work upon it neither doth, nor can hinder his proceeding and persevering in the wayes of God; for if so, mans will should frustrate the promise of God, and make him in one part of it unfaithful; for he that said, I will put my spirit within you, said also, I will cause you to walk in my statutes, to keep my judgements and do them; he saith not, If man will it shall be so, but I will have it so. The spirit of God is stronger [Page 369] than Satan, 1 John 4.4. Stronger than mens wills and corruptions, and will put forth his strength to maintain the truth and faithfulnesse of him who put him within men for that end, that he should assist them against whatever should hinder their progress and perseverance in his wayes. The spirit writes the Law of God in the hearts of men, 2 Cor. 3.3. teaches them to understand the same, 1 John 2.27. and enables them to obey all truth, 1 Pet. 1.22. They obeyed the Truth through the spirit; that caused them to walk in the way of truth, notwithstanding Satans temptations, the strength of their own corruptions, and liberty of their wills. Those that have the spirit are led by it, and cannot be under the dominion of sin or Satan, Rom. 6.14. They are under grace, under the conduct of the spirit, which will never let them apostatize and perish, 1 John 3.9. There is a seed in them which will never suffer them so to degenerate, as to become the seed of the Serpent.
Tenthly, Observe;
Those that have the spirit in them, do make godlinesse and the wayes of God their businesse and delight here in this world.
They walk in his statutes, that's their work, trade, recreation; no businesse lyes more upon them than to be godly; The world they are dead unto it, Gal. 6.14. and use it as if they used it not, 1 Cor. 7.29, 30, 31. And sin they are dead unto, they have nothing to do with the unfruitful works of darknesse, Ephes. 5.11. but they are alive unto God, Rom: 6.11. They spend their time and strength for him, they live to his praise and glory. So Paul, Phil. 1.21. saith, To me to live is Christ; Vita mea non nisi in rebus Christi occupatur, My life is employed and laid out in the service and interest of Christ. Those that have the spirit in them, live in the spirit, and walk in the spirit, according to Gal. 5.25. They shew forth the vertues of him that hath put in the spirit within them, and the vertues of the spirit being within them. David had the spirit of God within him, and he made godlin [...]e his [...] his principal businesse, and the statutes of God his delight, Psal. 119.164. Seaven times a day do I praise thee; vers. 62. At midnight will [Page 370] I rise to give thanks unto thee; vers. 97. Gods Law was his meditation all the day; Psal. 71.15. My mouth shall shew forth thy righteousnesse and salvation all the day; Psal. 25.5. On thee do I wait all the day; Psal. 84. [...]0. A day in thy Courts is better than a thousand; I had rather be a door-keeper in the house of my God, than dwell in the Tents of wicked [...]esse; Psal. 27.4. One thing have I desired of the Lord, that I will seek after, That I may dwell in the house of the Lord all the dayes of my life, to behold the beauty of the Lord, and to enquire in his Temple. Where is a King? where is a Christian that mindeth godlinesse as David did? or delights in the wayes of God as he did? May it not be taken up for a lamentation, that most Christians declare, that neither Christ nor the spirit is in them, because they neither seek the things of the one, nor savour the things of the other, Phil. 2.21. Rom. 8.5.
Eleventhly, Observe;
A man indowed with the spirit, must walk in Gods statutes, and in his only.
I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes; they must not worship God any other way then he hath appointed in his word. Inward and outward worship must be appointed by God, for who knows, what will please God but himself? he is a glorious and holy spirit, infinitely and only wise, and that only must we stick unto as pleasing unto him, which himself appoints. Mens inventions and appointments in worship, defile mens souls, & provoke divine Majesty; a godly man therefore is very tender in point of worship, and will practice nothing therein but what he hath found a cleer foundation for out of the word of God; he knows that when Nadab and Abihu brought strange fire before God, it brought a strange judgement upon them from God, Levit. 10.1, 2. He knows that all worship after the Commandements and Traditions of men is in vain, Matth. 15.9. He knows no Coin is currant in the Court of Heaven, but that which hath the Image and Superscription of God himself upon it; he knows [Page 371] what God hath said; Ezek. 20.18, 19. Walk ye not in the statutes of your fathers, neither observe their judgements, nor defile your selves with their idols; I am the Lord your God, walk in my statutes, and keep my judgements, and do them. He knows that to fear God, and keep his Commandements is the whole duty of man, Eccles. 12.13.
Twelfthly, Observe;
That man that hath the spirit of God, is for righteousnesse as well as holinesse;
He is a second Table man, as well as a first Table man; he is conscious towards man, as well as towards God; he keeps the judgements set between man and man, as well as walks in the statutes which are between God and man, as, Thou shalt love thy Neighbour as thy self, Rom. 13.9. Not to defraud thy brother in any matter, 1 Thess. 4.6. To do to others as we would be done unto our selves, Luke 6.31. To condescend to those of low estate, to recompence to no man evill for evill, but to overcome evill with good, Rom. 12.16, 17, 21. Blessing them that curse you, and praying for them that despitefully use you, Mat. 5.44. To forbear and forgive one another, Col. 3.13. To bear one anothers burdens, Gal. 6.2. Every man to possesse his vessel in sanctification and honour, 1 Thess. 4.4. To speak evill of no man, to be no brawlers, but gentle, shewing all meeknesse unto all men, Titus 3.3. To put away all bitterness, wrath, anger, clamour, and evil speaking, with all malice, and to be kind and tender hearted one to another, Ephes. 5.31, 32. Not to lye, but speak the truth every man with his Neighbour, vers. 25. To distribute to the necessities of Saints, Rom. 12.13. To lend, looking for nothing again, Luke 6.35. &c. These be judgements God hath set in his infinite wisdom between man and man, and whosoever hath the spirit of God dwelling in him, keeps these and many other mentioned in sacred writ. David had respect to all the Commandements of the Lord, Psal. 119.6. Those which concerned men, as well as those concern'd God, for they are all of equall authority, being from the same God, and branches of his infinite wisdome; the one tending to mans good, and Gods glory, as [Page 372] well as the other, which David knew, and therefore kept. So Paul, his care was not only to mind the duties of holiness towards God, but those of righteousness towards men, Acts 24.16. Herein (saith he) do I exercise my self, to have alwayes a conscience void of offence towards God and towards man. Had he not kept the judgements set of God between man and man, his conscience had not been innocent, but because he did keep them, therefore he could say, Acts 25.10. To the Jews have I done no wrong; and to the Corinthian Gentiles, we have wronged no man, we have corrupted no man, we have defrauded no man, 2 Cor. 7.2. He had the spirit within him which carryed him forth strongly to do just, righteous, and equall things, and to move others thereunto, Phil. 4.8. Finally Brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any vertue, and if there be any praise, think on these things. He writ these words unto the Philippians as his last words, that so they might take the deeper impression in them; knowing that if second Table duties were not done, first Table duties would be in vain. See how the Lord with indignation takes up the Jews for failing in their duties towards men, though they did their duty towards him, Jer. 7.6, 9, 10. Will ye oppress the stranger, the fatherlesse, and the widow? will ye steal, murder, and commit adultery, and swear falsly, and come and stand before me in this house? what, do you come hither for to pray, to hear the Law, to offer Sacrifice, and think I am pleased with these duties? no, no, I will destroy the Temple where ye worship, and I will cast ye out of my sight as I have done all your brethren, even the whole seed of Ephraim, vers. 14, 15. It is in vain to be religious, if we be not righteous; such Religion is a dreadful provocation of God, as you may read Isa. 1.10, 11, 12▪ 13, 14, 15, 16, 17. Many are religious in these dayes, but where is a righteous man? He that doth righteousness, just and equal things, is righteous, 1 John 3.5. Let us learn, as to walk in Gods Statutes, that is to be religious, so to keep his judgements and do them, that is to be righteous; for of the three great things [Page 373] which God requires of man, this is the first, Micah 6.8. What doth the Lord require of thee, O man, but to do justly, to love mercy, and to walk humbly with thy God?
Vers. 28. And ye shall dwell in the Land that I gave to your Fathers, and ye shall be my people, and I will be your God.
THis verse comprehends in it both temporal and spiritual mercy, as repossession of their Land, and Gods renovation of Covenant with them.
And ye shall dwell in the Land which I gave to your fathers.
God had long before this time given Canaan unto Abraham and his posterity, who through their sins were driven out of the same, and made captives in Babylon, but he would bring them back again and set them in it, which resembled Gods gathering of his out of all Nations, and bringing them into the Church of Christ, the City of God, the spiritual Canaan.
And ye shall be my people, and I will be your God.
Like words to these we had Ezek. 11.20. Ch: 14.11. Ch: 34.31. and therefore shall not stand upon them: The sense of them is this; You being in Babylon think your selves cast off of God, and that ye shall never again have the honour to be his people, and to have him for your God, but your thoughts are not as mine, for ye shall come again to Canaan, and there I will own you for my [Page 374] people, and ye shall own me for your God; ye shall be my people to worship me, and I will be your God to blesse you; ye shall be my people to depend upon me, and I will be your God to protect you; ye shall be my people to obey my Commands, and do my Will, and I will be your God to exalt and honour you; ye shall be my people to love, fear, honour me, and to stand for me and my glory, and I will be your God to counsel, comfort, delight in, and to deliver you, and to plead your cause against all your enemies.
First, Observe;
There is nothing difficult or impossible to God, though it be so in the eye of man.
The Jews thought it an hard, if not a thing impossible for them to get from under the Babylonish yoke, into their own Countrey; but God thought not so, saith he, Ye shall dwell in the Land that I gave to your fathers; I will break off every yoke which hinders, and remove every mountain which lets; And this he did with ease, for he did but stir the heart of Cyrus King of Persia to make a Proclamation to this purpose, That whoever among the Jews had an heart to go up to Jerusalem, might do it, 2 Chron. 36.22, 23. and it was done. The getting Peter out of Prison seemed a thing impossible, he was in two Chains, between two Souldiers, keepers at the door, a first and second Ward after these to passe by, and then an Iron gate to open, all these things were as nothing to God, he sent an Angel who brought Peter out of Prison, notwithstanding all these difficulties, and as to men impossibilities, Acts 12. God saith, Jer. 32.27. I am the Lord, the God of all flesh; is there any thing too hard for me? Many things are too hard for you, but is there any thing in Heaven or earth too hard for me? what, cannot I bring the Jews again to Canaan? vers. 37. I will gather them out of all Countries whither I have driven them in mine anger, and in my fury, and in great wrath, and I will bring them again to this place, viz: to Jerusalem.
Secondly, Observe;
Lands are at the dispose of God.
Ye shall dwell in the Land that I gave to your fathers. Canaan God first gave to the Canaanites, for their iniquities God took it away, and gave it to the Jews, they provoking God by their idolatries and oppressions, he took it from them and gave it to the Chaldeans, who having possessed it for some years, he took it from them, and restored it again to the Jews; not onely the Land of Canaan was disposed of by the Lord, but all Lands and Nations are his, and given to whom he pleases, Jer. 10.7. He is King of Nations, he rules in the Kingdomes of men, and gives them to whom he will, Dan. 4.32. All Kings are Gods Coppyholders, and he can turn them out of their Tenures at pleasure, Jer. 27.5, 6. I have made the earth, and given it unto whom it seemed meet unto me; and now have I given all these Lands into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon. He turned out the King of Moab, the King of Edom, the King of the Ammonites, the King of Tyre, the King of Zidon, and gave all their Lands into the hands of Nebuchadnezzar.
Thirdly, Observe;
No condition of Gods people is so grievous, but shall have a comfortable issue.
That the Jews were in captivity, deprived of all those sweet enjoyments they had in the Land of Canaan, was grievous; that they were amongst Idolaters, Blasphemers, in a polluted Land, and made to serve the enemies of God, this was exceeding grievous unto them; yet this condition was not to last alwayes, it should have a comfortable end, they should return and dwell in the Land of their fathers, and enjoy their ancient, honourable, and comfortable priviledges. In the Apostles dayes the Church was under great persecution, and many suffered, Acts 8. & 9. Chap: but the persecution and suffering of the Saints had an end, yea, a comfortable end; for Chap: 9.31. its said, Then had the Churches rest throughout all Judea and [Page 376] Galilee, and Samaria, and were edified, and walking in the fear of the Lord, and in the comfort of the holy spirit, were multiplyed. Here was a blessed conclusion of a sad persecution; this blustering Winter had a sweet Spring following of it.
Fourthly, Observe;
It is an act of grace in God to take any people to be his, and a renewed act of grace to fall in again with those that have revolted from him and he hath cast off.
What was in this people of the Jews at first to move him to mind them, to take them for his people, they had that enough in them, and as all other Nations have, to make him abhor them, but nothing to incline his heart towards them, Ezek. 16.5, 6. When thy person was loathed, and thou wast polluted in thy bloud, I said unto thee live; vers. 8. I entered into Covenant with thee, and thou becamest mine. Here was an act of grace, it was Gods pleasure made them his people, 1 Sam. 12.22. and nothing else, and when they had forsaken God, Jer. 2.13. and he had cast them out of his sight, Jer. 7.15. which was done when they were cast into Babylon, to fall in again with these, to own them for his people, and to become their God again, this was a renewed act of grace, height of mercy, strength of love: God might have said, Ye are weary of me, and I am weary of you, I know your thoughts and what comes into your mind, that you would be as the Heathen, as the Familyes of the Countrey, to serve Wood and stone, Ezek. 20.32. but God would not suffer it, he would bring them out of Babylon, be their God, and take them to be his people, which sets out the freeness and fulness of divine grace; he would not let his people become heathenish, and worship heathen gods.
Fifthly, Observe;
All Nations have not an equall interest in God, his favour and grace is not alike dispensed unto all.
God said not to the Babylonians, Ye shall be my people, and I will be your God. This was spoken to the Jews, and to no other [Page 377] Nation; therefore saith God of that Nation, You only have I known of all the familyes of the earth, Amos 3.2. you have I taken into neerer relation than any other; you have I known by way of Covenant, you have I known so as to record my name among you, and to dwell among you; but so I have not dealt with other Nations, They were without God in the world, Ephes. 2.12. They were far off, (ver. 13.) from God, from the means of grace and salvation. The Gentiles had not such interest in God as the Jews had; they had common favour as they were his creatures under the Covenant of works, these had speciall favour as they were his people under the Covenant of grace, Isa. 43.3. I am the Lord thy God, the holy One of Israel, thy Saviour; I gave Egypt for thy ransome, Ethiopia and Seba for thee: God exposed them to destruction, for the safety of the Jewes.
Sixthly, Observe;
That people is honoured and happy, whom the Lord owns to be his, and vouchsafeth to be their God.
Ye shall be my people, and I will be your God. What greater honour could the Jews have in the wo [...]ld, then to be taken by the infinite, holy, great, and glorious God, to be his people: It is a great honour when poo [...] begga [...]ly people are taken into great mens, and Princes services; much more is it so when a sinfull Nation is taken in by God to be his people. And not only is it an honour, but an happiness, Psal. 144.15. Happy is that people whose God is the Lord; is not that people happy which have peace, and plenty of all good things? Yes, it is an humane, a conceited happiness, but it is not a reall, a true happiness, that lyeth in having God our God, our Lo [...]d: propriety in a Deity makes a Nation or Pe [...]son happy, Psal. 33.12. Blessed is the Nation whose God is the Lord, and the People whom he hath chosen for his own inheritance. David who was a Prophet, and a man after Gods own heart, fixeth no [...] happiness upon riches, honours, peace, parts, multitudes of Souldiers, Subjects, or Counsellers, but in mutual relation between God and a People, the one owning the other. When God owns a people to be his inheritance, and a People own God to be their God and [Page 378] Portion, this is true happiness; such a people may plead with God for great things in prayer, and expect them, as Jehoshaphat did, 2 Chron. 20.12. and as Asa did, 2 Chron: 14.11. and Moses, Exod: 32.11, 12, 13, 14.
AN EXPOSITION Upon more Chapters of EZEKIEL.
CHAP. XXX.
1. The word of the Lord came again unto me, saying,
2. Son of man, prophesie and say, Thus saith the Lord God, Howl ye, wo worth the day.
3. For the day is near, even the day of the Lord is near, a cloudy day, it shall be the time of the heathen.
4. And the sword shall come upon Egypt, and great pain shall be in Ethiopia, when the slain shall fall in Egypt, and they shall take away her multitude, & her foundations shall be broken down.
5. Ethiopia, & Libya, & Lydia, & all the mingled people, & Chub, and the men of the Land that is in league, shall fall with them by the sword.
THIS Chapter is a continuance of the former prophesie, and hath two generall parts in it. The 1. is concerning the destruction of Egypt, and those that were confederate with her, to the 20. vers.
2. Is concerning Pharoah King of Egypt, and Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon, from the 20. vers: to the end.
In these Verses we have,
Vers. 1. The Word of the Lord came again unto me.
This Preface is to many Chapters before; it adds weight to the prophesie, making those concern'd to mind it more seriously: When the Lord speaketh, who can but prophesie? Amos 3.8. And who can but mind what is prophesied?
Vers. 2. Son of Man, prophesie.
The immortall God speaks to a mortall man, honours him with Divine Revelations; and that he might not be exalted therewith, he minds him of his meannesse and mortality, saying, Son of Man, prophesie. Prophesying was not at the will of man, but when the Spirit mov'd them to it, 2 Pet. 1.21.
Thus saith the Lord God.
What the Prophets gave forth as Prophets, was not from their own hearts and heads, some humane thing, but it was altogether Divine, from Jehovah, Adonai, whose Being is of himself, and hath Dominion over all: What they and the Apostles writ, was the word of God, and so ought to be esteemed and received, 1 Thess. 2.13.
Howl ye.
He speaks to the Egyptians and others, upon whom sad judgments were coming, he calls to them to lay to heart, and lament for the evils were at hand. The Hebrew Jalal hath agreement with Alal, which signifies in nihilum rediger [...], to reduce a thing to nothing, because when men do mourn and lament greatly, it wastes and consumes them, so as it well nigh brings them to nothing.
Woe worth the day.
The words may be read, Ah the day, alas for the day, as [Page 3] Joel. 1.15. Or, O the woe of the day, an unhappy day wherein thy Cities shall be made heaps, man and beast destroyed, all laid waste and desolate. The French is malediction, sur ta journee, a curse be upon that day.
Vers. 3. The day is near, even the day of the Lord is near.
Day here is put, not for a day in strictnesse of sense, but for the time wherein those judgements should befall Egypt and other parts; and its call'd the day of the Lord, because of his special manifestation of himself: When God doth either in mercy or judgement declare himself Emphatically, that is said to be the day of the Lord. Other dayes are his dayes, but such in a special manner. The duplication of the day here, is to make the deeper impression both upon the Jews, who rested too much upon Egypt, and also upon the Egyptians, who were secure and feared not; he tells them of the nearnesse of it, that they may be awakened; & that they might the more fully be awakened, he tells them what kind of day it will be.
A cloudy Day.
The Hebrew is Dies Nubis, a Day of a Cloud, there will no Sun shine that day, a black thick dark cloud will arise that day, and make a terrible tempest. Gods judgements are likened unto clouds and rain for the sadnesse and terriblenesse of them, Psal. 11.6. He shall rain snares, fire and brimstone, and an horrible tempest. The French is iour tenebreux.
It shall be the time of the Heathen.
Heathen may be taken either for the Babylonians who should come and conquer Egypt, and then do what they pleased therein, and so it should be their day; or for the Egyptians, and the Nations adhering to them, and so it should be their day to be spoiled, and suffer grievous things; it was a time of undoing these, and a time of making the other: God had appointed that time for them both.
Vers. 4. The sword shall come upon Egypt.
The Chaldean Army shall come and make war [...]e upon [Page 4] the Egyptians, and they shall be under all the miseries and mischiefs which attend warre, and they are many.
And great pain shall be in Ethiopia.
The word for pain in Hebrew is Chalchalah, which Montanus renders Vacillatio, shaking, the Septuagint [...] trouble or perturbation, the Vulgar pavor fear, others dolor magnus, great grief, which the word imports, for its from [...] parturire to bring forth, & notes such grief and pain as women have when they are in travail: When the King of Babylon came into Egypt, Ethiopia was in travail.
When the slain shall fall in Egypt.
It were better rendred when the wounded shall fall; men slain are fallen, men wounded are ready to fall or falling: The Hebrew word [...] Chalal signifies one wounded, and so the French hath it, qui seront naurez tomberont en Egipt.
And her foundations shall be broken down.
By Foundation [...], Cityes, Towers, Forts, Castles, any strong holds may be understood. Some make the foundations of Egypt to be their riches, forces, and confederates, but the first sense of the Word is more Genuine, because he speaks of breaking down, which is proper to the one, and not the other.
Vers. 5. Ethiopia.
In Hebrew Chus, so call'd from Chus the Son of Cham, Gen. 10.6. who first inhabited that part of Africa, and from him the people were called Cussites; from the Grecians it received the name of Ethiopia, which is from [...] to burn, and [...] the countenance, because the heat of the Sunne there, is such as it scorcheth the faces of the people. This Country is judged to be as large as Germany, France, and Italy, but not very populous, because of the extream heat: they circumcise their Males and Females, baptizing the Males fourty dayes, and the [...]emales eighty dayes after their Circumcision, and they rebaptize themselves in Lakes and Ponds every year on the day called Epiphany, Heylin in his Microcosm. because they conceive that the Lord Christ was baptized by John in Jordan that very day: [Page 5] But whether this was the Ethiopia Nebuchadnezzar should spoil, some question, because it is said chap. 29.10. That Egypt should be made desolate, from the Tower of Syene unto the border of Ethiopia, that is, to the Asian Ethiopia; Syene was at the front of the African Ethiopia; and whether Nebuchadnezzar entred that Ethiopia, is doubtful:In locum. Quistonpius is peremptory in it, and saith, he never passed beyond Sy [...]ne into it.
Lybia.
In Hebrew Phut, from Phut the son of Cham, Vid. suum in Gen. 10.6. Gen. 10.6. and the inhabitants thereof, were at first called Phuthaei or Phuttians, and afterward Lybians, the Country being named Lybia from Lybs a King of Mauritania, or from Lybs the Southwind which gently breatheth there, or from Lybia a Queen thereof; it's now call'd Sorra, which signifies a Desert, because its a Country full of sandy Deserts: And Varro will have it called Lybia, Heylin in Microcos. quasi [...] because it wants raine. Heretofore all Africa was called Phut, afterwards only the Western Parts of Africa as Mauritania and Tingitana, Shindler. Martinius. where the Kingdome of Fez or Lybia now is.
Lydia.
The Hebrew is Lud, from Lud the Son of Shem, Gen. 10.22. as some will have it; or from Ludim the Son of Mizraim, as others affirme. This Lydia was a Region of Asia the less, formerly called Maeonia, in it were those famous Cities Philadelphia, Sardis, Pergamus, Thyatira, and Laodicea: Alapide would not have it to be this Lydia, Heylin ubi ante. because those Lydians were too farre off to be helpfull to the Egyptians, he therefore makes it to be Lydda, Acts 9.32. where Peter heal'd Aeneas: This City was in the Tribe of Ephraim near unto Joppa; It was therefore taken by Nebuchadnezzar before, when he took Jerusalem, and made the whole Land Tributary unto him. The distance of Lydia was not such as to hinder the Egyptians from confederating with them; they were on the one side of the Mediterranean Sea, and the Lydians on the other.
And all the mingled people.
Montanus saith, All the Vulgar. The Hebrew is Col haeref, which Junius Piscator and Others render tota miscellanea turba, all the mixt Company, that is, those that came from other Parts to be milltes conducti, to serve the Egyptians for pay: When Wars are among Nations, strangers will flock out of all Parts unto them, to be their Auxilaries. — Some make them the Arabians.
Chub.
This word is no where else in holy Writ. Symmachus thought it to be Arabia; but Interpreters by it understand the Cubaeans & people in the inward Lybia, near unto the River Nigris, where Ptolomy in his Geography places the City Cuphe.
The Men of the Land that is in League.
The Hebrew is Filii terrae foederis, the Sons of the Land of League. Piscator translates the words thus, Qui degunt in terra confederata, those who live in a Land confederate, that is, these were confederate with the Egyptians. Some put these words upon the Nations which had engaged themselves to help the Egyptians: Others more probably put them upon Judaea, which was the Land in League with God, for God promised it to Abraham and his Posterity, whereupon the Jewes were cal'd the Children of the Covenant, Acts 2.25. And the Septuagint here have it [...] the Sons of my Testament or Covenant. The Jewes were in League with the Egyptians, and after the destruction of Jerusalem, Gedaliah being treacherously slain by Ishmael and others; Johanan carryeth the Jewes the Sons of the Land in League, into Egypt, where they suffered by Nebuchadnezzar what the Egyptians did, Jer. 43. and 44. Chapters. Some fell by the sword, some were carryed Captive.
First, Observe.
After dayes of mirth come dayes of sorrow. Egypt had seen many dayes of prosperity and rejoycing, and now howle ye, woe worth the day: Her Summer was over, and Winter coming upon [Page 7] her, black, cloudy, stormy, terrible days were at hand. As there is a change in things, so in times; Eccles. 3.4. There is a time to weep, and a time to laugh; a time to mourn, and a time to dance: These succeed each other, and neither keeps possession long; mirth and jollity is thrust out of doors after a few dayes, by its contrary. Babylon had her dayes of delight, she was given to pleasure, Isa. 47.8. but suddenly there was a change, Jer. 51.8. Babylon is suddenly fallen, and destroyed: Howle for her.
Secondly, Observe.
The approaching of those dayes, wherein God will visit and punish sinners, is just cause of mourning. Howle, for the day of the Lord is near, a cloudy day: The Judgments of God were at hand, ready to take hold of the Egyptians, therefore they had sufficient cause to howle: Isa. 13.6. Howl ye, for the day of the Lord is at hand; It shall come as a destruction from the Almighty. Its spoken of the Babylonians, who thought themselves safe, strong, having subdued most Nations, but they must howl, for that the day of the Lord drew near; it should be a day for destruction and not an ordinary destruction, but as a destruction from the Almighty; it should be such a destruction as should proclaim to the world that the hand of God was eminently in it. Joel 2.1. Let all the inhabitants of the land tremble, for the day of the Lord comes, for it is nigh at hand. The time of Nebuchadnezzar's coming to execute the judgements of God upon Jerusalem and Judaea drew nigh, and thereupon the Prophet calls upon all the inhabitants of the land to tremble, to repent and mourn; there is great and just cause so to do at such times, because thereby judgements may be averted, delayed, mitigated, or sanctified unto us.
Thirdly, Observe.
God hath his times to visit heathens, it shall be the time of the heathens. If heathens do God any service, he hath a time to reward them, as he did Nebuchadnezzar, by giving him the spoil of Egypt; if heathens do provoke him by their pride, idolatry, profaneness, oppression of his people, or any other way, he hath his time and day to punish them, Jer. 46.8, 9, 10. Egypt riseth up like a flood, and his waters are moved like the rivers; and he saith, I will go up and cover the earth, I will destroy [Page 8] the City (that was Carchemish by the river Euphrates) and the inhabitants thereof. Come up ye horses, and rage ye chariots, and let the mighty men come forth, the Ethiopians and the Lybians that handle the shield, and the Lydians that handle and bend the Bow: For this is the day of the Lord God of Hosts, a day of vengeance, that he may avenge him of his adversaries. The Egyptians, Ethiopians, Lybians and Lydians were all heathens, and God had his day to visit them; when they went to Euphrates to fight the Babylonians, he made the Babylonish sword drunk with their blood: Not long after, God had a day for the Babylonians, Jer. 50.27. Slay all her bullocks, let them go down to the slaughter; w [...] unto them, for their day is come, the time of their visitation. The Princes, Nobles, great Ones who were the Bullocks of Babylon, had their day of slaughter.
Fourthly, Observe.
Where publike judgements come, they are troublesome to neighbor Nations. The sword shall come upon Egypt, and great pain shall be in Ethiopia. The evil of the sword was not confined within the Egyptian borders, it reached to the Ethiopians and others, they were filled with fear, they were in pain, as a woman in travail; when evil borders upon us, some evil or mischief is to be feared from thence;Aliquid mali propter vicit [...]m malum. if our neighbors house be on fire, we may fear some sparks of that fire may fall on ours. The wars of England have made the Nations about us to be in pain.
Fifthly, Observe.
Wars lay all waste, the sword makes no difference between things or persons: The sword shall come upon Egypt, and her foundations shall be broken down, and the men of the land that is in league shall fall with them by the sword: As the sword spared no City, Towers, Castles, so no persons, even those Jews that fled to Egypt for safety, should not escape; what Jews, what mingled people it found in Egypt, they all suffered alike, the sword pittyed, spared none.
Vers. 6, 7, 8, 9.
Thus saith the Lord, they also that uphold Egypt shall fall, and the pride of her power shall come down: from the Tower of Syene shall they fall in it by the sword, saith the Lord God.
And they shall be desolate in the midst of the countries that are desolate, and her cities shall be in the midst of the cities that are wasted.
And they shall know that I am the Lord, when I have set a fire in Egypt, and when all her helpers shall be destroyed.
In that day shall messengers go forth from me in Ships, to make the careless Ethiopians afraid, and great pain shall come upon them, as in the day of Egypt; for lo, it cometh.
IN these words is further set forth the destruction of Egypt, with those that were her strength and confederates, as also the events following thereupon.
Vers. 6. They also that uphold Egypt shall fall.
The Hebrew word is Somechee, which Montanus renders fulcientes, the Septuag. [...] fundamenta, the foundation of Egypt. These upholders or foundations were not the titular gods, but the Princes, Nobles, Rulers and confederates, who by their power, pollicy, persons and estates, did assist the King of Egypt.
The pride of her power shall come down.
Egypt had strong Towns, Castles, men, and presumed upon, was proud of them, but these should be destroyed and taken away, so should her pride come down: The Vulgar is destruetur superbia Imperii ejus, the pride of her Empire shall be destroyed. What ever Egypt confided or gloryed in, that should be brought low. Egypt was lifted up with her power, and sate like one on the top of a Mountain, and God by his judgements would bring her down.
From the Tower of Syene shall they fall in it by the sword.
Of the Tower of Syene or Sevene was spoken, Chap. 29. 10. The meaning is, that the sword should pass through all Egypt, from one border to another.
Vers. 7. And they shall be desolate in the midst of the countries that are desolate.
This verse is the same with the 12. verse of the 29. Chap. Egypt and her Cities should be like other Lands and Cities which were extreamly wasted.
Vers. 8. When I have set a fire in Egypt.
When God brought the Caldean Army into Egypt, there was a fire in it dreadful and consumptive: The wars were terrible, and devoured all things like fire, and its probable many strong Cities and Holds were burnt with fire.
When all her helpers shall be destroyed.
Egypt being rich, powerful and renowned, had many confederates which here are called helpers. The French is, Tous teux qui luy donno yent aide, are those that gave her aid, they should all be vain helpers, for they should not secure or save themselves.
Vers. 9. In that day shall messengers go forth from me in Ships.
In that day when Egypt was conquered, Messengers, not Chaldeans, but Egyptians or some that escaped the sword, fled into Ethiopia to inform them what the Chaldeans had done, and in what case they left Egypt. They are said to go forth from God, because they went by his counsell and providence, or because they fled from his angry countenance, which appeared in the destruction of Egypt, for the original is from my face. God sent them to carry tydings of his dreadful judgements to the Ethiopians: They went in Ships, Batzim, in some vessels that were for speed; the Septuag. is [...] hastening.
To make the careless Ethiopians afraid.
Nebuchadnezzar passed through the oriental Ethiopia to come to Egypt, and these Ethiopians seem to be the African Ethiopians; and when Egypt was spoiled from one border to another, even to Syene, he was near it, his passage lay fair open and easie into it, and its not said that Nebuchadnezzar should not go beyond Syene, but that Egypt should be made desolate from the Tower of Syene to Cush that was the other Ethiopiae. The messengers hasted to this Southern Ethiopia (the inhabitants whereof were a secure careless people) & assured them the sword had devoured Egypt, and was come to their gates; this struck fear into them. The Hebrew word to make afraid, is, Charad, which notes, externam commotionem ex metu mali, outward trembling from fear of some suddain evil, such tydings put all Ethiopia into trembling.
And great pain shall come upon them, as in the day of Egypt.
When sad and grievous judgements are upon a place, that is called the Day of that place, as the day of Jerusalem, Psal. 137.7. In the day of Jerusalem, the Edomites said, rase it, rase it, even to the foundations thereof. When Nebuchadnezzar besieged, took, spoyled and burnt Jerusalem, that was the day of it; so here, in the day of Egypt, that was, when the plagues were upon it, especially when their first born were slain, then were they in great pain. When the land was in travail, and when they were all drowned in the red Sea, then great pain was upon all the Nations round about: so here Ethiopia should be in travail, filled with feares, and shaking fits, as Egypt and the Nations then were.
Observe, First.
When God will visit a Nation, it's not their great Ones in it, or confederates with it, which can secure it. They that uphold Egypt shall fall; the Princes, Nobles, Counsellors, Associates, and whosoever were in league with her, should all feel the hand of God, and be crushed with her: when men do storm a City, it's not her Out-works, her Walls, her Gates, her Towers [Page 12] that can preserve her, and when God will destroy a Nation, it's not outward, nor inward helps can uphold. No pollicie, no power, no number can stand it out against God.
Observe, Secondly.
States are not to confide in power, but pride and confidence therein, hastens their ruine. Egypt had power, was proud thereof, and confided therein, and the Lord said, the pride of her power shall come down, Is. 16.6. We have heard of the pride of Moab (he is very proud) even of his haughtinesse and his pride; but his lies shall not be so. He thought himself strong, secure, but his pride & confidence did deceive him: For vers. 7. Therefore shall Moab howl for Moab, every one shall howl: The Moabites amongst themselves should howl one for, and with another; for the foundations of Kir-hareseth shall ye mourn, surely are they stricken. Kir-hareseth was a chief City for strength, in which they placed much confidence, and to which they fled in their streights; but her foundations were stricken, and their hopes disappointed, and the pride of their power brought down. Its the pride of States and Princes which levels them with others. Isa. 10.12. I will punish the fruit of the stout heart of the King of Assyria, and the glory of his high looks. Senacherib prided himself in his great Army, and presumed he should take Jerusalem, and eat up all the prey thereof, but his high looks were abased, & his confidences his ruine. 2 Kings 19.35.36, 37.
Observe, Thirdly.
God sends dreadful and consumptive judgements upon Nations, and makes himself known thereby. They shall know that I am the Lord, when I have set fire in Egypt, and when all her helpers are destroyed: It's God kindles fires in Nations, and Kingdomes, to consume Towns and Cities: Men, and their habitaons, they are all his, and he may do to them what he pleases, having transgressed his lawes. By fire and sword did the Lord plead with the Egyptians, laying all wast, and by so doing, made himself known to be a powerful, righteous, and dreadfull God.
Observe, Fourthly.
In the soarest judgements of God upon men, usually some escape. God threatned Egypt, Chap. 29.8. that he would cut off man and [Page 13] beast, and make it utterly wast from one end to another; verse 10, yet here in the ninth verse he saith, Messengers shall go forth, some should escape to carry tydings of his severe judgements.
Observe, Fifthly.
Those things which seem accidentall and casual unto us, are ordered by the wise Counsel, Power, and Providence of God: In that day shall messengers go forth from me in ships. When all Egypt was in a confusion, some running one way, and some another, to secure themselves; and some hastening unto ships to tell others what the Chaldeans had done, in the midst of these hurries and disorders, God saw, acted, sent out messengers: they went not, however the appearance was to men; without Gods ordering hand; themselves thought of no such thing, nor those they went unto; they dreamed not that they were sent forth of God, that they came from him; it was lookt upon as a meer contingencie, but Gods hand was in it. Things may be contingent to us, they are not so to God.
Observe, Sixthly,
Such is the efficacy of Gods judgements made known, that they do afflict those are at a distance from them, and fill the most secure with fears and pains. The Ethiopians were absent from the judgements executed upon the Egyptians, they were secure, carelesse people, but when the messengers told them their Cities were burnt, their men slain, their foundations and helpers destroyed, they were afraid, and great pains came upon them, they were in travail for their Lives, Liberties, and Estates. There is a mighty power in the judgements of God to terrify sinners even at a distance. When Tyrus understood such was the efficacy of that judgement upon those afarre off, that its said, all the Princes of the Sea clothed themselves with trembling, Ezek. 27.35. so that we may say of Gods judgements as David, Psal. 10.11. Who knoweth the power of thine anger? who knows what efficacy it's of, and how far it extends?
Observe, Seventhly. Former judgements are not to be forgotten: As in the Day of Egypt. God had visited Egypt many hundreds of years before, and now he minds them of that visitation. So Isa. 9.4. God mentions the dayes of the Midianites, minds them of the great destruction of the Midianites [Page 14] by Gideon, Judg. 7 and 8 chap. God mindes the dayes of mens sinning, Hos. 9.9. they have deeply corrupted themselves, as in the dayes of Gibeah, and therefore he would visit their sins; and when he hath visited for sins, he would have us remember those visitations, Jer. 7.12. Go to Shiloh, and see what I did to it for the wickednesse of my people Israel. As we should remember ancient and former mercies to strengthen out faith, so ancient and former judgements to quicken our fears.
Vers. 10, 11, 12.
Thus saith the Lord God, I will also make the multitude of Egypt to cease by the hand of Nebuchadrezzar king of Babylon.
He and his people with him, the terrible of the nations shall be brought to destroy the land: and they shall draw their swords against Egypt, and fill the Land with the slain.
And I will make the rivers dry, and sell the land into the hands of the wicked, and I will make the land waste, and all that is therein by the hand of strangers: I the Lord have spoken it.
THese words hold out unto us the efficient and instrumentall causes of the forementioned judgments which are in part repeated.
The efficient cause is God himself, ver. 10, 11.
The instrumental are Nebuchadrezzar and his people, ver. 10, 11.
The judgements repeated are, the destruction of Egypt, and the Egyptians putting the land into the hands of others, with an addition of drying up the rivers.
Vers. 10. I will also make the multitude of Egypt to cease.
The Hebrew word for multitude is hamon, which signifies both multitude and noise, for where there is a multitude there will be a noise. Egypt was populous, and God would diminish the people, they should be slain, and carried away captives, so should both the multitude and noise cease. Increase of people is a blessing, the lessening of them a judgement.
By the hand of Nebuchadrezzar.
Hand here notes power, as in 2 Chron. 2 [...].10. and Job 1.12. all that he hath is in thy power, the Hebrew is in thy hand. Nebuchadrezzar by his mighty powerfull arm should come and lay all Egypt waste, and make it like a wildernesse. Armies are the hands of Princes, by which they doe great and dreadfull things.
Vers. 11 The terrible of the nations shall be brought to destroy the land.
The word for terrible is arizze from [...] araz to deal violently, to terrifie, which Piscator renders crudelissi [...] the most cruell, the Septuagint [...] pestes, the French les plus hide [...], the most hideous; and Junius the most violent; Vatablus cals them Tyranni Gentium, the Tyrants of Nations; those were most Tyrannical and terrible God brought and set on work to destroy the land. The Chaldeans were a bitter nation, terrible and dreadful, Hab. 1.6, 7. these words we had chap. 28.7. so terrible they were that they should fill the land with dead bodies. When an Army of friends passe through a Countrey no hurt is done, but when an army of Tyrants of strong and terrible enemies come to spoil, what mischief will they not do?
Vers. 12. And I will make the rivers dry, Heb. drought.
Though the Chaldean Army was great, yet not so great as to drink up all the waters of Nilus, which is one of the chiefest rivers in the world. Nilus had many rivulets cut out of it, whereby the land was watered; all those might they stop up with earth and other materials, for their better passage, and so the rivers were made dry: Or by rivers we may understand that benefit came by them; the Chaldeans should take away all the wealth of Egypt which came by the rivers, and so the rivers were as dry things to the Egyptians: So Maldonate and some others interpret the words; but rather thus, God would send great spoil and desolation into Egypt, whereby the rivers [Page 16] might become uselesse unto them: or should we take the words literally, as some Expositors are of the minde, viz. that for the great wickednesse of the Egyptians God dried up Nilus, and punished them with sore famine, as in the dayes of Joseph it was when there were seven years of famine; This sense may be safe: or we may take rivers for the people and their power.
And sell the land into the hands of the wicked.
The Lord gives, he doth not sell: The word for selling is Macar, which signifies to give, to deliver, as well as to sell, and the Septuagint saith [...] I will give the land; those who sell do deliver what they sell into the hands of others; and this is attributed to God metaphorically, for that he disposed of the land of Egypt to others, that is the Chaldeans, who are called wicked, the Vulgar hath it in manus pessimorum into the hands of the worst.
I will make the land waste and all that is therein.
Egypt was a land abounding with men, horse, charets, wealth, Cities, and all desirable things, but God would make it desolate, and all the fulnesse of it, so the words are in Hebrew, for all that is therein, it had a fulnesse of all things, and by the hand of the Chaldean it was emptied, who in the next words are called strangers, because they were such to the Egyptians.
I the Lord have spoken it.
These words are a ratification of what is threatned. Ezekiel hath not spoken a vision of his own, or from his own spirit, but what is said is the word of the eternal God, I the Lord have spoken it, I have determined it shall be so, and nothing shall lett it.
Observe, First.
God hath wayes to empty lands of their m [...]titude and fullnesse. Egypt had her multitude of men, of beasts, of Cities, of riches, she had her fulnesse of all things, and God had an Army, a multitude of Souldiers to plunder and spoil her, to empty her [Page 17] of all her multitudes and fulnesses: Jerusalem had its multitudes and fulness, but Nubuchadnezzar emtyed her, and made her like an empty vessel, Jer 51.34. Babylon had her multitudes and fulness of Treasure, Jer. 51.13. and God had Fanners to fan her, ver. 2. and empty her land; those Fanners were the Medes and Persians, who scattered the Babylonians, and made a Prey of their Treasures.
Secondly, observe;
When God will execute severe Judgments, he makes use of suitable Instruments: He intended utter destruction to Egypt, and the terrible of the Nations were brought to destroy it. Nebuchadnezzar had men out of many Nations, and the terrible ones of those Nations, by the secret hand of God, were brought to lay Egypt waste. They roared like Lyons, Isa. 5.29. They were cruel and without mercie, Jer. 6.23. They hanged Princes by their hands, Lament 5.12. And here they fil'd the Land with the slain.
Thirdly, observe;
Gods designs shall go on whatever lies in the way to hinder. He was resolved upon the destruction of Egypt, the Rivers of it lay in the way, so that an Army could not get over Nilus that great river; if gotten over, it could not march and do the work appointed for the multitude of little Rivers were in the land; shall these hinder the designe of God? No, he will dry up the Rivers to make way unto his designs; the Babylonians shall pass over, and pierce through the whole land. When the Israelites were at the Red Sea, that lay as an impediment unto Gods design, which was to carry them to Canaan, but did it hinder the same? No, speak to the Children of Israel that they go forward; what go forward and be drowned in the Sea? No, because they had not Faith to go upon the waters, therefore he divides the waters, and makes a dry path for them through the midst of the deeps, Exod 14. There were Mountains in the way hindering the building of the Temple, but one great mountain above all the rest. Zech. 4.7. Who art thou, O great mountain? whether it were the Persian Monarchy, or Satan and all the enemies of the Jewes, God made it a plain before Zerubbabel, and notwithstanding all enemies and opposition, he carried on [Page 18] the work of God. Things may be too hard for men, impossible for them, but nothing is too hard for, or impossible to the Lord. He enabled Nebuchadnezzar to take Tyrus, to destroy Egypt; all the Rivers thereof shall not hinder it, God will dry them up rather then his designe shall faile. Psal. 74.15. Thou dryest up mighty rivers. God hath divided Seas, plained Mountains, and dryed up Rivers in our days, to make way for his designs, and in due time he will dry up the great River Euphrates to make way for the Kings of the East, Rev. 16.12.
Fourthly, observe;
All Lands are the Lords, and he may dispose of them to whom he will, even to the wicked; he sold, he gave the land of Egypt into the hands of the Babylonians who were wicked, yea the worst of men. Ezek. 7.24. Kingdoms are not such excellent things as we imagine, were they so, they would not be given to Gods enemies. That Kingdom is of great worth which God gives to his children, Luke 12.32.
Vers. 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19.
Thus saith the Lord God, I will also destroy the Idols, and I will cause their Images to cease out of Noph; and there shall be no more a Prince of the land of Egypt, and I will put a fear in the land of Egypt.
And I will make Pathros desolate, and will set fire in Zoan, and will execute Judgments in No.
And I will poure my fury upon Sin, the str [...]gth of Egypt, and I will cut off the multitude of No.
And I will set fire in Egypt, Sin shall have great pain, and No shall be rent asunder, and Noph shall have distresses daily.
The young men of Aven and of Phibeseth shall fall by the sword, and these cities shall go into captivity.
At Tehaphnehes also the day shall be darkened, when I shall break there the yoaks of Egypt, and the pomp of her strength shall cease in her: as for her, a cloud shall cover her, and her daughters shall go into Captivity.
Thus will I execute Judgments in Egypt, and they shall know that I am the Lord.
HAving formerly threatned destruction to Egypt and her Cities in general; the Prophet descends now to particulars, [Page 19] in the 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 vers. and then in the 19. verse shews what is the end of God in his exercising judgments, viz. That they may know him to be the Lord.
I will destroy the Idols.
Egypt was the most idolatrous Land of any, and God would now destroy the Idols out of it. The word for Idols is gillulim, which Piscator renders stercora, dung, filth, so the word signifies, and their Idols were dunghil filthy Gods, fitter to be trodden under foot by Man and Beast, then to be worshipped.
I will cause their Images to cease.
Elilim Images, from Elil nihilum, for an Image or Idol is res nihili, a thing of no account. 1 Cor. 8.4. It cannot profit; therefore, Isai. 2.20. They shall cast away their Idols as useless things, and God would make them to cease.
Out of Noph.
This Noph was a great city in Egypt, very populous and famous for the Pyramids and Monuments of Kings, who leaving Thebes, made that the Royal City. Isai. 19.13. The Princes of Noph; thither many of the Jews fled, Jeremie 44.1. It was seated on the west side of Nilus over against Cairo; though it was once the Metropolis of Egypt, now nothing remains but the meer ruines. The vulgar renders it Memphis, and so it was commonly call'd by Heathen Writers, and Hos. 9.6. Memphis shall bury them. The Hebrew word for Memphis is Moph litterarum N. & M. facili permutatione, Jun. in Isai. 19.13. by the chang-of N into M. saith Martinius, and hence Memphis but Junius makes it so call'd from Moph a Mountain near unto it. In this City was that Idol Apis in the form of an Ox worshipped, like unto it was the Calf the Jews made when Moses was in the Mount, and those Calves Jeroboam set up at Dan and Bethel.
And there shall be no more a Prince of the Land of Egypt.
God would so visit Egypt that he would either cut off all the Royal Blood, not leaving any of the Egyptian race to reign, or which is more consonant to truth, he would keep Egypt a long time without any Prince: He had threatned in the former Chapter, ver. 11, 12. That Egypt should be desolate Forty eight years, and that is the time here meant, there shall be no more a Prince of the land of Egypt. Lavater extends these words no more beyond the Forty years, saying, that for a long time they had no Kings, for after that time the Macedonians, Romans and Sarazens ruled over them.
And I will put a fear in the land of Egypt.
The Egyptians were like the Ethiopians, a secure careless people, they trusted in their Rivers, their Cities, their Horse, their Foot, their Confederates and wealth; therefore God would awaken them, and put a fear into all sorts; they should f [...]ar the issue of things, an enemy being at hand, and ready to lay all waste.
Vers. 14. And I will make Pathros desolate,
Of Pathros was spoken Chap. 29. 14. There its joyned with the Land of Pathros; there its reckoned amongst Cities; and Junius saith its likely to be that City which afterwrds men commonly called Herculis parvam urbem, the little City of Hercules, because it was strong, and scituate in the Front of Egypt for defence of it. When Nebuchadnezzar came into Egypt, he made desolate both Pathros the Country, and Pathros the City.
I will set fire in Zoan.
Zoan was a City in Egypt very antient, built seven years after Hebron, Num. 13.22. a Royal City where the Princes resided, Isa. 19.11. to it came Princes from Judaea for help. Isa. [Page 21] 30.4. The Septuagint calls it Tanis, and because it was not far from Nilus one of the mouths of Nilus was called Ostium Tanicum or Taniticum. Among Authors there is mention of Tanis in Goshen, and Tanis on the other side Nilus, where Memphis was; and because the Jews dwelt in Goshen, I conceive Tanis in Goshen is sometimes meant in Scripture, and not always the other Tanis or Zoan, as Psal. 78.12. & 43. vers. God did marvelous things and wonders in the [...]ield of Zoan or Tanis, that might be that where the Jews inhabited. By Fire here may be understood fire materially, which consum'd Zoan to ashes; or fire Metaphorically, Gods vengeance upon it by the Sword.
and will execute Judgments in No.
No was another great City in Egypt, of which the Prophet Nahum speaks thus, Chap. 3. 8. Art thou better then populous No, that was scituate among the Rivers, that had the waters round about it, whose Rampart was the Sea, and her wall was from the Sea. The word for populous is Amon, which signifies nourishing. No was mater & nutrix totius Egypti, the Mother and Nurse of all Egypt, by reason of her great wealth and traffique, scituate amongst the Rivers, cut out of Nilus. The Septuag. terms it [...] the Chaldee Paraphrast, Rabbies, and most Expositors make it to be the City which in after-times was call'd Alexandria. Junius thinks it that City and Tract which Ptolomie calls Neuth. This City God did punish, for it was idolatrous, Jerem. 46.25.
Vers. 15. I will pour my fury upon Sin the strength of Egypt.
Exod. 16.1. Mention is made of the wilderness of Sin, which some Expositors affirm had its name from this City here call'd Sin, which afterward obtained the name Pelusium, and was by that mouth of Nilus termed ostium Pelusiorum, over against Arabia Petraea, and is now called Damiata Castaldo Zeiglero, and Suidas names it, Clavis Egypti, the Key of Egypt, [Page 22] and our Prophet robur Egypti, the strength of Egypt; it was of grand import to hinder the coming in or going out of ships. So strong it was that God must pour his fury upon it, else it would not be ruined.
And wlll cut off the multitude of No.
This City No had great trading, and Idol Gods in it, both which drew Multitudes of people; but the Lord would cut them off, some by the Sword, some by captivity, and some by other Judgments.
Vers. 16. I will set fire in Egypt.
In ver. 14. he said, I will set fire in Zoan, and here in Egypt. The Babylonians were Fire-brands, whom God brought to consume all Egypt and her Glory.
Sin shall have great pain.
The Hebrew is dolendo dolebit, she shall be in such paine as women in travail are; God would pour his fury upon her, and that would paine her to purpose.
No shall be rent asunder.
Garments we use to rend in pieces, and weak materialls: Cities are weak things when God comes to deal with them, he can rend them asunder; the strongest Walls, Towers, Houses, he can in a moment pull in pieces, as easily as the strongest man can paper or cloaths.
And Noph shall have distresses daily.
Noph shall hear of, and meet with those things as should put her into continual streights; provisions should faile her, the spirit of her Soldiers and Inhabitants should faile her, her hope [Page 23] of help from Confederates should faile her, so daily she should have distress, and especially when besieged by the Enemy.
Vers. 17. The young men of Aven.
Aven the Septuagint, have it [...] Heliopolis, which is the City of the Sun, and Isa. 19.18. its call'd [...] Ir Cheres the City of the Sun, so its rendred in the Margent; and it was so cal'd, because it was simulachrum & templum solis, the Image and Temple of the Sun, it was sometimes in Holy Writ call'd On, Gen. 41.45. Pharoah gave Joseph to wife Asenath, the Daughter of Potiphera, Priest of On, of Heliopolis saith the Septuag. It was after by the Graecians call'd Thebe, by the Arabians Bethsemes. The men of this City were accounted the wisest of all the Egyptians; neither their wisdom nor their strength could preserve them from falling by the sword.
And of Phibeseth shall fall by the Sword.
This City is affirm'd to be Bubastis or Bubastus, a City in Egypt, where Diana, whom the Egyptians call'd Bubastis, had a Temple; and there was once a year great solemnitie had in honorem Dianae, by some its call'd pubastum.
These Cities shall go into Captivity.
The Inhabitants of them shall be taken and carried away by Nebuchadnezzar and his forces, viz. The Citizens of Aven and Phibeseth.
Vers. 18. At Tehaphnehes also the day shall be darkened.
Some make this City to be the same with Zoan or Tanis. In Jeremiah its call'd Tahpanhes: Chap. 44. 1. in it dwelt many of the Fugitive Jews; its thought to be so call'd from Tahpenes the Queen Wife of Pharaoh, 1 Kin. 11.19. In Isa. 30.4. Its nam'd Hanes on Chanes, in Jerem. 43.7. Tahpanthes, so its in the Hebrew, and it was a Royal City, ver. 9. Pharaohs house [Page 24] was there. Its by some Expositors said to be Daphnae or Daphnis, which was in ostio Nili Pelusiano, of his Judgment was Junius in his notes on Jer. 30.4. but in this place he makes Tehaphnehes to be in the remotest part of Egypt, Southward, above Syene, where Nilus makes an Island call'd Tacompso or Cacompso, by Herodotus; Now there should the day be darkned, that is turned into night by reason of mourning and sadness; all their mirth should be taken away, Fears, Sorrows, Distresses, should come as thick Clouds upon them, and darken all.
When I shall break there the yoaks of Egypt.
The Egyptians held them there in great subjection, rul'd over them Tyrannically, they made them serve like Beasts with yokes on their necks, and burdens on their backs. God would set them at liberty, and put yokes upon the Egyptians own necks. Junius thinks there were some works or chains in those parts to keep out the Ethiopians from making incursions into Aegypt. Lavater reads the words, vectes Aegypti, the Bars of Egypt. The people thereupon were put to great Taxes, and hard Services, which were Yoaks: Some read the Scepters of Egypt, the word Mototh is rendred by some Scepters, by others loca nigra vectes; where there be Scepters, Power, there will be heavy and burthensome things, such Lawes, Decrees, Orders, Taxes, Services imposed upon the people, as that they may well be call'd Yoaks, Bonds, Barrs, Lets to their Liberty and Comfort, these Yoaks would God break and remove from their necks and backs.
And the pomp of her strength shall cease in her.
The Hebrew is, the pride of her strength. Egypt had strong Cities, strong Garrisons, which made her proud, confident; The Septuag. is [...] the injury or violence of her power and strength; she abused her strength in oppressing others, and God would put an end unto it, he would destroy it, and she should no more glorie in her strong Holds, or in her Multitudes of men.
As for her a cloud shall cover her.
Here is a Nominative case absolute in the Hebrew [...] Hi ipsa, which is rendred as for her, that is Tehaphnehes, a cloud shall cover her. Nebuchadnezzars Army, which brought a cloud of fears, a cloud of sorrows, a cloud of perplexities, a cloud of reproach; Such a cloud was upon Worcester.
And her Daughters shall go into captivity.
By Daughters we may understand the women of Tehaphnehes, who properly were the Daughters thereof, or, the little Towns thereabouts, each were under the protection and power of Tehaphnehes, and so were her Daughters metaphorically: The Inhabitants of them should be carried away into Babylon.
Vers. 19. Thus will I execute Judgments in Egypt.
Egypt was full of Sin, and God fill'd it with his Judgments from one end to the other, he said he would cut off man and beast, break down her Foundations, dry up the Rivers, lay all waste, fill the land with the slain, send Multitudes into Captivity; and thus will I execute Judgment in Egypt.
First, observe;
Idols and Idolatrous worship are so far from benefiting a State, as that they provoke God to ruine them, and the State with them. Egypt had many Idolls, many Images, in most Cities they were set up and worshipped, this caused God to destroy them, and Egypt with them. I will destroy the Idols, and will cause their Images to cease out of Noph, and I will set fire in Egypt. Idolatry is a Sin robs God of his Glory, and so provokes him to fury, to take vengeance on Idols and Idolatrous Kingdoms. Jer. 46.25. I will punish the multitude of No, and Pharaoh, and Egypt, with their Gods and their Kings. The Kings set up their Idol Gods, they commanded and countenanced the worshipping of them, therefore they should be punished together. Idolatry is very destructive, it was the destruction [Page 26] of the ten Tribes, 2 King. 17.7. and you may see how Judah suffered for this Sin, 2 Chron. 28.2. Ahaz made Moul [...]en Images for Baalim, and burnt incense to Idols, but what was the issue thereof? ver. 5. The King of Syria smote him, and carried away a great multitude of them Captives; Pekah also the Son of Remaliah slew in Judah 120000. in one day, which were all valiant men, because they had forsaken the Lord God of their Fathers; they fell to Idolatry. ver. 6. Besides the loss of those men, 200000. women, sons and daughters, were carried away captive, ver. 8. O what spoil was Judah brought unto for its abominable Idolatry!
Secondly, observe;
God may and can deprive Lands of their Princes at his pleasure. There shall be no more a Prince of the Land of Egypt. P [...]inces have their Patents and Power from God. Prov. 8.16. By me Princes rule, and Nobles, even all the Judges of the earth. Its God sets them up, and he may and doth pull them down as he sees cause; he set up Saul and he rejected him, 1 Sam. 15.23. he planted Zedekiah, and pull'd him up, Ezek. 17.8, 9. He cuts off the spirit of Princes, he is terrible to the Kings of the earth, Psal. 76.12. He cuts them off as suddenly, as easily as the Vine-dresser doth branches off the Vine, he is terrible unto them. 2 Chron. 22.21. he sent an Angel and cut off all the mighty men of valour, and the Leaders and Captains in the Camp of the King of Assyria: The Angel made terrible work among them in one night. God is King of Kings, and in the day of his wrath he strikes through them, and deprives their Land of them. He can say to any Land, as he did to Egypt, there shall be no more a Prince there.
Thirdly, Observe;
There is nothing can secure a wicked Prince and Nation from the judgements of God. Egypt and her King had many Cities, Strong Cities, populous Cities, wealthy Cities, Men of wisdom and might in them, yet these could not keep off the Sword and Fire; I will make Pathros desolate, I will set fire in Zoan, I will execute judgments in No, and poure my fury upon Sin; Noph shall have distress, the men of Aven and Phibeseth shall fall by the Sword, and a Cloud shall cover Tehaphnehes. Men might [Page 72] run from one City to another, but Gods judgments would outrun them, if they escaped one Judgment, another would overtake them.
Fourthly, observe;
God hath his times to take off the heavy Burdens, Tributes and Taxes are laid upon people by oppressing Princes and Rulers, when I shall break there the Yoaks of Egypt. The Rulers of Egypt decreed unrighteous things, opprest the men of Tehaphnehes, suckt their blood by hard Rates and Taxes, burdened them with difficult and dangerous Services, and made them groan under their Yoaks, as they did, so do the Princes and Rulers of most Nations in the world; but as they have their times to make and increase such yoaks upon the people, so God hath his time to take them off. Levit. 26.13. I have broken the bands of your yoak, and made you to go upright. The Jews were under the Egyptian Yoak a long time, but at last he break the bands of the Yoak, those Laws, Decrees, that kept them in Egypt, held them to hard labor, causing them to stoop, and made them free, so that they could go upright. Bondage makes men to bow, but Liberty to go upright. Heavy burdens upon people make them sigh, presse them down to the Earth, and when they are eased they rejoyce and look up. Its God breaks the Yoaks off, whoever puts them on. Isa. 10.27. It shall come to pass in that day, that his burden shall be taken away from off thy shoulders, and his Yoak from off thy neck, and the Yoak shall be destroyed because of the anointing. The King of Assyri [...]s, Burdens and Yokes lay heavy and hard upon the Jewish State; but for Hezekiahs sake, or rather Christs, who is called the anointing, he would break the Yoaks, and take off the Burdens.
Fifthly, observe;
God makes some Nations exemplarie with his judgments; Thus will I execute Judgments in Egypt; thus as becomes me a provoked God; thus as an Idolatrous profane guilty Nation deserves; thus as themselves and all Nations round about shall know that I am the Lord, they shall see that in my Judgements which shall convince them that no hand but mine could do such things, take such Strong Holds, ruine so many Cities, and lay [Page 28] waste such a land as Egypt was. Some Lands are Theaters of Gods severe Judgements; we have been made Monuments of Gods choice Mercies, wonderfull Deliverances. Let us fear the Lord and his Goodness, least he turn our Mercies into Judgments.
Vers. 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26.
And it came to pass in the Eleventh year, in the First Month, in the Seventh day of the Month, that the word of the Lord came unto me, saying,
Son of man, I have broken the Arm of Pharaoh King of Egypt; and loe, it shall not be bound up to be healed, to put a Roler to binde it, to make it strong to hold the Sword.
Therefore thus saith the Lord God, behold, I am against Pharaoh King of Egypt, and will break his Arms, the strong, and that which was broken; and I will cause the Sword to fall out of his hand.
And I will scatter the Egyptians among the Nations, and will disperse them through the Countrys.
And I will strengthen the Arms of the King of Babylon, and put my Sword in his hand: but I will break Pharaohs Arms, and he shall groan before him with the groaning of a deadly wounded man.
But I will strengthen the Arms of the King of Babylon, and the Arms of Pharaoh shall fall down, and they shall know that I am the Lord, when I shall put my sword into the hand of the King of Babylon, and he shall stretch it out upon the land of Egypt.
And I will scatter the Egyptians among the Nations, and disperse them among the countries, and they shall know that I am the Lord.
THese seven Verses are the second general part of the Chapter, and Treat of two great Kings, Pharaoh King of Egypt, and Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon. Concerning Pharaoh, two things are threatned against him;
First, Diminution of his power, vers. 21, 22, 24.
Secondly, Dispersion of his people, vers. 23.26.
Concerning Nebuchadnezzar, he is the instrument God will use, and promiseth to strengthen in doing his work, vers. 24, 25. and both these are illustrated from the Chronologie of this Prophesie.
Vers. 20. In the Eleventh year in the First month, the seventh day of the month.
That was in the Eleventh year of Jehoiakins Captivity; the First month and the seventh day, Ezekiel had this Prophesie given in; it was three months and two days before the takeing of Jerusalem, Jer. 52.5, 6. for it was taken the Eleventh year, the Fourth Month, and the ninth day. This Prophesie though it be set after that in chap. 29.17. yet was sixteen year before it. The Penmen of the Scriptures do not exactly observe the order where every thing should come in; among the Psalms you have the third Psalm, which was made at that time when David fled from Absolom, set before the 34, 51, 56, 57, 59, 60. and others, which were made before that, as appears by their Titles.
Vers. 21. I have broken the Arm of Pharaoh King of Egypt.
By Arme, the forces and power Pharaoh had, are intended. Vatablus saith the Preter Tense is here put for the Future Tense, I have broken, that is, I will break; but Pharaoh had his arme broken before, when the Babylonian forces beat him and his Army by the River Euphrates in Charchemish, which was in the fourth year of Jehoiakim, Jer 46.2. And at that time he took from him all that he had between Nilus and Euphrates, 2 Kings 24.7. which was the breaking of his Arme, and such a breaking as it could not be cured. But notwithstanding this breaking, Pharaoh got up forces again; and when Nebuchadnezzar besieged Jerusalem, he came forth out of Egypt, whereupon Nebuchadnezzar raised [Page 30] his Siege, went to meet Pharaoh, and caused him to retreat, Jer. 37.5, 7. as having a broken arm, and not being able to encounter with him.
And loe, it shall not be bound up to be healed, &c.
That wound and loss which Pharaoh received by overthrow of his army, he never could cure and recover; neither his own people, nor his Confederates could set him into his former condition; he is here resembled to a broken Arme, which cannot be bound up, or if bound up, not be healed, so as to be usefull any more. Pharaoh could never recover his strength and greatness again.
Vers. 22. Behold, I am against Pharaoh King of Egypt.
Here is the cause of Pharaohs breakings, his not binding up and healing, the Lord was against him; not only the Babylonians and Cyreneans were his enemies, but the Lord himself; when he breaks in pieces, who shall bind up? when he wounds who shall heal? when he is an Enemie, who can stand before him? The Lo [...]d makes himself Author of all the Judgements fell upon Pharaoh.
And will break his Arms, the strong, and that which was broken.
Pharaohs Arms were Egypt, and those Territories he had from Egypt to Euphrates. His Arme was broken already by the Babylonians as you have it before; One Arm yet remain'd, and that is call'd a strong one, viz. Egypt with all her strength; This Arm God break by the Cyreneans (against whom Pharaoh led out an Army which they overthrew) and the Civil Wars amongst them; after that Victory they were so consum'd and weakened,Chap. 29.4. vid. Juni. that they had not hearts nor means to defend themselves against Nebuchadnezzar when he invaded them.
I will cause the Sword to fall out of his hand.
When an Arm is broken, the hand is disabled from holding [Page 31] any thing; so Pharaoh having his arms broken, Syria and Egypt, the Sword should fall out of his hand, he should not be able any more to make war: he should neither have forces in the one Kingdom or the other to do him service; or thus, if he did get up some forces, and ingage with the Babylonians, God would so order things that the Egyptians should be overcome, throw down their Arms, cry for quarter, or fly for safety.
Vers. 23. And I will scatter the Egyptians among the Nations.
The Hebrew word for to scatter is [...] puts, which signifies confringi cum dispersione, to be broken and dispersed; he spake before of the breaking Pharaohs forces, and now saith they should be scattered, some running one way, some another, some carried into one part of Babylon, some into another.
And disperse them.
[...] Sarah, which is the Hebrew word, signifies to disperse by breaking in pieces, and also by fanning. The Septuagint hath it [...] I will fan them: And so Lavater, Piscator, and the vulgar render the word. God would fan them as chaffe out of the Land of Egypt, and drive them from country to country, as the wind drives chaffe from place to place.
Vers. 24. And I will strengthen the Arms of the King of Babylon.
Chizzikti, Montanus renders it comfortabo, I will comfort; Vatablus noborabo, I will make strong. Jun. and Pisca. confirmabo, I will confirm; the French, fortifiray, I will fortifie. The Septuag. [...] I will harden. The word Chazak saith Kirker, signifies properly, firmam apprehensionem, such a taking hold of a man, as thereby to confirm his Spirits, and to strengthen him: God would take hold of Nebuchadnezzar and his forces, so as to add spirit, courage and strength unto them; he would be on their side, and make them victorious. He was against Pharaoh, [Page 32] brake his Arms, weakened him; but he would be with Nebuchadnezzar, uphold him, and make his Arms strong.
And put my Sword in his hand.
I will furnish him with all military instruments, and sufficiency of power to execute my judgments upon Egypt, and upon Pharaoh King thereof. God would make the Sword fall out of his hand; but he would put one into Nebuchadnezzars hand.
But I will break Pharaohs Arms.
Let them be strong and brawnie, I will break them as wood bones, earthen vessels are wont to be broken; he is proud, confident, and thinks himself able to withstand the King of Babylon, but by him will I break all his forces, and so breake them, that
He shall groan before him, with the groanings of a deadly wounded man.
The Hebrew runs thus, He shall cry with Cries being deadly wounded before him. Piscator looking to the former words, I will break Pharaohs Arms, renders them thus, that he may groan before him, as a man groans being deadly wounded: When a man is Chalal, thrust through or deadly wounded, he fetcheth deep sighs and groans; and Pharaoh should be so afflicted, with the King of Babylons prevailing against him, that he should greatly mourn and groan. Noak notes such crying, sighing, groaning as men make when they are wounded unto death.
Vers. 25. But I will strengthen the Arms of the King of Babylon, and the Arms of Pharaoh shall fall down, &c.
In this verse and the last there is little but what was said before; the Prophet repeats the same things, that so he might awaken the Egyptians to consider what dreadful desolations were coming upon them, and beat off the Jews from seeking help at [Page 33] their hands whose destruction was so certainly determined by the Lord.
And he shall stretch it out upon the Land of Egypt.
This stretching out may either refer to the stroke; as when men will strike strong and deadly stroaks, they stretch out their arms that the stroke may be with more force upon the partie to be smitten; or it may note the extent of the Sword, it should be stretched out upon the whole Land of Egypt; Wars should consume the whole Nation.
First, observe;
Men in affliction strictly observe how the time passes away, they mind the years, months, and days. Ezekiel was a Captive in Babylon, and he kept account of the time; in the Eleventh year, the first month, and seventh day of it, that was of their Captivity; he slipt not a day but observed it, and what fell out; then the word of the Lord came unto him. Afflictions make good Chronologers.
Secondly, observe;
The Lord makes good his word he had said by the mouth of David, Psal. 37.17. The arms of the wicked shall be broken, and here he saith, I have broken the Arms of Pharaoh King of Egypt; he was a wicked King, and God broke his Arms. Kings who have great forces, great wealth, numerous Cities, and strong Navies, if they be wicked, they and all they have are no more to God then one single man, whose Arms God can easily break, for he hath a mighty Arm, Psal. 89.13. And when he makes it bare, then it breaks Kings and Kingdoms, Arms and Armies in pieces; it was his Arm that brake the Babylonian, Persian, Grecian and Roman Empires, which were all wicked. He break the Arm of Moab, Jer. 48.25. He will break the Arm of Antichrist, and of all the Princes of the Earth which help him.
Thirdly, observe;
God sometimes so wounds Princes and States, as that their wounds are incurable. I have broken the Arm of Pharaoh, and loe, it shall not be bound up to be healed; all the State-Chyrurgeons [Page 34] and Physitians could not set the bone again, and heal the wound; much art and industry was used, many plaisters applyed, but all to no purpose, for God had said, it shall not be healed, Jer. 46.11. In vain shall they use many Medicines, for they shall not be cured; its spoken of this Pharaoh, and the wound he had received. If God deny once to cure the wounds, he makes those wounds prove deadly; not all the Balm in Gilead will cure them, not all the wisdom, riches, strength of Egypt, could make Pharaoh whole again. If the Lord himself do not binde up when he breaks, heal where he wounds, nothing but death and dissolution follows.
Fourthly, observe;
Its a dreadful thing to have the Lord declare himself to be an enemie to a King, to a State, to any; Behold, I am against Pharaoh, therefore what was broken could not be healed, and what was whole should be broken, he should be more and more disabled; his Princes became fools, his wise Councellors brutish, a perverse and seducing Spirit was in the midst of them; and Egypt was as women, fearfull and weak like women, Isai. 19.11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16. God being against Pharaoh, all his Councels, Enterprizes, were blasted, all his forces broken, all his Cities made desolate, and all his people consum'd or carried into Captivity; better he had had all the Princes of the world against him then God, for whomsoever he is against, must be ruin'd.
Fifthly, observe;
The flourishing and perishing of Kings, Kingdoms, and Armies, is from the Lord. I will strengthen the Arms of the King of Babylon, and put my Sword in his hand, but I will break Pharaohs Arms, and they shall fall down. One of these great Kings should prosper, his Kingdom flourish, his forces stand and conquer; the other should perish, his Kingdom be laid waste, and all his forces broken and scattered. What King, State, or Army soever God is with, he will strengthen, uphold; what King, State, or Army soever he is against, he will break, ruine, and bring to nothing, whatever their Strength, Wealth, or Councels are.
Sixthly, observe;
Tyrannical wicked Kings oft come to very sad ends: he shall groan before him with the groanings of a deadly wounded man. Herodotus saith he was strangled by the Egyptians which had revolted from him to Amasis. The Holy Scripture tells you what ends Adonibezek, Athaliah, Jezebel, Ahab, and Senacherib came unto. Pilate who put Christ to death, was deposed, banished, and at last slew himself at Lyons in France. Of Thirty two Emperors who persecuted the Christians, scarce any of them dyed a natural death; some were poysoned, some kill'd by the Soldiers, some sentenc'd by the Senate, and some slew themselves: Galerius had such a Loathsome disease, as that he could not indure the stink of it, but slew himself to avoid it. Vid. Fox Act. Mon. vol. 1. pag. 40, 41.
Seventhly, observe;
God is the Author of Wars, he sets one Tyrant against another, and gives Commission how far they shall proceed. I will put my Sword into the hand of the King of Babylon, and he shall stretch it out upon the land of Egypt. Nebuchadnezzar was a great Tyrant, and God set him upon Pharaoh another great Tyrant, and ordered him how far he should go, even over all Egypt. Tyrants cannot stir till God move them; the Sword is his; if he will not put it into their hands, they cannot take it up, and when he hath put it into their hand, they cannot go one foot further then he hath appointed them.
CHAP. XXXI.
Vers. 1, 2.
And it came to pass in the Eleventh year, in the Third month, in the First day of the month, that the word of the Lord came unto me, saying,
Son of man, speak unto Pharaoh King of Egypt, and to his multitude, Whom art thou like in thy greatness?
THis Chapter, as the two former, is a Prophesie against the King of Egypt, and in it you have these parts;
First, the Chronologie of the Prophesie, ver. 1.
Secondly, the occasion of it, viz. His Pride and confidence in his greatness, ver. 2.
Thirdly, a confirmation of his ruine, set out by an example a majori ad minus, from the Third verse to the Eighteenth, wherein is notably described the Glory of Assyria, her sin and fall thereupon.
Fourthly, the Application of all to Pharaoh, vers. 18.
Vers. 1. In the Eleventh year, in the third month, in the first day of the month.
The Prophet had not Prophesies given in every month, it was a month and Twenty-four days from the last Prophesie to this, which was one month and eight or nine days before the destruction of Jerusalem, and in the Eleventh year of their Captivity, the Third month, and First day of the month. The Hebrew for First day of the Month, is, una mensis, one of the [Page 38] month is an Hebraisme common in the Scripture, as in Gen. 1.5. The Evening and the Morning were one day, so is the Hebrew, that is the first day, Luke 24.1. [...] upon one of the week, that is the First day of the week.
Vers. 2. Speak unto Pharaoh King of Egypt, and to his multitude.
Pharaoh was a great King, and had a great Multitude of Men, Horses, and Chariots, and conceited himself greater then he was; but how great soever he were in realitie or conceit, God orders a Prophet to speak to him, and to demand a question of him. The Prophet was in Babylon, Pharaoh in Aegypt, and how he could speak to him, appears not. Its impossible that he should undertake so long a journey as tis from Babylon to Egypt. Its more consonant to truth, that he pen'd this Prophesie, and sent it unto him by one means or other.
Whom art thou like in thy greatness?
This was the Question Ezekiel must propound to him, and it was an upbraiding question, taxing him for his pride, arrogancie and vain confidences. He had like most Kings many Flatterers, who flattered him into a conceit that he was greater then other Kings, yea so great in power, that he might incounter God himself. The Lord therefore thought meet to take down his Spirit by this question, Whom art thou like in thy greatness? what like unto me? thou art so far from that, as that thou art not comparable to some mortal men. What sayest thou to the King of Assyria? art thou greater, art thou stronger then he? no, he went far beyond thee in Power, Dignitie and Greatness, yet for his pride, arrogancie and confidences in what he had, he was utterly destroyed; and thinkest thou who art inferior, to stand and avoid the Judgements of God when they come? thou deceivest thy self.
First, observe;
Kings are prone to be lifted up with and confide in their greatness. Pharaoh sweld with his honor and multitude, puting [Page 39] too much confidence therein, Chap. 29.3. he is call'd the great Dragon, and he lay secure in the midst of his Rivers, saying, my River is mine own, and I have made it for my self; he was proud and confident, thinking none greater then himself. Nebuchadnezzar was lifted up with his greatness, Dan. 4.30. so was Sennacherib, Isa. 37.11, 12, 13. And not only wicked Kings, but good ones have been overtaken with this evill. David numbers the people, and was too proud of, and confident in his Multitudes, 1 Chron. 21. Princes have many things to puff up their Spirits, but God knows how to bring them down.
Secondly, observe;
God will have them told of their Sins, and taxed for them: Go speak unto Pharaoh, and say whom art thou like in thy greatness? Thou proud Tyrant thou shalt fall, though thou be great, strong, there is a greater then thy self, and one stronger then thou art, who hath sent a Prophet to tell thee of thy pride and arrogancie, and to foretell thee of thy destruction. Kings are no more to God then the meanest peasants; if they sin they shall hear of it, and smart for it.
Vers. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.
Behold, the Assyrian was a Cedar in Lebanon with fair branches, and with a shadowing shroud, and of an high stature, and his top was among the thick boughs.
The waters made him great, the deep set him up on high with her rivers running round about his plants, and sent out her little Rivers unto all the trees of the Field.
Therefore his height was exalted above all the trees of the field, and his boughs were multiplied, and his branches became long because of the multitude of waters, when he shot forth.
All the fowls of heaven made their nests in his boughs [Page 40] and under his branches did all the beasts of the field bring forth their young, and under his shadow dwelt all great Nations.
Thus was he fair in his greatness, in the length of his branches: for his root was by great waters.
The Cedars in the Garden of God could not hide him, the Firre-trees were not like his boughes, and the Chesnut Trees were not like his branches; not any Tree in the Garden of God was like unto him in his beauty.
I have made him fair by the multitude of his branches, so that all the Trees of Eden, that were in the Garden of God, envied him.
IN these seven Verses is set forth the power of the King of Assyria, who is compared here unto a Cedar, which is described
First, from its place, it was in Lebanon, ver. 3.
Secondly, from its beauty, it had fair branches, ver. 3. and was fair in greatness and length, ver. 7.
Thirdly, from the benefit of it, it was a shaddowing shroud, Fowls, Beasts, Men, were advantaged by it, ver. 3, 6.
Fourthly, from the height of it, it was very high, ver. 3. higher then all the trees of the field, ver. 5.
Fifthly, from the thickness, he had thick boughs, ver. 3.
Sixthly, from the cause of all these, viz. the Rivers and Waters he was planted by, ver. 4, 5, 7.
Seventhly, from his transcendencie above all other Trees in the Field or Garden, ver. 5, 8, 9.
Vers. 3. Behold the Assyrian.
Some would have Pharaoh and the Egyptians to be understood by the Assyrian, and produce Isai. 52.4. for it, where its said, my people went down aforetime into Egypt to sojourn there, and the Assyrian oppressed them without cause, that was Pharaoh [Page 41] and the Egyptians, saith A lapide; but Interpreters generally understand Sennacherib or Nebuchadnezzar, and their people. By the Assyrian therefore, here is meant the King of Assyria, whom diverse Expositors make to be Esarhaddon, the third Son of Sennacherib, of whom see Isa. 37.38. He was King of Assur, Ezra 4.2. call'd also the great and noble Asnappar, ver. 10. He was King of Assyria and Babylonia, saith Ʋsher in his Chronologie. Lavater makes him only King of Assyria, Page 107. for he saith Ben-Merodach the Governor of Babylon, observing that his two Brethren who slew their Father, viz. Adramelech and Sharezer lying in waite to dispossess Esarhaddon of the Kingdom, he made war upon him, overcame him, and so rejoyned the Assyrian Kingdom to the Babylonian. Whether, him, Sennacherib or Nebuchadnezzar, it was a King of Assyria, who was great and powerfull.
A Cedar in Lebanon.
That is, as a Cedar in Lebanon. Lebanon was a great and large Mountain in Canaan, full of Cedars; and this King of Assyria is likened unto the chiefest of them.
With fair Branches.
These Branches were not his Sons and Nobles, but the several Provinces belonged unto the Kingdom of Assyria, over which his Princes and Nobles did reign. Himself was the Cedar, these the Branches or Arms.
And with a shadowing shroud.
The word for shroud, is Chorash, which Montanus renders Caedua Sylva. Buxtorf saith its Virgultum densum & implexum faciendae umbrae commodum, shoots, sprouts, so thick and intangled together, as that they make it shadowie. The Septuagint hath the words thus, [...] thick in the covering; this Tree did afford cover and shade to others.
Of an high stature, his top was among the thick bowes.
The King intended Ezek. 17.6. was like a Vine of low stature; but this King was like a Cedar of high stature, glorious, great, and renown'd, so high that [...], his top was in the midst of the clouds, like the tree Dan. 4.20. whose height reached to Heaven.
Vers. 4. The waters made him great.
Some Trees prosper best in dry places, some by the waters side; the moisture they draw thence makes them to spread and flourish, Psal. 1.3. The Tree being here Metaphorical, so are the waters; waters signifie sometimes afflictions, Psal. 32.6. sometimes wholesome and good doctrine, Isai. 55.1. sometimes people, Rev. 17.15. here riches, power, victories, and such things quibus augenter & splendescunt imperia. The Assyrian wealth, Provinces, Victories, were as water to his Roots, and made him great.
The deep set him up on high, with her Rivers running round about his plants.
His vast Treasure, like a deep not to be drawn drie, raised him to such an height, as waters do a Cedar; He did abound with plenty of all things: As Plants which have rivers running round about them, do grow and spread, so did the King of Assyria, and his. His riches and greatness were like an Ocean, and the Provinces as so many Rivers brought in wealth continually, which supplyed them and others.
And sent out her little rivers unto all the trees of the field.
Some Commodities, some parts of the Assyrian Treasure [Page 43] were derived to other Nations, Princes, and People; or his own Subjects had some share with him in his wealth and greatness; all at home, and many abroad, which were the Trees of the field, gained by the Assyrian waters.
Vers. 5. Therefore his height was exalted above all the trees of the field.
There were diverse Trees in the field which were high, many Kings and Princes who were great, but the Assyrian was the highest, the greatest Cedar and Monarchie then in the world; His waters exceeded theirs, and they derived moisture from him.
His boughs were multiplied, and his branches became long.
The boughs and branches of this metaphoricall tree, were the Provinces and Countries belonged to the Assyrian Monarchie, which were many, and extended far, even to Media Eastward, to Mesopotomia Westward, to Armenia minor Northward, and to Susiana Southward.
Because of the multitude of waters; when he shot forth.
Where there is much water and moisture at the root of a Tree, there the branches and boughs do shoot forth faster and further then where its wanting: The Assyrian having multitude of waters, viz. Treasure, enlarged his Empire and borders thereby.
Vers. 6. All the Fowls of heaven made their Nests in his boughs.
By Fowls of Heaven some understand the Nobles and great Ones; they built them habitations in his Provinces and Dominions, which they peaceably enjoyed, as Fowls do their Nests in the boughs of high trees.
And under his branches did all the beasts of the field bring forth their young.
By Beast of the field A lapide intends the vulgar and more barbarous sort of people. The sense is, that all kinds of people, noble and ignoble, rich or poor, weak or strong, were in safety, and multiplied under his protection, as birds and beasts do in and under a great Tree.
In this verse and the former be three words, which signifie Boughs and Branches. The first is Sargnaphah, which signifies a heap or thicket of boughs. The second is, Saiph or Sagniph, which notes a top bough. The third is [...] parah or porah from [...] to adorn, because boughs are ornamenta arboris, the glory and beautifying of the Tree.
Ʋnder his shadow dwelt all great Nations.
Either they were under his Authority or his Protection; many great Nations were commanded by the Assyrian, and others put themselves under his protection.
Vers. 7. Thus was he fair in his greatness.
The Hebrew is vaiijph, Pulchrum fuit in magnitudine suae, he was a goodly thing in his greatness. The Septuagint [...] he was beautie in his heighth and greatness, not only beautifull but beauty; greatness and height make things goodly and fair.
And in the length of his branches.
Here is another word for Br [...]nches dalijoth, which is from dalah to draw, because they draw juice from the Roots, or because they move upwards, and so the word dalah also signifies. The Branches of this tree were the Provinces, as before, which extended far, and added to the greatness and glory of the tree.
For his Root was by great waters.
These words correspond with those in the Fourth Verse, the waters made him great. When a tree is fixed in the earth where there is no want of moisture, it grows, it spreads, it becomes great and lovely: So this King being planted among great waters, in the midst of much wealth and power, grew, spread, and became fair in his greatness.
Vers. 8. The Cedars in the Garden of God, could not hide him.
The highest Cedars that were in any Garden, or in Paradise it self, did not exceed this Cedar, and so obscure the glory of it; but this Kingdom for the wealth, strength, and greatness of it, went beyond all others, and was for admiration.
The Firr-trees were not like his boughs.
Firr-trees are tall and stately, yet none of the Firr-trees were comparable to the boughs of this tree. The Kingdoms of other Princes were not like to the Provinces of Assyria.
And the Chesnut-trees were not like his branches.
The Chesnut-tree is lower then the Firr-tree, but more branchie and spreading; yet none of the Chesnut-trees did equalize any branch of the Assyrian tree.
Not any tree in the garden of God was like unto him in his beauty.
The Hebrew is, every Tree in the Garden of God was not like to him in his beauty; that is, no tree therein, no tree in Paradise, no tree in the whole earth did equalize this Metaphorical [Page 46] Assyrian tree in the bulk, arms, branches or beautie of it.
Vers. 9. I have made him beautiful in the multitude of his boughs.
A Tree is much beautified that hath abundance of boughs shooting out from it; the more boughs, the more beauty: This tree wanted not for boughs; it had many Provinces, and every one added to its beauty.
So that all the Trees of Eden, that were in the Garden of God, envied him.
When other Trees, that is, Princes, who were seated in pleasant, rich and fruitful places, saw how much the King of Assyria exceeded them in power, wealth, glory, and greatness, they envied him.
First, observe;
Its the Lord who makes Kingdoms and Kings great, and differences them from others. The Assyrian was a Cedar in Lebanon, exceeding all others in beauty, branches, height and thickness; and how came he to be so? ver. 9. I have made him fair. Whatever virtue, glory, excellencie inward or outward, any Trees, any Princes have, its all from the Lord. All Solomons greatness and wisdom was from him, 1 Kin. 4.29, 30, 31.
Secondly, observe;
That as Trees have need of moisture and waters to make them grow and flourish, so States and Princes have need of money to uphold their greatness; they must have Revenues come flowing in like Rivers, else they will soon wither. The waters made him great, the deep set him up on high, the Rivers run round about his plants; he had multitude of waters, his Root was by great waters, the Assyrian had great means which maintained his glory and greatness; so Solomon had great means, otherwise he could [Page 47] not have liv'd at that height he did, 1 Kin. 4.22, 23, 26, 27, 28. Chap. 10.14, 21, 22, 23.
Thirdly, observe;
Princes, Monarchs, States, ought to protect those are their Subjects, and to communicate good unto them. This Cedar in Lebanon was a shadowing shroud, all the Fowls of Heaven made their nests in his boughs, under his branches did all the Beasts of the Field bring forth their young, and under his shadow dwelt all great Nations: All sorts had protection from the King of Assyria; and not only so, but those waters watered him were sent out unto all the Trees of the field; he hoarded not up his wealth, but it passed up and down for the good of all. Isai. 49.23. Its said of the Church, Kings shall be thy nursing Fathers, thy Nourishers; that is, they shall communicate good things unto thee, as a Nurse doth milk unto the Child; not only doth she protect the child from harm, but see it want nothing that is good for it.
Fourthly, observe;
Excellencie, greatness, transcendencie beget Envy. This Assyrian Cedar excelled all the Cedars in the Garden of God; none of the Firr-trees, Chesnut-trees, or any other did equalize him, he out stripped all the Trees in bulk, in height, in branches, in beauty, and what then? all the Trees of Eden, that were in the Garden of God, envied him. Envie is against Superiors, and Contempt is of Inferiors. When Daniel was made chief of the Presidents and Princes, then they envied him, and sought occasion to ruine him, Dan. 6. Its a grief springing up from another mans prosperity; Power, Honor, Strength, Riches, Greatness, are the causes and occasions of it; There is always a malignance goes along with it, taking pleasure in hurting, though it gaine nothing thereby. Envy is most prejudicial to the partie it dwels in, for its the rottenness of the bones, Prov. 14.30. It eats out the marrow and moisture of them, and makes them putrifie. Hence say the Hebrews, [Page 48] oculus malus ingredi facit hominem in sepulchrum, Buxtorf. florilegium Heb. an envious eye brings a man to the grave.
Vers. 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17.
Therefore thus saith the Lord God, because thou hast lifted up thy self in height, and he hath shot up his top among the thick boughs, and his heart is lifted up in his height.
I have therefore delivered him into the hand of the mighty one of the Heathen: he shall surely deal with him, I have driven him out for his wickedness.
And strangers, the terrible of the Nations have cut him off, and have left him: upon the mountains, and in all the valleys his branches are fallen, and his boughs are broken by all the Rivers of the land, and all the people of the earth are gone down from his shadow, and have left him.
Ʋpon his ruine shall all the Fowls of the Heaven remain, and all the Beasts of the field shall be upon his branches.
To the end that none of all the Trees by the waters exalt themselves for their height, neither shoot up their top among the thick boughs, neither their trees stand up in their height, all that drink water: for they are all delivered unto death, to the neither parts of the Earth, in the midst of the children of men, with them that go down to the pit.
Thus saith the Lord God, In the day when he went down to the Grave, I caused a mourning, I covered the deep for him, and I restrained the [Page] floods thereof; and the great waters were s [...] and I caused Lebanon to mourn for him, and all the trees of the field fainted for him.
I made the Nations to shake at the sound of his fall when I cast him down to hell with them that descend into the pit: and all the trees of Eden, the choise and best of Lebanon, all that drink water▪ shall be comforted in the nether parts of the earth.
They also went down into hell with him, unto them that be slain with the Sword, and they that were his Arm, that dwelt under his shadow in the midst of the Heathen.
HAving set forth the greatness and Glory of the King of Assyria in the former Verses, under the Allegorie of a Tree, here he comes to shew the cutting down and destruction of this Tree, with the causes, events, and end thereof:
Vers. 10. Because thou hast lifted up thy self in height.
These words are an Apostrophe to the King of Egypt, as Junius and Piscator observe. Here is a sudden interruption and turning of the Speech unto Pharaoh, who was proud and haughtie like the Assyrian; God by this gives him a hint to look to himself, and so turns again to the Assyrian.
And he hath shot up his top among the thick boughs.
He, that is the King of Assyria, he was growne very high, and so high, that his heart was lifted up in his height, propter altitudinem suam, saith Piscator, by reason of his height; his height heigthned his Spirit, he thought himself to have aliquod numinis in him, and fit to be worshipped.
Vers. 11. I have therefore delivered him into the hand of the mighty one of the heathen.
The Hebrew is future, I will deliver him, and so Munster reads it: For the better understanding of these words, we must know that the Kingdom of Assyria and Chaldaea were distinct. The Metropolis of Chaldaea was Babylon; the Metropolis of the Assyrian was Ninive: the ten Tribes were carried away by the Assyrians; the other two Tribes by the Chaldaeans. Dissentions arising between these two, God delivered the King of Assyria into the hands of the King of Chaldaea, who was Nebuchadnezzar as Expositors say, and is here call'd the mighty one of the Heathen; he subdued all Assyria, and made that and Chaldaea one Empire, and afterwards the people were called sometimes Assyrians, sometimes Babylonians, sometimes Chaldaeans. Polanus and others interpret these words of Esarhaddon, who after Sennacherib was King of Assyria, Isa. 37.38. Whom God delivered into the hand of Berodach-baladan, or Merodach-baladan being then King of Babylon, Isa. 39.1. 2 Kin. 20.12. Who is here called the mighty One of the Hethen; the Hebrew is be ia d el goijm, into the hand of the God of the Nations, so Montanus renders the words; now whether Berodach-baladan were such a God or mighty One of the Heathen is doubted, because he was but Praefectus Babyloniae.
He shall surely deal with him.
In Hebrew its he shall by doing do with him, that is celeriter & absque sudore, saith Chrolampadius, he shall without difficulty or delay deal with him, he shall deal with him according to his own mind, do what he lift unto him, he shall take away his life and kingdom from him. This and the former word is future put for preter Tenses, which is usual among the Hebrews.
I have driven him out for his wickedness.
The word for to drive out is gerash, which notes not only a simple ejection, a bare driving out, but a disgrace [...] one, such a casting or driving out as is with disgrace; as when a wife is divorced, she is judged unworthy of Bed, Board or Cohabitation, Gen. 3.24. God drove out the man, that was with disgrace: and so here, I have driven him out with disgrace for his wickedness.
Vers. 12. And strangers, the terrible of the Nations have cut him off, and have left him.
Here he shews the ruine and downfal of the Cedar which was so high, and extended its boughs so far; strangers, the terrible of the Nations, that is the Chaldaeans, who were cruel and merciless, Jer. 6.23. they cut him off, the King of Assyria, and left him, not affording the honor due to a dead King.
Ʋpon all the Mountains and in all the Valleys his branches are fallen, and his boughs are broken by all the Rivers of the land.
When great trees are cut or blown down, then the branches or arms are broken and pul'd off. When the King of Assyria was slain, his Princes, Nobles, Provinces and people, all suffered with him; some were slain upon the Mountains, some upon the Valleys, and by the Rivers, all the land over there were dead and slain persons.
And all the people of the earth are gone down from his shadow, and have left him.
Those which formerly were his Confederates, and depended much upon him for Counsel and help, seeing him ruined by [Page 52] the Chaldaeans, they fell off and would not assist him; or divers of his own, seeing how things went with him, deserted him.
Vers. 13. Ʋpon his ruine shall all the Fowls of the heaven remain, and all the beasts of the field shall be upon his branches.
When a Tree is pull'd up or cut down, the fruit, leaves, and branches gone, there remains the body or Trunk deformed and spoiled of its beauty and glory, that's the ruine; so here the King of Assyria being taken and slain, his Crown, Glory, and Greatness laid in the dust, his dead body was the ruine; and now the Fowls of Heaven, the Nobles and great Ones of Chaldaea, and all the Beasts of the field, the meaner sort, made a Prey of him and his; him they scorn'd and vilified, and what was his they seiz'd upon: Lavater saith his body lay unburied, that Crows, Ravens, Vultures, and such like Flesh-Fowls fed upon it.
Vers. 14. To the end that none of all the trees by the waters exalt themselves for their height, neither shoot up their top &c.
This too sets out the end of Gods heavy Judgments upon the King of Assyria; that other trees seeing Gods dealings with that high Cedar for its pride and loftiness, they might take heed of exalting themselves. Men grown great, are apt to grow proud. Trees by the waters, that is, men abounding with wealth, honor, greatness, and such things as may puffe up; trees by waters grow high, and men in the midst of great means, are in great danger to do so.
Neither their Trees stand up in their height, all that drink water.
The Margent hath it, or stand upon themselves for their height, and so the sense is plain, that none of the Trees should [Page 53] exalt themselves, or stand upon themselves, their own strength, wealth, and greatness, they should not rest in themselves, please themselves. If we take the words as they are in the verse, the sense is much the same, neither their trees stand up in their height, all that drink water; that is, Let none that have means, despise others that are inferiour, or let them not stand up in their height; it will be but for a season, and they must be cut down.
For they are all delivered unto death to the nether parts of the earth, in the midst of the children of men, with them that go down to the pit.
All the Assyrians were delivered up to the Chaldaeans to be slain by them, or all the Princes, Nobles and great Ones, they shall dye, go down into the earth among the meanest, where no difference will be made; therefore rich Ones, great Ones should not exalt themselves above others, or stand upon their height.
First, Observe:
Pride and wickednesse causes God to bring dreadfull judgements upon Kings and their Kingdomes.
Because the King of Assyria's heart was lifted up in his height, therefore God delivered him into the hand of a mighty enemy, and drave him out for his wickednesse. When Princes are in the seat of honour, have great means coming in, then they look big, begin to Deifie themselves, to do what they list, not minding him who exalted them, but confiding in their own strength, power and greatnesse, which makes way for their speedy ruine. Solomon tells us that a man shall not be established by wickednesse, Pro: 12.13. Kings by their wicked pollices and practices cannot establish themselves, their wickednesse overth [...]owes them, their pride provokes God against them; Da: 4.25. Its good for Kings & others to be humble in the midst of their injoyments, and the greater abundance that they do [Page 54] possesse,Qui humili est an mo dignus est honore, & Divinitas quiescit super eo. Buxtorph: to carry it still the more humbly; for he that is of an humble mind is worthy of honour, and hath God dwelling with him.
Secondly, Observe;
God hath instruments for the doing of his work, whatever it be, and such instruments as will do it to purpose.
He had an Assyrian Cedar to cut down which was very great, whose top was in the Clouds, whose Boughes extended very farre, in whose branches the Fowls did make their Nests, and under whose shadow dwelt all great Nations; and now who shall dare to meddle with this Cedar? Yes the Lord had One that durst attempt and doe it, he had a mighty One of the Heathens, a God of the Nations, into whose hand he delivered the great Cedar, and he in doing did unto him all the mind of God, he cut him down and laid him low. Let Trees be deeply rooted, grown exceeding great and high, yet God hath Hewers to hew down such Trees, Dan. 4.14.
Thirdly, Observe;
When great Trees are cut d [...]wn, many other Trees suffer with them; When Kings fall, they break and undoe many.
When the King of Assyria was cut off, his Nobles and great Ones, yea all sorts suffered by him; Ʋpon the Mountains, and in all the Valleys, his Branches are fallen, his Boughs are broken, and all the people of the Earth are gone down from his shadow. All his Provinces, Princes, People, met with hard things. When Zedekiah was taken and carryed away captive, did not the Princes, Nobles, and People suffer grievous things; see 2 Kings 25. Jer: 52. In our dayes we have seen many suffer by the fall of the King.
Fourthly, Observe;
Neither Princes, Nobles, nor other People can tell who shall enjoy their wealth.
The King of Assyria had great revenues, the Assyrians were well watred, a rich people; but who got all their wealth? The Chaldaeans, strangers, the terrible of the Nations, upon his ruine shall all the Fowles of the Heaven remain, and all the Beasts of the field shall be upon his Branches; Little did the Assyrians dream that the Chaldaeans should have their Jewels, Gold, Silver, Plate, Linnen, Habitations, and Lands. Many hord and heap up for their enemies: Many men are rich, well fraught, like Ships at Sea, but whose hands their wealth may fall into they know not. David calls it a vanity, and its a deep excessive vanity, that men disquiet themselves in heaping up riches, and cannot tell who shall gather them, Psal. 39.6. Whether their children or strangers, friends or foes. Solomon was vexed to think he must leave all he had got or done he knew not to whom, whether a wise man or a fool, Eccles: 2.18, 19.
Fifthly, Observe;
God doth therefore destroy Kings and Kingdomes, that rich Ones, great Ones, and all sorts may take heed of their sins, pride, wickednesse, and self-confidence.
God cuts off the great Cedar, the King of Assyria, to the end that none of all the Trees by the waters exalt themselves for their height, nor stand upon themselves for their height; let them not slight other Trees which are not by the waters, that are not so Bulky, Branchy and Leavy as themselves, nor conceit that their wealth and greatness will always last.
Vers. 15. In the day when he went down to the grave, I caused a mourning.
The word for Grave is Sheol, which among other things signifies the state of the dead; as Gen: 37.35. saith Jacob, I will go down into the Grave unto my Son. By Grave, he meant, not Hell, nor the Grave in a proper sense, for he was perswaded some wild Beasts had devoured him, but the state of the dead: and so here, when this high Cedar was cut down, when the [Page 56] King of Assyria was slain, and went down to the Grave; that is, the state of the Dead, I caused a mourning; Then there was a sad change, trading ceas'd, barrennesse came upon all the Land, the Towns and Cityes were not frequented.
I covered the deep for him, and I restrained the Floods thereof, and the great waters were stayed.
If we take the words litterally, the sense is, the Sea and Rivers seem'd to mourn at the destruction and fall of this Cedar, and so if you take the deep floods and waters for his riches, abundance, and great revenues, they seem'd now to put on Sackcloath, their Lord and Master being dead, now there was no more flowing of those waters. The deep, the Rivers and waters had contributed to the greatnesse of the Cedar, and they were affected with his fall.
I caused Lebanon to mourn for him.
In the 3d verse the Assyrian was call'd a Cedar in Lebanon, and when this Cedar fell, he made the rest of the Trees in Lebanon to put on black, the word is, Akdin, which signifies to make dark, obscure, black; all the Trees in the Assyrian Empire, or in that part of Lebanon which belonged thereunto, I caused to be affected with the fall of this Cedar.
And all the Trees of the field fainted for him.
All other Kings, saith Maldonate, not only Kings, but all sorts were involved in this common calamity; they were so sensible of their sufferings thereby, that they fainted, the word for fainting is [...] which signifies to cover for grief, and Metaphorically to faint: When grief is great, then it causeth deliquium animae.
Vers. 16. I made the Nations to shake at the Sound of his fall.
When high and great Trees fall they make a great noise; and so did this King when he fell, his own Subjects and other Nations were much troubled at his fall.
When I cast him down to Hell with them that descend into the pit.
In ver. 15. its said he went down to the Grave or Hell, and here, that God cast him down to Hell, its the same word; God brought him from his height to the state of the dead, he made him like those that were in the pit.
And all the Trees of Eden, the choice and best of Lebanon; all that drink water shall be comforted in the nether parts of the earth.
Those Kings and others which were gone before into the pit, he speaks of as living and watered Trees; when they should see this great Cedar cut down and brought into the same condition with themselves, they should be comforted in that state they were in; that is the common condition of great and small. The Hebrew for choice and best of Lebanon, is, the Election and goodness of Lebanon.
Vers. 17. They also went down into Hell with him unto them that be slain with the sword.
Those Trees before mentioned, their condition was like theirs who were slain with the sword, and so was this Assyrians, he was [Page 58] cut off from all his glory and greatnesse, and laid amongst the slain.
And they that were his arm, that dwelt under his shadow in the midst of the Heathen.
His Princes, Nobles, Councellours, Souldiers and Confederates, these suffered with him, and had some comfort that they had him with them in the Grave or in Hell. The Septuagint, for those words were his arme, read [...], and his seed, his posterity and friends were cut off with him.
First, Observe;
The greatest Princes and Powers in the world have their day to leave their greatnesse, and go down to the dust.
In the day when he went down to the Grave. The King of Assyria had his day to come down from all his height and glory, and to lye among the slain: some dye natural, some violent deaths; be they great or small, dye they must; Its appointed unto men once to dye, Heb: 9.27. And as some have their day to grow high and great in the world, so their day to descend into the Grave, and be no more in the eye of God then a stinking carkasse.
Secondly, Observe;
When great Monarchs and Princes are cut off, the Lord fills all with mourning, fainting, and shaking.
When the Assyrian went down to the Grave, the Lord caused a mourning, made changes and alterations at Sea and Land, He made Lebanon to put on black, the Trees of the field to faint, and Nations to quake at the sound of his fall; so was it when the King of Tyrus was destroyed, Ezek: 26.15, 16. ch: 27.35. When the gods of the earth are slain and dye like men, the earth [Page 59] and all other creatures have a kind of sense thereof, and are affected at changes.
Thirdly, Observe;
When great Oppressors and Tyrants fall, it affords some kind of comfort to the dead.
All the Trees of Eden, the choice and best of Lebanon, all that drink water shall be comforted in the nether parts of the earth, &c. You have this livelyly set forth, Isa. 14.9, 10. Hell from beneath is moved for thee to meet thee at thy coming, it stirreth up the dead for thee, even all the chief Ones of the Earth, it hath raised up from the Thrones all the Kings of the Nations. All they shall speak and say unto thee, art thou also become weak as we? art thou become like unto us? Whether this was Senacherib, Nebuchadnezzar or Belshazzar, it matters not; whoever he was, he was a great Tyrannicall Prince, and when he fell the dead rejoyced at it, and comforted themselves that he was become like unto them.
Vers. 18. To whom art thou thus like in glory and in greatnesse among the Trees of Eden? yet shalt thou be brought down with the Trees of Eden unto the nether parts of the Earth: thou shalt lye in the midst of the uncircumcised, with them that be slain by the sword: this is Pharoah and all his multitude, saith the Lord God.
This verse is the Application of the former example unto Pharoah. The Protasis was from the 3. verse hither; and in this 18. is the Apodosis: The same Question is put here to Pharoah, wh [...]ch was in the 2. vers. To whom art thou like in glory and in greatnesse among the Trees of Eden? Look about Pharoah, thou seest that thou art not like to the Assyrian in Lebanon, [Page 60] Well, who among the Trees of Eden art thou like for glory and greatnesse? it may be thou equallest some of them; be it so, yet thou must be brought down with them to the nether parts of the earth, to the Grave, or to Hell; thou that art like them in sinning, must be like them in suffering.
Thou shalt lye in the midst of the uncircumcised.
In Cha. 28.10. It was said of the Prince of Tyrus, Thou shalt dye the death of the uncircumcised; that was without any hope of eternall life; and here it's said of Pharoah, Thou shalt lye in the midst of those that are uncircumcised, that is, He should lye in a hopelesse and perishing condition of soul and body for ever as those did who were not in Covenant with God.
This is Pharoah and all his multitude, saith the Lord God.
This is his condition, and the condition of his Princes, Nobles and People; whatsoever thoughts he or they may have of themselves, this must be their end.
Observe;
God teaches men by the examples of others what they must look for,
Here by the Assyrian Cedar, the Aegyptian Pharoah is taught what to expect; He being like the Assyrian in his sins, had no cause but to conclude that Assyrian judgements would befall him: What, was he for his pride and wickednesse driven out, destroyed, brought down to the Grave, Hell, and an everlasting suffering? so must I, my wayes being the same with his; like sins call for like judgements. As the Assyrian was set out for the instruction of Pharoah, so God sets up Pharoah for the instruction of all Princes and People to the end of the world, This is Pharoah and all his multitude.
CHAP. XXXII.
Vers. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.
And it came to pass in the Twelfth year, in the Twelfth month, in the First day of the month, that the word of the Lord came unto me, saying,
Son of man, take up a lamentation for Pharoah King of Aegypt, and say unto him, Thou art like a young Lyon of the Nations, and thou art as a Whale in the seas: and thou camest forth with thy rivers, and troubledst the waters with thy feet, and fouledst their rivers.
Thus saith the Lord God, I will therefore spread out my net over thee, with a company of many people, and they shall bring thee up in my net.
Then will I leave thee upon the Land, I will cast thee forth upon the open field, and will cause all the fowls of the Heavens to remain upon thee, and I will fill the beasts of the whole earth with thee.
And I will lay thy flesh upon the mountains; and fill the valleys with thy height.
I will also water with thy blood the Land wherein thou swimmest, even to the mountains, and the rivers shall be full of thee.
And when I shall put thee out, I will cover the Heaven, and make the stars thereof dark: I will cover the Sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her Light.
[Page 62]All the bright lights of Heaven will I make dark over thee, and set darknesse upon thy Land, saith the Lord God.
I will also vex the hearts of many people, when I shall bring thy destruction among the Nations, into the Countreys which thou hast not known.
Yea, I will make many people amazed at thee, and their Kings shall be horribly afraid for thee, when I shall brandish my sword before them, and they shall tremble at every moment; every man for his own life, in the day of thy fall.
THis Chapter is of the nature of the three former, and contains in it two Prophesies, both of them against Pharoah and the Egyptians: The
1. Is from the beginning to the 17. vers.
2. From the 17. to the end of the Chapter.
In the first of these we have,
First, The time of the prophesie, vers. 1.
Secondly, The Tyranny and cruelty of Pharoah, vers. 2. set out by way of lamentation.
Thirdly, Gods judgements against him, declared in an allegoricall way, ver: 3, 4, 5, 6.
Fourthly, The events thereupon, which are
Vers. 1. And it came to passe in the twelfth year, in the twel [...]th month, in the first day of the month.
This was not in the time of Zedekiah, who reigned but eleven years; It was in the twelfth year of Jehoiachims captivity, the twelfth month, and first day, not long after the taking of Jerusalem and burning it with fire. The Lord gave out this [Page 63] Prophesie then, that the Jews might be taken off from trusting in the Egyptians, having cause sufficient to believe that Ezekiels prophesies against them should be made good, as well as Jeremies against themselves, for it was the same Spirit which breathed in them both, and that they might reap some comfort after their sufferings, in considering God would deal so roundly with the Egyptians who had deceived them.
Vers. 2. Take up a lamentation for Pharoah King of Egypt.
Take up a lamentable prophesie, declare what sad things are coming upon Pharoah; whether the Prophet were to lament for the destruction of Pharoah and the Egyptians is questionable, for he and they had oppressed others, deceived the Jewes, and these judgements of God coming upon them for their wickedness were just and righteous, and so matter of rejoycing; yet because he was to utter dreadfull and lamentable things, rejoycing became him not, but he was to be affected sutable to the matter delivered.
Thou art like a young Lyon of the Nations.
Wherein Tyrannical Kings and Princes are like unto young Lyons, hath been shewed in the 19. Chapter. The meaning of these words, is, that look what a Lyon is among the beasts of the fields and woods, viz: terrible and cruel, the same was Pharoah among the Nations; Young Lyons are fierce, and devoure their prey with greedinesse, so are young Tyrants.
And thou art as a Whale in the Seas.
In the 29. ch: ver. 3. Pharoah is call'd Hattannim; the Dragon or Crocodile; here Cattannim, as the Whale; its Tannim in both places, and signifies a Dragon, Whale or Sea-monster; [Page 64] and such as a Whale is in the Seas, viz: troublesome, dreadfull and devouring; such was Pharoah on the deeps; a Lyon at Land, a Whale at Sea; His Dominion was large, and whereever it was he minded the prey.
And thou camest forth with thy Rivers.
The Septuagint have it, [...] which the Vulgar following, render Ventelabas cornu in fluminibus tuis, Thou didst horn it in thy Rivers; the Whale spouts waters so out at her Nostrils, that falling it makes a kind of horn; and Pharoah digging or cutting Rivers out of Nilus, they were winding like a Horn. Those are for this sense Devine Tagach in the Text, from Nagach, which is to strike with the Horn, or Lascivire cornu, and so Vatablus turns the word, Lascivisti in fluminibus tuis, thou hast tumbled up and down, and sported thy self in thy Rivers and waters; Others derive the word Tagach from [...] which is to come forth, or cause to come forth; thou didst invite other Nations to revolt from Nebuchadnezzar, or thou didst come forth with thy people, and trouble other Nations with invasions and wars.
And troubledst the waters with thy feet, and fowledst their rivers.
He troubled all at home, and all abroad; as the Whale or Crocodile troubles the Seas and the Rivers, and lets not the Fish be quiet any where; they mud the Rivers, make the waters boyle; so did this Egyptian Pharoah, he was like Nilus, which had turbidas aquas, troublesome waters. He troubled the waters when he constrained the people to leave their own Land, and to go up to Carchemish by Euphrates, Jer. 46.2. and as they went they must needs fowl the Rivers, make their comforts as dead and uselesse.
First, Observe;
That times of publique calamities are specially to be noted.
Ezekiel sets down the year, month and day when the Lord told him what dreadfull things should befall Pharoah and the Egyptians; In the twelfth year, the twelfth month, the first day of the month, he must take up a lame [...]tation. Gods judgements sometimes are lasting, and the duration of them cannot be known, unlesse the beginning of them be taken notice of.
Secondly, Observe;
Lamentations for the sins and destructions of others, is from the Lord.
Son of man, take up a lamentation for Pharoah King of Egypt. The Prophet took it not up of himself, but at the command of the Lord. Chap. 19.1. God bid him take up a lamentation for the Princes of Israel; Chap. 27.2. He is injoyn'd to take up a lamentation for Tyrus; Chap: 28.12. He must take up one for the King of Tyrus. Lamentations for Princes and states are at Gods appointment; Pro [...]hets are to bewaile the sins and ruines of Princes and their Kingdoms when God calls them thereunto.
Thirdly, Observe;
The evill quallities and manners of men do make them like unto Beasts of the field and fish of the Sea.
Thou art like a young Lyon of the Nations. Pharoah's roaring and ravening, his terribleness and cruelty, made him like a Lyon. And thou art as a Whale in the Seas: Pharoah's tumbling up and down, disquieting the people, and making a prey of them as fishes, transformed him into a Whale or Sea-monster. Subtle persons are tearmed Foxes, Luke 13.32. Lascivious persons are like pampered Horses, Jer: 5.8. Oppressing Princes and Judges to Lyons and evening Wolves, Z [...]ph: 3.3. The wicked [Page 66] qualities of men do make them brutish. Solomon tels you in favour of this truth, That the wickednesse of those in the place of judgement made them beasts, Eccl: 3.16.18.
Fourthly, Observe;
God hath Prophets to tell the worst of Princes of their wickednesse.
Pharoah was a great King, terrible as a Lyon, dreadfull as a Whale, yet God had an Ezekiel to send to him, and to tell him of his Tyranny and cruelty; Go say unto Pharoah, thou art as a young Lyon of the Heathen, and as a Whale in the Seas. God sent him to deal sharply with him, notwithstanding his greatness; Prophets must not spare Princes when sent of God to reprove them.
Fifthly, Observe;
Wicked Kings are great troublers of their own, and others waters.
They trouble their own people, their own Kingdoms, and others also. Thou camest forth with thy Rivers, and troubledst the waters with thy feet, and fowledst their rivers. Pharoah was neither quiet in Egypt, nor would let others be quiet; he sent out his Embassadours to other Nations, which were as his feet, they troubled the waters, the people, in drawing them into League with Pharoah, in causing them to raise forces to assist him, and so fowled their Rivers, unsetled their peace, troubled their spirits and Countries; Whales are not more troublesome to the Seas, Crocodiles to the Rivers of Egypt, Lyons and wild Beasts to the Land, than Tyrants are to their own Kingdoms, and those that are near unto them. Ahab was a troubler of Israel, 1 Kings 18.18. and of Judah also, in that he drew Jehosaephat and his people to joyn with him (2 Chr. 1.8.) to go up to Ramoth Gilead, where it had like to have cost him his life. Solomon tells us, He that is cruel will trouble his own flesh, Pro: 11.17. Tyrants are cruel, and they do trouble their [Page 67] own flesh, their own Subjects, and people; yea, and the Flesh of strangers, they make their own Rivers and others to be muddy.
Vers. 3. I will therefore spread out my net over thee.
These words you had Chap: 17.20. and Chap. 12, 13. A Net is to catch Birds or Fish. Here God represents the person of a Fisher-man, and would spread out his Net to take this Whale. The word for Net is Resheth, from Jarash, to possesse, retain, because a Net keeps what it catcheth, and ret [...] some derive from retinendo, from its holding and retaining. This Net with which God would catch the Whale, must be a great Net, and so it was, for it was the Chaldaean Army, which was great, strong and sufficient to spread over all the Rivers of Egypt.
With a company of many people.
When Lyons or Whales are to be taken, multitudes of people get together; and so here, multitudes of Chaldaeans came to take this Lyon and Whale.
They shall bring thee up in my Net.
Thou lyest in thy Rivers and deep waters, thinking thy self safe, without the reach of any, but my Net shall be so thrown as to incompasse and catch thee, and these Chaldaans shall draw thee up out of thy Nilus, yea, out of thine Egypt.
Vers. 4. Then will I leave thee upon the Land, &c.
When this great Whale shall be drawn out of his waters and Country, God will deal by him as Fisher-men do by the Whale, drawn to the shoar, they leave him upon the dry [Page 68] ground in open view, exposed to the Fowls of Heaven and Beasts of the Earth; they cut him in pieces, whereof some are carried away, others are thrown here and there: so God dealt with Pharoah, he brought him to open shame and ruine; He made him and his wealth a prey to all sorts of people: Like unto this verse is that you had Chap: 29.5.
Vers. 5. I will lay thy flesh upon the Mountains.
Thou or thy Souldiers being overcome, some of you will fly to the Mountains for releef; but even there shall they be destitute of help, they shall be slain on the Mountains.
And fill the Valleys with thy height.
I will make such a slaughter of thy men, as that they shall fill up the Valleys; the bodies shall lye so thick one upon another as to make a height. Munster interprets it of the swelling of the bodies; Dead bodies do swell much, and increase height. The Vulgar read the words thus, Implebo colles tuos sanie tuo, I will fill thy hills with the corruption flowes from the dead bodies.
Vers. 6. I will also water with thy bloud the Land wherein thou swimmest.
When Nilus overflowed, then Egypt was full of water, so that this Whale might swim up and down in the same. God would cause such a destruction to be among the Egyptians that there should be a River of bloud which should water the Land; hereby is set out the great abundance of bloud that should be shed in Egypt, the Land was made drunk with it.
Even to the Mountains; and the Rivers shall be full of thee.
Not only the lower places should be s [...]ll'd with the bloud of the slain, but it should reach to the Mountains, and run into the Rivers. Sanctius thinks this not to be verified in Egypt, where were no Mountains, but in some other place where the Egyptians were drawn out to fight.
First, Observe;
That because Kings keep not within their bounds, but are troublesome to their own people and others, therefore the Lord destroyes them and their Kingdoms.
Thou camest forth with thy Rivers, and troubledst the waters with thy feet, and fowledst their Rivers, I will therefore spread out my Net over thee. The ruine of Princes and States are no casuall things, they are effected by the Counsell, Providence, and Power of God, punishing them most justly for their sins.
Secondly, Observe;
God hath his Nets to catch Whales and great Fish in.
I will spread out my Net over thee. Its not every Net will catch Whales and great Fish, they will break ordinary Nets; but God hath Nets to take them, he wants not means to bring the mightiest unto punishment. Pharoah was a Lyon, a Dragon, a Crocodile, a Whale, and God had a Net in the North, the Babylonish Army, which he sent for, and caught this Egyptian Whale with. God had a Net to catch chat old Whale and Sea-monster, who devoured so many of the Israelites children; he made a Net of the Waters, and not only caught Pharoah, but drowned that Whale in the Red Sea.
Thirdly, Observe;
God designes the place of Tyrants suffering, and divides the spoyle of them to whom he pleases.
I will leave thee upon the Land, I will cast thee forth upon the open field, I will cause all the Fowls of the Heaven to remain upon thee, and I will fill the Beasts of the whole earth with thee. God drew this Whale out of his Waters, unto the place where he and all the Fish adhered unto him were slain and made a spoil to all sorts of people.
Fourthly, Observe;
When God is in a way of judgement with wicked Princes, sometimes he shews exceeding great severity towards them and theirs.
I will lay thy flesh upon the Mountains, and fill the valleys with thy height. Thou and thine shall be slain in all places, no safety in the Mountains or Vallyes; I will also water with thy bloud the Land wherein thou swimmest; their bloud should be so shed as to make the Land drunk with it: in Vatablus it is inebriabo terram cruore sanguinis tui.
Vers. 7. And when I shall put thee out, I will cover the Heaven, and make the stars thereof dark.
Here the Prophet comes to shew the events of this dreadfull and severe judgement of God. When I shall put thee out, because to shew in extinctione tua: Cava or Caba notes such a putting out as is of fire or a Candle; when God should extinguish Pharoahs life, then should there be no quiet, peace, joy, safety, but altogether fighing, weeping, complaining, howling, and sad lamentations; so great should be the grief and misery of the Egyptia [...]s, that all things should seem dark unto them. In extream [Page 71] sorrows visus deficit, and persons think the day to be night, are destitute of counsel, and know-not which way to turn them. Its usual in Scripture to set out times of mourning and misery by such expressions as you have here, and in the following verse, as Joel 3.15. Isai. 13.10. Mark 13.24, 25. Luke 21.25. Amos 8.9.
I will cover the Sun with a cloud, and the Moon shall not give her light.
God hath the power over the Clouds, and he can call them forth at his pleasure to do him what service he please; he would keep the comfortable beams of the Sun and Moon from them, they had darknesse on every side, the very Heavens, Sun, Moon and Starres hid their faces from them.
Vers. 8. All the bright lights of Heaven will I make dark over thee.
The Hebrew is all the lights of light; they should have no benefit by these bright and shining lights of Heaven. Mourners use to cover their heads and faces, and so the lights of Heaven are as darknesse unto them, or they shall seem affected with the sore judgements are upon thee. The Vulgar is, Omnia luminaria Coeli merere faciam super te, I will make all the lights of Heaven to mourn over thee; Septuagint, All the bright lights of Heaven, [...].
And set darknesse upon thy Land.
Darknesse is frequently in the word used for affliction and grief, a sad condition, and God would set Egypt, yea, settle it under darknesse, it should be kept in a mourning and miserable condition.
Vers. 9. I will also vex the hearts of many people.
The word for to vex, is [...] Caass which signifies not only to move to anger, but also to grieve; when people should hear how Pharoah a great King was conquered, and his Kingdom laid utterly wast, this would grieve & vex them, & especially when they consider how great Nebuchadnezzar became hereby, having all Egypt and the adjacent parts under him.
When I shall bring thy destruction among the Nations.
The word for thy destruction is Shibreca, Contritionem tuam, thy breaking; for which the Septuagint hath [...] thy captivity; The French Ta ruine Thy ruine. The Nations thought Egypt impossible to be totally broken and ruined, being fortifyed so with Cityes, Rivers, and the Sea. The News of its destruction would vex them to the heart.
Vers. 10. Yea, I will make many people amazed at thee.
When Gods dealings with Pharoah, his severe judgements upon him and his, came abroad among the people, they were amazed, not knowing what to think, speak or do; When strange and dreadful things come suddenly to us they surprise our judgements, and we are at a stand.
And their Kings shall be horribly afraid for thee.
The People should be amazed, and the Kings afraid, Chap. 30.4. The Sword shall come upon Egypt, and great p [...]in shall [Page 73] be in Ethiopia, so in Lybia, Lydia and Chub, they and their King should be horribly afraid. The word to fear is [...] Saor which notes great fear, even such fear as is cum erectione pilorum, as makes the hair to stand up; and the Word is double here, They shall fear with a fear, be exceedingly afraid, for Nebuchadnezzars prevailing over Pharoah. When the great Whale is taken, the lesser fishes have cause to fear.
When I shall brandish my Sword before them.
The Hebrew is, Begnophphi Charbi, When I shall cause my Sword to fly before them; that is, in military Language, When I shall brandish my Sword before them. When Nebuchadnezzar came with his forces to Egypt, at the appointment of God, and subdued it, then he brandished his sword before them.
And they shall tremble at every moment.
These words we had in the Chap. 26.16. where they were opened, they shall be in a continued fear, trembling from day to day least Nebuchadnezzar should fall upon them, and bring them to Pharoahs condition.
Every man for his own life in the day of thy fall.
When the Sword is abroad mens lives are at stake; and when it hath shed so much bloud as to water a Land, to fill up valleys and make it reach to mountains, who would not fear least his life and bloud go next? When a great King and Kingdome falls by the Sword, its matter sufficient to make neighbouring Kings and Kingdomes to fear themselves.
First, Observe;
Great Ones are lights in the world, and God extinguisheth those lights at his pleasure.
When I shall put thee out. Princes and great Ones are examples which most follow, Beacons upon a Hill, Suns in their Orbs, which many admire and follow, though they light them downward towards the pit of darknesse; These be such great lights that men dare not snuff, reprove them, but God he extinguisheth them; he lighted them up, and he puts them out.
Secondly, Observe;
When God puts out great lights, breaks the Candlesticks they stood in, that is, destroyes great Kings and their Kingdoms, then sad events do follow, then the living and senselesse creatures are troubled, Heaven and Earth affected, those neer, and those far off, disquieted. Dreadfull judgements have dismall consequents.
When God destroyed Pharoah and his Army, laid waste Egypt, then darknesse was upon the Heavens, Sun, Moon, and Stars, then darkness was upon the Land, then the hearts of many were vexed, then Kings were horribly afraid, and quaked every moment for fear of their Kingdoms and lives. When Lyons and Whales are caught and kill'd, it makes the other Beasts and Fish to fear. When the high Cedars fall, all the other Trees tremble.
Verses 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16.
For thus saith the Lord God, The sword of the King of Babylon shall come upon thee.
By the swords of the mighty will I cause thy multitude to fall, the terrible of the Nations all of them; and they shall spoyl the pomp of Egypt, and all the multitude thereof shall be destroyed.
I will destroy also all the beasts thereof from besides the great waters, neither shall the foot of man trouble them any more, nor the hoofs of beasts trouble them.
Then will I make their waters deep, and cause their Rivers to run like Oyl, saith the Lord God.
When I shall make the Land of Egypt desolate, and the Countrey shall be destitute of that whereof it was full, when I shall smite all them that dwell therein, then shall they know that I am the Lord.
This is the lamentation wherewith they shall lament her: the Daughters of the Nations shall lament her: they shall lament for her, even for Egypt, and for all her multitude, saith the Lord God.
THese verses belong to the first prophesie in this Chapter, and they set out
First, The Instruments God used in executing the judgements threatned against Pharoah and the Egyptians, vers. 11, 12.
Secondly, The Facts of these Instruments, the King of Babylon and his Army, ver: 12, 13.
Thirdly, The Events following; ver: 14, 15.
Fourthly, The Conclusion of the Prophesie, vers. 16.
Vers. 11. The Sword of the King of Babylon shall come upon thee.
I will stir up and bring the King of Babylon with a great army, who shall come furnished with all Military preparations against thee, and cut thee off.
Vers. 12. By the swords of the mighty will I cause thy multitude to fall.
The word for mighty is Gibborim, & Gibbor signifies properly miles robustus as fortis, saith Drusius. The Septuagint have it here [...] by the sword of the Giants; Egypt had multitudes, but they should fall by the power of these mighty and Giant-like men.
The Terrible of the Nations all of them.
This expression, The terrible of the Nations, we had thrice before, Chap: 28.7. & 30.11. & 31, 12. Those men were most barbarous and bloudy, tyrannical and pestilent, should be imployed in his work. The Septuagint calls them [...] Pestes, such as were the plagues of the Countrey, such as went up and down robbing, stealing, and murthering; the Vulgar is inexpugnabiles.
And they shall spoyl the pomp of Egypt.
There is pomp in Titles, pomp in Buildings, pomp in feasting and furniture of houses, pomp in apparrel, pomp in funeralls, pomp in worships, pomp in multitudes of men, Horses and Charets, whatever the Egyptian pomp were, it should be spoyled: Vatablus interprets their pomp to be their dignity or beautifull things: Munster makes it Magnificentiam, their state and greatnesse: Junius makes it the excellency of [Page 77] Egypt, that is, Kingly Majesty, with all the glory and greatness attending the same.
Vers. 13. I will destroy also all the beasts thereof from besides the great waters.
Egypt abounded with Cattel, especially Horses, which were serviceable for war and other uses; those fed neer to the Rivers cut out of Nilus to water the Land: what Beasts soever they were, God by the Chaldaeans would destroy them, and they should not be any longer nigh the many waters, so is the Hebrew.
Neither shall the foot of man trouble them any more, nor the hoofs of beasts trouble them.
The destruction should be so great, that man and beast should be cut off, as was said, Chap. 29.8. These oft troubled the waters with their feet and hoofs, the one with digging the other by trampling in them.
Vers. 14. Then will I make the waters deep, and cause their Rivers to run like Oyl.
Man and Beast being taken away, nothing shall trouble the waters, but they shall be quiet, cleer and smooth as Oyle, The Hebrew word for to make deep is, [...] Shakah to drown'd, to sink, faciam ut profundum petunt, I will cause their waters to go to the bottom; which Piscator interprets of the mud, wherewith they had been troubled, that should sink, and the waters became pure. The Septuagint, [...]; I will make quiet their waters; When they are clean and quiet, they run without noise, then they are like Oyle: The waters of Egypt, and of other Nations whom the Egyptians troubled.
Vers. 15. When I shall make the Land of Egypt clesolate, and the Countreys destitute.
He shews when the waters shall be pure and quiet, even when the Land is made desolate; Hebrew is, a desolation: And all carryed away with which the Countries abounded; Hebrew is, shall be destitute of its fullness.
When I shall smite all them that dwell therein.
All were not smitten by the sword, and destroyed, but some were carryed away Captives, and that was a smiting.
Vers. 16. This is the lamentation wherewith they shall lament her.
This prophesie which I have delivered, is the lamentation wherewith Egypt shall be lamented; not only I Ezekiel must lament for her, but all Nations shall do it.
The Daughters of the Nations shall lament her, they shall lament for her.
The Cities and people of the Nations hearing of the dreadful judgements of God upon Egypt, that that populous strong and flourishing Kingdome is brought to utter ruine and desolation, they shall be affected therewith, and lament her condition.
First, Observe;
God makes use of the King and People of one Nation, to execute his judgements upon the King and People of another Nation.
The sword of the King of Babylon shall come upon thee, and by the swords of the mighty will I cause thy multitude to fall. Kings and their People are at the dispose of God, to call out and imploy where, and in what service he pleases; he serves himself, fulfills his wills and counsels by Kings and great Ones, overthrowing one Kingdom by another, laying all their pomp and glory in the dust.
Secondly, Observe;
The sins of Kings and People cause God to execute his sore judgements, not only upon themselves, but also upon the bruit creatures, and things inanimate.
God would not only destroy Pharoah and his multitude, but the Beasts, the Cityes, and all the fullnesse of the Land; in the destruction of these, God punished the owners.
Thirdly, Observe;
By the destruction of Tyrants and their Kingdomes, God quiets Nations; they by their Power, Counsels, or Agents, trouble their own Kingdomes and others.
Then will I make their waters deep, and cause their Rivers te run like Oyle: when I shall make the Land of Egypt desolate, When Pharoah and his were cut off, they should trouble the waters no more at home nor abroad, all should be quiet, peaceable, & oleo tranquillius.
Fourthly, Observe;
God in his wise providence so orders his judgements that they shall affect others, and be had in remembrance.
This is the lamentation wherewith they shall lament her, the Daughters of the Nation shall lament for her. Destruction of great Kings and Kingdomes, have many thiags considerable in them; there is much of Gods power, justice, and severity in the same, which God will have to be observed and remembred [Page 80] in the world, Ezek. 19.14. When God destroyed the Princes of Israel, and laid the Land of Judah waste; what then? This is a lamentation and shall be for a lamentation.
Verses 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23.
It came to passe also in the twelfth year, in the fifteenth day of the month, that the word of the Lord came unto me, saying,
Son of man, wail for the multitude of Egypt, and cast them down, even her, and the Daughters of the famous Nations, unto the nether parts of the earth, with them that go down into the pit.
Whom dost thou passe in beauty? go down, and he thou laid with the uncircumcised.
They shall fall in the midst of them that are slain by the sword; she is delivered to the sword; draw her and all her multitudes.
The strong among the mighty shall speak to him out of the midst of hell with them that help him: they are gone down, they lie uncircumcised, slain by the sword.
Ashur is there, and all her company: his graves are about him: all of them slain, fallen by the sword.
Whose Graves are set in the sides of the pit, and her company is round about her Grave: all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which caused terrour in the land of the living.
AT this 17. verse begins the second prophesie and general part of the Chapter, in which these things are considerable,
1. The Time of this Prophesie, vers. 17.
[Page 81]2. The Funeral of Egypt, with the solemnity thereof, which is commanded, declared and confirmed, vers. 18, 19, 20, 21. and so on to the 31.
3. The Conclusion of the prophesie, vers. 31, 32.
Vers. 17. In the twelfth year, the fifteenth day of the mouth.
It was in the twelfth year of their captivity, and the fifteenth day of the twelfth month, as it is vers. 1. fourteen dayes after the former prophesie, and upon the third Sabbath, as Junius observes; then came this Prophesie unto Ezekiel.
Vers. 18. Wayl for the multitude of Egypt.
The word Nahah to lament signifies internal grief. The Prophet is bid not to feign a grief, or a Funeral complaint, but to be reall, to mourn or to prophesie what mourning should be at the Funeral of Egypt.
Cast them down, even her, and the Daughters of the famous Nations.
The Prophet was to do this Prophetically, as Jeremy was to root out, pull down, to destroy and cast down, Jerem. 1.10. He prophesied such things, and thereupon was said to do them; and so Ezekiel was to prophesie the casting down of Egypt, her King and People, and the Daughters of famous Nations, those that did confederate with her, Cityes or People; and because of this, he is said to cast them down: its Gods work to cast down, to throw into the grave and pit, but his Prophets declaring what shall be, are said to do the same.
Ʋnto the nether parts of the Earth.
The Hebrew is, El Erez tachtijoth, in terram inferorum, into the Land of hell, or into the lowest part of the earth.
Vers. 19. Whom dost thou passe in beauty?
Egypt, thou thinkest thy self more beautiful than other Nations; that thou hast some excellency beyond them; suppose thou hadst, that must not exempt thee from the common condition of Nations; but thou hast not any beauty, excellency beyond them, nay, thou art short of them, therefore lay aside such thoughts; they who were more beautiful and pleasant than thy self, they are gone down into the pit; therefore
Go down, and be thou laid with the uncircumcised.
Thou must not look for any priviledge above other Nations; thou mayest conceit thy counterfeit circumcision will advantage thee,Erant Egyptii circumcifi, ut Herodotus in Euterpe docet, Junius, but thou art deceived; away down to the Grave, and lye with the uncircumcised; thy portion must be with the profanest. The word for be thou laid, signifies to sleepe also, and may be thus rendred, sleep with the uncircumcised.
Vers. 20. They shall fall in the midst of them that are slain by the sword.
They that were confederate with thee, and thou with them shall fall by the Chaldaean sword which hath commission to cut you all off, and to send you to the state of those that formerly were slain by the sword; you think your self invulnerable, but you shall find the points of the Chaldaeans swords be sharp, and will enter.
She is delivered to the sword.
Egypt or the multitude of Egypt is delivered to the sword, appointed to be slain. The Hebrew may be rendred thus, The sword is delivered, or given, viz: into the hand of the Babylonian to destroy the Egyptian withall.
Draw her and all her multitude.
Draw her, Egypt and her People into the grave. The Babylonians slay her and hers, the sword is in their hand, and then drag them into the pit. But these and the former words may be taken otherwise; as to note out the stately Funeral of Egypt; She is delivered to the Sword, or the Sword is laid under her head, or by her side, to shew that she was warlike: Draw her, and all her multitude; Let her body, being put into a Chariot, be drawn in pomp and state,Vide-Junium. like unto the bodies of great Ones.
First, Observe;
God made known his mind to his Prophets by degrees; something they had in one year given out, somewhat in another year; sometimes in one month, sometimes in another God spake unto them.
Here in the twelfth year, the fifteenth day of the month, the word of the Lord came unto Ezekiel: God had appeared to him the first day, and again the fifteenth day.
Secondly, Observe;
There be seasons to mourn in, as well as to rejoyce in.
Son of man, wail for the multitude of Egypt. The providence of God doth not act constantly in one way, but it makes changes and alterations, which afford occasion to mourn and to laugh. When God carryed the Jewes into Babylon, there they hung up their Harps and wept, Psal. 137. and when he brought them back again, it was with singing, Isa: 48.20.
Thirdly, Observe;
That at the appointment of God we may lament for the sins and ju [...]gements of God upon the Churches enemies, secret or open.
The Egyptians were never reall friends to the Jews, but were their secret, if not their open enemies; and now when Gods hand was heavy upon them for their sins, the Prophet is commanded to wail for them. When the Churches enemies suffer, we are to rejoyce, but if God calls to mourning for their sufferings, we must do it.
Fourthly, Observe;
The greatest in the greatest Kingdomes have no cause to glory and lift up themselves above others, seeing they must come to the common condition of all, even to the Pit and Grave.
The King of Egypt, with his Princes, Nobles, and confederates of famous Nations, must come down to the nether parts of the earth. Egypt was a potent flourishing Kingdome, Pharoah mighty, But whom dost thou passe in beauty? Thy beauty, glory, strength, wealth, greatnesse, are nothing, thou must go down and lye with the uncircumcised: In a moment, at the beck of the Lord Kingdomes are made desolate, Kings cast into the Grave, and all their pomp buried in the dark; let none despise others, and exalt themselves.
Vers. 21. The strong among the mighty shall speak to him out of the midst of Hell.
Here and so on, the Prophet by a Figure call'd Prosopopaeia represents unto us what entertainment Pharoah should have among the dead; the Tyrants and great men of the world, that were in the Grave or Hell before, shall speak unto him and Congratulate his coming unto them in a taunting way; what Pharoah, hast thou, who wert so great and glorious, left the earth? art thou come to us weak and wounded, stript of all, and art become like us? thou art welcome to Hell, and the condition we Tyrants are in; be not troubled, here are many great ones before thee, both of the uncircumcised Nations, and also of the circumcised.
With them that help him.
They should speak to him and those were his helpers. Pharoah had many helpers to carry on his designes on earth, many Confederates, and they should be welcom'd to Hell also.
They are gone down, they lye uncircumcised, slain by the sword.
The Egyptians they are gone down to the Grave, they lye or sleep with the uncircumcised, or are in no better condition then uncircumcised Ones are in, being slain with the Sword. These words may be understood of other Nations.
Vers. 22. Ashur is there, and all her company.
Here the Prophet begins the enumeration of particular Nations, whose Kings and People were gone to Hell before-hand, and would give entertainment to Pharoah. The first he mentions is Ashur; the Assyrian Monarch was the most ancient, of great power and extent, and the King thereof was in Hell, and all the Assyrian company, all his Attendants and Followers.
His Graves are about him.
The King of Assyria is gone down to the Grave, and so are his Princes, Nobles and People which were slain by the sword; they are in their Graves near unto him, round about him, and these will speak to Pharoah at his coming into the Grave or Hell.
Vers. 23. Whose Graves are set in the sides of the pit.
The Vulgar reads the words thus, whose Graves are in novissimis laci, in the bottom of the lake; importing that they sell from the height of honour into the depth of misery.
Which caused terrour in the Land of the Living.
When the Assyrians were destroyed by the Chaldaean or Babylonish sword, it was dreadful to those that were living; or thus, these Assyrians while they were in the Land of the living, they caused terrour, they were tyrannical, cruel, & fill'd all with fear. Some restrain the Land of the Living only to Judaea, because there the Jewes only worshipped the living God, and those were right amongst them were to enjoy the living God eternally; but we may take the Land of the Living here in opposition to the state of the dead, and so other Lands are included, yea all where be any living.
Vers. 24, 25.
There is Elam and all her multitude round about her Grave, all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which are gone down uncircumcised into the nether parts of the earth, which caused their terrour in the Land of the Living, yet have they born their shame with them that go down to the Pit.
They have set her a bed in the midst of the slain with all her multitude: her Graves are round about him: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword: though their terrour was caused in the Land of the Living, yet have they born their shame with them that go down to the pit: he is put in the midst of them that be slain.
The Elamites were the Persians and Medes, and what he said of Ashur, that he now saith of Elam. The King of the Medes and Persians with his multitude, who living were terrible unto many, were now in Hell ready to give entertainment to Pharoah who was coming thither. Of Elam you may read Jer: 49.34. to the end of the Chapter.
Vers. 24. Yet have they born their shame with them that go down to the pit.
They were tyrannical, and so a terrour to others, but they were cut off by the Scythians, saith Polanius, and carried the shame of their tyranny and wickednesse with them, or they dyed ignominiously.
Vers. 25. They have set her a bed in the midst of the slain with all her multitude.
When great Ones remove, preparations are made for them whither they remove; so here, even in the Grave and Hell a bed was provided for Elam. In the bed in darknesse and rest, such was the Grave, Vault, or Sepulchre o [...] Elam. In this verse there is an Enallagie of Genders and Numbers.
Verses 26, 27, 28.
There is Meshech, Tubal, and all her multitude: her Graves are round about him: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword, though they caused their terrour in the Land of the Living.
And they shall not lye with the mighty, that are fallen of the uncircumcised, which are gone down to Hell with their weapons of war: and they have laid their swords under their heads, but their iniquities shall be upon their bones, though they were the terrour of the mighty in the Land of the Living.
Yea, thou shalt be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and shalt lye with them that are slain with the sword.
HEre the Prophet brings in a third kind of Examples, which are Meshech and Tuball.
Vers. 26. There is Meshech, Tubal, and all her multitude.
By Meshech, some Expositers understand the Scythians, others the Cappadocians; and by Tubal, the Iberians and Albanians which were neer together, and both of them in the Eastern parts; All these may be understood: for the Scythians passing through Cappadocia, Iberia, and Albania, had many of those Countries joyning with them, when they brake into Asia, between Pontus and the Caspian Sea, and so plagued the Elamites; the Kings of these places were not yet slain, and gone down to the pit, though the words import it done, because of the certainty of it, but it was near at hand, and to be effected before [Page 89] the death of Pharoah, whom they were to speak unto at his coming down to the Grave.
Her Graves are round about him, &c.
The Graves of the men of each Countrey were round about the King of that Countrey; they were people uncircumcised, out of Covenant with God, slain by the sword, notwithstanding they were terrible to others.
Vers. 27. And they shall not lye with the mighty that are fallen of the uncircumcised, which are gone down to Hell with their we [...]pons of war.
Among the Heathens and uncircumcised there were some mighty men which did notable exploits, were famous in their generations, and dyed honourably in the battel, or of their wounds; these had pompous and great Funerals,Cum armis sepeliebantur, ut significaretu [...] eos, Ʋs (que) ad Mortem, & us (que) ad Sepulchrum, arma non abjeisse: Bab: Salum. and were buried with their armour; they dyed honourably, and their honour went with them to the Grave, but these should not be reckoned or laid amongst them.
And they have laid their swords under their heads.
When Souldiers of note dyed, the custome was to honour them with laying their swords under their heads, or by their heads; and not only so, but they used to bury them with their Arms. Lavater tels us that Gyraldus in a book he hath written of Sepulchres and severall Rites of burying, saith, he saw Arms and Boots found in old Monuments or Sepulchres.
But their iniquities shall be upon their bones.
By iniquities is meant the punishment of iniquities: Their bones shall be scattered upon the earth for their tyranny and cruelty [Page 90] which they have exercised, & be exposed to the Beasts and Fowls for a prey; so their iniquities shall be upon their bones: O [...] thus, they had their swords and arms go down with them to the Grave, instruments of cruelty and bloud, signifying that they carried their bloudy and tyrannical dispositions with them. And their iniquities shall be upon their bones: They shall suffer now they are dead and gone a full recompence of reward for all their sins; or thus, they lived wickedly, and dyed cowardly, and an ill name shall they leave behind them, cursed shall be their memory.
Vers. 28. Yea, thou shalt be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and shalt lye with them that are slain with the sword.
Some interpret this verse of Meshech and Tubal, that they should be broken in pieces, but rather it is the application of the former examples instanced in, viz: Meshech and Tubal, unto Pharoah, Thou shalt be broken, and become a Companion of the uncircumcised, suffering such things as they do: Thou shalt be equall to them in punishment, who hast not been behind them in sin.
Vers. 29. There is Edom, her Kings and all her Princes, which with their might are laid by them that were slain by the Sword: they shall lye with the uncircumcised, and with them that go down to the pit.
Esau the son of Isaac was call'd Edom, who gave that name to the Country call'd Idumaea, which had many Kings and Princes; they were circumcised being the posterity of Abraham, but notwithstanding their circumcision, being wicked they obtained nothing thereby, neither that, not their might and power, stood [Page 91] them in any stead, but they went down to the pit, and had the portion of uncircumcised ones. Here the Prophet answers an Objection which the Egy [...]ans might make, which was this, We are circumcised, and [...]hat are like the Jews, an holy people, differing from the Na [...]re, and therefore we lock for some priviledge thereby, and cannot be perswaded that our condition shall be like unto the uncircumcised Nations: Yes, saith the Prophet, your condition will not differ at all from theirs; for the Kings and all the Princes of Idumaea, who came of the Jewish race, and had circumcision upon better grounds then you had it, they are dead, gone to the grave, and laid among the uncircumcised.
Vers. 30. There be the Princes of the North all of them, and all the Zidonians, which are gone down with the slain, with their terrour they are ashamed of their might, and they lye uncircumcised with them that be slain by the sword, and bear their shame with them that go down to the pit.
The word for Princes in Hebrew is, Nesichim, Men anointed with oyl; so Kings and Princes were. These Princes of the North were not the Babylonians, whom God used to execute his pleasure upon Pharoah and the Egyptians; but the Tyrians, those of Damascus and Syria, together with the Zydonians. The Princes of those places were North to Egypt, and being men of might, they were a terrour unto others; but their might could not preserve them from death, they were therefore ashamed of their might, and are laid with the uncircumcised in the pit.
First, Observe;
That Tyrants in Hell are glad when other Tyrants like themselves come thither.
The strong among the mighty shall speak unto him [...] of the midst of Hell. Wh [...]n some great man comes to Court, there is rising, complementing, and welcoming of him thi [...]ne; so when great Tyrants come to the Court of Hell, there be those rejoyce at it, and congratulate their coming.
Secondly, Observe;
No humane power can defend a man against death, or keep him out of the pit.
Princes have the greatest power, yet that prevail'd not; the strong and mighty who were terrours to others, were no terrours to death, who came & pluckt them out of their Armyes, Thrones, Castles, Greatnesse, and sent them down to the dead. Ashur is there and all her company; There is Elam and all her multitude; There is Meshech, Tubal, and all her multitude; There is Edom, her Kings, and all her Princes; There be the Princes of the North all of them, and all the Zidonians. None of them all could exempt themselves from that condition; it is not pollicy, power, or greatnesse can do it; for the most wise, most powerfull, and most great God hath said, Eccles. 8.8. There is no man hath power over the Spirit to retain the Spirit, neither hath he power in the day of Death; and there is no discharge in that war, neither shall wickednesse deliver those that are given to it. Kings are strong, but death is stronger than they: Kings may make war with men and conquer, or conclude peace; but its not so with death: if they send out all their forces, death fears them not, but will slay them every one; if they send men to treat and make a peace, it will not be granted, there is no discharge in that war; death will have the bones and carkasses of Princes to gnaw upon, as well as the meanest; those that have been terrours, made a great noise in the world, death hath tamed and quieted them.
Thirdly, Observe;
The greatest and most g [...] the wrong way, and have the portion of Gods enemies.
Kings and Princes of Countreys with their companyes and multitudes go to Hell, and lye with the uncircumcised. Ashur, Elam, Meshech, Tubal, Edom, with their Kings and people, All the Princes of the North, with the Zidonians, and those that belonged to them went thither, and had the reward of the uncircumcised, of such as God owned not for his people, but dealt withall as enemies. Some there be that dye the death of the righteous, Numb. 23.10. that dye in faith, Heb: 11.13. and in the Lord, Rev: 14.13. and these are blessed, their death is precious in the eyes of the Lord, Psal. 116.15. but as for others, they dye in their sins, and are accursed.
Fourthly, Observe;
Mighty men who have ruffled it in the world, been dreadfull unto others, and go down to the Grave in pomp, or not, shall afterward bear-their shame and sin.
The mighty Ones of Ashur, of Elam, of Meshech, Tubal, Edom, those of the North and Zidon, who were a terrour in the Land of the living; some of them were buried in pomp, they went down to Hell with their weapons of war, and they had their swords laid under their heads; others had no Funerals, or no pomp at them, but they all did bear their shame, and their iniquities were upon their bones; they lived wickedly, oppressed grievously, played the Devills on the earth, they bear their shame, and God punished them for their iniquities. Tyrants are feared and honoured as gods while they live, but being dead, their names do stink, and their torments are terrible,Potens potenter punientur. proportioned to the power they have abused, and mischief done by them.
Fifthly, Observe;
Externall priviledges profit not Princes nor People unlesse they be Godly, they must perish like those that want those priviledges.
The Edomites were circumcised, which was a great priviledge in Pauls account, Phil. 35. a sign of the Covenant between God and his people, Gen: 17.11. But because they and their Princes were wicked, circumcision profited them not, they were laid with the uncircumcised, they had no more favour from the hand of the Lord, then his worst enemies, then those that were out of covenant, and open enemies unto him. Let men take heed how they rest upon their priviledges and professions, it is not Baptisme, being in a Church, injoying of Ordinances, having of gifts, high notions, and admirable expressions, will advantage men or women at last; unlesse they be really Godly a thousand such priviledges will do them no good; Gal. 6.15. In Christ Jesus neither circumcision availeth any thing, nor uncircumcision, but a new Creature.
Verses 31, 32.
Pharoah shall see them, and shall be comforted over all his multitude, even Pharoah and all his army slain by the sword, saith the Lord God.
For I have caused my terrour in the Land of the living: and he shall be laid in the midst of the uncircumcised, with them that are slain with the sword, even Pharoah and all his multitude, saith the Lord God.
IN these two verses is the conclusion of this Prophesie, Lamentation, or Funerall of Pharoah and the Egyptians; which is the comfort he shall have amongst those mighty men [Page 95] and Princes before mentioned; and this is in the 31. verse: And then the end of Gods judgements upon Kings and People, vers. 32.
Vers. 31. Pharoah shall see them, and shall be comforted.
When Pharoah shall come to Hell or the Grave, and see what Kings, Princes, and multitudes of people are there suffering such things as himself must, this shall comfort him that he hath such companions, and so many: To lose his life, kingdom, and people, were sad things, bitter afflictions, but when he saw others had done so before him, and they as great as himselfe, this was as a Cordial unto him.
Pharoah and all his army slain by the sword.
Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon came shortly after this prophesie against him and the Egyptians, and made a great slaughter amongst them, cutting off man and beast from the Land, as was said, Chap. 29.11.
Vers. 32. For I have caused my terrour in the Land of the Living.
Junius reads the words, when I shall put my terrour; Montanus, because I have put my breaking in the Land of the Living; a Preter Tense for a Future. The sense is this, when I shall cut off Pharoah and his army by the Babylonish sword, this judgement of mine upon them, will cause terrour in the Nations that are living, they will be afraid of my judgements. Pharoah made them afraid by his wars, and I shall make them afraid by my judgements.
First, Observe;
The comfort that wicked ones have after death in Hell is poor comfort, its imaginary comfort rather then reall,
What comfort is it to see many in Prison, in torment, suffering proportionable punishment for their iniquities. Pharoah shall see them, and shall be comforted; he shall see the Kings of several Countries there, the great Tyrants of the world, and shall be punished like unto them; his comfort was in conceit, but his punishment in reallity. Polanus calls it Crudele solatium, Cruel Comfort. For a King to be in Fire and Brimstone with other Kings, People to be weeping and gnashing of their tee h with others is cold and cruel comfort. Many flatter themselves, that if they dogo to hell, they shall have companions there, which will be some ease, but it rather wil aggravate their misery to hear their dreadfull howling and yellings, their cursing one another, that ever they knew each other.
Secondly; Observe;
God cuts off Kings and Nations by his just judgements, that he might strike fear into the living, cause them to cease from sin, and learn righteousnesse.
When Pharoah and all his Army were slain by the sword, then the Lord sent his terrour in the Land of the living, then the Nations far and nigh trembled at the severe judgements of the Lord. Such judgements are awakening things, and call aloud to the Inhabitants of the earth to repent and reform their wayes.
CHAP. XXXIII.
Vers. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
Again the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, Speak to the children of thy people, and say unto them, when I bring the sword upon a Land, if the people of the Land take a man of their Coasts, and set him for their watchman:
If when he seeth the sword come upon the Land, he blow the Trumpet, and warn the people.
Then whosoever heareth the sound of the Trumpet, and taketh not warning, if the sword come and take him away, his bloud shall be upon his own head.
He heard the sound of the Trumpet, and took not warning, his bloud shall be upon him: but he that taketh warning, shall deliver his soul.
But if the watchman see the sword come, and blow not the Trumpet, and the people be not warned: if the sword come and take any person from among them, he is taken away in his iniquity: but his bloud will I require at the watchmans hand.
OUR Prophet having finished his prophesie against the Nations in eight Chapters, from the 24. to this 33. which was the second Generall part of his whole prophesie; comes here again to prophesie unto the Jews, and begins the third General part of his prophesie, [Page 98] which extends to the end of the 39. Chapter.
In this Chapter are these things laid down:
Vers. 1. Again the word of the Lord came unto me, saying,
Vers. 2. Son of man, speak unto the children of thy people.
Ezekiel being taken off by the Lord from prophesying to the Jews, Ch 24.27. he was imployed two years & upwards in prophesying to other Nations, as appears by comparing Ch: 24.1. with Ch. 32.1. & having done with them, here he is Cōmission'd again to prophesie to the Jews; Son of man, speak unto thy people; cease now to speak any more to the Nations which are strangers to thee, & speak to thine own people, to the Jews which are of the same root, stock and kinred with thy self. The Hebrew is to the sons of thy people. Its observable God saith not to the children of my people, or to the Jews, but to thy people; God did disown them, they were so stubborn and disobedient that he would not acknowledge them for his: Oft in this prophesie they are call'd Ezekiels people, Chap: 3.11. Chap: 13.17. and four times in this Chapter, in this 2. vers. the 12.17. & 30. in all these verses its the children of thy people. When the Jews sinned that grievous sin in making the Calf, God disown'd them, and said to Moses, Go get thee down, for thy people have corrupted [Page 99] themselves, Exod: 32.7. Sin makes breaches between the nearest relations, and causes God to disown his own people, and his own institutions, Isa. 1.14. The new Moons, and the appointed Feasts my soul hateth.
When I bring the sword upon a Land.
By sword is meant war and the evils do attend it, as Chap. 6.3. & 14.17. & 29.8. & 30.4. & 32.11. The Hebrew is thus, A Land when I shall bring upon it the sword; here is a Nominative Case, viz: Erez put absolute; and Sanctius saith, when a Pronoun follows, that Nominative must be put in the place and Case of the Pronoun, as our translation hath done, saying, I will bring a sword (not upon it, but) upon the Land. Land is not put for Judaea, but indefinitely for any Land.
If the people of the Land take a man of their Coasts, and set him for their watchman.
When a Land is in danger of being invaded, the peoples care is to chose out one or other to set him in some eminent place for a watchman. Montanus and the Vulgar render the word Mikzehem, de novissimis suis, They take one of the lowest and meanest rank; but Katzah notes the border and extream part of a Land, or any other thing: Its better as our translation hath it, a man of their Coasts or borders, where the enemy was like to make his first approach.
A watchman.
Tzopheh is from Tzaphah, which is accurately to observe, to open the eyes, and fixedly to behold an object, and take special notice thereof; so is a watchman to do: 2 Sam. 13.34. The young man that kept the watch, lift up his eyes and looked, and behold there came much people. He did not barely look, but lift up his eyes and looked, he made an accurate observation. So 2 Sam. 18.24. The watchman went up to the roof over the gate [Page 100] unto the wall, and lift up his eyes, and looked, and behold, a man running alone; he put forth himself to the utmost to make a discovery, his eyes were intent upon it.
Vers. 3. If when he seeth the sword come upon the Land, &c.
This verse sets out the office of the watchman; which is,
He blow the Trumpet.
The Hebrew word to blow, is [...] Takah, which signifies to fasten, but when its joyn'd with the word Manus, it notes to strike the hand or strike hands, when with the word Shophar, a Trumpet, it signifies to blow, as 2 Sam: 2.28. Joab blew a Trumpet; so 1 Sam. 13.3. Saul blew the Trumpet, and Joel 2.1. Blow the Trumpet in Zion. Trumpets of old were made of the horns of Beasts, of Brasse, and Silver.
And warn the people.
The blowing of the Trumpet was a warning to the people to look to themselves; but this warning was not only by the voice of the Trumpet, but also by the voice of the watchman; for having blown the Trumpet upon the discovery and approach of an enemy, the watchman was to shift for his life and liberty, by returning to his people, and so to call upon them to provide for publique safety. The word in Hebrew for warning, is Zahar, which signifies to shine, illuminate, and metaphorically to warn; because when a man is warned, he is instructed, and hath light given in unto him.
Vers. 4. Then whosoever heareth the sound of the Trumpet, and taketh not warning; if the sword come and take him away.
Many are so taken up with the world, that though they hear of danger at hand, yet they will not hear, but venture so long that they are caught, the sword comes and takes them away. The Hebrew is, he that hearing heareth.
His bloud shall be upon his own head.
He hath no cause to blame the watchman, he blew the Trumpet and warned him, the fault is in himself, that he took not the warning, that he made not haste to secure his own life, he is guilty of his own death, and hath voluntarily brought it upon himself, the whole fault is his own; that is the meaning of this phrase, His bloud shall be upon him, or, upon his own head, which is frequent in Scripture, Josh. 2.19. It shall be, that whosoever goeth out of the doors of thy house into the street, his bloud shall be upon his head, and we will be guiltlesse; that is, he shall be guilty of his own death, not we; 1 Kings 2.37. On the day thou goest out, and passest over the Brook Kidron, thou shalt surely dye; thy bloud shall be upon thine own head, thou shalt be the cause of thine own death, not I, said Solomon to Shimei.
Vers. 5. He heard the sound of the Trumpet, and took not warning; his bloud shall be upon him.
Here the reason is given why he is guilty of his own death; because he was within the sound of the Trumpet, he heard it, that proclaimed the danger was at hand; but he was secure minding his profit or pleasure, and took not warning.
But he that taketh warning shall deliver his soul.
He that gives heed to the blowing of the Trumpet, and presently hastens into the City, or flyes for his life, he shall deliver his soul from the hands of the enemies coming, he shall be safe; the word for to deliver, is from Malat, which signifies fuga sibi Consulere, to provide for ones self by flight, saith Avenarius; he doth so deliver his soul, that is himself, for soul here is put by a Synecdoche for a mans selfe.
Vers. 6. But if the watchman see the sword come, and blow not the Trumpet, and the people be not warned.
All watchmen are not faithfuil, some are sleepy and careless, they see not the sword coming; some are perfidious, they see it coming but blow not the Trumpet, they warn not the people; and what then?
If the sword come and take away any person from among them.
That is, if any man being not warned by the watchman shall be surprized and cut off, as frequently in such cases it is, his bloud will lye upon the watchman. The Hebrew for any person, is a soul, if the sword come and take a soul from them.
He is taken away in his iniquity.
He is found in his sin and is cut off for his sin; most Interpreters render the words propter iniquitatem suam, for his iniquity: He was wicked, and for his wickednesse justly cut off.
But his bloud will I require at the watchmans hand.
Here is the punishment laid down of an unfaithfull watchman; through his sleepinesse, negligence, or treachery, a soul is taken away, a man is slain by the adversary, who if the watchman had given warning, might have lived, and therefore because he did not, he is guilty of the mans bloud, and must answer for it, at his hands will God require it.
Vers. 7, 8, 9.
So thou, O son of man, I have set thee a watchman unto the house of Israel: therefore thou shalt hear the word at my mouth, and warn them from me.
When I say unto the wicked, O wicked man, thou shalt surely dye; if thou do not speak to warn the wicked from his way, that wicked man shall dye in his iniquity: but his bloud will I require at thine hand.
Neverthelesse, if thou warn the wicked of his way to turn from it: if he do not turn from his way, he shall dye in his iniquity, but thou hast delivered thy soul.
IN these words the Lord applies the former similie of a political watchman unto the Prophet; So thou, O son of man, &c. and these 3 verses are the same with the 17, 18, & 19. verses of the 3. Chapter of this prophesie.
Vers. 7. I have set thee a watchman.
I have given thee to be a watchman unto the house of Israel, that thou shouldest look about, search the Scriptures, find out what is evill, sinful, and what's the punishment due thereunto, what wrath God hath revealed from Heaven against all unrighteousnesse, and tell the people thereof.
Therefore thou shalt hear the word at my mouth.
Thou must not speak of thine own head, or out of thine own hearr, but thou must take all up from me; either what I have given out by Moses and other Prophets already, or what I shall give out immediately to thy self. Thus Habakkuk did, Ch. 2.1. I will stand upon my watch, and set me upon the Tower, and will watch to see what he will say unto me. He would have the word from Gods mouth.
And warn them from me.
Thou must not warn them in thine own name, but in my name, whose Prophet thou art, whose words thou hast received, and who hath impowered thee to tell men of their sins and dangers.
Vers. 8. When I say unto the wicked, O wicked man, thou shalt surely dye.
Where God sayes so is hard to find in all the book of God. You have not O wicked man, thou shalt surely dye; but in generals there's that is equivalent; as, the soul that sins shall dye; The wicked shall be turned into Hell; Ʋpon the wicked he shall rain snares, fire and Brimstone, and an horrible tempest; And the wrath of God is revealed from Heaven against all unrighteousnesse of men. These and such other places are Tantamount.
If thou dost not speak to warn the wicked from his way.
When the watchman sees a wicked man in a wicked way, as in a way of drunkenness, whoredom, idolatry, oppression, or any profanesse, he is to warn him, and tell him of the danger of his wayes; if he through fear or favour, incogitancy or carelesnesse, neglect to do it, the danger is great.
That wicked man shall dye in his iniquity.
The wicked man might object and say, Why should I dye? I was never warned by the watchman, he saw me daily living in such courses; and had he told me the danger of them, I should have considered my wayes and turned from them. This Objection is answered; Thou art a wicked man, thou hast lived in iniquity, and now thou shalt dye in, and for thine iniquity; the light of Nature, the dictates of thy Conscience, the example of others, might have taught thee to have done otherwise: though the Prophet have neglected his duty, thou shalt suffer for thy sins, and he for his.
His bloud will I require at thy hand.
I set thee to be a watchman over him to observe his wayes, to tell him of his sins, to invite and provoke him to repentance by promises of mercy, and threatning of my judgements, that so he might have been saved; but because thou wast unfaithfull, and didst not thy duty, he is lost, and his bloud will I require at thy hands, and recompence it upon thine head.
Vers. 9. Neverthelesse, if thou warn the wicked of his way to turn from it.
If thou be faithful in thy place and tell the wicked of his sins, [Page 106] calling upon him to turn from them unto me the living God; if this hath been thy care and practice, thou hast done well.
He shall dye in his iniquity, but thou hast delivered thy soul.
What ever befalls him, death temporal, or death eternal, thou hast freed thy self, and shalt nor be responsive for him at all, his bloud shall be upon his own head, and not upon thine.
First, Observe;
Wars come not upon any people casually, but by the providence of God.
When I bring the sword upon a Land. Its God calls out the sword, and causeth it to come; he is the Lord of Hosts, and Commissions Armies to make invasions where he please.
Secondly, Observe;
In case of common danger, the people have liberty and power to set up a politicall Officer, for their good and safety.
When the sword is coming upon the Land, if the people of the Land take a man of their Coasts, and set him up for their watchman. God expects they should do it, and approves of it done; they do not their duty, unless they do it; they must not stay till those in authority do it, the Land may be invaded, many lose their lives upon that account: but its their priviledge, and in their power, presently to appoint a man who may discover danger and give them notice of it. Every man is a part of the whole, and when that is indangered, every one is to put forth himself to the utmost for security thereof; Suprema lex est salus populi.
Thirdly, Observe;
That in the Ecclesiastick State its Gods Prerogative to set up Offices and Officers.
Son of man, I have set thee a watchman unto the house of Israel. He might not set himself a watchman, nor the people set him to be one; 1 Cor. 12.28. God hath set some in the Church: first, Apostles; secondly, Prophets; thirdly, Teachers; after that miracles, then gifts of healing, helps, government, diversitie of tongues. In the Political state, men may make what Offices and Officers they please; but in the Ecclesiastick State its not so: Man must not meddle; God only is the Authour of all Offices in the Church extraordinary or ordinary, and no man ought to come into any of them, without Commission and Direction from God; true Ministers are to be call'd by the Church according to Gods will, and not by the will of a State. The making of Ministers is Church-work, and not State-work.
Fourthly, Observe;
Those that are called to office by men or God, in State or Church, they are watchmen.
They must have eyes in their heads, lift up their eyes and look about them most diligently and conscientiously, least any mischief come to the one or the other; They are to be men of understanding, especially the spiritual watchman, his lips must preserve knowledge, Mal. 2.7. He is set to watch, sleepinesse and drowsinesse do not become him; there is great danger therein, Math: 13.25. While men slept the enemy came and sowed tares; Whilest the watchmen slept, the Devill and his Instruments took the opportunity and advantage to sow Tares, Errour, Heresies and Damnable Doctrines. Isa. 56.10. you may see what watchmen the Lord had in Isaiahs time. His watchmen are blind, they are all ignorant, they are all dumb Dogs, they cannot bark, sleeping, lying down, loving to s [...]umber. [Page 108] The State and Church watchmen were such: therefore idolatry, murder, oppression and profanesse abounded amongst them; they sought themselves and their ease, not the State or Churches good. Watchmen should not be for themselves, but for the publique good, enduring any hardship rather then the Publique should be endangered; they must not shrink at wind or weather, but bare the cold of the night, and the heat of the day, watching alwayes. Isa. 21.11. Watchman, what of the night? watchman, what of the night? The watchman was at his work in the night, as well as in the day.
Fifthly, Observe;
God hath a special care of his Church and People, being exposed to many dangers.
I have set thee a watchman unto the house of Israel. Where watchmen are, dangers are supposed. There be Church-Robbers abroad, that would rob it of the Scriptures, of Ordinances, Officers, of Christ, and of Heaven it selfe. There be those who would bring in damnable Heresies, as of old, 2 Pet. 1.1. Yea the Church is apt of it self to breed Vipers, Acts 20.30. Thorns, Bryars, Weeds, Nettles, do grow up in Gods Gardens: What Errours, Heresies, Blasphemies, are not revived in our dayes? Are they not grown up to that height and strength, as to threaten and indanger the foundation? If ever the Church is as a Lilly among Thorns, as a Lamb among Wolves and Lyons that seek to tare in peices and devoure, it is now. Truth goeth with a scratch't face every where, and is so scratched and disfigured that many know her not; she hath many enemies, few friends, and cannot dwell quiet in Sion it self; erroneous Opinions are ready to assault her in her own house: there is need therefore of watchmen to discover and prevent dangers; and God hath manifested his care of his Church and Truth, that he hath given watchmen for the preservation of them, and left it upon Record that himself is the watchman of his Vineyard, Isa. 27.3. Least any hurt it, I will keep it night and day. The fire of Contention, the floods of Iniquity, and winds of strange [Page 109] Doctrine cannot harm Gods Vineyard, he is the Keeper thereof.
Sixthly, Observe;
What Gifts or Graces soever Prophets and men in Ecclesiastical places have, they must depend upon God for more, and receive from him before they give out to others.
No Prophet, no Apostle, ever had such a sufficiency of light, knowledge, or grace, as to stand in need of no more. God had set Ezekiel to be a watchman to the house of Israel, he had heard much from God, the Spirit entred into him, he had eaten the rowle, and yet he must attend the Lord, therefore thou shalt hear the word at my mouth; even therefore because he was Gods Prophet, he was to hear the word at his mouth, not to trust to what he had, not to give out of his own, but constantly to look unto the Lord, to hearken what he would say, and then what he said to make that known unto others. Gods Prophets, Gods Ministers must speak his words, deliver his message; There is a Majesty, an Efficacy in his words, which are not in the words of men, Heb. 4.12. The words of false Prophets were chaffe without virtue, but the words of true Prophets were wheat, full of vertue, for they were the words of God, Jer: 23.28.
Seventhly, Observe;
That as its the duty of watchmen to foresee danger, so to forewarn the people of it.
The State-watchman ought to do both, and so the Church-watchman. The one when he sees the sword to come, is to blow the Trumpet and warn the people, that they secure their lives; the other when he sees mens lives are wicked, tending to the destruction of their souls, when he sees Errour, Heresies, coming to infect and indanger the souls of men, he is to blow the Trumpet of the Lord, and to warn them that they take heed of the one, and desist from the other; Isa: 58.1. Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voyce like a Trumpet, and shew my people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. Isaiah was a [Page 110] watchman to the house of Jacob, and he fore-saw they were in danger of being ruin'd and carryed into captivity; and what must he do in this case? be silent, no, Cry aloud, make them to hear, spare not thy lungs, thy strength, lift up thy voice like a Trumpet, louder and louder, make all the house of Jacob to hear it; and shew my people their transgressions, present unto them the Nature and danger of them, let them not rest or sleep, but tell them of their sins in publique, in private, sollicit, importune them to cease from their evil wayes, and to secure their souls. It's not enough for a spiritual watchman to warn his people once or twice in a year, of the dangerous evils their sins will bring upon them, but he must do it frequently, constantly; this warning must be dayly: let the persons be of what rank soever, if they live in wayes of wickednesse, which may hazard their souls; the watchman must tell them of their sins and danger, admonish them seriously, reprove them sharply, and threaten them with death eternal, if they persevere in their wayes.
Eightly, Observe;
That Prophets, Ministers, and Watchmen in Sion, are to act in the name and authority of God.
Thou shalt warn them from me. They must let them know that God hath sent them, that they speak from him, not from themselves, not their own words; and this is likelyest to make way for the message they bring, of what kind soever. Here the Prophet was to warn them, to tell them of their sins, and the danger of them; and who would not receive an admonition from God, when it comes in his name, backed with his authority, when God in it seeks our good, the freedom of us from death and damnation, the bringing of us unto glory and salvation, and especially when the soul of the watchman lyeth at stake for the sinner, if he do not admonish the sinner. Can any sinner be so obstinate as not to consider, relent, and return, when God shall send one in his name unto him, and the Prophet shall say, Sir, I come from God unto you, and my life is at stake for you, if I tell you not of your sins, I am a lost man: give me leave therefore to deal plainly with you; you are covetous, unclean, [Page 111] proud, froward, ignorant, unbelieving, having a form of Godl nesse without the power, and unlesse you take another course, and serve the living God otherwise the you do, you will perish soul and body eternally; but if y [...]u will hearken, I will shew you the good and right way, the way everlasting, which will make you blessed for ever. When a watchman comes and deals thus with a sinner, hath he cause to be angry? No, he hath cause to fall down, and say, Of a truth God is in you, and with you, I thank you for your counsell, and seasonable admonitions, and through the grace of God I will improve them, and turn to that God who is so gracious, and would have sinners come to the knowledge of the truth and be saved.
Ninthly, Observe;
The Lord knowes who are wicked.
When I say to the wicked man. The world calls them wicked who are righteous, and those righteous who are wicked; but it is not so with the Lord, he knows who is an hypocrite, who is covetous, who is a lyar, a formalist, an enemy to grace and holinesse; Known unto the Lord are all his works, Acts 15.18. And he knoweth who are his, 2 Tim: 2.19. and who are not his; there is not one Goat in the world, but the Lord knows him, not a Wolfe, or Lyon, but he takes notice of them: he knew the house of Israel better then Ezekiel who dwelt amongst them; whom he said was wicked, was so indeed. It matters not much what the world saith of men, it call'd Paul a Babler, Acts 17.18. An Heretick, Acts 24.14. A Pestilent Fellow, vers. 5. But what said God of him? Acts 9.15. He is a chosen Vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and Kings, and the children of Israel. Jobs friends and the Devil said, Job was an hypocrite; but God said, He was a perfect man, fearing God, and eschewing evill, Job 1.1. That men are what God, who cannot lye, who cannot be deceived, pronounces them to be; if he in his word do call a [...]an for an hypocrite, an unbeliever, covetous, proud, &c. he is so.
Tenthly, Observe;
The Power of life and death is in the hand of the Lord.
When I say unto the wicked, O wicked man, thou shalt surely dye. God hath authority over the lives of men, and can pronounce a sentence of death upon them at his pleasure. He Commission'd Saul to smite Amalek, to slay man and woman, infant and suckling, Oxe and Sheep, Camel and Asse, 1 Sam. 15.3. Wh [...]n Ahab let Benhadad go, a man that God had appointed to destruction, therefore saith he, Thy life shall go for his, and thy people for his people, 1 Kings 20.42. The power of life and death God challengeth to himself, Deut. 32.39. I kill, and I make alive, I wound, I heal, neither is there any that can deliver out of mine hand. By this argument he proves himself to be God, and its none but God that kills, or gives life, Psal. 68.20. Ʋnto God the Lord belong the issues from death. The Hebrew is Lammaneth Totzaoth, Exitus ad mortem, the goings out to death; its God that turns the key, and lets out the breath, its he puts a period to the life of the Creature; would any live? let them fear the Lord, and depart from evill; for The fear of the Lord prolongeth dayes, Prov: 10.27. Moses uses this argument to perswade them to love, obey, and cleave to the Lord, He is thy life, and length of thy dayes, Deut. 30.20. Men have their lives from God, and he draws the thread of them out to what length he please; and therefore men should love, fear, obey and cleave to that God, if they do not, he will cut the thread of their lives asunder; Prov. 10.27. The years of the wicked shall be shortned; by one sicknesse, judgement or other, their dayes and years shall be shortned, of what they might have been.
Eleventhly, Observe;
Those watchmen that are unfaithfull in their places, and do not tell the people of their sins and danger, their account will be dreadful.
If thou doe not speak to warn the wicked from his way, his bloud will I require at thy hand. If a politicall watchman be unfaithful, so that a man perish by the sword without warning, his bloud lyeth upon the watchmans head; and if the Ecclesiastical watchman be unfaithful, and do not warn the wicked upon what pretence soever, the bloud of that wicked man, dying in his sins, will be required of the watchman, it lyes upon his head, and he must answer for it: the case of this latter watchman will be more dangerous then of the former; because the one is to answer for the life of a man, the other for the soul of a man, which is of great price. Let lazy, sleepy, perfidious watchmen look to it, they suffer men to perish through their default, and their bloud, lives, souls, stand ingaged for the s [...]me.
Twelfthly, Observe;
The failing of the watchman will not excuse or priviledge the wicked man.
If thou dost not speak to warn the wicked from his way, that wicked man shall dye in his iniquity. Though he be not told that he is in a wrong way, though he pretend ignorance, that will not serve turn, he shall dye in his iniquity, warn'd or unwarn'd; the watchman hath not done his duty, what then? must this exempt the wicked man from punishment? No, he hath not done his duty, he should have minded & studyed the Law of God, walked according to that, and have made it a Lamp unto his feet, and a light unto his paths, Psal. 119.105. But his neglect of his duty, and ignorance, rather will aggravate, then extenuate his fault; the Law was near unto him, and he might have known what was forbidden, and so have avoided the same.
Thirteenthly, Observe;
Those that regard not the warning of the watchmen, they bring certain destruction upon themselves.
Whosoever hears the sound of the Trumpet, and takes not warning, his bloud shall be upon his own head; If the enemy cut off that man, he himself is guilty of his own death, not the political watchman: And so in the Church-State; if the wicked man be warned of his way, and turn not from it, he shall dye in his iniquity, his bloud lyes at his own dore, upon his own head, the watchman is free.
Fourteenthly, Observe;
There is great necessity that the watchmen deal faithfully, and tell the people of their danger and sin.
Their souls, their bloud lye at stake upon it; if they be not faithfull, their lives, their souls go for it. Those watchmen that are silent, are cruel, bloudy, and soul-murthering men, they murther the souls of the people, and their own souls also; those that speak, that cry aloud, that tell the people throughly of their sins, not fearing their frowns, nor respecting their favours, that so if it be possible, they may save their souls; these are the most faithful watchmen. Many wonder that the spiritual watchmen are so zealous, particular, that they open the nature of sin so much, threaten such terrible judgements of God against sinners, and preach damnation unto them, that they are so frequent in such wayes; but cease to wonder, their souls are in jeopardy if they do it not. If a mans whole estate were in hazard if he did not tell such a man that he were a lyar, a drunkard, and would he forfeit his estate through silence? No, he would tell him of his sins again and again. The watchmans soul lyeth at pawn, and he forfeits that if he should not tell sinners of their sins, and warn them to turn from them: Hence was it that Paul said, Necessity is laid upon me, and we unto me if I preach not the Gospel, 1 Cor. 9.16. he preached, and warned sinners night and day, Acts 20.31.
Lastly, Observe;
That the watchmen warning the people, and the people taking warning, they do both secure themselves:
If the wat [...]hman Politic [...]l or Spi [...]itual blow the Trumpet, warn the [...]ople, he shall deliver his own soul; if the people take wa [...]ning, they deliver their souls. Safety lyes in warning, and it hearkning to wa [...]ning; let not the watchmen of God be sleepy or silent, but warn the people constantly, that so they may save themselves and others.
Verses 10, 11.
Therefore, O thou Son of man, speak unto the house of Israel, Thus ye speak, saying, if our transgressions and our sins be upon us, and we pine away in them, how should we then live?
Say unto them, As I live, saith the Lord God, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but that the wicked turn from his way and live: turn ye, turn ye from your evil wayes; for why will ye dye, O house of Israel?
HEre begins the second Generall part of the Chapter, which is a confirmation of the Prophet against those Calumnies the Jews made against the truth and justice of God.
The Calumnie they raised against the truth of God was this; in the 5. verse its said, he that takes warning when the watchman gives it, shall deliver his soul; this said the Jews, had not truth in it; for Chap. 24.23. The Prophet had told them they should pine away for their iniquities, therefore there was no hope for them, though they took warning at the watchmans mouth; we are appointed to destruction, and its in vain to mind what the watchman saith. This is answered in the 11. verse. But to open the words.
Vers. 10. Therefore, O thou son of man, speak unto the house of Israel.
God had set Ezekiel to be a watchman unto the house of Israel, to observe their sins and tell them thereof; and here he commands him to do his duty, speak unto the house of Israel, thus; The house of Israel was not now the 10 Tribes, but the 2 Tribes left of the 10.
If our transgressions and our sins be upon us.
Jerusalem being now taken, or upon the taking, the Jews were more sensible of their sins, and so felt the weight of them in that sad judgement was upon them, or coming upon them. By transgressions and sins, not only the guilt, but the punishment of them is meant; they had felt much in the time of Jerusalems siedge, and more now in the taking of it: God visited their iniquities upon their heads.
And we pine away in them.
When Gods hand is upon persons for their sins, they consume and moulder away; the pain and anguish they are under melts their fat, eats up their strength, and brings them to skin and bone. Nemakkim it is from Muk, or Makak, which is to grow lean, to become feeble, to be dissolved in Mareorem, into corruption or rottenness.
How should we then live?
The Jews seeing Jerusalem now in the enemies hand, and themselves going into captivity, speak desparingly; saying, We are like never to see good day, but must pine away under the judgements that are upon us; how should we then live? its in vain to warn us, and tell us of repenting and turning to the Lord, we must dye in the condition we are in.
Vers. 11. Say unto them, As I live saith the Lord God.
This oath of God hath been spoken of, Chap. 16.48. & Ch: 5. vers. 11. Its the oath which God most uses. Life is the most precious of all things, and that God swares by; as sure as I live, or am the living God, it is true which I say; or, let me not be the living God, if I speak false: you think I am a hard Master, that you shall pine away in your sins, and find no mercy, though you should repent and return; you are greatly deceived: As I live, saith the Lord, &c. He swares not by a truth that was question, Numb. 14.11. Nor by his Omnipotency, for that was doubted of, Ps. 78.19. but by his life which was never in questioned. The Learned observe, that when this word Chai is referred to God, so that himselfe swares, or men sware by him, its written with Patach under it, as here and in other places; but when it is referred to men, then its written Chai with Tzere, as Gen: 42.15. [...] By the life of Pharaoh, or as sure as Pharaoh lives; So in 2 Sam. 11.11. You have them both together; in 1 Sam. 20.3. Chai Jehovah vechei, Naph shecha, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth.
I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but that &c.
The Septuagint reads the words, [...], I will not; The Vulgar is Nolo mortem impit, I am unwilling the wicked should dye; the French ie u'appette point; I covet not, am not greedy of the death of the wicked; Junius, Si delector, If I delight in the death of the wicked; Vatablus, Piscator, Non delector, I delight not in the death of the wicked; or I am not delighted therewith. Montanus hath it, Si volam in morte impii, If I shall will in the death of the wicked, for so runs the Hebrew, Im Echphotz bemoth Harashang. The word Chaphetz signifies to desire, love, delight in a thing, as Gen: 34.19. Shechem delighted in Dinah; he desired her, loved her, [Page 118] and took delight in her. Chophetz notes the highest delight & content that can be taken, Psal. 16.3. in whom is Col Cheph-Zi, all my delight, that is, my greatest delight. Now here its said, God hath not pleasure in the death of the wicked; This is not an absolute negative, denying God wholly to have delight in death, or in the death of sinful wicked man, or of any sinfull man; for God took delight in the destruction of Pharoah and his Hoast in the red Sea, which Moses shews, saying, Exod: 15.1. He hath triumphed gloriously; the Horse and his Rider hath he thrown into the Sea. God sent Saul to smite Amaleck, utterly to destroy him and all his, when Agag was spared with the best of the sheep and oxen? was he not wrath with him? 1 Sam. 15.3.11.23. When Jehu cut off Ahabs house what said the Lord? Because thou hast done well in executing that which is right in my eyes, and hast done unto the house of Ahab according to all that was in mine heart; thy children of the fourth Generation shall sit on the Throne of Israel, 2 Kings 10.30. The destruction of Ahabs house was pleasing to God, he commended he rewarded it. And that God takes no pleasure in the destruction of a sinfull wicked man, is contrary to these Texts, Deut. 28.63. Prov. 1.26, 27. Isa. 1.24. Jer: 14.12. The words they are not to be taken as an absolute negative, but comparatively, thus, I have pleasure in the turning of the wicked from his wayes, rather then in his death, or its more pleasing to me, that a wicked man should turn and live, then that he should continue and dye. Such an expression is that in 1 Cor. 1.17. Christ sent me not to baptize, but to preach the Gospell; Not absolutely not to baptize, but rather to preach, then to baptize; he had more pleasure in my preaching, then in my baptizing: and so here, Let me not live, if I have so much pleasure in the death of a sinner, as in his turning from his sin.
By Death here some understand eternall Death, and it cannot be otherwise, saith Quistorpius; for he speaks of that death, which may be avoided by repentance and turning to God; but temporal death cannot be avoided, either by the penitent or impenitent. But to him that well considers this place, it will appear that here its spoken of a temporal and violent death; [Page 119] for vers. 3. He speaks of the sword coming upon a Land. They were at this time either straitly besiedged, or newly taken by Nebuchadnezzars forces, and complain'd that their sins were upon them, provoking God to destroy them, that they pin'd away, and there was no hope for them of life, though they should repent them of their iniquities; this God answers unto, and tells them if they turn from their evill wayes, there is hope they shall live, for repentance prevents and removes judgements that are destructive: The Ninivites by their repentance prevented the destruction of themselves, and their City; at Davids repentance the plague was stayed; Ahabs humbling himself prevented Gods bringing the evill in his dayes. So that its true of natural death, that cannot be avoided by penitency or impenitency, but a violent death may, a death by sword, by famine, by plague, by wild beasts may. 2 Chro: 7.14. If my people which are called by my name shall humble themselves & pray, and seek my face, and turn from their wicked wayes, then will I hear from Heaven, and will forgive their sin, and w [...]ll heal their Land. Had he spoken of eternall death, it had been no answer to the Jews objection: Lavater tells us, that by Death is meant Malum, and by Life Bonum; Men by their sins bring sad calamities and judgements upon themselves, they cause God to punish them with variety of evills which he hath no pleasure in, nor they cause to complain of, Lament. 3.33, 39. He had rather they should turn from their sins and live comfortably.
But that the wicked turn from his way and live.
The word for wicked, is Rashang, which the Septuagint renders [...], the irreligious, lewd, ungodly man, here wicked, wicked in opinions, wicked in practice, troublesome to God and man, running the wrong way. The word for way signi ies a path which leads from place to place, and men walk in it: Metaphorically its applyed to the customes, manners, actions, religions and lives of men, Jer. 16.2. Pro: 1.19. Prov: 21.2.[Page 120] of this before Chap. 16.61. The sense lyeth thus, As I live, I delight not in the death of the wicked, but if the wicked turn from his way and live, or shall live; that is, according to what I have prescribed in my word, I shall delight in this; or thus, If he turn from his sinfull way, that he may live, and live comfortably, I shall delight in it.
Turn ye, turn ye from your evill wayes.
Here is an earnest exhortation of them unto repentance, setting out the mercy and goodnesse of God, who was ready and willing to pardon them, upon their turning from their evil wayes. The doubling of the word notes the earnest and reall intention of God in it. The sum and substance of the words, is to shew, that if sinners repent of their former wickednesse he will forgive them, and take pleasure in them. Turn ye, turn ye from your evill wayes. If ye pine away under my judgements, the fault is yours, you turn not from your idolatries, oppressions, perjuries, and profanations of my Sabbaths and Ordinances, these are wayes of death; but if ye would hearken to my wayes, and turn unto them, they are wayes of life. Of turning hath been spoken, Chap. 14.6. The Septuagint is [...], Turn you by turning, turn throughly from your evill wayes.
For why will ye dye O house of Israel?
Ye are the Nation I took and brought out of Egypt by a strong hand, Deut: 4.34. Ye are the people that entred into Covenant with me, & avouched me to be your God. Deut. 26.17. and I you to be my peculiar people, vers. 18. ye are they upon whom I have bestowed great priviledges, holy Ordinances, to whom I have shewed mercy and truth, Ps. 76.1, 2. Ps. 98.3. ye are the people I have taken most delight in of all people under Heaven, whom I have most honoured, done most for, and made the greatest promises unto, Jer. 31.33, 34. Chap: 33.8.14. Why therefore have you left me, and my wayes, and fallen into wayes of death? why do you wound and stab your selves? if [Page 121] you have no regard to me, yet pity your selves; cease from those wayes will be your death: Why will ye dye O house of Israel? Is it not better to live in my wayes, then to dye in your own?
First, Observe:
The guilt and punishment of sin are heavy and consuming things.
Our transgressions and our sins are upon us, and we pine away in them. Guilt alone is a great burden; A stone (saith Solomon Prov: 27.3.) is heavy, and the sand weighty; but a fools wrath is heavier then them both; and guilt is heavier then them all. A wounded spirit who can bear? Prov. 18.14. What is guilt then with punishment, but a consuming, a devouring thing? When David had sinned, and Gods hand was upon him, what saith he? Psal. 38.3. There is no soundnesse in my flesh, because of thine anger; neither is there any rest in my bones, because of my sin. Mine iniquities are gone over my head [...]; as an heavy burden they are too heavy for me, v. 4. I am feeble and soar broken, I have roared by reason of the disquietnesse of my heart, v. 8. Gods hand and his own guilt did eat up his spirit, and bring him to the gates of death; this made him to say (Psal. 39.11.) When thou with rebukes dost correct man for iniquity, thou makest his beauty to consume away like a moth. The word for beauty notes that is desireable in man; whatever is desireable, that melts away when God doth visit man for sin: A little touch of a mans hand crusheth the wings, and hazards the life of the moth; a little touch of Gods hand where guilt is, marrs the beauty, strength and desireables of man.
Secondly, Observe:
Sinners under sad judgements are apt to despond, yea to despair.
If our transgressions and our sins be upon us, and we pine away in them, how should we then live? They had greatly sinned against God, stood it out against his Prophets threatning judgements; [Page 122] and now the judgments were come upon them, their hearts sunk within them, and they conclude there is no mercy for them; our sins are great, Gods judgments heavy upon us, he is resolved now upon our destruction, and what course soever we shall take, all is in vain. What these said in Judaea, the like said they in Babylon, Ezek. 37.11. Our bones are dryed, and our hope is lost, we are cut off for our parts. We are like the bones in a Grave, that have all the marrow dryed out of them; or like a branch of a Tree cut off, and all the sap dryed out of it; there is no hope we should ever live, go to Jerusalem, and grow there again into a Church or State. Not only the wicked, but even a Godly man may be in a desponding, yea a desparing condition, as David himself, Psal. 31.22. I said in my hast, I am cut off from before thine eyes; Thou wilt never look upon, or favour me more. So Asaph, Psal. 77.7. Will the Lord cast off for ever? will he be favourable no more? is his mercy clean gone for ever? doth his promise fail for evermore? hath he forgotten to be gracious? &c. What sad expostulations were these of a good man?
Thirdly, Observe;
The cavills, objections, and unbelief of sinners, put God unto his oath.
As I live saith the Lord, its not so as you fancy, I have told you that if you turn from your evill ways, you shall live; that I have no pleasure in the death of a sinner, Ezek: 18.21, 22, 23, 27, 28, 31, 32. But ye believe not my word, ye cavill against it, and say, ye shall pine away in your sins, that what course soever ye take, ye shall not live. Men are backward to believe the word of God, and deal worse with God, then with man; they will give credit to an honest man upon his word, but not to God; yea, how many do believe the Devils suggestions and delusions, who is the father of lyes, and will not believe the word of God; and what a harsh thing is it, that men will not attribute so much to God as to the Devil? Eve took the Devils bare word in Paradice, she put not him to his oath, when he said, ye shall not dye, your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall [Page 123] be as gods, knowing good and evill: She believed him presently. But men will not take Gods bare word, they put him to his oath, As I live, saith the Lord. Its a great thing for God to speak, but more for him to swear; he that made the world with a word, is not believed upon his word, he must take his oath upon it; so that it stands God in more to be believed in the world, then it did to make the world; his single word sufficed for the one, his oath was required for the other:O beatos nos quorum causa Deus jurat; O miserr imos si nec juranti Domino credimus. Tertul: Si non credimus promittenti Deo, & credamus juranti Deo. Jerom; And here appears the great goodnesse of God, that for the good of man will please to take an oath: O happy we for whose sake God swears; O most unhappy we, if we believe not God swearing. Having therefore Gods word and oath, let us believe firmly, and stagger no more.
Fourthly, Observe;
Sinners in what condition soever they be, have no cause to despond or despaire of mercy, so that they turn from their evill wayes.
Let them be great sinners, old sinners, sinners under judgements, ready to be destroyed and cut off by the hands of enemies, as these were, yet if they turn from their sins, there is hope of mercy for them: For,
First, God takes pleasure rather in their conversion and salvation, then in their death and destruction; I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but that the wicked-turn from his way and live. If a State say to a company of its Subjects, who are Traytors, and upon trayterous designs, I have no pleasure in your wayes which lead unto death, but my pleasure is that you turn from them and live; is not here a large door of hope opened unto them, whatever their Treasons be?
Secondly, Least men being deeply guilty, should suspect the reallity of God herein (for guilt is full of jealousies) the Lord sweares to it, and that by his life, which is the most unquestionable thing of all (for none doubts whether he be the living God) As I live saith the Lord; I have no pleasure, &c. So that here is [...] and [...] Gods word and oath, two sufficient bonds to secure it.
Thirdly, Here is Gods command and earnest desire of their turning, Turn ye, turn ye from your evill wayes. When a mans servant is abroad in some dangerous design, and his Master commands him again and again to leave it off, and come home to him; or if the servant be in a deep water, and the Master sees he will be drown'd if he come not back again, he calls to him, and commands him to return; is not this an argument that he seeks his good, and would have him safe.
Fourthly, God sets the strongest arguments before them that can be thought of, life and death. If ye go on, there is no hope of mercy, you must dye; if you will turn, here is life, ye shall live, here is great mercy. They are not left unto uncertainties, whether they shall have life or no; but life is propounded and offered unto them, and where that is promised there is a wide door of mercy opened; God is troubled at it, that sinners forsake mercy and embrace it not: Why will ye dye? Why will ye not turn from your evill wayes unto me the living God? Am I so ill a God? Have I dealt so unkindly with you, as that you will not come unto me; testifie against me, tell me wherein. Like that in Micah 6.3. O my people, what have I done unto thee? and wherein have I wearyed thee? testifie against me. If there be any such thing lye in the way, I am ready to remove it.
Fifthly, Observe;
The nature of true repentance lyeth in turning.
Turn ye, turn ye. God at first made man upright, with his face towards himself, but he sought out inventions, and turn'd away from God to the creature, which was a madnesse, to leave an universal, everlasting, and satisfying good, for a particular fading, and an unsatisfying good; this madness is in the hearts of all men,Eccl: 9.3. till they come to repenting & turning again unto God, and setting him in his right posture to behold the Lord. This turning must be from his evil wayes; Turn ye from your evill wayes, and from all of them, Ezek. 14.6. Chap. 18.21.31. Else its no turning; if the heart be towards any one sin, lust, creature, or evill way, its not turn'd; his back is towards [Page 125] God and not his face; he prefers a creature, a lust before God.
Sixthly, Observe;
Sinners are the Authours of their own destruction.
Why will ye dye? They went on in their idolatry, profaness, oppressions, pollutions of Sabbaths, &c. and so brought judgement upon themselves; 2 Chron: 36.16. They mocked the Messengers of God, despised his word, and misused his Prophets, untill the wrath of the Lord arose against his people, till there was no remedy; therefore he brought upon them the King of the Chaldaeans, who slew their young men with the sword in the house of the Sanctuary, and had no compassion on the young man, or maiden, &c. So in Christs dayes, he would have kept Jerusalem from destruction, but Jerusalem her self would not, she brought it upon her selfe, Matth. 23.37. The Corinthians abuse of the Supper brought judgement upon them, 1 Cor. 11.30. And the false Teachers brought swift destruction upon themselves, 2 Pet. 1.1.
Verses 12, 13, 14, 15, 16.
Therefore, thou son of man, say unto the children of thy people, The righteousnesse of the righteous shall not deliver him in the day of his transgression: as for the wickednesse of the wicked, he shall not fall thereby in the day that he turneth from his wickednesse; neither shall the righteous be able to live for his righteousnesse in the day that he sinneth.
When I shall say to the righteous, that he shall surely live: if he trust to his own righteousnesse, and commit iniquity; all his righteousnesse shall not [Page 126] be remembred, but for his iniquity that he hath committed, he shall dye for it.
Again, when I say unto the wicked, Thou shalt surely dye: if he turn from his sin, and do that which is lawfull and right;
If the wicked restore the pledge, give again that he had robbed, walk in the statutes of life, without committing iniquity; he shall surely live, he shall not dye.
None of his sins that he hath committed, shall be mentioned unto him: he hath done that which is lawfull and right; he shall surely live.
THese words do explain and confirm what God had said in the 11 vers. and that by way of contraries: 1. He sets a righteous man before them, and bids the Prophet tell them, That if a righteous man turn from his righteousnesse, and become wicked, his righteousnesse will not benefit him, but his wickednesse will bring judgement upon him: 2. He sets a wicked man before them, and bids the Prophet tell them, That if he turn from his wickednesse, that shall not prejudice him, he shall not fall thereby, but he shall live.
Here is nothing in these verses of Gods decrees of life or death, of salvation or condemnation, and mens being under them. Its said whilest they are righteous they are under the decree of life and salvation, and when they cease from their righteousness, they are under the decree of death and condemnation; and so if a man be righteous one day, and wicked another, and that interchangeably all dayes of his life, he doth daily passe from under one decree to another, forward and backward; I find no foundation in the words for such a conceit; they hold out Gods dealings with men here in this world, according to the conditions he finds them in; if they be just and righteous he will bless them; if they be unjust and wicked he will punish them; the one shall live comfortably, [Page 127] the other shall be cut off by some judgement; here is nothing pointing at the decrees of God.
Vers. 12. The righteousnesse of the righteous.
What righteous man is here meant the 15. verse informs us, viz. a man legally righteous, such a man as restores the pledge, gives again what he hath robbed, and walks in the statutes of life without committing iniquity; If a wicked man did these things, he was righteous; its therefore a righteousnesse of the Covenant of works, not the righteousnesse of faith, here spoken of; a moral, not a Gospel righteousnesse, which the 13. verse is clear for, calling it his own righteousnesse.
Shall not deliver him in the day of his transgression.
The word for transgression is Poshang, which signifies sin, scienter & contumaciter commissum, presumptuous and wilfull sin, rebellion, apostacy; Sometimes it is taken for any sin, or failing, as Lament: 1.22. Do unto them as thou hast done unto me, for all my transgressions. Jeremiah had no great sins against light, he did not rebel against God; his transgressions were such as are the ordinary failings of men, so its used, Job 13.23. And the Septuagint hath it [...], In the day he shall erre. Let him have done never so much good, and continued long in so doing, that shall not deliver him in the day of his erring, transgressing, fayling. Had Adam stood many dayes, months, years, and then eat of the forbidden fruit, all his righteousnesse would not have delivered him; and so here under the Covenant of works, there is no deliverance upon any failing. But rather it notes here some grievous sin and way of wickednesse, which exposes unto, and hastens Gods judgements.
As for the wickednesse of the wicked he shall not fall thereby, in the day that he turns from his wickednesse.
Let the wickednesse of the wicked be great, of what kind soever, against God and man, idolatry, profaness, oppression, &c. it shall not bring destruction upon him, make him to fall and perish; when he repents of it, turns fom it, and walks in those wayes that are contrary thereunto, then his former sins shall not be imputed to him, nor the judgements deserv'd executed upon him. As the righteousness of the righteous shall not deliver him when he sins, so the wickedness of the wicked shall not damnifie him when he turns. Here is a Nominative Case put absolute, the wickednesse of the wicked.
Neither shall the righteous be able to live for his righteousnesse in the day that he sinneth.
His righteousness shall not uphold him, do him any good, when he falls into sin, his sin will be the death of him, and his righteousness, he cannot live in it, or for it.
Vers. 13. When I shall say to the righteous, that he shall surely live: if he trust to his own righteousnesse.
Here the case of the righteous man is further amplified and ex [...]ounded; let me make him a promise of life, and say; That in living, he shall live, (so the Hebrew is) yet if he trust to his righteousness and commit sin, he shall not live. When men have a Legall righteousness, they are apt to trust in it, to think it makes them acceptable to God, that it will answer Justice for their sins, divert wrath, procure favour, and so presume to take liberty, and please the flesh in many things; but their righteousness will not stand them in stead.
And commit iniquity.
Of this see Chap. 3.20. & Chap. 18.24. where much hath been said of this expressions, The will, affections, and heart are in committing iniquity, it's making a trade of sin, such men are workers of iniquity. Pharisees had a legall righteousness, but they devoured widows houses, made Proselytes, and them twofold more the children of the Devill then themselves, Matth. 23.14, 15. These committed iniquity.
All his righteousnesse shall not be remembred.
That is, none of his righteous deeds shall be so had in remembrance, as to have any acceptance or reward, they shall be laid by and forgotten; instead thereof, he shall have judgement for his wickedness, that shall be remembred and rewarded.
But for his iniquity that he hath committed, he shall dye for it.
The reward of his iniquity is death: either he shall pine away under some stroak of God, which is Mors minor, a lesser kind of death; or he shall be cut off by some judgement which is a death indeed, a death with a witness.
Vers. 14. Again, when I say unto the wicked, thou shalt surely dye: if he turn from his sin, &c.
In this vers. and the two following, the case of the wicked man is further explained; as the promise to the righteous was with condition, so the threatning of the wicked is with exception, He shall surely dye, unlesse he repent and turn, and testifie the reallity of the same, by doing that which is lawfull and right, [Page 130] Or as it is in the Hebrew, By doing judgement and justice, by giving unto God and man what is prescribed: of these words see Chap. 18.5.
Vers. 15. If the wicked restore the pledge.
Pignus est quod propter rem credi tam datur, cujus possessionem solum ad tempus consequitor creditor, sed dominium penes debitorem est.A Pledge is something pawned for a thing borrowed, the possession whereof for the present is in the hand of the Lender, but the right is belonging to the Borrower. Chabol is from Chabal, to bind, because Pledges are strong Bonds and Obligations. Poor people were often necessitated to pawn their garments, Beds, Cattle, & Utensils, which wicked men would keep and make their advantage of, which they ought not to have done, Deut: 24.10, 11, 12, 13. Therefore its said here, If the wicked restore the pledge; if he be mercifull to those that be poor and afflicted.
Give again that he had robbed.
Robbers seldome make restitution of what they get by violence. The word Gazal signifies to spoil a man of what is his, Vi & aperte, as High-way Robbers do, and also any violent wresting, and forcing mens right out of their hands: Now if the wicked did make restitution of what he had so gotten, and
Walk in the statutes of life without committing iniquity.
The statutes of life are the statutes of God, which being exactly kept, afford life to the keepers of them, Ezek: 20.13. They walked not in my statutes, and they despised my judgements; which if a man do, he shall even live in them, or live by them; as its Levit: 18.5. If a man walk in these from day to day, and keep them perfectly, committing no iniquity; what then?
He shall surely live, he shall not dye.
This and the like promises are legall, and made to legall righteousness, and clearly evince that the Prophet speaks of a legall righteous man. The Gospel saith not, that a just man shall live by doing, but that the just shall live by faith, and that the law is not of faith. If men could keep the Law, do what it requires they should live by it; but (except Christ) none ever did, and so none was ever justified by the Law, Gal: 3.10, 11, 12. If a man could be found that walked in the Statutes of life without sinning, he should surely live, and live as comfortably as Adam did in Paradice, and should not dye.
Vers. 16. None of his sins that he hath committed shall be mentioned unto him.
The Hebrew is, all his sins which he hath committed, shall n t be mentioned unto him; that is, None of his sins shall be imputed or charged upon him: Vid. Chap: 18.22.
He hath done that which is lawful and right, he shall surely live.
The Life here spoken of, cannot be eternal life; because 1. A mans turning from his former wicked wayes, and making restitution to men for wrongs done, is no satisfaction to the justice of God for the breach of his Laws: And 2. No man can so keep the law or statutes of life, as thereby to obtain life eternal. Here is no mention of Christ, or faith in him, without which eternall life cannot be had; I conceive its meant of a temporal life; he that ceases from his wicked wayes, that lives honestly, doing lawfull and right things, he shall not have cause to complain, as the Jews did, That they pined away under their iniquities; but he should live in living, as the Hebrew is, and that is, he should live a very comfortable life.
First, Observe;
There is a righteousnesse will not profit a man when he hath most need.
When a man sins, then he hath most need of righteousness to cover his sin, to prevent judgement; but then his own righteousness, a legal righteousness, a duty righteousness will stand him in no stead; The righteousnesse of the righteous shall not deliver him in the day of his transgression; he shall not be able to live in the day that he sinneth. Let us therefore look after an Evangelicall righteousness, for Christ hath told us, That except our righteousnesse exceed the righteousnesse of the Scribes and Pharisees, we shall in no case enter into the Kingdom of Heaven, Matth: 5.20. They had a legal, a duty, an own-righteousnesse but they had not the righteousness of Christ, the righteousness which is of God by faith; and that is only the righteousnesse will stand in stead against all sin, and let us into Heaven.
Secondly, Observe;
Its perseverance will Crown mens undertakings, and make them acceptable.
Its not enough to begin well, unless we go on; if men be righteous, and give over their righteousness, falling to iniquity; as those that are legally righteous may, they lose their former righteousness, and fall under judgement: If a righteous man commit iniquity, all his righteousnesse shall not be remembred but for his iniquity which he hath committed he shall dye.
Thirdly, Observe,
Men are apt to rest upon a legall righteousnesse.
If he trust in his own righteousnesse. When men restore the pledge, make restitution for what they have gotten wrongfully, walk in the statutes of life, do that which is lawfull and right, they are very prone to trust in this their own righteousness; so did the Pharisees, Luke 18.11, 12. so did Paul while he was [Page 133] a Pharisee, Rom. 7.9. but being become a true Christian, and having obtained the righteousness of faith, he had no confidence in the flesh, Phil. 3.3. but his whole confidence was in Christ Jesus.
Fourthly, Observe;
Let the wickednesse of men be what it will, if they turn from the same, it shall not prejudice them, but they shall live a comfortable life.
As for the wickednesse of the wicked, he shall not fall thereby in the day that he turneth from his wickednesse. If he turn from his sin, and do that which is lawfull and right, his sins shall not be mentioned unto him, he shall surely live, he shall live in living; others by reason of their iniquities are dead in living, they have no comfort in their lives, but pine away. Its mens sins which make times evill, and lives uncomfortable; Psal. 34.12, 13, 14. What man is he that desireth life, and loveth dayes that he may see good? Keep thy tongue from evill, and thy lips from speaking guile. Depart from evill, and do good. This is the way to live long and comfortably. Righteousness exalts Nations, Familyes and Persons.
Fifthly, Observe;
Gods statutes punctually kept afford life: he who walks in the statutes of life without committing iniquity, shall surely live.
Deut. 4.1. Hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes, and unto the [...]dgements which I teach you, for to do them, that ye may live, and [...]in and possesse the Land. He speaks of a temporal life here; [...]ut in Matth: 19.17. of an eternal life; if thou wilt enter into ife, keep the Commandements. The young man spake of eternal life, and Christ bids him keep the Commandements if he would have that; shewing, that if a man could personally and perfectly keep the Commands of God, he should have eternall life.
Verses 17, 18, 19, 20.
Yet the children of thy people say, The way of the Lord is not equall: but as for them, their way is not equall.
When the righteous turneth from his righteousness, & committeth iniquity, he shall even dye thereby.
But if the wicked turn from his wickednesse, and do that which is lawfull and right, he shall live thereby.
Yet ye say, The way of the Lord is not equall: O ye house of Israel, I will judge you every one after his wayes.
THe Prophet having vindicated the truth of God which the Jews calumniated, he comes now to vindicate the justice which they likewise impeached, saying, his proceedings were not equall; and that he doth in these verses.
Vers. 17. The way of the Lord is not equall.
The Septuagint is [...], The way of the Lord is not right. The French translation is La voye du Seigneur n'est point bieu reiglee, The way of the Lord is not well regulated, or ordered; others thus, Negant aequum & justum esse quod facit Dominus, Thy people deny that to be equall and just which the Lord doth: They say, he governeth the world unrighteously, and doth not administer justice indifferently to all men, but hath persons in respect, and punisheth one for another; this was that they charged God withall.
But as for them, their way is not equall.
Here is answer to that unjust charge they charged God withall, and its by way of recrimination, that they charged upon the Lord, is recharged upon themselves; you say, The Lords [Page 135] wayes are not equall, but he saith, your wayes are not equall, just, right, or well ordered. Your Prophets have conspired against me, and devoured souls; your Priests have violated my Law, and prophaned my holy things; your Princes have been ravenous wolves to shed bloud, and to destroy souls for dishonest gain: The People of the Land have used oppression, exercised robbery, have vexed the poor and needy, yea, oppressed the stranger wrongfully, Ezek: 22.25, 26, 27, 29. And now whose wayes are not equall, yours or mine? Of these words see what hath been said Chap. 18.25.
Vers. 18. When the righteous turns from his righteousness, and commits iniquity, he shall surely dye.
You charge me that I respect persons and punish one for another, the son for the father; but its not so: & in this ver: & the next, the Lord doth clearly free himself from that imputation, hereby shewing what his dealings are with a righteous man whatever he be, father or son, Prince or Subject; if he turn from his righteousness, (and fall to wicked and vile practices) he shall surely dye; God will judge him for his wickedness, and bring some judgement upon him, and there is no injustice in that: if men turn Traytors to a State, its justice in that state to cut them off.
Vers. 19. But if the wicked turn from his wickedness, and do that which is lawfull and right, he shall live thereby.
Here also the Lord vindicates himself by shewing what his proceedings are with a man that turns from his wickedness, and doth amend his life, by doing what is lawful and right; that man whatever he be shall be spared, he shall live and enjoy blessings from God, it shall go well with the man that turns to God, and ill with him that turns from God and doth evill. Now if so, what injustice is there in God? what is the evill [Page 136] of his wayes? Let them both speak and declare wherein God wrongs either of them, if they can.
Vers. 20. Yet ye say, the way of the Lord is not equall.
Having made it evident by clear demonstration, that his wayes are equall, and that by two instances; viz: one of the righteous, and the other of the wicked; he here upbraids them for their stubbornness and impudency, persisting in their perverse opinion, and saying, Yet the way of the Lord is not equall; they might as well have said, the sun was dark, and the night was day.
O ye house of Israel, I will judge ye, every one after his wayes.
Seeing ye are so wicked, perverse in your judgements as to condemn my wayes, and sentence them to be unequall, I will call every one of you to account for this evill way of yours, and the rest of your evill wayes, and will judge you accordingly; this is the conclusion the Lord draws up upon the premises.
First, Observe;
Wicked men are apt to complain of, and carp at the wayes of God.
They said the way of the Lord is not equall. Job 21.15. What is the Allmighty that we should serve him? and what profit should we have if we pray unto him? We get nothing by his service, by calling on his name, he is a hard Master, he regards not our labour or prayers. These were of the same spirit with them in Malachie's dayes, who blusht not to say, Its in vain to serve God; and what profit is it that we have kept his Ordinances, that we have walked mournfully before the Lord of Hoasts? Mal. 3.14. We were told that no service was like unto the Lords, that thos [...] that did mourn for their sins, and walk in his wayes, [Page 137] should be blessed and live comfortably, but we find no such thing: we have tryed him, and find that he regards, exalts, and blesses those that never minded him or his wayes, vers. 15. therefore Its in vain to serve him. In the 5. of Jeremy is a notable instance to this purpose, vers. 11, 12, 13. The house of Israel, and the house of Judah have dealt very treacherously against me, saith the Lord. They have belyed the Lord, and said, it is not he, neither shall evill come upon us, neither shall we see sword nor famine: And the Prophets shall become wind, and the word is not in them. They said God had no reason to threaten them with sword or famine, they deserved no such judgement at his hands; and therefore the Prophets that prophesied such things, were not sent of God, his word was not in them, they brought windy doctrines of their own, and should together with their doctrines, become wind; evill shall not come upon us, but upon them. When Christ was on earth, how did the Scribes and Pharisees carp at him, his wayes, and doctrine? see Matth: 12.22. John 5.10.18. Chap. 8.48. Cha: 10.32, 33. In our dayes do not men carp at the Scriptures, Ordinances, Providences and dispensations of God? Such is the pride and arrogancy of man, that he dares blame and condemn the wayes and things of God.
Secondly, Observe;
Men have no cause to complain of, or cavill against the wayes of God.
For,
First, His wayes are equall, just, righteous, however they appear to men; he is God, and cannot do unjust things; He is light, and in him is no darknesse at all, 1 John 1.5. Just and true are his wayes, Rev: 15.3. He is righteous in all his wayes, and holy in all his works, Psal. 145.17. The just Lord is in the midst of the City, he will not do iniquity, Zeph: 3.5. Shall not the judge of all the earth do right? Gen: 18.25. Yes, though men do wickedly, God will not. Habak: 1.13. Thou art of purer eyes then to behold evill, and canst not look on iniquity; he cannot look on it to approve it, much lesse to act it.
Secondly, Our wayes are unequall; and shall the guilty complain of the innocent? Had the Sodomites any cause to complain of God, who were so wicked? Had the old world which was so corrupt, cause to cry out of Heaven which was pure? No man hath just ground to quarrel against Gods dispensations, when himself walks unevenly before God, and his paths are crooked. If just men sin and step aside; Eccl: 7.20. What do wicked men? they are altogether out of the way, Ps. 14.3. They do no good, their lives are a constant sinning, or a continued sin, and should God punish him daily for so doing, he had no just cause to fault the Lord; Lament: 3.39. Wherefore doth a l ving man complain, a man for the punishment of his sins?
Thirdly, Upon comparing of his dealings with the righteous falling to commit iniquity, and the wicked turning from iniquity, it appears to all unprejudiced men who are not blinded with iniquity; the one is punished for his apostacy, the other is pardoned upon his repentance; judgement is the portion of the one, & mercy the portion of the other. If God should punish the repenting wicked man, and spare the apostatized righteous man, then there were cause of complaint; but its contrary, therefore his wayes are equall, and there is no cause to complain of them.
Fourthly, God hath power over the sons of men, they are his family, and he may exercise Discipline in his family; the house of Israel, the Jewes were Gods house, he Master of that family, and when any sin'd in it, he had power to correct them, or turn them out of dores, and who should fault him? it is not childrens duty to complain of their Parents, nor for servants to complain of their Lord and Master.
Fifthly, Complaints in this kind will do us no good, they will harm us rather, for God is judge, yea the highest judge, and will not only judge us for our other evill wayes, but for this very way of charging him to be unjust, and cavilling at his dispensations; he will judge every one after his wayes, neither great nor small can avoide his judgement. Let us all therefore take heed how we fault the wayes of God, how strange or grievous soever they appear or be unto us.
Thirdly, Observe:
When men have once taken up prejudice against God and his wayes, its not easie to be remov'd.
The Jewes had drunk in this conceit, Chap. 18. That the wayes of God were not equall; and much of that Chapter is spent in proving the contrary, to extirpate that mis-conceit; but it took not effect, they let passe Gods Arguments, whereby he cleared himself, and carryed along with them their prejudice against him and his wayes, as appears in this Chap: vers. 17. & 20. Yet ye say, The way of the Lord is not equall. When weeds are gotten into the ground, and rooted there, its not easie to cleanse that ground from them; when errors, delusions, corrupt opinions, and prejudice against the truth, are gotten into the head or heart, its not an easie thing to get them out. Many wonder that Ministers should not convince unlearned and weak men of their errors, and take them off from their opinions and prejudices, but they should consider some men will not be convinced, either by God or man. These here were not convinced by God; nor the Pharisees by Christ, John 15.6, 7. & 10. Chap: nor the Athenians by Paul, Acts 17.
Verses 21, 22.
And it came to passe in the twelfth yeer of our captivity, in the tenth month, in the fifth day of the month, that one that had escaped out of Jerusalem, came unto me, saying, The City is smitten.
Now the hand of the Lord was upon me in the evening, afore he that was escaped came; and had opened my mouth untill he came to me in the [Page 140] morning, and my mouth was opened, and I was no more dumb.
HEre the 3 general part of the Chapter takes place, and is a denunciation of judgement against those that escaped as the destruction of Jerusalem; from the 21. vers. to the 30. and this is set out or amplified,
Vers. 21. In the twelfth year of our captivity, in the tenth month, in the fifth day of the month.
How long this was after the taking and smiting of Jerusalem will appear by comparing Jerem. 52.5, 6, 7. with this verse. In the eleventh year of Zedekiah, in the fourth month, in the ninth day of the month, the City was broken up. The captivity of the Jewes began with Zedekiahs reign; for that time he was made King, Jehoiachin was carryed away captive into Babylon, 2 Kings 24. Now this was in the twelfth year of the captivity, the tenth month, in the fifth day of it, so that it was a year and six months wanting four dayes before this tydings of Jerusalems being smitten, came to Ezekiel.
One that had escaped out of Jerusalem, came unto me, saying,
Many perished in Jerusalem by the famine and plague in the time of the Siedge, many were slain at the taking of it, yet some escaped, and its probable they hid themselves in holes, woods, among the mountains, or fled to Aegypt; one of which, after so long a time as a year, five months, and sixteen dayes, came to Ezekiel, and told him The City was smitten; its without [Page 141] question he and others had heard somthing of Jerusalems condition before, but no certainty.
The City is smitten.
The word for smitten, is from Nacah, which notes so to smite, as not to misse, it was certainly smitten; The Septuagint is [...] The City is taken; The Vulgar Vastata est civitas, The City is laid waste, Broken up, as in Jerem: 52.7. This was sad News he brought, that Jerusalem that famous City, that City of God was destroyed.
Vers. 22. Now the hand of the Lord was upon me.
This expression we had in the 1. Chap: 3. & Chap: 3.14. The hand of the Lord was strong upon me. And here by the hand of the Lord is meant, Vis Prophetica, or Afflatus Propheticus, Prophetical breathings of Gods Spirit were upon the Prophet, whereby he was inabled to speak freely and boldly concerning the state of the Jews in Judaea, that had escaped; God informed the Prophet how things were at Jerusalem before the Messenger came.
In the evening afore he that was escaped came.
The evening was the beginning of the day among the Jews, and so of much esteem, and God then by his Spirit, visited the Prophet.
And had opened my mouth untill he came to me in the morning.
In the 24. Chap: God had told the Prophet, that one should escape and bring him tydings of things at Jerusalem, and that in [Page 142] that day, his mouth should be opened, and here its made good. The opening of the mouth implyes
All these concur'd here, he had matter given in to speak unto those that were escaped, and flattered themselves they should live and recover their losses; he had freedom, Jerusalem being smitten, boldly to maintain what he had formerly prophesied against Jerusalem, and occasion Ministred unto him, from the mans coming.
The word [...] ad fer untill were better rendred, when & so Sa: in his notes upon the place, hath it donec procum, saith he. There was a sweet harmony and correspondency between what the Prophet received from the Spirit of God, and that which this Messenger faithfully related unto him.
My mouth was opened, and I was no more dumb.
After this he was so fill'd with the Prophetical Spirit, that he was silent no more, but prophesied freely and frequently unto them.
First, Observe;
Gods people are sometimes under long afflictions.
In the twelfth year of our captivity. They had endured many miseries in a forraign Land amongst a barbarous people twelve years, Numb: 20.15. We dwelt in Aegypt a long time, and the Aegyptians vexed us and our Fathers; Aegypt was an house of bondage and vexation unto them, and when they were brought out God threatned them, that if they would not observe all the words of his Law to do them, and fear his glorious name, he would make their plagues great, and of long continuance, Deut. 28.59. And this captivity of theirs was so long, that they thought God had forgotten them, Lament: 5.20. Wherefore [Page 143] dost thou forget us for ever, and forsake us so long time? Seventy years time they lay in Babylon, which was no better then an iron furnace; Ezekiel, Daniel, and other Godly Ones were in this condition.
Secondly, Observe;
That when utter dessolation comes upon places, and Gods judgements are severe, yet some have their lives for a prey.
One that had escaped came, Ezek: 9.5. The slaughtermen are commanded to shew no pity, but to slay utterly; old and young, both maids little children and women, only the marked ones they must not touch; its probable this man that escaped was one of the marked Ones, for he had a special care to come and inform Ezekiel what had befallen them and the City, that so he might bear witness both to the truth of Jeremies and Ezekiels prophesies; had he been a wicked man, he would hardly have come to the Prophet into Babylon; but whoever he was, he escaped famine, plague and sword, which cut off thousands of others.
Thirdly, Observe;
Ancient, renowned and priviledged Cityes have their periods and dissolutions.
Jerusalem was very ancient; there is mention of it in Joshuah's dayes, Josh: 15.8. She was famous throughout the earth, call'd the Gates of the People, for the resort unto her, Ezek: 26.2, She had choice priviledges, she was the holy City, Isa: 48.32. The City of the Lord of Hoasts, Psal. 48.8. The City of Solemnities, Isa. 33.20. The valley of Vision, Isa. 22.1. The perfection of beauty, Lament: 2.15. The City judged by all to be impregnable, Lament: 4.12. But whatever Jerusalem was, here's the conclusion, Jerusalem is smitten, broken in pieces, and laid utterly waste; Kings, Princes, Nobles, Counsellours, Judges, Prophets, Priests, People, all were smitten. In Rev: 8.12. its said, The Sun, Moon and Stars were smitten, a third part of them; but here the Sun, Moon, and Stars, and Orbs they [Page 144] were in, were wholly smitten, O what darkness was then upon the face of the Jewish earth? All created, and artificiall glory is subject to smiting; let not your hearts be taken with Sun, Moon, or Starres, with Cities and the glory of them, &c.
Fourthly, Observe;
The faithfulnesse of God in performing what he foretells and promises.
Chap. 24.26, 27. It was hinted to the Prophet, that one should escape the fury of the Babylonians, and bring the news of Jerusalems destruction, and that, That day his mouth should be opened, and he should speak; and is it not here fulfilled punctually? that day the party escaped came with that sad News of Jerusalems being smitten, was the mouth of the Prophet opened; and mark how forward God is to make good what he promises, He opened not his mouth at the end of the day, but the evening before the man came, which was the beginning of their day, he came in the morning by what time the Prophet might be up, but God had been with the Prophet before. Exod: 12.41. Let us learn to be faithfull, and perform to a day what we promise, rather be before-hand with men, then behind with them.
Fifthly, Observe;
God is pleased sometimes to confirm the truths delivered by his servants, by witnesse and signs.
Here was a witnesse came from Jerusalem to assure the Prophet and others, that what had been prophesied against Jerusalem was true and made good; here was sign upon sign, he was as dumb before, and now his mouth was opened, which was a confirmation to him and others likewise. Isa. 44.20. He confirmeth the word of his servant, and performeth the counsels of his Messengers. Many would not believe Ezekiel, not Jeremy, touching the destruction of Jerusalem, but God confirmed their words.
Sixthly, Observe;
Liberty to speak the things of God is from the Spirit of God.
No man can prophesie or declare the things of the Lord, unless the Spirit of God breath upon him, and open his mouth; The hand of the Lord was upon me, and opened my mouth, and I was no more dumb. He had great freedom and boldnesse of speech, when the Spirit of God came upon him, that fill'd him with Sanctuary water, and made the waters flow strongly; before the Spirit waters them Prophets are dry, before that speaks they are dumb, but when the hand of the Lord is upon them, then they cannot but speak and distill Heavenly dews, or poure out great rains; 2 Cor: 6.11. O ye Corinthians, Our mouth is open unto you, our heart is inlarged. The Spirit had fill'd his heart with divine things, and his mouth was open freely and boldly to communicate the same unto them.
Verses 23, 24, 25, 26.
Then the word of the Lord came unto me, saying,
Son of man, they that inhabit those wastes of the Land of Israel, speak, saying, Abraham was one, and he inherited the Land: but we are many, the Land is given us for inheritance.
Wherefore say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God, Ye eat with the bloud, and lift up your eyes toward your idols, and shed blood; and shall ye possesse the Land?
Ye stand upon your sword, ye work abomination, and ye defile every one his neighbours wife; and shall ye possesse the Land?
THese words contain the causes, that occasioned and moved God to denounce judgement against the Jews; who escaped the Babylonish sword when Jerusalem was smitten. The cause occasioning God to threaten them with destruction, was their vain confidence that they should possess the Land still, vers. 24. The causes moving God to destroy them, were their sins, which are mentioned, vers. 25, 26.
Vers. 23. Then the word of the Lord came unto me, saying.
When the hand of the Lord was upon him, when the Spirit of prophesie was upon him, then the word of the Lord came unto him: the Spirit brings the word of God unto men; Prophets spake as they were inspired by the Spirit of God, not of their own heads; Ezekiel would rather be silent and dumb, then speak from himself.
Vers. 24. They that inhabit those wastes of the Land of Israel.
Nebuchadnezzar having been a year and half (as appears by 2 Kings 25.1, 2, 3. Jerem: 52.4, 5, 6.) before Jerusalem with a great army of the worst of men, Ezek: 7.24. the Land of Israel o [...] Judah, (for Israel here is put for Judah) could not but be greatly spoiled & laid waste; when once the Temple & City were burnt and ruined, then was the Land as a wilderness: Zephany calls that day A day of wastnesse and desolation, Chap. 1.15. And Jeremy saith, The Land was then a desolate Wildernesse, Chap: 12.10. Some were left by Nebuzaradan to inhabit the waste and desolate places of the Land, Jer. 39, 10. He left some poor people, gave them Vineyards and Fields to labour in, and live upon; and Gedaliah being made Governour, many flocked unto him, who had hid themselves in woods, holes, among the mountains, and fled to neighbouring Countries for security, Jer: 40. 2 Kings 25.22, 23.
Speak, saying, Abraham was one, and he inherited the Land.
The Land of Canaan was promised to Abraham and his seed, Gen: 12.7. Chap: 15.18. & 26.4. Abraham did not inherit it personally, he had not so much as one foot of ground in it, Acts 7.4, 5. He dwelt in it, Gen: 13.12. but had no inheritance in it; therefore they here were mistaken to say, He was one, and he inherited the Land. Abraham was one, yea one that believed, one that feared, loved, and obeyed God, yet for his onenesse had he not the Land; God gave him the Land, having an eye to his faith and obedience, Gen. 15.6, 7. Chap. 22.16, 17, 18.
But we are many, the Land is given us for inheritance.
This was the argument with which they flattered themselves, who were now remaining in Judaea, that they should still possess the Land, and recover themselves again; The Land (said they) was given us for inheritance, who are many, as well as Abraham who was one; if he enjoyed it being but one, shall not we much more being many, and being his Seed? what reason hath God to cast us out of that inheritance he gave our father, and us his children? He will not do it, we shall dwell here, grow up quickly being many, and recover our former liberty and glory. But these men deceived themselves by this foolish reasoning; for God did not give Canaan to Abraham because he was one, and so principium numeri, but propter foedus, because of the Covenant which he made with him, Gen: 15.18. Chap: 17.7, 8. which Covenant Abraham kept, living by faith in God, and bringing forth fruits sutable thereunto, which themselves did not; For had they been the children of Abraham, they would have done the works of Abraham, as Christ said, John 8.39. But you may see what their works were in the two verses following this we are speaking of. Besides they had forgotten what God had [Page 148] threatned against those he gave the Land unto, if they did forsake and disobey him, Deut. 28.63. Chap: 30.18. God told them they should not prolong their dayes, but perish or be pluckt off the Land. Little reason had they also to argue that they should be spared and possesse the Land, because they were many, for that as Junius well observes, A greater number then they who had possessed the Land were cut off, or removed out of the Land.
Vers. 25. Wherefore say unto them, thus saith the Lord God.
Their vain confidence provoked the Lord, and therefore here he commissions the Prophet to tell them what he judged of them and their sayings. His thoughts were far differing from theirs; and Ezekiel must declare the Lords, not his own thoughts unto them. And
Ye eat with the bloud.
It was commanded before the Law was given, That they should not eat bloud, Gen: 9.4. Levit: 19.26. That is, neither bloud let out from the flesh, nor bloud with the flesh; one reason is given, Levit. 17.14. Ye shall eat the bloud of no manner of flesh, for the life of all flesh is the bloud thereof; The Hebrew is Nephesh, the soul of all flesh is the bloud thereof. Nephesh is put sometime for the whole man, as Gen: 46.26. All the souls of the house of Jacob, that is, all the persons; sometimes for the more noble part of man, viz: the reasonable soul, Mat. 10.28. Fear not them which kill the body, but are not able to kill the soul; Sometimes for the affections, as Deut: 6.5. Thou shalt love the Lord with all thy heart, and with all thy soul; Sometimes for the life, as Isa: 53.12. He hath poured out his soul unto death, that was his life, John 10.15. and so its rendred and to be taken in the place cited; the life of all flesh is the bloud thereof; bloud properly is not the life or soul of flesh, but [Page 149] the life or soul is said to be in the bloud, or bloud, Propter spiritus vitales & animales, qui animae organa, & virtutis ejus vehicula sunt, & sanguine evaporant. Another reason why they might not eat bloud,Duet. in Gen: cap. 9.4. is in the 11. vers. of that Chap. I have given it to you upon the Altar, to make an atonement for your souls; for it is the bloud that maketh an atonement for the soul. The bloud being to be offered upon the Altar represented the bloud of Christ, which was to be shed for the remission of sins, Matth. 26.28. and therefore not to be eaten. A third reason was, that they might not be cruell and bloudy minded, but might in a special manner take heed of shedding mans bloud, which is the ground of the prohibition, Gen: 9.4, 5. But they minded neither the prohibition it self, nor the reasons of it, they did eat with the bloud, that is, they did eat the flesh with the bloud in it, or they did eat the bloud drawn out from the flesh.
Some make question in these dayes, whether they may eat bloud, and the ground of it is from Acts 15.29. where its ordered that Christians should abstain from bloud and things strangled; But those that scruple eating of bloud, do not scruple the eating of things strangled, as Fowls and Rabbits; and there is as much reason for that as the other; as for the thing it self, I shall only say what Christ saith (Matth. 15.11.) Not that which goeth into the mouth defileth a man, but that which cometh out of the mouth, this defileth a man. And Paul Titus 1.15. Ʋnto the pure, all things are pure. And 1 Tim. 4.4. Every creature of God is good, and nothing to be refused, if it be received with thanksgiving.
And lift up your eyes towards your idols.
Idolatry was forbidden in the Law with great severity, Deut: 17.2, 3, 4, 5. Exod: 22.20. Chap: 20.4, 5. yet these Jews minded idols and affected them. Of lifting up the eyes to Idols, see Chap. 18.6. it notes adoration of them, and expectation of help from them.
And shed bloud.
Shedding of bloud was a grievous sin; and here it may be understood either of their oppressing innocent ones, taking away their lives illegally, or else of their children which they offered to Molech, which was forbidden unto them, Levit. 18.21. of which bloudy sacrifices was spoken, Ezek: 16.20, 21.
And shall ye possesse the Land?
This is a stinging interrogation, intimating that whoever possessed it, they should not. What do you look to possesse the Land that do such things, that are so impious and prophane? Did I n [...]t cast Heathens for their wickedness out of the Land you are in? and do you think to continue in it that have exceeded them in wickednesse? Ezek: 5.6. No, no, the Land is not for you; Abraham did not such things, you are not his seed, therefore you shall not inherit the Land.
Vers. 26. Ye stand upon your sword.
Not you are in arms to defend your selves against Babylonians, but you trust in your strength, are ready for spoil, violence, and shedding of innocent bloud. When any offended them in word or deed, they meditated revenge, and laboured by the sword to right themselves, there was no place for justice, but the Land was full of bloody crimes, Ezek: 7.23.
Ye work abomination.
Of Abominations, and what sins are so call'd, was spoken, Chap: 5. vers. 9. Chap: 18. vers. 12, 13. In the 3. Observation: Ye do that is detestable and loathsome to the very senses.
And ye defile every one his neighbours wife.
Adultery was a grievous sin, and punishable with death, Levit. 20.10. Deut. 22.22. yet this sin was frequent amongst them, Jer: 5.7, 8. Cap. 7.9. & 9.2. That honourable state of marriage was abused, and the bed defiled, and it was a common and universal practice amongst them, every one defiled his neighbours wife.
And shall ye possesse the Land?
Do ye trust in your swords, violate all justice, shed innocent blood, do abominable things, defile your neighbours wives, and yet presume you shall possesse the Land? O impudent creatures, brazen-faced sinners, what vain perswasions have you taken up? its madness for you to dream of possessing the Land; rather then such as ye shall inherit it, it shall lye desolate without inhabitant. The word here for to possesse is Jarash, which is a word contrariae significationis, that signifies contrary things, as to possess and dispossess. Josh: 23.5. The Lord shall drive them from out of your sight, and ye shall possesse their Land: Here Jarash signifies to drive out and to possess: when the Lord saith, Shall ye possesse the Land? his meaning is, they shall be dispossessed of it, and driven out of it.
First, Observe;
Men in great misery, under grievous afflictions, are apt to flatter and deceive themselves with one vain confidence or other.
These Jews were conquered by the Babylonians, had their City, Temple, Strong holds, and pleasant places, all laid waste; they were a company of poor people that inhabited the wastes of the Land, yet they flattered themselves with this conceit, that they should inherit and possesse the Land; and why? there was a number, a multitude [Page 152] of them; Abraham was one, and he inherited the Land; we are many, and its given to us? Their afflicted condition might have wrought other apprehensions in them, and made them see and say, All the chief Ones of the Land are cut off, or carryed away captives, the Land is fallen into Nebuchadnezzars hands, we are his servants and slaves left to Till the Land and dresse the Vineyards, that so a revenue may be raised for him; but as for our selves, we are like to be miserable all our dayes, yea, and our posterity after us; but their thoughts were otherwise, they looked to inherit the Land, and be great Ones in it because of their number. Men in straits, and out of straits, make lyes their refuge, which prove their ruine, Isa: 28.15, 17, 18. Jer: 7.4. & 14.15. Chap: 27.14, 15, 16, 17.
Secondly, Observe;
Expectation of Promises to be perform'd unto us, not performing the conditions required, is foolish and vain.
The Land is given us for inheritance, the Lord hath promised us that we shall inherit the Land; they minded the promise, but forgat the condition, which was, That they should keep his judgements, Levit: 25.18. Walk in his statutes, Levit: 26.3, 4, 5, 6. then they should be blessed in the Land, and dwell safely in it. Yea, they were to observe all the statutes and judgements of the Lord, Deut: 11.31, 32. and if they did not, the Lord threatned to cast them out of his sight, Jer: 17.15. and out of the Land, Jer: 16.13. These things they forgot, catching hold of the promise, saying, The land is given us for inheritance. Its madnesse and folly to look that God should perform what he hath promised, when we perform not the condition of the promise. When God promises a thing conditionally, the condition must be performed, else the Lord is not obliged; 2 Chro: 7.14. If my people which are called by my name, shall humble themselves and pray, and seek my face, and turn from their wicked wayes; then will I hear from Heaven, and will forgive their sin, and will heal their land: Had they performed the conditions here required, their Land had been healed, and not laid waste.
Thirdly, Observe;
The way multitudes go, is no argument for the rightnesse and warrantableness of that way.
These Jews were absolutely mistaken, yet they were many, the most judged the same thing, and went the same way. The greatest part of people every where mistake, cry peace, peace, when war and death are at the dores. The old world could not justifie its way, because all walkt in it, except Noah and two or three more: its not safe to be of the multitudes mind, and to tread in their steps; For broad is the way that leads unto destruction, and many there be go in thereat. Argumentum turpissimum est turba. The Prophet counsel'd the Jews, Ezek: 20.18. not to walk in the statutes of their Fathers, nor to observe their judgements, but to walk in the Lords statutes and judgements, and to do them; better be alone in Gods way, then be with multitudes in a false way.
Fourthly, Observe;
The true children of Abraham may be known by their works.
These Jews stuck upon this much, that they were Abrahams seed: Abraham was one, and we are many; We come from his loyns, and the Land was given to his seed for an inheritance, and who should inherit it, but we who are his seed, and so the right heirs unto it? If it be true which you assert, you shall inherit the Land, if you be the seed & heirs of Abraham it shall be so; but come let us try that by your works, (saith God) Ye eat with the bloud, and lift up your eyes towards your idols, and shed bloud; ye stand upon your sword, work abomination, and defile every one his neighbours wife; And are these the works of Abraham? he did no such things; were you the children of Abraham, ye would do the works of Abraham, keep the Covenant as he did, ye would fear, honour, love and obey me, deal justly, live chastly, and do good in your Generation: These things you do not, therefore you are not his children, his heirs, have no right to the Land.
Verses 27, 28, 29.
Say thou thus unto them, Thus saith the Lord God, As I live, surely they that are in the wastes shall fall by the sword, and him that is in the open field will I give to the beasts to be devoured: and they that be in the forts and in the caves, shall dye of the pestilence.
For I will lay the Land most desolate, and the pomp of her strength shall cease: and the mountains of Israel shall be desolate, that none shall passe through.
Then shall they know that I am the Lord, when I have laid the Land most desolate, because of all their abominations which they have committed.
IN the 27. & 28. verses, the judgements threatned are particularly mentioned.
Vers. 27. As I live.
The vain confidence of these Jews so provoked God, that he swears they shall not inhabit the Land, and that by his life, As sure as I am the living God, ye that are so guilty of such great sins, and so unlike unto Abraham, shall be rooted out and destroyed.
Surely they that are in the wastes shall fall dy the sword.
After the destruction of Jerusalem many got into other Cities and Towns, which had been plundered, fired and spoyled, thinking that there would be safety for them; but God would cause some to search those places, and sheath their swords in the bowels of the Jewes hid in them. The Hebrew for by the sword, is Bachereb, in the sword, but ב here is by.
Him that is in the open field will I give to the beasts to be devoured.
Some in this time of common calamity kept in the open fields, or in the face of the fields, as the Hebrew is, fearing to venture into any Town or City, and so promised to themselves security there; but the fields were no shelter unto them, God had Lyons, Bears, Wolves, and such wilde beasts, which found them out, teared them in pieces, and devoured them.
They that be in the forts and in the caves, shall dye of the pestilence.
Some were got into strong forts, others were hid in caves of the earth where none could find them, or come at them; these seem'd to be out of all danger, but the pestilence and famine could reach them there. In that Land were forts, rocks, holes to hide men in, Isa: 2.13. 1 Sam: 13.6. Josh: 10.16. 1 Sam: 24.3. Judges 6.2.
Vers. 28. For I will lay the land most desolate.
Canaan was a land abounded with all good things, it flowed with milk honey, and was the glory of all Lands, Ezek: 20.6. [Page 156] Yet this Land would God lay most desolate; Shemamah Ʋmeshammah, desolation, desolation, it should be a wilderness, extreamly desolate.
The pomp of her strength shall cease.
In the 7. Chapter 24. vers. we had these words, I will also make the pomp of the strong to cease: and Chap: 30.18. The pomp of her strength shall cease. The Land shall be so battered, wasted, consumed, that she shall no more trust in any strength of hers. Junius refers it to the Ark or Sanctuary, call'd the excellency of their strength, Chap: 24.21.
The mountain of Israel shall be desolate, that none shall passe through.
The Land of Israel was full of mountains which were not barren, but some for Pasture, some for Vines, some for Cedars, and other Trees, and some for Cattle; when they were so, many paths were made to the mountains, and they were frequently visited, but they should be desolate, without Cattle, Trees, Vines, or any to passe by or through them; none should come over the mountains, to worship at Jerusalem.
Vers. 29. Then shall they know that I am the Lord, when I have laid the land most desolate, because of all their abominations which they have committed.
Here the finall cause of Gods destroying them and their Land is pointed out, and that is the glory of God in their acknowledging his just proceedings; before they said His wayes were not equall, but now they should acknowledge the equity of his wayes, and that they had deserved such things.
First, Observe;
When God is resolved upon punishing a people, there is no place or refuge to secure them from his stroakes and judgements.
Here were men got into waste places, into open fields, into forts and caves, yet none of these secured them; the Lord had sworn to destroy them, and the sword finds out those in the waste and ruinous places; the wild beasts finding others in the open fields, devoure them; and those were got into the forts, and hid in caves, the pestilence and famine consum'd; they thought to flye and hide themselves from the vengeance of God, but it could not be; had they gone down to the bottome of the Sea, yea, down to Hell, God would have met with them there, Amos 9.2, 3, 4. No Town, no Fort, no Field, no Cave can protect that person whom God pursues; if men and beasts cannot come at him, God hath the Arrowes of famine and pestilence to shoot into his sides and liver. Let us take heed how we offend God, and provoke him to set upon our destruction; there is no place, person, or priviledge, can protect us from his stroke; let us get into Christ, hide our selves in him, in the clefts of that rock, then we shall be safe, whatsoever storms are abroad.
Secondly, Observe;
Its mens sins which lay Lands waste, and bring remarkable judgements upon them.
Canaan was laid desolate, the pomp of her strength ceased, the mountains had none to pass by or over them; yea, The Land was laid most desolate, and why? because of all their abominations, Their sins exceeded the sins of the Heathens, and they had answerable judgements; their manifold abominations brought manifold judgements. They had the best Land in the world, and should have been the best people, but they degenerated and provoked God so by their abominations, that he made their plagues wonderfull great, and of long continuance, [Page 158] Deut: 28.59. Seaventy years did they suffer, and the Land also, which suffering they brought upon themselves and the Land, as the Lord tells them, Zech: 7.14. They laid the pleasant Land desolate; they by their abominations did it, they caused the Temple to be burnt, the testimonies of divine presence to be removed, the Cityes, fields and mountains to be desolate.
Thirdly, Observe;
By severe judgements God convinces men of the equity of his way, and causes them to give glory to his name.
Then shall they know that I am the Lord, when I have laid the Land most desolate, because of all, &c. Severe judgements awaken conscience, sharpen the understanding, and cause men to search, judge and condemn themselves, and withall to justifie the Lord; they have influence into Heathens, Jer: 22.8, 9. Many Nations shall passe by this City, and they shall say every man to his neighbour, wherefore hath the Lord done this unto this great City? Then they shall answer, because they have forsaken the Covenant of the Lord their God, and worshipped other gods, and served them. Thus they justified God, and gave him glory, when they saw his terrible judgements upon Jerusalem, and the Land of Canaan.
Verses 30, 31.
Also thou son of man, the children of thy people still are talking against thee by the walls, and in the doors of the houses, and speak one to another, every one to his brother, saying, Come, I pray you, and hear what is the word that cometh forth from the Lord.
And they come unto thee as the people cometh, and they sit before thee as my people, and they hear thy words, but they will not do them: for with their mouth they shew much love, but their heart goeth after their covetousness.
IN these verses and the rest to the end of the Chapter, is contained a reproof or complaint of the captives in Babylon, for their detraction, hypocrisie, and covetousness.
Vers. 30. The children of thy people.
Its not the children of my people; God would not own them, they were so wicked; but the children of thy people: Of these words before, vers. 2.
Still are speaking against thee by the walls, and in the dores of the houses.
To speak against God or man, is to detract from them, and disparage them; 2 Chron. 32.16. Senacherib by his servants [Page 160] spake against the Lord, and against Hezekiah, and that they said was detracting from the power of God, and truth of what Hezekiah had said: Acts 28.22. As concerning this Sect we know that it is every where spoken against; that is, its disparaged and condemned for a wicked Sect. Numb: 12.1. Myriam and Aaron spake against Moses, because of the Ethiopian woman, and said, hath the Lord indeed spoken only by Moses? hath he not also spoken by us? Their speaking against Moses was detracting from him: So here their speaking against Ezekiel was to defame and disparage him; and this they did openly and privately, by the walls where any met, and in their dores where friends met. Some take the words thus, the children of thy people are speaking of thee by the walls, and in their dores; they give thee good words, and consult of coming to thee; but I conceive the former sense best.
And speak one to another, every one to his brother, saying, Come, I pray you, and hear what is the word that cometh forth from the Lord.
Though they vilified the Prophet, yet now, one being come to him that had escaped at the destruction of Jerusalem, they excite and stir up one the other to go to the Prophet, and hear what he had to say. The smiting of Jerusalem was a great affliction unto them, and they hoped to hear somewhat from him to refresh and comfort them, especially seeing that he had spent three years in speaking against the Nations, and said nothing unto them.
Vers. 31. And they come unto thee as the people cometh.
They flocked to the Prophet in Troops, as people use to do to publique places for religion or pleasure, they hasten thither, crowd in, take up all places, and sit in expectation to hear somewhat that may please, or to catch somewhat they may [Page 161] carp at, and make advantage of, which some Expositers affirm to be the end of their coming here. The Hebrew for as the people cometh, is, according to the coming or entrance of the people; some come for to hear notions and novelties, some to scoffe, some to censure; few come upon right grounds, or for right ends.
They sit before thee as my people.
They carry it before thee as my people, they hearken to what thou sayest, and make as if they would not loose one truth, but lay up all, and do as my people ought to do, viz: practice what they hear; they seem before thee to be Saints, the people of God, as those that would learn righteousnesse.
They hear thy words, but they will not do them.
They took pains to hear the Prophet, they came to his house, as Chap: 8.1. Chap. 14.1. It was not likely that they had publique places of meeting; the Babylonians did not favour them so much as to indulge them with such liberty; whereever it was they heard the Prophet, they did not do what he said, they obeyed not him, nor the Lord who sent him.
For with their mouth they shew much love.
From the teeth outwards they professed much kindness to the Prophet, they gave him smooth and good words. The Hebrew for much love, is [...] Agavim, from [...] Agat, which signifies to be much in love with one, to be taken with the sight, hearing, or company of one; and Agavim is amatoria; they make as if they were deeply in love, much affected with the sight and hearing of thee, when it was not so; here was their hypocrisie. The Septuagint hath these words thus, [...], because there was a lye in their mouth; they dissembled with the Prophet. Arias Montanus renders [Page 158] [...] [Page 159] [...] [Page 160] [...] [Page 161] [...] [Page 162] the word Agavim, subsannationes, which is mockings, with bending the Browes, and snuffing the Nose; the Vulgar is to that purpose, in canticum oris sui vertunt illos, they turn thy words into a song, they jeer at what thou sayest; so that translation Vatablus follows, Cantiones edunt ore suo, that is, (saith he) Rident doctrinam tuam, they laugh at thy doctrine; The French likewise is of this nature, Itz en font une chauson de plaisanterie de leur bouche, they make scoffing songs with their mouth.
The word for shew is [...] Osim, from [...] Asah, which usually signifies to do, to effect, to perfect, but here hath a differing signification, viz. to shew, declare, or professe; and so Polanus tells that the word in Matth. 12.33. is to be taken, either make the tree good, and his fruit good, or else make the tree corrupt, and his fruit corrupt; for the Tree is known by his fruits. Look upon the works which I have done, and by them profess, declare what I am; if I have done evill works, declare me [...]nd my works to be evill; if I have done good, declare me and my works to be good, for such as the Tree is, such is the fruit.
But their heart goeth after their covetousnesse.
They looked upon the Prophet and listned to his words, but their hearts looked another way. The word for Covetousness is Bitzha, from Batzha, to wound, break, damnifie, and metaphorically to be covetous, given to get and gain, intimating that covetous men do wound, break, damnifie themselves and others. The Septuagint have these words thus, [...]. Their heart goeth after their pollutions: Covetousness is a defiling thing. The Greek word for Covetousnesse is [...], a desire of having more; not simply of having more; but more then God allows us, when we go beyond the bounds he hath set us, which bounds are in 1 Tim. 6.8. & Heb: 13.5. If we be not content with food, rayment, and such things as we have, but let out our desires to more, we are covetous. They being in captivity, having [Page 163] little in respect of what they once had in their own Land, they were not contented with what they had, but let out their minds and hearts to more, and so were covetous.
First, Observe;
Its the portion of Gods servants to be ill spoken of, and that from time to time, by those they live amongst, and do good unto.
The children of thy people still are talking against thee by the walls, and in the doors of their houses. They had spoken ill of Ezekiel before, they did it still, openly and secretly. David met with such a portion from many, Psal. 41. All that hate me whisper together against me; Psal: 69.12. They that sit in the Gate speak against me; Psal: 109.2. The mouth of the wicked, and the mouth of the deceitfull are opened against me, they have spoken against me with a lying tongue; Psal. 119.23. Princes also did sit and speak against me. Great and small, publiquely and privately, did defame David. Jeremy escaped not the lash of the tongue, Chap: 18.18. Come let us smite him with the tongue. Paul that precious servant of Christ, how was he spoken against? he saith, He was made as the filth of the world, and the off-scouring of all things, 1 Cor: 4.13. Look what filth is washed out of, or rust scoured off from Pots, and thrown out of doors, such was Paul and his name made. Its the basest Office to set our tongues on work to detract from the worth of any; if there be evill in men, our charity should cover it, if vertue, our wisdome should commend it. 'Tis a Devilish sin to speak evill of others; he first brought this sin into the world by speaking evill of God, Gen. 3.4, 5, and too many are like unto him, in speaking ill of the servants of God, but we must steel our selves to pass thorow bad report; 2 Cor: 6.8. Rom: 3.8.
Secondly, Observe;
Whatever wicked men speak against the Prophets and servants of God, he knowes and takes notice of the same.
Son of man, They speak against thee by the walls, and in the doors of their houses. Let them speak openly or secretly, God hears them; when they said, Come, let us devise devices against Jeremy, come let us smite him with the tongue, and let us not give heed to any of his words, Chap: 18.18. God heard them; and revealed to Jeremy what they said. There is not a word spoken by any, but the Lord is privy to it, and not only words, but thoughts also, Isa. 59.7. Their thoughts are thoughts of iniquity. Let us look narrowly to our hearts and tongues, for God knows the thoughts of the one, and the words of the other.
Thirdly, Observe;
How religiously and cunningly soever hypocrites do carry it, their hypocrisie is known to God, and shall be discovered.
Hypocrisie is a doing or speaking that to God or men, wherein the heart and spirit of a man is not. Those men pretended religiously, they call upon one another to hear what word the Lord gave out to the Prophet, and they come, being excited one by another, and sit before the Prophet as Gods people, they attended to what he said, as if they meant punctually to observe the same; but they did not do what he said, their hearts were not in the business: what worshipping was this of God to give him an ear, and the world their heart? So to speak against the Prophet behind his back, and to speak fair, shew much love to his face, was not this hypocrisie? did they not carry it religiously towards God, and cunningly towards the Prophet? However they carryed it, the Lord saw their hypocrisie, and discovered the same. The Scribes and Pharisees wore long robes, made long prayers, and under pretence of them devoured widowes houses, but the Lord Christ knew their hypocrisie, and made it known, though religiously and craftily carryed, Matth: 23.
Fourthly, Observe;
Many hearers pretend much love and kindnesse to the Prophets, and yet behind their backs afford them not a good word.
When these Jews came to the Prophets house they shew'd much love with their mouths; but when they were by the walls, and at their own doors, they shew'd as much ill will with their mouths, they spake against him, they slandered him, they disgraced him, out of the same mouth came bitter and sweet. The Jews and Herodians pretended much love to Christ, and said, Master, we know that thou art true, and teachest the way of God in truth, neither carest thou for any man: for thou regardest not the persons of men; tell us therefore what thinkest thou, is it lawfull to give Tribute to Caesar or no? Matth: 22.16, 17, 18. Here they shewed much kindness with their mouths, when there was gall and bitterness in their hearts.
Fifthly, Observe;
When men draw neer to God in any duty of his worship, he principally looks which way the heart stands, whether that be real and towards him.
Their heart (saith God) goeth after their covetousness; It went not after the word, after God himself, Isa: 29. This people draw neer me with their mouth, and with their lips do honour me, but have removed their hearts far from me. When their bodies were in the Temple, their hearts were in their shops; when their lips were speaking to God, their hearts were conversing with the creatures: Gods eye was upon their hearts. The heart is the principal part in man, and its the principall thing God aims at, Prov: 23.26. My son give me thine heart; not thy hatt, thy hand, thy tongue, thy foot, but thine heart; Whatever he hath without the heart is nothing, but having the heart, he hath all, whatever is wanting; let the eye be wanting, a man is blind; let the leg be wanting, a man is lame; let the whole body be wanting, a man is sick; yet if God have the heart he hath all. Delilah had Sampsons bodily presence, yet that sufficed her not, because she thought she had not his heart, Judg: 16.15. How canst thou say I love thee, when thine heart is not with me? God hath no love from us, nothing of us, when our hearts are not with him.
Sixthly, Observe;
Men have carnall hearts in spiritual duties.
These men were hearing Ezekiel prophesie, and whilest they were hearing their hearts went after their covetousness; the word was in their ears, and the world in their hearts. Ezekiel tells them of the things of God, and they mind the things of the earth. To be earthly minded at any time is blameable, Phil: 3.19. but to be so in spiritual things is grievous, its a despising, a debasing of them; when the things of God, of Christ, Heaven, Salvation, Life, Grace and Glory are presented unto us, which should take up our thoughts abundantly, affect our hearts powerfully, for us then to mind the dust, sticks, straws and pebbles on the earth, to have our hearts upon them, this is Zimmah, a great wickedness, horrible ingratitude, Rom: 8.6. To be carnally minded is death; it argues a dead soul, it tends unto death, and ends in eternall death.
Seventhly, Observe;
Covetousnesse is a sin adheres to Professors.
These that came to hear the Prophet, and sat before him as the people of God, their hearts went after their covetousness, they had hearts exercised with covetous practices, as it is in 2 Pet: 2.14. The Pharisees made profession of religion, they were hearers of Christ, but the Text saith, they were covetous, Luke 16.14. Judas an Apostle and follower of Christ, had a covetous heart, and sold his Master for 30 pieces of silver, Mat: 26.15. Demas forsook Paul, having loved the present world, 2 Tim. 4.10. While he was with Paul, his heart was in the world. John seeing this evill incident to Christians disswades them from the love of the world, by a strong argument, 1 John 2.15. Love not the world, neither the things that are in the world; if any man love the world, the love of the Father is not in him. He doth not know God to be his father, and love him as a Father, that loves the world; he may think, say, and swear that he loves the Father, but the Spirit of truth saith, The love of the [Page 167] Father is not in him. Let Christians therefore take heed of this sin, for besides that it argues the love of God is not in us, it choaks the seed of Gods word, which should beget grace in us, Matth: 13.22. it makes us idolaters, Eph: 5.5. yea Covetous [...]esse unfits us for Church communion, 1 Cor: 5.11. it shuts us out of Heaven, 1 Cor. 6.10. it exposes us to wrath, Col. 3.5, 6. to Gods hatred, Psal. 10.3. to a curse, 2 Pet. 2.14.
Verses 32, 33.
And lo, thou art unto them as a very lovely song of one that hath a pleasant voice, and can play well on an instrument: for they hear thy words, but they do them not.
And when this cometh to passe, (lo, it will come) then shall they know that a Prophet hath been among them.
Vers. 32. Thou art unto them as a very lovely song.
THe Hebrew is Ceshir agavim, sunt canticum amantium, as a song of Lovers; so the word is rendred, Jerem: 4.30. Thy lovers will despise thee, its the same word: Lovers have delightfull songs to please their ears and pass away time; so the Prophets preaching was delightfull unto them to hear, but as in musick and singing, there is nothing comes of it when done, so they heard the Prophet, but nothing came of their hearing. The Septuagint hath it [...], as the voice of a Psaltery, which was an instrument to sing unto. The French is Comme une chauson de plaisanterie, as a song of jesting or scurrility, which greatly affect carnall hearts. Some render the words eris illis canticum subsannatorum, thou wilt be to them a song of scoffers, that is, however they seem to be greatly [Page 168] pleased and affected with thy prophesying, yet in their hearts they laugh at thee and deride thee.
Of one that hath a pleasant voice, and can play well on an instrument.
When one both playes well, and sings sweetly, that musick of all others is most taking, affects the ear, and stirs the spirits; so Ezekiels voice was pleasing to them, and he handled his matter well, they were, or seem'd to be stirr'd and affected with what he delivered. The Hebrew for can play well on an instrument, is Ʋmetib naggen; which Montanus renders, Bene scientis pulsare, of one that knows well how to play; Nagan signifies to play upon a musicall instrument, and also to sing to it.
For they hear thy words, but they do them not.
Some heard not at all, those that heard rested in what they heard, or abused it, jeering and scoffing at the Prophet as a pleasant Songster, they were not doers of what was taught them, They received not the truth with love, they mingled it not with faith, they yielded not obedience to it, which things do make a Doer of the word, 2 Thess: 2.10. Heb: 4.2. Rom: 5.17.
Vers. 33. When this cometh to passe (lo, it will come)
When the judgements threatned shall be made good, viz: That those in the wastes shall fall by the sword, and those in the open fields shall be devoured by the beasts, they in the forts and caves shall dye of the famine and pestilence, when the Land and mountains shall be laid most desolate, which things will certainly come to pass whatever thoughts they have, or false Prophets say to the contrary; for I have determined these things against [Page 169] them, commission'd thee to declare them, and I being omnipotent will in due time accomplish them.
Then shall they know that a Prophet hath been among them.
The execution of what is threatned shall convince them, and make them say, we were deceived about Ezekiel, he spake not out of ill will to us, or of his own head, but he was sent to denounce the judgements of God against us for our sins, which he faithfully did, and we now feel the weight of them, and find he was a Prophet, not a Songster, that his matter had dread in it, and was not to be sported withall.
First, Observe;
That men may be much affected with hearing the Prophets and Preachers of God, and yet be vile hypocrites, very wicked.
These men that flocked to hear Ezekiel, and unto whom he was as a very lovely song, as a song of one that hath a pleasant voyce, and can play well on an instrument, they were backbiters & covetous; there was none in Babylon pleased them like Ezekiel, they said, Come, come let us go and hear Ezekiel; they were as much taken with him, as any are with musick, with pleasant voices, tunes and songs, which oftentimes ravish the hearers; yet they were unsound at heart, the word did them no good, they amended not their lives, they parted not with their lusts. In Christs time, the people flocked to hear him, were affected with him, Mark 12.37. The common people heard him gladly; & Chap: 14.43. Judas and a great multitude with him, came to take Christ, and laid hands on him, vers. 46. & Chap: 15. vers. 8.13, 14. The multitude cryed, Crucifie, crucifie him. Many of them that heard him gladly before, were much affected with his Heavenly Doctrine, now cryed out crucifie him, and so shewed what vile hypocrites they were. In our dayes some Preachers are as a pleasant song to some persons; they are affected with their voice, notions, gestures, expressions, matter, arguments, stories; they sigh, they weep sometimes, [Page 170] and are ravished at other times, they never heard such a man, such a Sermon, such things, and yet are not changed in their hearts, reformed in their tongues or lives, but are notorious hypocrites.
Secondly, Observe;
When people hear the Preacher, and do not practice what is taught, the word is no more to them then a song, or a fit of musick, nor the Preacher more then a Musician or Fidler unto them.
Thou art unto them as a lovely song of one that can play well on an instrument; for they hear thy words, but they do them not. These words are a proof and reason of the former. Should we tell people, You esteem the word preached no more then an idle, amorous, witty, scurrilous song, nor the Preacher any more then he that sings such a song, they would think themselves much wronged; but it is so in Gods account, when they hear the Preacher, and do not practice what they hear: A fit of musick affects for the present, but quickly passes away, and both the musick and the man are forgotten; so is it here, people are affected somewhat at a Sermon, but Sermon and Preacher are quickly forgotten.
Thirdly, Observe;
Hearing of the word is good, but not to be rested in.
They are not blam'd for hearing, that is a duty belongs to all; James 5.19. But they rested in their hearing; they made not the word a Lamp unto their feet, and a light unto their paths, as David did, Psal. 119.105. They did not meditate on it, digest it, turn it in succum & sanguinem, into good nourishment, that so they might express the virtue of it in their lives; they heard the word, and that was all; of such that is verified, Matth: 13.13. Hearing they hear not. The word hath no influence into them, impression upon them, expression from them; they are no better then those that never heard; they are like men that observe wind and tide, but never make a voyage. 2 Tim: [Page 171] 3.7. There were women ever learning, but never attained to the knowledge of the truth; and many are ever hearing, and never come to practice. Luke 13.26. Thou hast taught in our streets. They had heard Christ, rested in their hearing, and that was their undoing.
Fourthly, Observe;
God expects men should be not only hearers, but doers also of his word.
They hear thy words, but they do them not. Hearing alone pleases not God; he gave not his word to be heard only, but to be heard and practiced; they are good hearers qui verba vertunt in opera, who turn words into actions, James 1.22. Be ye doers of the word, and not hearers only, deceiving your own selves. He tells them they deal fallaciously, they baffle and delude themselves, not others, if they hear the word, and do it not; though there be power in the word to save your souls, yet if ye be not doers of it, ye deceive your selves, and will lose your souls; Matth: 7.26, 27. Every one that heareth these sayings of mine, and doth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand, and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house, and it fell, and great was the fall of it. He that hears Christs Heavenly Doctrine and doth not practice it, is not built upon the rock, but upon the sand; and when the tryall comes, will be deceived of his expectation, his house will down, his soul will be lost. It is not hearing, it is not crying, Lord, Lord, that will open a door for a man to enter into Heaven by; vers. 21. Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the Kingdome of Heaven; Not any one which goes no further: But he that doth the will of my Father which is in Heaven. My father (saith Christ) hath made known his will; he would have men do his will, and then he will open unto them, and let them into Heaven. Its not mens hearing or saying, but their doing what they hear, which pleads stronglyest for their entrance into Heaven. Many men commend the Preacher, the Word with their tongues, but disgrace both with their lives: The best [Page 172] commenders of the Preachers and their doctrine are mens lives, when they are doers of the word; Matth: 25.21. Its well done thou good and faithfull servant, enter thou into thy masters joy: Not well heard, or well said, but well done. Let us see to it, that we be not hearers only, but doers of the word. Rev: 22.14. Blessed are they that do his commandements, that they may have right to the Tree of life, and may [...]nter in through the gates into the City.
Fifthly, Observe;
The judgements threatned by the Prophets of God, shall certainly take place.
When this cometh to passe (lo, it will come.) He means the sword, wilde beasts, pestilence, utter desolation, which were threatned: It seem'd somewhat unlikely, that after a war, a few poor people left in wastes, holes, caves, forts, woods, & fields, should be cut off; but the Lord had said it, and he did effect it. How improbable or impossible soever things appear to us, what God threatens by his Prophets to doe (without repentance intervene) he will accomplish.
Sixthly, Observe;
Whatever the thoughts of wicked ones are for the present of the Prophets, the time will come when they shall have other kind of thoughts of them.
When this cometh to passe, then shall they know, &c. When the sword, wilde beasts, pestilence, utter desolation are upon them and the Land, when they are in straits, in the jawes of death, then they will have other apprehensions of Ezekiel then now they have: Ezekiel at present is a lovely song, like a man that hath a pleasant voice, some affect him, some scoff at him, others censure him; but when death is before them, then their thoughts will alter, then they will say, Ezekiel told us of these things that are come upon us, and how to avoid them, he call'd upon us to consider our wayes, to turn from all our iniquities, and to provide for our souls; we then slighted him, only gave him the hearing of what he said, but now we see he was a Prophet of God, delivered weighty things, and we were fools that we hearkened [Page 173] not unto him, doing what he said. When young men, who despise all the Preachers say against whoredom and wanton courses, come to be in years, find their flesh and bodies to be consumed, then will they have other thoughts of them and what they preached, then will they say, How have we hated instruction, and our hearts despised reproof? we obeyed not the voyce of our Teachers, nor inclined our ears to them that instructed us, Prov. 5.11, 12, 13. There were Prophets amongst us, who sought our good, who tendred mercy and many precious truths unto us, but we were so blinded with our lusts, so conceited of our own wayes, that we rejected them, and whatever they tendred us.
Seventhly, Observe;
The Prophets will be witnesses at last against disobedient hearers.
They shall know that a Prophet hath been amongst them. They heard Ezekiel, but did not what he said; his person, his doctrine, did at last bear witness against them. Where-ever the Lord sets a faithful preacher, who takes pains among the people, declaring the mind of God unto them, and they do not practice what they are taught, that Preacher will rise up in judgement against them; his doctrine, his prayers, tears, drops of sweat, his life, his sufferings, reproaches, death, will all be witnesses against them. If the rust of mens silver and gold will be witnesses against them, and eat their flesh like fire, James 5.3. because they let their silver and gold lye by them, and did not improve the same for publique good, and in charitable uses, how much more will the truths of God which the Preachers have commended unto them, (being neglected, and not improved to the good of the hearers and others) bear witness against them, and eat their flesh, yea, their souls like fire? Thousands who have flocked after Ministers to hear them, will find those Ministers witnesses against them, because they heard them only, and never did what they heard. What a multitude of witnesses will London and England have against them at the latter day? All the Godly faithful Ministers whose doctrine hath been heard, but never obeyed.
CHAP. XXXIV.
Vers. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
And the Word of the Lord came unto me, saying,
Son of man, prophesie against the shepherds of Israel, prophesie and say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God unto the Shepherds, Wo be to the Shepherds of Israel, that do feed themselves: should not the Shepherds feed the flock?
Ye eat the fat, and ye cloath you with the Wool, ye kill them that are fed, but ye feed not the flock.
The diseased have ye not strengthned, neither have ye healed that which was sick, neither have ye bound up that which was broken, neither have ye brought again that which was driven away, neither have ye sought that which was lost; but with force and with cruelty have ye ruled them.
And they were scattered because there is no Shepherd: and they became meat to all the beasts of the field, when they were scattered.
My sheep wandred through all the mountains, and upon every high hill: yea, my flock was scattered upon all the face of the earth, and none did search or seek after them.
EZekiel having reproved and threatned the judgements of God against the people for their sins, he comes in this Chapter to deal with the Governours and Rulers of them, [Page 176] through whose default they became so wicked, and suffered the Babylonish yoke. In this Chapter are these things considerable.
Vers. 1. The Word of the Lord came unto me, saying.
These words we have often had; by them the Prophet declares himself to be a true Prophet: false ones spake of their own heads, they had no word from God, they deluded the people with lying words; but Ezekiel had a word from God, and that word he commended to the people.
Vers. 2. Prophesie against the Shepherds of Israel.
The Shepherds of Israel were the chief Rulers, both Political and Ecclesiastical, Princes, Magistrates, Prophets, Priests, and Levites. Isa. 44.28. Cyrus is call'd a Shepherd; & Zech: 11.17. those in the Church are call'd Shepherds, Jer: 25.34. Howl ye Shepherds and cry, wallow your selves in ashes ye principal of the flock; that is, as the flock is considered Politically and Ecclesiastically, ye are the Shepherds, the principal thereof; howl ye, &c. They are call'd Shepherds because they are to govern, protect, provide for, and to feed them.
Wo be to the Shepherds of Israel.
Herein generall judgement is threatned against these Shepherds, Wo be to them. This word is a Comprehensive word, and includes variety of evils in it, not some one, but divers sad [Page 177] judgements should come upon them. The word for Shepherds is [...] Rohe, from [...] Rahah to feed, and metaphorically to govern, teach, and so to feed men.
That do feed themselves, shoold not the Shepherds feed the flock?
Here was their sin, they fed themselves, not the flock; those are Shepherds in State or Church, are set up for the good of the people, to benefit and advantage them, not to seek themselves, to draw from the people what they can to make themselves great; they should be content with their allowance, and lay out themselves fully and wholly for the good of them that are committed to their trust. This interrogation, Should not the Shepherds feed the flock? Sets out the hainousness of their sin, and the indignation of God against it; What you Shepherds, and not feed the flock? you pervert the course of nature, and violate the order which God hath set, and that is intollerable, he will visit severely for it.
The word for Flock, is Tzon, which signifies a multitude of Sheep or Goats. The Septuagint render it [...], Sheep, and in a metaphoricall sense its put for the people, Zech: 9.16. Micah 7.14. People are resembled unto Sheep.
First, Sheep are foolish, silly creatures, not like Foxes, Lyons, Lybards, which are subtle and crafty; so are people for the generality of them. Jerem: 5.21. Hear now this, O foolish people, and without understanding, which have eyes and see not, which have ears and hear not. They had no ears to hearken unto the word of God, no eyes to see the hand of God, no understanding to discern the mind and dealings of God; so Deut: 32.28. They are a Nation void of counsell, neither is there any understanding in them; they act like foolish silly people that know nothing of God.
Secondly, Sheep are apt to go astray, 1 Sam: 1.7.20. David left the Sheep with a Keeper; he knew they would wander, had [Page 178] they not a Keeper: so people are apt to stray from that that is just and equall, to turn aside from the wayes of God. Isa: 53.6. All we like Sheep are gone astray; & Jerem: 2.13. My people have forsaken me the fountain of living waters; that is, They have forsaken me their Shepherd, who provided all good things for them.
Thirdly, When one Sheep goes out of the way, many follow, run after that one; so it is with the multitude. 2 Sam: 20.1, 2. One Sheba the son of Bichri, a Benjamite, blew a Trumpet, saying, We have no part in David, neither have we inheritance in the son of Jesse; every man to his Tents O Israel. So every man of Israel went up from after David, and followed Sheba the son of Bichri. Here was a Ram led all Israel into rebellion. So Theudas stept out of the way, and presently 400 others joyn'd themselves unto him; And Judas of Galilee drew much people after him, Acts 5.36, 37.
Omnino sese praebent proedam hominibus & bestiu.Fourthly, Sheep are exposed to much danger, they are a prey to Dogs, Lyons, Wolves, Foxes, Bears, and such wilde Beasts; so are the people exposed to spoyl, and to be prey'd upon by the great Ones: Zeph: 3.3. Jerusalems Princes within her are roaring Lyons, her Judges are evening Wolves; they prey'd upon the poor people: Jerem: 50.17. Israel is a scattered Sheep, the Lyons have driven him away: first the King of Assyria hath devoured him, and last this Nebuchadrezzar King of Babylon hath broken his bones.
Fifthly, They are subject to many diseases, and apt to infect one another. Its observed that of all creatures a man, an Horse, and a Sheep are subject unto most diseases, and quickly doth one Sheep communicate his infection unto another; so people are subject to many distempers, seditions, insurrections, rebellions, errors, heresies, superstition, idolatry, and what not? Ezek: 2.3. The children of Israel are a rebellious Nation; Jer: 6.28. They are all grievous revolters, they walk with slanders; they are brasse and iron, they are all corrupters; one infected [Page 179] another. Jer: 5.23. This people hath a revolting and a rebellious heart: The disease was come to their hearts. Isa. 1.4. Ah sinfull Nation, a people laden with iniquity, a seed of evill-doers, children that are corrupters; They corrupted one another with evill opinions and practices.
Vers. 3. Ye eat the fat, ye cloath you with the Wool.
The Septuagint, Vulgar, and French have it, Ye eat the milk: The Hebrew word is Chelef, which signifies fat, because its made of Milkine fatness; what they feed upon hath a fatty milkiness in it which turns to fat. The word for Milk is Chalof, and that for fat Chalef, which also notes the principal of every thing. By these expressions of eating the fat, and cloathing themselves with the Wool, the Prophet taxeth the covetousness of the Princes, Priests, and false Prophets, who pretended the publique good, but were intent upon their own profit and pleasure; they were not content with what stipends were allowed them, but devised wayes and means to draw the wealth of the people into their own Coffers, which is here call'd the fat and the wool. The word for wool is Tzemer, which notes all sorts of wool, even Cotten wool which grows upon Trees; Had they any wool upon their backs (as our Proverb is) these Governours would fleece them of it.
Ye kill them that are fed; but ye feed not the flock.
The Hebrew for the first words is ye Sacrifice the thick; Haberiah is from Bara, to create, and [...] Bari, is far, flesh, because a Sheep becomes fat and fleshy by a kind of creation, there is the power of God put forth in it; and when men grow wealthy it is by the power of God; Deut: 8.17, 18. Its not mens power, and the might of their hands, that gives them their wealth, but it is the Lord gives power to get wealth. The false Prophets kill'd their souls with lyes, with corrupt doctrines; and [Page 180] the Magistrates found out wayes to cut off them, were rich for their estates: thus they sought themselves, but fed not the flock. The Princes and Rulers did not maintain justice, preserve the innocent, relieve the oppressed, nor the Priests and Prophets teach them sound and wholesome doctrine.
Vers. 4. The diseased have ye not strengthned.
Here be five particulars in this verse, concerning the Sheep which the Shepherds should have minded, but neglecting them all are severely taxed for them. The first is, they were diseased; Sheep are liable to various diseases, faintings, weaknesses. Montanus renders the word Hannocheloth, languentes, those languish and are feeble; those languished in their estates or spirits, were not strengthned, those wanted bread for their bodies, and for their souls, were not looked after. The Septuagint is [...], The weak ye have not strengthned; and the French is Vous n'anet point Comforte' celle quiestoit affloiblie, You have not comforted that which was made feeble.
Neithea have ye healed that which was sick.
A Sheep may be diseased, yet not be sick; that is sick, Cui totum corpus dolet, when the whole body is pained, saith Lavater; the whole body is so distempered that the members of it cannot perform their Offices. There were many among the Jews who were sick in their estates and spirits, and could not perform the duties of their generall or particular callings, who had none to heal them. This was the second thing.
Neither have ye bound up that which was broken.
The third thing is brokenness; some Sheep had their flesh torn by Dogs, or Bushes, their leggs and other bones about them, broken, or put out of joynt; divers amongst them had broken estates, broken spirits, and none bound them up. The [Page 181] word Chabash signifies binding as men are bound in prison, binding as men bind packs to horses, binding as men are bound by laws to obey or suffer, binding of ornaments to the head, and binding up of wounds to cure and heal them, as here.
Neither have ye brought again that which was driven away.
Here is the fourth thing, concerns the Sheep, some were driven away. Storms, Dogs, Wolves, and other wild beasts oft times cause the Sheep to run this way, and that way, to fall into ditches and pits, which if looked after, might be preserved and reduced. The warres and other evills forced many Jews to flye into other Countries, and none in Place did think of them, that they might be brought back.
Neither have ye sought that which was lost.
Sheep being wandring creatures are oftentimes lost, Luke 15.4. Among the Jews there were some had stragled from the rest, and were lost, lost through corrupt opinions and practices; they left the wayes of God, and wandred in by-paths which led to utter destruction; such a losing the word [...] signifies. They were not sought after, they did not make diligent enquiry, & search after them [...], say the Septuagint, Non summo studio quaerebant, they did not seek earnestly after them.
But with force and cruelty have they ruled them.
They dealt not as Patres patriae, Fathers of their Country, but as Tyrants which are Pestes humani generis, the very plagues of the earth, they dealt not as Shepherds with their Sheep, but as cruel Task-masters over Servants. The word for ruling is [...] Radah which notes such ruling as a Master doth exercise over a Servant, rigorous ruling, therefore the Jews [Page 182] were forbid to rule over a poor brother; Levit: 25.43. Thou shalt not rule over him with rigour. Here they ruled with rigour, they put forth their power to the breaking and ruine of the people, they were rough and cruell in their government. The Septuagint is [...], ye weary, wear out, yea, murther the strong with vexation and labour.
Vers. 5. And they were scattered, because there is no Shepherd.
The Shepherds being either negligent or tyrannical, the Sheep were scattered; through default of their Political Shepherds they were scattered into waste places, into the open fields, into forts and caves, Chap. 33.27. and into other Countries. Had Zedekiah and the Nobles been faithfull to God, to Nebuchadnezzar and the People, ruling as he and they should have done, the People had not been so scattered; and through default of their Ecclesiastical Shepherds, they fell into errours, superstitions and idolatrous practices; Justice, Laws and Religion being laid aside, there was nothing remain'd but confusion, disorder and dispersion. The Hebrew is, They were scattered without a Shepherd; which may be taken thus, Being scattered they had no Shepherd; or thus, they were scattered because, or for that they had no Shepherd; that is, no faithfull Shepherd; this is the better sence, and so the Septuagint speaks, [...], for that they had no Shepherds, that is, no such shepherds as cared for their good civilly or spiritually.
And they became meat to all the beasts of the field, when they were scattered.
When the Sheep are scattered into Caves, Woods, upon Mountains and Hills, they become a prey to Dogs, Swine, Wild Beasts; so the Jews being scattered into severall parts of the world, were exposed to the injuries of strangers, and a prey unto them.
Vers. 6. My sheep wandred through all the Mountains, and upon every high Hill.
They went from Mountain to Mountain, and from Hill to Hill, and set up Altars, Jer: 2.20. Ʋpon every high Hill, and under every green Tree thou wanderest, playing the Harlot; so Jer: 3.6. Or they were forced to fly to the Mountains and Hills, in the time of war and danger, which their Rulers brought upon them.
Yea, my flock was scattered upon all the face of the earth, and none did seek or search after them.
The Hebrew is upon all the faces of the earth; every Countrey hath a severall face in a Metaphorical sence, as one man hath from another; Egypt had one face, Babylon another; the Countries about Judaea their distinct faces or superficies, now they were scattered abroad upon them all, and none did search or seek them. Here be two words signifying the same thing, Bikkesh and Daresh; the first signifies to seek or search, summo studio; the second, summo judicio.
First, Observe;
Those that are set over the people in Church or State are Shepherds, and ought to be like unto them towards their flocks.
They should govern them gently, protect them constantly, provide for them carefully, and feed them faithfully, and seek their good diligently, God who is the great Shepherd doth so; Isa: 40.11. He shall feed his flock like a Shepherd: he shall gather the Lambs with his arm, and carry them in his bosome, and shall gently lead those that are with young. Isa: 27.3. Least any hurt it (that is, his Vineyard, his People) I the Lord will [Page 184] keep it night and day; Psal. 23.1.2. The Lord is my Shepherd, I shall not want. He provided green pastures and still waters for him, and for all his; Jer: 5.7. He fed them to the full. He gave them David for a Shepherd, to feed Jacob his people, and Israel his inheritance, and he fed them according to the integrity of his heart, Psal. 78.71, 72. he sought their good, Micah 6.5. he turned curses into blessings for them, Deut: 23.5. here was a good Shepherd; Magistrates and Ministers should be like unto God in all these.
Secondly, Observe;
Few of those that are over Gods flock in Church or State, do prove such as they ought to be.
The Political Rulers were wicked, and the Ecclesiastical Rulers were such also; They are called Shepherds, but they did not the office or work of Shepherds, they were generally naught; The Shepherds of Israel did not feed the flock, Ezek: 22.25, 26, 27, 28. you may see what the Prophets, Priests, and Princes were, not a true Shepherd amongst them.
Thirdly, Observe;
See here the true Characters of wicked Shepherds in Church or State; and they are three.
First, They feed themselves; they were covetous, self-seekers, they did eat the fat, cloath themselves with the wool, and kill'd them that were fed, full of fat and flesh, they made a prey of the rich and wealthy. The politicall Shepherds were selfish and covetous, Micah 3.1, 2, 3. Hear, O heads of Jacob, and ye Princes of the house of Israel; is it not for you to know judgement? who hate the good, and love the evill, who pluck off their skin from off them, and their flesh from off their bones; who also eat the flesh of my people, and flay their skin from off them, and they brake their bones and chop them in pieces, as for the pot. Look how Butchers deal with Oxen and Sheep, killing, slaying, chopping in pieces, breaking their [Page 185] bones, selling some, and eating other parts, and whatever they do is for their own interest; so deal these State-Butchers with the people. The Ecclesiastical Shepherds were selfish and covetous; Isa: 56.11. speaking of the watchmen, he saith, They are greedy dogs which can never have enough, and they are Shepherds that cannot understand: they all look to their own way, every one for his gain, from his quarter. Ones gain come from one quarter, a seconds from another quarter, a thirds from a third, and their eyes were upon their gain and nothing else; Micah 3.11. The Heads of Jerusalem judge for reward, the Priests teach for hire, and the Prophets thereof divine for money: Thus all sought themselves, and thereby declared what they were.
Secondly, They fed not the flock. A good Shepherds care and delight is to feed his flock, and manifest it by strengthning the weak, by healing the sick, by binding up the broken, by bringing back what is gone astray, and by seeking up what is lost; these Shepherds did none of these things. The State Shepherds neglected the flock, the Church Shepherds did so, the weak were not strengthned, &c.
Thirdly, Harsh and cruel usage of the flock; With force and cruelty have ye ruled them. These Shepherds did not distinguish between the weak and strong, the sound and sick, and so rule them wisely, gently, compassionately, but they were rough, rigid, bitter and cruel unto them. The politicall Shepherds shut up the doors of the Temple, and would not let them come in to sacrifice or worship there, 2 Chron: 28.24. They compelled the people to serve idols, 2 Kings 21.11. They revolted from under Nebuchadnezzar, and so brought wars and heavy taxes upon the people, Ezek: 17.15. The Princes in the midst of Jerusalem were like Wolves ravening the prey, to shed bloud, and to destroy souls, to get dishonest gain, Ezek: 22.27. The Ecclesiastical Shepherds also ruled after their own wills; the Prophets were roaring Lyons ravening the prey, they devoured souls, they took the treasure and precious things, they made many widdows in the midst of Jerusalem; the Priests violated the Law of God, and so wronged [Page 186] the people, Ezek: 22.25, 26. The Prophets and Priests conspired together to tyrannize over the people, who were so accustomed to it, that they were content to have it so, Jerem: 5.31. The Prophets prophesie falsely, and the Priests bare rule by their means, and my people love to have it so. The word for bearing rule is i jrdu, which imports rigorous dealing; they took too much upon them, which you may see Jerem: 26.8. The Priests and the Prophets took Jeremy, saying, thou shalt surely dye: They were bitter enemies to Jeremy, and those believed his prophesies. Jer: 50.6. My people hath been lost sheep, their Shepherds have caused them to go astray, &c.
Fourthly, Observe;
Such is the condition of Gods flock here, that it hath need of Shepherds to look after it.
There be in it some diseased or infirm, some sick, some broken, some driven away, some stragling and in danger of loosing. Gods sheep are subject to many evills, distempers and dangers, to vain customes, Jer: 10.3. to bruising and breaking, Jer. 6.14. to hunting like wilde beasts, Ezek: 13.18. to beating and grinding to pieces, Isa: 3.15. to devouring, Psal. 14.4. to errors, heresies, corrupt opinions and practices, Matth. 24.5. 2 Pet. 2.2. to backsliding, Jer: 8.5. to mistakes and all sorts of evills, Isa: 5.20. Its mercy, yea great mercy, that God hath appointed Shepherds for his flock, Civill and Spiritual, to provide for the weaknesses, maladies, and dangers of the soul, as well as of the body.—Where these be wicked, it goes ill with the flock; if they be selfish, negligent, rigid in ruling, the flock will suffer much: O pray unto God earnestly, that he would give us good Shepherds. There is a choice promise or two in Jer: 23.4. I will set up shepherds over them which shall feed them, and they shall fear no more, nor be dismayed, neither shall they be lacking. And Jer: 3.15. I will give you Pastors according to mine heart, which shall feed you according to knowledge and understanding. These promises speaks of good Shepherds for State and Church: Let us improve them, and presse God for the fulfilling of them.
Fifthly, Observe;
That wicked Magistrates and Ministers, in Gods account, are as no Magistrates, no Ministers.
They were scattered because there is no shepherd. There were many Shepherds in the State, and many in the Church, yet all these were as none, because they were wicked, sought themselves, fed not the flock, but ruled with cruelty; when Shepherds degenerate so far, as to be contrary to what they should be, then they are as none before God. Such, in Zech. 11.17. are called idoll shepherds; idols are nothing, 1 Cor: 8.4. and so were they as nothing in the sight of God, and when it is so, then the sheep are scattered.
Sixthly, Observe;
That as God eyes the great ones in State or Church, so he deals impartially with them being wicked.
He observed what Magistrates and Ministers did in their places, and seeing them selfish, negligent, cruell, he threatens them all; Wo to the Shepherds of Israel; he saw they were all guilty of grievous sins, amended not after his long-forbearing them, and therefore without respect denounces judgement against them. God is greater then the greatest, and fears not the faces of Princes or Prophets; let them have what pretences they will to colour their wayes, the Lord discernes them; let them be never so terrible unto men, the Lord will be a terrour unto them; let them continue in their wickedness never so long, at last God will be avenged on them.
Verses 7, 8, 9, 10.
Therefore ye shepherds, hear the word of the Lord;
As I live, saith the Lord God, surely because my flock became a prey, and my flock became meat to every beast of the field, because there was no shepherd, neither did my shepherds search for my flock, but the shepherds fed themselves, and fed not my flock:
Therefore O ye shepherds, hear the word of the Lord;
Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I am against the shepherds, and I will require my flock at their hand, and cause them to cease from feeding the flock, neither shall the Shepherds feed themselves any more; for I will deliver my flock from their mouth, that they may not be meat for them.
THese verses set out the judgments threatned against the shepherds of Israel, for their prementioned sins. In the words take
Vers. 7. Therefore ye shepherds, hear the word of the Lord.
These words are again in the 9. ver. and shew the great indignation was in the breast of God against these shepherds; O ye Princes, Priests, and Prophets, seeing ye have done such things, and neglected what you should have done, hear the word of the Lord, he is vehemently displeased with you, and can hold no longer.
Vers. 8. As I live, saith the Lord God, surely.
The Hebrew is I living, if not, the sense whereof is this, Let me not be the living God, but be laid aside as some idol or false god, if I do not punish these Shepherds which have dealt so with my flock.
Because my flock became a prey.
The word for prey is Baz which signifies spoyling, and such spoyling as is cum conculcatione, & despectu direpti, Kirker. with treading down, and despising the thing spoiled; they vilified the flock of God, and spoyled them of what they had.
And my flock became meat to every beast of the field.
Wicked men are here call'd beasts, and beasts of the field, for that they range up and down to get a prey, and when they have gotten it, tear and rend it in pieces, as a Lyon or Bear doth a Lamb or sheep.
There was no Shepherd.
Not simply no shepherd, but no shepherd that did his duty, as the next words shew, Neither did my shepherds search for the flock; he saith My shepherds, because they were in Gods stead to look after his flock, but they fed themselves, not the flock; they made Laws, imposed burthens, and found out wayes to enrich themselves, and impoverish the people.
Vers. 10. Behold I am against the shepherds.
In this verse the punishments of these shepherds are enumerated, and this is the first, viz: Gods enmity against them; they being great Princes, Priests and Prophets, kept all in such awe that none durst appear in word or action against them, if any did, they were soon crushed; Wherefore saith the Lord, Behold, I am against the shepherds; I that am the Governour of Nations, the Lord of Heaven and Earth, and so the Dread Soveraigne of Princes, Priests and Prophets; even I that am Jehovah, that gave being to all creatures, and can take away all again, am against them. The Hebrew is, Behold, I to the shepherds, that is, I come to set my self against them; the Vulgar is, Behold, I am above them; others have the words thus, Ecce, ego contra istos Pastores, Behold, I am against these shepherds.
I will require my flock at their hand.
Not only will I have account of them, what is become of my flock, but I will have recompence for every one that is wounded, weak, lost or slain; I will require at your hand, limb for limb, blood for blood, and life for life. This is the second punishment mentioned.
And cause them to cease from feeding the flock.
Here is a third punishment, and its no less then displacing of them; some were cut off by the hand of justice, Jer: 52.10, 11, 24, 25, 26, 27. Lamen: 5.12. Others were carryed away captive, and held in chains and bonds, as Zedekiah, Jechoniah, and many besides.
Neither shall the shepherds feed themselves any more.
Here is a fourth punishment; they should be depriv'd of those opportunities they had to enrich themselves: they made a prey of the flock, eating the fat, cloathing themselves with the wool, and killing those that were fed, they made advantage of the flock, only seeking themselves, not the good of it, but they should not do so any longer.
For I will deliver my flock from their mouth.
They have been feeding upon, and devouring my flock a long time; but now I will do by them as a shepherd doth by a Lamb in a Lyons or Bears mouth, Amos 3.12. 1 Sam: 17.34, 35. David delivered the Lamb: so God would pull his flock out of these Lyons and Bears mouths, which is a gracious promise of the deliverance of his people.
That they may not be meat for them.
Being once delivered, they shall no more be spoiled and devoured by such Tyrants as they were, but shall enjoy liberty and safety.
First, Observe;
When there are no faithfull shepherds, the flock is a prey to all sorts of beasts.
My flock became meat to every beast of the field, because there was no shepherd. The Princes, Nobles, Priests, Prophets, and all their under Officers made a prey of the flock. The flock was amongst wild beasts of all sorts, and they did eat the Milk, sheer the Fleece, and devour the flesh of the Flock. No State-Officers, no Church-Officers were faithfull unto the Flock, but all in place and power made a prey of it; its the nature of Dogs, [Page 192] Foxes, Wolves, Bears, Lyons, and such Beasts, to suck the bloud, crush the bones, and devoure the flesh of the Lambs and Sheep. Kings in Daniel 7.17. are call'd beasts; & Rev: 13.1. there is mention made of a Beast which rose up out of the Sea, having seven heads and ten horns; and of a beast rose up out of the earth, which had two horns, like a Lamb, but spake like a Dragon; these two Beasts denote the Ecclesiastical and Political powers, and how they dealt with the people, you may read in that Chapter. When Gods Flock is without faithful shepherds, they are a spoil to Sea-Beasts and Land-Beasts, to all Beasts whatsoever.
Secondly, Observe;
That the sins of Magistrates and Ministers in seeking themselves, neglecting and wronging the flock, do greatly provoke God, bring certain and severe judgements upon themselves.
Behold I am against the shepherds; I that am higher, stronger, greater then them all, even I, and all my attributes are against them; I will call them to account, and have satisfaction for all the wrong and violence they have done; I will deprive them of their sweet Morsels, and throw them with shame out of their places: These are severe judgements which God swears by no less th [...]n his own life, that he will bring upon them; God commits great trust unto them, and when they are unfaithful God visits severely for it; Jer: 25.34, 35, 36. Howl ye shepherds, cry and wallow your selves in the ashes ye principal of the Flock, for the dayes of your slaughter, and of your dispersions are accomplished; and ye shall fall like a pleasant vessel. They should have no way to flee or escape, cry and howl they might, their Pastures should be spoiled, and themselves destroyed. The shepherds had been preserved like a pleasant vessel in the hand of God, he esteem'd them, but now being so vile they should fall, be broken, and not esteemed at all. See Jer. 23.1, 2. Zech: 11.17. This hath been made good in our dayes, against the Political and Ecclesiastical shepherds; have not our Princes, Nobles, Prelates and their Officers, for their feeding themselves, not feeding the Flock, for their ruling them by force and cruelty, have they not had God against them, been [Page 193] deprived of their fat, and sweet morsels? have they not been turn'd out of their places, and suffered justly for their demerits? The oppressions in State and Church were such, that the Flock had perished, had not God appeared for it against those Lyons and Wolves; their sins were provoking, and drew the fury of God upon them.
Thirdly, Observe;
Those sheep that are under oppressing and devouring shepherds, God will relieve and set at liberty.
I will deliver my flock from their mouth, that they may not be meat for them. Many years had his Flock been molested by wicked Princes, Priests and Prophets, they had eaten up many of his Flock, and the rest were in danger of devouring, but the Lord had a care of them, and pull'd them out of their jawes; the poor sheep could not withstand their violence, They were like young Lyons among the flocks, which go through, tread down, and tear them in pieces, and none can deliver, Micah 5.8. But though the sheep had no man able to deliver them from these Lyon-like shepherds, yet God was able to do it, and did it; he was a Lyon to these Lyons, and tore them in pieces, rescuing his Flock. Its not long since we were under such shepherds, who made us meat to their teeth, eating up our Estates, Liberties and Lives, they oppressed and devoured us, and who durst appear for us; if any did, they felt the jaws and claws of these Lyons: but God at last arose for us, and hath driven away those shepherds, and delivered us from being meat to their mouths.
Verses 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16.
For thus saith the Lord God, behold, I, even I will both search my sheep, and seek them out.
As a shepherd seeketh out his flock in the day that he is among his sheep that are scattered; so will I seek out my sheep, and will deliver them out of all places, where they have been scattered in the cloudy and dark day.
And I will bring them out from the people, and gather them from the Countreys, and will bring them to their own land, and feed them upon the mountains of Israel by the rivers, and in all the inhabited places of the Countrey.
I will feed them in a good Pasture, and upon the high mountains of Israel shall their fold be: there shall they lye in a good fold, and in a fat Pasture shall they feed upon the mountains of Israel.
I will feed my flock, and I will cause them to lye down, saith the Lord God.
I will seek that which was lost, and bring again that which was driven away, and will bind up that which was broken, and will strengthen that which was sick: but I will destroy the fat and the strong, I will feed them with judgement.
THese verses set before us Gods care and comfortable provision for his Flock, which is the second generall part of this Chapter; and they have in them,
First, Gracious promises.
Secondly, A Declaration how God will deal with the fat and strong ones, vers: 16.
Vers. 11. Behold, I, even I will both search my sheep, and seek them out.
You think much to look after my sheep, but Behold, I, even I that am the great shepherd, the great God, infinitely distanced from you, will both search and seek them out. The word for search is Bikker, which the Septuagint renders [...] I will require, it notes searching out what they had done with them, and requiring them at their hand. Junius hath it, Reposcam, and the French ie redemanderay mes brebis, I will earnestly ask again my sheep, and seek them out with understanding and judgement, so Darash signifies.
Vers. 12. As a shepherd seeketh out his flock in the day that he is among his sheep that are scattered; so will I seek, &c.
When some great storms by wind, rain, thunder, lightning, or wilde Beasts, have been in the field among the flock, and they are scattered here and there, then the shepherd hastens to them, sees whether any be wanting, and if so, seeks up and down till he finds them, and so brings them together again, which is a great mercy to the scattered sheep, and as great a comfort to the shepherd; so would God seek out his sheep that were scattered into severall places, and would deliver them: They had met with storms and wilde Beasts, which had devided and scattered them, and God like a choice shepherd would seek them out, and have a special care of them.
In the cloudy and dark day.
The Hebrew is Beiom gnanan vagnaraphel, In the day of a [Page 196] cloud and of darkness, thick darknesse, so the word signifies. It was a day of a cloud, or a cloudy day when the Chaldaean army besieged Jerusalem; then many were scattered and driven into neighbour Nations: and it was a day of thick darknesse when the City was broken up, the Temple burnt, Zedekiah's eyes put out, the Princes and Nobles put to death, many carried captive into Babylon, and the rest dispersed into woods, caves, mountains and other places.
Vers. 13. And I will bring them out from the people, and gather them from the Countreys.
God finding his sheep scattered into several Nations, where they met with hardships, he graciously promises to bring them out of those Nations, they should not alwayes be amongst their enemies, who were no better then wilde Beasts unto them. This hath an aspect to Gods gathering his Elect out of the several quarters of the world.
And will bring them to their own land, and feed them upon the mountains of Israel by the rivers.
Being gathered out of forraign Lands, God would bring them into their own Land, viz: into Canaan, a Type of the Church; they should both possess their Land, and be put into a Church condition again, and he would feed them with his Word, Ordinances; and put them into a better State then ever. This refers to the times of Christ and the Gospel; then especially did God gather his sheep out of Babylon and bring them to Zion then did he feed them upon the mountains of Israel by the Rivers. So that in this verse are three grand mercies; 1. Eduction out of a miserable condition: 2. Introduction into a good condition; 3. Preservation in that good condition.
Vers. 14. I will feed them in a good Pastu [...] and upon the high mountains of [...] rael shall their fold be.
In this verse are two mercies more promised; 1. Good fat Pastures; 2. Rest, both which are very needful for Flock. After their Reduction into Canaan, they shall not [...] ply have Pasture, but good Pasture, fat pasture, viz: the go [...] word of God, the Gospel, which is Milk, Wine, Bread, M row and Fatness; this feeds hungry souls, and makes lean sheep fat: and as their pastures should be fat, so their folds should be good; Sheep have their folds to rest in, and so are safe from heat, cold, and other dangers. The Church is the fold for Gods sheep, there they have rest and safety; the several Churches are the several folds, where the sheep find rest and refreshing.
The Jews from this verse; as Sanctius reports, conclude that the Messiah is not come, because that when Christ was on earth there was no gathering of the Jews, nor feeding of them with such good pastures as were promised to be in the time of the Messiah; Our Messiah, they say, was rather for the dissipating of the Jews, then the congregating of them; he drave them into lean pastures, and gave them no fat pastures, for after his coming they were scattered into all parts of the world.
The gathering here spoken of, was not meant only of the Jews, but of the Gentiles also; our Messiah made way for them, and gathered in them, and he would have gathered the Jews to him, Matth: 23.37. O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a Hen gathereth her Chickens under her wings, and ye would not? The Jews would not be gathered unto Messiah, he would have gathered them, but they would not: they looked for a Messiah in pomp and glory, that should have restored the Kingdome to the Jews, and made them great in the world above other Nations; great places, riches and honours were the fat pastures they minded: Christ did not feed his sheep with such pastures, but with spiritual dainties, heavenly manna, divine truths, promises [Page 198] and ordinances he did; their refusall of the Messiah, putting him to death, and wishing his bloud to be upon their heads, was the cause of those heavy judgements that came upon them, and their dispersion thereupon; 1 Thess: 2.15, 16.
Vers. 15. I will feed my flock, and I will cause them to lye down.
Other shepherds have neither fed them, nor let them have rest, they have wearied them and preyed upon them; but God would both feed them, and see that they should have rest, he would cause them to lye down as sheep in their folds lye down, and have rest; so God would order it, that his sheep should have rest and refreshing in their folds, in the Congregations they are of.
Vers. 16. I will seek that which was lost, and bring again that which was driven away, &c.
In the 4. verse, the neglect of the shepherds of Israel was set out, and here God promises to supply their neglect, and do what they did not.
First, He will seek that which was lost, they did not so, those that were lost they left them to perish; God is more mindful of his, he seeks them up, and will not loose them; Hos. 2.23. I will say to them which were not my people, Thou art my people. Saul was a blasphemer, a persecutor, an injurious Person, in a lost condition, and the Lord sought him out, Acts 9.
Secondly, He will bring again that which was driven away. The Israelitish shepherds did it not, but the God of Israel would do it. David was driven away by Saul and Absolom, but the Lord brought him back again, 1 Sam: 19. 2 Sam: 15. & 19. Cha:
Thirdly, He will bind up that which was broken. They minded not those that were in such a condition, and needed binding up; the Lord did who is the good shepherd, Isa: 61.1. [Page 199] He hath sent me to bind up the broken hearted. When Peter had broken himself by denying the Lord Christ so fearfully as he did, the Lord bound up his wounds, and relieved him.
Fourthly, He will strengthen that which was sick and weake; they omitted it, but the Lord regarded such and strengthned them, Ezek: 9. There were some sick at heart, lamenting for the abominations done in the midst of Jerusalem, but the Lord sent one to confirm them, and set a mark upon their foreheads.
First, Observe;
Gods flock being committed to the vigilancy and care of Magistrates and Ministers, he will enquire how they have discharged their trust, and require his flock at their hands.
Behold, I will both require my sheep, and seek them out. I committed them to your charge, I expected you should have had a special care of them, kept them so that none should have been wanting or prejudiced any way, like good shepherds, but you have not minded the safety and welfare of my Flock; some are wanting, where are they? some are in a languishing and perishing condition, how is it that they are so? give me an account of these things, I will bear it no longer at your hands.
Secondly, Observe;
That Gods Flock doth sometimes meet with storms, and such foul weather as scatters them here and there.
They have been scattered in the cloudy and dark day: They had not all serene and good dayes, but many cloudy dayes and dayes of darknesse. In Manasseh's time they had black and bloudy dayes, which made a great scattering of the sheep, 2 Chron: 33. So in Jehoahaz, Jehoiakim, Jehoiachin and Zedekiahs reign, there were clouds, tempests, whirlewinds, from the South, North, and other parts, from Egypt, Babylon, from Moab, Syria and Ammon, 2 Kings 23, 24, & 25. Chap: which made at last a totall dissipation of the Flock. Had not we dark and cloudy dayes, which scattered the Flock of God into [Page 200] severall Countryes, in the time of the late Princes and Prelates? had not Ireland a black day when the massacre was there? and as it is with the Flock in general, so with particular sheep and Lambs, they have cloudy and dark dayes wherein they find themselves scattered.
Thirdly, Observe;
However others neglect the Flock, yet God is a vigilant, faithfull, and tender hearted shepherd over them.
God will seek out the sheep, deliver them from enemies, and bring them to Sion; he will give them fat pastures, cause them to enjoy rest in good fields; if any be broken, he will bind them up; if any be weak or sick, he will heal and strengthen them; if any go astray, he will reduce them. David found the Lord to be such a shepherd unto him, Psal: 23.1, 2, 3. The Lord is my shepherd, I shall not want. If I be hungry, he hath green pastures for me; if I be thirsty, he hath still waters; if my soul droop, he restores it; if I know not the way, he leads me in the paths of righteousness: O happy man, and happy people, who have the Lord for their shepherd; and happy are those Magistrates and Ministers, who are vigilant, faithful, and tender hearted shepherds over the flock, doing to the same, as God himself doth.
But I will destroy the fat and the strong.
Here God declares how he will deal with those that were injurious to others; some amongst them were fat and strong, they were rich and potent. Men in place and abounding in wealth are in Scripture language said to be fat, Psal. 22.29. Jerem: 46.21. and when they are fat they grow wanton, Deut. 32.15. Jesurun waxed fat, and kicked; then they kick at God and his Ordinances, and at their fellows which are lean; Amos. 4.1. The Kine of Bashan oppressed the poor, and crushed the needy. In Gen: 41. The lean Kine did eat up the fat, but here the fat did eat up the lean, and because they did so, the Lord would destroy them. The Hebrew for destroy, is Shamad, [Page 201] which signifies so to destroy a thing Ʋt ejus nihil reliquum maceat, as that there shall be no remainders thereof; God would make a total abolition of them. The Septuagint mistaking the word Shamad for Shamar, do render it [...], and so the Vulgar Custodiam, I will keep the fat and the strong; that is, keep them in, and restrain them.
I will feed them with judgement.
Montanus saith, I will feed them in judgement; Bemishphat, which the Septuagint renders [...] with judgement. The words may import either Gods judgements and plagues which he would bring upon the fat and strong, as Jer: 23.15. Behold, I will feed them with wormwood, and make them drink the water of gall: or, Gods wisdom and judiciousness in feeding of his flock. Foolish shepherds distinguish not between the weak and strong, the sick and sound, they drive, they meat, they govern all alike; but a wise shepherd considers the nature of his flock, what condition every sheep is in, what its capable of, whether Milk or Strong meat, Oyle or Wine, and so applyes himself accordingly to each: Thus would God do with them, Isa: 40.11. and so (1 Thessa: 2.7, 8, 11.) did Paul with them.
Vers. 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22.
And as for you, O my flock, thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I judge between cattel and cattel, between the rams, and the he-goats.
Seemeth it a small thing unto you, to have eaten up the good pasture, but ye must tread down with your feet the residue of your pastures? and to have drunk of the deep waters, but ye must foul the residue with your feet?
[Page 202]And as for my flock, they eat that which ye have troden with your feet: and they drink that which ye have fouled with your feet.
Therefore thus saith the Lord God unto them, Behold, I, even I will judge between the fat cattel, and between the lean cattel.
Because ye have thrust with side, and with shoulder, and pusht all the diseased with your horns, till ye have scattered them abroad.
Therefore will I save my flock, and they shall no more be a prey, and I will judge between cattel and cattel.
THese verses exemplifie what was said in the latter end of the 16. verse.
Vers. 17. As for you, O [...] my flock, thus saith the Lord God.
Here is an Apostrophe, God turns his speech unto his flock, and shews himself very sensible of their condition, breaking out into a pathetical exclamation: O my flock, Thou art oppressed, and sufferest hard things, which I see, am sensible of, and will speedily remedy.
Behold, I judge between cattel and cattel.
I know the Cattel are not all of one nature; some are strong, and some are weak; some are clean, and some unclean; and behold I take notice thereof, and put a difference between one and the other. The word for cattel is Seh, which signifies the small cattel, as Lambs and Kids; Tzon the greater sort of [Page 203] that kind, as sheep and goats; and Bakar signifies Majora animalia, as Oxen, Asses, and the like.
Between the Rams and the he-goats.
The word for Rams is from [...] because of their strength, they are very strong creatures: The word for he-goats is Gnattud [...], which notes the greater goats, those which lead the flo [...]k, and metaphorically the Rulers and leaders of the people, as Isa: 14.9. Col gnattu de eretz, all the great goats of the earth, is the Hebrew; all the chief Ones of the earth saith our Translation. By Rams some understand the good, gentle, and meek ones; by he-goats, the vile, wicked and unquiet ones. Diodate interprets Rams to be the violent, and Goats the filthy ones. I conceive by Rams & He-goats are meant, the leaders of the flock, the Rulers of the people which differed ingenio moribus factis, as Polanus saith; God would distinguish between the good and bad of these, and so of the people which are set out by the name of Cattel, and deal with them according to their wayes and works, where by Cattel are meant the meaner and poorer sort of people, by Rams and He-goats, the rich and great ones.
Vers. 18. Seemeth it a small thing unto you to have eaten up the good Pastures.
Here again by way of Apostrophe God speaks to the Rams and He-goats, which had good pastures, plenty of all things, great blessings, Milk, Honey, and fat of the Land; they had the chief places, Lands, and fruits of the earth, they had gotten all considerable in Church or State into their own hands; they lived deliciously and oppressed others, which they thought to be nothing; but saith God, Seemeth it a small matter unto you? you deceive your selves, its a grievous crime, and that you shall know.
But ye must tread down with your feet the residue of your pastures?
Wanton Sheep when they are full, run up and down, treading upon the pastures, so that they become uneatable, or lesse pleasant, and nourishing, being eaten; so did the rich and great in State and Church, they corrupted justice, and the word of God with their inventions and traditions, so that the people were not fed, or fed with that which was unsavoury and unprofitable: Or thus, they troubled the poor, and suffered them not quietly to enjoy that little they had; they were cruel to the Godly and poorer sort, though they had abundance, serving their pride and lusts therewith; or having the principal of all things, they slighted and vilified the rest.
And to have drunk of the deep Waters, but ye must foul the residue with your feet?
The word for deep is [...] Mishkah, which properly is sedimentum, whatever settles and goes down to the bottom; so that by a figure call'd Hyppallage, Sedimentum aquarum, is put for aquas sedimenti, waters of setling, that is, pure and clear waters, and so divers Expositors render the words. Some cattel when they have drunk, stamp and stir the mud in the waters, and so foul them that others cannot drink thereof; so did these Rams and Goats, so mud and foul the waters of the Sanctuary, and of the Civil state, that the City of God was not made glad with them; there was no true justice, nor pure religion.
Vers. 19. And as for my flock, they eat that which ye have troden with your feet, and they drink that which ye have fouled with your feet.
By feet are expressed mens lusts, whereby they do defile things, Mark 9.45. If thy foot offend thee, cut it off. Foot is not to be taken litterally, but for any lust that bears up a mans spirit for the present, and carries it up and down, as the feet do the body; they out of will, humour, lust, mingled their traditions with the word of God, and corrupted justice, so that the flock had nothing pure in Church or State; they laid heavy burdens and taxes upon the people, and the commodities the Lord gave, which troubled their spirits, and sowered their comforts unto them. Such interpretations they gave of the Law, as made it void and violated it, Ezek: 22.26.
Vers. 20. Therefore, &c. Behold, I even I will judge between the fat Cattel, and between the lean Cattel.
Seeing ye deal thus with my Flock, saith God, I, even I that am the great shepherd, will distinguish and put a difference between Cattel and Cattel. There be fat ones, and lean ones, the one doth wrong and abuse the other; the fat and strong carry it proudly, and arrogantly against the lean and weak, which ought not to be: The Septuagint hath it between the strong sheep, and the weak sheep: The Chaldee is, Between the rich man, and the poor man. The word for fat is Biriah, from Bara to create, because there is a creating power put forth in making Cattel fat, and men rich.
Vers. 21. Because ye have thrust with side and with shoulder, and pusht all the diseased with your horns, &c.
Here he describes the nature and manners of the fat Cattel; they being strong were unkind, yea cruel towards the rest, and thrust them out of the fold, out of the flock, and pastures also. The Noble men, the rich, and those in power and place dealt sometimes cunningly, sometimes openly and violently with [Page 206] the poorer sort, thrusting them out of their possessions, yea out of the Land; Ezek: 11.15. There were those in Jerusalem said, Get ye far from the Lord; unto us is this Land given in possession. Isa: 66.11. Their brethren hated them, and cast them out. The word to push is Nagach, which signifies to push with the horn, as Oxen and Rams do, Exod: 21.29. Now besides this word is added Bekarnechem, which intends the sense; you have pushed with your horns, you have goared and hurt them greatly, you left not pushing at them till you had slain them, or driven them quite away.
Vers. 21. Therefore I will save my flock.
Seeing men are so unkind and cruel to my flock, using all their Art and power to do it mischief, therefore will I take care of it, and deliver it; their sides, shoulders and horns shall harm it no more; I will judge between Cattel and Cattel, I will bring judgement upon those that have intreated my flock so ill, and it shall no longer be a prey unto them.
First, Observe;
All in Gods Flock are not good, they are not all of one sort; there are some fat, some lean, some strong, some diseased; there be He-goats and Rams, as well as others.
There were in Moses dayes them that said, All the Congregation is holy, every one of them, Numb: 16.3. but they that said so, were unholy themselves, He-goats and strong Rams. As it was with Jeremies figs, there were good and bad, Jer: 24. so was it with the flock of God, there were good and bad in it; there were Lyons, Wolves, Goats and Swine mingled with the sheep, Jer: 7.9, 10. Thieves, murtherers, adulterers, perjured persons, and idolaters came to the Temple with those that were innocent. In the waters are fish and frogs, in the field wheat and tares, and in the Flock of God, goats and sheep.
Secondly, Observe;
Wicked men may have choice outward blessings, and that in abundance.
They had good pastures, and in such abundance as that they trod them down with their feet; the fat and sweet of the Land was theirs, the best of all things, places and preferments were in their hands; honour, power, wealth, they abounded with. Nabal that stony-hearted-man was very great, he had three thousand sheep, one thousand goats, 1 Sam: 25.2. and Job tells you that wicked men are mighty in power, Job 21.7. have houses full of good things, Job 22.18. And David saith, They are fat, yea, inclosed in their own fat, Psal. 17.10. They have the choicest of all things round about them. Ahab and Ahaz were both very wicked, yet one was King of Israel, and the other King of Judah; though all things come alike to all, yet usually wicked men have the fattest pastures, for their portion is in this life, Psal: 17.14.
Thirdly, Observe;
Wicked men being fat and full, in place and power, do abuse the blessings of God, are disquieting and harmful unto others.
They are injurious to God, and those they dwell amongst: When their own turns were served, they trod down the residue of the pastures, they fowled the waters, they were unthankful for the best mercies, and made the rest unfit for others; and this was not all, they thrust with their sides and shoulders, and push't with their horns; their strength, wealth, honour, power, were all abused to the dishonour of God, and prejudice of others. Thus was it of late amongst us, the fat ones in State and Church did abuse the blessings God had given them, corrupting justice and religion, disquieting the inhabitants of the Land with their inventions, superstitions, oppressions, innovations, &c. And because many would not bow to thei [...] wills, they thrust sorely at them with their sides and shoulders, and push'd them so with [Page 208] their horns, that they drave them out of the Land. Its hard in prosperity to carry it rightly towards God or man.
Fourthly, Observe;
Though men think unthankfullnesse towards God, and uncharitableness towards men, a small matter, yet it is not so in Gods account.
Seemeth it a small thing unto you to have eaten up the good pasture, but ye must tread down, &c. Must my flock eat & drink that which is troden down and fouled? and do you think it a small matter? I tell you my thoughts are far otherwise; its a provoking sin, calls for a weight of wrath, which when you feel, ye will confesse your sin was not little. Many deal untowardly with men and God, and when they have so done, make slight of it, Isa: 7.13. Is it a small thing for you to weary men; but will ye weary God also? They refused to hear the Prophets, and to hear God, they wearied both with their delayes, shifts, and thought it a small matter; but God judged it not so, as the 16. & 17. vers. shew. God blessed Jerusalem with choyce and various mercies, and she sacrificed her children unto idols; here she was unthankfull to God, unmercifull unto her own flesh, and thought it a matter of nothing; Ezek: 16.20. Is this of thy whoredoms a small matter? Saith God, Thou thinkest so, but I think they are crying sins, and will visit thee accordingly, ver: 38.
Fifthly, Observe;
God will distinguish between the oppressors and the oppressed, between the bad and the good; he will punish the one, and deliver the other.
Behold, I, even I will judge between the fat Cattel and the lean; and because the fat and strong ones thrust with their sides and shoulders, and push'd with their horns, therefore God would feed them with judgement, (they should have according to their deserts) and destroy them; but for the weak, diseased, oppressed, he would save them. Rich men, and those that are great in the world, being wicked, do unjust things, thrust hard [Page 209] at the people of God, keep them under, cut them short, deprive them of their rights and liberties, yea, oft push them so with their horns, that they drive them out of all their enjoyments; Jerem: 40.12. Chap: 43.5. Isa. 16.4. Let mine outcasts dwell with thee Moab. The Goats and Rams had driven some of the [...]lock, not only out of the fold, but out of the field; this God beholds, and will recompence upon the oppressors heads, Psal. 12.5. For the oppression of the poor, for the sighing of the needy, now will I arise, saith the Lord, I will set him in safety from him that puffeth at him. Japiach lo from him that would insnare him. Lot sighed and groaned in Sodom; and when the Sodomites did puff at him, and seek to insnare him, the Lord arose and set him in safety, 2 Pet. 2.7, 8, 9. See Psal: 37.37, 38, 39, 40. Did not the Lord of late make a distinction among us, between Cattel and Cattel? hath he not judged the fat and strong ones, punished the Rams and He-goats, and provided for his Flock? some there be still, that thrust with the side and shoulder, that push with their horns, with whom ere long God will reckon, and without repentance he will destroy them.
Vers. 23, 24.
And I will set up one Shepherd over them, and he shall feed them, even my se [...]vant David; he shall feed them, and he shall be their Shepherd.
And I the Lord will be their God, and my servant David a Prince among them, I the Lord have spoken it.
HEre begins a sweet Prophesie of Christ and his Kingdome, with many benefits which the Flock of God shall have therein.
And I will set up one shepherd over them.
Some make this shepherd to be Zerubbabel, who came of the Race of David, and brought the Jews out of Babylon, into their old pastures again, viz: into the Land of Canaan, where they had their Temple, Worship, and Ordinances, as in former dayes; but if we consult Chap: 37.24, 25. where he speaks of the same person, you shall find things there incompetent to Zerubbabel, and must refer unto Christ; and the things mentioned here, were not fulfilled in Zerubbabels dayes. By Shepherd is meant the Lord Christ, who is frequently so called in Scripture; as 1 Pet: 2.25. John 10.16. Zech: 13.7. Isa. 40.11. and not simply a Shepherd; But
First, The true Shepherd, John 10.2. He that entereth in by the door is the Shepherd of the Sheep, that is the true shepherd, and dischargeth that trust committed unto him most faithfully.
Secondly, The good shepherd, John 10.11, 14. Never any like him for goodness, he laid down his life for his sheep, he knew them exactly, and was so conversant with them that they knew his voice; he took not away from, but gave fleeces unto his sheep, and supplyed all their wants.
Thirdly, The great shepherd, yea that great shepherd of the sheep, Heb: 13.20. He made the sheep, he owns the sheep; he hath more and greater Flocks, then any other shepherd [Page 211] in the world, he stands and feeds them in the strength of the Lord, in the Majesty of the name of the Lord his God, Micah 5.4.
Fourthly, The chief shepherd, 1 Pet: 5.4. He sets all others over his flock, and they are under him, 1 Cor: 12.28. Eph: 4.11. They are sheep, he is head of the Church, Eph: 1.22. and their shepherd, Psal. 23.1. The Lord is my shepherd, saith David, who was a Prophet and a King, both an Ecclesiastical and a Political Shepherd.
Fifthly, One shepherd, as here: One either in opposition to the multitude they had before, which wrong'd the Flock, Jer: 12.10. Many Pastors have destroyed my Vineyard, they have troden my portion under foot; of which sort Christ speaks, John 10.8. All that ever came before me are Thieves and Robbers. Or One, that is, the first or only Shepherd, unto whom none is comparable, the only wise shepherd that gave out living and effectual truth, Eccles 12.11. The words of the wise are as goads, and as nailes fastned by the Masters of Assemblies, which are given from one shepherd; that is, from Christ, the only shepherd; all the Masters of Assemblies had their words from Christ, which ever did any souls good.
This shepherd did not intrude himself into the office, but was call'd and sent of God, I will set up; The Chaldee Paraphrase is, I will raise up one Governour over them, and he shall govern them. This expression of setting up, is in the New Testament set out by giving, John 3.16. by sending, Gal: 4.4. by sealing, John 6.27.
And he shall feed them.
This word feed notes the whole office of a shepherd, which is briefly set out, vers: 4. viz: Strengthning the diseased, or weake, healing the sick, binding up the broken, bringing back that which was driven away, seeking up that which was lost, and [Page 212] ruling gently. Others make these things the compleat office of a shepherd, viz: providing good and wholesome pastures for them, bringing back those that go astray, keeping [...]hem from Wolves and wilde Beasts, and healing those which are ill affected; All these were found in Christ, Isa: 61.1, 2, 3. Luke 4.18, 19. Isa: 40.11. Jer: 3.15. Isa: 27.3. Psal. 23.1, 2. Micah 5.4. John 10.4.
The difference between this shepherd and all others.
First, He is an universall shepherd, all flocks are his. God saith, Psal. 50.10. The Cattel upon a thousand Hills are mine; and Christ saith, The flocks in a thousand Countries are mine; the Churches in Judaea, Galilee, and Samaria, Acts 9.31. The Churches of Syria and Cilicia, Acts 15.41. The Churches in Asia, Rev: 1.11. The Churches of Macedonia, 2 Cor: 8.1. The Churches of Galatia, 1 Cor: 16.1. The Churches of the Gentiles, Rom: 16.4. are all called the Churches of Christ, Rom: 16.16. They had their particular Pastors, Teachers, Elders, but Christ was the universal Pastor; Paul was the Apostle of the Gentiles, Peter of the Jews, but Christ was the Apostle and Shepherd of both, therefore saith John 10.16. That he hath other sheep which he must bring to his fold, meaning the Gentiles.
Secondly, Christ is a shepherd that feeds them with such meat and drink, as other Shepherds cannot, they may feed them with knowledge and understanding, Jer: 3.15. but besides this Christ feeds them with his flesh and bloud, John 6.51, 53, 54, 55. Math: 26.26, 28. he feeds them with his Spirit, John, 16.7. Acts 8.15, 17.
Thirdly, He inables all other Shepherds to discharge the trust committed to them. Those that are over his flocks, he gave them their gifts, their graces, their power, they have nothing but what they received of him; therefore Isaiah, Chap: 50.4. saith, The Lord God hath given me the tongue of the learned, that I should know to speak a word in season to him that is weary. Isaiah who was one of the Jewish shepherds, had all his wisdome, skill and power from the Lord Christ: And when he [Page 213] sent out his twelve Apostles, Matth: 10.8. he told them, they had freely received, and must freely give; no Shepherds give ought to Christ, he communicates all to them, John 15.5. Without me ye can do nothing; but Christ could do all without them.
Fourthly, Christ is an abiding, an everlasting, unchangeable Shepherd. Other Shepherds are flitting hither and thither, and at last dye and leave the Flock; Christ doth not so, he dyed for the Flock, but was brought again from the dead, Heb: 13.20. and lives for ever, making intercession for his Flock, Heb: 7.25. he stands on Mount Zion, Rev: 14.1. beholding and feeding them daily; he walks in the midst of the golden Candlesticks, Rev: 2.1.
Fifthly, Christ knows which are Sheep, and which are Goats, John 10.3, 14, 26, 27. others do not.
Even my servant David.
Christ is here called David, and so in many other places, as Jer: 30.9. Hos. 3.5. Isa: 37.35. 2 Kings 19.34. Ezek: 37.24, 25. In all those places is Christ call'd David, because he came of the seed of David according to the flesh; as it is Rom: 1.3. and because David was a type of Christ: he might have said, My servant Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, as Isa: 49.3. Thou art my servant, O Israel; Christ is called Israel, because he was from the Israelitish Na [...]ion; but David is named, because he was the first Godly King of all Israel and Judah, Vid: Galat: l. 3. c. 25. and so typed out Christ more eminently then his predecessors.
My servant, So Christ is called, Isa: 42.1. Chap: 52.13. Ezek: 37.24, 25. and in other places. A servant is one who is under another, and who keeps and doth things commended to him by his Master; Christ as man, was under his Father, and kept his commandements, John 15.10. He served him in taking mans nature upon him, and doing his will in redeeming and saving man, Heb: 10.9. Matth: 20.28. John 13.16. Phil: 2.7.
He shall feed them, he shall be their shepherd.
He insists upon, and repeats the same thing again, to shew the great care, diligence, and intention of Christ in and upon his work of feeding the flock; he shall make it his [...] his business to do it; others have made it their work to fleece them, to scatter or devoure them, but he shall so mind them, as to make up what was wanting in others, and to do some singular thing for them; he shall go in and out before them, and lay down his life for them.
Vers. 24. And I the Lord will be their God.
The Hebrew is, And I Jehovah will be to them for a God, or a God to them. The French is, Mais moy qui suis Seigneur ie seray leur Dieu, But I who am the Lord will be their God; though I give them Christ to be their shepherd, yet I will be their God; I will not denude or divest my self of my right and power over them, but I will still be their God: this sense is true, but I like it better to take the words as we have them; And I the Lord will be their God, I will set my son, or servant David over them to feed them, and I the Lord will be their God, they shall find me a mercifull and gracious God, they shall find me in Christ my son, their Shepherd, reconciling them unto my selfe, not imputing their trespasses unto them; I will be their God to pardon them, to take special care of them, to deliver them, to comfort and counsell them in all their straits and miseries, and to communicate choice mercies unto them.—Of these words before, Chap: 11.20.
And my servant David a Prince among them.
The words are to be read thus, My servant David shall be a Prince amongst them: if we take the former words with [Page 215] them, its clear they ought to be read, I will be their God, and my servant David shall be a Prince among them; so Piscator reads the words, and so the French translation, Mon servit cur David ser a [...]le Prince, au milieux d'eux, My servant David shall be a Prince in the midst of them.
Whether this prophesie be fullfill'd is questionable; there is somewhat in the Gospel may make us conceive it is, for Matth: 2.2. its said, where is he that is born King of the Jews? and Matth: 21.5. Tell ye the daughter of Sion, behold, thy King cometh unto thee; Acts 5.31. God hath exalted him to be a Prince and a Saviour: and Rev: 1.5. He is stiled Prince of the Kings of the earth; these Scriptures evince that Christ is a King, a Prince, but not that he reigned as a Prince among them, for he professes that he came not to Reigne but to serve, Mat. 20.28. Phil. 2.7. and therefore washed his Disciples feet, John 13.12. and when they would make him a King, he would not, John 6.15. Christ hath appeared fully in his Priestly, and Propheticall Office, and hath had the honour of them; but he hath not appeared in his Kingly Office, nor had the honour of it; therefore its conceived this prophesie is not yet fulfilled, but that the time is to come wherein he shall reign as a Prince and King in the midst of his people, Luke 22.29, 30. I appoint unto you a Kingdome as my father hath appointed unto me, that ye may eat and drink at my table, in my Kingdome. The time is coming that Christ shall reign, and keep a Table like a Prince, where his friends shall freely eat and drink; Christ speaks not this of his spiritual Kingdome, which is now in the Churches and hearts of his people; nor of his Kingdome of glory, for there is no eating or drinking; but of his personall, humane Kingdome, as some term it; for Rev: 3.21. Christ hath another Throne to sit in, then his Fathers, in which at the present he doth sit; Christ hath not possession of that Throne yet, when he hath, his promise is, That those that overcome shall sit with him therein. I shall have occasion in the 37. Chapter of our Prophet, to speak to this so controverted a point.
I the Lord have spoken it.
These words are as a seal to, and ratification of what went before. If you make question of what is said, if you conceit these promises are too great and good for you, or hard to be accomplished, know I the Lord, who am Jehovah, and give being to all my promises, I have spoken it.
First, Observe;
The appointing of Offices in the Church belongs to God, not to man.
I will set up a shepherd over them; God appointed the office and the Officer. 1 Cor: 12.28. God hath set some in the Church, 1. Apostles; 2. Prophets; 3. Teachers. In the Romish Church are many Officers which God never appointed, there be Popes, Cardinals, Patriarchs, Archbishops, &c. which places were never appointed by God, and therefore have no blessing go along with them, but serve for secular ends, even pomp and tyrannizing over the consciences of men.
Secondly, Observe;
Its a great mercy and happinesse to that people, who have Christ for their Shepherd.
The Lord doth promise it here as a choyce blessing unto them, to give them Christ for their Shepherd. The mercies or blessings are divers.
First, They shall be sure to be fed, He shall feed them; his heart will be upon them, and take special care that they have wholsome and good food; vers. 14. I will feed them in a good Pasture, yea, in a fat pasture shall they feed; they shall not want, but have the green pastures, and still waters, Psal. 23.1, 2. yea he will feed them with his own Flesh, and give them his own bloud to drink.
Secondly, He will govern them with gentlenesse, and with skill; their former Shepherds did thrust with the side and shoulder, and push with the horn; Christ would not do so, he is likened to David who was meek and gentle, 1 Chron: 28.2. Then David the King stood upon his feet, and said, hear me my brethren, and my people: Here he expressed his disposition and affection to his people: so Christ, he was a gentle, mild and meek Shepherd, Isa: 40.11. David was wise and skilfull, Psal. 78.72. and Christ orders them by judgement; he judges between Sheep and Sheep, and deals with them according to their ages, conditions and capacities.
Thirdly, He will lead them in the right way; John 10.4. He goes before them, and they follow him. Christ never is out of the way; and where he is the leader, how can the Sheep go astray? Psal: 23.3. He leadeth me in paths of righteousnesse. Whoever follows Christ shall be found in a path of righteousnesse; if we follow others, we may be lead into by-wayes, therefore saith Paul, 1 Cor: 11.1. Be ye followers of me &c.
Fourthly, He will keep them so that none shall be lost, or miscarry; he is vigilant and potent, he sees the wolves, and lyons, when they are coming, and suffers them not to destroy his Sheep or Lambs; John 10.27, 28. My sheep hear my voyce, and I know them, and they follow me, and I give unto them eternall life, and they shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of my hand. All the persecuting Emperours could not pluck one Sheep out of Christs hand: out of the hands of other shepherds its easie to pull them, but impossible to pull them out of Christs hand; he knows its his Fathers will, that of all he hath given him he should lose nothing, John 6.39. and Christ will lose nothing.
Vers. 25. And I will make with them a Covevenant of peace, and will cause the evill beasts to cease out of the Land: and they shall dwell safely in the wildernesse, and sleep in the woods.
The Lord proceeds here in mentioning more benefits which his Flock should have in the Kingdome, and under the Government of Christ their Shepherd; and they are three;
I will make with them a Covenant of peace.
The Hebrew is, I will cut with them a Covenant of peace; the reason of which phrase is this: When the Jews made Covenants, they used to take a Calf and cut it in the midst, laying the two halves at a distance, and so passed between them; this was their manner of covenanting, and hence came the expression of cutting a Covenant, How the Heathens made their Covenants, see Piscat: in loc. Maldon. in Jer. 34.18. see Jerem: 34.18. to this God alludes when he saith, I will cut, or strike a Covenant with them; he did it by making Christ a sacrifice, by sheding his bloud, dividing his soul and body, who (Isa. 42.6.) is said to be the Covenant of the people, that is, the Mediator of the Covenant between God and his people.
The word for Covenant is Berith; of which, and whence it comes hath largely been spoken, Ezek: 16.8. Its not a Covenant of works, but a Covenant of peace, which some interpret of external peace, plenty and prosperity which they should have: but the peace here meant reacheth further then to outwards, its a peace concerns the soul, a peace procured by the bloud of Christ, Col: 1.20. And having made peace by the bloud of his Crosse, by him to reconcile all things to himself. Hence as Christ is call'd the Covenant, so he is call'd our peace, Eph: 2.14. He is our peace, who hath made both one: He is the ground and foundation of peace, between Jew and Gentile, between God and man; and the Gospel upon this account is call'd the Gospel of peace, Ephes. 6.15. for Christ preached peace unto them, Ephes. 2.17. This peace is not like the peace of the world, John 14.27. but its peace that quiets the conscience, passeth understanding, keeps the heart, and rules in the soul, Rom: 5.1. Phil: 4.7. Col: 3.15. Where this peace is, neither death, nor [Page 219] Devil are feared, because sin is remitted, 1 Cor: 15.55, 56, 57. Rom: 8.33, 34.
And will cause the evil beasts to cease out of the Land.
In the 70. years captivity, when Judaea was without inhabitant, wild beasts might multiply therein; these God doth promise to cause to cease, they should be no more. But these evil beasts were rather false Teachers, and Tyrants, wicked Political and Ecclesiastical Shepherds: God would order it so, that these who were worse then Bears, Lyons, Wolves and Foxes, should be no more; and in stead of such, he would give them good Magistrates and Ministers, Jer: 23.4. I will set up shepherds over them, which shall feed them, and they shall fear no more, nor be dismayed. There is another construction to be made of the words; namely this, That God would cause the wild and beastly dispositions of men to cease, and they should become meek and gentle, according to that in Isa: 11.6. where its said, That in the dayes of Christ, the Wolfe shall dwell with the Lamb, and the Leopard shall lye down with the Kid. Wolves and Leopards are creatures most fierce and cruel, especially against Lambs and Kids, yet God would so alter the nature of these, that they should live and lye down together; he would make the most fierce, rugged, cruell men, to become mild and sweet, and to converse with them that were for disposition Lambs and Kids. Junius sense of the words is this, That the Lord would take away or restrain every hurtfull thing; he would not suffer his people to be infested, or if they were, they should not be damnified by those infestations.
And they shall dwell safely in the wildernesse, and sleep in the woods.
These are proverbiall speeches, setting out the great security the Flock of God should have under Christ: Where there are no wild beasts in the Wilderness or the Woods, there the [Page 220] Sheep feed and rest without all fear, they are most secure; and Gods people under the Gospel and Christ, have the greatest security. The word for safely is Labetach, in fiducia, or Confidenter, as Montanus renders it; that is, confidently, they shall be free from the fear of all enemies both Corporal and Spirituall; Satan shall be cast into the bottomlesse pit, Rev: 20.2, 3. and all other enemies brought to such a condition, as that they should not cause fear, Jerem: 23.4. The Jews because they see not such security for themselves any where, do therefore deny that Messiah is come, for when he comes he shall make a Covenant of peace, and they shall be in safety, even in Wildernesses and Woods, because there shall be no enemies, no evill beasts to take away or hinder their peace. Though when the Lord Christ the true Messiah came, there was an universall peace through the world, it being at that time when the taxing was in Augustus dayes,Vid. Sanct: in Isa. 2.4. Luke 2. and though the wars after were not so much as before, yet I conceive there is a time when this prophesie shall be more fully compleated, for every prophesie of Christ was not fullfilled when he came in the flesh, but many were to be fullfill'd in after times, among which this was one. The Jews were mistaken concerning Messiahs coming, but not much concerning this prophesie.
First, Observe;
The infinite goodnesse, kindnesse, and condescension of God, who will enter into Covenant with sinners, with any of the children of men.
Doth not the Scripture say, Verily, every man at his best estate is altogether vanity? Psal: 39.5. and why should the Lord who is an infinite excellency, infinitely distanced from all creatures and vanity, enter into Covenant with man? what did he see in these Jews or in the Gentiles to awaken, rouze, and draw out his heart unto such a work? if stubbornness, ignorance, unbelief, idolatry, oppression, and such like, might induce him thereunto, these abounded both in Jew and Gentile; there was nothing but Gods own goodness, grace and mercy, to cause him so to condescend, as to make a Covenant with man, and such a [Page 221] Covenant as a Covenant of peace. This should
First, Raise up our spirits and hearts to admiration, that an infinite, holy, glorious, and great God should mind, converse, and make Covenant with dust and ashes; Psal: 144.3. Lord (saith David) what is man that thou takest knowledge of him? or the son of man that thou makest account of him? David wondered that God should take notice of, especially make account of so mean a thing as man is, as himself was, though a King and Prophet.
Secondly, Indear us greatly unto him. When high Ones stoop unto those that are low and mean, it gains much upon their hearts, and indeares them abundantly unto them. When David condescended to Abigail to take her to wife, it affected her greatly, and indeared her unto him not a little, as you may see 1 Sam: 25.41.
Thirdly, Make us faithful unto God. Is he pleased to make a Covenant with man, and shall not man be faithfull unto him? a wife should not be unfaithful unto her husband, and break Covenant with him, though he be but a little above her; how much lesse should man break Covenant with God, who is so much above him. God complains in Hosea 6.7. saying, They like Adam have transgressed the Covenant; I condescended to Adam, and made a Covenant with him; yea, I condescended to them, and made a Covenant with them, but they both proved unfaithful, father and posterity, they transgressed the Covenant.
Fourthly, Cause us to be free and chearful in our obedience unto God: When so great a God shall so graciously condescend unto us, as to enter into Covenant with us, and that a Covenant of peace, should it not make us run in his wayes, and serve him with gladness of heart?
Secondly, Observe;
That men through sin are at distance from, and enmity with God.
I will make a Covenant of peace with them. What needed a Covenant of peace, if there had not been war between God [Page 222] and man? Man being apostatized from God through Adams fall, lived in enmity to God, Rom: 8.7. The carnall mind is enmity against God, for its not subject to the Law of God, neither indeed can be. Men by nature have carnal minds, oppose God, his Laws and wayes, and therefore Rom: 1.30. they are said to be haters of God; and in Psal. 5.5. God is said to hate them, Thou hatest all workers of iniquity. There was such hostility between God and man, as that there was no approach for man to God without a Mediator, and such a Mediator as could make satisfaction to divine justice, being offended; Col: 1.21. You that were sometimes alienated, and enemies in your mind by wicked works, yet now hath he reconciled. The Colossians as well as others, were once at a great distance from God, and enemies to God; and wherein lay their enmity? in their minds; and how did that appear? by wicked works; they plotted, contrived, and did such things as declared them to be enemies to God, and being so, they durst not appear before God. But
Thirdly, Observe;
God by Christ hath been pleased to take away this enmity, and to reconcile sinners unto himself.
2 Cor: 5.18. All things are of God, who hath reconciled us to himself by Jesus Christ. Its Christ hath paid the price of our redemption, he hath satisfied his justice fully, and delivered us from wrath to come, 1 Thessa. 1.10. Its by Christ the Mediator that reconciliation is made; neither Angels nor men could do that work, it was a work for one that had more worth in him, then all Angels or men, Coloss: 1.19, 20. It pleased God that in him all fullnesse should dwell, that so by him he might reconcile all things to himselfe, by him, whether they be things in earth, or things in Heaven: By him is twice in the verse that we may see by whom the enmity was taken away, and from whom the reconciling virtue came, even from the Lord Christ, whose bloud made the attonement, Ephes: 2.13, 14, 15, 16. How should this teach us to honour and prize the Lord Christ, by whom so difficult, so great and glorious a work was wrought?
Fourthly, Observe;
Those that are received to God by the mediation of Christ, shall be preserved from all hurtfull things, receive all good things needfull, and enjoy much security.
When men are in the Covenant of peace, then God will cause the evill beasts to cease out of the Land, then no creatures, no enemies, no Devils shall do them harm, Job 5.23. Pro: 16.7. Rom: 16.20. Then there will be a communication of all good things needful, they shall dwell in the wildernesse, there they shall have blessings, so as they shall not be put to remove their dwellings for want, Psal. 34.9, 10. Psal. 23.1. Psal. 84.11. Then shall they dwell safely in the wildernesse, and sleep in the woods; nothing without or within shall create any fear, or cause any solicitousness in them, they shall have perfect peace, and be as in the suburbs of Heaven, Jer: 23.4.
Verses 26, 27.
And I will make them and the places round about my hill, a blessing; and I will cause the showre to come down in his season: there shall be showres of blessing.
And the tree of the field shall yeeld her fruit, and the earth shall yield her increase, and they shall be safe in their Land, and shall know that I am the Lord, when I have broken the bands of their yoke, and delivered them out of the hand of those that served themselves of them.
IN these verses as in the former, the Lord promises sweet mercies unto his people.
First, A blessing in generall, vers. 26.
Secondly, Particular blessings, and they are these,
Thirdly, The time when all these shall be, ibid.
Vers. 26. I will make them and the places round about my hill, a blessing.
The Jews being in Babylon were for a proverb, a reproach, a taunt, and a curse, Jer: 24.9. Chap: 25.18. Chap: 29.18. but God would roul away their reproach, and make them a blessing. The Chaldee is erunt benedicti, they shall be blessed; its usuall in Scripture to put the Abstract for the Concrete, as Gen: 12.2. Thou shalt be a blessing, the Vulgar there is benedictus, thou shalt be blessed; take the word blessing here for the Concrete, and the sense is, they shall be blessed with abundance and variety of blessings, they shall be happy and prosperous in all things; but take the word as it is in the Abstract, a blessing, the sense is, they shall be a blessing unto others, they shall be a blessing unto the Nations, as they were a curse in the Nations, so they should be a blessing unto them, Zech: 8.13. It shall come to passe, that as ye were a curse among the Nations, O house of Judah, and house of Israel, so will I save you, and ye shall be a blessing, that is, a blessing unto the Nations round about them.
The word Hill, must be interpreted before we can well understand this place. By Hill is meant Mount Sion where the Temple was, and Jerusalem, there God recorded his Name, set up his Worship, and therefore saith My Hill. Now these were Types of Christ and the Church in his time; as the Jews therefore came out of Babylon and other places to Mount Sion, to Jerusalem, and the Temple when rebuilt, so to Christ and the Evangelicall Church. Gentiles flocked out of several Nations, and so the Church and Members of it, were a blessing unto them, as Mount Sion and the Inhabitants of it, together with [Page 225] them dwelt round about it in Judaea or Canaan, were a blessing unto the Nations. The blessing here, I conceive principally referrs to spiritual blessings; he spake before of a Covenant of peace wrought by Christ, and now of blessings they should have by him; the Church under Christ should be blessed with all spiritual blessings, according to that Ephes. 1.3.
And I will cause the showre to come down in his season.
The word for Showre is Geshem, which notes a great and vehement rain, as Kirker saith, even such as shakes the earth: Most make it signifie a strong rain; but Ramban, a gentle rain; be it great or gentle, God would give them rain in season. In Deut: 11.14. you read of the former rain, and the latter rain; the former rain was in October, or September, which was upon the sowing of their Corn, and this rain came moderately, Joel 2.23. That so the Corn might swell with moisture, root, and grow: Lente descendebat ut semina terris imprimerentur & imabuerenter humore ad gorminationem. Martin. the latter rain was in the first month, as Joel 2.23: that which we call March, though some others put it in May, and it was ut grana turpida redderet, to make the ear full; their harvest was sooner then ours, their Countrey being hotter. Under these showres Heavenly things are figured unto us, as in Deut: 32.2. My doctrine shall drop as the rain, my speech shall distill as the dew, as the small rain upon the tender hearb, and as the showres upon the grasse. Here Heavenly Doctrine is likened unto rain, dew, showres; and in our Prophet is set out by showres, Heavenly Doctrine, and influences of the Spirit, which do make Gods people fruitfull in all good works, as the rain doth the earth and trees, in all kind of Hearbs, Corn and Fruit. In Christs time there were many such showres, he rained Heavenly ones oft upon the people. In 2 Pet: 2.17. & Jude 12. false teachers are said to be Wells without water, and Clouds without rain; but Christs Apostles were Wells full of water, and clouds full of rain, and by those did Christ water divers persons and places.
There shall be showres of blessing.
The Septuagint is [...], the rain of blessing, or blessed rain: Piscator renders the words, Erunt pluviae largissime, there shall be plentifull rains. They may be call'd showres of blessing, because they are from the blessed God, have a blessing in them, and benefit them they fall upon; some rains are so great, that they do much harm and little good: these should not be such, they should be seasonable and moderate, they should have Heavenly Doctrines and blessings seasonable, and as they were capable of them.
Vers. 27. And the Tree of the field shall yeeld her fruit.
After the Heavens have sent forth their showres, the Trees and earth do send forth their fruit. Not only the Tree of the garden, but the Tree of the field, being watered brings forth. The Hebrew for Tree is Etz, which signifies any wood, and Synecdochically a Tree, because it is wood.
And the earth shall yeeld her increase.
When there have been seasonable rains, the earth hath brought forth abundantly, in some places thirty, in some sixty, in some a hundred fold. The word for increase is Jebul, from Jabal to bring, because the earth doth bring profit to the owners thereof. By Tree and Earth we may understand the higher and meaner sort of people, who under the Gospel and showrs of it should become fruitfull.
And they shall be safe in their Land.
In the 25. vers. its said, They shall dwell safely in the wildernesse: and here, They shall be safe in their Land; they should [Page 227] have safety every where, and the words are repeated to shew the certainty thereof.
When I have broken the bands of their yoke.
This yoke was the Babylonish captivity, which is call'd a yoke, Jerem: 30.8. and it lay heavily upon them, Isa: 47.6. The bands of this yoke were the Babylonish powers, Nebuchadrezzar, his Princes, and Officers; but God did break the Babylonish Empire in pieces by Cyrus and Darius, and so took the yoke off their necks, setting them at liberty. Yokes are burdensome, restrictive, and reproachfull; this breaking yokes and bands, and bringing the Jews out of Babylon, typed out the spiritual liberty of the Church in Christs time, when Antichristian bands and yokes should be broken, and people brought out of spiritual Babylon.
And delivered them out of the hands of those that served themselves of them.
The Hebrew is, And shall deliver them out of the hands of them who made them to serve: the Babylonians made the Jews to serve and work for them, being captives among them; Exigebant servitutem ab ipsis, they exacted service of them; their dealings with the Jews were like the Egyptians, who were cruel taskmasters over them. [...] Avad saith Lavater, saevitiem in aliquem exercere significat tanquam in servam.
First, Observe;
Temporal and Spiritual blessings are from God; he makes people blessed, and gives them what blessings he pleases.
I will make them and the places round about my hill, a blessing. Gen: 9.1. God blessed Noah and his sons, and said unto them, be fruitfull, multiply, and replenish the earth: here God is the Authour of temporal blessings, Gen: 12.2. Of Abraham God [Page 228] said, I will blesse thee, and make thy name great; and thou shalt be a blessing: and I will blesse them that blesse thee, and curse him that curseth thee; and in thee shall all familyes of the earth be blessed: Here God shews himself Authour of temporal and spiritual blessings, its peculiar unto God to blesse. Balak was out when he said of Balaam, I wot that he whom thou blessest is blessed, and he whom thou cursest is cursed, Numb: 22.6. No its not in the power of any creature to blesse or curse; men and Devils may utter words of blessing or cursing, but they cannot make blessed or cursed; its God who turns blessings into curses, Mal: 2.2. and curses into blessings, Nehem: 13.2.
Secondly, Observe;
Others faire the better for the Churches sake.
I will make the places round about my hill, a blessing. On the Hill of Sion was the Temple, the place where God recorded his Name, there were the solemn assemblies, the divine ordinances, Gods presence; and all that were near in Judaea, yea the Nations round about had some blessing and benefit thereby: they heard of the God of Israel that he differed from all idol gods; they heard of his Laws, that they were more righteous then the Laws of the Nations; they saw his Sabbaths, how strictly they were kept; they heard of the Prophets that were in Jerusalem and Israel; did not Naaman a Syrian get a blessing from Elisha, 2 Kings 5. The wisdome of Solomon had influence into all the places round about Sion, yea into all the Countries far off; The Queen of Sheba heard thereof, and it was a blessing unto her: from any Nation they might come to Sion, become Proselites, and enjoy what mercies the Jews themselves enjoyed, Micah 4.1, 2. In the last dayes it shall come to passe, that the Mountain of the house of the Lord shall be established in the top of the Mountains, and it shall be exalted above the hills, and people shall flow unto it and many Nations shall come and say, Come, let us go up unto the Mountain of the Lord, and to the house of the God of Jacob, and he will teach us of his wayes, and we will walk in his Statutes; for the Law shall go forth of Zion, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.—These things are spoken of [Page 229] Christs times, when the Church should be very eminent and conspicuous, like the highest of hills, when the Law of faith and the Gospel should go out of Sion and Jerusalem, and be a blessing unto all Nations.
Thirdly, Observe;
Gods blessings are seasonable; both temporal and spiritual are in due time.
I will cause the showre to come down in his season, when it shall be a blessing, do much good; there shall be showres of blessing, Levit: 26.4. I will give you rain in due season, and the Land shall yield her increase, and the Trees of the field shall yield their fruit. Those rains are seasonable which cause fruitfulness; those are unseasonable rains which hinder or destroy the fruit of the Trees, and encrease of the earth. The Lord observes times and seasons to do sinners good, both for body and soul; Isa: 30.18. He waits that he may be gracious, he waits for fit seasons wherein his mercies may come with advantage and acceptance unto men; Isa. 55.10, 11. As the rain cometh down, and the snow from Heaven, and returneth not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud, which is an argument it came in season, so shall my word be that goeth out of my mouth, it shall not return unto me void, but it shall accomplish that which I please, it shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it. God gives his word seasonably, as he doth the rain, Tit: 1.3. God hath in due times manifested his word through preaching; the Original is [...], in his own times, and those are the due times, the seasonablest times; Gal. 4.4. When the fullnesse of the time was come, God sent forth his Son made of a woman. Christs birth was at the fullness of time, when it was most seasonable; so his death, Rom: 5.6. [...], in due time, or according to the season, Christ dyed for the ungodly: Psal. 72.6. He shall come down like rain upon the mown grasse, as the showres that water the earth. As Solomon was to the people by his wisdome and justice, like seasonable rains to the grasse and earth; much more is God and Christ so to the Church; what seasonable dews, droppings, and influences of [Page 230] the Spirit hath it from them, which make it to grow green and flourish? Let us wait for his showres and influences, none can give them but himself, and when he gives them its in season.
Fourthly, Observe
The end of Gods blessings is, that we may acknowledge and honour him for them.
I will cause the showres to come in season; I will make the Trees fruitful, and the earth encrease; I will make them safe in their Land, and they shall know that I am the Lord. Gods blessings have something of God in them; they are glasses, and shew us his power, wisdome, goodnesse and loving kindnesse, each of which oblige us to acknowledge him the Authour of them, and to honour him for them.
Fifthly, Observe
Gods people are sometimes in subjection and bondage to their enemies, who make them to serve, and serve themselves of them.
The Jews were under the Babylonish yoke, they served and suffered hard things under the Babylonians, Jer: 50.33. they were oppressed, held under, and put to do servile things; God had told them by the mouth of Jeremy, chap. 17.4. that they should serve their enemies, and their enemies made them to serve, and advantaged themselves by their service, Lamen: 5.4, 5, 6. We have drunk our water for money, our wood is sold unto us; they could neither have water nor fire, unlesse they bought or earn'd the same with hard labour. Our necks are under persecution, we labour and have no rest; this iron yoke of Captivity is upon us, we labour and serve these Babylonians, and yet we have no rest; We have not bread to satisfie our hunger. They made the young men grinders in the mill, ver: 13. This was the condition of Gods people in Babylon under Nebuchadrezzar, and Belshazzar their grand enemies; and such hath been the condition of Gods people since Christs time, they have been often in subjection and bondage to Antichrist, [Page 231] to Princes and Prelates, who have tyrannized over their souls and bodies.
Sixthly, Observe
God hath his time to set his at liberty, to bre ak te bands and yokes which his are held in.
When I have broken, or shall break the bands of their yoke, and deliver them out of the hands of those that made them to serve. The Jews found their bands and yokes so strong, and fast tyed about their necks, that they were without hope of ever having them loosed or removed, Ezek: 37.11. Our hope is lost; this captivity we shall never shake off, nor our posterity; and the Babylonians, they held them fast and refused to let them go, Jer: 50.33. But when the seventy years were expired, (when Gods time was come) he brake the yokes and bands, he knockt them off, and set them at liberty; for ver: 34. Their Redeemer is strong, the Lord of Hoasts is his name. Let enemies strength be great, let their yokes be of iron which they put upon his peoples necks and let them be tyed on with the bands of humane Laws, yet God is stronger then they, he will break Empires and Emperors in pieces, abrogate their Laws, loose the bands, pull off the yokes, and set his people at liberty, he will throughly plead their cause, give them and their Land rest, and disquiet the inhabitants of Babylon. We were under Romish Antichristian yokes a long time, the bands of which were loosened somewhat under Edward the sixth, and Queen Elizabeth, but they were tying fast again by their Successors, and became so heavy that multitudes of our brethren were glad to flye for the burdensomness of those yoaks; others cryed unto God to break them in pieces, and his time being come, he hath done it: our Antichristian bands, and Babylonish yokes are loosened and knockt off our necks; let us take heed (least through the abuse of our liberty) the Lord cast us into a worse and greater bondage then ever.
Seventhly, Observe
Eminent works of God do cause eminent knowledge of God.
And they shall know me, when I have broken the bands of their yoke, and delivered them ou [...] [...]f the hands of those that served themselves upon them. This was an eminent work of God to bring them out of Babylon, and this bred eminent knowledge of God in them, then they had large experience of Gods power, faithfulnesse, and goodness unto them, that they said, The Lord liveth which brought up, and which led the seed of the house of Israel out of the North Countrey, and from all Countries whether the Lord had driven them, Jer. 23.8. When their captivity was turned, then they had such apprehensions of God as fiill'd their mouths with laughter, and their tongues with singing, Psal. 126.1, 2, 3. then they said, The Lord hath done great things for us, whereof we are glad.
Vers. 28. And they shall no more be a prey to the heathen, neither shall the beasts of the Land devoure them, but they shall dwell safely, and none shall make them afraid.
The Jews had oft been a prey to the Heathen; the Egyptians, Amorites, Moabites, Midianites, Philistims, Babylonians, and others had oft spoyled and served themselves of them, which the Lord laying to heart, doth here graciously promise, That they shall no more be a prey unto the Nations. The Hebrew word for prey is Baz, from Bazaz to spoyl, to pluck from; and the English word is from praeda, which some make to be corpora rerum captarum, the bodies of things taken; or thus, a prey is that which men get and devoure,Praeda est quam alius paedit cui non parata. Martinius. for whom it was not prepared or intended, as Heb: 10.34. They took joyfully the spoyling of their goods; their goods were not prepared or intended for those that gat them. The word for spoyling is [...] which signifies a prey because its violently gotten and taken.
Neither shall the beasts of the Land devoure them.
The Land of Canaan was the glory of all Lands, Ezek: 20.6. yet was it not without wild beasts which did tare and devoure, 2 Kings 2.24. & 2 Kings 17.25. But now God would chain up the Bears and Lyons, so that they should do no harm. There is another sense to be made of the words, which is, that God would so order the spirits of wicked Magistrates, false Prophets and vile turbulent spirits, that they should not harm his flock; such men formerly had eaten up many of Gods people, Ezek: 22.25, 27, 29.
But they shall dwell safely, and none shall make them afraid.
To dwell safely is a great mercy, to dwell so safely that none shall make afraid, is extraordinary mercy. Men are subject unto fears, even the best of men, and that severall wayes; when fire breaks out in a Town, when famine or plague are in a City, when storms and tempests are abroad, when wars begin, persecution, imprisonment, bannishment, and death are threatned, then fears seize upon persons, and prevail too far with many: but here the Lord promises that his shall be free from all fears, none shall make them afraid. The word for making afraid is from Charad, which notes not a slight fear, but such as is with trembling, outwardly manifested, and it ariseth either from inward solicitousnesse of mind, or from apprehension of evill impending, and at hand.
Observe
Gods people are in the safest condition of any; they have promises of protection and security from all their enemies, from those without, and those within.
They shall no more be a prey to the Heathen; that is, those without, he Nations abroad in the world: Neither shall the beasts of the Land devoure them; that is, none within, none of them among whom they dwell, not the Magistrates, not the Prophets, nor the base and vile ones of the earth, none shall harm them, none shall make them afraid, but they shall dwell safely: Not to be harmed by the beasts of the Land, is mercy; but not so much as to be made afraid by them, is greater mercy. None under Heaven are in so good a condition for protection and safety, as Gods own people, Job 11.18, 19. Thou shalt take thy rest in safety: Also, thou shalt lye down, and none shall make thee afraid. Job himself, and all he had, should be in safety, free from fear and danger. Jer: 31.10. Hear the word of the Lord, O ye Nations, and declare it in the Isles afar off, and say, he that hath scattered Israel, will gather him, and keep him as a Shepherd doth his flock; Here the Lord makes Proclamation to the Nations, and layes it upon them to make it known to others, that he would have a special care of Israel, that is, his people, and keep them as a Shepherd doth his flock; he would not suffer the Wolves, Lyons, Bears & Dogs to hurt them, or make them afraid: Isa. 27.3. Least any hurt the Lords Vineyard, he will keep it night and day; he will not slumber nor sleep, but alwayes watch over it; his care for his is the same in the night when wild beasts are abroad, as in the day when they lye hid in their dens; Psal. 31.20. Thou shalt hide them in the secret of thy presence from the pride of man; thou shalt keep them secretly in a pavillion from the strife of tongues. Gods people are hidden Ones, and so secured from the harm of enemies hands and tongues.
Vers. 29. And I will raise up for them a plant of renown; and they shall no more be consumed with hunger in the Land, neither bear the shame of the heathen any more.
This verse speaks out the goodness of God unto his Flock abundantly, in positive and negative mercies, he would raise up for it a plant, and that of renown, and he would free it from hunger and shame.
And I will raise up for them.
The words may be read thus, For I will raise up for them, and so be a reason of what went before, viz: They shall no more be a prey to the Nations, nor be devoured by the beasts of the Land, but dwell safely without fear, for I will raise up a plant of renown for them. Its true, the Hebrew Particle Vedoth, sometime signifies for, as Psal: 60.11. Give us help from trouble, for vain is the help of man. Veshaveh is the word; Ve is there for; [...]o Isa: 64.5. Behold thou art wroth, for we have sinned: Ve is rendred for; But the Prophet here is reckoning up variety of promises, mercies, and benefits, which the Lord makes to, and would bestow upon his people; and therefore Ve or Va is here Copulative, continuing the ceries of mercies and promises, And I will raise up: You are like plants pluckt up by the roots, scattered here and there like dry branches; but I will raise up a plant for you, even a
Plant of renown.
The Hebrew is Mattah lesem, A plant for name; the Septuagint is [...], A plant of peace; the Chaldee is Plantationem ut permaneant, A plantation that they may remain; the Vulgar is germen nominatum, A noble sprigg or plant; Vatablus hath it, Plantulam celebri nomine, A plant of a famous name, that should bring glory and renown unto them; Iren. saith, Plantam ad celebritatem, A plant for fame; Piscator turns the words thus, Plantam nobilem, A noble plant; Campadius and Lavater are to this purpose, Plantationem, or plantam in nomen, A plant for name or renown, as both the French and our Translation is. This Plant of renown is by some Expositers interpreted to be the Christian Church gathered out of all Nations, and planted in Christ, which Isa. 61.3. is call'd The [Page 236] planting of the Lord; & Isa: 60.21. The branch of his planting. Others do expound it of Christ; so doth Jerome, Theodoret, and divers later Expositers; we may take in both, Christ and the Church which springs up out of him: but chiefly Christ is presented to us by this plant of renown, which is the same with that in Jerem: 23.5. where its said, I will raise unto David a righteous branch, and a King shall reign and prosper; he shews whom he means by that righteous branch, viz: Christ, who was to be King, and to execute judgement and justice in the earth: So here, the plant of renown is the righteous branch; God would raise the one and the other. Hence Isa: 53.2. he is said, To grow up before him as a tender plant, and as a root out of a dry ground. God planted him in Sion, and he came from Joseph and Mary, who were like dry ground: and he is oft call'd the Branch, and Branch of righteousnesse, and Branch of the Lord, Zech: 3.8. Jerem: 33.15. & Isa: 4.2. In that day shall the branch of the Lord be beautifull and glorious; or beauty and glory, as the Hebrew is. Its evident Christ is the plant or branch, and not simply so, but a plant of renown; that which makes men renowned, is something extraordinary; what is common extends not far, neither procreates renownednesse; but when things are beyond, or above the common course of things, then they spread and beget fame: now Christ had extraordinaries, not a few.
First, His conception and birth were extraordinary, Isa. 7.14. Matth: 1.18, 20. Luke 1.31, 32, 35.
Secondly, His gifts and graces were extraordinary, Isa: 11.2, 3. Luke 2.46, 47. John 1.14. Chap: 3.34. Coloss: 1.19. Chap: 2.3.
Thirdly, He did extraordinary things, and many of that kind; He took away the sin of the world, John 1.29. He brake down the partition wall between Jew and Gentile, and reconciled both to God, Ephes: 2.14, 15, 16. He laid the foundation, and built the Christian Church, Zech: 6.12. He brought in everlasting righteousnesse: Dan: 9.24. Life and Immortality, 2 Tim. 1.10, He did many miracles, John 3.2. Chap: 7.31. Chap. 9.16.32. Chap: 11.47. Chap: 12.37. He fullfilled all righteousnesse, Matth: 3.15. He authorized and enabled men to cast [Page 237] out Dev [...]lls, to cure all diseases, Matth: 10.1. He revealed the father, Matth: 11.27. He forgave sins, Luke 5.20, 21. He foretold things to come, Matth: 24. He sent the Comforter, John 16.7. He did such works as never any man did, John 15.24.
Fourthly, He suffered more then other men; his sufferings were extraordinary, Isa: 53.3, 4, 5, 6, 7, &c. Luke 22.44. so Matth: 27. & Luke 23. He trod the wine-presse of the fiercenesse and wrath of Allmighty God, Rev: 19.15. Pauls sufferings made him famous, Phil: 1.13. much more Christs.
Fifthly, He had extraordinary Titles, as Immanuel, Isa. 7.14. The stone of Israel, Gen: 49.24. The Lord our Righteousnesse, Jer: 23.6. The power and wisdom of God, 1 Cor. 1.24. The heir of all things, Heb: 1.2. King of Kings, and Lord of Lords, Revel: 59.16. The Light of the world, John 8.12. The glory of Israel, Luke 2.32. The Prince of Life, Acts 3.15. Judge of quick and dead, Acts 10.42. The Image of the invisible God, Col: 1.15. The Head over all things, Ephes: 1.22. The Lamb of God, John 1.29. The Mediator between God and man, 1 Tim. 1.5. The Sun of righteousnesse, Mal. 4.2. His name is wonderful Counsellour, the mighty God, the everlasting Father, the Prince of peace, Isa: 9.6.
Sixthly, He had extraordinary honour: When he was brought into the world, God commanded all the Angels to worship him, Heb. 1.6. He stir'd up the spirits of the wise men of the East, directing them by a star to come and worship him, Mat. 2.11. When he was baptized Heaven was opened, the Spirit descended like a Dove, and a voice from Heaven, said, This is my beloved Son in whom I am well pleased, Matth: 3.16, 17. When he was transfigured, Moses and Elias appeared unto him; and the same voice of the Father was heard again with some addition, This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased, hear him; and he committed all judgement to the Son, that so all men should honour the Son, even as they honour the Father, John 5.23.
Take this plant of renown for the Christian Church, and it is renowned for that it is planted in Christ, Col: 2.7. Eph. 4.15. bears the name of Christ, James 2, 7. is his Spouse, Rev: 21.9. [Page 238] John 3.29. under his Government, Eph: 5.24. freed from the bondage of the Ceremonial Law, Gal: 4.1, 2, 3, 4, 5. hath cleerer manifestations of Gods love in Christ, Eph: 2.7. extends further then ever the Jewish Church did to the Gentiles, to all Nations, Isa: 54.1, 2, 3. chap: 60.3. chap: 62.2. Rev: 21.24, 25. and had such miraculous effusion of the Spirit, upon many of the members of it, Acts 2.3, 4. 1 Cor: 12.8, 9, 10. and is the habitation of God, Ephes. 2.22. visible, and irremoveable as Mount Sion, Mich: 4.1, 2. Matth: 16.18. The ground and pillar of truth, 1 Tim: 3.15.
And they shall be no more consumed with hunger in the Land.
In Jacobs dayes, there was a great famine, and his family had been consumed, if Egypt had not afforded releif. In Davids dayes many suffered by the three years famine then, 2 Sam: 21.1. There was a sore famine in Ahabs dayes, 1 Kings 18.2. and questionless many perished with hunger in the siege of Jerusalem, Lam: 4.9. and many who were scattered abroad, not having to satisfie their hunger, became a prey to hunger it self. The promise here is, They shall no more be consumed with hunger; they shall have plenty of all good things, there shall be no corporal nor spiritual hunger, there Teachers had been removed into corners, Isa: 30.20. There Prophets had been cut off, and were glad to be hid in Caves, 1 Kings 18.4. but God would set up shepherds over them, which should feed them, and they should not be lacking, Jerem: 23.4. Their eyes should see them, Isa: 30.20. The word for consumed is Asuppe, from As [...]ph, which signifies to gather together, to take away and to consume. In time of famine men get together, consult how to relieve themselves, and when all means fail, the famine consumes them, and takes them away. The Septuagint is [...], They shall not be few in number, they shall have abundance and multiply.
Neither bear the shame of the heathen any more.
The Hebrew word for shame is Celemmah, which signifies reproach; the Babylonians, and others where the Jewes were scattered, did reproach them, and said, Sing us one of the songs of Sion, Psal. 137.3. You are the holy people, have holy ordinances, and holy songs, sing us one of those songs; you thought your selves safe in your holy City, that your God would protect you from all the Nations; but where is your God? what's become of your City, Temple and Confidences? are you not in our hands? are you not in bondage and captivity? ye are servants unto us, and shall never be at liberty more; thus did they bear the shame of the Heathen, they were a reproach, a proverb, a taunt, and a curse in all places, Jer: 24.18. but God would set them at liberty, roule away their reproach, and make them honourable; They should be a praise, Zeph: 3.19. At that time I will undo all that afflict thee, and I will save her that halteth, and gather her that was driven out, and I will get them praise and fame in every Land, where they have been put to shame. And vers. 20. I will make you a name and a praise among all people of the earth, when I turn back your captivity.
First, Observe
The Lord Christ himself, his renown, and that the Church hath by him, is from the Lord.
I will raise up a plant of renown. Christ is call'd The Word, John 1.1. and God made that Word flesh, vers. 14. He is call'd a Rod, a Branch, Isa. 11.1. and God caused that Rod to come out of the stem of Jesse, and that Branch to grow out of his roots. God planted Christ at first in the Virgins womb, and from thence he grew up (through Gods wise disposing of things) to be a plant of renown. And Luke 1.32. The Angel said to Mary, he shall be great, and shall be called the Son of the Highest, and the Lord shall give him the [Page 240] Throne of his Father David. This God performed, and so made him a man a plant of renown, he gave Christ to the Church, he planted him in Sion, Isa: 28.16. and so all the glory the Church had by him (which was, and is exceeding much) came originally from the Lord; Christ is therefore call'd The gift of God, John 4.10.
Secondly, Observe
Christ is fruitfull, and yeelds good fruit.
He is a plant of renown; were this plant barren, or did it bear evill fruit, it could not be a plant of renown, it would be a plant of contempt. This plant is that Tree of Life (Rev: 22.2.) which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month. No barrenness at all was on this Tree, it had plenty and variety of fruit, Summer and Winter, and the goodness of this fruit the Church will tell you of, Cant: 2.3. I sat under his shadow with great delight, & his fruit was sweet to my taste. If the shadow of this Tree was very delightsome, certainly the fruit of this Tree was exceeding sweet: The man sick of the Palsie found the sweet of this fruit, when Christ said unto him, Son be of good cheer, thy sins are forgiven thee, Mat: 9.2. Thousands can tell you how sweet the fruit of this Tree hath been to their tasts, to their souls; Acts 10.38. He went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the Devil; those that laboured and travelled, he said unto them, come unto me, and I will give you rest, Matth. 11.28. You shall rest under my Shaddow, and be refreshed by eating of my fruit. There must needs be excellency and sweetness in the fruit of this plant, because all desire to have it, Hag: 2.7. He is the desire of all Nations: let him be the desire of our souls, and let them feed more upon the fruit this plant of renown bears, so shall we live, and live more abundantly.
Thirdly, Observe
That the Church under Christ shall be freed from those evils it hath formerly been subject unto, and shall enjoy the contrary good.
I will raise up a plant of renown, and they shall no more be consumed with hunger; they had been, but now they should have plenty, especially of spiritual food, they thould know God from the least to the greatest, out of their bellies should flow rivers of water: Neither should they bear the shame of the heathen any more, they should not be under their reproach, but should be honourable: God hath promised to take away reproachful tearms, Isa. 62.4. and to give glorious titles to Zion, thou shalt no more be called, Forsaken, desolate; but thou shalt be called Hephzi-bah, Beulah: yea, he hath said, She shall have abundance of glory, Isa: 66.11. Whether the Church hath had such glory is questionable: Christ was reproached himself when on earth, call'd a Samaritan, a Seducer, a Devill, and what not? so the Christians in the Primitive times, were said to be factious, infant-killers, &c. and to this day the Church of Christ hath layen under the reproach of Heathens and Antichrist; but the time is coming that reproaches shall be wiped away, and the Church have abundance of glory, Rev: 21.3, 4, 10, 11.
Vers. 30. Thus shall they know that I the Lord their God am with them, & that they, even the house of Israel, are my people, saith the Lord God.
Here is a further blessing, viz: Conviction of the Heathens, that God is the God of that flock that hath suffered so much, and is with them: When God should gather his flock out of the Countreys where it was scattered, set up one shepherd, even his servant David to be a Prince over it, make a Covenant of peace with the same, set it at liberty from all enemies, cause it to be in safety on all sides, take away its reproach, put honour upon it, and satisfie it with blessings, temporal and spiritual; when these things were done, then should they, that is, the Nations, know that the Lord their God was with them, and thus should they know: By those gracious acts of God, and great mercies bestowed upon the house of Israel, they should be convinced; as when God begun the work in the Type, bringing [Page 242] them out of Babylon, the Heathens said, The Lord hath done great things for them, Psal. 126.2. The Babylonians and others said, God had cast off his people, exposed them to reproaches and cursing, that he regarded them not, but had left them to be a prey to all the world; but when they saw God appear so eminently for them, then they understood that God had not left or cast off his people so, but that he was still their God, and they his people.
The house of Israel.
The first mention of the house of Israel, is in Exod: 16.31. and the last is in Heb: 8.10. its most mentioned in our Prophet Ezekiel, well nigh as often as in all the Holy Scriptures besides, if not more often. Gen: 32.28. tells you how Jacobs name was turned into Israel, whence his sons and posterity were call'd the house of Israel, and in process of time, not only those descended from his loyns were so called, but all that beleeved in the seed promised to Jacob were Israelites, and the house of Israel. Its not here to be confined to the Jews, but to extend to all believers.
First, Observe
God hath a people in the world whom he doth own, and afford his presence in a special manner.
I the Lord their God am with them, and the house of Israel are my people. God own'd the Jews of old above all the people of the earth, Deut: 7.6. The Lord thy God hath chosen thee to be a special people unto himself, above all people upon the face of the earth. There were multitudes of Nations, all which, or any of which he might have taken and left the Jews, but he chose only that Nation, Deut: 10.15. and therefore saith, Amos 3.1. You only have I known of all the Families of the earth; that is, You only have I known to be your God, to be with you, to be mine; others I have known, but not to be in Covenant with them, not to afford them my special presence and favours, Levit: 26.11, 12. God did dwell with, and walk amongst them: And as then [Page 243] God had the Jews, so now he hath the Christians for his people, whom he owns, and is present with, in a peculiar manner, 2 Cor. 6.16, 18. Rev: 2.1. & Acts 18.9, 10. where you may see how God was with Paul, incouraging him to preach, and upon what ground, For I have much people in this City, it was in Corinth; Rev: 21.3. Behold, the Tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God. God dwels in the Christian Church, and is with it to bestow variety of choice blessings upon it, and to protect it.
Secondly, Observe
Sometimes Gods dealings with his people are so distinguishing, that Heathens are convinced that they have God on their side, and enjoy speciall favours from him.
Thus shall they know that I the Lord their God am with them, and that they, even the house of Israel, are my people. Thus, that is, by my dealings with them, which are different from my dealings with others. Dan: 3. When God preserved the three children in the fiery Furnace, & delivered them from that Hell, then was Nebuchadnezzar mightily convinced, and said, Blessed be the God of Shadraeh, Meshach, and Abednego, who hath sent his Angel, and delivered his servants that trusted in him, and have changed the Kings word, and yielded their bodyes, that they might not serve nor worship any God except their own God. Therefore I make a Decree, that every People, Nation, and Language, which speak any thing amisse against the God of Shadrach, Meshach and Abednego, shall be cut in pieces, and their houses shall be made a dunghill, because there is no other god which can deliver after this sort, vers: 28, 29. So in Christs time, and the Apostles times, the miracles done by them in several places convinced unbelievers, that God was with them. The great things done in our dayes have made enemies to say, God hath done great things for them.
Vers. 31. And ye my flock the flock of my pasture are men, and I am your God, saith the Lord God.
This ver. is the key to open what was said before: the Lord had spoken oft of his flock, & lest any should take the same litterally, here he unfolds his mind, and tells us plainly, his flock are men, not bruit creatures. The Hebrew word for flock is twice, and ye my flock the flock of my pasture, Some read the words in the Future, thus, Ye my flock of my pasture shall be men; hitherto ye have been brutish, ye have favoured the things of the earth, and followed after carnall things, but henceforward ye shall be men cleaving to God and heavenly things. We may take them as they are, and find that sense in them, which Sanctius hath: I have told you of great things, that my servant David shall be your Shepherd, and a Prince among you, that ye shall dwell safely in wildernesses, sleep in woods, and that none shall make you afraid; yea, I have told you, that I will free you from bondage, shame, famine, and that I will make you renowned, blessing you with variety and plenty of temporal and spiritual good things: but you see not how these things can be accomplished, you are men full of infirmities, shallow of understanding, apt to doubt and make objections, but I am God, and your God, I have promised and will perform, saith Adonai, Jehovah; my word is truth, and my power shall give being to whatsoever I have said. There is yet another sence of these words, ye the flock of my pasture are men; that is, men call'd out of the world, men renewed by the transforming of your minds, men walking in the Spirit, not after the flesh, men given up to me and my wayes, men dealing justly and honestly, men fearing God and pursuing holinesse, men of choice spirits and practices; this sence I should approve of, but that the word for men is Adam, which rather imports men with their frailties, then men with their excellencies.
My flock of my pasture.
God calls them the flock of his pasture, because he provided for them food for their bodyes and souls, as a Shepherd doth provide pasture for his sheep; he gave them Manna from Heaven in former dayes, and now he gives them his Ordinances, his Word, the flesh and bloud of his Son. Gods flock is different from other Flocks, and hath different pastures; they are of the world, and feed upon the Acorns and Husks of the same; but Gods Flock is picked out of the world, separate from it, and feeds on Heavenly dainties.—
I am your God.
This is a great and gracious word; what can the Lord say more then this to any, I am your God? what can any desire more then to have God theirs? Psal. 73.25. Whom have I in Heaven but thee? and there is none upon earth that I desire besides thee, saith Asaph: Let others desire what they will in Heaven or earth, I desire nothing but God himself; Asaph knew that in having him for his God, he should have all things. When the Lord saith so, he doth ingage himself, all his attributes, and whatsoever he hath, unto the people or person he so saith.
First, Observe
God hath a peculiar people on earth, which he owns and feeds.
Ye my flock, the flock of my pasture. God hath elect, call'd, justified, and adopted Ones, which make up his flock; see 1 Pet: 2.9, 10. Titus 2.14. & Zech. 13.9. I will say it is my people. God hath a people refined and tryed in the furnace of affliction, which he is not ashamed of, but owns openly; and this people he provides for, Isa: 65.13. Behold, my servant; shall eat, but ye shall be hungry; behold, my servants shall drink, but ye shall be thirsty; behold, my servants shall rejoyce, [Page 246] but ye shall be ashamed. Gods people shall have meat and drink, and that with gladness, Acts 2.46. They have hidden Manna, Rev: 2.17. They are fed by the Lamb, and drink of living Fountains of waters, Rev: 7.17. They are a peculiar people, and have peculiar meat and drink.
Secondly, Observe
That of whomsoever Gods Flock doth consist, yet they are weak and frail creatures.
The Flock of my pasture are men. Noah, Lot, Abraham, Jacob, Job, David, Jeremy, Peter, Paul, John, who were Worthies in Israel, yet had their weaknesses, and shew'd themselves to be men; Can God prepare a Table in the Wildernesse? said the house of Israel; and Mary, whom all generations call'd blessed, we may call an Adamite, the Daughter of Adam, for she shew'd her weakness when she said, How can this be, seeing I know not a man? Luke 1.34.
Thirdly, Observe
The happinesse and comfort of Gods flock, lyeth in having God to be their God, and his manifestation of it.
Ye are men, feeble, helpless things, but I am your God, saith the Lord; whatsoever is defective in your selves is redundant in me; as there is nothing but impotency and misery in you, so there is nothing but power, grace and happiness in me; I have loved you freely, and taken you to be my flock, I have given my self unto you, and all I have with my self, and this I make known unto you.
CHAP. XXXV.
Vers. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Moreover, the word of the Lord came unto me, saying;
Son of man set thy face against Mount Seir, and prophesie against it.
And say unto it, Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, O Mount Seir, I am against thee, and I will stretch out mine hand against thee, and I will make thee most desolate.
I will lay thy Cityes waste, and thou shalt be desolate, and thou shalt know that I am the Lord.
Because thou hast had a perpetual hatred, and hast shed the bloud of the children of Israel by the force of the sword in the time of their calamity, in the time that their iniquity had an end.
THE Lord having in the former Chapter laid down many precious promises for the restauration, freedom, and comfort of his afflicted Flock; here he comes to deal with the enemies of his Church: and in the Chapter are,
Verses 1, 2.
Moreover, the word of the Lord came unto me, saying,
Son of man, set thy face against Mount Seir.
The Prophet received the word from, and was impowered by God to prophesie against Mount Seir. Of setting the face towards, or against, was spoken before, Chap: 20.46. Chap. 21.2. Chap: 25.2. where there is a prophesie against Moab and Seir. He must turn himself another way, and speak boldly against Mount Seir. that is, against Idumea, wherein Mount Seir was, between the Lake Asphaltites and Egypt, where Esau and his posterity dwelt, Gen: 32.3. who were called Edomites, or Idumeans.
Vers. 3. Behold, O Mount Seir, I am against thee.
Here is a sad message for Mount Seir, or rather the inhabitants of Idumea, who by a Metonymie are understood thereby; they had God against them, and this declared, Behold, I am against thee Idumea, I am against all thine inhabitants; thou hast not Israel against thee, but the God of Israel; I that formed Israel, that formed thee, I that made all the world, and can annihilate it at my pleasure, even I am against thee to infatuate thy Counsels, to weaken thy Forces, to frustrate thine Enterprizes, and to bring thee low.
I will stretch out mine hand against thee.
Stretching out the hand is sometimes in mercy, as Pro: 1.24. and sometimes in judgement, as here, and Chap: 25.13. [Page 249] I will stretch out mine hand upon Edom, and will cut off man and beast. This posture of the hand, imports vehement displeasure in the party doth it, and readiness to strike. God was very wroth with these Idumeans, and would set his power on work to smite them with destructive judgements.
I will make thee most desolate.
The Hebrew is Shemamah Ʋmeshammah, which Montanus renders desolation, and solitariness. The Septuagint is [...], I will make thee a wildernesse, and thou shalt be a wildernesse. When the Hebrew is doubled that is instead of a Superlative, here its desolation and desolation, which implyes most desolatenesse.
Vers. 4. I will lay thy Cityes waste.
Idumea had many Cityes, as Teman, Dedan, Bosra, Maresa, Rhinocorura, Raphia, Gaza, Authedon, Ascalon and Azotus, all which God threatens to lay waste, Chap: 25.14. God said, He would lay his vengeance upon Edom, and this was made good in the destruction of her Cityes and people.
And thou shalt be desolate.
God would by his judgements cut off man and beast, Chap: 25.13. and so made it desolate to purpose: when there are neither men nor Cattel in a Land, how desolate is it?
And thou shalt know that I am the Lord.
When thy Cityes are laid waste, when man and beast are cut off, then shalt thou know that I am against thee, and that I am the Lord Jehovah, who have done such things.
Vers. 5. Because thou hast had a perpetuall hatred.
The Hebrew is for that there is to thee an hatred or enmity of old. This is the first sin mentioned, which provoked God to proceed so severely against them, viz: their ancient hatred to the Israelites, Gen: 27.41. Esau hated Jacob, and purposed in his heart to slay him, because he had got the blessing. This hatred descended to the posterity of Esau, against the posterity of Jacob, and began in the womb of Rebecca, when the children strugled together, Gen: 25.22. The Edomites were ever enemies to the Israelites in their hearts, and vented it as they had occasion. When the Babylonians took Jerusalem, they cryed Rase it, rase it, even to the foundation thereof, Psal. 137.7.
And hast shed the bloud of the children of Israel, by the force of the sword.
In the Hebrew its thus, and hast poured out the children of Israel by the hand of the sword. The Septuagint [...], Thou hast sat down before the house of Israel by deceit, or thou hast laid wait for the house of Israel, by the hand of the enemies sword. The Tigurine translation is Terruisti eos gladio, thou hast terrified them by the sword. The Vulgar is concluser is filios Israel in manus gladii, Thou hast shut up the sons of Israel into the hand of the sword; thou stoppedst their flight, and so causedst them to fall by the enemies sword. Junius, Fecisti ut diminuerentur Israelitae per gladium, By thy hatred thou effectedst it, that the Israelites were diminished by the sword. Munster differs somewhat from all these, saith he, Traxeris filios Israel super gladium, Thou hast forced the Israelites upon the sword, thou camedst out against them, and dravedst them back when they thought to escape by thy borders. The word Nagar signifies to flow, to poure out, and in Hiphel to make to flow; the sence is, Thou hast slain the children of Israel, and hast made their bloud to flow, or poured out their bloud. That in Obadiah gives light to [Page 251] this, vers. 14. Thou shouldest not have stood in the crosse way, to cut off those of his that did escape, neither shouldest thou have delivered up those of his that did remain in the day of distresse. When the Babylonians entred Jerusalem some Jews got away, but the Edomites watched for them at a Crosse way, and there cut them off, and others they delivered up to be cut off: By the hand of the sword, that is, the power of it.
In the time of their calamity.
Here is the aggravation of their sin, that they were cruel when they should have been compassionate, Job 6.14. To him that is afflicted, pity should be shewed. The Edomites being brethren should have pityed the Israelites when they suffered such hard things from the Babylonians; but they were without pity, Amos 1.11. Edom did pursue his brother with the sword, and did cast off all pity. He was so far from pitying, that he was cruel, even cruelty it selfe, he cast off all pity, puts on nothing but cruelty; they fled to them for succour, and they destroyed them.
In the time that their iniquity had an end.
Here is another aggravation. Iniquity may be taken for sin or punishment; if it be taken for sin, the sense runs thus, That the Edomites shed their bloud, when their sins were come to the height, and they put into a condition of sinning so no more; now they should have shewed them kindness, not have exasperated them. If we take iniquity for punishment, the sense is, In the time that they had their utmost punishment for their sin, when God dealt most severely with them, when City and Temple were burnt, laid levell with the ground, when Church and State were wholly ruin'd, even thou didst then shed their bloud, and dealedst cruelly with them.
First, Observe
The Prophets were ordered by God to prophesie for, or against whom he pleased.
Son of man, set thy face against Mount Seir, and prophesie against it. In the Chapter before he had prophesied against the Shepherds of Israel, and for Gods Flock; which he did by divine appointment; and here he is appointed to prophesie against the Edomites, who were as Wolves to his Flock. The Prophets spake as they were moved by the Spirit, and unto whom they were directed by God.
Secondly, Observe
Those that are enemies to Gods people, have God an enemy unto them.
The Idumeans were enemies to the Jews, and God declares himself to be an enemy unto them. Behold, O Mount Seir, I am against thee, and thou shalt feel the force of mine enmity, as thou hast made my people feel the force of thy sword; thou hast stretched thy hand against them, and I will stretch out my hand against thee; thou hast cut them off, and I will cut thee off; I will lay thy Cityes waste, and make thee desolate. The effects of Gods enmity are dreadful; woe to that Land, those Cityes and People, whom he is against; see Ezek: 25. & Chap: 26. & Isa: 66.14. its said, The hand of the Lord shall be known toward his servants, and his indignation towards his enemies. God will put a difference between his people and his enemies, for the one he will put forth his power for their good, and for the other he will let out his indignation for their destruction.
Thirdly, Observe
God takes notice how the hearts of men stand towards his people, whether they love them, or hate them.
Esau and his posterity hated Jacob and his posterity, and this the Lord noted; not only doth he observe what they do to his, [Page 253] but also what spirits they have towards his, Esther 9.1. The Jews had rule over them that hated them. The Lord regarded the spirits of the Babylonians, how malicious they were towards the Jewes.
Fourthly, Observe
The nature of hatred is lasting and destructive.
Thou hast had a perpetuall hatred, and hast shed the bloud of the children of Israel. This hatred had lasted above 1200 years, it was an hatred of Ages, it ran through Generation after Generation, and lasted from Esau's dayes, to the Babylonish captivity; and notwithstanding it was so old, yet it had so much spirit and life in it, as to shed the bloud of Israelites. Hatred is implacable, and seeks the utter extirpation of what it hates: Cain hated Abel, and slew him; the Jews hated Christ, and they were restless till they had cut him off from the Land of the living. David tells you, Psal: 25.19. what is the true nature of hatred, saith he, They hate me with cruell hatred; not that any hatred is gentle (For the mercies of the wicked are cruell, Pro: 12.10.) but all hatred is cruell and bloudy; it would tear the party hated in pieces, and shred him as hearbs for the pot.
Fifthly, Observe
God is much incensed against them who deal harshly with his people, being in a suffering condition.
These Edomites were bitter and bloudy to the Israelites when they were in great affliction, deprived of all their outward comforts, and fled for their lives; they being Cognati faederati & vicini, should upon those accounts have had pity on them, or if not on those respects, yet for that they were men, and what befalls one condition of men, may befall another; but they shewed them no mercy, they shed their bloud in the day of their calamity, and therefore God was wroth, laid waste their Cityes, and shed their bloud, Obad: 10. For thy violence against thy brother Jacob, shame shall cover thee, and thou shalt be cut off [Page 254] for ever. Thus God made good what he gave out by the mouth of Solomon, Pro: 17.5. He that is glad at calamity, shall not be unpunished.
Verses 6, 7, 8, 9.
Therefore, as I live, saith the Lord God, I will prepare thee unto bloud, and bloud shall pursue thee: sith thou hast not hated bloud, even bloud shall pursue thee.
Thus will I make Mount Seir most desolate, and cut off from it him that passeth out, and him that returneth.
And I will fill his mountains with his slain men: in thy hills, and in thy valleyes, and in all thy rivers shall they fall that are slain with the sword.
I will make thee perpetuall desolations, and thy Cityes shall not return, and ye shall know that I am the Lord.
IN these verses Gods proceeding against the Edomites, is more particularly laid down.
Vers. 6. Therefore as I live, saith the Lord God.
Of this divine oath hath oft been spoken; its used sometimes to confirm promises, as Isa: 49.18, 19. but most frequently [Page 255] to confirm threatnings, which are hardly believed. Seeing thou hast been unbrotherlike, unnatural to the Jews, in shedding of their bloud, Therefore as I live, as sure as I am the living God, I will prepare thee to bloud; thou thinkest thy self secure, and that no mischief shall come upon thee; but let not me be the living God, if you escape so.
I will prepare thee unto bloud.
The Hebrew is, Because I will make thee unto bloud, that is, I will fit thee, prepare thee unto bloud, I will order things so, that thy bloud shall be shed; Efficiam ut gladio cadas, Thou shalt be cut off by the sword.
And bloud shall pursue thee.
Gods oath we may refer to these words, and read the verse thus, As I live, saith the Lord God, because I will prepare thee unto bloud, even bloud shall pursue thee. By bloud here we may understand either the bloud of the Jews which they had shed, and cryed for vengeance like the bloud of Abel; or by bloud may be meant bloudy men; those are thine enemies, they shall pursue thee, and shed thy bloud without pity.
Sith thou hast not hated bloud.
The Hebrew is, im lo dam sanetha, si non sanguinem odio habueris, so Montanus. Some make these words im lo to carry the form of an oath, thus, If thou dost not suffer for thy hatred of thy brethren, let me not be the true God. Several wayes men render these words; but Piscators, the French, and our translation are most approveable, Because, or Sith thou hast not hated bloud, or If thou hatest not bloud. The Edomites did not hate shedding of bloud, but were glad of that opportunity they had to cut off the Jews, that so they might ingratiate themselves with the Babylonians.
Vers. 7. Thus will I make Mount Seir most desolate.
Mount Seir is put for the Land of Idumea, which was a pleasant and fruitfull Land; but this would God make desolation, even desolation, that is, most desolate, it should be void of inhabitants.
And cut off from it him that passeth out, and him that returneth.
God would do by Idumea, as men do by a Wood, cut down the great Trees, and the lesser, even every Tree, and every Bush: so not only the great Ones in Idumea, but the meaner sort, such as travelled from place to place to get a living, those that carried out commodities, and those that brought them in, they should all be cut off, there should be none left to tread in her paths.
Vers. 8. And I will fill his Mountains with his slain men.
Idumea had many mountains, which formerly were fill'd with sheep and oxen, but now they should be fill'd with the carkasses of slain men, which shews the greatnesse of the slaughter that should be made of the Idumeans: Such a generall destruction of them there should be, as that in all places the dead should lye in the hills, in the valleys, and in the rivers; they fled to those places to secure themselves from the Chaldaean Army, and there they slew them, and made them meat for the Fowles of Heaven, and Fish in the waters.
Vers. 9. I will make thee perpetual desolations.
There is another Scripture speaking thus much, that Edom [Page 257] should not only be desolate, but desolate for ever, as Jerem: 49.17, 18. it should be made like Sodom and Gomorrah, none should abide or dwell there; Sodom and Gomorrah were never built again, but the Cityes of Edom were, as appears by Mal: 1.4. Jer: 27.7. All Nations shall serve Nebuchadnezzar and his son, and his sons son, untill the very time of his Land come, and then many Nations and great Kings shall serve themselves of him. Edom was afterwards possessed again, and the Edomites so strong and malicious that they besieged the Israelites, 1 Maccabes 5.3. By perpetual therefore we must not understand Eternall, that which had no end, but that which was for a long time, so the word Olam doth usually signifie, and its rendred by some seculum, I will make thee desolationes seculi, the desolations of an age, thirty, an hundred, or a thousand years, for a long season thou shalt be desolate, without Cityes and inhabitants.
And thy Cityes shall not return.
Not till after a long time, and then they shall not return unto that glory, strength, and greatness which formerly they were in. After Cityes and Countreys are once wasted, they attain not to their former condition oft in many Generations.
First, Observe
Bloudy men frequently have bloudy ends.
Idumea was cruel and bloudy against the Israelites, there God prepared her for bloud, and said, Bloud shall pursue thee, sith thou hast not hated bloud: bloud calls for bloud. The Babylonians were bloudy and cruell to the Jews, and hear what the Lord saith, Jer: 51.36. I will plead thy cause, and take vengeance for thee, & vers. 40. I will bring them down like Lambs to the slaughter, like Rams with He-goats. God would deal with them as Butchers do with such creatures, they take away their lives and shed their bloud, Hosea 1.4. I will avenge the bloud of Jezreel upon the house of Jehu. He caused the seventy sons of Ahab to be beheaded by the Rulers of Jezreel, 2 Kings 10.1.7. and this bloud did God avenge upon his house, 2 Sam: 21. [Page 258] 1. Sauls house was bloudy, he slew the Gibeonites, and seven sons of his were put to death for it, vers: 6. & 9. so God pursued bloud with bloud. In like manner was Joab dealt withall, he shed innocent bloud, and his bloud was shed at the horns of the Altar, 1 Kings 2.29.31.
Secondly, Observe
When God doth visit wicked ones for shedding of bloud, he doth it fully and throughly.
God would make Mount Seir without inhabitant; those that went out, and those that came in should be cut off. Such a slaughter would he make amongst them, as that the Mountains, Hills, Valleys, and Rivers, should be fill'd with the slain bodies. Isaiah speaking of Gods visiting the Edomites, Chap: 34.6, 7. saith, The sword of the Lord is fill'd with bloud, it is made fat with fatnesse, and with the bloud of Lambs and Goats, with the fat of the Kidneys of Rams: for the Lord hath a sacrifice in Bozrah, and a great slaughter in the Land of Idumea: And the Ʋnicorns shall come down with them, and the Bullocks with the Bulls, and their Land shall be soaked with bloud, and their dust made fat with fatnesse. Great and small, rich and poor, noble and ignoble should be cut off.
Thirdly, Observe
That according to the time of mens sinning, God doth lengthen out his judgements.
Edom had perpetual hatred, and God saith, I will make thee perpetual desolations. Edoms anger did tear perpetually, Amos 1.11. and Gods judgements upon Edom had a perpetuity, Obadiah 10. she was cut off for ever. Those that continue long in a course of sinning, God causes sometimes to lye long under severe judgements; the Jews were seaventy years in captivity, they had lived long in idolatry.
Vers. 10. Because thou hast said, These two Nations, and these two Countreys shall be mine, and we will possesse it, whereas the Lord was there.
The Idumeans had a fruitful Land of their own, that satisfied them not; covetousnesse and desire of rule possessed them, they thought and said, the whole Land of Judaea should become theirs: The Babylonians would root the Jews wholly out, leave the Land, and so it would fall to their lot and possession.
These two Nations, and these two Countreys.
When God brought the Jews out of Egypt into Canaan, they were one Nation, and it one Land, and so continued till the rent made by Jeroboam, 1 Kings. 12. Then ten Tribes falling off from Rehoboam, constituted a new Kingdome, and so the people and Land were divided into two Nations, and two Countreys; the one sort were called Ephraim, the house of Israel, Samaritans, and their Countrey Samaria; the other sort were called Jews, the house of David, and their Countrey Judaea.
Shall be mine, and we will possesse it.
Judaea and Samaria, saith Edom, shall be mine, and we Edomites will possesse it, and make it one Land again as it was at first; none have so much right to it as we, who are from the same stock, Isaac, and from the elder brother Esau, whereas they were from Jacob; and seeing the Babylonians are come to cut them off, we will joyn with them to secure our selves, and recover our right. When the Temple and City were destroyed, the Jews carried into captivity, and the Land made desolate, the neighbouring Nations gaped for, and got what they [Page 260] could of their Countrey, Jer: 49.1. Concerning the Ammonites, thus saith the Lord, Hath Israel no sons? hath he no heir? why then doth their King inherit Gad, and his people dwell in his Cityes? Ammonites, Edomites, and others said, Come, let us cut them off from being a Nation, and let us take to our selves the houses of God in possession, Psal. 83.4, 12.
Whereas the Lord was there.
The words may be read thus, Though the Lord be there; and so they set out the arrogancy and blasphemy of the Edomites, who said, They would possesse the Land though the Lord was there; he would not hinder them from coming in, sitting down, and continuing in it or the word there may relate to the Edomites, the Lord was there amongst them, when they said, These two Nations, and these two Countreys shall be mine, and we will possesse it. He heard these words, and was displeased at them, coming from pride and bitterness of spirit. Or Thirdly, the words may be taken as we read them, and afford this sense, The Edomites have presumed much, promised great matters to themselves, to have the whole Land of Canaan in possession, whereas the Lord was there, and had that Land under his patronage, reserving it for Temple-worship again, as it had had it formerly. That Land was Domicilium Dei; The Habitation of God, who would not suffer the bloudy Edomites whatever thoughts they had, or attempts they should make to inhabit that Land, and defile his holy Mountain with their idolatrous sacrifices; though he did greatly afflict the Land, yet he did not wholly desert it.
First, Observe
Wicked men, the enemies of Sion, do think and design to raise themselves by the ruins and spoyls thereof.
Edom said, These two Nations, and these two Countryes shall be mine. Whatever is left of the Jews I will have, if there be nothing but the very Land, I will take that for a possession, so shall I enrich my self, inlarge my borders, and become great. [Page 261] Such thoughts and hopes were once in Tyrus, she looked to be made by the sufferings of Jerusalem, Ezek: 26.2. Tyrus said against Jerusalem, she is broken that was the Gates of the people; she is turned unto me, I shall be replenished, now she is laid waste. Tyrus expected that Jerusalem being ruined, all the trading should come to her, that the great concourse of people Jerusalem had, should enter her Gates, and tread her Streets. Obadiah tells us, that the Edomites laid hands on the Jewish substance, in the day of their calamity, vers. 13. They coveted their wealth, thirsted after their Land, and sought to advance themselves by their ruins.
Secondly, Observe
The desires, hopes, and expectations of the wicked come to naught.
The Edomites coveted Canaan, hoped and waited for it, but the Lord was there, and disappointed them; they were shortly after the destruction of Jerusalem destroyed by the Babylonians, Jer: 27.3, 6. God had given them into Nebuchadnezzars hand. David tells you, Psal. 112.10. That the desire of the wicked shall perish; and Solomon saith, Prov: 10.28. That the expectation of the wicked shall perish; they desire and expect the fulfilling of their desires, but themselves, their desires, and expectations come to naught; in Prov: 11.23. Solomon hath a strange expression, its this, The expectation of the wicked is wrath; Do men look for wrath? No, but the event of their expectation is such, they meet with the wrath of God; these Edomites looked for the Land of the Jews, and lost their own.
Thirdly, Observe
The Lord keeps and disposes of Lands as he pleases.
He was in Canaan, The Lord was there; he was patron of it, he kept it out of the Edomites hands, he reserved it for his people again: Hence Obadiah ver: 17. saith, The house of Jacob shall possesse their possessions. They shall come again and inhabit their [Page 262] Countrey which God reserved for them, Jer. 49.1, 2. When the ten Tribes were carryed away, the Ammonites who dwelt neer the Tribe of Gad intruded into it, and the Cityes of it; but see what God saith in vers. 2. Behold, the dayes come, saith the Lord, that I will cause an Alarm of war to be heard in Rabbah of the Ammonites, and it shall be a desolate heap, and her Daughters (that is, lesser Towns) shall be burnt with fire; then shall Israel be heir unto them that were his heirs. Israel shall return out of captivity, and possess his own Land and the Ammonites also, which for a season got part of his.
Fourthly, Observe
Whatever the fate of a Land is, whatever calamities it lyes under, yet the Lord is not far from it, he is in it.
Judaea was laid waste, the Temple and Cityes in it ruined, man and beast cut off, enemies on all sides seeking to get it in whole or in part; and notwithstanding it was in such a case, in such danger, The Lord was there. God is said to dwell in darknesse, Ps. 18.11. He made darknesse his secret place. Here was a Land of darknesse, and God hid himself in it, he was there though the Edomites saw him not. When Babylonians lay waste Sion, drive out the inhabitants thereof, yet they cannot drive out God; he is in Sion, and will abide in Sion. The Bear out of the wood, not long since was wasting, and the wild beast of the field devouring, they drove many out of our Sion, but they could not drive God out; he was here when the face of all things was lamentable.
Vers. 11. Therefore as I live, saith the Lord God, I will even do according to thine anger, and according to thine envy, which thou hast used out of thy hatred against them: and I will make my self known amongst them, when I have judged thee.
In this and the two next verses, you have a further discovery of Mount Seirs sins, and how God would deal with the inhabitants thereof, and all confirmed by oath.
I will even do according to thine anger.
Thou hast been angry with my people, yea angry unto death, and I will do accordingly; not that God would be angry, but he would punish them severely for their anger. Anger is not a boyling of the bloud and spirits about the heart, as some have made it, for that is rather an effect then the nature of it. Ira est appetitio reddendi malum ei qui malum retulit; Its an inordinate desire of returning evill to him, whom we conceive hath wronged us.
And according to thine envy.
The Edomites envyed the Jews who prospered into a Kingdom, and grew renowned, Ezek: 16.13, 14. The nature of envy is to grieve at the good of another man, and to think it an evill to our selves, that we are exceeded by others in any thing;Invidia est tristitia de bono alieno, aestimato ut malo proprio quatenus per bonum alienum apprehendimus nos ab altero superci. an envious man is afflicted, that any is equall to him, or above him.
Which thou hast used out of thy hatred against them.
Hatred is an enmity of the appetite to things or persons, apprehended contrary to its good and contentment. The Edomites looked at the Jews as enemies, as contrary to their good and content, and so hated them. There is a twofold hatred, or rather two degrees of hatred; the first is aversion, which only flies from what is hated; we hate Toads, Serpents, and such venomous creatures, and flye from them; the second is persecution, which pursues the thing hated to destruction; the one respects the evill simply, the other the thing or person in which the evill is apprehended to be; with this last kind or degree [Page 264] of hatred were the Edomites infected, and so envying them sought their ruine.
And I will make my self known amongst them when I have judged thee.
I will execute judgement upon thee, deliver thee and thy wealth into the hands of thine enemies, and my servants shall behold my glory in punishing thee, and my mercy in delivering them; my people shall know what a God I am, when I have visited you for your hatred, envy, and wrath against them, they shall find me a God exercising mercy, as you have found me a God executing judgements; as I have made my self known to you in my power and justice, so I will make my self known to them in mercy and loving kindness.
First, Observe
One sinful affection sets others on work.
The Edomites hatred set their anger & envy on work. They used these out of their hatred of the Jews, they hated them, and that hatred stir'd up their anger to do them harm, and their envy to persecute them unto death. The Apostle saith of love, 1 Cor. 13.4, 5. It envies not, it is not easily provoked, it thinks no evill: But hatred envies, is easily provoked, and thinks nothing but evill, its a root of bitterness, and brings forth bitter fruit, it makes use of other affections to accomplish its ends. Jealousie kindles anger, and casts forth hatred; fear sets grief and despair on work. The affections are seated so near one another in the heart, that if one move sinfully, the rest are ready to stir and accompany the same. Let us look well to our affections, for they are dangerous things, Solomon knew it, and therefore (Prov: 4.23.) counsels us to keep our hearts with all diligence.
Secondly, Observe
God will deal with men not only according to their evill actions, but according to their evill affections also.
I will even do according to thine anger, and according to thine envy. Men are convinced they must be responsive for evill actions, but not so for evill affections: The Lord puts it out of doubt here, and swears to it, As I live saith the Lord God, I will even do according to thine anger, &c. Mat: 5.22. He that is angry with his brother without a cause shall be in danger of judgment; Rev: 21.8. The fearfull shall have their part in the Lake which burneth with fire and brimstone. Edoms rejoycing is mentioned Obad: 12. among the sins caused God to cut her off; John 3.19. This is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men love darknesse. God will deal with men for their sinful fear, sinful joy, and sinful love, for sinfull affections, as well as sinfull actions. Hence are we counselled to put away all bitternesse, wrath and anger, Ephes. 4.31. To mortifie inordinate affection, Coloss: 3.5.
Thirdly, Observe
After the insulting enemies of Sion are punished, God will shew kindnesse unto Sion, she shall have expressions of his love.
I will make my selfe known amongst them, that is those of Sion; after I have judged thee, that is, the Edomites: they insulted over the Jews, and added affliction to affliction, which the Lord visited them for, and then comforted his afflicted people. The Babylonians were bitter enemies to the Jews, they insulted over them, and said, Sing us one of the songs of Sion, Psal: 137.3. for which you may see how God would deal with them, Isa: 13. The Medes should destroy them, and that without pitty; and what then? Chap: 14.12, 3. The Lord will have mercy on Jacob, and will yet chuse Israel, and set them in their own Land; they shall rule over their oppressors, and have rest from their sorrows. After Sennacheribs Army was destroyed by the Angel of the Lord, which insulted over the Jews, and spake blasphemous things against God and Hezekiah, did not God express love to Hezekiah, and in him to all the Jews, in granting him fifteen years more unto his dayes? Isa: 37. & 38. When God had judged the Egyptians, he brought forth the Jews, seated [Page 266] them in Canaan, and shewed them not a little kindnesse there, Acts 7.7.
Verses 12, 13.
And thou shalt know that I am the Lord, and that I have heard all thy blasphemies which thou hast spoken against the mountains of Israel, saying, They are laid desolate, they are given us to consume.
Thus with your mouth ye have boasted against me, and have multiplied your words against me: I have heard them.
THeir blasphemies against God and Israel are here set down, and the notice God took of them.
Vers. 12. Thou shalt know that I am the Lord, and that I have heard all thy blasphemies.
The Hebrew is thus, Thou shalt know that I the Lord have heard all thy blasphemies. The Edomites spake freely against the Jews, thinking God had cast them off, and cared not for them; but when he should judge and punish them, then they should be convinced that he had heard their blasphemies. The word for blasphemy is Neatzah, from Naatz to despise, contemptuously to provoke. Kirker saith, its to provoke contumeliis convitiis & verbis maledicis, with reproachful and cursed speeches; Junius hath it, omnes irritationes tuas, all thy provocations; the Septuagint, French, and others have it blasphemies.
Which thou hast spoken against the mountains of Israel.
By mountains of Israel, the Land and people of Israel are intended: that Land was full of mountains, and among others there was the mountain of the Lord, Psal. 24.3. and they spake against that mountain with the rest.
Saying, they are laid desolate.
Are these words so evill as that they should be judged blasphemy? its not to be doubted but they said more, though it be not here expressed, Obad: vers. 12. Edom spake proudly in the day of Jerusalems distresse: She insulted and gloryed in the sufferings and desolations of the people and Land: Where is your Temple and City, said they, that stood on Mount Sion? where are the Cattel that fed upon the Mountains, and were for sacrifices? They are laid desolate; now where will you have sacrifices? and whither will ye go to sacrifice? Thus they spake blasphemously.
They are given us to consume.
The Jews are now destroyed and gone into captivity, they shall never return to take possession of these mountains again, they are now given to us to be a prey; but who gave them they declare not; God did not give them unto the Edomites, and no other could, for the Land was the Lords; they took the Mountains of Israel, their covetous hearts would have them, vers. 10. and what would they do with them? Consume them, saith our Translation; but the Hebrew is Leaclah, ad commedendum, to eat, that is, to bring them under our power, and to make use of for our good.
Vers. 13. Thus with your mouth ye have boasted against me.
Ye have magnified against me, saith the Hebrew; you have spoken great words, your mouth hath been wide open against me, and hath lift you up above me, or against me: Obad: 12. is thus, Thou hast magnified thy mouth, which is rendred, Thou hast spoken proudly: Qui impudenter obloquuntur alteri, & subsannant illum jactando seipsos dicuntur magnificare os suum; Jer: 48.26. Moab magnified against the Lord, that is, magnified his mouth against him by speaking arrogant words; Ezek: 25.8. Moab said, Behold the house of Judah is like unto all the Heathen. When men speak proudly, insolently against God or his people, they do magnifie with their mouths, or magnifie their mouths.
And have multiplyed their words against me.
They spake much more then is expressed, They multiply words; The Hebrew word for multiply here is [...] Athar, which signifies Verba fundere magna copia & verba fortia, as in prayer; these Edomites did multiply words, words against the Lord, and their words were stout against him.
I have heard them.
Though you thought me shut up in the Heavens, that I could not hear at so great a distance, or that I minded not the affairs of the world, especially what words one Nation speaks against another, yet saith God, I have heard them.
First, Observe
The Lord takes notice of all the bitter reproachfull, and provoking speeches which wicked ones do utter against the Church and People of God.
I have heard all thy blasphemies which thou hast spoken against the Mountains of Israel. Whether Edom secretly muttered out, or openly vented her blasphemies, The Lord heard them. Ammon said Aha, against Gods Sanctuary, when it was profaned, and against the Land of Israel, when it was desolate, and against the house of Judah when they went into captivity, Ezek: 25.3. [Page 269] And Moab said, the house of Judah is like unto all the Heathen. When they said so, was the Lord deaf? Zeph: 2.8. I have heard the reproach of Moab, and the revilings of the children of Ammon, whereby they have reproached my people, and magnified themselves against their border. The Lord heard and remembred what they said, and made it known to all Ages: so did he hear what Tyrus the Sea-City said insultingly against Jerusalem, Ezek: 26.2. He took notice of the Letter that Rehum the Chancellor, and Shimshai the Scribe, and the rest of their companions wrought against Jerusalem, Ezra 4.8. There is nothing said or thought against the people of God, but he is privy to it, Lament: 3.61. saith Jeremy, Thou hast heard their reproach, O Lord, and all their imaginations against me. God heard not only what their wicked tongues spake, but also what their vile hearts imagined, yea all that they imagined; he hears imaginations.
Secondly, Observe
God will convince and make blasphemers know that he heard their blasphemies.
And thou shalt know that I the Lord have heard all thy blasphemies. Men blaspheme Heaven and Earth, they speak proudly against God, Christ, Scriptures, Ordinances, and flatter themselves, that they shall never more hear of their blasphemies, they think God minds them not; but God hath times to make such black mouth'd wretches to know that he heard them, even all of them: when God visited Edom with the sword, then they should know it; when death comes, or judgement after death, then shall they know what they have said. If men must give account of every idle word they speak, Matth: 12.36. much more of reviling and blasphemous words.
Thirdly, Observe
The revilings and blasphemies uttered against the people of God, God accounts as spoken against himself.
The Edomites spake against the Jews, and the mountains [Page 270] of Israel, but thus saith the Lord, With your mouth ye have boasted against me, and have multiplyed your words against me. Its my self you reproach and speak against, when you deal so by my people. What Moab said against the house of Judah, Ezek: 25.8. God saith was against himself, Jerem. 48.26, 42. Moab hath magnified himself against the Lord. When the wicked spake against Gods servants, truth and Sanctuary, David saith they reproached God, Psal. 74.22. Arise, O God, plead thine own cause, remember how the foolish man reproacheth thee daily: it was God they reproached. As wicked men act against God when they act against his people (2 Chro: 14.11. Numb. 16.3. with Numb: 27.3.) so they speak against God, when they speak against his people; all the bitter reviling, and provoking speeches they utter against them, God hears, reckons as vented against himselfe, and will recompence into the bosomes of his enemies.
Verses 14, 15.
Thus saith the Lord God, When the whole earth rejoyceth, I will make thee desolate.
As thou didst rejoyce at the inheritance of the house of Israel, because it was desolate, so will I do unto thee: thou shalt be desolate, O mount Seir, and all Idumea, even all of it, and they shall know that I am the Lord.
IN this Conclusion of the Chapter, the Lord further declares his mind concerning Idumea, and tells her she shall suffer when all others shall rejoyce; and why? because she rejoyced at the sufferings of the house of Israel.
Vers. 14. When the whole earth rejoyceth.
If we refer the word earth to the Land of Judaea, the sense may be this, When I shall make that whole Land rejoyce; or if we understand by earth, the other parts of the world, the meaning is, When I shall bring my people out of captivity, and cause the whole earth to rejoyce thereat, then will I make thee desolate: but Scriptures do hint it to us, that Edom was made desolate before the return of the Jewes from Babylon: Jerem: 25. & 27. Chap. tells us that Edom was given to Nebuchadnezzar, and was to drink the Cup of Gods wrath like other Nations; and sundry Expositers agree in this, That shortly after the destruction of Jerusalem, Edom was laid desolate. Some other interpretation therefore of the words, is to be looked out; we may refer earth to Idumea, and then the sense will be this, As the whole Land of Idumea hath rejoyced at the desolation of the Israelites, so will I make it wholly desolate. The Hebrew favours this interpretation, for it is thus, As the whole Earth or Land hath rejoyced in desolation, I will do unto thee. Piscator goeth this way, and saith, Sicut laetatur tota ista terra, seil: Edomaea, As all this Land, namely Idumea hath rejoyced in desolation, so will I do unto thee O Idumea.
Vers. 15. As thou didst rejoyce at the inheritance of the house of Israel, because it was desolate.
The Edomites when they saw the Temple burnt, Jerusalem made even with the ground, and all the Land turned into a wilderness, they rejoyced at it, Obadiah 12. They of Edom rejoyced over the children of Judah, in the day of their destruction: when they saw men and beasts cut off, the Godly Cityes ruin'd, and the pleasant Land laid waste, they laughed at it, and said Aha, so would we have it.
The inheritance of the house of Israel.
This inheritance was the Land of Canaan, which God gave to Abraham, Gen: 15.7. and to his seed, Exod: 32.13. To Jacob and Israel did God give Canaan the lot of their inheritance, Psal. 105.11. And this Land was the Lords inheritance, Exod. 15.17. He dwelt in it, and own'd it for his Land; and when the wicked invaded it, the Psalmist said, O God, the Heathen are come into thine inheritance, Psal. 79.1. and vers. 10. of this Chapter, its said The Lord was there; It was both the Lords, and his peoples inheritance, and when it was made desolate the Edomites were glad thereof.
So will I do unto thee.
Thou hast rejoyced at the calamities of others, and others shall rejoyce at thy calamities; thou didst insult & speak proudly when the inheritance of the house of Israel was laid waste, and thou shalt meet with such dealings when thine inheritance shall be laid waste; thy Cityes shall be destroyed, man and beast shall be cut off, and the Nations shall be glad of it.
Thou shalt be desolate O Mount Seir, and all Idumea, even all of it.
When sad judgements are upon Lands, some parts are spared, as Strong Holds, great Cityes, Port Towns, and the like, but so severely should the enemy deal with Mount Seir, and Idumea; that nothing should be left, all even all should be utterly ruin'd and made desolate.
First, Observe
The generality of people are apt to go the wrong way, to rejoyce at the evill of Gods people.
All Idumea rejoyced. The whole earth, the people of it from one end to another were glad of the sad things befell the Jewes; not some great Ones, not one corner of the Land, but all the Edomites throughout the Land. Thus did the Ammonites also, they generally concur'd in the same sin, Ezek: 25.3. They cryed, Aha, against the Sanctuary, the Land of Israel, and house of Judah, when they were profaned and laid waste. This was the practice of the Tyrians, they all with one consent rejoyced at the sufferings of Jerusalem, Ezek: 26.2. When the two Witnesses were slain, the inhabitants of the earth rejoyced over them, made merry, & sent gifts one to another, Rev: 11.10. The greatest part of men are disaffected towards the people of God, and when evill befalls them, they are glad thereof.
Secondly, Observe
Men thirsting after what is others, do lose what is their own.
The Edomites said, These two Nations, and these two Countreys shall be mine, and we will possesse it, vers. 10. and not long after they lost their own Countrey, it was made desolate. Achan was not content with what he had, his heart was upon the Babylonish garment, the two hundred shekels of silver, and the wedge of gold of fifty shekels weight, and by so doing he lost both estate and life, Josh. 7. Pharoah-Necho was ambitious, he sought to inlarge himselfe, Jerem: 46.2. but his Army was beaten, and afterwards he lost his Countrey, Ezek: 30. Many Princes coveting and attempting to inlarge their borders by getting from others, have lost themselves and what they had. The Dog catching at the shadow, lost what he had in his mouth; many waste and lose their estates at Law, while they seek to get that which is other mens.
Thirdly, Observe
The Lord in due time repayes the same, or like things to wicked ones.
Edom rejoyced when the inheritance of the house of Israel was laid waste, and God would lay Edom waste, make her desolate, [Page 274] and others should rejoyce at her; So will I do unto thee, thou shalt be desolate, and meet with those that shall laugh at thy calamity. In Obadiah's prophesie, where the carriage of Edom towards the house of Jacob is fully set out, the Lord saith plainly, As thou hast done, it shall be done unto thee. Nebuchadnezzar he spoyled many Nations, and had his pleasure on them, and in due time he was spoyled by the Nations, Jerem: 27.7. And all Nations shall serve him and his son, and his sons son, untill the very time of his Land come, and then many Nations and great Kings shall serve themselves of him. Then they should do to him as he had done to them, Jer. 50.15. Adonibezeck had his Thumbs and Toes cut off, as he had served others, Judg. 1.7. Many in our dayes have met with that measure they measured unto others, Prov: 26.27. Whoso diggeth a pit, shall fall therein, and he that rolleth a stone, it will return upon him. He that intends or doth mischief to others, that mischief will fall upon himself, Psal. 9.15. The Heathen are sunk down in the pit that they made; in the net which they hid, is their own foot taken. Here is Lex talionis, Vide Quistorpius in Jer: 50.15. the just judgement of God upon evill-doers; all the enemies of Sion God will meet with in due time, and return the same or like things into their bosoms.
Fourthly, Observe
It is Nations and Peoples own sins, that brings desolation upon them.
Edoms rejoycing at Jerusalems calamities, her anger, envy, and hatred, her boasting and blasphemies caused God to lay her waste, and utterly waste, O Mount Seir, thou shalt be desolate, and all Idumea, even all of it. Had not these sins preceded, that dreadful judgement had not followed; it was wickednesse brought in the flood upon the whole world, and its wickedness brings desolating judgements upon any part of it: Who gave Jacob for a spoil, and Israel to the robbers? did not the Lord, he against whom we have sinned: for they would not walk in his wayes, neither were they obedient unto his Law, therefore he hath poured upon him the fury of his anger, and the strength of battel. It was Jacobs and Israels sin that exposed them to [Page 275] spoylers and spoiling, Isa: 42.24, 25. God was not forward to this work, but would have had them prevented it, Isa. 48.18, 19. O that thou hadst hearkned to my Commandements; then had thy peace been as a river, and thy righteousnesse as the waves of the Sea thy seed also had been as the sand, and the off-spring of thy bowels, like the gravel thereof: his name should not have been cut off, nor destroyed from before me.
Fifthly, Observe
Gods great design in punishing the enemies of his people, and of shewing kindness unto them, is to make known himself experimentally unto them.
When the wicked feel the weight of his power, strength of his wrath, severity of his justice, they will acknowledge God, and God to be another kind of God then they imagined; when he shall render to them the same or like things to what they have done, they will be convinced of the equity of his wayes; so when Gods people taste of his loving kindnesses, partake of choice deliverances, and find the sweetness of his dispensations towards them, then they say, Among the gods there is none like unto thee, O Lord, neither are there any works like unto thy works, Psal. 86.8.
CHAP. XXXVI.
Vers. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.
Also, thou son of man, prophesie unto the mountains of Israel, and say, Ye mountains of Israel, hear the word of the Lord.
Thus saith the Lord God, Because the enemy had said against you, Alas, even the ancient high places are ours in possession:
Therefore prophesie and say, Thus saith the Lord God, Because they have made you desolate, and swallowed you up on every side, that ye might be a possession unto the residue of the heathen, and ye are taken up in the lips of talkers, and are an infamy of the people:
Therefore ye mountains of Israel, hear the word of the Lord God, Thus saith the Lord God to the mountains and to the hills, to the rivers and to the valleys, to the desolate wastes, and to the Cityes that are forsaken, which became a prey and derision to the residue of the heathen that are round about.
Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Surely in the fire of my jealousie have I spoken against the residue of the heathen, and against all Idumea, which have appointed my Land into their possession, with the joy of all their hearts, with despitefull minds to cast it out for a prey.
[Page 278]Prophesie therefore concerning the Land of Israel, and say unto the mountains, and to the hills, to the rivers, and to the valleys, Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I have spoken in my jealousie and in my fury, because ye have born the shame of the heathen.
Therefore thus saith the Lord God, I have lifted up mine hand, surely the heathen that are about you, they shall bear their shame.
THe Jews being deprived of their Comforts, carryed into captivity, they suffered hard things, and lay under great reproach among the Nations; whereupon the Lord here in this Chapter doth
Vers. 1. Thou son of man, prophesie unto the mountains of Israel.
In the former Chapter he prophesied against Mount Seir, in this he is to prophesie to the mountains of Israel; against that he prophesied judgement, unto these he prophesieth mercies. These Mountains of Israel by a Synecdoche are put for the whole Land of Judaea, and by a Metonomie for the people, contained therein, or who had lived therein.
Hear the word of the Lord.
The Land mourn'd because the profane Nations had laid it waste, and taken possession of it; the Lord therefore calls to the Land and People that had inhabited it, to let them know that the one should not long, lye in so desolate a condition, nor the other alwayes be kept out by enemies from their inheritance.
Vers. 2. Thus saith the Lord God.
These words are in the 3, 4, 5, 6, & 7. verses also. The Jewes being cast into so low a condition, might think God had forgotten them, and would leave them to perish in the hands of their enemies; to take off such thoughts, he commands the Prophet to say in 6 verses together, Thus saith the Lord God. It is not the voice of Ezekiel, but of Jehovah, who is affected with the insolency of your enemies, and the grievous things you suffer.
Because the enemy had said against you, Aha.
The Hebrew word for enemy, is from Ajaf to bear ill will, to hate. This enemy principally was the Edomite, who had a perpetual hatred against the Jewes, Ezek. 35.5. and the Ammonite who cryed Aha, Ezek: 25.3. and entred upon the Jews inheritance, Jerem: 49.1. with the Moabite who reproached the people of God, Zeph: 2.8, 10. These and others were disaffected to the Jews, and hated them, insulted in the day of their calamity, saying Aha. The Hebrew is Heach which to Mercer is vox insultantis, and to others, vox provocatoria cum contemptu, an insulting provoking scornfull word.
The ancient high places are ours in possession.
Bamoth Olam, Excelsa Saculi, The ancient Mountains which have kept their station and height i nal ages; Septuagint is [...], The everlasting solitudes; Vulgar Altitudines sempiterna, The everlasting height; French is Les hauts lieux du monde, The high places of the world. The Land of Israel had many high Mountains, which being solitary and desolate, the enemy said, they are ours in possession, we shall inherit them for ever. The Edomites being from Esau, Jacobs elder brother; the Ammonites and Moabites from Lot, Abrahams brother, they challenged the ancient high places of Israel for their possessions, call'd Excelsa Saeculi, because God and his Worship had been there many years, and the Land was promised the Jews for ever.
Because they have made you desolate, and swallowed you up on every side.
The enemies of the Jews were bitter and bloudy, they stript them of what they had, and devoured them; they did eat them up. Shaaph signifies to draw in the aire, to suck it up, and metaphorically to swallow, to devoure; they did not like Caniball, eat the flesh of the Jews, but they dealt cruelly with them, not in one place only, but on all sides, those that were their neighbours cut them off and destroyed them round about.
That ye might be a possession unto the residue of the heathen.
So little did they care for the Church of God, his people, and their inheritance, they rule over these few Jews that were left. This made Jeremy to complain, Lamen: 5.2. Our inheritance is turned to strangers, our houses to aliens.
Ye are taken up in the lips of talkers.
In the Hebrew its thus, And ye have ascended upon the lip of the tongue, or, ye are made to ascend, ye are the common talk of men, as we use to say, Table talk; They were made a reproach, a proverb, a taunt, and a curse amongst the people, according to what is written, Jer: 24.9. Junius and Piscator both have it Traducti estis in labia Nationum, You are traduced and slandered through the tongues of the Nations, they talk at large of you. The lip of the tongue is an Hebraisme, noting a talkative person, as Job 11.2. A man of lips is the Hebrew, that is, A man of talk; and Psal. 140.11. Let not an evill speaker, in Hebrew a man of tongue, such an one utters much evill, and falls under the denomination of an evill speaker.
And are an infamy of the people.
The word Dibbah, infamy, is from Davaf, which signifies to speak, and to relate the evills of others. The enemies of the Jews related what evils they knew or heard of concerning them, and made them infamous. The Septuagint is [...], a reproach or scorn to the Nations.
Vers. 4. Thus saith the Lord God to the mountains and to the hills, to the rivers and to the valleys, to the desolate wastes, and to the Cityes that are forsaken.
He mentioned the mountains of Israel before, and the ancient high places; here he adds Hills, Rivers, Valleys, Wastes, Cityes, to shew that he would vindicate the whole Land from the possession of the Nations, who did so greatly villifie his Church and people.
Which became a prey and derision unto the residue of the heathen.
The Heathen did not only spoile and make a prey of Judaea, but also deride the Jews, they scoffed at those that were left, and those were carryed away. The word for derision is [...] Laag, which notes deriding with scorn and contempt; and therefore by the Septuagint is rendred [...], Conculcatio, they derided them as worthy to be trodden under feet.
Vers. 5. Surely in the fire of my jealousie have I spoken against the residue of the heathen, &c.
The Hebrew for surely, is Im lo, which implyes an oath, Si non or nisi, unlesse I have spoken in the fire of my jealousie, let me not be God, let me never be believed. To speak in the fire of jealousie is an Hebraisme, saith Pintus; Pro effundere verba cum stomacho, it notes hot displeasure, Psal. 79.5. Shall thy jealousie burn like fire? Here the Lords jealousie was on fire; he was not only angry with the Heathen, but in a fierie jealousie, for jealousie is more then anger, Deut: 29.20. Men in their jealousie are extreamly mov'd and carryed out with heat and fury to be revenged on those they apprehend have done them wrong; and so God after the manner of men is said to speak in the fire of his jealousie against the Heathens, who had wronged him, his people, and the Land.
Which have appointed my Land into their possession.
Judaea, saith God, was my Land, I dwelt there, and set up my worship there, I gave it my people for a possession; and though at present they be driven out for their sins, yet I keep it for them, [Page 283] and none ought to meddle with, or challenge that Land; how is it then that the Edomites and Heathens have consulted and determined to take my Land into their possession? they are resolved to rob me and my people of our right, to swallow up our inheritance.
With the joy of all their heart.
Joy is a dilatation of the heart from apprehension of good; these Heathens apprehended it good that the Jews were cut off and carryed away, that hereupon the Land should be theirs; this fill'd them with joy, and made them attempt with all their hearts, the possession of the Land.
With despitefull minds to cast it out for a prey.
The words in the Hebrew are thus, In contempt of mind; for expulsion of it for a prey, so Montanus: Sheat signifies Depopulation, as well as contempt; and so Junius hath it, Cum depopulatione animosa, ut sedes expulsorum ejus fit direptioni, with greedy depopulation; they were very earnest and violent in depopulating the Land, that the seat of its expelled ones might be for a prey; Piscator saith, that its fields or suburbs might be for spoyle. The people being slain or carried away captive, the Edomites and others did with malicious minds expose the Land to the spoyl of any.
Vers. 6. Behold, I have spoken in my jealousie, and in my fury.
Here is an addition of fury to jealousie; fury is fervor ir [...]e, or fera ira, heat of anger, or severe anger; fury is ira cum vehementia; when its given to God, it notes the severe, holy, and just indignation of God.
Because ye have born the shame of the heathen.
The Heathens have reproached you, poured scorn and contempt upon you, made you the filth of the world, Zeph: 2.8, 10. they so reproached them, that it affected God himself; and Jeremy (Lam: 5.1.) was so pierced with the reproachings of the Heathen, that he complains, and cryes out, Remember, O Lord, what is come upon us; consider, and behold our reproach. They jeer'd and scoff'd at them for their Temple, Worship, City, Mountains, Songs, yea, for their God. Of bearing the shame of the Heathen, see Chap: 34.29.
Vers. 7. Therefore, thus saith the Lord God, I have lifted up mine hand.
Lifting up the hand was a gesture used by men in taking of oaths, as Gen: 14.22. Abraham lifted up his hand unto the Lord, that was in swearing; and this metaphorically is applyed unto God, who when he swears is said to lift up his hand, so that swearing and lifting up the hand are equivalent; Numb: 14.30. Doubtlesse ye shall not come into the Land, concerning which I swear to make you dwell therein. The Hebrew for I swear, is I lifted up my hand: So then, Gods lifting up his hand here is his swearing, that he would make the Nations bear their shame for reproaching his people.
Surely the heathen that are about you, they shall bear their shame.
As sure as I am God, the Heathen which have made you a reproach, a proverb, a taunt, and a curse, they shall be a reproach, a proverb, a taunt, and a curse; they have made you infamous, and they shall be infamous; they have covered, loaded you with shame, and they shall be covered and loaded with shame.
First, Observe
God hath a speciall care of his Church when its in an afflicted condition.
The Jews were dispossessed of their Land, carryed into captivity, made infamous, and their Land u [...]ped by others; hereupon the Lord sends Ezekiel unto them, to prophesie comfort unto them in the destruction of their enemies: Son of man, prophesie unto the Mountains of Israel, and say, Hear the word of the Lord. He hath a terrible word for your enemies, a comfortable word for you; threatnings for them, promises for you. Though men hated his people, yet God himself pityed them; though men swallowed up their habitation, yet God would restore it to them again; Jer: 30.6, 7, 8, 9, 10. Wherefore do I see every man with his hands on his loyns, as a woman in travel, and all faces are turned into paleness? Alas, for that day is great, so that none is like it; it is even the time of Jacobs trouble, but he shall be saved out of it. For it shall come to passe in that day, saith the Lord of Hoasts, that I will break his yoke from off thy neck, and will burst thy bonds, and strangers shall no more serve themselves of him: but they shall serve the Lord their God, and David their King, whom I will raise up unto them. Therefore fear thou not, O my servant Jacob, saith the Lord, neither be dismayed, O Israel; for lo, I will save thee from afar, and thy seed from the Land of their captivity, and Jacob shall return, and shall be in rest and quiet, and none shall make him afraid. The Church was in great affliction, like a woman in travail; and here the Lord shewed his goodness towards it, and speciall care over it; he would break Babylonish yokes and bonds, set it at liberty, restore it to the former, yea a better condition, viz: such priviledges, and security it never had.
Secondly, Observe
When Gods people are under affliction, their enemies are glad thereof, and take advantage to disgrace them, and make a prey of what was theirs.
The Israelites suffered hard things by the Babylonians, upon this the enemies cryed Aha, they were glad at the heart, they talked their pleasures of them, and made them the infamy of the people; they swallowed them up on every side, and said, The Mountains of Israel are ours, and we will possesse the ancient high places. When Sion goes down, Babylon rejoyces, the Heathens disgrace and [...]ure it, adding affliction to the afflicted; see Zeph: 2.8. Obad: 10.11, 12, 13, 14. All the enemies which heard of Sions trouble were glad, Lam: 1.21. They reproached Sion and her children, Lament: 2.15, 16. and said, They shall no more sojourn there, Lam: 4.15. Judaea shall never be repossessed by them, it shall be ours.
Thirdly, Observe
That rejoycing at the sufferings of Gods people, disgracing and wronging of them, doth greatly offend the Lord.
Because the enemy cryed Aha, defamed the Jews, arrogated the Land for their possession; therefore the Lord spake against them in the fire of his jealousie, and in his fury; he was exceedingly wroth, and would deal severely with them: it went to his heart, and inflamed his spirit, that his people who were so dear unto him, should be derided, despitefully used, what was theirs made a prey of, and that by Heathens, Jerem: 50.11, 12. Because ye were glad, because ye rejoyced, O ye destroyers of mine heritage, because ye are grown fat as the Heifer at grasse, and bellow as Bulls, your mother shall be sore confounded; that is, the City Babylon, or the Land of Chaldaea, or both; because the Babylonians had dealt so by the people of God and their Land, God would not only confound them, but sorely confound them.
Fourthly, Observe
Those that make the people of God infamous, shall themselves be made infamous.
The Nations made the Jewes the infamy of the people, they loaded them with reproaches and shame; and God sweares [Page 287] Surely the Heathen shall bear their shame. Do you mock and hiss at my people? ye shall be mocked and hissed at? In Lam: 2.15, 16. You have the carriage of all towards Jerusalem; they clapt their hands, they hissed, they wagged their heads, they opened their mouths, and gnashed their teeth, and said, Is this the City men call the perfection of beauty? we have swallowed her up; this is the day we have looked for. In other places you may observe how God returned their revilings upon their heads, Jerem: 49.17. Edom shall be a desolation, every one that goeth by it shall be astonished, and shall hisse at all the plagues thereof. Nineveh was proud and insulted, and God made her infamous: All that passed by hissed and wagged the hand at her, Zeph. 2.15. Babylon had the same measure, Jer: 51.37. She was made an hissing, without inhabitant, so Chap: 50.13. And Isaiah tells us the insulting proverb which was used against the King and City of Babylon when they were destroyed, Isa: 14.4. How hath the oppressor ceased? the golden City ceased?
Verses 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15.
But ye, O mountains of Israel, ye shall shoot forth your branches, and yeeld your fruit to my people of Israel, for they are at hand to come.
For behold, I am for you, and I will turn unto you, and ye shall be tilled and sown.
And I will multiply men upon you, all the house of Israel, even all of it, and the Cityes shall be inhabited, and the wastes shall be builded.
And I will multiply upon you man and beast, and they shall increase, and bring fruit, and I will settle you after your old estates, and will do better unto you then at your beginnings, and ye shall know that I am the Lord.
[Page 288]Yea, I will cause men to walk upon you, even my people Israel, and they shall possesse thee, and thou shalt be their inheritance, and thou shalt no more henceforth bereave them of men.
Thus saith the Lord God, Because they say unto you, Thou Land devourest up men, and hast bereaved thy Nations;
Therefore thou shalt devoure men no more, neither bereave thy Nations any more, saith the Lord God.
Neither will I cause men to hear in thee the shame of the heathen any more, neither shalt thou bear the reproach of the people any more, neither shalt thou cause thy Nations to fall any more, saith the Lord God.
THese eight verses are the 2d. general part of the Chapter, containing rich promises of favour and mercy unto the afflicted Jews; and they are
Vers. 8. But ye, O mountains of Israel, ye shall shoot forth your branches.
In the time of Jerusalems siedge, the Land of Israel was much wasted, the fruitfull and usefull Trees cut down, and during the Captivity, it was over-run with Bryars and Thorns, Isa: 5.6. Chap: 33.13. Yea, all the Land was so, Chap: 7. [Page 289] 24. But here Gods promise is, that the Mountains of Israel should be fruitfull, they should shoot forth their branches; Vines and other Trees full of branches should be planted there, and thrive.
And yield your fruit to my people of Israel.
Strangers shall not eat your fruit as heretofore, but my people shall have the benefit thereof. Israelites shall eat your fruit, not Edomites or Babylonians.
For they are at hand to come.
Here is the reason given why the Mountains and Land of Canaan should bring forth and yeeld increase; it was because the time drew neer of the Jews returning out of captivity. In the Creation God did bid the earth bring forth, prepared a Paradice for man, and then brought man into it; so here he takes care that the Mountains and Countryes should bring forth, for that his people were to come into it. The Chaldee hath it, Veniat dies redemptionis; and the Septuagint [...]: Seaventy years was but a little time unto God, some part of which was expired, and the time hastned for their deliverance.
Vers. 9. For behold, I am for you, and I will turn unto you.
God had formerly been against them, as appears Ezek: 5.8. Ch: 21.3. Ch: 15.7. and they had found it so, being driven out of their own Land into Babylon, where God tells them to their comfort, Behold, I am for you, and for the Mountains of Israel which have been laid waste; I will turn unto you, and look upon you in mercy.
Ye shall be tilled and sown.
Where Bushes, Nettles, and Bryars grew before, there should be plowing, sowing, and Corn in abundance.
Vers. 10. And I will multiply men upon you, &c.
This verse and the next further sets out the effect of Gods turning to the Mountains, they should abound with men and beasts, the whole Land should be possest, the waste places builded, and the Cityes inhabited, and both men and beast should be fruitfull.
All the house of Israel, even all of it.
When this was fulfill'd doth not appear: few of the 10 Tribes returned, and not all of the other two.
Vers. 11. I will settle you after your old estates.
The Hebrew is, I will make you to dwell according to your antiquities, as you dwelt in Joshuahs time, or as you were settled before your captivity; then you had peace, plenty, and many accommodations, which you shall have again, and more, for it follows;
And do better unto you then at your beginnings.
God had done great things for them formerly; they abounded so in riches, stately buildings, wise, holy, and strong men, in famous victories, and in plenty of all good things, that they exceeded all people; yet God promises here to do better unto them then at the beginning. When this was made good is greatly questioned: Some answer it thus, That when they first came into Canaan, they were low, poor, & not in a capacity to build a Temple; but when they returned out of Babylon, they went about and built a Temple: But this Temple exceeded not the former Temple in greatness, richness, Ceremony; sanctity, multitude of Priests or Prophets, Ezra. 3.12. Others say, That after their [Page 291] return from their captivity, their bounds were more inlarged then ever before, which they clear from Isa: 49.19, 20. Zach: 2.8, 9. And therein God did better unto them then at the beginning. Others refer this promise to Christs time, wherein they had choicer mercies then ever, viz: The presence, doctrine, and miracles of Christ, which made the glory of the latter Temple, greater then the former; according to what Haggai had said, Chap. 2.9. But how if we could not assign a time of Gods doing better unto them then at the beginning, that's humane weakness; God is faithful, and what he saith he doth accomplish, it was so.
Vers. 12. And thou shalt no more henceforth bereave them of men.
He speaks of the Land of Canaan, which the Jews should possesse, inherit, and not be deprived of, that is, not for a long time. The words no more, must not signifie for ever, because the Jews were after a long time deprived of their Land by the Romans.
Vers. 13. They say unto you, Thou Land devourest up men, and hast bereaved thy Nations.
This was a charge laid upon Canaan, that she devoured men, that she was destructive to her own children; she was not so called because of her fruitfulnesse, which caused men to surfeit, and so dye; but either in regard of the civill wars were amongst the Heathens when they possessed it, which made the spies (Numb: 13.32.) say, Its a Land eateth up the inhabitants thereof; or, because that when the Jews possessed it, the Nations round about hating them made incursions upon them often, and so destroyed multitudes of the inhabitants; and when they besieged any place of note, as Samaria and Jerusalem, the plague and famine consumed many: The famine was so sore, that women eat their own children, 2 Kings 6.28, 29. [Page 292] Lament: 4.10. Fathers eat their sons, and sons their fathers; Ezek: 5.10. And as it had vomited out the Heathens before, (Levit: 18.25, 28.) so it served the ten Tribes and other two afterwards.
Versi. 14. Therefore thou shalt devoure men no more, neither bereave thy Nations any more.
Here God promiseth to take away that imputation, and to put them into such a condition as that they should for a long season be free from sword, famine, plague, and such straits as caused consumption of men. The words bereave thy Nations any more, are in Hebrew, Nor cause thy Nations to fall any more; they fell by severall judgements, but now God being turned unto them, would maintain them in peace, honour and safety.
Vers. 15. Neither will I cause men to hear in thee the shame of the heathen any more.
They had oft times been reproached by the Heathen; and born their shame, vers. 6. But now God in his wise providence would order things so, that heathens should not revile them, but speak honourably of them, as Psal: 126.2. The heathen said, The Lord hath done great things for them.
Neither shalt thou bear the reproach of the heathen any more.
They reproached one another; the people mocked at the Prophets, 2 Chron: 36.16. Jer: 20.7. and children behaved themselves proudly and basely against the ancient and the honourable, Isa: 3.5. but God would take away this evill from them, and cause them to speak well one of another.
Neither shalt thou cause the Nations to fall any more.
The Hebrew is, Thy Nations, Thou shalt not expose thy people to ruine and destruction, by famine, plague, or warre. The sense of the whole verse is, That God would turn those evills and curses they endured formerly, into blessings.
First, Observe
When God poures out contempt and shame upon the enemies of his people, he will poure out blessings and mercies upon them.
The Heathens shall bear their shame, but ye, O Mountains of Israel, shall shoot forth your branches, and ye shall have the former and latter rains, and bring forth in abundance. Canaan was Gods Land, and he had a special eye to that, and would honour it, when he stained the glory of other Nations.
Secondly, Observe
The fruitfullnesse of Mountains and Lands depends upon God; he makes them so at his pleasure, by his command and blessing.
O Mountains of Israel, ye shall shoot forth your branches and yeild your fruit: Mens wickednesse move God to make Lands barren and desolate, Jer: 12.4. but its his good pleasure and free grace that moves him to make a Land fruitful, Acts. 19.17. Rain and fruitful seasons are the gift of God.
Thirdly, Observe
God is provident for his people when he removes them from place to place, he will not have them to come into empty places.
The Mountains must shoot forth their branches, and the Land yeeld her fruit: for the Jews were at hand to come. When Jacob went down to Egypt, with his family, God provided the best [Page 294] of the Land for them, Gen: 47. When the Jews came first to Canaan, it flowed with Milk and Honey, it abounded with all good things needfull for them.
Fourthly, Observe
When God is reconciled to a people, then he multiplyes blessings upon them, then he makes their Land bring forth, and themselves and their Cattel to increase.
I am for you, and will turn unto you, and ye shall be tilled and sown; I will multiply upon you men and beasts, and they shall increase and bring fruit. Gods favour hath all blessings in the womb of it, and upon what Land or people soever that falls, it will make them fruitful; when God is for a people, then he comes unto them as the rain, as the former and latter rain, Hos: 6.3. He hath various and seasonable blessings for them, Zeph: 3.20. At that time will I bring you again, even in the time that I gather you; for I will make you a name and a praise among all people of the earth, when I turn back your captivity before your eyes. When God turned back their captivity he was for them, and turned unto them, they had his favour, and then he would bestow such blessings upon them as would make them renowned among all people: See Jerem: 31.10, 11, 12, 13, 14.
Fifthly, Observe
Gods dealings with his people are best at last; they may have much kindnesse and mercy in the morning, but they shall have more in the evening.
I will settle you after your old estates, and will do better unto you then at your beginnings. The Jews had the best wine at last; they had Milk and Honey before, but the feast of fat things full of marrow, and of wines on the Lees well refined, were at the latter end of their day given in; they had Christ and the Gospel at last. Abraham had much of the world at first, and his Isaac afterward. Job 42.12. God blessed the latter end of Job more then his beginning. Simeon in his latter dayes saw Christ, and had him in his arms, Luke 2.
Sixthly, Observe
Wicked men do turn the judgements of God upon his Land and People, into a reproach unto them.
Because God for the sins of his people laid the Land waste, and cut them off by sore judgements, or removed them into captivity, therefore the Heathens reproached Canaan, and said, Thou Land devourest men, and hast bereaved thy Nations. They called Emanuels Land a cursed and bloudy Land, that did eat up her own children; this was a great reproach to Heaven and Earth. Gods judgements should have caused fear, and taught them to have learned righteousnesse; For if God spared not the green Tree, what will become of the dry Trees?
Seventhly, Observe
Such is the goodnesse of God, that he takes occasion from the wickedness of his Peoples enemies, to do his People good.
Because the Heathens said, Thou Land devourest up men, and hast bereaved thy Nations: Because they reproached the Jews, and their Land thus; therefore saith God, Thou shalt devoure men no more, neither bereave thy Nations any more; I will blesse thee with peace, plenty and safety, there shall be no wars, no famines, no plagues, nor other judgements to devoure the people of the Land.
Eighthly, Observe
God in his time takes way the evills that are upon his People, and turns them into blessings.
Neither will I cause men to hear in thee the shame of the Heathen any more, neither shalt thou bear the reproach of the people any more, neither shalt thou cause thy Nations to fall any more: These evils will I take away from thee, and not only so, but I will bring in the contrary blessings; instead of shame and reproach, thou shalt have honour, praise, and renown; instead of destroying thy people and Nations, thou shalt multiply thy people, and have Nations to serve thee, Isa: 60.12, 13, 14.
Verses 16, 17, 18, 19, 20.
Moreover, the word of the Lord came unto me, saying,
Son of man, when the house of Israel dwelt in their own Land, they defiled it by their own way, and by their doings: their way was before me as the uncleanness of a removed woman.
Wherefore I poured my fury upon them, for the blood that they had shed upon the Land, and for their idols wherewith they had polluted it.
And I scattered them among the heathen, and they were dispersed through the Countreys: according to their way, and according to their doings I judged them.
And when they entred unto the heathen, whither they went, they profaned my holy Name, when they said to them, These are the people of the Lord, and are gone forth out of his Land.
MEn being apt to make perverse constructions of the judgments of God, and to censure his wayes to be unequall; here he gives account of his proceedings towards his people, and shews the true grounds and causes, why he drave them out of their Countrey; which are set down,
Vers. 16. Moreover, the word of the Lord came unto me, saying,
The Prophet having declared Gods jealousie and fury against the enemies of his people, comforted them being in captivity with many choice promises; here he is commissioned by the Lord to speak out the causes which moved God to cast them into that condition.
Vers. 17. When the house of Israel dwelt in their own Land.
By house of Israel, understand not the two or ten Tribes, but the whole twelve Tribes who possessed Canaan, which is called their own Land, because promised and given unto them by God for their inheritance, Psal. 105.10, 11.
They defiled it by their own way, and by their doings.
The Hebrew is In their own wayes, and in their own doings; they followed their own devices, inventions, desires, customs, manners, they did what was right in their own eyes, and so defiled the Land. The French is, Par leurs maeurs, & par leurs actes.
Their way was before me as the uncleannesse of a removed woman.
Their way was very loathsome before the Lord, he greatly abhorred their manners and practices, as man doth the filthiness and uncleanness of a woman; Laborant is menstruo sanguine; A woman in that condition defiles all she toucheth; see Levit: 15.19, 20, 21. and so to the end of the Chapter.
Vers. 18. Wherefore I poured my fury upon them.
They had committed hainous sins, and continued long in them without repentance, is evident from the Lords fury: he [Page 298] is not in fury for small sins, nor presently furious for great sins; but when men go on from day to day in them, his anger grows hotter and hotter, and at last riseth up into fury; and this being increased, the Lord would not let it out in petty judgements, as it were drop by drop, but poure it out in greater judgments, like as the Sea poures out water when a breach is in the Banks, it poures out water with violence, and drowns up all the adjacent Countrey.
For the bloud that they had shed upon the Land.
They shed the bloud of the Prophets, 2 Chron: 24.21. Matth: 23.37. Of innocent ones, 2 Kings 21.16. They had unjust and unnatural wars, 2 Chron: 28.9. and so shed bloud in abundance, Ezek: 7.23. They poured out bloud upon the Land, and God poured out fury upon them; its the same word in the Hebrew for shedding and pouring out.
And for their idols wherewith they had polluted it.
They had many idols, the Land was full of them, Isa: 2.8. which they worshipping defiled the Land. The word for idols, is Gillulim, which Junius renders Dii stercorei, Dunghill gods; and Piscator, stercora, dunghils, excrements, for that no dunghill or excrement of any creature doth so defile a Land, as idols and idolatry; hence idolls are called abominations, Jer: 32.34. Shames, Hos. 9.10. Devils, Deut. 32.17.
Vers. 19. And I scattered them among the heathen.
They had learned the manners of the Heathen, got their idols and served them; and for it God scattered them among the heathens: they had heathenish spirits, chosen heathenish gods, and so deserved to be driven into heathenish Countries.
And they were dispersed through the Countreys.
The Hebrew word for disperse, is Sarah, which signifies to disperse by fanning; God had fanned them out of their own Land, and dispersed them as chaffe before the wind into divers Lands; they went from Countrey to Countrey, yea, through whole Countries into Chaldaea.
According to their way, and according to their doings, I judged them.
Men might wonder God should deale so with his people, as to poure out his fury upon them, drive them out of their own Land, and disperse them amongst heathens, who were his and their enemies; this might carry a face of cruelty, but the Lord clears himself, and shews the equity of his proceedings; I judged them, that is, I dealt with, or punisht them according to their wayes and doings; had they not deserved such hard things at my hands, I should not have executed them; they drave me out of my Sanctuary, and far from it, Ezek: 8.6. They cast me off, Jer: 2.13. and is it not equall that I should drive them out of my Land, and cast them into forraign Lands? Let all the world judge.
Vers. 20. And when they entred unto the heathen whither they went, they profaned my holy Name.
When the Jews came amongst the Heathen, they profaned his holy name: which is done two wayes; either formaliter, when mens own words or actions are profane, prostituting the name of God to dishonour; or occasionaliter, when occasion is given to others by their words and actions, to profane the holy Name of God; as David by his sinfull action with Bathsheba, [Page 300] gave occasion to the enemies of God to blaspheme, 2 Sam: 12.14. And this was the case here; for the Babylonians said,
These are the people of the Lord, and are gone forth out of his Land.
The Jews being under sad judgements of God, should have learned righteousnesse; but they being neither affected with the honour of God, care of their salvation, nor with fear of offending the heathens, persevered in their wicked wayes, and idolatrous practices, Ezek: 20.32. whereupon the Heathens said, These are the people of the Lord. They boast of their God to be a holy, omnipotent, and faithfull God, but you may know what their God is by their unholy practices; had he been omnipotent, as they say, he would have kept them out of our hands, but he could not, which shews our gods are stronger than he; or if he could, he would not; he was not faithfull unto his people, as our gods are unto us, They are gone forth out of his Land, whereas we abide in ours; had their God been such as ours are, he would have protected them, and prevented their casting out of his Land.
First, Observe
The wicked wayes of men, especially those of bloud and idolatry, are loathsome unto God.
Their way was before me as the uncleannesse of a removed woman; that is, extream loathsome. All sin is defiling, and so loathsome, abominable unto God, who is holy, yea, holinesse it self; but murther and idolatry are most hatefull, and most loathsome unto him; Psal: 5.6. The bloudy man is abhor'd of God, and he lets him not live out halfe his dayes, Psal: 55.23. & Jer: 44.4. The Lord calls idolatry, An abominable thing which he hates; he hates and loaths it infinitely.
Secondly, Observe
Men by their own sinfull doings, do bring evills, mischief and destruction upon themselves.
When the house of Israel dwelt in their own Land, they defiled it by their own way, and by their doings; wherefore I poured my fury upon them. Had they not sinned, nor walked in evil wayes, they had not met with fury; but because their wayes were wicked, bloudy and idolatrous, therefore they had fury, and fury poured out abundantly, their own evil doings brought destruction upon them; Prov: 11.5. The wicked shall fall by his own wickednesse: Jer: 2.19. Thine own wickednesse shall correct thee: Jerusalems own sin was her ruine. And David tells us how God will deal with wicked men, Psal: 94.23. He shall bring upon them their own iniquity, and shall cut them off in their wickednesse. Its ill work wicked ones are about, they make Fetters for their own feet, and build houses for to fall upon their own heads; so mischievous is the nature of sin, that it damnifies and destroyes the parents of it.
Thirdly, Observe
What judgements soever God brings upon sinners, he is just and righteous in so doing.
God poured fury upon them, he drave them out of their own Countrey, he scattered them up and down among heathens, whose language they understood not, who were bitter and harsh towards them; and all this was not more, no not so much as their sins deserved; According to their way, and their doings, I judged them, saith the Lord; I did them no wrong, they had not any cause to complain of me, the fault was their own. Whatever Gods proceedings are with any Nation, Family, or Person, he is righteous; for Psa [...]: 145.17. The Lord is righteous: in all his wayes, and holy in all his works, there is no spot cleaves to his hand, or any action thereof.
Fourthly, Observe
Its a grievous provoking thing, when Gods people who professe his truth and worship, give occasion to the enemies thereof to blaspheme and speak reproachfully.
The Jews being among the Babylonians spake and did such things as gave occasion to them to blaspheme; When they entered unto the heathen, they profaned my holy name: This was a great grief and provocation of God, that his people being afflicted for their sins, yet should carry it so sinfully as to give them advantage of dishonouring God, his Truths, Worship, and Servants; Isa: 52.5. God complains that his name was blasphemed continually every day. The Babylonians watched the Jews, and catched all advantages to profane the name of the Lord; this was their daily language, These are the people of the Lord, and are gone forth out of his Land; he could not, or would not keep them out of our hands, he is a weak, unfaithfull, unholy God, and his people are like unto him. When David gave occasion to the enemies of the Lord to blaspheme, it brought forth sad effects, or rather had sad consequents, the death of the child, and sword at his dore for ever, 2 Sam: 12. Those therefore who professe the true Religion should be exceeding carefull, whereever they be come, that they walk answerable to the Religion they profess, that they avoid all sin, and do good, that so the name of God may be glorified, and not profaned or blasphemed.
Fifthly, Observe
Heathens and heathenish spirits are glad of occasions and advantages against the true God, his wayes and people.
The Babylonians said, These are the people of the Lord, and are gone forth out of his Land. They were glad they had matter to insult and blaspheme; what's your God better then ours? ye do the things we do; and what is his Land better then this Land? have not we Corn, Wine, and Oyl, Milk and Honey, as well and as much as you had in that Land? why is Canaan [Page 303] so cryed up, and Jerusalem so magnified? our Assyria and our City Babylon are as good, as excellent as they, yea far beyond them.
Verses 21, 22, 23, 24.
But I had pity for mine holy Name, which the house of Israel had profaned among the heathen, whither they went.
Therefore say unto the house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord God, I do not this for your sakes, O house of Israel, but for mine holy Names sake, which ye have profaned among the heathen, whither ye went.
And I will sanctifie my great Name which was profaned among the heathen, which ye have profaned in the midst of them; and the heathen shall know that I am the Lord, saith the Lord God, when I shall be sanctified in you, before their eyes.
For I will take you from among the heathen, and gather you out of all Countreys, and will bring you into your own Land.
THese verses contain the ground of the Jews restauration, which is the fourth general part of the Chapter; they being in captivity, and sinning there greatly, they caused the name of God to be profaned by the heathens, and so deserving nothing but confusion, he pityed them, and for his names sake delivered them; which name of God is set out by two adjuncts, or epithites.
Vers. 21. But I had pity for my holy Name.
The Hebrew is, And I spared upon the Name of my holinesse; that is, I spared them upon the account of my holy Name; I would not suffer that to be profaned so by the heathen, and therefore did deliver them. The Septuagint is [...], I spared them for my holy Names sake, I had a tender respect unto my Name, which being holy, I would not suffer to lye under heathenish oblequies.
Which the house of Israel had profaned among the heathen whither they went.
God is stiled in Scripture, The Holy One of Jacob, Isa: 29.23. The Holy One of Israel, Psal: 78.41. The Holy One, Isa: 40.23. And the Jews above all Nations and People in the world should have had a special care of the name of their God, that the holinesse thereof might have been maintained; but they forgat God in Babylon, did wickedly, and so gave occasion to the heathens to blaspheme his holy Name.
Vers. 22. I do not this for your sakes, O house of Israel.
They deserved not such a mercy at the hands of God, as reduction out of Babylon into Canaan; they were defiled with bloud and idolatry, which moved God to cast them out of their Land, and scatter them among the heathen, but they did nothing to incline God to shew them the least favour; had they had according to their deserts, they should never have been set at liberty, but have perished utterly in their captivity: They might think, because they were circumcised, came of David, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and were the only people God had in the world, that therefore God would do much for their sakes; but to take them off from such conceits, the Lord makes open profession, that what he was about to do, was not for their sakes.
But for mine holy Names sake.
Gods name is sometimes put for himself, as Psal. 33.21. We have trusted in his holy Name; that is, in God himself: Sometimes its put for his power, Prov: 18.10. The name of the Lord is a strong Tower; that is, his Omnipotence is such a Tower: Sometimes its put for the Attributes and divine perfections of God, Psal. 8.1. O Lord, how excellent is thy name in all the earth! that is, How excellent are thine Attributes! Sometimes its put for the fame and glory of God, as 2 Sam: 7.23. To make himself a name; that was, to make himself famous and glorious. The two last may be understood here by name: the heathens said, God was not wise, not faithfull, not omnipotent, that would let his people go into captivity, and become servants unto us; yea, its evident by his peoples doings what a God he is; they are an unholy people, and he is an unholy God; and so his fame and glory were eclipsed: therefore saith God, For mine holy Names sake, which ye have profaned among the Heathen, I will vindicate my name, and make heathens know, and you know that I am a wise, a faithfull, an Allmighty, and holy God.
Vers. 23. And I will sanctifie my great name.
I will vindicate my name from all aspersions laid upon it, and make it known to Heathens, and to you O house of Israel, by punishing them for their idolatry and other wickednesses, and by bringing you out of captivity, that I am a God of power, wisdome, faithfullnesse and holinesse. God sanctifies his name when he clears it from disgrace and reproach cast thereupon, and makes it appear as it is in it self, glorious and holy. Gods name hath many Epithites given unto it in the Word; its said to be glorious, Ps. 72.19. Excellent, Psal. 148.13. Dreadful, Mal. 1.14. Holy, vers. 21. of this Chapter; and here Great. God hath done great and wonderfull things in the world, whereupon he hath a great name, not only in Israel, Psal. 76.1. but all the [Page 306] world over, Psal: 8.9. Many men have had great names, yet nothing comparable to the name of the Lord.
Which was profaned among the Heathen, which ye have profaned in the midst of them.
The Jews being under the Babylonish yoke for their sins, did not humble themselves before God, repent and turn from their wicked wayes, that so Gods name might have been sanctified among the Heathen; but they persisted in their wicked wayes, and were worse than the Heathens among whom they were scattered, and so occasioned the Heathens to speak evill of their God, their Religion, and Worship; and not only so, but themselves profaned Gods name, they rejected the God of Israel and his wayes, saying, We will be as the Heathen, as the familyes of the Countryes, to serve wood and stone, Ezek: 20.32. They made the God of Israel like the heathen gods, and his wayes like theirs; which was a great profanation of him and his name.
And the heathens shall know that I am the Lord, saith the Lord God, when I shall be sanctified in you, before their eyes.
When the Lord should manifest his mercy towards them, and put forth his power to bring them out of Babylon, then was he sanctified in the midst of them, then he did vindicate his name from all aspersions, and made the Jews and Babylonians know, that he was an holy, faithful, wise, merciful, and an Allmighty God; he would make his name honourable before them all, which had been profaned.
Vers. 24. For I will take you from among the Heathen.
The Heathen make full account you are theirs, that you shall [Page 307] never get out of their borders, or return into your own Land; they think that their idol gods are stronger then I, who am the God of Israel; but they shall find it otherwise, for I will by a strong hand take you from among the heathen,
And gather you out of all Countreys.
They were dispersed into divers Countreys, into the 127 Provinces that were under Ahasuerus his government, Esther 3.8. & it seemed improbable that they should ever be gathered out of so many Countreys; but the Lord tells them for their comfort, that he would gather them out of all Countreys; no distance of place, or difficulty in any place, should impede his Congregating of them.
And will bring you into your own Land.
After the seaventy years of their captivity were expired, the Lord set them at liberty, and brought them back to the Land of Canaan, their own Land, because they inherited it from their fathers, unto whom the Lord had given it. This was a glorious and great work, viz: the bringing the Jews out of Babylon, and all the Countreys where they were scattered, into Canaan, and did prefigure the salvation of the Church by Christ, and gathering of those that were his out of all Nations unto it, according to what is in John 10.16. & John 11.52.
First, Observe
The name of the Lord is holy.
His Essence, his Will, his Attributes, his Works, his Word, are his Name: All these set out God, make him known, and so are his name, even the name of his holinesse, or his holy name. There is no name under Heaven like unto the Lords; its an holy name, and so glorious; a great name, and so dreadful. We should sanctifie the name of God; which is done by believing, Num. 20.12. [Page 308] When Moses and Aaron did not believe God, they did not sanctifie his name; but when men believe Gods Word, then they sanctifie his name. Its done also by fearing to displease him, Isa: 8.13. Isa. 29.23. Its done also by acknowledging his name to be holy, Math: 6.9. when men praise him.
Secondly, Observe
The profaning of Gods holy name, as it is a trouble unto him, so it sticks and abides upon him.
Other provocations passe away, but this settles upon his spirit; see here what hold it took, vers. 20. They profaned my holy Name; and vers. 21. The house of Israel profaned my holy name among the heathen; vers. 22. Mine holy name which ye have profaned among the heathen. Thrice the Lord mentions their profaning of his name; yea, in the next verse, as if he could not shake this act of theirs out of his mind, he mentions it twice more, My name which was profaned, which ye have profaned. Gods name being holy is dear unto him, and the profaning of it makes deep impressions in his heart.
Thirdly, Observe
Temporall mercies are not merited at Gods hands by men.
I do not this for your sakes, O house of Israel. What was it God did not for their sakes? viz: deliver them from their Babylonish bondage, and bring them into their own Countrey; these were temporal mercies: and though there were Godly men amongst them, as Ezekiel, Daniel, Mordecai, Ezra, Nehemiah, and others, yet with all their prayers, fastings, suffering and holinesse, they did not merit these outward mercies; liberty, safety, plenty, possessions, are not the merit or purchase of the creature, but the gift of God, 1 Tim: 6.17. He giveth us all things richly to enjoy. Have men more or lesse of these outward things, they are upon free gift, not any defert: and if we deserve not temporal things, much lesse do, or can we deserve spiritual and eternal things, which are of a transcendent nature; if we do not deserve an outward deliverance, an earthly [Page 309] Canaan, how shall we deserve a spiritual deliverance, an Heavenly Canaan? all things of that nature are free gifts, Luke 12.32. Rom: 6.23.
Fourthly, Observe
The good God doth unto his Church, be it temporal or spiritual, is for his own sake.
What I do (saith God) I do it for mine holy names sake; there is nothing to move me but my own name, that is holy, great, and glorious, and I will for my names sake do much for my Church and People. That they were preserved in Babylon, was for his holy names sake; that they were brought out of Babylon, was for his holy names sake; that they were replanted in Canaan, was for his holy names sake; that they had a Temple, Sacrifices, Priests, Prophets, Ordinances again, was for his names sake: when they were neer to destruction often in former dayes, God wrought for his names sake, Ezek: 20. so Isa: 48.8, 9. Its not for the enemies sake, that God doth preserve or deliver his people; nor for their sakes, their prayers, tears, faith, obedience, holinesse, that he doth great things for them, bestow great mercies upon them, but it is for his own names sake. For mans sake God cursed the earth, Gen: 8.21. but its for his names sake that he blesseth it; the choicest mercies Gods people have, are for his names sake; they have pardon of sin for his names sake, Psal. 25.11. 1 John 2.12. Purging of sin for his names sake, Psal: 79.9. Leading in the paths of righteousnesse for his names sake, Psal: 23.3. Quickning of their dead and dull hearts for his names sake, Psa: 143.11. Though his people much offend him, yet he forsakes them not for his great names sake, 1 Sam: 12.22. The Lord doth all freely and for the honour of his name; let us then say with the Prophet, Whatever we have, not unto us, O Lord, not unto us, but to thy name be the glory. Not unto us who are thy creatures, not unto us who are Tools in thy hand, but to thy name (which is the ground, root, and spring of all our mercies) be the glory, all the glory, and that everlastingly.
Fifthly, Observe
God will not suffer his holy and great name alwayes to lye under aspersions and reproaches of men.
I will sanctifie my holy and great name which was profaned among the heathen, even in the midst of them. He will vindicate his honour and glory. Great men when their names are blemished do stand upon it, and will vindicate them with much cost and labour: so God, when wicked ones have profaned his name, and darkned the glory thereof, will stand upon it, and do that which shall clear his name before all his enemies. Goliah for many dayes defyed the God of Israel, and the Armies of Israel; but not long after the Lord vindicated his holy and great name by stirring up and strengthning of David to take off his head, 1 Sam: 17.45, 51. When the King of Assyria and Rabshakeh blasphemed the name of God, as they did, Isa: chap. 36. & 37. did not the Lord quickly send an Angel and destroy their great Army of one hundred fourscore and five thousand, and so by this stroke of his made his holy and great name glorious and dreadful. He will scatter the smoak and venemous vapours, that ascend from the tongues and lives of profane persons to hinder the beams of his glorious name from shining, as the wind scatters clouds from before the Sun; and as by destruction of his enemies, so by delivering of his servants.
Sixthly, Observe
When God doth great things for his people, and they honour his name for them, then very heathens will be convinced, acknowledge God, and give glory to his name.
The heathen shall know that I am the Lord, when I shall be sanctified in you, that is, in your deliverance before their eyes; then you will magnifie my name, and they will magnifie my name which hath been profaned; then they will see and say that I am another kind of God then their idol gods are, that I am omnipotent, faithfull, holy, wise. Psal. 126.2. When the Lord turn'd the captivity of his people; as they said, The Lord hath done [Page 311] great things for us; so the heathens said, The Lord hath done great things for them. So much of God appear'd in taking them out of Babylon, that Jewish and Babylonish Tongues were constrained to speak out the power, truth and goodnesse of God.
Seventhly, Observe
Things difficult, and in the eye of man impossible, are facile to, and feasible by the power of God.
The Jews were among the heathens, who by their Laws, power, and vigilancy kept them in great bondage; they were scattered into one hundred twenty and seven Provinces, Esther 8.5. with Chap. 1 [...] 1. and so it seemed impossible that these should be drawn out and carried to Canaan, which was so far off, especially for them who were seated neer India; but what saith the Lord to this? I will take you from among the heathen. He would but put forth his hand and lay hold of them, saying, Come, go with me, and it should be done; he would gather them out of all Countreys, as an Hen gathers her Chickens that are dispersed up and down among the Bushes, Trees, or Weeds in an Orchard: And as he carried them upon Eagles wings from Egypt to Canaan, so would he bring them upon the same wings from Babylon to Canaan. This work God is upon in these dayes of Christ, he is bringing out of all Nations some unto Christ, and gathering them into spirituall Canaan.
Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean; from all your filthinesse, and from all your idols will I cleanse you.
WE are now come to the last generall part of this Chapter; which consists in the multiplication of promises, both Spiritual and Temporal, with the ground of them.
The Spiritual are,
The Temporal are,
The ground of all these sweet and great promises is Gods free grace, not mans desert, vers. 32.
Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you.
When they were call'd and come out of Babylon, then would the Lord sprinkle clean water upon them. The Jews by water mean the abundance of outward things. Some others interpret it of the water in baptisme; but neither doth abundance of outwards, nor the water of baptisme cleanse from the pollution of [Page 313] idols: For after their return from Babylon, Jason sent money for the sacrifice of Hercules; he, Menelaus and others, fell to the customs of the Gentiles, desired to be like them in all things, they set not by the honour of their Fathers, but liked the glory of the Gentiles best of all, 2 Maccab. 4. And are not many baptized ones amongst the Papists and others, idolaters? Some other sense of the word therefore must we seek out. By water, the bloud of Christ is intended, say the best Expositors. Some make Grace the thing, but that's too general, unlesse we limit it to the bloud of Christ, which of Grace is given to wash sinners with. These words, I will sprinkle clean water upon you, have some allusion unto the waters mingled with the ashes of the red Cow, which being sprinkled by a branch of Hyssope upon the unclean party, he was cleansed; and this water was call'd The water of separation or purification for sin, Numb: 19.9. The Septuagint call it [...], The water of sprinkling; and so the 18. and 19. verses expresse it. This red Cow figured out Christ in his afflictions and sufferings; and the water mingled with the ashes of it, the bloud of Christ, which from hence is call'd The bloud of sprinkling, Heb: 12.24.
The water they used in sprinkling was clean water, running or spring water, free from all filth; so the bloud of Christ is pure, he was without sin, any blemish, or spot, his bloud was precious and pure, 1 Pet: 1.19. and here its called clean water.
This sprinkling of clean water upon them, is the application of the bloud of Christ, by the Spirit of God: as the Priest was to take of the bloud of the red Heifer with his finger, and to sprinkle it; so God by the hand and finger of his Spirit doth take and sprinkle the bloud of Christ, that is, apply the fruit and benefit of it unto the hearts of men, 1 Cor: 6.11.
And ye shall be clean.
There be three things among other which water serveth for, viz: to cool, to nourish, to cleanse: 1. It quencheth thirst caused by heat, and so coole; the like doth the bloud of Christ, being [Page 314] drunk by faith, John 7.37. 2. It nourisheth and causeth growth; and Christs bloud doth the same, John 6.55. 3. It cleanseth, which is the use of it here mentioned, water washeth away the filth of garments, vessels, and persons; so the bloud of Christ is a cleansing thing, Heb: 9.13, 14. If the bloud of Bulls and of Goats, and the ashes of an He [...]fer sprinkling the unclean, sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh: How much more shall the bloud of Christ, who through the eternall Spirit, offered himselfe without spot to God, purge your consciences from dead works to serve the living God? The argument is a minori ad majus; if the bloud of typical sacrifices could do that to the flesh for which they were appointed, much more the bloud of Christ the true sacrifice, will do that to the soul and conscience for which it was appointed, viz: purge away the guilt of sin; otherwise the honour and efficacy of the Type, should be greater than the honour and efficacy of the Substance; which the Apostle denyes when he tells us, Types were shadows of good things to come, Heb: 10 1. This cleansing is the remission of their sins through the bloud of Christ, or the justifying of their persons, so as they are before God without spot, or fault, Col. 1.14. Rom: 5.9. Rev: 14.5. When sins are forgiven, the persons are clean in the fight of God.
From all your filthinesse, and from all your idols will I cleanse you.
They had State defilements, and Temple defilements, Family and Personal filthinesses, Zeph: 3.3, 4. Micah 3.9, 10, 11. Ezekiel 22. Jer: 6.13. Chap: 7.9. Whatever their filthinesses were, God would cleanse them; and because idolatry is a sin which exceedingly defiles and provokes the Lord to jealousie, Exod: 20.5. To fury, vers. 18. of this Chap: and they might apprehend there was no mercy for them; therefore the Lord mentions the filthinesse of idols, and tells them He will cleanse them from that filthinesse. Its not material water washes from the filth of idolatry, but spiritual water.
First, Observe
When it pleases God to gather his people out of Babylon, and to bring them to Sion, then he will multiply mercies upon them, and do for them great things.
I will gather you from among the heathen, out of all Countrey [...], and bring you into your own Land; and then will I sprinkle you with clean water, then will I give you a new heart, then will I put my Spirit into you, then will I call for the Corn, and multiply the fruit of the tree and increase of the field. After great afflictions, God bestowes great kindnesses; after sharp sufferings, he gives solid comforts; Isa: 54.7. For a small moment have I forsaken thee, but with great mercies will I gather thee. Berachamim gedolim. When God gathers his out of Babylon, a state of confusion; that is mercy; and when he brings them into Sion, to behold the order, beauty, and glory thereof, that is great mercy; and God will not leave them there, but go on with them and heap great mercies still upon them, see Isa: 49.18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23. Jer. 32.37, 38, 39, 40, 41.
Secondly, Observe
Justification is a gracious act of God upon a sinner.
I will sprinkle clean water upon you. Its Gods prerogative to forgive, and blot out sins, Mark 2.7. Isa: 43.25. and this he doth freely, its an act of grace and mercy, Rom: 3.24. Being justified freely by his grace. Now in this act nothing is done in a sinner, there is no grace infused, no change made in the heart by it, there be no [...] therein, its upon a sinner; justifying grace is subjectively in God, objectively on man; for its a judicial act of God which puts nothing into the creature, Rom: 3.22. Its upon all them that do believe.
Thirdly, Observe
The bloud of Christ applyed by the Spirit of God is efficatious to free sinners from the guilt of their sins, and of all their sins, of what bind soever they be.
I will sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean. Their sins were great, very great, they were guilty of bloud, oppressing the widow and fatherless, of idolatry, of despising and profaning holy things, Ezek: 22.8.26. They were under the guilt of all crying and notorious sins, Ezek: 16.47. worse then Sodom or Samaria; then the Nations, Ezek: 5.7. yet the Lord would cleanse them by the bloud of Christ; there was virtue in that to cleanse them from their old spots, from their deep guilt, yea, from all their guilt, they should be clean from all their filthinesses. As water washeth all the filth out of a cloath, so doth the bloud of Christ all sin out of the soul, 1 Joh: 1.7. The bloud of Jesus Christ cleanseth us from all sin, the guilt of our thoughts, words, acts, neglects; there is no sin defiles the conscience so, but the bloud of Christ will purge it away, Heb: 9.14. Chap: 1.3. Christs bloud is of great virtue, it purges away all sin, and procures peace, Coloss: 1.20. So that being justified by his bloud, we shall be saved from wrath, as it is Rom: 5.9.
Fourthly, Observe
All sin defiles and makes guilty before God, yet some sins defile more then others, and make more deeply guilty.
God would cleanse them from all their filthinesse, from every sin that had poluted them, and made them guilty; and from their idols which had made them more deeply guilty: Idolatry hath more guilt adhering to it, then many other sins, that's a sin breaks Covenant with God, deposes God, and sets up an Idoll in his stead.
A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you, and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, and I will give you an heart of flesh.
THis is another great promise, even a promise of Regeneration; and in it there is considerable,
A new heart also will I give you.
By heart in Scripture, is signified the judgement and understanding, Eph: 4.18. The will and affections, Prov: 23.26. and the conscience, 1 John 3.20. all which are here comprehended in the word heart. New notes sometimes that which is for substance new, totally new, as new ropes, Judges 16.11, 12. A new wife, Deut: 24.5. New gods, Deut: 32.17. And sometimes that which is only for quality new, as the new Moon, Isa: 66.23. From one new Moon to another; The Moon is not new for substance, but renewed with light, new in regard of quality; so New tongues, Mark 16.17. They had not their old Tongues plucked or cut out of their mouths, and other new ones put in; but these Tongues they had before, had new [Page 318] Languages put into them, new gifts and graces. Here then by A new heart is not intended one new for substance or nature of it, but the same heart altered for the qualities of it, renewed and indued with other qualities then it had before; such qualities are wrought in the heart, that a man thereupon is said to be regenerate or born again, John 3.3, 5, 6, 7. and to be a new creature, Gal▪ 6.15.
This new heart lyeth not in those common gifts which many have, yet without alteration in their hearts. Judas had a covetous, an earthly, an old heart, notwithstanding those great gifts he had, He could cast out Devils, and heal all manner of sicknesses, Matth: 10.1, 4. And those Matth: 7.22, 23. Who had the gift of prophesie, of casting out Devils, and working wonders, had no new hearts, for Christ sends them going for workers of iniquity; but it lyeth in grace infused, which is a principle of light and life, supernatural and permanent. Man since the fall of Adam is in a state of darknesse and death, Ephes. 5.8. Chap: 2.5. and when grace is infused, that brings light and life unto the heart; John 8. [...]2. its call'd The light of life; and when a blind heart sees, a dead heart lives, there is a great and glorious alteration, so that it is become a new heart, it hath a new principle which is supernatural and permanent, call'd The Divine Nature, 2 Pet. 1.4. Divine to shew the supernaturalnesse of it, and Nature to shew the permanency of it.
And a new spirit will I put within you.
These very words we had Ezek: 11.19. where they were largely opened: New spirit there, was interpreted to be those excellent qualities and graces God put into the soul, and shewed upon what account they were call'd Spirit and New. Here I conceive a new spirit is added Exegetically being the same with a new heart.
This new heart, or new spirit causeth the partie in whom it is to look at God as a Father, and so to honour him, Mal. 1.6. To love him, 1 John 5.1. To fear him, 1 Pet. 1.17. To yield obedience to him, Rom: 6.17. 1 Pet: 1.14, 15. Patiently to [Page 319] bear his chastisements, Heb: 12.6, 7, 8, 9. To eschew sin and work righteousnesse, 1 John 5.18. Chap: 3.9, 10. To acknowledge how he hath offended him, Luke 15.18. To pray fervently unto him, Rom: 8.15. To be like unto him in mercifullnesse and doing of good, Luke 6.36. To delight in his wayes, and to have communion with him, and his Son Christ, 1 John 1.3. To worship him in spirit and truth, John 4.23. To be thankfull alwayes unto him for all things, Ephes. 5.20. To live nobly and spiritually, minding the things of Heaven, Rom: 8.5. 1 Pet: 1.14. John 3.6. 2 Cor: 5.16. And to love those that are regenerate, 1 John 5.1. and these doing so, God their Father hath a special care of them, and love unto them, Matth. 6.26.32. Luke 11.13. Chap: 12.32.
Will I give you, will I put within you.
The new heart, and new spirit comes from God; he that to the Authour of every good and perfect gift, is the Author of the same: Now in the working of this new heart, and new spirit, there be several Attributes of God set on work: As
First, His infinite mercy. That he should mind sinners, who have old, rotten, filthy, hard, dead hearts within them, so at enmity with God, that they would pull him out of Heaven had they power to do it; for God to mind such hearts and spirits, and make them new so as to affect him and his wayes, argues unspeakable mercy, loving kindness superabundant. It was a time of love when God saw Jerusalem in her bloud, and said unto her live, Ezek: 10. It was infinite love, infinite mercy for him to pity Jerusalem in such a case, and to say so unto her: the same it is when God makes of an old heart a new heart, of an old spirit a new spirit.
Secondly, Gods infinite power is imployed in this work. The making of a dead heart to live, a blind heart to see, an old heart and spirit to become new, requires an omnipotent arm. By the preaching of the word men have great convictions, strong resolutions, and are perswaded almost to be Christians; but those convictions and resolutions dye away, and they never come altogether to be Christians, altogether to be new hearted, and [Page 320] new spirited, till the Lord put forth his allmighty power, and create new hearts and spirits in them; its a work of creation, Psal. 51.10. 2 Cor. 4.6. Eph. 2.10. And such hearts and spirits are call'd new creatures, Gal: 6.15. 2 Cor: 5.17.
Thirdly, Infinite wisdome. The heart of man is deceitfull above all things, and desperately wicked; who can know it? Jer: 17.9. Its beyond the knowledge of man; it hath so many windings, turnings, pretences, shifts, arguments, wiles, depths, methods, as that none but God knows it; he being infinitely wise; can answer all the objections, arguments, and subtle distinctions of the heart, so that it shall be silent. Mans heart whilest its old, hath the cunning of the old Serpent in it, and pleads hard to keep its old principles, its old ungodly lusts, its old ignorance, its old darkness, its old formal wayes of worship, its old fleshly confidences, its old delights and pleasures, its old company, its old customes, its old aims and ends, which were selfe; it musters up many arguments to defend these; and who can convince the heart of the evill of these, and take it off from them, but God by his infinite wisdome? To make an heart, or spirit, which hath so many oldnesses in it, new, argues more skill and wisdome then dwels in any creature.
Fourthly, His Infinite holinesse and purity. When God takes an old heart which is as dark as hell, as stinking as any Sepulchre, Math: 23.27. an old spirit which is as unclean and loathsome as the Devils are; when he takes these, and makes them new, he scatters darkness, abolisheth death, separating filthinesse, and instead thereof brings in marveilous light, 1 Pet. 2.9. A glorious life, Ephes. 4.18. And true holinesse, vers. 24. which import that God is light without darknesse, life without possibility of dying, holinesse without any spot or imperfection. When the wind cleanseth the aire infected, pestilential and stinking, it argues the wind is pure; when a vessel or house is noysome, and one cleanses and sweetens them, as not enduring them in that condition, it argues their cleanlinesse, and if they could make them new, it would argue it much more; so here, God makes them new, He puts them into the fire that they may be refined, and partake of his holinesse, Heb: 12.10. Its Gods holy arme which makes an unholy heart to become holy, and glorious in holinesse.
The dignity and excellency of this new heart and new spirit, is worthy the notice.
First, Its that doth discriminate and difference a man from all others. They that have old hearts, old spirits, and new hearts, new spirits, differ as much from them, as light from darknesse, life from death, & holinesse from filthinesse: a man with a new heart, a new spirit, is a living man, whereas others be dead, Ephes. 2.1. He is a seeing man, whereas others be blind, 1 Jok: 5.20. 1 Cor: 2.14. He is pure, whereas others are filthy, 1 Pet. 2.9. Tit: 1.15. Hereby a man is differenced from all profane, civill, and moral men, from all gifted men, from all hypocrites, what specious forms of religion and holinesse soever they have; whoever hath a new spirit is distinguished from all other spirits, yea from the Devils who are but unclean spirits.
Secondly, It doth ennoble a man; A new heart and new spirit doth not only distinguish from others, but makes more excellent then others, Prov: 12.26. The righteous is more excellent then his neighbour. Righteousnesse is one of the qualities in the new heart, in the new spirit, Eph: 4.23, 24. and that Nobilitates a man; such a one is born not of blood, that is, not of the Princes and Nobles of the world, who stand upon their blood and greatnesse; nor of the will of the flesh, that is, not in the ordinary way; nor of the will of man, viz: not by education and School principles; but of God, John 1.13. He is descended from the highest, the King of Kings, he is of the most Royal blood, even the blood of God, Acts 20.28. Others are vile, but he is precious, Jerem: 15.19. 2 Pet. 1.1. He is partaker of the Divine Nature, and lives the life of God, 2 Pet. 1.4. Ephes. 4.18.
Thirdly, It fills them where it is with new joyes. New things affect much; when the Apostles had new tongues given them, they were greatly affected therewith; and when men have new hearts, new spirits, they abound in joy: the greater the mercy, the more full the joy; If when a sinner is converted, there be joy in Heaven, what joy is in the sinners heart then? When Christ came to Zacheus, and gave him a new heart, a new spirit, he was fill'd with joy, Luke 19. and new joyes: Before his joy was to get money by any means, and treasure it up; now [Page 322] his joy was to disperse, make satisfaction, and to give away, vers. 8, 9. His new heart begat in him new joyes, and inabled him to joy in that he could not do not think of before without sadness. So Paul, when he had a new heart and spirit, he had new joyes, fullnesse of them in those things he could not rejoyce in before, 2 Cor. 7.4. I am filled with comfort, I am exceeding joyfull in all our tribulations; & Chap: 12.10. He took pleasure in infirmities, in reproaches, in necessities, in persecutions, in distresses. Here's the excellency of a new heart and a new spirit, it fills with new joyes in God, in Christ, in the Promises, in the Saints, and inables us to rejoyce and glory in tribulations, Rom: 5.3.
Fourthly, It intitles us to diverse new and excellent things: As
First, To the New Covenant: When a man hath a new heart and a new spirit, he hath an interest in the New Covenant, Jer: 31.31, 33. The law of sin, and principles of Satan and the wo [...]ld, were writ in the old heart, and old spirit, and so the party was under the Covenant with death and hell, Isa: 28.15. but in the new heart is written, the Law of God, the Law of faith, Rom: 3.27. Heb: 8.10. and so they are under the New Covenant which is call'd Grace, Rom: 6.14.
Secondly, To New Names: Where there is newness of heart and spirit, there they are sealed in their fore-heads with new Names; their Title is New Creatures, 2 Cor. 5.17. The Seed of Abraham, Isa. 41.8. Servants of Righteousnesse, Rom. 6.18. Children of Light, John 12.36. Conquerours, Rom: 8.37. Gods workmanship, Ephes. 2.10. Kings and Priests, Rev: 1.6. Temples of God, 1 Cor: 3.16. The glory of God, Isa. 4.5. New born Babes, 1 Pet: 2.2. His Saints, Psal. 149.9. Vessels of Gold and Silver, 2 Tim. 2.20. Wise Virgins, Matth: 25. Heirs of Salvation, Heb: 1.14.
Thirdly, To a New Lord and Master: When their hearts were old Satan was their Soveraign, They walked according to the Prince of the aire, Ephes. 2.2. 2 Tim: 2.26. His lusts they did execute, John 8.44. But having new hearts, they have a new Lord, a new Master, and that is the Lord Christ, Phil: 1.1. Paul a servant of Christ: He had a new heart, and [Page 323] now he had a new Master, which was Christ, he would serve Satan no longer, but Christ, who dyed for sinners, that they might live unto him, 2 Cor. 5.15. When the hearts and spirits of men are new, they are dead to their old Masters, and have new, Rom: 7.4. Christ is the Husband and Head of every one renewed by his grace, he is Lord and Master of all such, 1 Cor. 7.22. Matth: 23.8.
Fourthly, To a New Guard; Such have a Guard of Angels about them: before, as they were without God, so without the protection of his Angels, exposed to all dangers; but having new hearts and new spirits, being new creatures they have a multitude of the Heavenly Host, not only to praise God for their new-birth as they did at Christs birth, Luke 2.13. but to attend and protect them, Heb: 1.14. Are not the Angels ministring spirits, sent forth to minister for them, who shall be heirs of salvation? and none shall be such, but those that have new hearts and new spirits, for flesh and bloud cannot inherit the Kingdome of God, 1 Cor: 15.50.
Fifthly, To New Alliance this change is wrought in them: Blasphemers, Idolaters, Adulterers, Drunkards, Murtherers, Lyars, Ʋnbelievers, Hypocrites, and all profane ones, they the very Devils themselves, John 8.44. But when they have new hearts and new spirits, then they have new kindred; as a man that marries a woman, all her kindred becomes his; so here, all that have new hearts and spirits are his kindred who hath a new heart, he is allied unto them all, Math: 23.8. All ye are brethren. All the Saints throughout the earth, how great, how learned, how rich, how gifted or gracious soever they be, are all brethren; yea, the Angels are brethren unto those that have new hearts, Rev. 19.10.22.9. and that which is beyond all, Christ himself is their Brother and Father; Math. 12.49, 50. Heb: 2.12, 13.
Sixthly, To the New Mansions in the City made without hands, John 14.2. saith Christ, In my Fathers house are many Mansions, and I go to prepare a place for you; You have right and title to them, ye have new hearts, ye believe in God, vers. 1. and I go to prepare and fit places for you in those Mansions.
Fifthly, The excellency of a new heart is this, That it sets an high price upon the things of God, and a low price upon the things of the world, how goodly soever they appear; whereas before the things of the world were magnified, and the things of God slighted. When Paul had another heart, and another spirit then before, then he had no confidence in the flesh, then he did not value his great priviledges, he counted them and all things but losse for Christ, they did damnifie him rather then advantage him, and therefore lookt upon them as dung [...], things of no worth, chaffe, dirt, excrements in respect of Christ, his righteousnesse, and knowledge of him, Phil. 3.7, 8, 9. all which had an excellency, and were so prized by Paul, that he was willing to lay down his life for them, Acts 21.13. When Simon Magus offered the Apostles money for to have power to give the Holy Spirit, by laying on of hands, Peter in his own name, and in the name of the rest, said, Thy money perish with thee; we value not bags of gold and silver, but the things of God, Acts 8.19, 20. When the Conjurers had the Devils cast out of them, and new hearts given them, they brought forth their books which they had highly valued, and burnt them before all men, and so many they burnt as came to fifty thousand pieces of silver, Acts 19.19. and instead of these, they prized the books of Moses, the Prophets, and Apostles. A new heart sees excellency in spiritual things, and saith, It cannot over value them, but for other things it puts them under its feet.
Sixthly, Its excellent in that it doth really make God its end and aims at his glory in its operations; before self was all, now God is all. Acts 20.23, 24. Paul was told by the Spirit of God, that bonds and afflictions did abide him every where, that his life was in danger; now had not Paul been a man of a new heart and spirit, he would have shifted for himself, and let the preaching of the Gospel have fallen; but being such an one, what saith he? None of these things move me, neither count I my life dear unto my selfe, so I may finish my course with joy, and the Ministry, I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testifie the Gospel of the Grace of God: That was Pauls end to make known the grace of God in the Gospel towards poor sinners, [Page 325] that so they partaking of that grace might give glory to God, and God be glorified by him. God and his glory were so in his eye, that he gave out a rule for all Christians to eye and mind God and his glory in all things, 1 Cor. 10.31.
Seventhly, Its the principle of eternal life and happinesse: When God puts life, light, and grace into the heart, and so makes it new, he hath begun our admission into Heaven and happinesse; this new heart and spirit are the water springs up into everlasting life, John 4.14. They are the Eagles wings will carry you not only up to Heaven, but into Heaven.
Concerning this new heart and new spirit, there be divers mistakes; many think they have the same, when they have it not. There be several things which cause men to judge so.
First, Outward Reformation. When men cease from their former lewd courses, when they give over their drunkenness, whoredome, swearing, lying, oppression, and other scandalous practices, they think themselves, and are reputed of others to be new men, and so to have new hearts; but know, A man may have escaped the pollutions of the world, have changed his manners, yet retain his old heart: a Swine may be washed; and yet reserve her Swinish nature: Herod reformed in many things, yet had an unreformed heart, Mark 6.20. Luke 3.20. Chap. 9.9. The Scribes and Pharisees were whited Sepulchres, they had beautifull out-sides, they appeared righteous unto men, but what were their hearts? were they not full of hypocrisie and iniquity? Matth: 23.27, 28. Shame among men, fear of punishment, death, hell, terrours of conscience, afflictions, strength of reason, and hope of profits and reward, may make a man reform his life and manners, his heart being still naught; a man formerly deboist and wicked may become a new man, and yet not have a new heart.
Secondly, Morall virtues cause many to be deceived about this new heart: because they are temperate, just, prudent, faithful to their friends, true in their speeches, patient under afflictions, seek the publique good, not their own interest, are chaste, and courteous unto all, they thereupon conclude that they have the new heart and new spirit here spoken of; but all these are no more then were found in heathens; Scipio, Aristides, [Page 326] Cato, Aemilius, Lepidus, Lucretia, and others, excell'd in morall virtues. The Romane faith was in great esteem in all the world, because the Romans kept their word, and made good whatever they promised. Many Heathens excell'd in morallities, and did virtuous actions for virtues sake, yet they had no new hearts or spirits, they knew not what regeneration was, they were strangers to the Life of God and Faith, they attained to what they had by their own industry, and what they did was not done according to the mind of God in his Word, and so referring to his glory; they sought their own glory in all.
Thirdly, A form of godliness. When men have left their old wayes of sin, and taken up a way, or form of godlinesse which is new to them, they imagine themselves to be new, and to have new hearts; they read, pray, hear, meditate and worship God with their hearts, which they never did before, and hence they ground a newness in their hearts. The Jews have a form of godlinesse at this day, yet are they cast off of God and numbred amongst unbelievers, Rom: 11.20. Such was their godliness, as persecuted true godliness, Acts. 13.50. 1 Thess: 2.15. The Heathens had forms of godlinesse; Plato taught men not to sleep without repentance for their sins; Hermes instructed them to pray earnestly unto God, and continually for repentance to call upon him in the day, and not to forget him in the night; they worshipped by nature, those were no gods,Treatise of Moral Philosophy. Gal. 4.8. Forms of worship they had, though they worshipped blindly; Socrates saw further then the most of them, who said, God must be worshiped only that way which he hath appointed; yet neither Socrates, nor the rest of the Heathens had new hearts. Christians have forms of godlinesse, yet all among them have not new hearts; among Papists and Protestants are many religious, but few pious, they have the form of godliness, but not the power: Painted fire is not true fire, and all that worship God do not worship him in newness of spirit; the most do worship him with old hearts.
Fourthly, Some are deceived upon this ground, that they have the Law in their hearts, approve of truth, make conscience of their wayes, have peace within, and so determine their hearts are new. But here is a great mistake, the Law is [Page 327] in mens hearts by nature, Rom: 2.14, 15. The Gentiles which had not the Law, did by nature the things of the Law, and so shewed the work of the Law written in their hearts. When they did ill their consciences did accuse them, and when they did well they did excuse them, and so they had peace; here was nothing supernatural: where there is a new heart, a new spirit, there is something supernatural; men have not these by descent from their parents, but they are given, they are put in by God, I will give you a new heart, and I will put within you a new spirit. The Law that all men have in their hearts is by virtue of Creation, not of the new Covenant, that is another Law, Jer: 31.33. which is from grace, not from nature; where this Law is written, the heart is new, and so doth not only approve of truth in general, but knows and approves of truth as it is in Christ, Eph: 4.21. and as it is according to godliness. Truth in a new heart provokes unto Godliness, and maketh conscientious towards God and men, Acts 24.16. Looking at Christ for peace, Rom: 5.1. Being justified by faith, we have peace with God, the conscience being purged from dead works by the bloud of Christ: Men have sound peace in their new hearts; Its false peace which men of old hearts have, they bribe their consciences with doing something, and that is their peace.
Fifthly, New Relations make some to fancy they have new hearts and new spirits; they are under Church priviledges, they are Citizens of Sion, inhabitants of Jerusalem, in relation to Christ and his Ordinances, this may be, and yet without newnesse of heart or spirit; Relations make not alterations in mens hearts. Simon Magus was baptized, stood in relation to Christ and the Gospel, yet his heart was the same it was before, Acts 8. The Jews gloried they were the seed of Abraham, John 8.33. Yet they were of their father the Devill, vers. 44. and had bloudy hearts, vers. 40. seeking to kill Christ, Rom: 2.28, 29. Outward priviledges may be, as Circumcision of the flesh, where there is no Circumcision of the heart; and Paul tels us, Gal: 6.15. That Circumcision nor uncircumcision avail any thing, but a new creature; they may be where the new creature [Page 328] is not; himself had many priviledges, Phil. 3. when he was far from newness of heart.
Sixthly, Gifts, They breed mistakes in divers persons: those that have choice and great gifts perswade themselves they have new hearts and spirits, that they are gracious and good; but there is a vast difference between gifts and grace.
1. Gifts make not a man a Christian: Heathens had great gifts, as Tully, Seneca, Plato, Aristotle, Plutarch; Its grace makes a Christian; the Gentiles were not Christians, and so not acceptable to God, till they were sanctified by the Holy Spirit, Rom: 15.16. They may make a man an useful man, not a good man, Acts 11.24. Its faith and the graces of the Spirit make a good man.
2. All gifts do seldome or never meet in one man, but graces do, they are the fruits of the Spirit, and grow all in a new heart, John 1.16. Of his fullnesse have we all received, and grace for grace. Graces go together, not Gifts.
3. A man may have Gifts and not be saved. Judas had gifts, yet was a son of perdition: The beast came up out of the earth had miraculous Gifts, and the false Prophets also, and notwithstanding their Gifts, they were both cast into the Lake of fire burning with Brimstone, Rev: 13.11, 13, 14. Chap. 19.20. But he that hath a new heart and new spirit hath grace, and so shall be saved, John 3.6. 2 Cor. 3.17. He that is born of the Spirit, is a new creature, he hath grace, and shall be saved, Acts 15.11.
Seventhly, Activeness. Some men growing active for God and the publique, Zealous against corrupt practices in Church or State, gather from hence that they have new hearts and spirits; they were not so before, and how can it be that such new operations and activeness should be in them, and from them, and they not be men of new hearts? When men are call'd to publique imployments, they may have other hearts then they had before, yet not such a new heart as is here spoken off. Saul had another heart, (1 Sam: 10.9.) when anointed to be King, yet not a new heart. Credit, profit, and conscience mis-informed may make men zealous and active, when they have no other then their old hearts. Paul before his conversion [Page 329] was very active and exceedingly zealous of the Traditions of his fathers, Gal: 1.13, 14. How active are Jesuits? how zealous are Papists and many others? and that from erroneousness of their consciences, not newnesse of their spirits.
First, Observe
Mens hearts and spirits by nature are old, they are degenerated from that innocency, simplicity, and purity, Adam was created in, they are corrupted ever since he eat of the forbidden fruit.
Psal. 14.1. Men are corrupt, they have done abominable works, there is none that doth good; Psal. 53.3. Every one of them is gone back, they are altogether become filthy; there is none that doth good, no not one. Such as their hearts are, such are their actions; old hearts have answerable operations, Psal: 58.3. They go astray assoon as they be born. They brought corrupt hearts and natures with them into the world, and their first actings were against God, truth, ju [...]ce, and holinesse; men by nature have hearts full of old things, 2 Cor. 5.17. Old things are not passed away, but abide: Old principles, old lusts, old desires, old thoughts, old reasonings, old enmityes, old confidences, old hardness, old deceitfulness, old frowardness, and old naughtiness, are all found in mens hearts till they are made new, Gen. 6.5. Math: 15.19.
Secondly, Observe
A new heart, a new spirit, is not from the power or will of man, but from the grace of God.
A new heart will I give you, a new spirit will I put into you. God bade them (Ezek: 18.31.) make themselves new hearts, and new spirits, but they were not able to do it, he promises therefore to do it for them. Its Gods way in his holy Word to command and call for that at the hands of men, which he intends to give and work, as Phil: 2.12. Work out your own salvation; and in the next verse its said, Its God which [Page 330] worketh in you, both to will and to do: Isa: 1.16. Wash ye, make ye clean; Ezek: 36.25. I will sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean: Deut: 10.16. Circumcise the foreskin of your heart, they could not do it, therefore (Deut. 30.6.) the Lord thy God will circumcise thine heart. These Scriptures evince, that it is the Lord himself who performs what he commands; its not mans will or power which produceth the new heart, its the gracious and mighty hand of God which effects it; and when he will work who shall let it? shall mans will? yes, if God did only propound arguments, command, exhort, invite, encourage, threaten, it might, but God doth promise to do the thing, To give a new heart, to put in a new spirit; and should the liberty of mans will hinder it, how should God be faithful? but rather then he will be found unfaithful, he will over-power the corrupt wills of men, and make them flexible to his will. The efficacy of grace depends not upon mans will, embracing, or refusing what is tendered, but on the good pleasure and power of God, Phil: 2.13. When it pleases God to put forth his power the wo [...] [...]hall be done, the new heart and new spirit shall be wrought in the man, notwithstanding all the oldnesses therein.
And I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh.
In Chap: 11. vers. 19. the words are, I will take the stony heart out of their flesh; and here they are, I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh. Much was spoken of them there; something I shall speak now.
The stony heart.
The Hebrew is, The heart of stone, that is, the heart which in a spiritual sense is like a stone.
First, A stone is senselesse, it feels or perceives nothing; and so is a stony heart, Ephes. 4.19. Who being past feeling; they were so accustomed to sin, that they felt not any evill in sin; Consuetudo peccandi tollit sensum peccati. Zech: 14.4. [Page 331] we read of a Mountain that cleav'd in sunder at the presence of Christ; but the hearts of the Jews were so stony that they were not at all affected at the presence or voice of Christ.
Secondly, A stone is hard and impenetrable, a Knife, a Sword, a Nail, will not enter into it; so a stony heart is so hard that the Word of God hath no entrance into it, Psal. 119.130. The entrance of thy Words giveth light; when it enters into the heart it doth so; but though the Word be of a sharp and piercing nature, yet it enters not into a stony heart, its impenetrable, Zech: 7.11. They refused to hearken, and pull'd away their shoulder, and stopped their ears that they should not hear; yea, they made their hearts as an Adamant stone: No truths, no arguments, no invitations, no prayers, no tears, no mercies, no threats, no judgements, do conquer or prevail with it; neither wind, rain, thunder, lightning, sun-shine, heat, cold, do change the nature of a Rock.
Thirdly, A stone is unpolished and inept for building and other uses, till it be hewn, sawn, and brought into some other form; so a stony heart is an heart unpolished, unfit to lye in any part of Gods building, or for any service of his, till it be polished, hewn, sawn, hammered, and brought into some other frame. As a stone cannot change it self, no more can a stony heart. The Devil knew that the stones, Matth. 4.3. could not turn themselves into bread, therefore saith to Christ, Command that they be made bread. He knew they might be made bread meet to eat; and so stony hearts, though they cannot make themselves fleshy, yet they may be made fleshy, they may be brought to another form, and so be fit for spiritual imployments and uses.
Fourthly, A stone doth resist and repell what falls upon it; stones do oft break the instruments strikes them, and force them back, there is a resisting in them; so in stony hearts there is much resistancie, Luke 4.28, 29. All they in the Synagogue, when they heard these things, were filled with wrath, rose up and thrust him out of the City, and led him unto the brow of the hill, that they might cast him down headlong. Their flinty, rocky hearts resisted and rejected all the precious truths Christ had delivered, and made them fall fowl upon him, and seek to [Page 332] spill his bloud; 2 Tim: 3.8. As Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses, so do these also resist the truth, men of corrupt minds, reprobate concerning the faith. They were men of stony hearts resisting the faith, Acts 7.51. Ye stiff-necked, and uncircumcised in heart and ears, ye do alwayes resist &c.
Fifthly, A stone is heavy, Prov: 27.3. and its motion is downwards, its earth hardned, and its whole tendency is to the earth; so a stony heart is heavy, earthy, and tends downwards altogether, Ezek: 20.16. Their heart went after their idols; Ezek: 33.31. Their heart goeth after their covetousnesse; & Hosea 4.8. They set their heart on their iniquitie. Men are born with the stone in their hearts, and naturally they mind earthly things, Phil: 3.19. Their motion is downward, John 3.31. He that is of the earth is earthly, and speaketh of the earth; his thoughts, his words, his motions, are all that way. The things of Heaven are burdensome to a stony heart, that cannot move upwards.
Sixthly, Stones keep their places, and are immoveable, Eccl. 10.9. Whoso removeth stones shall be hurt therewith. Great stones, mountains, rocks, abide fixt, and its dangerous to meddle with them; so stony hearts keep their stonynesse, they are immoveable; what opinions, principles, conclusions soever they have taken in, though false and corrupt, they are tenacious of, and obstinate in, Judges 2.19. They ceased not from their own doings, nor from their stubborn wayes. God sold them into the hands of enemies where they suffered grievous things, God raised them up Deliverers, who set them at liberty; yet they ceased not from their own wayes, they were immoveable from their own opinions, corrupt principles and dangerous tenets; men are so self-conceited, self-willed, that they are like rocks, not to be stirred.
Seventhly, Stones are dry, and have no moisture in them at all. Take a Rock there is no water in it, take any stone its dry, all stones are dry and barren; so stony hearts they have no moisture of grace in them, they are all dry and barren, the waters of life are not found in them. The woman of Samaria had a stony heart, and how dry, how barren was it? not a good word came out of it towards Christ; John 4. Whilest the Gentiles [Page 333] were without God and Christ in the world, they had stony hearts, and so were barren and fruitless, Isa: 54.1. VVheresoever is a stony heart there is no melting, no mourning, no tears.
Eighthly, Stones are cold; 1 Sam: 25.37. its said, Nabals heart dyed within him, and he became as a stone, that is, cold and sencelesse; so stony hearts are cold, there is no spiritual heat in them; though the word be as fire, yet it heats them not. Men of stony hearts are frigid in the things of God, they contend not for the truth, they reprove not wickedness in others, they stand not for the interest of Christ, they are not zealous for God, and his glory, they put not their hands to his work, they mind not the conversion of sinners, they are indifferent how things of that nature go. A stony heart is a dead heart, and as it hath no life nor motion in it, so no warmth in it; like the Shunammites son, 2 Kings 4.34. till Elisha came and stretched forth himself upon it, there was neither life nor warmth in it; and till Gods Spirit come and stretch forth its virtue and power upon a stony heart, it hath neither life nor warmth in it. Thus you see wherein a stony heart resembles a Stone or Rock.
Quest: What is the evill of an hard heart?
Answ: 1. It is ever unthankfull; mercies, kindnesses, do not affect it, and how then can it be thankfull? Some verball thankfullnesse may be in an hard hearted man, but in his heart, in his life, there is nothing. Poure Wine, Oyle, the Spirits and Quintessence of any thing upon a stone, its lost, the stone is not at all the better for it, not affected with it; so a stony heart, let the choicest mercies of Heaven or Earth be presented to it, they are lost, that heart is unthankfull: and whereas we should be thankfull in every thing, 1 Thess: 5.18. such an one is thankfull in nothing, and makes the times perillous, 2 Tim: 3.2.
Answ: 2. It grows worse and worse, harder and harder every day, nothing stops it from proceeding on in its wicked wayes. The Jews were a stony hearted people, and what [Page 334] saith the Lord to them? Isa: 1.5. Why should ye be stricken any more? ye will revolt more and more. Threatning judgements did not stop or turn them from their wickedness. Pharoah saw the wonderful judgements of God, ten plagues were upon him and his Land, and yet his heart grew harder and harder. They that came to take Christ went backward and fell to the ground when Christ said, I am he; they saw also a miracle wrought by Christ, in restoring to Malchus his ear which Peter had cut off, yet being stony hearted they proceeded to take Christ, to bind him and carry him to the High Priests, John 18.6.10, 11, 12, 13.
Answ. 3. It causeth a man to walk contrary to his profession. Those that are Christians, professe Christ and the Gospel, they have in Baptisme given up themselves to him, and obliged themselves to walk according to Gospel Rules; now whence is it that they profess one thing, and practice another, that they professe Christianity, and walk as Heathens, or worse then Heathens; whoredome, drunkenness, covetousness, lying, pride, swearing, theft, murther, witchery, contention, slander, oppression, &c. are they not as frequent among Christians, as ever they were among Heathens? Paul writing to the Ephesians exhorted them not to walk as other Gentiles, in the vanity of their minds, having the understanding darkned, being alienated from the life of God, through the ignorance that is in them, because of the blindnesse of their heart, who being past feeling have given themselves over unto lasciviousnesse, to work all uncleanness with greedinesse. It was the hardnesse of the heathen Gentiles hearts, which made them walk so; and when Christian Gentiles walk so, its from the hardness of their hearts; we are of the Gentiles, and notwithstanding our Christianity, we walk contrary to Christ and the Gospel, which is from the stonyness of our hearts, keeping out the power, and this is a grievous evill, we profess Christ and the Gospel verbally, and deny both really, and so cause our holy profession, and the Lord Jesus Christ to be blasphemed, Rom: 2.24. James 2.7.
Answ. 4. Its a spirituall judgement, which is worse then all other diseases, then all other judgements; a blind eye, a deaf ear, a dumb tongue, a palsie hand, a gouty leg, a leprous head, the stone in the kidneys or bladder, are nothing to the stone in the heart, no plague is like that plague; those four sore judgments mentioned Ezek. 14.21. are not so ill as the stone in the heart; men are sensible of those, and tremble at them, but the stonyness of their hearts, they neither feel nor fear, by reason of it. Can there be a more dreadful judgement upon a man then to be given up of God to hardness of heart, Psal. 81.11, 12. My people would not hearken to my voice, and Israel would none of me, so I gave them up unto their own hearts lusts, and they walked in their own inventions. They were stubborn, and God punished their stubbornnesse with stonynesse.
Answ. 5. It pleaseth it self in the wayes of wickednesse, Prov: 10.23. It is a sport to a fool to do mischief; & Chap: 14.9. Fools make a mock of sin; Fools, that is, wicked men, whose hearts are hardned, who know not the nature of sin, who feel not the weight of sin, they slight sin, they sport themselves with sin, they rejoyce to do evill, Prov: 2.14. They count it pleasure to ryot in the day time, 2 Pet: 2.13. There is no sin but men of stony hearts take delight in, some in one, some in another, and if they can or cannot commit wickednesse themselves, they take pleasure in them that can, Rom: 1.32.
Answ: 6. Its the seat of Satan, he dwels in it. A stony heart is the Devils Castle, Ephes. 2.2. He is in, and works in the children of disobedience; In their hearts he hath strong holds, keeps possession, and rules them at his pleasure, they are his Subjects. God dwels in a broken heart, Isa. 57.15. but the Devill in a stony heart.
Answ: 7. That man that hath a stony heart increaseth his own woe daily, Rom: 2.5. Thou after thy hardnesse and impenitent heart, treasurest up unto thy selfe wrath against the day of wrath; that is, thou causest God to treasure up more severe [Page 336] punishment for thee daily; thou sinnest more and more daily, and God heats the furnace hotter and hotter daily.
I will take away.
The word is in Hiphil, and signifies thus much, I will cause to depart, or I will make to remove, cause to be gone. Montanus renders it amovebo, I will remove it. God doth this
First, By inlightning the blind heart to see, Acts 26.18. 1 Pet. 2.9. Eph: 4.18. Chap: 5.8.
Secondly, By inlivening the dead and senseless heart to feel its stonynesse. When breath and life entred into the dry bones, they were sensible, Ezek: 37. and when God breaths upon a stony heart it lives, and is sensible. What an Adamantine heart was in Paul, who took pleasure in vexing, imprisoning, and murthering of the Saints; but when Christ breathed upon him, and put life into him, he then became sensible of his hard heartedness, Acts 9.
Thirdly, By the warmth of his Spirit, and moisture of his grace, love and mercy, he melts the stony heart. Some fire will melt brasse and iron, and some waters dissolve any stone; such is the fire of Gods Spirit, there is not any iron or brazen heart but that can melt it; such is the water of life, there is not any stony heart but that will dissolve it; there is an omnipotent power in the Spirit and grace of God to turn Mil-stones into wax, and Rocks into streams; it was verified in Paul, who feeling the mighty power of Gods Spirit and grace in his heart had the milstonyness and rockynesse thereof removed, for presently he cryed out, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? and fell to weeping and praying.
Out of your flesh.
By flesh here is not meant corrupt nature, as Gal: 5.13. but by it is meant man, I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, that is, out of you.
First, Observe
The hearts of men as they are in themselves are stony, even stones, senselesse of sin, unyieldable to truth, inept for spiritual imployments, repelling and rejecting the counsel of God, moving down wards, and minding earthly things, immoveable from their tenets, cold and barren.
Such are all mens hearts naturally, and the hardness of them is much increased by actual and customary sins; when men consent to evill thoughts and lusts in their hearts, vent them by actings, and reiterate the same day after day, they make their hearts more and more hard, as the hand is by working, and the foot by walking; Jer: 5.3. They have made their faces harder than a rock, they have refused to return. If their faces were hardned like rocks, what were their hearts? Zechariah tells you, They made their hearts as an Adamant stone, Zech. 7.12. which exceeds other stones in hardnesse; and not some few of them had done so, but even all of them, Ezek: 3.7. All the house of Israel are impudent and hard-hearted; all of them had faces of rock, and hearts of Adamant.
Secondly, Observe
Its the prerogative of God who hath dominion over the heart, to alter the heart.
I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh. They could not change their own hearts, they were not able to get the stone out of them, nor the Prophets who were their spirituall Physitians: Kidney-stones, and Bladder-stones men may remove, heart-stones none can remove but God; men cannot remove Mountains or Rocks, but the Lord can, he hath an arm of strength, his Word is a Word of power, when he commands, it is done; though a stony heart can stand it out against men, yet it cannot stand it out against God; he fetched water out of a Rock, and God can make the hardest rocky heart in the world to melt, repent, and send forth floods of water. Mary Magdalen had an impudent face, and a hard heart, but [Page 338] when God dealt with her he took away the hardness of her heart, and impudency of her face, she sat and wept at the feet of Christ, Luke 7.38. The Lord can turn wildernesses into standing waters, and dry ground into water-springs, Psal. 107.35.
Thirdly, Observe
Its a great mercy to have the stonynesse of the heart removed.
The removall of any evill from the body of man is mercy, as blindness from the eye, deafness from the ear, lameness from the leg, weakness from the stomach; much more then the removal of spiritual evil, and that from the heart. Stonynesse of heart is the greatest plague, evill, which can befall it, and for God to take that away, to cure it, is a rich, a wonderfull great mercy, its a mercy of the new Covenant, its more then Gods delivering Daniel from the Lyons Den, Jonas from the Whales belly, or the 3 children from the fiery Furnace; they should have been saved had they died in those conditions, but the man that dyes with an hard heart perisheth for ever.
And I will give you an heart of flesh.
The heart of flesh is opposed to the stony heart, and it implyes several things which are considerable: As
First, Softnesse, tendernesse; a stony heart is hard, but an heart of flesh is tender and soft. The Scripture speaks of a soft tongue, Prov: 25.15. and of a soft heart, Job 23.16. that is, an heart free from stonynesse and obduration. Some flesh is brawny and hard, some very tender, as the flesh of those mentioned Deut: 28.56. The heart of flesh is an heart like the tenderest flesh, even the flesh of a child new-born.
Secondly, Sensibleness. Some flesh is so hardned as that it feels nothing, & some is so tender its sensible of the least touch. [Page 339] The drunkards flesh felt not the stripes when he was beaten, Pro: 3.35. but Josiahs heart was sensible of the anger of God, when he heard the Law only read, 2 Chr: 34. Christs heart was tender & sensible of our infirmities, he was touched with the feeling of them, Heb: 4.15. the least infirmity he was affected with, for he had an heart of flesh, an heart without any stonyness at all in it, and where an heart of flesh is, its sensible of the least sin, the least dishonour to God; vain thoughts, risings of corruption, extravagancy of affections, all sins are burdensome to it; the man of such an heart hath his senses exercised to discern between good and evill, Heb: 5.14.
Thirdly, Meltingness. A stony heart never melts, but an heart of flesh is of a melting nature. Josiahs heart was not only affected with the Law read, but melted also into tears, 2 Kings 22.19. His heart was tender, and he humbled himself before the Lord. So David, Psal. 22.14. My heart is like wax, it is melted in the midst of my bowels; how did it melt after Nathan had told him of his sin! Psal: 51. so after his numbring of the people, 2 Sam: 24.17. Peters heart was of this nature, for after Christ looked upon him, he went out and wept bitterly, Luke 22.62. Such were their hearts, Ezek: 9.4. who sighed and cryed for all the abominations which were done in the midst of Jerusalem. An heart of flesh melts and mourns that God is dishonoured by others, but most of all that he hath been dishonoured by him in whom it is; that man that hath an heart of flesh sheds most tears for the wrongs himself hath done unto God, Luke 15.18, 19.
Fourthly, Teachablenesse. A stony heart is indocible, inflexible, it repels and keeps out truths, but an heart of flesh admits and receives truths, it is yielding and teachable. When Lydiacs hard heart was turned into flesh, Acts 16.14. she attended unto the things which were spoken by the Apostle, she received them, and believed them; she was a good Scholar, and constrained her Teachers to come and abide at her house, that she might learn more of them, vers. 15. Paul no sooner had his heart of stone made flesh, but he manifested a teachablenesse [Page 340] in himself, Acts 9.6. Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? I am a blind Pharisee, and have been all my dayes out of the way; I desire now to learn, and to be taught of thee whom I ignorantly blasphemed. David shut not his eyes against the light, as many hard-hearted persons do, he prayed, That the Lord would open his eyes that he might behold wonderous things out of the Law; He was oft begging of God to teach him, O teach me the way of thy statutes, and I shall keep it unto the end, Psal. 119.18.33. He was willing to see, to hear, and to do, Psal: 110.3. Thy people shall be willing in the day of thy power. When the stony heart is removed, and an heart of flesh put in the room of it, that is a day of power, and then the people so hearted are willing to hear the Lord speak, to understand his counsels, and to resolve their wills into Gods, so that his will is theirs.
Cor carneum quod ante ad alterius arbitratum fingitur.Fifthly, Obedientialnesse. A stony heart is refractory, contradictory, disobedient, but a fleshy heart is yielding and obediential, it is Cor sequari, an heart which follows God, as Elisha followed Elijah, virtue went out of the mantle and constrained him to do so, and the virtue gone out from God into an heart of flesh prevails with it, and causeth it to follow God, to yield obedience unto him. Caleb had another spirit then the rest of the Jews had, and he followed the Lord fully, Numb: 14.24. His spirit was not obstinate but obediential, and where-ever this heart of flesh is, it is so far from being contentious against the truth, or with-holding the truth in unrighteousness, as that it obeys the truth heartily, Rom: 6.17.
The Excellency of a tender heart.
First, Its the Mansion of Gods holy Spirit. When the heart is tender and fleshy, God puts in his holy Spirit into it, as in the next verse appears. The Spirit it self is a tender thing, and takes no content in an hard heart, Isa: 57.15. Its in the heart of humble and contrite ones that the Spirit dwells. The Corinthians were babes in Christ, very tender, and they were Temples of the Spirit, 1 Cor. 3.1.16. How excellent is a tender heart [Page 341] that the Spirit of Grace, Heb: 10.29. the Spirit of Glory, 1 Pet: 4.14. should take it up for its habitation? It was there before as an Agent, not as an Inhabitant.
Secondly, It cannot endure the dishonour of God; its much affected, yea afflicted thereat. When Rabshakeh blasphemed and reviled the God of Israel, how was Hezekiah afflicted at it? He rent his cloaths, covered himself with sackcloath, and went into the house of the Lord, sends for Isaiah, begs his prayers, spreads the blasphemers Letter he had received before the Lord, and cryed unto him for help to vindicate his own name, 2 Kings 19.1, 2, 3, 4, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. Hezekiah had a tender heart, and herein was the excellency of it, he was deeply affected with the dishonour of God. Davids heart was touched throughly when men violated the Law of God, and dishonoured his name, Psal. 119.136. Rivers of water run down mine eyes because they keep not thy Law. None of his own afflictions, his persecution by Saul, his expulsion by Absolom, did draw so many tears from him as the dishonour of Gods name, that made his tender heart like a Fountain which sends forth Rivers; the heathens who had hard hearts said of their heathenish King, Its not meet for us to see the Kings dishonour, Ezra 4.14. And can Christians see the dishonour of the God of Heaven? Those that have hearts of flesh cannot endure to see it, if they cannot help the same, they will mourn, and mourn abundantly for it.
Thirdly, Its a strong defence against all sin; it quickly feels the nature of sin, and so flyes from it. Touch tender flesh with a Needle or Pin, it endures not the same, it cryes out against, and removes them. Some bodyes are so delicate that they feel every wind, every little distemper, and so fortifie themselves against them; and some hearts are so tender that corruption or the Devil cannot stir but they discern, feel, and find them, and so set themselves against them. When Josephs Mistriss tempted him to folly, his heart startled at it, and caused his tongue to say, How can I do this, and sin against God? Gen: 39.9. A tender heart sticks at the appearance of evill, [Page 342] and will not venture there: Abraham would not take any thing of the spoyl recovered, but returned all into the hands of the King of Sodom, least he should say, I have made Abraham rich, Gen: 14.23. This was an excellent frame of spirit; and proceeded from the tenderness of his heart, such tenderness Antidotes a man against the poyson of sin. Jobs heart was flesh, not stone, and not his Friends, Wife or Devil could draw him to commit sin; his heart was sensible of his sons sinning, and on their behalf he offered sacrifice continually, Job 1.5. and that tenderness preserved him from sinning. Davids heart smote him when he cut off but the lap of Sauls garment, 1 Sam: 24.5.
Fourthly, Its active for God. When Pauls heart was turned into flesh, presently saith he, Lord what wilt thou have me to do? I am now ready to do ought for thee, Acts 9.6. And straight way he preached Christ in the Synagogues, vers. 20. Josiah was of a tender heart, and he acted notably for God, he destroyed the groves, altars, high-places, images out of Judah and Jerusalem, and other places, he repaired the Temple, he caused the Law to be read, the people to enter into Covenant with God, he kept a most solemn Passeover, such as had not been from Samuels dayes before, 2 Chron: 34. & 35. Chap: A hard heart is active against God, and a soft heart is active for God. Manasseh through the hardness of his heart, did more wickedly then any, 2 Chron: 33. And David through the tendernesse of his heart, fulfilled all the wills of God, Acts 13.22. He durst not neglect any duty the Lord call'd for, nor do it remisly when he went about it.
What are the mistakes about a tender heart?
First, There is a legal tendernesse which arises from apprehension of Gods Soveraignty and Justice, and his wrath due unto men for sin, and their sinfull practices, whereupon they humble themselves, mourn, sigh, weep, pray, and so manifest some tenderness of heart; such I conceive was the tenderness of Manasseh's heart, when he was among thorns, bound in fetters, and in affliction, then he besought the Lord, humbled [Page 343] himself greatly, and prayed, 2 Chron: 33.11, 12, 13. Such tendernesse had Judas who repented of what he had done, saying, He had sinned in betraying innocent bloud, Mat: 27.3, 4. Terrours of conscience put him upon it: This legal tenderness is not that here meant. For
1. Apprehensions of Gods power, justice, wrath, fear of death and hell, do never melt the heart. The Law, judgements of God, considerations of death and hell may break the stony heart into many pieces, yet every piece remain a stone, retain its hardnes: when you break a Milstone or Rock into pieces with an hammer or pick-axe, though broken, yet there is no true softness in them.
2. Legal tendernesse never loves God, it loves it self, and seeks it self; but Evangelical or Spiritual tenderness carries out the heart to God and Christ. Peter having hardned his heart by denyal of the Lord Jesus once, twice, and thrice, and then being softned again by a look of Christ upon him, Luke 22.61, 62. he loved him dearly, and that it might be known, Christ asked him the question, Simon, lovest thou me more than these? he saith not, Peter dost thou love me? but dost thou love me more than these? I know these love me much, how stands thy heart to me? his answer was, Yea, I love thee, and more than these do love thee, and thou knowest it. A tender heart is strongly in love with Christ. Paul after his heart was regenerate and softned, he was so in love with Christ, that he wisheth Anathema Maranatha to that man which loves not the Lord Jesus, 1 Cor: 15.22.
Secondly, There is a naturall fleshliness or tenderness which is much in women, and sometimes also in men; as when Joseph made himself known unto his brethren, he wept, it was from a natural tenderness in him, Gen. 45.1, 2. Some are by nature very tender and pittyfull; such tenderness is not what our Prophet aims at. For
1. This natural tenderness is born with men, they bring it with them into the world; the other is a gift, I will give you an heart of flesh; the one is of nature, the other of grace; Parents [Page 344] procreate the one, God creates the other; the one is from constitution, the other from regeneration.
2. Where there is a natural tenderness it is flexible both wayes, to good and evill. Rehoboam who was a wicked King, having a tender heart, 2 Chron: 13.7. he was for evill and for good, he hearkned to the young mens ill counsel at one time, and to Shemaiah's good counsel another time, 1 Kings 12.14, 24. he was easily drawn this way and that way, like some in the Apostles time who were carryed about with every wind of Doctrine, Ephes. 4.14. They were children, they had a natural tendernesse in them, and bowed to sound and corrupt doctrine; but a man that hath the tenderness of heart here intended is untractable towards evill, and only flexible unto good, 1 John 3.9. He cannot sin because he is born of God, his heart is obstinate against sin, he keeps himself from the touching of the wicked one, Chap: 5.18. But is plyable to the will of the holy one, prepared unto every good work, 2 Tim: 2.21.
Thirdly, Natural tenderness is faint in the cause of God, it hath no courage, no magnanimity for God, but spiritual tenderness hath. Paul was tender hearted after his conversion, and see what a spirit he had for God, Acts 17.22, 23. Ye men of Athens, I perceive that in all things ye are too superstitious, &c. He contested with the whole University of Athens. The Bock of Martyrs tells of Alice Driver (a tender hearted woman) who said, She would set her foot against the foot of any of them all; she meant the Bishops and their creatures; she had courage for God and his cause.
Fourthly, Natural tendernesse is dulled by fasting, prayer, and humiliation, but spiritual tenderness is sharpned and quickned by the same. Esther after her fasting, praying, and humbling her soule was more sensible of the state of the Jews, and the great danger they were in, and ventured her life for them, Esther 4. & 5. Chap.
Fifthly, Afflictions, crosses, are very heavy to that heart that is naturally tender, its restlesse, unquiet under them, but an [Page 345] heart spiritually tender welcomes afflictions, receives them with joy, Heb. 10.34. and finds sin heavier then afflictions. There be some soft natures which can weep, shed tears in abundance for losse of Relations, Estates, Favours of great Ones, yet never wept for sin; these have a natural tenderness, not a spirituall.
Besides what may be gathered from what is said, I shall give some Characters of a tender heart.
First, Its sensible of the Churches and Saints afflictions, it mourns for, and with them; a tender heart bleeds when it goes ill with Sion and the people of God. When the men of Ai smote but thirty six Israelites, how was Joshua affected with it? He rent his clothes, and fell to the earth upon his face, before the Ark of the Lord, untill the even tide, Josh. 7.6. You may read Ps. 79. & 80. how greatly David or Asaph were affected with the desolation of Jerusalem, and miseries befell the Church. These were men of tender hearts, and sensible of evils at a distance. Such was Paul, 2 Cor: 14.29. and Jeremy, whose eyes ran down with tears, because the Lords flock was carryed away captive, Jer: 13.17.
Secondly, Where an heart hath a gracious and spiritual tenderness, its affected with the perishing condition of others, it grieves to see men impenitent, unbelieving, going on in the broad way, to be in a state of irregeneracy, and pityes them, Rom: 9.2, 3. Paul had great heaviness, and continual sorrow in his heart, and why? for his brethren and kinsmen according to the flesh; they rejected Christ and his Gospel through unbelief and hardnesse of heart, they were in the broad way to destruction. Christ seeing Jerusalem insensible of her own good, he wept over her, Luke 19.41. And in former times Jeremy had manifested the tenderness of his heart toward the Jews, when he said unto them thus, Hear ye, and g [...]ve ear, be not proud; for the Lord hath spoken: Give glory to the Lord your God, before he cause darknesse, and before your feet stumble upon the dark mountains, and while ye look for light, he turn it into the shadow of [Page 346] death, and make it grosse darknesse: but if ye will not hear it, my soul shall weep in secret places for your pride, Jer: 13.15, 16, 17.
Thirdly, A tender heart dare not go out from God in any case, but commits it self and way to him, it consults with God, and leans upon him for counsel and direction. Josiah, when the Law was found, and he understood from it what wrath was due to the breach of it, presently sends men to enquire of the Lord for himself and others what to do; he took counsel of God, and not of man, 2 Chron: 34.21. So Jehoshaphat he sought not to Baalim, but to the Lord God of his fathers; and David made Gods Testimonyes his Counsellers, Psal. 119.24. Hard hearts dare presume and venture to go out from God, and into wayes he hath not warranted; so did Gehazi, Judas and Demas, they followed the imaginations of their own hearts, and declared that their hearts were Brasse. Those that have hearts of flesh say with them in Isa: 2.3. Come, let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob, and he will teach us of his wayes, and we will walk in his paths, not in our own.
Fourthly, Its affected presently at the frowns and chidings of God, at the appearance and shaking of the Rod. A child of a tender nature will melt when the Parent begins to manifest displeasure, as to chide or take the Rod into his hand; but its not so with a stubborn nature, that will hear bitter words, and endure many stroaks before it will melt, Jer: 5.3. Thou hast stricken them, but they have not grieved; thou hast consumed them, but they have refused to receive correction; they have made their faces harder then a rock, they have refused to return: These had no tender hearts in them. When Absolom had driven David out of Jerusalem, he went up mount Olivet weeping: He was presently affected with the hand of God, 2 Sam: 15.30. Moses was presently affected with the wrath that went out from God against the people, Numb: 16.46.
Fifthly, A tender heart feels much stoninesse in it self, and complains of it; O what a stony, rocky, Adamantine heart have I! saith a tender hearted man: its tendernesse discovers and feels hardnesse, Eph: 4.19. They were hardned in sin, were past [Page 347] feeling, Where hearts are all stone, there is no sensibleness of the stonyness; those have the tenderest hearts, that feel most Brass and Iron in them. David cryed oft to God for quickning, Psal: 119.154, 156, 159. Quicken me according to thy Word; Quicken me according to thy judgements; Quicken me according to thy loving kindnesse. And why did he cry so for quickning? because he felt much deadness and hardness in his heart. A dead heart is an hard heart: A man when dead is cold, stiff, and hard; so a mans heart, if dead within him, is cold, stiff, and stony.
How may the heart be kept tender?
First, By taking heed of every sin, for its only sin that hardens the heart; as the foot by treading hardens the earth, so when sin walks up and down in the heart it hardens and obdurates the same; Dan: 5.20. Nebuchadnezzars mind was hardned in pride; and the Apostle tells you, Heb: 3.13. That mens hearts come to be hardned through the deceitfulnesse of sin. Men think little sins can do them little harm; but they harden their hearts, and is that no harm? is that little harm? its the greatest harm can be done you.
Secondly, By searching and examining of your hearts frequently, that is a special means to keep them tender; its like digging of the Garden, and ploughing of the Earth, which keeps it from hardning; the more digging and ploughing, the more tender and crumbly is the earth, that is the chiefest way to preserve it so; and they who are ever searching their hearts, examining them daily, have them in a tender frame. David communed oft with his own heart, and his spirit made diligent search, Psal. 77.6. That kept his heart in a tender frame.
Thirdly, By studying the word much and minding it there is great virtue in the word, it's like fire, and will not only thaw the icyness of their hearts, but keep them unfrozen; the hardest mettals while they are in the Fire are soft, and whilest mens hearts are in the Divine fire of the Scriptures, they will be soft. The Word is like Water and Oyl which moisten and [Page 348] supple the heart, so that the tendernesse of it is preserved.
Fourthly, By meditating seriously on Gods love, the heigths, depths, lengths, and breadths of his love. When a soul is taken up with thoughts of the freeness, greatness, strength, sweetness, everlastingness, and fruits of Gods love, it will be in a melting frame, that fire works kindly upon the heart; love apprehended makes the heart tender.
Fifthly, Look much to Christ crucified, Zech: 12.10. When we consider what Christ hath suffered for our sakes, it will make and keep our hearts tender.
First, Observe;
A tender heart is a choice mercy.
As a stony heart is a grievous plague, so an heart of flesh is a great blessing, its sensible of sin, even secret sins, it trembles at thoughts of God, his Attributes and Word, it understands divine things, its teachable and obediential, its compassionate and full of bowels towards all; such an heart is rare to find, but where-ever it is, it's a mercy of mercies, a superlative mercy.
Secondly, Observe;
Its a gift, even the gift of God.
I will give you an heart of flesh. None but he who can fetch water out of a Rock, and turn stones into flesh, (Mat. 3.9.) can give this tender heart; we can make our hearts stony by sinning, but we cannot soften them again. Its Gods prerogative to make and give an heart of flesh; he can make the hardest heart exceeding tender: beg such an heart of him, and presse him with his promise; For faithfull is he who hath promised, who also will do it.
And I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, and ye shall keep my judgements, and do them.
IN the 35. verse remission of sins was promised, in the 36. regeneration, and in this, infusion of the spirit is promised: In the words are
I will put my spirit within you.
By spirit here, I understand not the new heart, or new spirit mentioned in the verse before, viz. the gifts and graces of the spirit, but the spirit it self, so Aecolampad: Lavater, Junius and Polonius; and however it be a great dispute among School-men, Whether the spirit it self be given unto men, and dwell in them; some conclude, That the person of the spirit is not given, but dwells in us only Mediantibus donis; yet the Scripture is cleer, That the spirit it self is given, and dwells in the sons of men, Rom: 5.5. The love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the holy spirit which is given unto us. Here is a distinction made between the grace of the spirit, and the spirit it selfe; the grace of love is shed abroad [...] the hearts of the Saints by the spirit, and that spirit which [...]keth that grace in them, is given unto them; the person of the spirit is distinguished from the gifts, and graces he works in men; 1 Cor: 6.19. Know ye not that your body is the Temple of the Holy spirit in you. A Temple is not for gifts or graces, but for a person, a Deity, and some speciall presence of that Deity; the world hath God in it, yet it is not call'd The Temple of God, [Page 350] because he is in a general and common manner in the same, but the spirit is in the bodyes of the Saints, and that in a special manner, 1 Cor. 2.12. We have r [...]ceived not the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God, that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God. By spirit here cannot be meant gifts or graces, but the person of the spirit, who searcheth the deep things of God, as it is vers. 10. and makes them known by degrees, unto those he dwells in, discovering what God hath done for them, Rom: 8.11. If the spirit of him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you: its the spirit of God himself, who dwells in beleevers, and not only the gifts and graces of the spirit; these are in them as qualities in a Subject, but he is in them as an Inhabitant in an house.
The spirit by reason of its Infinitenesse, is every where, in Trees, Worms, Flowers, waters, all creatures; is it any other wise in the Saints then in them? True, the spirit quoad essentiam is in all things; yet,
First, Its not in them per modum unionis, by way of union; a Fish is in the water, but not united to the water; the spirit is in the Saints by way of union, therefore is said to dwell in them by his own gifts and graces; we are united to the spirit, and the spirit to us.
Secondly, Its not in them per modum gratiosae operationis, by way of gracious operation; all he doth in other creatures, is upholding their beings, enabling them to put forth their natural power, vigour, virtue, and ordering their motions to what ends he pleaseth, he worketh nothing in them above their natures, but in those he dwells, he worketh gracious effects, in those the Lord gives the spirit unto, he worketh such operations as are not elsewhere, even such as are aboue nature; he is in them Speciali titulo ratione gratiae: A Gardiner worketh curious Knots in the Garden, which he doth not elsewhere; God made other works, and set other plants in Paradise than in the world.
Thirdly, As the Deity of Christ is every where in every creature, yet otherwise in Christs humane nature, than in any creature, Col: 2.9. so the spirit, though it be every where, yet is otherwise in Believers, than in other creatures, it is in them as it is in Christ himself, but not in the same measure.
What doth the spirit being within us?
First, It unites the Lord Christ and the soul together, it makes an happy union between them two. The Corinthians were espoused to Christ, 2 Cor. 11.2. not only by the Ministry of Paul, but by the spirit, 1 Cor. 12.13. By one spirit are we all baptized into one body; that is, the Church, the body of Christ; the spirit is the great Agent in this work.
Secondly, The spirit gives out divine Oracles and Truths unto the soul: As in the Temple God gave out his mind, made known his will, so doth the spirit in the heart of man; Mat. 10.20. The spirit of the Father speaks in Believers; 1 John 2.20. Ye have an anction from the holy One, and ye know all things. That unction is the spirit which makes known all needful things unto those it dwells in; its needful to be instructed, and armed against Antichrist and his seducements, its needful to be directed in the way to Heaven, they had the spirit which did teach them how to avoid the one, and how to proceed in the other; and so were [...], taught of God; and who teacheth like him? Job 36.22. He teacheth inwardly, infallibly, powerfully.
Thirdly, It conquers and drives out the enemies that had possession of, and quartered in us. There is no man the Lord puts his spirit into, but the spirit finds the Devil there, he hath possession of mens hearts, and labours to keep the same; there be also a multitude of base and ungodly lusts which fight for the Devils interest, these the spirit sets upon, subdues and casts out. When Christ came into the Temple, he whipt out all the money-changers; when Joshua came into Canaan, he drove out the Canaanites and other Nations; and when the spirit comes [Page 352] into a man it beats down strong holds, drives out Satan and his Troops; 1 John 4.4. Greater is he that is in you, than he that is in the world. The Devil had been in them before, but was now driven out of them into the world by the spirit which was in them, and their lusts were mortified by the same spirit, Rom: 8.13.
Fourthly, The Spirit put into man, takes the rule and government of that man into his own hand; he must no longer be under the dominion of sin or Satan, but under the conduct of the spirit, he, and all in him, must bow to that great Person. When a great man cometh into the Countrey to dwell, he looks for all about him to bow unto him, and to be at his command; hence men that have stout and stubborn spirits which cannot bow use to say, Magnum vicinum nolumus, We care not for a great Neighbour. The spirit is greater than all men, and when he is put into men, it's to rule; he is there not to be checked, controled, opposed, but to bear sway, to have the Keyes of every Room delivered up unto him, he must be, and will be Soveraign in the soul, before him every Mountain and Hill must be brought low, yea every creature must swear fealty unto him, Rom: 8.14. They are lead by the spirit of God. The spirit is the Commander and Leader of those it dwells in, they follow him and not others; whereas those that are without the spirit are led away with diverse lusts, 2 Tim: 3.6. or drawn away with their own lust, James 1.14. and so follow Satan, 1 Tim: 5.15. It's not so with those that have the spirit that is call'd A Guide, John 16.13. and such a Guide, as guides into all truth, and orders them so, as that they shall not miscarry, for its a spirit of wisdome, Ephes. 1.17. of counsell, Isa: 11.2. of power, 2 Tim: 1.7. so that he must rule, and where he rules, he doth it wisely.
Fifthly, He frames them to his own mind, and transforms them into his own likenesse: as a Graft put into a Stock, turns the sap of the Stock, and assimilates it and the Stock to it self; so doth the spirit in the parties where it is, 2 Cor: 3.18. We are changed into the same Image from glory to glory, even as by the [Page] [Page] [Page 353] Spirit of the Lord, or by the Lord the Spirit, so the Greek will bear it; we are selfish, sinfull, natural, morall, and the spirit makes us spiritual. The husband frames the mind of his wise suitable unto his own; when a man comes into an old house, he pulls down, and sets up, he takes away and adds what he pleases, and fits the house to his own mind; so doth the spirit being in our earthly Tabernacles, it abrogates the Laws of the flesh, it throws out the Principles of Satan, and the world, it sets up new Laws, and works new Principles, Rom: 3.27. Chap: 8.2.
Sixthly, The spirit being put into man, and man becoming his Temple, he doth beautifie and adorn that Temple, and make it glorious. Solomon over-laid the Temple with pure gold, 1 Kings 6.21. the inside was very glorious; and the spirit trims up its Temple with pure graces, with love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance, &c. Gal: 5.22, 23. Ephes. 5.9. The spirit garnished the Heavens with those greater and lesser Lights, Job 26.13. which fill this lower world with their glory: Its the spirit which reneweth the face of the earth, Psal: 104.30. and makes it beautifull, and its the spirit reneweth and garnisheth the soul, making it glorious and beautifull with all graces, Psal. 45.13. The Kings daughter is all glorious within; and the spirits Temple is no lesse glorious: If Solomons Temple were call'd The holy and beautifull house, Isa. 64.11. much more may the Temple of the spirit be so called.
Seventhly, It being in man enables him to do many things, it strengthens him with might to do that which otherwise he could not do, Eph: 3.16. As
First, To discern between the things of men, and the things of God, between the things of Christ, and those of Antichrist, between true and counterfeit graces, 1 Cor. 2.15. He that is spiritual judgeth all things. He hath the spirit enabling him to make a difference, and to see the reallity, beauty and excellency of some things above others: The High Priests, Scribes & Pharisees, saw no beauty in Christ that they should desire him, [Page 354] but the Apostles who had the spirit in them did, John 1.14. We beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: and Paul saw so much in Christ, and the knowledge of him, That he counted all things but lasse for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ, Phil. 3.8.
Secondly, It enables them to pray spiritually, Rom. 8.26. The spirit helpeth our infirmities, for we know not what we should pray for as we ought. The spirit tells us what to pray for, and helps us to bring forth those Petitions it hath formed in us; Zech: 12.10. its call'd The spirit of supplication, because it teaches us what to supplicate God for, and assists us in supplicating. Both Paul and Jude exhorts those they write unto, To pray in the spirit, Ephes. 6.18. Jude 20. That is, in the strength and help of the spirit, not in their own strength.
Thirdly, It enables to stand in time of trouble, persecution and sufferings: The spirit prompts answers unto those that are questioned for truths sake, and helps them against all their opposers, see Mark 13.11. Matth: 10.19, 20. Luke 12.11, 12. When they were lead before Magistrates and Powers, they must take no thought before hand what to speak, nor premeditate, the spirit should help them, encourage, and uphold them, not an Angel, but the spirit; Acts 6.10. Stephen was so mightily assisted by the spirit, that his opposers, viz: the Libertines, Cyrenians, Alexandrians, and others were not able to withstand him.
Fourthly, It enables to bring forth good fruit. If there be no sap in a Vine, it will bear no fruit; if there be only our own sap, it will yeeld sowre fruit; but if the sap of the spirit be there, then it will afford good fruit, speciall fruit, Acts 10.38. Christ being anointed with the holy spirit, and with power, he went about doing good; so the Apostles, Acts 1.8. Ye shall receive power after the holy spirit is come upon you, and ye shall be witnesses unto me, both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost parts of the earth. The spirit impowered them to walk up and down in the world, to preach the Gospel, convert souls, plant Churches, and to do them good; so did Paul, Rom. 15.19. Where the spirit is, it enables, and provokes unto good, John 7.38, 39.
Fifthly, The spirit enables men to keep the Word of God, and yeeld obedience unto it; 2 Tim. 1.14. That good thing which was committed unto thee, keep by the holy spirit which dwelleth in us. Timothy, saith Paul, thou hast that which is of great concernment committed to thy keeping, viz: the Gospel, the form of sound words, and thou hast a great helper to enable thee thereunto, even the spirit of God which dwells in thee; see therefore that thou keep it by the enabling power of the spirit, which helps not only to remember truth, but also to obey truth; for Peter assures us, That the beleeving Jews did obey the truth through the spirit; that is, through the assistance of the spirit: This is that which follows in the next words to be opened.
And cause you to walk in my statutes.
The Hebrew word for cause is [...] faciam, I will make, effect, or bring to passe by the operation of that spirit I put into you, that you shall walk in my statutes. Vatablus renders it efficiam, which imports influence of power; David, Psal. 143.10. prayes unto the Lord to teach him to do his will; and Psal. 119.35. he saith, Make me to go in the path of thy Commandments; both these the spirit being put into man performs, it teaches him to do the will of God, and causes him to go in the path of his Commandements.
To walk in Gods statutes, implyes several things.
First, The making of Godlinesse and Religion our chief work in this life: other things are to be done as inferiour things, this is to be the principal, no work should be so minded as this; saith Joshua Chap. 24.15. As for me and my house, we will serve the Lord; that shall be our great and chief businesse in this world: He remembred what God had commended to him and all men, Deut. 6.6, 7, 8, 9. These words which I command thee this day, shall be in thine heart; and thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy Children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thy house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou lyest down, and when thou risest up; and thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be as frontlets [Page 356] between thine eyes, and thou shalt write them upon the posts of thine house, and upon thy gates. God would have us to be godly inwardly and outwardly, at home and abroad, night and day, and to make our familyes religious; and they are repeated again, Deut: 11.18, 19, 20. that so they might take the deeper impression upon the hearts of men. David looked at this work above all others, Psal. 119.97. O how I love thy Law! it is my meditation all the day. To be godly and religious was his principal care, that is the one thing necessary; and Solomon hath drawn it up into this conclusion, Fear God, and keep his Commandements, for this is the whole duty of man, Eccles: 12.13.
Secondly, Taking delight in the wayes of God: His statutes, commands, and wayes are grievous to men, naturally they walk not in them: When men walk in any way, they are delighted with and in that way; so here, walking in Gods statutes notes delight, Psal: 119.14. I have rejoyced in the way of thy Testimonies, as much as in all riches. Some rejoyce in fine houses, some in fertile Lands, some in great Flocks, some in Silver and Gold, but David rejoyced in the way of Gods Testimonies, and as much as any of them, or all of them in their riches; he found more sweet in them, then they in their wealth, vers. 143. Thy Commandements are my delights: They were his chief, his satisfying, his sole and soul delights. It was meat and drink to Paul, to be doing the will and work of the Lord, Acts 20.24. as it was unto Christ, John 4.34.
Thirdly, It imports motion and progresse; they should not stand still in contemplation, nor sit still in meditation, but they should proceed and go on in the wayes of God, they should get neerer their journeys end, be daily more knowing, more holy, more gracious and godly. The Thessalonians faith did grow exceedingly, and their charity abounded, 2 Thess. 1.3. They walked from faith to faith, and from love to love. When Paul was converted, and brought into the way of Christ, he encreased in spiritual strength, Acts 9.22. He reached forward, and pressed towards the mark, Phil: 3.13, 14. He put on mightily [Page] [Page] [Page 357] for to get the knowledge of Christ, and the power of his resurrection, and the fellowship of his sufferings; he did not only walk, but ran oft in the way of truth and godlinesse, 1 Cor. 9.26.
Fourthly, Walking in Gods statutes, imports perseverance in them; they shall not apostatize and turn back from them, but continue in them. Of a wicked man destitute of Gods Spirit, its said, He hath left off to be wise, and to do good, Psal. 36.1. But of a righteous man its said, He shall hold on in his way, Job 17.9. He knows he is in a safe and good way, a way that will recompence him fully at the end, whatever hardships or storms he meets withall, and therefore will neither sit still nor go back, he may be extra semitam sometimes, but never turning back again.
Ye shall keep my judgements and do them.
Statutes and Judgements are comprehensive words, and sometimes are used promiscuously, as hath formerly been shewed in Chap: 18. and 5. but here they may be thus differenced, Statutes to signifie the duties of the first Table, the things of Gods worship and manner of the same, whether under the Law or Gospel; and Judgements, the duties of the second Table, matters of equity and justice between man and man.
The word for keep is [...], which imports keeping with care and diligence, they should not keep them in their houses or memories only, but they should keep them practically, they should do them.
First, Observe;
Gods spirit differs from all other spirits.
Angels are spirits, souls of men are spirits, but these are below Gods spirit; I will put my spirit. Gods spirit is a spirit of holinesse, Rom. 1.4. The power of the highest, Luke 1.35. A spirit of truth guiding into all truth, John 16.13. A spirit of grace, Zech: 12.10. The Oyl of gladnesse, Heb: 1.9. The [Page 358] Comforter, John 14.16. A spirit of glory, 1 Pet. 4.14. A spirit, that is the Lord, Isa. 11.2. Ruach Jehovah, The spirit of Jehovah shall rest upon him. Whatever excellencies may be in souls or Angels, they are infinitely short of that that is in the spirit of God; Psal. 143.10. Thy spirit is good; that is, Thy spirit, O Lord, is transcendently good; my own spirit is naught, and all other spirits are nothing compared with thy spirit, that, and that only is good, good originally, good transcendently, good infinitely.
Secondly, Observe;
The putting in of the spirit into the sons of men, is a free act of God.
He doth it not upon the account of the Covenant of works, but by vertue of the Covenant of grace. This verse is a branch of the Covenant of grace, and agrees with that in Jerem. 31.33. I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts; that God doth when he puts in his spirit, 2 Cor. 3.3. for the spirit being within, writes divine truths in the heart: Adam had the Law writ in his heart by the spirit, but not as it is written by the spirit in the hearts of Believer, who are under the new Covenant; the spirit writ the Law in Adams heart as Concreator with the Father and the Son, not by vertue of any Covenant; but Believers receive the spirit, and have the Law writ in them by vertue of Covenant; God hath covenanted to put his spirit in them, and they have the spirit from Christ and the Father; Christ purchased of the Father the mission of the spirit, therefore saith, He will send the Comforter unto them, John 16.7. And that he will pray the Father, and he shall send the Comforter unto them, John 14.16. So that Believers now have the spirit from God as a Father in Christ, from Christ as Head of the Church, and both these by vertue of the new Covenant; Adam had not the spirit so: and for those that had the spirit under the Law (for some had it as you may see, Psal. 51.11. Nehem: 9.20. Numb: 27.18. Hagg. 2.5.) they had it not by vertue of the Covenant of works, Do this and live; for none were able to keep the Law, but by vertue of the Covenant [Page] [Page] [Page 359] of grace; there was Gospel in the Law, yea, the whole Ceremonial Law was so: The Apostle tells us that the Galatians received not the spirit by the works of the Law, but by the hearing of faith, Gal. 3.2. And look how the Gentiles received the blessing of Abraham, viz. the spirit, which was through faith, and through Christ, vers. 14. so did the Jews likewise.
Neither Jews nor Gentiles do bring any preparations or qualifications towards the reception of the spirit; God gives his spirit freely where there are no such things: when men are in a state of sin and wickednesse, the spirit is put in; first, its there, and then it works grace; before they have new hearts, new spirits, the stone be taken out of the heart, and there be an heart of flesh; the spirit is put in and acts, he finds not qualifications or dispositions, but brings them, works them. The Bees when they come to the Hive, find no wax, no honey there, but they bring the wax and honey; so the spirit, when it comes to mens hearts it finds no wax, no honey, no graces, nor gracious dispositions there, but brings them; when the spirit comes to regenerate and sanctifie it finds nothing in men but darkness, unbelief, unholinesse, and enmity, by which its no more defiled than an Angel by coming into the world which lyes in wickednesse, or the Sun shining upon a Dunghil; but when it comes to be an Inhabitant, a Comforter, a spirit of glory to rest upon a man, then it finds the heart prepared, and made meet for its entertainment and abode.
Thirdly, Observe;
The gift of the spirit is a great and excellent gift.
I will put, or give my spirit within you. The greatness and excellency of it appears in these following particulars:
First, Its the person of the spirit which is a fundamental mercy, and more considerable than all his gifts and graces which flow from him; the Tree is better than all the fruit, the Sun is of more worth than all his Beams.
Secondly, It is the procreator of all grace in the soul, Gal. 5.22. The fruit of the spirit is love, joy, peace, faith: Take but those four graces, & see how they are exalted; faith is stiled precious, 2 Pet. 1.1. peace is said to passe all understanding, Phil. 4.7. joy to be glorious and unspeakable, 1 Pet. 1.8. and love is magnified by Paul above all gifts and other graces, 1 Cor. 13. What a gift then is the spirit which is the Parent, not only of these, but of all graces and all gifts, Ephes. 5.9. The fruit of the spirit it in all goodnesse.
Thirdly, It is the Conservator of all grace and good things in us: As God conserves the world which is his creature, so the spirit conserves grace which is its creature; the spirit as it gives being to all graces, so it preserves them in their beings and operations; It's the spirit which mortifies lusts, Rom. 8.13. And it is the spirit maintains graces, John 3.6. That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the spirit is spirit. As flesh brings forth flesh, so it maintains the same, and as the spirit brings forth spirit, so it maintains the same; each maintains their own off-springs. The spirit is the Nurse of all those graces it hath brought forth in the heart of any; 2 Cor. 4.13. its called The spirit of faith, not only because it creates faith in the heart, but keeps it there; so its called The spirit of grace, Zech. 12.10. not only because it works grace in men, but also because it keeps grace in them; hence those who are after the spirit, are said to mind the things of the spirit; their graces are maintained by the provision of the spirit.
Fourthly, The spirit is he who actuates and consummates our graces; the spirit doth not content it self to beget and preserve graces in mens hearts, but improves and perfects them; we and our graces would act very poorly, did not the spirit assist us, John: 15.5. Without me (saith Christ) you can do nothing; that is, without my spirit concurre with your graces and actuate them, you can do nothing. The Mill may have all things fit for motion, the Sails may be spread, but if the wind blow not, the Mill goes not; so a man may through grace be prepared and fitted to every good work, but if the spirit blow not, [Page] [Page] [Page 361] he moves not, John 6.63. It is the spirit that quickens; it quickens us and our graces also; 2 Cor. 3.6. The spirit gives life, Life to mens persons, and life to their graces; its the spirit makes lively, and sets grace a work. It's the Sun and influences of Heaven which draw up the sap, and make the Tree grow, and it is the spirit and its influences, which draw out our graces into act, they lye still unless fresh blasts of the spirit come upon us and them. And as the spirit acts our graces, so it perfects them, it adds supplyes unto them, Phil. 1.19. and changes us into further glory, day by day, 2 Cor. 3.18. And what is said of Christ, Heb: 12.2. That he is the Authour and Finisher of our faith; the same Christ doth by his spirit, and so the spirit is the Authour and Finisher of all our graces.
Fifthly, The spirit is a great and excellent gift, in that it doth facilitate, sweeten, and make delightfull unto us all the wayes of God; they are hard and harsh to flesh and bloud, as to deny a mans self, to passe by wrongs, to forgive enemies, to bear the Crosse cheerfully, &c. these are things corrupt nature cannot digest; but where the spirit is given, they become easie; the spirit is the oyl of gladnesse, and makes the soul cheerfully fall in with whatever is of God. When a child hath the father to go before, and leads it by the hand, though the way be stony, durty, up hill, it goes willingly; so the soul that hath the spirit to lead it, let the way be what it will, followeth willingly, Psal. 119.32. I will run the way of thy Commandements when thou shalt enlarge my heart; the spirit doth enlarge the heart, 2 Cor. 3.17. where that is there is liberty; let the Lord command things hard, David will run to do them, they are suitable to the spirit, and the work of the spirit in the heart.
Sixthly, The spirit is an excellent gift, in that it makes them excellent who have it, Dan: 5.10, 11. saith the Queen to Belshazzer, There is a man in thy Kingdome in whom is the spirit of the holy gods, he is an excellent man, none like him in all thy Provinces, he hath the spirit of the gods in him, which others have not. Where the spirit of God is put into a man, that man is an excellent man, he hath an excellent person in him, more [Page 362] excellent than his soul, than all souls, than all Angels, he hath excellent graces, and is honourable above others, 1 Sam. 9.6. There is in this City a man of God, and he is an honourable man, said Sauls servant; so every one that hath the spirit, be he in the City, or out of it, is a man of God, and an honourable man.
Fourthly, Observe;
There is an union between the Saints and the spirit of God.
I will put my spirit within you; it is not said, I will put my spirit upon you, but within you; So that by vertue of those graces it works in you, there shall be an union between you and my spirit. This union is not such as is between the three John speaks of, 1 John 5.7. for they are one essentially, nor such as is between the Deity, and Christs humane nature, Col. 2.9. for that is personal, but it is a mystical union, an union of persons, not a personall union. It is
First, Reall; there is a true oneness between the spirit and those its put into, 1 Cor. 6.17. He that is joyned unto the Lord is one spirit, he saith not is one body, or one soul, or hath one spirit with the Lord, but is one spirit; there is as reall an union as is between soul and body, he is so one with the spirit as he is denominated spirit, John 3.6. That which is born of the spirit is spirit.
Secondly, It is a wonderful union. The spirit of God who is one with the Father and the Son, to be one also with man, and not with one man, but all he is put into, even thousands of men, is wonderfull. John tells us, It was a great wonder to see a woman cloathed with the Sun, Rev: 12.1. but it is a greater wonder to see a man or woman united to the spirit of God, which is in our souls and bodyes, the faculties and members of them, as the sap is in the root, vine, and branches; and here is the wonder, the same sap to be in every one of these, and in all other Vines.
Thirdly, It is a most glorious union. When the Lord came into the Temple it was filled with glory, 1 Kings 8.11. and when the spirit is put into a man, and the union made between them, the man is filled with glory: when the Sun shines into an house, it fills it with glory; when the fire is in the Iron, how glorious is it? the union between the Fire and the Iron makes the Iron a thick, dark, solid body, as glorious as the Fire it selfe.
Fourthly, It is a strong and intimate union which cannot be dissolved; I will put my spirit within you, that is, into their inward parts; the spirit is deeply seated, and strongly united unto those it is in, 2 Cor. 6.16. I will dwell in them. The Greek is, I will indwell in them; there is such an indwelling of Gods spirit in the hearts of his, that he will neither leave, nor be thrust out of his habitation; John 14.16. I will pray the Father, and he shall give you another Comforter, that he may abide with you for ever. I am leaving you (saith Christ) but when I am gone, I will intercede with the Father for you, and he shall send the spirit, the great Comforter, and he shall never leave you, he shall abide with you for ever, none shall be able to dispossesse or drive him out of you.
Object: But both these seem contrary to Scripture, 1 Sam. 16.14. The spirit of the Lord departed from Saul; and David did drive away the spirit, when he committed his great sins of murther and adultery.
Answ. 1. Wicked men have the spirit from God as a Lord, by vertue of the Covenant of works, & so sinning the spirit departs from them; thus was it with Saul, he rebelled against God, vexed his spirit, & so that left him; but David who was a godly man, had the spirit from God as a Father in Christ, by vertue of the Covenant of grace; and so though the spirit were grieved by his sins, it did not depart from him; for Psal: 51.11. he prayes unto the Lord, saying, Take not thy holy spirit from me. Had it been gone, the tenour of his prayer had been for restitution, not against ablation of it.
Secondly, The spirit departed from Saul was the spirit of prophesie, and those Kingly endowments which he had received 1 Sam. 10.6. they ceased. The spirit is oft put for the gifts of the spirit, and they do oft-times fail in men.
Thirdly, All men have the spirit of bondage to fear, but all have not the spirit of adoption to cry, Abba, Father, whosoever have the same it abides with them.
Fifthly, Observe;
That before the spirit of God be put into men, they are without life or motion towards God, or spiritual things, they live not to God, they walk not in his statutes, they live to themselves, to the flesh, to the creatures, and wander from God and his wayes.
Naturally men are destitute of the spirit, sensual, as Jude tells you, vers. 19. Sensual, not having the spirit. [...]: Those that have not the spirit, at the best are but sensual or soulie men; and those had the best souls, most reason, understanding, knew not God, Acts. 17.23. 1 Cor. 1.21. David tells us, Psal. 14.2, 3. That God looked down from Heaven upon the children of men; that is, Jews and Gentiles, to see if there were any that did understand, and seek God, that is, whether any did so know God as to set them a work to seek him, as being the highest good, beyond all creature excellencie. But what was the issue of Gods so looking upon men? They are all gone aside, that is, from him and his wayes, They are altogether become filthy, their practices are such as makes them stink, There is none that doth good, no not one; of so many millions of men as are upon the earth, there is not one doth good. There were men of excellent parts then in the world, men of soul, or foulie men, but not one of them did know God, or seek after God; Paul therefore hath laid it down for an universal Maxime, That the animal, natural, or soulie man, receives not the things of the spirit of God, for they are foolishnesse unto him. Whilest he is without the spirit of God, they are no better than foolishnesse unto him, and so are rejected by him.
Sixthly, Observe;
The principle of spiritual life and motion is the spirit of God.
I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk. Immediately upon the putting in of the spirit into the heart of any, there is life and motion; men live and move spiritually. Some make grace the principle of life and motion, but all grace flows from the spirit, Gal. 5.22, 23. Ephes. 5.9. and why should grace have that honour is due to the spirit? It was the entrance of the spirit which quickned the dead bodies of the Witnesses, and caused them to move, Rev. 11.11. and it is the entrance of the spirit which quickens dead souls and causes them to move. We must beware of an error here which hath siezed upon divers of late, viz: That because the spirit is in us, and the principle of life and motion, that therefore the spirit doth all. Matth: 10.20. It is not ye that speak, but the spirit of your Father which speaketh in you; so it is not you that do, but the spirit in you, and if the spirit speaketh and do all, we must sit still and leave our selves to the spirits motions and actings: This is a dangerous error; know therefore, That though the spirit be in men, and the principle of life and motion, yet it doth not act or work without us; in the putting in of the spirit we are Passive, John 3.6. we concur no more to our birth, then a child doth to its generation; but when the spirit is in us and hath quickned us, then there is the co-operation of man with the spirit, Rom: 8.16. The spirit beareth witnesse to our spirit, vers. 26. It helpeth our infirmities. Acti agimus, the spirit acts us, and we co-act with it; If the spirit did all, then the spirit should repent, believe, and not man; but what cause hath the spirit to repent or believe? it never sinned, it stands not in need of help or mercy; that place Matth: 10.20. is not absolutely to be taken, that they did not speak, for so it should be false, Luke 12.12. The holy spirit shall teach you in the same hour what ye ought to say. They spake, and the spirit taught them to speak; the place is to be taken comparatively, not you, but the spirit; that is, it is rather the spirit than you, the spirit is the principle which sets you on. For men to sit still, [Page 366] and leave all to the spirit, is a grieving of the spirit, and contradicts what the spirit hath given out, Matth. 7.7. Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and you shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you. The spirit would have us use means, and doth most vigorously assist us, when we are most diligent in the use of them, Prov. 2.3, 4, 5. 2 Chron. 15.2.
Quest: If the spirit be put into us, dwell in us, and be the principle of life and motion, what need the soul look unto Christ for any fresh or further supply?
Answ. 1. It is granted there is a sufficiency and fullnesse in the spirit, yet because it is the will of God that we should look unto Christ, we are bound to do it, Heb. 12.2. Looking unto Jesus the Authour and Finisher of our faith; 2 Tim. 2.1. Be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus; and Paul himself, 2 Cor. 12.8, 9. looked up to Christ for more help, notwithstanding he had a fullnesse of the spirit within him, Acts 13.9.
Answ. 2. The spirit is not the head of the body, though it be in the body; that honour is Christs, Col. 1.18. He is the Head of the Body, the Church; and from it the whole body receiveth influence, Eph. 4.15, 16. Col. 2.19. its requisite therefore, that every member in the body should look up to the head.
Seventhly, Observe;
God first makes men good, and then they do good; first he puts his spirit into them, and then they walk in his wayes.
It is said of God himself, He is good, and doth good, Psal. 119.68. He is first good, and then good comes from him; so God makes men good by the infusion of his spirit, and then they bring forth spiritual fruit, Ephes. 2.10. We are his workmanship created in Christ Jesus unto good works. Since mans fall, amongst all the sons of men God finds none good, Rom. 2.10. There is none righteous, no not one; if any be so, he is [...], God hath made him so by his spirit, he hath made him a new [Page 367] creature, & so fitted him for good works; the Tree must first be good, before the fruit be good: amongst men good actions are first done, and then men are reputed good; but with God it is otherwise, he makes men first good, and then they do good actions; they do not make themselves good by their free will, by frequent acts of good, but God puts in his spirit towards which they contribute nothing, and thereby they are made good, and act answerably, then their actions have life in them, worth in them, and are suitable to God who is a spirit, and must be worshipped in spirit and truth. Let men look heedfully to themselves, and not stand upon their actions; men may do many actions outwardly glorious, and magnified by men, themselves being corrupt and naught; if men have not the spirit of God in them, their actions are no better than corrupt fruit, of a corrupt Tree, they do not please God; and if any have not the spirit of Christ, he is none of his, He is neither good, nor doth good.
Eighthly, Observe;
In what heart soever the spirit dwells, there will be outward and visible manifestations of it.
Grace within will appear without; I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, to keep my judgements, and to do them. The spirit is like the Sun in the Firmament which cannot be hid long, though it may be clouded for a season; the Cough and Grace are of such natures as will not be concealed; and the spirit is of that nature, as it will di [...]er it self in the man it is within, causing him to change his courses, and to walk in other wayes then ever he walked in. When the spirit is put into a swearer, a lyar, an unclean person, an extortioner, a bloudy persecutor, it makes the swearer fear an oath, the lyar speak truth from his heart, the unclean man to possesse his vessel in sanctification and honour, the extortioner to make satisfaction, and give half of his goods to the poor, and the bloudy persecutor to love and preach the Gospel he persecuted, so demonstrating it self to be in them. The spirit in Scripture is compared to Fire, Matth: 3.11. to a mighty wind, [Page 368] Acts 2.2. to a fountain or spring, John 7.38, 39. to an ointment, 1 John 2.27. to the oyl of gladnesse, Psal: 45.7. All which things will be seen, heard, or smelt, and set out the spirits manifestation of it self. The spirit is an active thing, and makes its inbeing-known by mens outward actions, as the inbeing of the soul is by speaking and walking; the sap keeps not alwayes in the root, but ascends, disperseth it self into every branch, and by leaves, blossoms, and fruit, declares the life and nature of the Tree; many whose lives do testifie what they are, cheat their own souls with this delusion, They have honest hearts, and are inwardly good, though they be not so gracious, and holy outwardly as others; yea, though corruptions do break out sometimes, inwardly they are good; but let such know, it is impossible there should be grace, Christ, or the spirit within them, and these not appear in their tongues and lives; For out of the abundance of the heart the tongue speaks, and the hand acts: The corruption breaks out testifies there is a corrupt, graceless, Christless, and spiritless heart within.
Ninthly, Observe:
When men have received the spirit of God, they are assisted and enabled by it to proceed and persevere in the wayes of God.
I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, and ye shall keep my judgements. As the stonynesse of their hearts, and power of their wills, could not hinder God fr [...] [...]utting in his spirit; so the stonyness being removed, the liberty or power of the will cannot hinder the spirit from carrying on the men in whom it is in the wayes of God, it complyes and co-operates with the spirit therein: Mans Will after the spirits infusion and work upon it neither doth, nor can hinder his proceeding and persevering in the wayes of God; for if so, mans will should frustrate the promise of God, and make him in one part of it unfaithful; for he that said, I will put my spirit within you, said also, I will cause you to walk in my statutes, to keep my judgements and do them; he saith not, If man will it shall be so, but I will have it so. The spirit of God is stronger [Page 369] than Satan, 1 John 4.4. Stronger than mens wills and corruptions, and will put forth his strength to maintain the truth and faithfulnesse of him who put him within men for that end, that he should assist them against whatever should hinder their progress and perseverance in his wayes. The spirit writes the Law of God in the hearts of men, 2 Cor. 3.3. teaches them to understand the same, 1 John 2.27. and enables them to obey all truth, 1 Pet. 1.22. They obeyed the Truth through the spirit; that caused them to walk in the way of truth, notwithstanding Satans temptations, the strength of their own corruptions, and liberty of their wills. Those that have the spirit are led by it, and cannot be under the dominion of sin or Satan, Rom. 6.14. They are under grace, under the conduct of the spirit, which will never let them apostatize and perish, 1 John 3.9. There is a seed in them which will never suffer them so to degenerate, as to become the seed of the Serpent.
Tenthly, Observe;
Those that have the spirit in them, do make godlinesse and the wayes of God their businesse and delight here in this world.
They walk in his statutes, that's their work, trade, recreation; no businesse lyes more upon them than to be godly; The world they are dead unto it, Gal. 6.14. and use it as if they used it not, 1 Cor. 7.29, 30, 31. And sin they are dead unto, they have nothing to do with the unfruitful works of darknesse, Ephes. 5.11. but they are alive unto God, Rom: 6.11. They spend their time and strength for him, they live to his praise and glory. So Paul, Phil. 1.21. saith, To me to live is Christ; Vita mea non nisi in rebus Christi occupatur, My life is employed and laid out in the service and interest of Christ. Those that have the spirit in them, live in the spirit, and walk in the spirit, according to Gal. 5.25. They shew forth the vertues of him that hath put in the spirit within them, and the vertues of the spirit being within them. David had the spirit of God within him, and he made godlin [...]e his [...] his principal businesse, and the statutes of God his delight, Psal. 119.164. Seaven times a day do I praise thee; vers. 62. At midnight will [Page 370] I rise to give thanks unto thee; vers. 97. Gods Law was his meditation all the day; Psal. 71.15. My mouth shall shew forth thy righteousnesse and salvation all the day; Psal. 25.5. On thee do I wait all the day; Psal. 84. [...]0. A day in thy Courts is better than a thousand; I had rather be a door-keeper in the house of my God, than dwell in the Tents of wicked [...]esse; Psal. 27.4. One thing have I desired of the Lord, that I will seek after, That I may dwell in the house of the Lord all the dayes of my life, to behold the beauty of the Lord, and to enquire in his Temple. Where is a King? where is a Christian that mindeth godlinesse as David did? or delights in the wayes of God as he did? May it not be taken up for a lamentation, that most Christians declare, that neither Christ nor the spirit is in them, because they neither seek the things of the one, nor savour the things of the other, Phil. 2.21. Rom. 8.5.
Eleventhly, Observe;
A man indowed with the spirit, must walk in Gods statutes, and in his only.
I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes; they must not worship God any other way then he hath appointed in his word. Inward and outward worship must be appointed by God, for who knows, what will please God but himself? he is a glorious and holy spirit, infinitely and only wise, and that only must we stick unto as pleasing unto him, which himself appoints. Mens inventions and appointments in worship, defile mens souls, & provoke divine Majesty; a godly man therefore is very tender in point of worship, and will practice nothing therein but what he hath found a cleer foundation for out of the word of God; he knows that when Nadab and Abihu brought strange fire before God, it brought a strange judgement upon them from God, Levit. 10.1, 2. He knows that all worship after the Commandements and Traditions of men is in vain, Matth. 15.9. He knows no Coin is currant in the Court of Heaven, but that which hath the Image and Superscription of God himself upon it; he knows [Page 371] what God hath said; Ezek. 20.18, 19. Walk ye not in the statutes of your fathers, neither observe their judgements, nor defile your selves with their idols; I am the Lord your God, walk in my statutes, and keep my judgements, and do them. He knows that to fear God, and keep his Commandements is the whole duty of man, Eccles. 12.13.
Twelfthly, Observe;
That man that hath the spirit of God, is for righteousnesse as well as holinesse;
He is a second Table man, as well as a first Table man; he is conscious towards man, as well as towards God; he keeps the judgements set between man and man, as well as walks in the statutes which are between God and man, as, Thou shalt love thy Neighbour as thy self, Rom. 13.9. Not to defraud thy brother in any matter, 1 Thess. 4.6. To do to others as we would be done unto our selves, Luke 6.31. To condescend to those of low estate, to recompence to no man evill for evill, but to overcome evill with good, Rom. 12.16, 17, 21. Blessing them that curse you, and praying for them that despitefully use you, Mat. 5.44. To forbear and forgive one another, Col. 3.13. To bear one anothers burdens, Gal. 6.2. Every man to possesse his vessel in sanctification and honour, 1 Thess. 4.4. To speak evill of no man, to be no brawlers, but gentle, shewing all meeknesse unto all men, Titus 3.3. To put away all bitterness, wrath, anger, clamour, and evil speaking, with all malice, and to be kind and tender hearted one to another, Ephes. 5.31, 32. Not to lye, but speak the truth every man with his Neighbour, vers. 25. To distribute to the necessities of Saints, Rom. 12.13. To lend, looking for nothing again, Luke 6.35. &c. These be judgements God hath set in his infinite wisdom between man and man, and whosoever hath the spirit of God dwelling in him, keeps these and many other mentioned in sacred writ. David had respect to all the Commandements of the Lord, Psal. 119.6. Those which concerned men, as well as those concern'd God, for they are all of equall authority, being from the same God, and branches of his infinite wisdome; the one tending to mans good, and Gods glory, as [Page 372] well as the other, which David knew, and therefore kept. So Paul, his care was not only to mind the duties of holiness towards God, but those of righteousness towards men, Acts 24.16. Herein (saith he) do I exercise my self, to have alwayes a conscience void of offence towards God and towards man. Had he not kept the judgements set of God between man and man, his conscience had not been innocent, but because he did keep them, therefore he could say, Acts 25.10. To the Jews have I done no wrong; and to the Corinthian Gentiles, we have wronged no man, we have corrupted no man, we have defrauded no man, 2 Cor. 7.2. He had the spirit within him which carryed him forth strongly to do just, righteous, and equall things, and to move others thereunto, Phil. 4.8. Finally Brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any vertue, and if there be any praise, think on these things. He writ these words unto the Philippians as his last words, that so they might take the deeper impression in them; knowing that if second Table duties were not done, first Table duties would be in vain. See how the Lord with indignation takes up the Jews for failing in their duties towards men, though they did their duty towards him, Jer. 7.6, 9, 10. Will ye oppress the stranger, the fatherlesse, and the widow? will ye steal, murder, and commit adultery, and swear falsly, and come and stand before me in this house? what, do you come hither for to pray, to hear the Law, to offer Sacrifice, and think I am pleased with these duties? no, no, I will destroy the Temple where ye worship, and I will cast ye out of my sight as I have done all your brethren, even the whole seed of Ephraim, vers. 14, 15. It is in vain to be religious, if we be not righteous; such Religion is a dreadful provocation of God, as you may read Isa. 1.10, 11, 12▪ 13, 14, 15, 16, 17. Many are religious in these dayes, but where is a righteous man? He that doth righteousness, just and equal things, is righteous, 1 John 3.5. Let us learn, as to walk in Gods Statutes, that is to be religious, so to keep his judgements and do them, that is to be righteous; for of the three great things [Page 373] which God requires of man, this is the first, Micah 6.8. What doth the Lord require of thee, O man, but to do justly, to love mercy, and to walk humbly with thy God?
And ye shall dwell in the Land that I gave to your Fathers, and ye shall be my people, and I will be your God.
THis verse comprehends in it both temporal and spiritual mercy, as repossession of their Land, and Gods renovation of Covenant with them.
And ye shall dwell in the Land which I gave to your fathers.
God had long before this time given Canaan unto Abraham and his posterity, who through their sins were driven out of the same, and made captives in Babylon, but he would bring them back again and set them in it, which resembled Gods gathering of his out of all Nations, and bringing them into the Church of Christ, the City of God, the spiritual Canaan.
And ye shall be my people, and I will be your God.
Like words to these we had Ezek. 11.20. Ch: 14.11. Ch: 34.31. and therefore shall not stand upon them: The sense of them is this; You being in Babylon think your selves cast off of God, and that ye shall never again have the honour to be his people, and to have him for your God, but your thoughts are not as mine, for ye shall come again to Canaan, and there I will own you for my [Page 374] people, and ye shall own me for your God; ye shall be my people to worship me, and I will be your God to blesse you; ye shall be my people to depend upon me, and I will be your God to protect you; ye shall be my people to obey my Commands, and do my Will, and I will be your God to exalt and honour you; ye shall be my people to love, fear, honour me, and to stand for me and my glory, and I will be your God to counsel, comfort, delight in, and to deliver you, and to plead your cause against all your enemies.
First, Observe;
There is nothing difficult or impossible to God, though it be so in the eye of man.
The Jews thought it an hard, if not a thing impossible for them to get from under the Babylonish yoke, into their own Countrey; but God thought not so, saith he, Ye shall dwell in the Land that I gave to your fathers; I will break off every yoke which hinders, and remove every mountain which lets; And this he did with ease, for he did but stir the heart of Cyrus King of Persia to make a Proclamation to this purpose, That whoever among the Jews had an heart to go up to Jerusalem, might do it, 2 Chron. 36.22, 23. and it was done. The getting Peter out of Prison seemed a thing impossible, he was in two Chains, between two Souldiers, keepers at the door, a first and second Ward after these to passe by, and then an Iron gate to open, all these things were as nothing to God, he sent an Angel who brought Peter out of Prison, notwithstanding all these difficulties, and as to men impossibilities, Acts 12. God saith, Jer. 32.27. I am the Lord, the God of all flesh; is there any thing too hard for me? Many things are too hard for you, but is there any thing in Heaven or earth too hard for me? what, cannot I bring the Jews again to Canaan? vers. 37. I will gather them out of all Countries whither I have driven them in mine anger, and in my fury, and in great wrath, and I will bring them again to this place, viz: to Jerusalem.
Secondly, Observe;
Lands are at the dispose of God.
Ye shall dwell in the Land that I gave to your fathers. Canaan God first gave to the Canaanites, for their iniquities God took it away, and gave it to the Jews, they provoking God by their idolatries and oppressions, he took it from them and gave it to the Chaldeans, who having possessed it for some years, he took it from them, and restored it again to the Jews; not onely the Land of Canaan was disposed of by the Lord, but all Lands and Nations are his, and given to whom he pleases, Jer. 10.7. He is King of Nations, he rules in the Kingdomes of men, and gives them to whom he will, Dan. 4.32. All Kings are Gods Coppyholders, and he can turn them out of their Tenures at pleasure, Jer. 27.5, 6. I have made the earth, and given it unto whom it seemed meet unto me; and now have I given all these Lands into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon. He turned out the King of Moab, the King of Edom, the King of the Ammonites, the King of Tyre, the King of Zidon, and gave all their Lands into the hands of Nebuchadnezzar.
Thirdly, Observe;
No condition of Gods people is so grievous, but shall have a comfortable issue.
That the Jews were in captivity, deprived of all those sweet enjoyments they had in the Land of Canaan, was grievous; that they were amongst Idolaters, Blasphemers, in a polluted Land, and made to serve the enemies of God, this was exceeding grievous unto them; yet this condition was not to last alwayes, it should have a comfortable end, they should return and dwell in the Land of their fathers, and enjoy their ancient, honourable, and comfortable priviledges. In the Apostles dayes the Church was under great persecution, and many suffered, Acts 8. & 9. Chap: but the persecution and suffering of the Saints had an end, yea, a comfortable end; for Chap: 9.31. its said, Then had the Churches rest throughout all Judea and [Page 376] Galilee, and Samaria, and were edified, and walking in the fear of the Lord, and in the comfort of the holy spirit, were multiplyed. Here was a blessed conclusion of a sad persecution; this blustering Winter had a sweet Spring following of it.
Fourthly, Observe;
It is an act of grace in God to take any people to be his, and a renewed act of grace to fall in again with those that have revolted from him and he hath cast off.
What was in this people of the Jews at first to move him to mind them, to take them for his people, they had that enough in them, and as all other Nations have, to make him abhor them, but nothing to incline his heart towards them, Ezek. 16.5, 6. When thy person was loathed, and thou wast polluted in thy bloud, I said unto thee live; vers. 8. I entered into Covenant with thee, and thou becamest mine. Here was an act of grace, it was Gods pleasure made them his people, 1 Sam. 12.22. and nothing else, and when they had forsaken God, Jer. 2.13. and he had cast them out of his sight, Jer. 7.15. which was done when they were cast into Babylon, to fall in again with these, to own them for his people, and to become their God again, this was a renewed act of grace, height of mercy, strength of love: God might have said, Ye are weary of me, and I am weary of you, I know your thoughts and what comes into your mind, that you would be as the Heathen, as the Familyes of the Countrey, to serve Wood and stone, Ezek. 20.32. but God would not suffer it, he would bring them out of Babylon, be their God, and take them to be his people, which sets out the freeness and fulness of divine grace; he would not let his people become heathenish, and worship heathen gods.
Fifthly, Observe;
All Nations have not an equall interest in God, his favour and grace is not alike dispensed unto all.
God said not to the Babylonians, Ye shall be my people, and I will be your God. This was spoken to the Jews, and to no other [Page 377] Nation; therefore saith God of that Nation, You only have I known of all the familyes of the earth, Amos 3.2. you have I taken into neerer relation than any other; you have I known by way of Covenant, you have I known so as to record my name among you, and to dwell among you; but so I have not dealt with other Nations, They were without God in the world, Ephes. 2.12. They were far off, (ver. 13.) from God, from the means of grace and salvation. The Gentiles had not such interest in God as the Jews had; they had common favour as they were his creatures under the Covenant of works, these had speciall favour as they were his people under the Covenant of grace, Isa. 43.3. I am the Lord thy God, the holy One of Israel, thy Saviour; I gave Egypt for thy ransome, Ethiopia and Seba for thee: God exposed them to destruction, for the safety of the Jewes.
Sixthly, Observe;
That people is honoured and happy, whom the Lord owns to be his, and vouchsafeth to be their God.
Ye shall be my people, and I will be your God. What greater honour could the Jews have in the wo [...]ld, then to be taken by the infinite, holy, great, and glorious God, to be his people: It is a great honour when poo [...] begga [...]ly people are taken into great mens, and Princes services; much more is it so when a sinfull Nation is taken in by God to be his people. And not only is it an honour, but an happiness, Psal. 144.15. Happy is that people whose God is the Lord; is not that people happy which have peace, and plenty of all good things? Yes, it is an humane, a conceited happiness, but it is not a reall, a true happiness, that lyeth in having God our God, our Lo [...]d: propriety in a Deity makes a Nation or Pe [...]son happy, Psal. 33.12. Blessed is the Nation whose God is the Lord, and the People whom he hath chosen for his own inheritance. David who was a Prophet, and a man after Gods own heart, fixeth no [...] happiness upon riches, honours, peace, parts, multitudes of Souldiers, Subjects, or Counsellers, but in mutual relation between God and a People, the one owning the other. When God owns a people to be his inheritance, and a People own God to be their God and [Page 378] Portion, this is true happiness; such a people may plead with God for great things in prayer, and expect them, as Jehoshaphat did, 2 Chron. 20.12. and as Asa did, 2 Chron: 14.11. and Moses, Exod: 32.11, 12, 13, 14.
Verses 29, 30.
I will also save you from all your uncleannesses, and I will call for the Corn, and will increase it, and lay no famine upon you.
And I will multiply the fruit of the Tree, and the encrease of the Field, that ye shall receive no more reproach of famine among the heathen.
THese two Verses hold out two more great Promises unto this people; which are
Vers. 29. I will also save you from all your uncleannesses.
This is a speciall Promise, and of great concernment: Some refer it to Justification, and make it to be Gods free taking away the guilt and punishments deserved by their uncleannesses: Some refer it to Sanctification, and make it to be Gods cleansing them from the filth, and delivering them from the power of sin. They are mistaken who interpret the words of Babylonish uncleannesses, as if God would deliver them out of Babylon, and save them from the pollutions thereof; if that had been the sence, the words should have run thus, I will save [Page 379] you from all their uncleannesses, not from all your uncleannesses. To let that Exposition passe, we may take in here both their Justification and Sanctification, and so make the sence full, I will save you from all your uncleannesses by my pardoning grace, that shall acquit you from the guilt and punishment of all your sins; and I will save you from all your uncleannesses by my sanctifying grace, that shall purge out all your defilements and spots: The word for uncleannesses is Tumeoth, which notes not only Ceremonial uncleanness, but Moral also, as Levit. 18.27.
I will call for the Corn, and will encrease it.
The Hebrew is, I will call to the Corn, I will command the Corn to grow and bring forth; I will give but a word of power, and as that hath caused all things to be and bring forth, so shall it do with the Corn, and not only cause it to grow, but to encrease, so that there shall be plenty, and plenty continued; for it follows,
And lay no famine upon you.
The Jews had oft been under grievous famines, as appears 2 Sam. 21.1. 2 Kings 6. 1 Kings 18. Joel 1. Amos 4.6. 2 Kings 25.3. The Lord called for, and laid famines upon them; but here he promises, not to lay any famine upon them; they should be free from that judgement, and live in the abundance of good things.
Vers. 30. And I will multiply the fruit of the Tree.
Not only should the Corn thrive and bring forth, but the Trees also they should be fruitfull, yea, very fruitfull; God would multiply the fruit of all the Trees which used to bear fruit. Some Trees are for ornament of the earth, some for Timber, some for Fire, but most for fruit, and those that were for fruit should bear fruit in abundance.
The encrease of the field.
These words are spoken of those things which sponte nascuntur do grow of themselves without setting, sowing, or planting, they are properly the encrease of the Field.
That ye shall receive no more reproach of famine among the heathen.
The Heathens took occasion from the famines the Jews met with, to reproach them and say, What do you want bread? is your God the chiefest and best of Gods, and will he see you want? is he hard-hearted, and will not afford you necessaries to live? surely our gods are better, and more mercifull than the God of the Jews; they suffer us not to want any thing, we have no such famines as you Jews have, you are hunger-starved wretches, and beholding to us for bread. These were grievous reproaches which the Lord promised here to take away, by giving unto them plenty of all things for their maintenance. They had upbraided the Jews, vers. 13. That their Land was a Land devoured men; God therefore now told them, Their Land should bring forth Corn, fruit, and other good things, and so maintain the inhabitants of it.
First, Observe;
When God enters into, or renews Covenant with a People, he will do much for them.
I will be your God, I will also save you from all your uncleannesses, and I will call for the Corn, and encrease it, and lay no famine upon you, and I will multiply the fruit of the Tree, &c. Here God renewed Covenant with them, and promised them spiritual and temporal mercies, which in due time he gave them in; so when he first entered into Covenant with them, Ezek. 16.8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. what great things did God do for them? Then washed I thee with water, yea, I throughly washed away thy bloud from thee, and anointed thee with oyl; I cloathed thee also with broidered work, and shod thee with Badgers skin, and I girded [Page 381] thee about with fine Linnen, and I covered thee with silke, &c. When God is once ingaged to a People, he doth much for them, and great things, he layes out himself and his Attributes for their good.
Secondly, Observe;
God is a perfect Saviour.
I will save you from all your uncleannesses. They had many, and variety of uncleannesses, Ceremonial and Moral impurities, inward and outward pollutions; they had much guilt, and much filth, but God saved them from them all; he doth perfectly justifie, and will perfectly sanctifie in due time: there is not one inherent corruption within, cleave it never so fast unto the spirit of man, but God will work it out; He will take away all iniquity, (Hos. 14.2.) the guilt of sin, the power and pollution of sin, yea, the very being of sin, vers. 13. of this Chapt: I will sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean; from all your filthinesse, and from all your idolls will I cleanse you. God will do his work of this nature throughly and perfectly; David acknowledged it, Psal. 103.2, 3. Blesse the Lord, O my soul, and forget not all his benefits, who forgiveth all thine iniquities, who healeth all thy diseases.
Thirdly, Observe;
It is no difficulty unto the Lord to make plenty of things, he can easily do it.
I will call for the Corn, and will encrease it. It is but calling for it, and it comes; if he call for fruitfulness of the Field, or Tree, or both, they come: as servants come at the call of their masters; so any creatures, Corn, Wine, Oyl, come at the call of God; if God do but say, Let the earth bring forth, it will bring forth; there is power in his Word, it is the Word of the greatest King; no earthly King hath fertility or sterility at his Command as God hath, Haggai 1.11. He called for a drought upon the Land, & it came; 2 Kings 8.1. He called for a famine, and it came and sojourned seaven years with them. If [Page 382] God call for a judgement or a mercy, it comes presently. Let us fear to offend him least he call for a famine, the pestilence, or a sword; let us improve mercies for his honour, that he may call for the Corn and Fruit, and continue the same unto us.
Fourthly, Observe;
Whatsoever plenty is in a Land, it is from the power, blessing, and bounty of the Lord.
I will call for the Corn and encrease it. Though the Land have kept her Sabbaths, hath not been ploughed or sown in many years, yet I will cause it to bring forth, and that richly; I will multiply the fruit of the Tree; the Vine, Fig-tree, and the Olive shall be laden with fruit, and that ye take no pains for, the tender Grasse and Herbs, the encrease of the Field: These, even all these, are from the call, benediction, and bounty of God, which we should take notice of, and be thankfull for. All the Corn we have for bread, all the Fruit we have for delight, all the Herbs we have for Physick, and all the grasse and fodder we have for Cattle, are all from the Lord; and if we do not use all for his glory, but abuse the same as Ephraim did, God will deal by us as he did by Ephraim, Hos. 2.8, 9. even take all from us, I will take away my Corn in the time thereof, &c.
Fifthly, Observe;
God takes notice how wicked ones reproach his children being under his judgements, and will cause their reproachings to cease.
Ye shall receive no more reproach of famine among the heathen. It was a vile thing for the Babylonians to cast it in the Jews Teeth, That their Land was a Land of famine, and so to reproach them for that judgement which God for their sins did oft lay upon them; this was inhumane, barbarous, to adde affliction to the afflicted; God observed it, and to comfort them against so soar an affliction, he gives in a promise of a plentifull maintenance, I will call for the Corn, and multiply all things, so that there shall be no occasion for an enemy, for [Page 383] any Babylonian to say so any more; Ye shall receive no more reproach of famine among the heathen.
Vers. 31.
Then shall ye remember your own evill wayes, and your doings that were not good, and shall loath your selves in your own sight, for your iniquities, and for your abominations.
THis Verse is the last of the speciall Promises made here unto this people, and it is a promise of repentance. Something like part of this vers. we had Chap. 6.9. almost the same words we had Chap. 20.43.
Then shall ye remember.
When I have broken the Babylonish yoke off their necks, brought you into your own Land, and done great things for you, Then ye shall remember, that is, not simply to call to mind what ye have done, but to rowle up and down in your thoughts seriously, to muse upon and ponder, for so much the word Zacar signifies, and so to ponder as to do something thereupon.
Your own evill wayes, and your doings that were not good.
In Chap: 20.43. its your wayes, and all your doings wherein ye have been defiled; and here it is Your own evill wayes, and your doings that were not good. What their wayes and doings were, you may see Ezek: 22. throughout the whole Chapter, they did speak and do evill as they could, Jer: 3.5. They [Page 384] were worse than the Nations and Countreys round about them, Ezek: 5.6. than Sodom and Samaria, Ezek: 16.47.
And shall loath your selves in your own sight.
Montanus renders the Hebrew thus, Reprobabitis vos in faciebus vestris, Ye shall reprobate your selves in your own sight, ye shall judg your selves worthy to be cut off, and to be made a curse; so [...] signifies, saith Maldonate. The Vulgar, is your iniquities shall displease you; there is more in the word than displeasing; Fastidio eritis vobis ipsis, Ye shall be for a disdain, a loathing to your selves. Compungemini, saith Aecolampadius, Ye shall be pricked at the heart, ye shall see your selves so defiled, and deformed through sin, that ye shall loath and abhor your selves.
For your iniquities and for your abominations.
Iniquities are perverse, crooked, and unrighteous actions; abominations things disaffecting and loathsome to the senses.
First, Observe;
Gods loving kindnesses and mercies do work more with sinners than his judgements do.
All the time they were in Babylon, their hearts were never so affected for their sins, as after God brought them out, setled them in Canaan, and shewed much love unto them, Then they should remember their evil wayes; before they minded them no [...], then they should loath themselves. Mercies in Sion are more efficacious with sinners than judgments in Babylon; Gods favour sooner melts hard hearts than the fire of his indignation; his kindness is very penetrative, it gets into the hearts of sinners sooner than his threats and frowns; it is like a small soaking rain which goes to the roots of things, when as a dashing rain runs away, and does little good. It was Davids kindness brake the heart of Saul, 1 Sam. 24. And it is Gods kindnesse which breaks the heart [Page 385] of sinners. The Milk and Honey of the Gospel affect the hearts of sinners more than the Gall and Wormwood of the Law; Christ on Mount Sion brings more to repentance, than Moses on Mount Sinai.
Secondly, Observe;
When God brings his People out of Babylon into Canaan, out of the world and Antichristian wayes, into neer relation to himself, and into Gospel order, then he will frame their spirits so, that they shall review their former wayes, be ashamed of, and loath themselves for them.
Vers. 28. Ye shall dwell in the Land that I gave to your fathers, and ye shall be my people, and I will be your God, and then shall ye remember your doings that were not good, and shall loath your selves in your own sight for your iniquities and abominations. When people are delivered from the power of darkness, and translated into the Kingdome of Christ, then they come to see what works of darkness they committed, and so to abhorre and loath themselves for the same. When men come out of Popish darkness, or the profane courses they have lived in, and are brought neer to God, how do they judge, condemn, and loath themselves for the same! When Paul was translated from his Pharisaisme into Christs unity, then God moulded his spirit so, that he saw and confessed what a Blasphemer, Persecuter, and injurious person he had been, and loathed himself, saying, He was the chief of sinners, 1 Tim. 1.15. And when the Jews shall be brought out of that Babylonish condition they now are in, and become a people neer to God, being in the Church of Christ, then they will remember their evill doings, their bitterness against Christians, and bloudynesse against Christ, and loath themselves for the same, Zech. 12.10. Rev. 1.7.
Thirdly, Observe;
Where repentance comes, it makes a change in mens judgments, affections, and lives.
They should loath themselves in their own sight, for their iniquities, and for their abominations. What they approved of before, delighted in, and practised, that they should look upon as abominable, loath, and turn from. Repentance begins in mens minds and judgements, altering them, and when they are altered, the affections and conversation will alter; when the Prodigall repented there was a change inward and outward.
Vers. 32.
Not for your sakes do I this, saith the Lord God, be it known unto you; be ashamed and confounded for your own wayes, O house of Israel.
IN this Verse is comprehended the ground of all the gracious and great Promises specified in the words before and following: And
Not for your sakes do I this.
God saw nothing in them to move him to bring them out of Babylon, or to do ought for them in Babylon; but he beheld that in them, which might have moved him to destroy them, he saw how they profaned his holy name among the Babylonians, vers. 21. he saw how they intended to turn heathens, and worship wood and stone, Ezek. 20.32. Being Gods people they thought God was bound to do much for their sakes, and that he should not deal justly with them, if he did not mind them, & do for them; see how they expostulated with God, Isa. 58.3. Wherefore have we fasted, and thou seest it not? wherefore have [Page 387] we afflicted our soul, and thou takest no knowledge? They did in effect tell God he dealt not well with them, they deserved better things at his hands than they had; therefore said the Lord here, Not for your sakes do I this,
Be it known unto you.
Take notice that what conceits soever ye have of your own worth or deserts, because ye are my people, and of the seed of Abraham my friend, yet I do not bring you out of Babylon for your worth or merits sake, I do nothing upon that account, and proclaim it openly unto you, and all the world.
Be ashamed and confounded for your own wayes.
Your wayes are so far from meriting at my hands, that they merit not at the hands of men, they are of that nature as you ought to be ashamed and confounded for them; of the words ashamed and confounded was spoken Chap. 16.52, 54, 61.
First, Observe;
Men are apt to think they deserve something at Gods hands.
The house of Israel thought she had suffered a long and sore captivity, and having fasted and mourned every fift and seaventh month throughout the seaventy years, Zech: 7.5. she conceived God now should deal unkindly, yea unjustly, if he should not do some great thing for her; now it was just for him to remember all her tears, sighs, prayes, fastings and sufferings, to set her at liberty, and give her repossession of her Land, rewarding her with old and new priviledges. Matth. 7.22. Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord, have not we prophesied in thy name? and in thy name have cast out Devils? and in thy name done many wonderfull works? They thought they had merited Heaven by their doings, and looked for some wonderful reward for their wonderful works. The labourers [Page 388] which came into the Vineyard at the third and sixt hours, thought they deserved more of the Lord of the Vineyard than they that went in at the ninth and eleventh hours, Matth. 20. Prone is corrupt nature to conceit it merits somewhat at the hands of God. But
Secondly, Observe;
Mens wayes are such as they ought to be ashamed of themselves, and fear destruction from God for them.
Be ashamed and confounded for your own wayes, O house of Israel; they are such as you should blush at, and loath to behold, and make you fear least my judgements should sieze upon you for them. Nehem. 9.30, 31. What saith he of them? Lord, thou gavest them into the hand of the people of the Lands; that is, thou didst cast them into captivity for their own wayes; and what then? Neverthelesse, for thy great mercies sake, thou didst not utterly consume them. They had cause to fear consuming; had not mercy and great mercy stepped in, they had been utterly consumed: So Jeremy, Lament. 3.22. It is of the Lords mercies that we are not consumed. If it be mercy that our persons are not destroyed, what do our works or wayes deserve from him?
Thirdly, Observe;
The Promises God makes unto, and the mercies he bestows upon his people are free, and for his own sake.
Not for your sakes do I this, saith the Lord God, be it known unto you; I have promised To sprinkle you with clean water, to put a new heart into you, to give you my spirit, to save you from all your iniquities, to bring you again to Sion, to give you many mercies there, & to do you much good; but these I do not for your sakes, you deserve them not, but for mine own sake, for mine own honour and name; as vers. 22. I do not this, O house of Israel, for your sakes, but for mine holy names sake. For mans sake come judgements; the earth was cursed for Adams sake, Gen: 3.17. For Achans sake the Israelites fell and fled, Josh: 7. For Jonas sake the [Page 389] Sea was tempestous, Jon: 1.4.12. But when mercies come at Land or Sea, it is for the Lords own sake; He made all things for himself, Prov: 16.4. for his own names sake; and what good soever he doth to any Nations or Persons is not for your sakes, but for his own holy names sake. When the Jews were neer destruction, he wrought for his names sake, Ezek: 20.9. So when we were neer to destruction oft times in these Nations, the Lord wrought for his own names sake, not for our sakes. Let us give God the glory of what he hath done for our Nation, and for our selves, and say, Help us, O God of our salvation, for the glory of thy name, and deliver us, and purge away our sins for thy names sake.
Vers. 33, 34, 35.
Thus saith the Lord God, In the day that I shall have cleansed you from all your iniquities, I will also cause you to dwell in the Cities, and the wastes shall be builded.
And the desolate Land shall be tilled, whereas it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by.
And they shall say, this Land that was desolate, is become like the Garden of Eden, and the waste, and desolate, and ruined Cities are become fenced, and are inhabited.
IN these Verses the Lord proceeds in Temporal Promises, and tells them what he will do for them after he hath cleansed them from their sins.
Vers. 33. In the day that I shall have cleansed you from all your iniquities.
He spake of cleansing them from all their filthinesse in the 25. vers. and of saving them from all their uncleannesses, in the 29. Iniquities here imports the same that filthinesses and uncleannesses do there: The sense is this, In the day that I shall forgive your sins, free you frtm the guilt and punishment of them, by bringing y u out of Captivity into your own Countrey, then will I do such things for you.
I will also cause you to dwell in the Cityes, and the wastes shall be builded.
The Cityes and Places which by war and length of time were wasted and decayed, should be built again, repaired and inhabited.
Vers. 34. And the desolate Land shall be tilled.
Canaan had layen desolate many years, and kept many Sabbaths, there being none to Till it; but now God promises, It should be ploughed, sown, and yield encrease; as it is vers. 29.
Whereas it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by it.
There being no husbond-man to plough the Land, to dress the Vines, nor others to repair the waste places, all lay desolate, and the desolateness thereof was seen by strangers. Doubtless many Travellers turned aside to see the desolations of Jerusalem, the Temple, and Cannan which had been so famous [Page 391] in the world, and when they came, they saw all overgrown with Thorns, Bryars, and Nettles.
Vers. 35. This Land that was desolate, is become like the Garden of Eden.
God would so blesse the Land of Canaan, and their labours in it, that it should be like the Garden of Eden for order, plenty, & pleasure. They who wondered before at the desolateness of it should wonder at the great alteration made there, they should see order where was confusion, plenty where was barrenness, and pleasure where was nothing but abhorrencie.
And the waste desolate and ruined Cityes are become fenced and inhabited.
Many Cityes had been in the Land of Canaan, which Nebuchadnezzars Army and Forces had laid waste, made desolate, and utterly ruined; but after their return from Babylon, they were not only built, but fortified and fenced with walls.
First, Observe;
When God pardons the sins of his people, then he vouchsafeth them other mercies.
In the day that I shall have cleansed you from all your iniquities, I will also cause you to dwell in the Cityes, and the wastes shall be builded, and the desolate Land shall be tilled. God would bless them with liberty, commodious habitations, and plenty of all things, 2 Chron: 7.14. I will forgive their sins, and heal their Land. Pardon of sin is a fundamentall mercy, and hath many other mercies following of it, Jer: 33.8, 9. I will cleanse them from all their iniquity whereby they have sinned against me; and I will pardon all their iniquities whereby they have sinned, and whereby they have transgressed against me; and it shall be to me a name of joy, a praise, and an honour before all the Nations of the earth, which shall hear all the good that I do unto them; and they [Page 392] shall fear and tremble for all the goodnesse, and for all the prosperity that I procure unto it. When God forgives his people their iniquities, he will take delight in doing them good, count it his honour, get himself a name throughout the earth by blessing and prospering them, and Jerusalem, or the Church which is meant by it, so that the enemies shall be afraid of that God and that people.
Secondly, Observe;
The best of Lands may be laid desolate.
Canaan was a Land flowed with Milk and Honey, the glory of all Lands, Ezek: 20.6. And here it is called The desolate Land; it was deprived of Men and Beasts, of Cityes, Towns and Houses, it was become a Wildernesse, for the sins of the people it was brought into that condition, Zech: 7.11, 12. They were stubborn, hard-hearted, rebellious, and therefore God scattered them with a whirle-wind among all the Nations whom they knew not; and thus the Land was desolate after them, that no man passed thorow nor returned, for they laid the pleasant Land desolate, vers. 14. It was their sins which made that Land of desire, a Land of desolation.
Thirdly, Observe;
Desolate Lands shall not alwayes lye in that condition.
The desolate Land shall be tilled. If Canaan lye desolate seaventy years, at the end thereof she shall be tilled; as she had her time of lying fallow, so should she have her time of ploughing and sowing. Behold, the dayes come, saith the Lord, that I will sow the house of Israel, and the house of Judah with the seed of man, and with the seed of beast; and it shall come to passe, that like as I have watched over them, to pluck up, and to break down, and to throw down, and to destroy, and to afflict; so will I watch over them to build, and to plant, saith the Lord, Jer. 31.27, 28. As God hath his dayes and times to lay waste and to pluck up, so to build and plant; he compares men and beasts here to seed, not only because they do multiply themselves, but also because [Page 393] men by the help of beast should till the Land and sow it, whereupon it should bring forth abundantly. And as God deals with desolate Lands, so he doth with desolate hearts, he hath his times to till and sow them, as vers. 15, 16, 17. Rachel wept and refused to be comforted; but what said God to her? Refrain thy voice from weeping, and thine eyes from tears, for thy work shall be rewarded, &c. God sowed in her heart seeds of hope and comfort.
Fourthly, Observe;
What a great and wonderfull change God can make in a little time.
God can make a desolate Land like a Garden, and the best of all Gardens, viz: The Garden of Eden, which was of Gods own planting, Gen: 2.8. The strangers that saw Canaan in its desolateness, even they should see the change, and wonder at it; saying, This Land that was desolate is become like the Garden of Eden, now there is beauty, plenty, and pleasure in it; God can bring order out of confusion, abundance out of barrenness, and delight out of desolation. When the famine was so sore in Samaria, that women did eat their own children, what a change did God make in a day? To morrow about this time shall a measure of fine Flower be sold for a shekel, and two measures of Barley for a shekel, in the gates of Samaria; and it proved so, notwithstanding that the Noble man said, viz: If the Lord would make windows in Heaven, might this thing be? yea, it was, and his eyes saw it, 2 Kings 7. The Syrians fled, left their provisions which were brought into Samaria, and made such plenty there. When the Israelites wanted flesh to eat in the Wilderness, did not God send Quails two Cubits high upon the face of the earth? Numb: 11.31. He can make a Desert to blossom, and that abundantly, Isa: 30.2.
Vers. 36.
Then the Heathen that are left round about you, shall know that I the Lord build the ruined places, and plant that that was desolate; I the Lord have spoken it, and will do it.
GOd having through his grace pardoned his people, brought them to Sion, and bestowed many blessings upon them; here the end of all is set down, and that is the glorifying of God not only by the Jews, but also by the very Heathens.
Then the heathen that are left round about you.
After Nebuchadnezzar had laid Jerusalem and Judea waste, he fell upon the Ammonites, Moabites, Edomites, Philistims, Tyrians and Egyptians, and spoyled them; therefore our Prophet saith, The Heathen that are left; some escaped and remained untill the Jews restauration.
Shall know that I the Lord build the ruined Places.
They should be so convinced by the return of the Jews, and the mercies they enjoyed, that they should acknowledg it to be the hand of God, that he was faithfull in making good his promise to his people, able to save, and bountiful in bestowing such mercies upon them. The word to build is Banah, which s [...]gnifies to build an house, distinguished into it's several rooms and parts; the Cityes, Towns, and Houses [Page 395] every where had been ruined, and God raised them up again.
And plant that that was desolate.
The word [...] to plant signifies the putting of Trees, Vines, Shrubs, or any plants into the earth, and to cover them so with earth, that they remain fixt therein: The Orchards, Gardens, Vineyards, Olive-yards, Places of pleasure and profit were laid desolate; the Trees, Plants, Herbs and Flowers, were all cut down, or pulled up by the roots; those place God did re-plant, and made as usefull and delightfull as ever.
I the Lord have spoken it, and will do it.
I have purposed it in my self, I have spoken it by Ezekiel, and I will do it; the Hebrew is, I have done it; a Preter Tense for a Future, which is frequent, as Isa. 46.11. I have purposed. The Hebrew is Jatzarti, I have formed, I have created; the Preter Tense for the Future, as the former and following words do shew, I have spoken it, I will also bring it to passe, I will form or create it, I will also do it.
First, Observe;
That though judgement begin at Gods house, yet it ends not there.
The Babylonians first fell upon the Jews and destroyed them, and after proceeded to the Heathens, they cut off many Nations of them. The Sword first did eat the flesh of Jews, and then the flesh of Ammonites, Moabites, Edomites, &c. When the green Trees are lopped, then the Axe cuts down the dry Trees; wicked men and Nations are glad when it goes ill with the Church & People of God, [Page 396] but usually when God hath corrected his own, he breaks the Horns, the Back, and Bones of their and his enemies. The Cup of Gods fury began at Jerusalem, but it stayed not there, it passed thence to Egypt, to the mingled people, to Ʋz, Philistia, Ashkelon, Azzah, Ekron, and Ashdod, &c. To all the Kings of the North, and to all the Kingdoms of the world upon the face of the earth, Jer: 25.15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26. It were an unrighteous thing if God should judge his friends and spare his enemyes, and this he acknowledgeth; vers. 29. Lo, I begin to bring evill on the City which is called by my name; and should ye (the Heathens) be utterly unpunished? ye shall not be unpunished, for I will call for a sword upon all the Inhabitants of the earth, saith the Lord of Hosts.
Secondly, Observe;
Some works of God are so convincing, that they cause even Heathens to see, and acknowledge the hand of God in them, and so to glorifie him.
The bringing the Jews out of Babylon, the re-planting them in Canaan, the re-building of their waste places, peopling of them re-built, and making their Countrey like the Garden of Eden, convinced the Heathens, so that they said and acknowledged It was the Lord had done these things, which was a glorifying of his name, Psal. 126.1, 2. The Babylonians and others said, The Lord hath done great things for them, when he turned their captivity. There is so much of Gods wisdome, power, mercy, bounty, in some of his works, that they constrain all that behold them to acknowledge him in them; see Nehem: 9.16. Psal. 98.1, 2. Isa: 52.9, 10.
Thirdly, Observe;
That Architecture and Husbandry are the work of the Lord.
I build the ruined places, and plant that that was desolate. There is no House, no City built, but the Lord hath the chief hand therein; Psal. 127.1. Except the Lord build the house, they labour in vain that build it. All is nothing without the counsel, assistance, and blessing of God; he teacheth the Carpenters and Masons their Art, he inables them to work, and blesses them working. So for Husbandmen, it is God that doth instruct them to discretion, and teach them, Isa. 28.26. they have all their ploughing, sowing, and planting skill from him: This cometh forth from the Lord of Hosts, who is wonderfull in counsell, and excellent in working, vers. 29. If a Land be well built with Houses, Cityes, Castles, it is the Lord that builded them; if it be well tilled and planted with Orchards, Gardens, Vineyards, and Nurseries of young Trees, it is the Lord that hath tilled and planted them; mens Art and Industry are nothing without him.
Fourthly, Observe;
Gods purposes and promises shall take effect, and certainly be fullfilled; God is faithfull in what he saith, and will perform the same.
I the Lord have spoken it, and will do it. He will not go back from his word, change his purposes and counsels, or falsifie his promises, Isa: 31.2. He will not call back his words; Isa: 14.27. The Lord of Hosts hath purposed, and who shall disanull it? Isa: 46.10. My counsell shall stand, and I will do all my pleasure; Jer: 32.42. I will bring upon them all the good that I have promised them. There is none wiser than God to advise him so as to alter his purposes or counsels, there are none stronger than God to hinder him from making good what he hath purposed and promised; Isa: 43.13. I will work, and who shall let it? All the Babylonians could not hinder Gods setting his people at liberty; all the wild beasts, bryars, and thorns in Canaan [Page 398] could not hinder him from bringing them in, and making the Land like Eden, plentifull and pleasant; all the policy and power of Tobiah, Sanballat, and others could not hinder the building of the Temple and Walls of the City; God had promised Jerusalem should be re-built and fenced, that the Jews should have their Temple to worship in again, and they had them.
Vers. 37.
Thus saith the Lord God, I will yet for this be enquired of by the house of Israel, to do it for them: I will increase them with men like a flock.
THe word iddaresh, is from Darash, which signifies to make diligent and careful inquiry. The Vulgar is Adhuc in hoc invenient me domus Israel, moreover, in this shall the house of Israel find me; when they pray and seek me, I will be found of them, they shall prevail with me to do this for them. Vatablus in his Notes hath the words thus, Ero requisitus à domo Israel, I will be required by the house of Israel, they shall come and mind me, and intreat me to do this for them. Junius is otherwise, Expositus ero domui Israelis, ut hoc faciam eis, I will be exposed to the house of Israel, that I will do this for them. Piscator is more plain, Inveniendum me exhibebo Domui Israelis, I will shew my self to the house of Israel to be found of them, that I may do this for them. Lavater and the French is, I will be required, I will have the house of Israel sue unto me for it.
What it is that God will be enquired of for, is next to be spoken of.
Maldonate makes it Quicquid petiverint, whatsoever they shall ask: Some refer it to all the promises mentioned before; but both these are too large, and the words would not have been for this, but for these things, or these promises will I be enquired of. Lavater makes for this to be Ʋt multiplicentur, that they may be multiplyed and increased again; or, For this, viz: which I have spoken and said I will do; I have said I will return, rebuild, replant them, and make their desolate Land like the Garden of Eden, so that the Heathens shall wonder at my dealings with them, now for this will I be enquired of by the house of Israel.
I will increase them with men like a flock.
The Hebrew may be read thus, I will increase them like a flock of men. The Septuagint is, I will increase the men themselves, [...], as sheep, I will so multiply them that they shall be like a flock. The Jews greatly desired issue alwayes, and it is probable more strongly after their reduction from Babylon then ever, that so they might plant, build, and fill the Land again.
Vers. 38.
As the holy flock, as the flock of Jerusalem in her solemn Feasts, so shall the waste Cityes be filled with flocks of men, and they shall know that I am the Lord.
IN the Hebrew it is, As the flocks of holinesses or holy things. The Jews besides other feasts, had three great solemn Feasts every yeer at Jerusalem; 1. The Passeover; 2. Pentecost; 3. The Feast of Tabernacles, unto which the people came up from all parts of the Land; and for their use at those times great flocks of sheep, and herds of Cattel were brought to Jerusalem. In Josiahs time there were 30000 Lambs and Kids, besides Oxen and small Cattel which were for holy services, and therefore here are called The holy flock, and flock of Jerusalem. John 15.2. You read of a sheep Market, and by it a Pool; great flocks of sheep were brought unto that Market, and they were washed in that Pool before they were used in holy services. Jerusalem at these Feasts were filled with flocks of sheep and men, and God here promiseth, That the waste and desolate places of Judea should be filled with men, and made to abound with inhabitants again, how improbable soever it seemed to the Jews or Heathens.
And they shall know that I am the Lord.
They shall acknowledge that my thoughts are not theirs, nor my wayes theirs, and that I am faithfull, and able to do great things.
First, Observe;
God expects that his People should seek to him for performance of those Promises he graciously makes them.
I will for this be enquired of by the house of Israel, to do it for them. It is tender mercy, and loving kindness in God to make promises unto sinners, and it is duty in man to mind them being made, and to sue them out by prayer; David did so, Remember (saith he) the word unto thy servant, upon which thou hast caused me to hope, Psal. 119.49. And again, Quicken me according to thy Word, vers. 154. He minded God of his word and promises, and pressed him by hearty prayer to make the same good. So Jacob, Lord, didst not thou bid me return unto my Countrey? and saidst, thou wouldest deal well with me; deliver me I pray thee from the hand of my brother, from the hand of Esau, for I fear him, Gen: 32.9, 11. Had not Jacob improved the promise, he might have gone without deliverance: Promises as they are foundations for faith, so they are incentives unto prayer, and provoke those to whom they are made, to sue them out. O Lord God (said Solomon) let thy promise unto David my father be established, 2 Kings 1.9. Thou didst promise him that I should sit upon the Throne, Lord, make it good. Jeremy holds out this truth most cleerly, That God expects to be sought unto for the performance of what he promiseth, Chap: 29.10, 11. After seaventy years be accomplished at Babylon, I will visit you, and perform my good word towards you, in causing you to return to this place; for I know the thoughts that I think towards you, saith the Lord, thoughts of peace, and not of evill, to give you an expected end: Here is the promise; what now follows in the 12, 13, & 14. verses? Then shall ye call upon me, and ye shall go and pray unto me, and I will hearken unto you, &c. See it put in practice, Dan: 9.2, 3, 4, &c. God tells them, Isa: 43. That he blots out transgressions for his own [Page 402] sake, and will not remember their sins; but then it is added, Put me in remembrance, vers. 25, 26.
Secondly, Observe;
That the increase of Children is the blessing of God, and he can increase them in a short space to become like a flock.
They multiplyed and filled the Land after their return, and were as the Stars of Heaven, the Sand of the Sea-shore, and Dust of the earth; the Key of the womb is in Gods hand, and he maketh the barren woman to keep house, and to be a joyfull Mother of children, Psal. 113.9. And he makes the fruitfull woman to be more fruitfull. He multiplyed his People as the Bud of the field, Ezek: 16.7.
Thirdly, Observe;
How desperate soever the conditions of men and things are, the Lord can restore them to their Pristine estate, yea, to a better.
They were in a low and lost condition in Babylon, all their Cityes laid waste in their own Land, and never like to be built or inhabitated; but God delivered them, and restored them to their Primitive state, and made all their waste Cityes populous. Jerusalem formerly was filled with men, now the waste Cityes should be also filled, abounding with men, now their Land should be planted and inhabited; things in that Land were often at the point of ruine, and incurable in the eye of men, but God relieved them, raised and restored them: When Sennacherib was there with his great Army, and all seemed lost, did not God destroy his Army, and relieve them publickly and privately? though there were now no Cityes left, God could, and did raise [Page 403] them up many Cityes; though there were no people to inhabit those Cityes raised, God could raise them up men, and did make them exceeding populous, even as populous as Jerusalem was at her solemn Feasts, more populous than ever.
Fourthly, Observe;
The end of Gods deliverances, works and mercies, is, that God may be acknowledged and glorified.
When I have brought them out of Babylon, planted them in Sion, built their Cityes, filled them with inhabitants, and blessings of all sorts, Then shall they know that I am the Lord, that I am not like the heathenish gods and lords, but that I am faithfull, omnipotent, gracious and merciful, worthy to be honoured and adored by the house of Israel.
CHAP. XXXVII.
Verse 1. The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the Spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the middest of the Valley which was full of bones.
2. And caused me to pass by them round about, and behold, there were very many in the open valley; and lo, they were very dry.
IN the former Chapter, he spake of the Jews Return out of Babylon, and likewise of the Kingdom of Christ: In this Chapter also, he proceeds to comfort the Jews, assuring them of their Return, who well-nigh despaired thereof, and of the union of the two houses, Judah and Israel.
The parts of this Chapter, are
Vers. 1. The hand of the Lord was upon me.
By hand of the Lord, the Chaldee understands, the spirit of Prophesie, which did enlighten and affect the mind of the Prophet; so also do divers others: But, some take it for the power of God upon him; or, a Divine instinct, which, like an hand pul'd or mov'd him to some other thing, as Chap. 8.3. It was the Spirit of God came upon him, as Chap. 3.14. And why its called the hand of God, see Chap. 1.3.
And carryed me out in the Spirit of the Lord.
The Hebrew may be read thus, and is by M [...]ntanus, And the Lord carryed me out in the Spirit; that is, I was rapt out of my self, and my spirit was carryed by the Lord to have a sight or view of Bones. If we take the words as they are, the sense is this, The Spirit of God being upon me, carryed me out in the spirit of Prophesie, which is the Spirit of the Lord; his body was not carryed from place to place: He had a Prophetical Vision.
And set me down in the middest of the valley.
The Prophet seem'd to himself to see a Hand, and to be led out by that hand into a certain Valley; all which was Visional, not real. He names no particular Valley. A-lapide saith, it was in Campo Sennaar. Mesopotamia, and Chaldaea were Plains; but whether it were in either of them, is not specified. In vallies Prophets were wont to have Visions. Our Prophets first Vision was by the River Chebar, and Rivers are alwayes in Vallies; and in this Valley, its conceived by some, as Lavater observes, was this Vision: but its safer to judge, that this Valley was also Visionall.
Which was full of Bones.
This Valley or Plain was no burying place, for then the bones would not have layen upon the face of the earth, and been exposed to view. Some make these bones [Page 423] to be the bones of all Mankind being dead, and to respect the general Resurrection; but they are out, nothing of that is here intended. Some make them to be the bones of the Babylonians; but the Prophets scope here is not to comfort them; its the Jews condition he points at, and therefore by bones are meant the Jews, as is clear, v. 11. These Bones were Visional also, not real, for then they should not have him unburyed, suffering reproach. Some Jews have an Opinion▪ that these bones were the bones of those Jews that dyed in Babylon; and one Rabbi Jose, a Galilaean, saith, That Ezekiel raised those dead Jews, many of which return'd into the land of Israel, and had children there; that when this fell into controversie among the Jews, one Rabbi Juda the Son of Bathira stood up and said, Ego sum oriundus ex posteritate illorum, quos Ezekiel in vitam revocavit: I am of that race which Ezekiel raised, and shewed the Phylacteries his Parent put upon him, and had received from those were rais'd.
Verse 2. And caused me to passed by them round about.
The Lord would have the Prophet to take exact notice of them, and therefore made him to pass Savif savif, undi (que) undi (que), on every side, on every side; that so he might observe the number and quality of them, and where they lay; which he did, for it follows,
And behold there were very many in the open valley.
The number of these bones was great, pass'd number, and they lay in open view, in an open Valley, where he had a full sight of them.
And loe, they were very dry.
These bones were not cloath'd with flesh, juycy, and full of marrow, which had been more easily rais'd to life if so: but they were dry, all the moysture was out of them; they had lain long, nigh 70 years in that condition, and were almost become earth.
First, Observe.
It was the Spirit of God mov'd the Prophets to give out those truths are now extant in the Scriptures, that directed and enabled them to do what they did. The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carryed me out in the Spirit to see and give out what you have here. The Prophets might not speak or act at their own pleasures, but, as the Spirit of God moved them, 2 Pet. 1.21. so they spake, so they acted. It was the Spirit in the Prophets, that testified against the Jews, Neh. 9.30. The words of the Lord of hosts, were in the hand and mouth of the Spirit, before they were in the heads and mouths of the Prophets, Neh. 7.12. The Apostles had the Spirit falling upon and filling them, before they gave out Divine truths, Act. 2.4. which verified what Ch [...]ist had said of the Spirit, John 16.14. He shall receive of mine, and shew it unto you. All the truths Paul hath given forth for the Instruction, Edification, and Consolation of the Church of Christ, he received from the Spirit of Christ; Hence, he saith, 1 Cor. 11.23. I received of the Lord that which I delivered unto you: And Chap. 14.37. The things I write unto you, are the commandements of the Lord; he had them all from his Spirit, 1 Cor. 2.12, 13.
Secondly, Observe.
The true Messengers and Servants of God, come not only with the Word of God; but in the Spirit and Power of God. Ezekiel had the hand of God with him. So Paul, 1 Cor. 2.4, 5. His preaching was not with entising words of mans wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit, and of Power. False Teachers may come with the Letter, but only those are the true Prophets, the true Messengers of Christ, that come in the Spirit, and with the Spirit, are carryed out by the Spirit.
Thirdly, Observe.
God honours his servants sometimes so as to make them of his Counsel and Copartners with him in his works. God makes known his mind here to Ezekiel, and uses him in the work he was about. Samuel was thus honoured, God made [Page 425] him of his Privy-councel, and told him what he would do to the house of Eli, 1 Sam. 3. So he dealt by Abraham, not only in the business of Sodom, Gen. 18.17. but in that of his Posterity, telling him, His seed should be a stranger in a land not theirs 430 years, and that afterwards they should come out with great substance, Gen. 15.13, 14. The Prophets and Apostles were Cabinet-men, and knew the secrets of the Lord, and were Coworkers with God. The Apostle Paul is expresly for it, 2 Cor. 6.1. they are [...], men that work together with God in the same work. This is great honour, and such honour as have not all the Saints.
Fourthly, Observe.
Our God calls and moves his servants, by his Spirit, to do difficult things; he orders them so as to do them safely. It was somewhat averse to nature to go among dead bones, and dangerous to the Prophet, being many and scattered up and down the Valley; for had he accidentally touch'd but one of them, he had been unclean, according to the Law, Numb. 19. but God caused him to pass by them, so as he was preserved from pollution; he saw the bones, he touched none of them. It was a sad and dangerous work God call'd Abraham unto, viz. the Sacrificing of his Son; but he ordered it so, that Abraham came off, not only without imputation of sin, but with great honour for his obedience.
Verse 3. And he said unto me, Son of man, Can these bones live? And I answered, O Lord God, thou knowest.
This verse is a Dialogue between God and the Prophet, as Polanus calls it.
1. God propounds a question.
2. The Prophet answers it.
The question is this,
Son of man, Can these bones live?
Ezekiel, thou hast had a full view of them, thou seest how dry they are, in what condition they lie; tell me thy thoughts, what thy judgement is of them, I am desirous to know thy mind, Hast thou any art, skill, or power to quicken them? or, knowest thou any creature that hath? To this Question the Prophet answers in the next words.
And I answered, O Lord God, thou knowest.
The Prophets answer is suitable unto the Lords question, which was concerning the present life of these bones, not future life at the General Resurrection, which he doubted not of, therefore he confesseth his ignorance: I do not know, O Lord, what thy pleasure is; Thou art able to put life into these dry bones in a moment, though neither my self nor any other creature can do it; our power is finite, thine is infinite, and thou canst do whatever thou pleasest, but thy pleasure is held from me and others; therefore, O Lord God, thou knowest.
First, Observe.
Divine Interrogations argue not Ignorance in God, but are instructory to the interrogated. God knew what these bones could do, before he propounded the question to Ezekiel: It was therefore propounded for his Instruction, to acquaint him with the power of God, and his own weakness, that so, knowing the one, and being sensible of the other, he might be the fitter Instrument in the hand of God to work by; Christs question to Peter, Joh. 21.15. was of this nature, Simon, lovest thou me more then these? It was not so much to prove him, as to instruct and mind him of his former failing, and to fit him for action, viz. the feeding his Lambs and Sheep.
Secondly, Observe.
God can easily non-plus or silence wise and holy men, with a short question. Here he puts Ezekiel to it, Can these bones live? [Page 427] The Prophet could not tell, he was non-plus'd. When God propounded some questions to Job, was he able to answer him? Job 38.3, 4, &c. He professes he was not able to do it, but must be silent, Chap. 40.4. Did not Ch [...]ist by a question put the chief Priests, Scribes, and Elders to silence. He asked them, Whether the Baptism of John was from heaven or of men. This little question so perplex'd them all, that they profess'd, they could not tell, Mark. 11.30.33.
Thirdly, Observe.
It's wisdom and duty in the Servants of God to resolve all, they cannot reach, or know not how to be effected, into the knowledge and good pleasure of the Lord: O Lord God, thou knowest. He resolves the question into Gods bosom; He had Knowledge, Power, and Will to do what ever seem'd good to himself. There be many things in the Word men [...]ion'd, which man can say nothing unto, but, Lord, thou knowest; As where the Sepulchre of Moses was, Deut. 34.6. The spreadings of the Clouds how they are, Job 36.29. The wind whence it comes or whither it goes, Joh. 3.8. Whether the seed sown in the evening or the morning shall prosper best, or be both alike, Eccles. 11 6. What is the true interpretation of the number of the Beast, 666? Rev. 13.18. Or of the two witnesses, and the time of their prophesying in Sackcloth 1260. days; when it began, and when it ended, or shall, Rev. 11.3. These and other things, be said, Lord thou knewest.
Vers. 4. Again he said unto me, Prophesie upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord.
5. Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones, Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live.
6. And I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath in you, and ye shall live, and ye shall know that I am the Lord.
[Page 428]7. So I prophesied, as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a great noise; and behold, a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone.
8. And when I he held, lo, the sinews, and the flesh came up upon them, and the skin covered them above; but there was no breath in them.
9. Then said he unto me, Prophesie unto the winde, Prophesie son of man, and say to the winde, Thus saith the Lord God, Come from the four winds O breath, and breath upon these slain, that they may live.
10. So I prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great Army.
The Quickning of the dry bones is the great thing considerable in these verses, and it's set out.
From the Causes;
Verse 4. Prophesie upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones hear the word of Lord.
This seems an absurd thing, that the Prophet should prophesie unto Creatures insensible, unintelligible, void of life. It was as if God should bid a man preach unto an heap of stones, or dry chips, which are incapable of hearing. But though these Bones were incapable of hearing Ezekiels voyce; yet they were not incapable of hearing Gods [Page 429] voyce, for all creatures; even the most senseless hear the Lord when he speaks; the stormy winds fulfil his word, Psal. 148.8. The Heavens and the Earth, Isai. 1.2. Whales and Ravens, Jon. 2.10. 1 King. 17.4 The Lord intended to bestow life upon these bones; and, that they might have life, they must hear his word, which had inlivening vertue in it. There is an obediential vertue in every creature to yield to the will and command of the Creator, and when it doth so, then it's said to hear the voyce of the Lord; then properly men hear God when they do what he requires.
Vers. 5. Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live.
These words prevent an Objection which the Prophet might have made, saying; Its in vain for me to prophesie to these dry bones; what ever I shall say over them, or unto them, will come to nothing, and prove ridiculous if any take notice thereof. No, saith the Lord, it shall not be so; for, Behold, I will cause breath to enter into them, and they shall live. The Septuagint saith, [...], Behold I bring upon you the Spirit of life. Others, render the words thus, Behold, I do make the Spirit to enter into you; or, I am about to bring the Spirit into you, and ye shall live; that is, I am ready to breathe life into you; or, I will breathe the breath of life into you. It's life is here promised; which he mentions first to encourage the Prophet, though it were performed last; for the bones must first be united, then be cloathed with sinews, flesh and skin, before the breath of life enters.
Verse 6. And I will lay sinews upon you.
The Hebrew, for Sinews, is, Gidim, which is from Gadad, Turmatim oonncurrere, quia nervi in corpore ad sensus & motus officia concurrant, &c. The nerves in the body do concur unto the duties of sense and motion. Some Nerves are soft, some are hard; the soft are specially [Page 430] for sense, and they come from the Brain; the hard are chiefly for motion, and they come from the Marrow in the back-bone. Here God would cause these visional Bones to have visional Sinews, which might fit them for sense and motion.
And bring up flesh upon you.
The word for, Flesh, is Basar, which Synechdochically signifies sometimes Men, and sometimes other living creatures; but here it notes that part of mans body which is simplex, mollis, & rubicunda, simple, soft, and ruddiest; such flesh would God bring up upon these Bones. The Hebrew for, bring up, is, I will make to ascend. God would cause flesh to grow up and ascend out of those dry bones.
And cover you with skin.
When the bones had sinews, and flesh, God would not leave them so; it's unsightly to behold naked, raw flesh, He would give them a garment, viz. cover them with Skin. Incrustabo vos cute, saith Montanus, I will crust you over with skin. Superextendam in vobis Cutem, saith the Vulgar, I will stretch over you a Skin. The word for Skin is [...] from [...] to be naked. Though the flesh were covered with skin, yet was not the skin covered with any artificial covering.
And put breath in you, and ye shall live.
These words are the same with those in the 5. verse. Now when the bones had their sinews, flesh, and skin, and were fitted for the breath of life, they should have it. The Septuagint is thus, [...], I will give my Spirit upon you, that shall beget life in you, and cause you to live.
And ye shall know that I am the Lord.
These dry bones, being so Metamorphosed and raised to a living condition, should acknowledge the mighty [Page 431] hand of the Lord, and be convinced that he was able to do whatsoever he pleased.
Verse 7. So I Prophesied as I was commanded.
The Prophet stood not disputing the case with God; but he, understanding the mind of God, presently set himself to fulfil it.
And as I prophesied, there was a noise.
What Ezekiel Prophesied to these bones is not so much to be questioned: he had direction from God what to say unto them, even those words ye have in the 4, 5, & 6, verses: And as he was Prophesying, before he had uttered all given him in commission, there was a noise, not of thunder, or of Angels, or of an Earthquake; but of the bones themselves, which being many, dry, and stirring, could not but make a great noise. This noise was an evident demonstration of Divine presence and power, put forth in this Miraculous work.
And behold a shaking.
These bones that were dead and dry, now began to stir and shake, they moved from their places. Maldonate thinks, that the earth was moved, that so the bones which were in the graves, and under the earth, might come forth; but these were bones lay in an open valley, not under the earth. Their shaking or concussion was cum impetu, with force. It was Divine Power made them to shake and move. Some refer this shaking to the invasion of the Babylonians by the Medes and Persians, at what time the Jews obtain'd their liberty.
And the bones came together, bone to his bone.
As timber in an house, so are bones in the body, the strength and support of all. The Hebrew word for a Bone is [...], Etzem from Atzam; to corroborate and make solid. Bones are robur & soliditas corporis, the strength and solidity of the body. These bones came [Page 432] together, not promiscuously, the bones of one man or woman, to the bones of another man or woman; but, bone to his bone, that is, every bone of the same man to his right place, and every bone of the same woman to its right place; the rib-bones, thigh-bones, and ancle-bones came every one to his proper place, and so united together.
Verse 8. And when I beheld, loe the sinews and the flesh came up upon them, and the skin covered them above.
Here was a strange sight to see dry bones come creeping together, every one to coalesce and joyn in his due place, making up a perfect Skeleton; and out of that sinews, flesh, and skin, to ascend: this was such a sight that neither Ezekiel, nor any man, had ever seen before.
But there was no breath in them.
Here were perfect humane bodies, as if they had been newly dead, or newly formed out of the earth, as Adams body was; but there was yet no Life in them, they were no other then dead carkasses. The Coalition of the bones, the ascension of sinews, flesh, and skin upon them, argued not life in them, but Divine Power acting and ordering them so.
Verse 9. Prophesie unto the wind, Prophesie son of man, and say to the wind.
The word Ruah, or Ruach, signifies several things. Sometimes, the Spirit of God, as 2 Sam. 23.3. Sometimes, an Angel, as Job 4.15. Sometimes, the soul of a Beast, Eccles. 3.21. Sometimes, the Wind, as Job 1.19. Sometimes, the breath of Man, as Job 12.10. And sometimes the Soul of Man, Eccles. 12.7. Zach. 12.1. In what sense it's here to be taken, is the question. To let other senses passe, I conceive here it notes the soul or spirit of Man, which is call'd wind, or breath; here it expresses [Page 433] and declares it's self by breathing, which is a wind. When all other signes of life fail, as speech, sight, hearing, motion, &c. yet breath oft-times remains, and so manifests the soul to be there; which is Ruah Chajim, the breath of life, Gen. 6.17. These bones being brought into the forms of bodies, lay destitute of souls, and so of life; the Prophet therefore, is commanded to Prophesie unto their souls. If any will understand here by Wind, the Spirit of God, which is in Scripture compar'd to wind, Joh. 3.8. and gives life to the dead, Psal. 104.30. I shall not contend.
Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live.
The four winds, note out, here, the four chief parts of quarters of the World, East, West, North, and South; and the Prophet is commanded to call for the souls of these bodies to come from all quarters, where ever they were, to breathe upon them; that is, to enter into them, and to cause them to live. That he call'd wind before, he calls breath now. By slain, are meant, the visional carkasses which lay dead.
Verse 10. So I Prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them.
The Prophet doing his duty, the effect followed: he said, Come, O breath; and the spirit, soul, or breath came into those bodies lay in his view; they were animated, and thereupon
They lived, and stood up upon their feet.
Immediately upon reception of their souls, they had life and motion; as every bone came to his bone, and made up a body: so every soul came to its own body, and made it to live, and to testifie its life by standing up upon its feet.
An exceeding great Army.
The bones were many, and they being quickned, and raised, made an Army; yea, a great, an exceeding great Army. The word for, Army, is Chaiil, which signifies Vertue, Courage; and so the words may be rendred, They stood upon their feet being of very great Courage.
First, Observe.
God sometimes puts his servants upon strange imployments, even such as seem ridiculous, unseasonable, impossible. He set Ezekiel on work to Prophesie over bones, and to say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord. This was, as if one should water a dry rotten Stick, and say, Grow. God said to Moses, Lift up thy rod, and stretch out thine hand over the Sea, and divide it, Exod. 14.16. Here was a strange command, and strange work for Moses to do; Could his rod or hand divide the Sea? Was it not strange work God put Joshuah, the men of War, and the Priests unto, when he appointed them to go seven dayes round about Jericho, six dayes together once a day, and the seventh day seven times, with Trumpets and Ramshorns, Joshua 6? So when God commanded Ezekiel to take a tile Pourtray Jerusalem upon it, and lay siege against it, with Battering-Rams, then to set an iron Pan between him and the City for a wall; after these things, to lie upon his left side 390 days, and after that on his right side 40 days; were not these strange kind of imployments, which God put the Prophet unto? Ezek. 4. So Jeremiah must put bonds and yokes upon his own neck, and then send them to Kings by their own Embassadors, which came to Zedekiah at Jerusalem, Jer, 27. In all these things there was depth of Wisdom, however they seemed unto men.
Secondly, Observe.
Whatsoever means are used, it's God doth all. Here was Prophesie used, but that did not the work without God; Behold I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live. [Page 435] God could have done this without Prophesie, but that was the means he would use and work in or by. We must not neglect means, and leave all to God; that is tempting the most High: neither must we trust to means when used, that is to idolize a creature; but we must use means and look unto God to be all in them (for without him nothing is done), and if we make him all in the means, we shall make him all after them,
Thirdly, Observe.
How low, deplorable, or desperate soever the creature be, God can alter it, and that easily. These dry bones were almost dust, and come to nothing, their condition was very deplorable and desperate, the Prophet himself could not tell what to think of them; And did not God alter their condition quickly and with ease? He bids the Prophet Prophesie and say, Hear the word of the Lord, ye dry bones; and that being done, presently the bones shake, come together, are cloath'd with sinew [...], flesh, and skin, receive breath, live, and stand up. Here was a wonderful sudden change wrought with great facility. God can make the dry tree to flowrish, Ezek. 17.24. Arons rod to bud and blossome; Sarahs dead womb to conceive; Rivers in high places, and springs of water in dry lands, Isa. 41.18. If God speak but the word, these things are done, Rom. 4.17. He quickens the dead, and calls those things which be not, as though they were; let God only give a Call, and things without life have life, and things without beeing have a beeing, Jer. 31.15, 16, 17. Are we in bondage? He can easily set us at liberty, as he did Peter: Are we sick unto death? He can easily cure us, as he did Hezekiah: Are we poor and despicable? He can easily inrich us, and make us honourable, as he did Job when stript of all: Are we dead in sins and trespasses? that we cannot stir at all towards God, or, are we dead hearted, that we stir poorly towards him? He can quicken us in a moment, as he did these dry bones, so that we shall live, move, and act vigorously.
Fourthly, Observe.
There is a mighty efficacy in Gods word, when he is pleased to concurr with it, and to be present with it in his own Ordinance. Ezekiel Prophesies, and as he Prophesied there was a noise, a shaking of the bones, a Coalition of them, a compassing them about with sinews, flesh, and skin, an entrance of breath, so that they lived, stood up, and were full of vigour. When God accompanies his Word, it is a Creating-word, an Inlivening-word, yea, and a Killing-word. Ezek 11.14. It came to passe when I Prophesied, that Pelatiah died. It's said of Elisha, that he should slay those escaped the sword of Hazael and Jehu, 1 King. 19.7. But how should that be? for he was no sword-man: it was to be done by his Prophesying, which was sharper then their Swords.
Fifthly, Observe.
In the Resurrection men shall have their own bodies and souls again. This Vision of the dry bones, is by the Fathers, and others, held to be a lively representation of the Resurrection. And see here, the bones came together, bone unto his bone; the same bones which were united before, were united again in this Resurrection; and the sinews, the flesh, the skin, belonged to them formerly, the same came and covered them again: so the same souls, the same breath, came and entred into them, and they lived. The Father had not the soul or body of the Son, or the Daughter the soul or body of the Mother; but, every one had their own bodies and souls. Job was of this faith, saying, Though after my skin, wormes destroy this body, yet in my flesh shall I see God: Whom I shall see for my self, and mine eyes shall behold, Job 19.26, 27.
Sixthly, Observe.
The souls of men do no sleep with their bodies in the dust, nor vanish into nothing. The Prophet calls for the soul of every body here to come from the four winds, that is, from those parts where they were. Had they been in the bones or dust of the earth, or vanished into nothing, [Page 437] the Lord would not have directed the Prophet to have call'd for them from all parts of the world.
Verse 11. Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dryed, and our hope is lost, we are cut off for our parts.
12. Therefore prophesie and say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, O my people, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel.
13. And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves,
14. And shall put my Spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.
The Vision being related to the Prophet, here Application of it is made, by God himself, to the house of Israel.
And here we may consider,
Verse 11. These bones are the whole house of Israel.
The Bones themselves were not the house of Israel: but they signified and represented the Condition of the house of Israel, which being captive in Babylon, were like unto the dry Bones in the open Valley. To insist a little upon the Resemblance between them.
[Page 438]1. The Bones were many, very many, the Valley was full of bones; when they were quickned, they made a great Army. So were the Jews in the Valley of Babylon, they were very many. Those came out with Zerubbabel and Nehemiah, were 49897. or, Fifty thousand wanting One hundred and three, Exra 2.64, 65. Besides those that came with Ezra afterward, Chap. 8. And many there were which never returned. In those 70. years they were in Babylon, they multipled into a great number.
2. The Bones were without skin, flesh, and sinews; the Worms, Fowls, or Wild beasts, had eaten up them. So the Jews were stript of Wealth, and Substance, the Babylonians had eaten up that. Lament 1.10. The adversary hath spread out his hand upon all her pl [...]asant [...]hings: whatsoever Jerusalem had desirable, the Babylonians laid their hands upon: And, ver. 11. All her people sigh, they seek bread, they have given their pleasant things for meat to relieve the soul. The Chaldaeans dealt hardly with them, in the time of their Captivity. Jerem. 50.17, 33. They broke their bones, they held them fast, and wearyed them with burdens and Taxes, they flea'd off their skins, eat their flesh, and suckt their bloud.
3. The Bones were disjoynted and separated from their places, one here, another there. So the Jews were rent from their Habitations and Countrey, and were scattered all over Babylon. Ezek. 34 6. My flock was scattered upon all the face of the earth; that is, chiefly, the Babylonish earth. They were forced out of Sion, and dispersed into all parts of Babylon. This made Jeremiah to say, Chap. 50.17. Israel is a scattered sheep. The Princes, the Nobles, the Priests, the Prophets, and the People, were all scattered one from another; the Bones of that Common wealth, were pulled all asunder and thrown into several places.
4. The Bones were dry, yea, very dry; they had no moysture or Marrow in them. Such was the house of Israel. being in the furnace of Babylon. Their long Captivity, with the evils attending it, had dryed up their moysture and marrow. They wanted the Milk and Honey they [Page 439] had in Canaan for their bodies, and the Manna they had for their souls; they were without a Temple & the Ordinances of it; so that not only their bodies, but their souls also were as dry bones, for they said, They were without hope.
5. The Bones being uncovered, lay exposed to the reproach and injury of any foot that passed by them: And the Jews the time of their being in Babylon, were exposed to scorns and injuries from all sorts, Ezek, 36.14, 15, 30. Lam. 5.1. Psal. 137.3. The whole house of Israel was a derision and scorn to the Babylonians.
Behold, they say, Our bones are dryed.
This speech, Our bones are dryed, is Proverbial, and notes a most miserable and forlorn condition, such as those dry bones lay in; so far off were they from life, that the Prophet could not see a possibility thereof. The Jews in Babylon were in such a condition, they saw no possibility of their returning. Captivitas est mors civilis; Captivity and Servitude under enemies, is a civil death; such men are like those are dead, and their bones dryed.
And our hope is lost.
Hope is the Element by which the afflicted live, the Anchor of the soul in a storm, the bladder keeps up a man from sinking when in deep waters, and upholds a man in life when death knocks at the door: but these Jews had lost their hope, and were at the brink of despair; they said, We hoped a long time to return to our own land, but we were deceived, here we are held fast. Jer. 50.33. Let who will hope to see Canaan again; our hope that way is dead, and in Babylon we must die.
We are cut off for our parts.
This is a Proverbial and Metaphorical expression, taken [Page 440] either from the branch of a tree cut off from the body, or from the whole tree cut off from the earth; which no sooner is done, but they wither, become fruitless, and without hope of recovering their pristine condition. So these Jews, who were once Gods Vine and Olive-tree, said now, We are cut off from Canaan, the land of the living, where we had alimentum vitale, such nourishment as made us grow and be fruitful: but here, in our captivity, we have no City, no Temple, no Sacrifice, and so we are as branches cut off, and trees cut down, never like to be replanted more: See Chap. 17 9. Like hereunto is that of Job, Chap. 19.10. He hath destroyed me on every side, and I am gone; and mine hope he hath removed like a tree; that is, as the e is no hope of a tree cut off from the earth; so have I (saith Job) no hope of recovering my former condition.
Verse 12. B [...]hold, O my people, I w ll open your graves.
In this verse, God promiseth unto them, removal of Impediments, and reduction of them in [...]o their own Land. The first is in these words, I will open you graves. Canaan was so dear unto the Jews, Si transferre sedes cogerentur major vitae metus quam mortis. Tacitus. that they counted it death to live out of it; they esteemed it only the land of the living, and had rather have dyed then left their Countrey: being therefore Captives in a stange land, they were as dead men, and that land as a grave unto them. When a man is in his grave, he is cut off from the Land of the living, laid in darkness, bound with grave-clothes, and pressed down with earth: So these Jews were cut off from their own Land, had long been in Babylonish darkness, were bound up by Babylonish Laws and Power, and so oppressed and kept down by the Tyranny of the Babylonians, that they were without hope of liberty. Hereupon the Lord saith, I will open your graves; I will remove all that hinders, ex parte Babyloniorum; their Policy, Power, Law, Oppression, shall detain you no longer in Captivity; yea, I will remove all hinders ex parte vestra. Your despair [Page 441] and unbelief, are like grave-stones which keep you in a captive and dead condition; but they shall be taken away, and a door opened for your coming forth. It's not irrational to conceive, some or many of them might be in prisons, and Babylonish Families, whom God would set at liberty.
And cause you to come up out of your graves, &c.
When the graves are opened, the dead cannot rise or come forth, no more then the dry bones could move or stir of themselves. The Jews deliverance out of Captivity, is likened to the raising the de [...]d out of their graves. God causeth the dead to rise, Isa. 26.19. and he would cause them to come out of Babylon, and not only b [...]ing them out hence, but also bring them into their own Land; though they were cut off from their own Olive-tree, God would ingraft them in again.
Verse 13. And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, &c.
When God should do this wonderful and great work, viz. bring them out of their Captivity, raise them from their dead condition in Babylon, and restore them to life in their own Countrey, then they should know and acknowledge God in a special manner.
Verse 14. And shall put my Spirit in you.
By Ruah, or Spirit, here, is not meant breath, or life, as ver. 9.10. for they were first to be brought up out of their graves, and to have natural life, before the Spirit should be put into them. But by Spirit here, we understand the holy Spirit of God; even that Spirit spoken of, Chap. 36.27. where are the same words. Lavater saith, Indam vobis [Page 442] alium Spiritum, I will put into you another Spirit. Oecolampad. saith, It's Spiritus adoptionis, moderator & actor Filiorum Dei, The spirit of Adoption which moderates and acts the Sons of God.
And ye shall live.
They lived before a natural life, a sad and melancholy life; but now they should live a spiritual life, and comfortable, and heavenly life; they should forget their sorrows, and rejoyce in their God. You have been in a dying condition these 70 years of your Captivity, but hence forward ye shall live.
I shall place you in your own Land.
The Hebrew is, I will make you to rest upon your own Land. The word Janach, signifies deponere, demittere: God would dismiss them from Babylon, carry them upon Eagles wings and set them down in their own Land, where they should be at rest. They had been disquieted and vexed in Babylon many years, and suffered grievous things; but God put an end thereunto, and gave them rest in Canaan; which types out Gods dealing with his people under the Gospel, viz. The bringing them from under the Antichristian state into Sion.
Then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it.
Ye think it impossible that you should have the Babylonish yoke knockt off, be set at liberty, and planted in your own countrey, but if I can give life to dry bones, and cause them to stand up and become a great Army; which is a more difficult thing, and thou Ezekiel hast seen it; then let the Jews be assured, I can deliver them, and return them into their own Land, and will do it, and when [Page 443] it's done, they shall know that I am a God of Truth and Power.
Something we shall observe in General from these words, and something more specially,
First, Observe.
That sense which God gives of Visions, Types, and Parables, is sound and certain, yea, infallible.
Ezekiel had a Vision of dry bones, and who could tell the meaning of this Vision? Many have mistaken about it; but God himself he told the Prophet, and so all others, what was the sense of that Vision, Behold, the bones are the whole house of Israel. God who is the authour of Visions, Types and Parables, knoweth best what is the meaning of them. He knew what the golden Candlestick, and the two Olive trees on the right and left sides thereof meant, and interpreted them unto Zechariah, Chap. 4. Daniel's Vision of four Beasts, Chap. 7. did the Lord open and make known unto him. John's Vision of the woman sitting upon a scarlet coloured Beast full of names of blasphemie, having seven heads and ten horns; the Lord interpreted and made known unto him, Revel. 17. Christ uttered many Parables which were dark, and when he gave the sense of them it was certain and infallible.
Secondly, Observe.
Tropes and Types are not, in sacred Scripture, to be taken literally.
These bones are the house of Israel; they were not the house of Israel in a literal sense, but they signified the house of Israel. It's frequent, in the Word, to give the name of the thing signified, to the thing signifying, as 1 Cor. 10.4. That Rock was Christ; here the Rock is call'd Christ; whereas, the Rock did only signifie Christ. So Gen. 41.26. The seven good kine are seven years, and the seven blasted ears are seven years; none of these were years, but all of them signifie so many years. So Dan. 4.22. The [Page 444] tree, which Nebuchadnezzar saw, whose top reached to heaven, and branches to the ends of the earth, is said to be Nebuchadnezzar himself, It is thou, O King; that is, it signified him, it was not him himself. The Papists trouble the world with their absurd sense of those words, Mat. 26.26, 28. This is my body, and this is my bloud; they will have them to be taken literally, and make us lose our senses, that we may believe the Bread and Wine, are the very flesh and bloud of Christ; but we neither see nor tast any such thing: only we believe, that they represent the same unto us, and are to convey the fruit and benefit of Christs death unto us.
Thirdly, Observe.
Gods people are sometimes brought into great streights and exigents, they know not what to do, they are heartless and hopeless.
Our bones are dryed, our hope is lost, we are cut off for our parts. They saw nothing but destruction before them, they saw no possibility of escaping, they thought their condition desperate. Such was Josephs condition, when his Brethren cast him into a pit, Gen. 37.24. Such was the Israelites condition at the Red-sea, when the Egyptians were behind them, the Sea before them, and no door of hope left unto them, Exod. 14. their hope was gone, and nothing but death presented it self unto them, ver. 11. when the Anchor of hope is broken, men are in a Sea of troubles, tossed up and down, ready to sink every moment. Job himself was somtime in this case, Chap. 7.6. My dayes are swifter then a Weavers shuttle, and are spent without hope: he had neither hope of restauration to his former condition, nor of continuance of his life; he looked only to make the grave his house, and darkness his bed, Chap. 17.13, 14 15. His hope was gone, and he thought he must go to corruption, and the worms.
Fourthly, Observe.
When men are in great Afflictions, they manifest great weakness.
These Jews being in such an afflicted condition, they forgot what Promises God had made to them of Returning after 70 years, Jer. 25.12, 13. Chap. 29.10. They minded not Gods Power, or Faithfulness, but said, We are cut off for our part. God hath cut us off from our Land, and cast us into this Furnace of Babylon, where we shall be consumed. When Saul hunted David like a Partridge upon the Mountains, and his life was in Jeopardy; Did he not say in his heart? I shall one day perish by the hand of Saul, 1 Sam. 27, 1. Here he manifested his weakness greatly. God had told him he should be King, and sent Samuel to annoint him, Chap. 16. but he forgot this, and gave way to the reasonings of flesh. Jeremiah being in a suffering condition, scorn'd, and defam'd by the People, he resolves to cast aside his Commission, and speak no more in the name of the Lord; he curses the day of his Nativity, and the man brought tidings of his Birth; wishes He had slain him from the womb, or that the womb had been his grave, &c. thus did he declare his infirmities, Chap. 20.8, 9, 15, 16, 17. not considering what God had promised him, Chap. 1.5, 8, 9, 17, 18, 19. The like did Job.
Fifthly, Observe.
There be states of men in this life which do resemble the dead; and they are two especially; both which are here held forth.
1. The state of great and long Afflictions. These Jews, in their Captivity, are likened unto dry bones, men in their graves. This made Jeremiah say, Lament. 3.6. He hath set me in dark places, as they that be dead of old: The state of Death, is a state of Darkness, and so is the state of Affliction. Isa. 59.10. We grope for the wall like the blind, [Page 446] and we grope as if we had no eyes: we stumble at noon day as in the night, we are in desolate places as dead men. They were in deep Affliction, and destitute of all Counsel; they saw no way or means how to get out of the same. David being under great Calamities, goes further, and shews you, that such a state is not only a state of Darkness, but of Consumption, of being Forgotten, and Broken: Psal. 31.9, 12. I am in trouble, mine eye is consumed with grief, yea my soul and my belly. I am forgotten as a dead man out of mind: I am like a broken vessel. So Psal. 44.19. Thou hast sore broken us in the place of Dragons, and covered us with the shadow of death: He calls great Afflictions, the place of Dragons, because they sting, bite, and indanger a mans life; the shadow of death, death is very near, and overshadows the man is in them, his grace is designing, and he is ready to be put thereinto. This consideration made Heman say, his soul being full of troubles, My life draweth nigh unto the grave, I am counted with them that go down into the pit, I am as a man that hath no strength, free among the dead, like the slain that lie in the grave whom thou remembrest no more, and they are cut off from thy hand; thou hast laid me in the lowest pit, in darkness, in the deeps. He shews you clearly, that great Afflictions, especially Soul [...] [...]fflictions, are a state of Death.
2. The state of Sin, which these Jews were in; for it's said, I will put my Spirit into you, and ye shall live. At that time they were dead, being in an unregenerate estate. Men being in their sins, are no better then in a state of death. They are in Darkness, ignorant of Christ, the Gospel, and Mysteries thereof, Ephes. 5.8. They are in bondage to their Lusts, and to Satan, 2 Pet. 2.19. Rom. 6.16. 2 Tim. 2.26. Joh. 8.44. They are senseless, eyes they have, and see not; ears and hear not; hearts and understand not, Matth. 13.14, 15. They have hearts of stone, and are past feeling, Ephes. 4.18, 19. They are corrupt and unsavory, Ephes. 4.22. Rom. 3.13. This is the condition of sinners, which the Gospel accounts and calls, A state of Death, Mat. 8.22. Joh 5.25. Ephes. 2.5. Col. 2.13.
Sixthly, Observe.
God is afflicted with the afflictions and sufferings of his people.
O my people, you are in your graves here in Babylon, you are afflicted, reproached, oppressed, but I am sensible thereof, and do sympathize with you in that condition; not a word is spoken against you, not an unjust act done unto you, but I hear, I feel the same. The words are twice mentioned, O my people, O my people, in the 12. and 13. verses, to shew, the Lord was much affected with their calamities, and languishing condition. When the Jews were in Egypt, that house of Bondage, and in the Wilderness, they were like men in their graves, oft covered with the shadow of death, and, Did not God pity them? Psal. 106.44. He regarded th ir affliction; he looked upon them and pitied them; yea, he made their enemies to pity them, ver. 46. In the book of Judges, Chap. 10 16. you have a notable expression to this purpose: it's said there, His soul grieved for the misery of Israel. Tikzar naph. [...] abbreviata est anima ejus; His soul was shortned. When things are laid to heart, they dry and shrink up a mans spirits. God laid their misery so to heart, that his soul was, as it we [...]e, shrunk up and shorten'd.
Seventhly, Observe.
There is no state of affliction, sin, or death, but God can and will, raise his people out of the same.
O my pe [...]ple, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves. Though they had layen 70 years in their graves, God would open them. When earth lies long undigg'd, when graves continue long unopen'd, it's the harder to remove the earth, and open the graves. What difficulty soever there was in the way, God would step over it, and do the thing. Job lay buried in the grave of Affliction a long season, but at length God opened [Page 448] his grave, and led him out, Job 42.10. The Lord turned the captivity of Job. David was in the grave of affliction, but God raised him out of it, Psal. 40 2. He brought me up out of an horrible pit: Elacu stupendo, saith Munster, Out of the miry clay; that is, out of the deepest and extremest misery. Mary Magdalen lay in the grave of sin, was in a state of spiritual death, and Christ he quickned her, he forgave her sins, Luke 7.48. The Ephesians did, among other Gentiles, lie in their graves of sin, they were shut up under unbelief, that was a weighty grave-stone that kept them under; but God rolled away that stone, opened their graves, and brought them forth. Ephes. 2.1. You that were dead in sins and trespasses, hath he quickned Those a [...]e in a literal sense dead, and in their graves, God can open their graves, and bring them forth also. Lazarus had lain four dayes in his grave, he was corrupted therein and stunk; yet, when Christ said, Lazarus, come forth, the grave did open, the dead man heard, liv'd, and came forth, Joh. 11.43, 44. The keys of life and death are in the hand of Christ; be it a grave of affliction, a grave of sin, or a grave of the body, Christ can turn the key, open the grave and bring out thereof: At last he will open the graves, and bring fo [...]th all the dead bodies.
Eightly, Observe.
Nothing in men moves God to put his Spirit into them.
These Jews were in a despairing condition, they said, Our bones are dryed, our hope is lost, we are cut off for our parts. They dispair'd, dishonour'd God highly thereby, and deserv'd to be cut off and perish for ever; but see how God dealt with them, he promises to put his Spirit in them, ver. 14. The giving of his Spirit is an extraordinary mercy, and he gives it freely. Their goodness did not encline God to give, nor their sin hinder him from giving. Gods choisest gifts are freest, as Christ, the Spirit, and Gospel; they are the acts of His good pleasure.
Ninthly, Observe.
Spiritual life and comfort, are from the Spirits indwelling in men.
I shall put my Spirit in you, and you shall live. Then they shall live, as they had never lived; they should live Spiritually, Comfortably. Natural life, in its kind, hath an excellency; but, it's far beneath a Spiritual life, which is call'd, the life of God, Ephes. 4 18. So the comforts of a Natural life, may have some sweet and pretiousness in them; but, they are comfortless comforts to those of the Spirit and Spiritual life. Men destitute of the Spirit, are dead men, and have but dead comforts: Those have the Spirit, are living-men, and have living-comforts. The Spirit is a Spirit of life and comfort, and wherever it comes, it makes men lively and comfortable.
Tenthly, Observe.
When the people of God are gathered into Canaan, they shall have rest there.
God would bring these Jews out of Babylon into their own Land, which was Canaan, and there they should rest, there's no rest in Babylon: God is gathering his people out of Babylon dayly: He saith unto them, as it is in Micah 2.10. Arise ye and depart; for this is not your rest. He is drawing and driving them out of Babylonish and Antichristian conditions, and bringing them into Sion, where there is true rest, though not perfect rest: that will be in the Heavenly Canaan, whither in due time we shall come.
Vers. 15, 16, 17, 18, 19.
15. The Word of the Lord came again unto me, saying,
16. Moreover, thou Son of man, take thee one stick, and write upon it; For Judah and for the children of Israel his companions: then take another stick, and write upon it; For Joseph the stick of Ephraim, and for all the house of Israel his companions,
17. And joyn them one to another, into one stick, and they shall become one in thine hand.
18. And when the children of thy people shall speak unto thee, saying, Wilt thou not shew us what thou meanest by these?
19. Say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I will take the stick of Joseph, which is in the hand of Ephraim, and the Tribes of Israel his fellows, and will put them with him, even with the stick of Judah, and make them one stick, and they shall be one in mine hand.
THe Vision of the dry bones, and Interpretation of them being ended; here the Typical work of two Sticks, and the uniting of them, succeeds. In the three first verses you have the Author of the Type, and the Type it self: in the two last, direction what to say, upon inquiry made after the meaning of the Type.
Vers. 16. Moreover, thou Son of man, take thee one stick.
The Prophet before had a Vision, here he hath a Command. He must take a stick: the Chaldee saith, a Table: the Septuagint, a Rod: the Hebrew is [...] Lignum, Wood. Wood or Stick, is, by a Metonymy of the matter, put for a Table, or Tally, whereon something might be written. So it was here, he must write upon it;
For Judah, and the children of Israel his companions.
These were the words to be written upon the Stick. In the 17. of Numb. v. 2. the Lo [...]d commanded Moses, to take twelve rods, according to the number of the Tribes, and Princes, and to write every mans name upon his rod. To this doth the Lord allude here, commanding the Prophet to take a Stick, or Rod, and write upon it, For Judah; that is, let Judah, the royal and noble Tribe, be signified thereby. And the children of Israel; by these, the Tribe of Benjamin is meant, which clave to the house of David, and fell not from Rehoboam to Jeroboam, 1 King. 12.23. 2 Chr. 11.12. as the other Tribes did. This Tribe did wholly adhere to Judah, and some also out of other Tribes did, some out of Levi, and some out of the rest, 2 Chron. 11.13, 14, 16, 17. Chap. 15.9. and these are call'd the children of Israel his companions; that is, Judah's companions, because they forsook him not, as others did. All these were represented by this first Stick.
Then take another stick, and write upon it; For Joseph, the stick of Ephraim.
Having finished the first Stick, he is bidden to take another. The Hebrew is, take one stick; that is, one more, and write upon it, For Joseph. As the other Stick was for Judah, so [Page 452] this for Joseph; viz. to represent the Tribe of Joseph, which was the principal of the ten Tribes; and his Stick is call'd the stick of Ephraim. Ephraim was the Son of Joseph, and the ten Tribes are usually call'd, in Scripture, by the name of Ephraim, as Hos. 4.17. Chap. 5.3, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14. But here the Tribe of Ephraim is meant. The Chaldee saith, Lignum Ephraim, est Tribus Ephraim. Jeroboam, who made the great rent in the house of David, was of the Tribe of Ephraim, and to him did the other Tribes adhere.
And for all the house of Israel his companions.
This Stick was for the whole ten Tribes which are call'd the house of Joseph, Amos 5.6. The seed of Ephraim, Jer. 7.15. Samaria, Hos. 8.5. And here, The house of Israel. All these did side with Jeroboam when he revolted, and so were Companions with him, with Ephraim and Joseph. Long before this time, the ten Tribes were carryed into Captivity by Shalmanezer King of Assyria; but here the Lord thought upon them, and ordered the Prophet to take a Stick for them.
Vers. 17. And joyn them one to another into one stick.
The Hebrew is, and make them come one to one to thee into one stick. Those two Sticks he must joyn together, and make one Stick of them. Some do make a Miracle here, saying, That as Moses Rod was turn'd into a Serpent, and Aarons blossom'd, Exod. 4.3. Numb. 17.8. by a miraculous work of God: So did Ezekiel's Sticks unite together in his hand. It's true, God, by his Divine Power, could unite them into one; but here he bids the Prophet joyn them one to another into one Stick; which he might do by some artificial means; or else, hold them together in his hand, which might suffice for the purpose intended.
And they shall become one in thine hand.
They shall be, Ʋnum in ma [...]bus tuis, so Montanus renders the Hebrew, not, they shall become; but, they shall be one thing or stick in thine hand; they should no more appear to be two Sticks, but one: and the Characters writ upon them visible for every man to read. The old Translation hath it, They shall be as one in thy hand. While he held them, they were as one, but, had he let them go, they had fallen asunder, and been two Sticks as before.
Verse 18. And when the children of thy people shall speak unto thee, saying.
In the 12, and 13. verses, God had said, O my people, He own'd them for his; here He terms them the Prophets people, The children of thy people. They were Ezekiels people, because he was set of God a Watchman over them, Chap. 3.17.
Wilt thou not shew us, what thou meanest by these?
The Hebrew is, Wilt thou not shew us, Mah elleh lack, What these things are to thee. So the Septuagint, [...], What is thine intention in taking these Sticks, and holding them in thine hand? what is the Interpetation thereof? It is a Riddle unto us; let us know the sense and meaning thereof.
Verse 19. Behold, I will take the stick of Joseph which is in the hand of Ephraim, and the Tr [...]bes of Israel his fellows.
The Stick of Joseph, that's the Tribe of Ephraim which was in Jeroboam's hand, who was of that Tribe; and not [Page 454] only that, but nine more were under him, and his Successors a long time, 260 years, or thereabout. These ten Tribes made up the Kingdom of Israel, which was divided from the Kingdom of [...]dah, and therefore are call'd Ephraim's fellows, not Judah's. All these represented by the Stick God would take, and what would he do with them?
And will put them with him, even with the stick of Judah, and make them one stick, and they shall be one in mine hand.
God would make these two Sticks one, not one Tribe, but one Kingdom. They had been two Kingdoms at great enmity, and were at this time scattered abroad among the Nations; but, the Lord promises to gather them together, and to unite them so, that there shall not be a Kingdom of Israel, and a Kingdom of Judah; but, the Stick of Ephraim shall be united to the Stick of Judah: they should be but one Stick, one Kingdom, and one King, and that in the hand of the Lord: the Septuagint saith, in the hand of Judah.
First, Observe.
True Types have God for the Author of them.
God bad the Prophet here, take one Stick and another Stick, and write upon them; and thereby to type out the houses of Judah and Israel. Had he taken these of his own head, they had been nothing, bastardly Types, not true Types. When Zedekiah the son of Chenaanah made him horns of Iron, saying, Thus saith the Lord, With these shalt thou push the Syrians, untill thou have consumed them, 1 King. 22.11. This was a bold presumption of him to make Horns Typical, without Command from God. The event shew'd him to be a false Prophet, and his Type to be a lying Type. It's peculiar unto God to make Divine Types.
Secondly, Observe.
God can, and doth, make use of mean things, to honourable purposes.
Sticks are mean and contemptible things, trodden under foot; yet, God orders Sticks here to be taken, writ upon, to represent the two principal Houses in the World, the house of Judah, and the house of Israel, and their uniting together; here was high honour put upon these Sticks. God made use of a Tile to pourtray Jerusalem upon, Ezek. 4. And of Hair to Type out his Judgements, Ezek. 5. which was a great honour unto such despicable things. What honour did God put upon the Brazen Serpent, to represent Christ thereby, Numb. 21.9. Joh. 3.14. As God puts honour upon mean th [...]ngs, so upon mean persons, 1 Cor. 1.28. The base things of the world, and things which are despised, hath God chosen: yea, and things which are not, to bring to nought things that are. He exalted Gideon, and did great things by him, Judg. 6. God took Amos an Heardman, a gatherer of Sycamore fruit, in vested him with the honour of a Prophet, Amos 7.14, 15. and by him confounded Amaziah the Priest of Bethel, and Jeroboams Chaplain.
Thirdly, Observe.
God hath a care of his people, be they in never so poor, broken, scattered, or despicable a condition.
The house of Judah had been now in Babylon upon 70 years, the house of Israel 204 years, if not more; they were despised of men, and seem'd forgotten of God; but the Lord had them in remembrance, and bids the Prophet write upon one stick, For Judah and his Companions; and on another stick, For Joseph, Ephraim, or the house of Israel, and his companions; not one of them were out of Gods thoughts. Their forefathers had been 400 years in Egypt, were tyrannized over by cruel Task-masters, lookt upon [Page 456] as contemptible; but the Lord had an eye to them, cared and wrought for them. They have now layen 1600 years in darkness, in a desolate and despised condition; yet doubtless they are not forgotten, Gods thoughts are upon them to do them good again.
Fourthly, Observe.
Typical and obscure things, will excite men to inquire after the sense of them.
This is intimated in the 18. ver. When the children of thy people shall speak unto thee, saying, Wilt thou not shew us what thou meanest by these? God knew they would inquire. Common things are neglected; but things strange and mysterious, are dived into, sought after. When Ezekiel was to dig through the wall, cover his face, and remove his stuff; then the people were stirr'd and said, What doest thou? Chap. 12.9. Those typical actions bred inquisitiveness in their spirits. When the Lord Christ spake Parables, they sought to him to know the sense and meaning of them.
Fifthly, Observe.
God is pleased to direct his Prophets and Servants what to say unto the People, when they come to question with them about things.
If this people come to Ezekiel to know what he meant by the two Sticks, his writing upon them, and holding them in his hand, the Lord tells him what he shall say unto them, say, Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I will take the stick of Joseph which is in the hand of Ephraim, &c. When God sent Moses unto the people, he was timorous lest he should not know what to say to the people, how to answer their questions; but see how God directs and instructs him, Exod. 3.13, 14. Moses said unto God, when I come unto the children of Israel, and shall say unto them, The God of your fathers hath sent me unto you: and they shall say [Page 457] unto me, What is his name? what shall I say unto them? I know not how to answer that question. See what now follows, And God said unto Moses, I AM THAT I AM: And he said, Thus shalt thou say, I AM hath sent me unto you. Thus God taught him what answer to give the people. So Ezek. 14. when the Elders came to inquire somewhat of Ezekiel, God told him what answer to give them. It was given in of God, by his Spirit, to the Apostles, what answer to give Governors and Rulers, when they [...]ere brought before them, Mat. 10.19.
Vers. 20, 21, 21.
20. And the sticks whereon thou writest shall be in thine hand before their eyes.
21. And say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I will take the children of Israel from among the Heathen whither they be gone, and will gather them on every side, and bring them into their own Land.
22. And I will make them one Nation in the land upon the Mountains of Israel, and one King shall be King to them all: and they shall be no more two Nations, neither shall they be divided into two Kingdoms any more at all.
THe Explication of the Typical Sticks is laid down in these and the subsequent verses.
Vers. 20. And the sticks whereon thou writest shall be in thine hand before their eyes.
The Prophet was not to do this privately, but to write upon the sticks, and to hold them in his hand, so that all [Page 458] might see them, and hereby be provoked to inquire, what the mystery of them was, and so become partakers of the consolation intended thereby.
Vers. 21. Behold, I will take the children of Israel from among the Heathen whither they be gone.
[...] this verse is promised the reduction of the twelve Tribes, comprehended under these words, the children of Israel, out of all Countries where they were scattered, into their own Land. Not only Judah and Benjamin should be gathered up, and brought into Canaan again, but the rest of the Tribes also. This is a great and gratious Promise.
And will gather them on every side.
The ten Tribes being carryed away by Shalmanezer, were placed in Haloth and Habor by the river Gozan, and in the cities of the Medes, 2 King. 17.6. they were seated in the utmost parts of his Dominions, North and East, and the other Jews whom Nebuchadnezzer led away captive, were scattered up and down his manifold Provinces, as appears, Esth. 3.8. Now God would look on every side, and gather them up out of all Quarters.
Vers. 22. And I will make them one Nation in the land upon the mountains of Israel.
Being brought into their Land, here God adds three great Promises more. The first is, uniting of them into one Nation, who had some hundreds of years been divided, and at bitter enmity one against another.
And one King shall be King to them all.
After the division made by Jeroboam, you read of several Kings they had, Kings of Judah, and Kings of Israel. There were two Kingdoms and divers Kings of them both, but the Kingdoms being united into one, the Lord promiseth them not a succession of Kings over them, but one King to Rule over them both. They should be one Kingdom, and have one King. This is the second great Promise.
And they shall be no more two Nations, neither shall they be divided into two Kingdoms any more at all.
This is the third Promise, and it's a great one also, viz. they shall continue a Kingdom, one Kingdom, and never be torn or rent in pieces any more. There shall be no Rehoboam's or Jeroboam's, to cause divisions in it.
It will add some light to the words under consideration, if we make inquiry, Whether the Type of the two Sticks be fulfilled, by the incorporating of the two Nations into one, and making of them one Kingdom?
It's affirmed by some, that this Hieroglyphical Prophesie was fulfill'd at the Return of the two Tribes out of Babylon. For then Cyrus King of Persia made a Proclamation throughout all his Kingdom, to this purpose, Thus saith Cyrus King of Persia, All the Kingdoms of the earth hath the Lord God of heaven given me, and he hath charged me to build him an house in Jerusalem, which is in Judea: Who is there among you of all his people? the Lord his God be with him, and [...]t him go up, 2 Chron. 36.22, 23. The Proclamation excepts no persons, no Tribes; but [Page 460] gives full liberty unto all. The ten Tribes having been now 204. years, or there abouts, in Captivity, it's likely, were weary of their condition, and so willing to return into their own Countrey, and so they took the opportunity before them. For it's evident, that some of the ten Tribes did [...]eturn to Jerusalem. Of the Levites there were 74. Ezra 2.40. Nehem. 7.43. and of the Priests, who were of that Tribe, as appear, 1 Chron. 24.1, 2, 7. Exod. 6.16, 18, 20. & Nehem 7.39. there were 973. Paul was of the T [...]e of Benjamin, Phil. 3.5. Anna the daughter of Phanuel of the Tribe of Aser, Luke 2.36. and Paul speaks of the twelve Tribes as present in his dayes at Jerusalem, Act. 26.7. Others think not all this which is said sufficient to prove the union of the two Sticks, and so of the two houses of Judah and Ephraim; for of all that returned, there were but 42390. besides servants and maids, whose number a mounted to 7333. as it is, Ezra 2.64, 65. whereof both Hebrews & other Authors observe, there were 10000. out of the other ten Tribes, which is an inconsiderable number for so many Tribes, when as there was 32000. out of two or three Tribes. Besides, it is not clear, that those 10000. were out of the other Tribes; for, neither Ezra nor Nehemiah do specifie so much in the Catalogues they make of those returned. Doubtless, had such a number returned out of any, or each of the Tribes, as had been considerable, they would have taken notice thereof, and mention'd the Tribe, or Tribes, and spoken of the uniting of them. For it's said here, the sticks shall be in thine hand before their eyes. The union would have been visible and observable by them all, had it then been. Some few of the Tribes, it's possible, did return, and of them Paul speaks, Act. 26.7. The bulk and body of them staid behind, being increased in 200. years, to an innumerable company; and the Jews say, They are shut up in the Caspian Mountains, from whence they shall come forth in due time. Manasseh Ben Israel, with Montezinus, say, The ten Tribes were the first Inhabitants of America, and that they lie hid behind the Mountains of Cordillere.
It's the opinion, if not the faith, of many, that the two Sticks representing the two houses of Judah and Israel, are yet to be united and made one, and the great reason for it is, because they have not had one King, one Shepherd, viz. David, by whom is meant the Messiah, to reign over them. This is that Hosea points at, Chap. 1.11. where he saith, The children of Judah and the children of Israel shall be gathered together, and appoint themselves one head, and they shall come up out of the Land. The Head spoken of by Hosea, is not Zerubbabel, but the same that our Prophet speaks of, viz. David, by whom is meant the Messiah; of which mind is Manasseh Ben Israel, who saith,In his Epist. to the Hope of Israel. Sect. 25 The ten Tribes never returned to the second Temple, that they there keep the Law of Moses, and the Sacred Rites, and at last shall return into their Land, with the two Tribes Judah and Benjamin, and shall be governed by one Prince who is Messiah the son of David. If it be said, This was made good when Christ was born, and lived at Jerusalem. This will not suffice; for, He came to his own, and they received him not, Joh. 1.11. The people of Israel were against Christ, Act. 4.27. They would not have Him to reign over them, Luk. 19.14. They own'd no King but Caesar, and cryed, Crucifie him, Joh. 19. And for their crucifying of him, they were scattered, and the wrath of God came upon them, to the utmost, 1 Thess. 2.16. Had the two houses been united, they would themselves have appointed and chosen Christ to have been their Head, continued still undivided and unscattered, submitting to his Government, and observing his Laws, as it is, ver. 24. of this Chapter. For, when Christ takes his Government upon him, He must rule for ever, Luke 1.33
There is a place in Zechariah, very observable: It is in Chap. 10. ver. 6, 7, 8, 9. I will strengthen the house of Judah. They of this house were come already to Judaea, and Zechariah with them, they were upon building the second Temple; now see what follows, and I will save the house of Joseph, and I will bring them again to place them, for I have mercy upon them: and they shall be as though I had not [Page 462] cast them off: for I am the Lord their God, and will hear them. And they of Ephraim shall be like a mighty man, and their heart shall rejoyce as through wine: yea, their children shall see it, and be glad; their heart shall rejoyce in the Lord. I will hiss for them, and gather them, for I have redeemed them: and they shall increase as they have increased. And I will sow them among the people, and they shall remember me in far countreys, and they shall live with their children, and turn again.
Here you may clearly see two things,
1. That the house of Joseph and Ephraim did not return with the house of Judah.
2. That God hath promised to gather and bring them out of those places where they are scattered: which must be accomplished in its time.
It's no Haeresie to say, Christ meant the ten Tribes when he said, John 10.16. Other sheep I have which are not of this fold: them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd. Christ here alludes to this 37. of Ezekiel, ver. 22, & 24.
First, Observe.
The conversion of the Jews, we may warrantably expect and pray for.
God hath promised to gather the children of Israel, and to bring them to David their King; that is, Christ. I will gather them out of every side; I will take the children of Israel from among the Heathen whither they be gone; and one King shall rule over them. Seeing God hath promised to do it, we may believe and pray for the same. This Conversion of the Jews will be not of some few particulars, but National, though not of every one belonging to the Nation, Hos. 3.5. The children of Israel shall return, and seek the Lord their God, and David their King, and shall fear the Lord, and his goodness in the latter dayes. There will be a very general, glorious, and visible Return of them; they will prove eminent Christians, frearing the Lord and his goodness. Paul hints unto you, that there is a time [Page 463] when the vail shall be taken off the heart of the Jews, and they turn unto the Lord, 2 Cor. 3.15, 16. And John in his Revelation tells you of 144000 which were sealed out of all the Tribes of the children of Israel, Chap. 7.4. These were of the Jewish race, who were godly and converted; for, ver. 9. it is said, A great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, people, kindreds, and tongues, stood before the Throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands. These were of the Gentiles, as the other of the Jews. If any one doubt this point, let him read and ponder throughly what is Rom. 11. from the beginning of the 11. v to the 32.
Secondly, Observe.
When the Jews are converted, they shall repossess the land of Canaan.
God will gather them on every side, and bring them into their own Land. Hos. 1.10. It shall come to passe, that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not my people, there it shall be said unto them, Ye are the sons of the living God. This is spoken of the Land of Canaan. There he did disown them, and there he would own them again. Testimony to this truth, gives Jeremy, Chap. 50.4, 5. In those dayes, and in that time, saith the Lord, the children of Israel shall come, they and all the children of Judah together, going and w [...]eping: they shall go and seek the Lord their God. They shall ask the way to Zion with their faces thitherward, saying, Come and let us joyn our selves to the Lord, in a perpetual Covenant. That in Isa. 2.2, 3. speaks to the same purpose, and most clearly that Isa. 11.11. And it shall come to passe in that day, that the Lord shall set his hand again the second time, to recover the remnant of his people which shall be left, from Assiria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Chush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the Ilands of the Sea. And in the 12. And he shall set up an Ensign for the nations, and shall assemble the outcasts of Israel, and gather together the dispersed of Judah, [Page 464] from the four corners of the earth. Here is mention of a second gathering of them from Assyria, which hath not yet been fulfilled; but shall, when the Lamb stand upon Mount Sion, with his 144000 sealed out of all the Tribes, Rev. 14.1. Chap. 7.4. Consider Isa. 65.17, 18, 19, 21, 22.
Thirdly, Observe.
The Lord knows how to, and can, reconcile divided Nations.
I will make them one Nation in the land, upon the mountains of Israel. The Jews were divided into two Nations, or Kingdoms: There was the Kingdom of Israel, and the Kingdom of Judah; and they were at great enmity, such enmity, that they would have no commerce one with another, Joh. 4.9. The ten Tribes went under the name of Samaritans, the other were call'd Jews. They were of divers Religions, ver. 22. They had their Calves at Dan and Bethel, the true worship was at Jerusalem. The enmity grew so great between them, that they were at open Wars, and sought the destruction of one another. Those of Israel and Samaria slew in Judah 120000 valiant men in one day, and carryed away captive of their brethren 200000 women, sons, and daughters, and those they slew was in a rage reached up to heaven, 2 Chron. 28.6, 8, 9. Now, notwithstanding all the rage, fury, enmity, bitterness was in them, one against another, God knows how to reconcile them, and make them one Nation, one People, so that Ephraim shall not envy Judah, and Judah shall not vex Ephraim, Isa. 11.13. but, they shall agree, and cordially love one another. The Jews and Gentiles were at a greater distance, than the Jews amongst themselves, yet, God knew how to reconcile them, and did it, Eph. 2.12, 13, 14, 15, 16.
Vers. 23.
Neither shall they defile themselves any more with their idols, nor with their detestable things, nor with any of their transgressions: but I will save them out of all their dwelling places, wherein they have sinned, and will cleanse them; so shall theybe my people, and I will be their God.
IN this verse there lyeth before us:
Neither shall they defile themselves any more with their Idols.
The Jews were much addicted to Idolatry, no sooner were they out of Egypt, but they parted with their earings to make a Calf, Exod. 32.34. When they were in the Wilderness they joyned themselves to Baal-Peor, Numb. 25.3. In time of the Judges, when in the Land of Canaac they served other Gods, Judg. 10.13. And after the rent of Jeroboam, the ten Tribes did worship the Calves at Dan and Bethel, 1 King. 12.29, 30. Judah also trod in the same steps, committing Adultery with stones and with stocks, Jer. 3.8, 9. But when they should be united into one Nation and Kingdom again, Israel should [Page 466] cease from her Calves, and Judah from her Idols, they should no more go a whoring after them, whereby they defiled themselves and the Land.
Nor with their detestable things, nor with any of their transgressions.
Sanctius thinks these three words, Idols, Detestable things, Transgressions, to signifie one and the same thing, to set forth the sinfulness of Idols, and false Religions; they are detestable, and cause the greatest Breaches between God and Men. The word for Transgression, is Pesha, which notes Apostacy, Rebellion, a proud and malicious violating of a Command. We may by Transgressions here, understand, not only their Idolatries; but, their other capital and crying sins. When God pleases to call and convert the Jews, and from them into one Nation, then they shall loath themselves, and their former doings.
But I will save them out of all their dwelling places, wherein they have sinned.
They were scattered up and down into divers Countries, and into several parts in those Countries, where they setled themselves, and s [...]nn'd by conforming to the Heathen amongst whom they dwelt, Ezek. 20.32. Jer. 44.8. But in what Countries soever they were, the Lord would have an eye to them and deliver them.
And will cleanse them.
The word in Hebrew for cleansing, is [...] Taher, which is contrary to Tamee, signifying to defile, pollute; and, because a thing defiled hath lost its beauty, some make Taher to import Munditiem nitentem, shining or beautiful cleansing; for, when the filth of things is taken away, there is a splendor and beauty. God saith here, He will cleanse [Page 467] them; that is, from their Idolatry, and other sins, by the bloud of Christ, and by his holy Spirit.
So shall they be my people, and I will be their God.
Now they lie in a desolate condition, and are looked at as cast off of God; yea, themselves conclude, they are cut off from me, ver. 11. But when they are gathered out of the Countries where they are dispersed and cleansed from their iniquities; then will I manifest to all the World, That they are my people; and, that I am their God: they themselves shall see and know it. They shall acknowledge me to be their God, and I will acknowledge them to be my people. The Covenant between us, shall be renewed and manifested.
First, Observe, from the two verses before this, and the next.
That when God begins to shew mercy to his people afflicted, He multiplies mercies upon them.
He would take them from among the Heathen, bring them into their own Land, make them one Nation, set one King over them, continue them in the same condition, take their hearts off from I [...]s, cleanse them from their defilements, take them into Covenant with himself, give them David to be their King, and keep them in doing of his will. Here is a series of many and great mercies. The like you had, Chap. 36.24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. So Jerem. 32.37, 38, 39, 40, 41. When God is in a way of Judgements, he adds judgment to judgement, plague unto plague, as you may read, Levit. 26.18, 21, 28. And when he is in a way of Mercy, He adds mercy to mercy, as appears in the same Chapter, from ver. 4. to the 14.
Secondly, Observe.
False religious wayes of Worship, are so far from advantaging men, that they do defile them.
The Jews thought to better themselves by conforming to the Religion and Worship of the Heathens; but, thereby they defiled themselves. And what is the favor or wealth of Heathens, when the conscience is defiled before God. Many, among Papists, when they have sinn'd, run to their golden, silver, brassie, stony, and wodden gods, thinking by offering unto them to be purged from their sins, whereas, thereby, they do more deeply defile themselves.
Thirdly, Observe.
When people afflicted, receive choice mercies from God, then they will take heed of, and renounce former defilements.
Neither shall they defile themselves any more with their Idols, nor with their Detestable things, nor with any of their Transgressions. When I shall shew them kindness, and load them with mercies, they will consider what offended me, and ceas [...] from it; then they will know me and my wayes, and w [...] in the same, abhorring Idols. Hos. 14.8. Ephraim shall say, What have I any more to do with Idols? When mercy comes, it melts the heart, makes a divorce between it and its Idols, its beloved sins; then it will have to do no more with heart or house Idols, nor with any Transgressions.
Fourthly, Observe.
God knows the dwellings of men, wherever they dwell, and the sins they commit in their dwellings.
These Jews were some in Egypt, some in Babylon, some in Media and Persia, 2 King. 17.6. yet he took notice [Page 469] of all their dwelling places, wherein they had sinned. There is not a Cottage in the Wilderness, nor a Closet in the City, not a Dungeon in the Earth, but the Lord knows the same, and what sins are acted there night and day. Revel. 2.13. I know thy works, and where thou dwellest: so saith God of Pergamos, and may say it of every Man, Family, Church and Nation, I know thy sins, and whe [...]e thou dwellest. Neither we, nor our sins are hid from God, dwell we in Canaan, or in Babylon. Let us look well to our selves and to our wayes; for, wherever we dwell, whatever we are or do, God's eye is constantly upon us.
Fifthly, Observe.
Deliverance out of afflicted and sinful conditions, is from the Lord himself.
I will save them out of all their dwelling places wherein they have sinned. They were captives in Babylon, and other places, there they sinned, and sinned greatly; and who but God could deliver them either from their sins, or their captivity. Amos 9.14. I will bring again the captivity of my people. God could break their bonds, change the Laws of the Medes and Persians, alter times and seasons, remove all impediments, and set his people at liberty. Psal. 107.19. He saveth them out of their distresses. When men are distressed at Sea, or Land, if ever they get out of those distresses, it's by the hand of the Lord, He saveth them. He is the Saviour of Israel in the time of trouble, Jer. 14.8. He saveth from uncleanness, Ezek. 36.29. Salvation from affliction, or from sin, belongs to God, and to him alone, and he challengeth it to himself. Isa. 43.11. I, even I, am the Lord, and besides me there is no Saviour.
Sixthly, Observe.
It's the Lord who makes defiled persons clean.
They were defiled with Idols, Detestable things, and Transgressions, [Page 470] and what saith the Lord? I will cleanse you. When an house was defiled with Leprosie, the Priest was to cleanse it with bloud and water, Levit. 14.52. And when men are defiled, the Lord cleanseth them with bloud and water, with the bloud of his Son, 1 Joh. 1.7. and, with the water of his Spirit, Joh. 7.38, 39. These are the I [...]op with which God cleanseth sinners. Pharisees may cleanse the outside, but it's that God cleanseth inside and outside. Jer. 33.8. I will cleanse them from all their iniquities whereby they have sinned against me, and I will pardon all their iniquities whereby they have sinned. When God Justifies and Sanctifies a sinner, then is a sinner cleansed indeed, inwardly and outwardly, 1 Cor. 6.11.
Seventhly, Observe.
God takes pleasure in a cleansed people, and owns them for His.
So shall they be my people, and I will be their God; that is, when they should be cleansed. God hath no delight in polluted ones, He is an holy God, and delights in holy ones. David assures you hereof, when he, Psal. 24.3. propounds the question, Who shall ascend into the hill of the Lord? and who shall stand in his holy place? and gives answer, ver. 4. He that hath clean hands, and a pure heart, who hath not lift up his soul unto vanity, nor sworn deceitfully. Such a man, and such a people God delights to have in his presence, but the wicked, what ever they be, he puts away like drosse, Psal. 119.119. The Refiner takes pleasure in the pure mettal cleansed from the dross; the one he priseth, the other he rejects.
Vers. 24, 25.
24. And David my servant shall be King over them, and they all shall have one shepheard: they shall also walk in my judgements, and observe my statutes and do them.
25. And they shall dwell in the land that I have given unto Jacob my servant, wherein your fathers have dwelt, and they shall dwell therein, even they and their children, and their childrens children for ever, and my servant David shall be their Prince for ever.
GReat Promises are made unto the house of Judah and house of Israel, being united.
Vers. 24. And David my servant shall be King over them.
By David cannot Zorobbabel be meant: for he was not a King, and had he been so, yet he was not their Prince for ever, as it's said of this David. David is here put for Christ, which the holy Scripture doth frequently, as Ezek 34.23. Hos. 3.5. Isa. 37.35. 2 King. 19.34. Jerem. 30.9. And that you may clearly see it is so, compare Isa. 45.3. where mention is made of the sure Mercies of David, with Act. 13.34. and there it's interpreted of Christ. So that in Amos 9.11. The Tabernacle of David, refers to Christ, Acts 15, 16. So then, this David is the Lord Christ, who [Page 472] is so called, both because, He descended from his loins, Rom. 1.3. whereupon, he is oft called, The Son of David, Mat. 1.1. Chap. 15.22. Mark 12.35. And, because, David was a Type of him in his slaying Goliah, and in his Kingly and Prophetical Office; It's not said here, Abraham my servant, or Jacob my servant shall be their King, although Christ descended from their loins, as well and really as from David's; but, it's said, David my servant shall be their King: And the reason is, because, David was King over Israel and Judah, which they were not, and the first godly King they had.
My servant. David did serve the Lord, and fulfilled all his will, Act. 13.22. and so Christ was his servant, Isa. 52.13. Behold, my servant shall deal prudently, and he did so; for, He fulfilled all righteousness, Mat. 3.15. and, Did the will of him that sent him, Joh. 4 34 Being in the form [...]f a servant, Phil. 2.7.
And shall be King over them.
The Jews had many Kings; some were very good, as David, Solomon, Jeh [...]shaphat, Hezekiah, Josiah, &c. but none of them like unto this King, the Lord Christ. The Scepter of his Kingdom is a Scepter of Righteousness, Heb. 1.8. Other Kings had crooked Scepters, and much Oppression was in their Government; but, Christ's Scepter is a righteous Scepter, and none shall be oppressed thereby: Righteousness shall be the girdle of his loins, and Faithfulness the girdle of his reins, Isa. 11.5. He will break in pieces the Oppressour, Psal. 72.4. The Lord tells you in Jeremiah, what a King this King should be, Chap. 23.5. I will raise unto David a righteous Branch, and a King shall reign and prosper; and shall execute justice and judgement in the earth. So Psal. 45.4. In thy majesty ride prosperously, because of truth, and meekness, and righteousness. Most Kings of the earth, because they were false, rigid, unrighteous, did not prosper; but Christ, because of truth, [Page 473] should be trusted; because of meekness, should be loved; because of righteousness, should be honoured, and so should prosper.
And they shall have one Shepheard.
Of these words hath been spoken, Chap 34 23.Tantae erit clementiae, dicit Hyeronimus, ut non solum Rex sed & Pastor appelletur; eò quòd superbum nomen Imperii, vocabulo pastoris mitiget. King and Shepheard are here equivalent. They should not have many Shepheards, as formerly, who destroyed them, Jerem. 12.10 but, one Shepheard; that is, one better than them all; One transcendent, and incomparable, a Shepheard after Gods own heart, who should feed them with knowledge and understanding, Jer. 3.15. who should gather the lambs with his arme, and carry them in his bosome, and gently lead those wh [...]ch are with young, Isa. 40.11.
They shall also walk in my judgements, and observe my statutes, and do them.
In Chap. 36.27. you had these words: only here judgements are mentioned before statutes, and there statutes are set before judgements. The meaning is, they shall no more live after the courses of men, or imaginations of their own hearts; but, they should consult with the Word of God, and frame their lives according to it; they shall trust no longer in their Legal performances, but look at David their King, and call him the Lord our righteousness.
Some look upon this Promise of David to be King over the Jews, as accompl [...]shed in the reign of Christ the Messiah when here on earth; for He gave out his commands then, and required obedience unto them, Mat. 28.18, 19, 20. All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth, Go ye therefore and teach all Nations, teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you. Christ manifests himself here, to be King of the Jews and of all Nations.
Others are of a different judgement, and do believe that this great Promise made here to the two houses of Judah and Israel, remains yet to be performed.
1. Because, the two Houses are not yet united into one, as hath formerly been shewed, which may further appear from that in Hosea, Chap. 3. ver. 4, 5. The children of Israel shall abide many dayes without a King, and without a Prince, and without a Sacrifice, and without an Image, and without an Ephod, and without Teraphim. Afterward shall the children of Israel return, and seek the Lord their God, and David their King, and shall fear the Lord and his Goodness in the latter dayes. This Prophesie refers to the latter dayes, which are the dayes after Christ, not before Christ; and if the two houses were united before Christs coming in the flesh, and so He King over them, as the Promise is here, How did the Scepter depart from Judah, and a Lawgiver from between his feet. In Gen. 49.10. the Promise is, it should not be so till Shiloh, that is, the Messiah, should come, and then it should; but if the Messiah were King in Israel, King over both houses united into one, the Scepter did not depart, but was advanced. This knot must be untyed, before we can be of their mind who say, This Prophesie and Promise was at Christs first coming fulfilled.
2. Because, the Jews do not own Christ; neither one house, nor the other do it; neither Judah nor Israel acknowledged Christ to be the Messiah. The Jews said, He had a Devil, Joh. 8.52. They sought to kill him, Joh. 7.1. They took counsel together to put him to death, Joh. 11.53. When Pilate said, Behold your King; they cryed, Away with him, Crucifie him, John 19.14, 15. They persecuted all them who did adhere unto him, 1 Thess. 2.15, 16.
3. The Jews have been, and are still, under many Kings and Shepheards; some are under Heathenish, some under Christian Kings; but when this Scripture is fulfilled, they shall be under none but Christ; One King shall be King to them all, ver. 22. David my servant [Page 475] shall be King over them, and they shall have on Shepheard.
4. They shall then walk in the wayes of Christ, not in the wayes of Moses. The Jews every where to this day stick unto Moses, and reject the Gospel, as in the Apostles dayes, Act. 13.45. Act. 18.5, 6. But when this promise is fulfilled, then they shall walk in my judgments, observe my statutes, and do them, saith the Lord; that is, those laws and rules which God should give out by Christ for their Government; and so the name and worship of God and Christ should be one, Zech. 14.9. that is, between Jews and Gentiles.
For the Scripture and Argument us'd out of it, Matth. 28.18, 19, 20.
1. Take another Scripture shewing Christ came not to be a King, and reign at his first coming; it is, Mat. 20.28. The son of man came not to be ministred unto, but to minister. He came not to sit in a Throne, to take upon him the state of a Prince, to exercise Dominion and Authority, to be attended with a life-guard and Ministers of state: He came not to assume any thing King-like; but, He came in the form of a servant, Phil. 2.7. to minister unto, and serve others; yea, to do the meanest office belonging to a servant, as, the washing of his Disciples feet, John 13.12.
2. The place in Matthew speaks of that Power was given unto Christ after his Death and Resurrection, and so was the fruit and purchase of the same. He speaks not of that Power which he had as God, nor of that which he had as Man; but of that he had as Redeemer of men, and obtained by his Sufferings and Resurrection,In lecum [...] saith Maldonate. It's clear then, Christ was not King over the Jews before his death; because he had not his Power then, and how he was their King afterward when he quickly left the World and went up into heaven; I desire to learn.
3. The Power and Laws here mentioned, are Spirituall, and refer to the Spiritual Kingdom of Christ, viz. [Page 476] His Church, as, Teach all Nations, and baptize them in the name, &c. These are Spiritual Laws and Ordinances, proceeding from that power Christ had given him, to gather out of all Nations those He had Redeemed by his death. Here he appoints means for the gathering, preserving, and ruling his Church. But this is not the Power our Prophet speaks of; that is, a Political Power, such as David had, and therefore it's said, He shall sit in the Throne of David his father, Luke 1.29. Act. 2.30. David's Throne was an external, visible, political Throne. Christ's Throne in Heaven, his Throne in the hearts of Believers, his Throne in the Church, is not the Throne of David; you may judge what kinde of Throne David's was, by Jer. 13.13. Chap. 17.25. Chap. 22.4.30. 1 King. 2 12, 24. When David, Solomon, and others sate in that Throne, they put men to death, and made Wars; which Christ did not when he was here on earth.
Vers. 25. And they shall dwell in the Land that I have given unto Jacob my servant, wherein their Fathers have dwelt.
This is spoken of the ten Tribes together with Judah and Benjamin, who should return from their Captivity, and repossess the Land of Canaan. That Judah and Benjamin did, is clear from the Scriptures, and gran [...]ed on all sides; but, that the ten Tribes returned, is generally denyed, and expected to this day to be made good. The promise here is, That the whole body of the Jews, even the house of Judah, and the house of Israel shall come thither and dwell there. Jer. 3.18. In those dayes, the house of Judah shall walk with the house of Israel, and they shall come together out of the land of the North, to the land that I have given for an inheritance to your fathers. See Jer. 50.45. Ezek 9.13. Jer. 30.3. Let not man think, because Christ hath said, Mat. 23.38. Your house is left unto you desolate, that therefore there is no hope of their returning to their Land; for, this is not spoken of the ten Tribes: they were not there at Jerusalem, [Page 477] and Revel. 14.1. The Lamb stood on mount Sion with 144000 which were gathered out of all the Tribes of Israel; and the time is coming when the Jews shall see Christ, and say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord, Matth. 23.
And they shall dwell therein, even they, and their children, and their childrens children for ever.
Not only will God bring them into their Land, but continue them and their's therein for ever. The house of Judah after her return from Babylon, continued in the Land of promise some 600 years: For, from the time of Cyrus Proclamation to Christ, was 560; and about 40 years after the death of Christ, was Jerusalem destroyed, and the Jews wholly scattered. These 600 years the house of Judah and her children injoyed, but they fall short of what is promised here unto both houses, viz. Inheriting of the Land for ever.
And my servant David shall be their Prince for ever.
David was dead long before. Messiah, the Lord Christ is pointed out by David, who should be their Prince, and rule them as David did. David was meek and gentle in his Government, 1 Chr. 28.2. Faithful and wise, Psal. 78.72. Righteous and just, 2 Sam. 8.15. Such a King shall Christ be, Psal. 45.4. Isa. 11.4, 5. Jer. 23.5. And whereas David's Kingdom was for a time, some 40 years, the Kingdom of Christ shall have no end, he shall be their Prince for ever. All the Kings the Jews ever had reigned not 500 years, it was about 493; but this Prince should exceed them all, Luk. 1.33.
First, Observe.
There is a time wherein Christ must reign over the Jews, they must be gathered into one body, and Christ must be their King.
David my servant shall be King over them; not only in a special way, which hitherto he hath not been, but also in a visible, political way; for, he must sit in the Throne of David. Hence it is that Christ said, Luke 22.29. unto his Apostles, I appoint unto you a Kingdom, as my Father hath appointed unto me; He doth not say, He had a Kingdome; but, that a Kingdome was appointed them, and such a Kingdom as should be visible; for, ver. 30 it follows, that they may eat and drink at my table in my Kingdom, and sit on Thrones judging the twelve Tribes of Israel. There is no Tables, no Eating, no Drinking, no Tribes, no Judging of them in heaven. In Matth. 19.18. Christ speaks of twelve Thrones, whereon the Apostles shall sit and rule the twelve Tribes of Israel, together with himself, being in the Throne of his Glory. And, when shall this be? in the Regeneration, when the Jews shall be regenerate, when the time of restitution of all things shall be. For the words should be rendred thus, They which have followed me, and there stop, in the Regeneration when the Son of man shall sit in the Throne of his Glory, &c. Then shall the twelve Tribes be there; I be their King, and you Judges or Rulers under me. Grotius reads the words so, and conceives them to be spoken of the Kingdom of Christ. Whose Kingdom shall not be of Jews only, but of Gentiles also; they shall be under this King. Psal. 72.11. All Kings shall fall down before him, all Nations shall serve him: so that the Lord shall be King over all the earth, Zech. 14.9.
Secondly, Observe.
There shall be no changes and alterations in the Kingdom of Christ by succession of Princes; there they all shall have one Shepheard, one Prince.
We see great changes in Kingdoms, where they have King after King, be it by Election or Succession. When Rehoboam succeeded Solomon, what tumults and stirs were then in the house of David; so afterwards in the house of Joseph, when Baasha and Jehu were chosen Kings. There shall be no such thing here, One Shepheard shall they have, who shall Rule them with Righteousness, and feed them with Knowledge. Isa. 40.11. He shall deal like a good Shepheard by them, Ezek. 34.23.
Thirdly, Observe.
The Subjects of Christ's Kingdom shall be holy. They shall walk in my Judgements, and observe my Statutes, and do them.
They who do the will of God, they who keep his Laws, they be innocent, undefiled, Psal. 119.1. They are holy ones. The 144000 which stood with the Lamb on Mount Sion, were Virgins, without guile, without fault before the Throne of God, Revel. 14.1, 4, 5. Isa. 60.21. Thy people shall be all righteous. See Zach. 14.20, 21. There shall be no Canaanites then in the house of the Lord of hosts. Then shall be the new Heavens and new Earth, wherein shall dwell righteousness, 2 Pet. 3.13. that is, Righteous persons, such as shall do righteous things; for, there shall be no exacting, no violence, no destruction, but salvation and praise, Isa. 60.17, 18. There shall the righteous flourish, Psal. 72.7.
Fourthly, Observe.
We ought to think and speak honourably of the Patriarchs, Prophets, Apostles, and Saints of God.
God thought and spoke honourably of David, of Jacob; He calls them, His servants; that is an honourable Title which he gives them.
Fifthly, Observe.
The Jews and their Posterity shall inherit their Land again, become a Kingdom, and continue so under Christ for ever.
They and their children, and their childrens children, shall dwell in the Land, and my servant David shall be their Prince for ever. All other Kingdoms have been shaken, broken; but this shall abide. Daniel speaks of it in his 2. Chap. ver. 44. The God of heaven shall set up a Kingdom which shall never be destroyed, and the Kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces and consume all these Kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever. Revel. 11.15. The Kingdoms of this World, must become the Kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ, and he shall reign for ever and ever.
Vers. 26, 27.
26. Moreover, I will make a Covenant of peace with them, it shall be an everlasting Covenant with them, and I will place them and multiply them, and will set my Sanctuary in the middest of them for evermore.
27. My Tabernacle also shall be with them: yea, I will be their God, and they shall be my people.
HEre are more Promises given forth to the houses of Judah and Joseph, being gathered out of the Nations, and united into one house. As
Vers. 26. Moreover, I will make a Covenant of peace with them.
The Hebrew is. I will strike or cut a Covenant with them. Caratti lahem berith shalom. Carath signifies, to cut, and to cut off by death, 1 Sam. 31.9. the Philistines cut off Sauls head. And 1 Sam. 28.9. Saul cut off those had Familiar-spirits, and the Wisards out of the Land; also to cut off from place and power, as 1 Sam. 2.33. But when it's joyned with Berith, it alwayes signifies to strike or make a Covenant; because it was a custom when they made Covenants to kill some beast or other, cut it in the midst, and pass between the parts thereof; manifesting by so doing, that if they brake Covenant, they deserved to be cut in pieces, Gen. 15.9, 10, 18. Jerem. 34.18. This practise was among the Heathens, who cut a Swine [Page 482] in pieces,Stabant & caesâ firmabant faedera porcâ. Virg. Aeneiad. lib. 8. pass'd between them, and so made Covenants. The Covenant here which God would make with the two houses, was a Covenant of Peace. The word for Peace, is Shalom, by which the Hebrews understand not only outward quietness, but all kind of outward happiness. Hac voce appellant quicquid in bonorum censu habetur, hoc est, quicquid expeti aut optari potest. Grot. Whatsoever they count in the number of good things, and desirable, that they comprehend under the name of Peace; and when they wish all happiness to a man, they wish him Peace. Maldonate tells us, that the Covenant of Peace here, is the Gospel, wherein we see Christ hath pacified all things by the bloud of his Cross, Coloss. 1.20. And Lavater saith, it's call'd a Covenant of Peace, Quia Christi merito, pax inter Deum & nos constituta est; not only outward, but inward Peace. The Jews had some Peace at their return out of Babylon; but, in the time of the Macchabees, they had long, bitter, and bloudy Wars. When Christ came, there was Peace for a time; but, not long after his death, they and their Nation were destroyed by the Romans. The Covenant of Peace here, is promised to the two houses, who were not then, but still are to be united: and when they shall be united, God will make good his promise, He will strike a Covenant of Peace with them, which shall not be for a few years; but, as it follows,
It shall be an everlasting Covenant with them.
God will not make a Truce with them for dayes, months, and years; but, a Covenant for ever. The Jews opposed Christ, when he came first, and had little outward or inward Peace; but, when he shall reign over both Houses, they shall have everlasting Peace.
And I will place them.
In the Original it is, Ʋnethattim, Et dabo eos, I will give them. Piscator confesses, he doth not ken the sense of [Page 483] these words. Ghappe he saith, this is it, I will place them in the holy Land. Vatablus is of the same mind, interpreting them thus, I will place them in my Land. The Chaldee is, Benedicam eis, I will bless them: And Mariana to that purpose, saith, Dabo eis sc. Benedictionem, I will give them a blessing. The Vulgar is, Fundabo eos; which Pinus expounds thus, I will place them in a firm Land, where they shall have a solid foundation. Oecolampadius more fully, Dabo eos, tali conciliatori, qui est mea benedictio in gentes, I will give them to Christ, whom I have promised to be a blessing to the Nations: which sense I conceive the best; for, he spake in the verse before, of dwelling in the Land where their Fathers dwelt. In that Land God would give them to Christ.
And multiply them.
This multiplication is not only in a Natural sense to be taken, but in a Spiritual also. Non tam secundum carnem, quàm secundum spiritum, promittit augendum Israelem, saith Lavater. Their increase will be great, and they shall be Believers. Sutable to which is that in Isa. 54.13. All thy children shall be taught of the Lord, and great shall be the peace of thy children.
And will set my Sanctuary in the middest of them for evermore.
The word for my Sanctuary, is Mickdashi, which Montanus renders, Sanctificationem meam, My Sanctification. The Chaldee, and others, call it, Sanctuarium meum, My Sanctuary. The Septuagint hath it, [...] My holy things. Mariana saith, Ecclesiam, My Church After the return of Judah and Benjamin from Captivity, they had the Temple rebuilt, which in process of time was utterly destroyed; but here the Lord speaks of setting his Sanctuary in the middest of the two houses, being united, God will have his Church and Worship eminently amongst them. [Page 484] Oecolampadius saith, Non aberit Templum divinitatis Christus Jesus, They shall not be without a divine Temple, viz. Christ Jesus, He shall be the Temple amongst them, Rev. 21.22. And as he shall be their Prince for ever, so shall he be their Temple and Sanctuary for ever.
Vers. 27. My Tabernacle also shall be with them.
My dwelling shall be with them. Mishcan, signifies, Habitaculum, a Dwelling place. God assures them here, that though the Temple should be destroyed; yet, when Judah and Israel should be united, they should have a Temple and Tabernacle not subject to destruction. These words receive light from John, Rev. 21.1, 2, 3. that when he saw the new heaven and the new earth, and new Jerusalem coming down from God; then he heard a voice saying, Behold the Tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them. What John had in Vision, lies yet under expectation for fulfilling.
Yea, I will be their God, and they shall be my people.
The Hebrew is, I will be to them for a God, and they shall be to me for a People. Now I am as no God unto them, and they are as no People unto me. I have no true worship from them, they have no special favour from me. But I will be to them for a God eminently, and they shall be to me for a People eminently. They shall own me for their God in a singular manner, and so will I own them for my people.
From these two verses I shall only give you this Observation,
That there be great and pretious Promises which concern the Jews, yet unperformed.
The everlasting Covenant of Peace, Christs being their [Page 485] King and Temple, with many other; the Jews expect the fulfilling of, and so may we, for God is faithful and will make good his word; and the performance of them may be nearer at hand, than is apprehended by most: for,Mr. Wall in his Considerations of the Jews conversion. one saith understandingly, God hath, in our dayes, arrested the Turks greatness; abated the formidableness of the German-Austrian Beast; revealed in a good measure, the hypocrisie and lies of the false Prophet, who hath his seat at Rome, and hath brought to light the subtleties of Satan, who had shifted himself into several dresses of pretended Reformation. He is risen up like a mighty Giant against his enemies: amongst us, and elsewhere, he hath pleaded his peoples cause so signally, that all those, but whose judgement it is to be wilfully blind, will say, The Lord is on our side, &c.
Vers. 28.
And the Heathen shall know that I the Lord do do sanctifie Israel, when my Sanctuary shall be in the middest of them for evermore.
THe end of Gods dealing so with the Jews, is here laid down, viz. Conviction of the Heathen.
I the Lord do sanctifie Israel.
God is said to sanctifie, 1. When he separates things from a common, to an holy use, as time, Joel 1.14 and the vessels of the Temple it's self. 2. When he makes persons really holy, as Levit. 21.23. I the Lord do sanctifie them; that is, I do make them holy. Both these wayes of Sanctifying may be the sense of this place. God would separate them from the Heathens, take them to be his people, give them the means, and make them effectual to their Sanctification.
When my Sanctuary shall be in the middest of them for evermore.
The Hebrew is, When my Sanctification. The Septuagint, When my holy things shall be in the middest of them. When Christ shall be their King, set up His wayes and worship amongst them, then they shall be sanctified. So Oecolampadius, Ʋbi christus cum suis & verbum ejus, ibi sanctificabuntur omnes qui Christi sunt: When Christ is with his, and gives them his word, there all are sanctifyed which belong unto him.
Observe.
When the two Houses are united, and have Christ amongst them with his Word and Worship, they shall be holy; and so holy, that Heathens shall be convinced, that God is their Sanctifier, that he doth Sanctifie Israel. Zech. 14.20, 21. Joel 3.17. Rev. 21.27.
CHAP. XXXVIII.
Vers. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.
1. And the Word of the Lord came unto me, saying,
2. Son of man, set thy face against Cog, the land of Magog, the chief Prince of Meshech and Tubal, and prophesie against him.
3. And say, Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief Prince of Meshech and Tubal:
4. And I will turn thee back, and put hooks into thy chawes, and I will bring thee forth, and all thine army, horses and horsemen, all of them clothed with all sorts of armour, even a great company, with bucklers and shields, all of them handling swords:
5. Persia, Ethiopia and Lybia with them; all of them with shield and helmet:
6. Gomer and all his bands, the house of Togarmah of the North quarters, and all his bands, and many people with thee.
7. Be thou prepared, and prepare for thy self, thou and all thy company that are assembled unto thee, and be thou a guard unto them.
THis Chapter and the next, do treat of Gog and Magog, who were Nations against the people of God. This 38. Ch. is a Prophesie against Gog; wherein is set forth.
Lest the Jews should presently have looked for the fulfilling of those great Promises in the former Chapter, concerning the uniting the two Houses, and Messiah to be their King, and the great priviledges they should have thereby; he tells them here of great Calamities which they must look for, of sad times, and heavy judgements, which should befal their enemies. This in general; now to things more particular.
Vers. 2. Son of man, set thy face against Gog.
There be great variety of Opinions concerning Gog and Magog. The Jews affirm them to be the Scythians, which live near Caucasus, and the Caspian Mountains. Some understand by them the Roman Emperors and Empire. Some the Pope. Some the Turks and Saracens. Some the Gothes. Some, Hereticks. Some, all the Persecutors of the Church. Others, Antichrist. Some Interpreters understand the affliction of the Jewish Nation, by the Successors of Alexander, which possessed Asia minor, and Syria. Junius hath laboured to give light here, and tells us, That Gog is the name of a Nation, derived from Gyges, or Gog the servant of Candaules King of Lydia, whom he kill'd, and marryed his Queen, naming the Land Gygaea, or Gogs Land, which, saith he, is Asia the less, and Syria, where was a City call'd Gogs-City. These Nations should infest the Jews, which were held by Antiochus, Seleucus, Demetrius, and Nicanor. Bibliander and Bullinger interpret this Prophesie literally of Alexander and his Successors, especially of Antiochus Epiphanes King of Syria; who, as you find in the Macchabees, did [Page 489] greatly afflict the Jews; and specially of Antichrist and his members. A-lapide denies this Prophesie to concern Alexander, the Kings of Syria, and Egypt, because the Jews never conquered them, though they had some notable Victories over them; and had they had such a destruction as is spoken of in the end of this Chapter, Josephus who was an exact observer of Jewish affairs, would have mentioned it. Neither did Josephus Gerionides speak any thing thereof who writ the History of Gog. Sanctius leans to that opinion which conceives Gog to be Antiochus, in whom Antichrist was prefigured, and the great troubles of the Church by him: so do many Exposito [...]s: Yet, Maldonate and Vatablus think this Prophesie not fulfilled; of which mind are divers who write upon the 20. of the Revelation, where John in the 8. and 9. ver. alludes to this Prophesie. By Gog here, understand, the name of a Man, not of a Province; for, he is said to be a Prince, ver. 3. to come out of the North, ver. 14. and he with his multitude shall be buried in the Valley of Hamon-Gog, Chap. 39.11. These things cannot be spoken of a Province, but of a Person. The Prophet must set his face against him; that is, he must Prophesie constanter & fortiter against him.
The Land of Magog.
Gog is the name of a King, qui Magog imperat, which rules over Magog; that is, the Scythians, saith Vatablus, Magog was one of the sons of Japhet Gen. 10.2. of whom came the Scythians, or Sarmatians, saith Aynsworth on the place. Josephus saith,Antiq. l. 1. c. 7. Magog dwelt amongst those were called Magogins, and by the Greeks Scythae, who dwelt in Caelo-Syria. Marcus Paulus Venetus saith, In Tartary, Vid. Martin. Lex. in verbo Magog. are the Regions Gog and Magog, which they call Gug and Mungug.
The chief Prince of Meshech.
In Hebrew it's Prince of the head; that is, Principal head or chief Prince. This Gog was not only Prince of Magog, but of Meshech, that is, Cappadocia; and of Tubal, that is, Iberia, not Spain or Italy, but a Countrie near the Scythians.
Prophesie against him.
Thou hast been prophesying of deliverance and great mercies to my people; now Prophesie against Gog, and all his assistants open or secret. Had Magog, Meshech, and Tubal, been Princes with Gog, the Lord would have said, Prophesie against them.
Vers. 3. Say, Thus saith the Lord, Behold, I am against thee, O Gog.
This is a dreadful message which the Prophet must deliver against this great Prince. He must declare unto him that there is a greater Prince then himself, even one that is King of Nations, that hath all power in his hand, and bringeth Princes to nothing, Isa. 40.23. and that he is against him. Thou thinkest to have thy will upon Gods people, to do terrible things unto them; but their God, who is a God of Power and Wisdom, is against thee. The Hebrew is, Behold, I to thee; that is, I come to thee to destroy thee for thine iniquities and enmity against my people
Vers. 4. And I will turn thee back.
Lavater and Oecolampadius read these words, Conteram te, I will crush thee. The Vulgar, Circumagam te, I will lead thee about. Some Rabbies, Decipiam te, I will deceive thee. Others, Reducam, convertam te, I will bring [Page 491] or turn thee back. Thou thinkest to have thy pleasure on mine, but I will have my pleasure on thee, and turn thee which way seems good to me. Educam te, I will bring thee out.
And put hooks into thy chawes.
What the Lord saith here of Gog, he said, Chap. 29.4. of Pharaoh. I will put hooks in thy chaws. The Septuagint is, I will put a bridle in thy chaws. Thou art like a pamper'd Jade, and thinkest to tread down all, but I will hold thee in. Montanus reads the former words thus, Educam te, I will bring thee out, and if thou holdest off, I will put my hook in thy chawes, and draw thee out as a fish is drawn out of the waters; which sense is best.
And I will bring thee forth, and all thine Army.
Exire faciam te, I will cause thee to go forth: Thou shalt not stay in thine own Territories, how little or large so ever they be; but shalt muster up thy Forces, and lead out all thine Armies.
Horses and Horsemen.
The word for Horses is Sasim, which notes any Horse of Common use. Sus signifies both a Crane and a Horse. The Rabbies say, he is so called, because an Horse is a chearful creature, and by his mettle and neighing, chears up his Rider. Pharasim is Horsemen, from Parash, which in Hiphil, signifies to prick; so that Parash is an Horseman, because he pricks forward his Horse with his spurs.
All of them cloathed with all sorts of Armor.
They were armed compleatly from head to foot. The Hebrew is, cloath'd with all, or with perfection; [Page 492] nothing was wanting requisite to military undertaking.
Even a great company, with bucklers and shields, all of them handling swords.
Gogs Army was a great Army, and well accommodated. A Buckler is, Tegumentum corp [...]ris militare, A piece of Armor to cover and defend the body; and so is a Shield in Hebrew, Magem, from Ganan to cover. Tzimnah is a Buckler, or Shield, sharpe or picked; which the Latins call Scutum. The other Clypeus. Shields, were for footmen,Vide Martin. and Bucklers for horsemen, saith Servius. These Souldiers of Gog were skilful in Military affairs, they all were expert at their Swords.
Vers. 5. Persia, Ethiopia. and Lybia with them.
Here is shown what Countries and People should joyn with Gog, viz. those of the East, Persians; those of the South, the Ethiopians; and those of the West, the Moors, whom Oecolampadius understood by those of Lybia. Of Persia, Ethiopia, and Lybia, was spoken, Chap. 27.10. & 30.5.
All of them with shield and helmet.
Whoever joyned with Gog, were well armed. The Hebrew is, All of them shield and helmet. Covah is Pileus rotundus, some were made of Leather, some of Brass, 1 Sam. 17.5.
Vers. 6. Gomer and all his bands.
Josephus Anti. l. 1. c. 7.Under this word Gomer, are comprehended Galatia, Phrygia, and Bythinia, principal parts of Asia minor, which were inhabited by Gomer the son of Japheth, from whom they were call'd Gomarians or Gomeriter.
The house of Togarmah of the North quarters, and all his bands.
By the house of Togarmah, Junius understands, Paphlagonia, and Cappad cia; others Armenia the less. Doubtless by Gomer and Togarmah, all those parts which lay North from Syria, where Antiochus reigned, and so North from Judaea, are meant thereby. From these and the forementioned places, had Gog Auxiliary Forces: for fear, hire, or out of enmity to Gods people, they helped him.
And many people with thee.
There were people with him from all quarters, from the East, West, South, and North; which being come together, must make a numerous Army.
Vers. 7. Be thou prepared, &c. Per imperativos enuntiant Prophetae, quae certo eventura praedicunt.
Jerom thinks there is an Ironie in these words, that God exhorts Gog to gather up his forces to strengthen himself and hasten his designe, with what expedition he could; but all his preparations and undertakings should be in vain, he should not escape the vengeance of God which hung over his head. But here, under a command is declared what he would certainly do; he would not be wanting to get a great Army from all parts, to assault and destroy the people of God; and not knowing what the hazard of War might be, he would prepare for himself, consider, and fit things for himself.
Thou and all thy company that are assembled unto thee.
Where is a great Army, there had need to be great preparations for their pay, quarters, and protection. They [Page 494] know not what obstructions and enemies they may meet withal.
And be thou a guard unto them.
Princes have great power, and it lies much in them to keep their Armies safe. Vigilantia ducis est salus exercitus, The eye of the General is a special thing to keep an Army in Order. The Vulgar reads the words thus, Esto eis in praeceptum, Do thou shew thy self an Emperour amongst them, Command and Rule them; or thus, Thou wilt do thy endeavour to preserve them. Junius thinks these words refer to the Jews. That Gog with all his Forces compassing about the Mountains of Israel, and concluding he had the Jews in his power, as a bird in a cage, to destroy at his pleasure, he should be a guard unto them. God can make those a defence to his, who seek their destruction. But the other sense is more genuine.
First, Observe.
That after Prophesies of Grace and Mercy, come tidingt of Affliction and Judgements.
In the former Chapter, the Jews heard altogether of Mercies from God; here they hear of Afflictions from Enemies. There, they heard of David their King, and Shepheard, who should do great things for them; Here, of Gog, a Tyrant, their enemy, who should seek to destroy them. God in his infinite wisdom orders it so, that his Church and People should hear of, and meet with, not only good, but evill; not only comforts, but crosses. Should we only hear of comfortable things, we should presume; and should we only hear of sad things, we should despond. God presents some of both sorts unto us, that so our Faith and Fear may be exercis'd, and we kept in a more even frame.
Secondly, Observe.
The great Princes of the earth, being no friends to the Church of God, have God for their enemy.
Gog was Prince of Meshech, and Tubal, an enemy to the Jews. And, Behold, I am against thee, O Gog; how great soever thou art, I the great God am against thee; thou wilt oppose my people, and I will oppose thee. Most of the Princes of the earth, have been against Christ and his Kingdom, Psal. 2.2 And God hath been against them, and vexed them in his soar displeasure. God was against the Prince of Tyre, and against Pharaoh King of Egypt, Ezek. Chap. 28. & 29. Kings generally are Proud, Profane, Tyrannical, false to the trust committed to them, obstructing the way and work of Christ in the World what they can; therefore God is against them, He is terrible to the Kings of the earth, Psal. 76.12. And their ends have been dreadful. Some have had their bones burnt to lime, Amos 2.1. Some have been eaten with Wormes, Acts 12.23. Some have been hanged up, Lam. 2.12. Josh. 10.26. Some have dyed of strange diseases, 2 Chr. 21.18.
Thirdly, Observe.
The Lord at his pleasure can bring enemies and Armies upon his own people.
God would bring Gog forth, and all his Army, Horse and Horsemen, a great company; all of them armed with Bucklers, Shields, and Swords. God is the author of Wars, he calls forth what Princes and Nations he will, to assault and vex the Church. The ten Tribes, Who brought enemies upon them? was it not the Lord? 1 Chron. 5.26. The God of Israel stirred up the spirit of Pul King of Assyria, and the spirit of Tilgath-pilneser King of Assyria, and he carried them away, &c. 2 King. 15.19. [Page 496] Chap. 17.6. It was God stirred up the spirit of the Philistines against Jehoram King of Judah; so that they came and spoyled him of all his substance, of his Wives and Sons, 2 Chr. 21.16, 17. Let Gods people take heed how they provoke God, for he is the Lord of hosts, and hath all Nations at his command, and can call, yea, bring them forth to trouble Israel it self, and that soarly.
Fourthly, Observe.
The Lord can easily bring men to do his work and service, what ever the difficulty or danger be.
Here was hard work for Gog, to gather the Nations East, West, South, and Northward together, to come out of his Countrey and to invade Judaea; a business which required much consultation, admitted many Objections and Demurs; but God would bring him to it, and make him do it, as easily as a man pulls up a fish out of the water. I will put my hook in his chawes. Let God put an instinct into a Prince or State, once stir their spirits, to make war upon others, the work will go on with facility and expedition. God hath hooks to draw on Princes to War, and hooks to draw them off, to draw them back from them, 2 King. 19.28.
Fifthly, Observe.
From all quarters of the World there be enemies ready to combine and act with Gog and Antichrist against the Church, Truth, and Christ himself.
Those of the East comprehended under Persia, those of the South intended under Ethiopia, those of the West included in Lybia, and those of the North contained under Gomer, and the house of Togarmah; were all at the beck of Gog, to go against Jerusalem the Servants, and Worship of God therein. The whole World, saith Oecolampadius, contradicts and observes Antichrist. When Christ doth [Page 497] any eminent thing in his Church, the Nations are quickly misled, and joyn with some grand enemy to vent their malice: see Rev. 20.7, 8, 9.
Sixthly, Observe.
The enemies of the Church do make great preparations against the same.
Be thou prepared. This shews and assures that Gog would neglect nothing, which might conduce unto the carrying on his designes against the Jews. Isa. 8.9, 10. Those expressions, Associate your selves; Gird your selves; Take counsel together; Speak the word; do hint to us, the activity of the Churches enemies, Psal. 83.2, 3, 4, 5. see it there to the life, Thine enemies make a tumult, they have lift up the head, they have taken crafty counsel against thy people. They said, Come let us cut them off from being a Nation, &c. How did Zerah the Ethiopian, and the Commanders of his Army, bestir themselves, when they brought an Army of a thousand thousand against Judah, and with them 300 Charets, 2 Chron. 14.9.
Seventhly, Observe.
Princes, notwithstanding all their preparations, cannot secure themselves, nor those under their command.
Prepare for thy self, be a guard to them. Gogs number, Power, Policy, Preparations, did not advantage himself or his; they went forth to their own ruine and destruction.
Vers. 8.
After many dayes thou shalt be visited: in the latter years thou shalt come into the land, that is brought back from the sword, and is gathered out of many people, against the mountains of Israel which have been alwayes waste; but it is brought forth out of the nations, and they shall dwell safely all of them.
THis verse Prophesies of Gogs invading the Mountains of Israel, the destruction of Gog, and the time of both.
After many dayes thou shalt be visited.
The Scripture speaks of a double Visitation.
1. One in Mercy and Favour, as Exod. 4.31. When Moses and Aaron were sent to deliver the Jews out of Egypt; and when Sarah conceived and bare Isaac, Genes. 21.1. These were Gods merciful Visitations of them.
2. One in Judgement, as Numb. 16.29. If these men, viz. Corah, Dathan, and Abiram, be visited after the Visitation of all men; that is, they shall not die a common death, have a common judgement; but, some extraordinary punishment. So Psal. 89.32. I will visit their transgression with the rod, and their iniquity with stripes, I will punish them. This is the sense here, After many dayes thou shalt be visited; that is, punished. The time when it should be, is not punctually, but indefinitely set down, after many dayes. If we take Antiochus to be Gog in the Type, it was in the Macchabees dayes; if we look at the Anritype, the time is yet to come.
In the latter years thou shalt come into the land.
From the time of this Prophesie, unto the death of Antiochus Epiphanes, Chronologie tells us, there were 420 or 430 years; whe eupon Expositors do account the years that he came to Judea, and took Jerusalem, and defiled the Temple with Idols, to be the latter years. Junius saith, Consequentibus annis, In the following years. Piscator hath it, Posteri [...]ribus diebus, In the after dayes or times. Posterioribus annis, In the after, or latter years, in the time of Christ, saith Vatablus. The Hebrew is, Beacharith Hashshanim which Montanus and the Vulgar render in Novissima annorum, In the last of years; which, according to John, is after the 1000 years, Rev. 20.6, 7, 8. And so Mariano, he makes the Visitation of Gog to be, In fine mundi post mille annos, In the end of the World, after the thousand years. Then shall Gog come into the land, compass the camp of the Saints about, and the beloved City, ver. 9.
That is brought back from the sword, and is gathered out of many people.
The Jews were driven by the sword into Captivity, by it scattered into many Provinces, and held under slavery, and so they are at this day; but the time is coming, that the two Houses as well as the two Tribes, shall be brought back from the sword, and gathered out of many people. Land, is put for, The Inhabitants of the Land.
Against the mountains of Israel.
The Hebrew word [...] Al, signifies, ad, super, contra, to, upon, against. Some therefore render these words to or upon the mountains of Israel; and in that sense they refer [Page 200] to the Jews, who were brought back and gathered out of all people to the Mountains of Israel, that is, the Land of Judaea. We read them. Against the mountains of Israel, and so they refer to Gog who should come against Judaea.
Which have been alwayes waste.
The Hebrew word for alwayes, is Tamid, which signifies diu, a long time; and so the French Translation hath it, Longuement desertes, Deserted or wasted for a long time; 70 years were they desolate, all the time the Jews were in captivity; and shortly after Christ his dayes, were they left desolate, and are so to this day. Some make the mountains of Israel, to signifie, The Church; the sword and wastings, to be the Persecutions which it hath alwayes indured.
But it is brought forth out of the nations.
By it, the Prophet means the Land; and by Land, the People, who being [...] into Egypt, Babylon, Persia, and other places, were to be brought forth to the Land of Israel. The words import the thing done, because of the certainty of it.
And they shall dwell safely all of them.
When the Jews returned out of Babylon, repossessing their own Land, they dwelt safely, confidently, without fear or disquietment therein, for 430 years, saith Sanctius; after which time Antiochus did sorely vex them, and interrupt their peace, which they thought would be everlasting. So did Demetrius, Nicanor, and others, as in the Macchabees is evident. The time remains for the compleat fulfilling of these words.
First, Observe.
God bears sometimes with the worst of men a long time.
After many dayes. God bears with Gog and Antichrist, the grand enemies of his Church, worser than whom cannot be found or expected. His patience is large, he is a God long-suffering. He bare with Antiochus that vile person, Dan. 11.21. many dayes: Vessels of wrath are indured by Him with much long-suffering, Rom. 9.22.
Secondly, Observe.
Though wicked men be spared long, yet at last they shall suffer.
After many dayes thou shalt be visited. God may stay a thousand, yea 10000 dayes, and then visit. As there is a time for wicked men to fill up the measure of their iniquities, so there is a time for God to fill up the Vials of his wrath; and when they are once full, then they shall be poured out. God sometimes is long before he hears the Prayers of his, but at length he remembers them, Luk. 18.7, 8. and sometimes he is long before he punisheth the wicked, but at last he visits them, he hath his time for it, Jer. 49.8.
Vers. 9.
Thou shalt ascend and come like a Storm, thou shalt be like a Cloud to cover the Land, thou and all thy Bands, and many People with thee.
THe manner of Gogs proceeding is here set down, and that,
Thou shalt ascend, and come like a Storm.
A Storm comes suddenly, violently, with noise; and doth much hurt, breaking and bearing down all before it: such should the coming of Gog be. Dan. 11.40, 41. it's said, The King of the North shall come against the King of the South like a Whirlewinde, he shall enter also into the glorious Land, and many Countreys shall be overthrown. This is spoken of Antiochus, whom divers Expositors make to be Gog. The word Shoah for a Storm, is from Shuah, which signifies, to make a noise, to spoil, and to amaze; and so do Storms.
Thou shalt be like a Cloud, to cover the Land, thou and all, &c.
Clouds are Vapours drawn up by the heat of the Sun, into the middle Region of the Air, where by the Cold they are condensated, and so, spreading, make the Heavens black, and intercept the Light. Gog with his Forces should be as a Cloud spreading over the face of the Land, interrupting the peace and comforts of the Godly, and by his hostile acts cause fear, sorrow, and mourning. By these two Metaphors are set out the tumult, violence, spoyl and multitude of Gogs Army: or, by the Storm, their threats and cruelty; and by the Cloud, false Opinions, flatteries, and allurements which they should use to pervert the faith of the Saints.
First, Observ.
The Church and people of God are subject to calamimities.
He shall come like a Storm. Windes, clouds, storms, do trouble and terrifie men, and so do great Armies of Heathens, of vile and desperate persons, of Goggites and Antichristians: when they come with fury and violence, they plunder, spoyl, and fill all with darkness, they cover the [Page 203] Land. Jer. 4.13. Behold he shall come up as clouds, and his Charets shall be as a Whirlewinde: his Horses are swifter than Eagles, Woe unto us, for we are spoyled. It's spoken of Nebuchadnezzar, and his Forces, who were to come up against Jerusalem. The Church is oft afflicted and tossed with tempest; but here is some comfort; Storms, tempests, and clouds last not long, they cease after a little time, and the Sun shines again.
Secondly, Observe,
The goodnesse of God in foretelling the Church what shall come upon it, Viz. A Storm and Clouds, and perplexity.
Gog and all his Bands, and many people with him, shall come as a Storm, and be as a Cloud covering the Land. It hath been usual with God to foretell his people what should befall them, as Gen. 15.13. Jerem. 32.28, 29. Dan. 10.14. Math. 24. and in the Book of the Revelations, Christ doth tell them, what sad things are to come upon his, how potent, violent, subtle and destructive their enemies will be: which he doth not to discourage them, but to awaken them unto Prayer, holiness of life, and living by faith.
Vers. 10, 11, 12, 13.
10 Thus saith the Lord God, It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy minde, and thou shalt think an evil thought.
11 And thou shalt say, I will goe up to the Land of unwalled Villages: I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without Walls, and having neither Barrs nor Gates.
12 To take a spoyl, and to take a prey, to turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the people that are gathered out of [Page 204] the Nations, which have gotten Cattle and Goods, that dwell in the midst of the Land.
13 Sheba and Dedan, and the Merchants of Tarshish, with all the young Lyons thereof, shall say unto thee, Art thou come to take a spoyl? Hast thou gathered thy Company to take a Prey? to carry away Silver and Gold, to take away Cattle and Goods, to take a great spoyl?
IN these words we have, 1. The decree and purpose of Gog, v. 10, 11 which was to Invade.
2. The inviting causes, v. 11.
3. The end of his invading, v. 12.
4. His assistance and Confederates in the work, v. 13.
Vers. 10. At the same time shall things come into thy mind.
In Hebrew it is, Words shall ascend, or come upon thy heart, Jagnalu debarim gual lebabeca, which is an Hebraism, and imports a mans thinking and consulting with himself: When men are meditating, various thoughts do rise in their mindes, as Luk. 24.38. Why do thoughts arise in your hearts? Debarim signifies words and things; the French is Paroles words: Thoughts, are the words and things of the mind.
And thou shalt think an evil Thought.
The Hebrew for to think is [...], Chashab, which notes such a thinking as takes in the intention of the mind, and exercises a mans head and heart. Gog should bend himself to excogitate something, and it should be an evil thought or purpose. The French is, Tres maunaises cogitations, Very ill or wicked thoughts.
Vers. 11. I will goe up to the Land of unwalled Villages.
This was the wicked thought Gog had in his mind, he purposed in his heart to go and invade the Land of the Jewes, and that which invited and incouraged him so to doe, was,
1. Their unfortifiedness, they had no Walls about their Villages. Thought Gog. I shall easily conquer and subdue the Jewish Nation, and add it to my Territories, for they have no places of strength; Some Villages they have built, but none of them are walled. The Jewes were but lately return'd out of Babylon, newly re-planted in their Land, and could not fortifie Towns or Cities as formerly they were, before Nebuchadnezzar demolish'd them; being therefore without Walls, they lay open to enemies, and obvious to all Incursions.
I will goe to them that are at rest, that dwell safely.
2. Their security. The Jewes being wearied with their 70 years Captivity, and come again to their Land, had rest and safety, according to what God had promised them, Jer. 30.10. & 46.27. Ezek. 34.25, 28. and so manifested their dependance upon God, trusting in him to protect them, though destitute of Walls and Military defences: Well might they be at rest, and dwell confidently, as the word signifies, to whom God had said, None should make them afraid: It's to be feared, many of them abused his Promise, degenerating into a sinfull security.
All of them dwelling without Walls, having neither Barrs nor Gates.
Where there is fear of Enemies and Invasions, people do fortifie themselves; they wall about their Towns and Cities, they make strong Gates and Barrs unto them, [Page 206] and set Guards to look unto them. The Jewes being fearless, did none of these things. They observed not the counsels and actings of their bordering Enemies; which they should have done, and for want thereof, they exposed themselves to eminent dangers.
Vers. 12. To take a spoyl, and to take a prey.
The Hebrew is, to spoyl a spoyl, and to prey a prey, this was the end Gog propounded, viz. To impoverish the Jewes, and enrich himself, to deprive them of their Land, and add it to his own. Of the words spoyl and prey, hath formerly been spoken.
To turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the people that are gathered, &c.
Nebuchadnezzar had made the Land of Judea desolate for many years, and the Jewes being returned from their Captivity, inhabited the desolate places of the Land, re-built them, began to get something about them to live comfortably on; but Gog now intended to come and lay his hand upon them that were spoyled before, and to make another spoyling of them, and to bring them again into bondage: This was the aim of Gog.
Which have gotten Cattle and Goods.
The Jewes dealt much in Cattle, and by the increase of them, they got not only necessaries to support them, but also wealth, and became rich; which made them envyed.
That dwell in the midst of the Land.
For midst of the Land, in Hebrew, it's the Navel of the Land: Tabbur signifies a Navel, also an high place, and [Page 207] the Jewes would have the Land of Judah cal'd the Navel of the Earth, because it's the highest of Lands; but others, because it's in the midst of the Earth, as the Navel is in the midst of mans body. It's said of Jerusalem, that she was set in the midst of Nations and Countreyes, Ezek. 5.5. Hence the salvations God wrought in Judea and Jerusalem, are said to be in the midst of the Earth, Isa. 4.12. Whether Jerusalem or Judaea be in the middle of the World is doubted; by Navel, or midst of the land here, is meant, the higher or more inward parts of the Land, where was most security.
These were Auxiliaries unto Gog, and helped forward that damnable design he had to destroy the Church of God. By Shebah and Dedan, Polanus understands the Ethiopians and Arabians; Junius, the men of the South and East, and by the Merchants of Tarshish, the Tyrians, Sidonians, and Maritine Coasts, which lay Westward; these all confederated with Gog, who lay Northward fom Judea: In the 27 Chapt. Sheba, Dedan, and Tarshish, were spoken of.
With all the young Lyons thereof.
The Septuagint saith, all the Villages thereof, the Chaldee, all the Kings or Princes thereof; but Cephir is the Whelp of a Lyon, or, a young Lyon; Junius, Piscator, and Polanus, make these young Lyons, the Merchants, who were as greedy of gain, as Lyons are of their prey: Others make them Sea-pirates and Robbers, but it's not improbable, that by young Lyons should be meant the young men of those parts, who are like Lyons for strength and courage, as greedy of prey as Lyons are.
Shall say unto thee, Art thou come to take a spoyl? hast thou gathered thy Company to take a prey?
Seeing, O Gog, thou gatherest up Forces to warr against the Jewes, to spoyl them, and to make a prey of their wealth and Land; lo, we are for thee, we will joyn with thee. Some would have it, that they envyed them, and were against them; but 1 Mach. 3. you shall finde, that the Nations joyned with Lysias who was Generall of Antiochus his Army, v. 24 and how he took away Silver, Gold, Women, Children, Cattle and Goods, Chap. 1.22, 23. to the 35. he rob'd the Sanctuary, and fired the City. This Antiochus, do Expositors make to be Ezekiels Gog.
First, Observe.
God foreknowes and determines things to come, even those things which seem most free and contingent, as the thoughts of mens hearts.
He saith of Gog, long before his existence in the world, It shall come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy minde, and thou shalt think an evil thought: Some would have God to permit only things to come, not to determine them; and conceive, that Gods decree of permission, supposes a necessity of their futurition and coming to pass: but if God did only permit a thing to come to pass, how could it come to pass without some action, and Gods concurrence to that action? For there is no action or cause producing any effect, with which God doth not concurr, Lament. 3.37. Prov. 21.1. Prov. 16.1. Defects are permitted by God, not Effects; He concurrs to the production of them, be they thoughts, words or actions, Gods wisdom, power and providence hath influence into them.
Secondly, Observe.
God doth not only foreknow, but pre-discovers the purposes, counsels and plots of his Churches enemies, to evidence his care thereof.
He made known the design of Gog many years before it came to pass. Thou shalt think an evil thought, and say, I will goe up to the Land of unwalled Villages. The enemies of Sion are full of evil thoughts and designs, to root out and destroy the Inhabitants thereof, but God sometimes discovers them before-hand, and oft prevents them. Neh. 4.11. Our adversaries said, They shall not know, neither see, till we come in the midst among them, and slay them, and cause the work to cease: These thoughts and designs of theirs were discovered and prevented by the Lord. Herod thought and purposed to kill the Lord Christ when he was in the Cradle; but the all-knowing God revealed it to Joseph, and disappointed it. God is very vigilant over his Church, lest any hurt it; he keeps it night and day, Isa. 27.3.
Thirdly, Observe.
The Enemies of the Church do watch, and take advantages against the Church, they wait for, and seek occasions to ruine the same.
I will goe up, (saith Gog) to the Land of unwalled Villages, I will goe to them that are at rest, that dwell without Walls, Barrs, or Gates: Because he saw them unarm'd and secure, a naked people, destitute of humane helps, therefore he resolv'd to invade, plunder and destroy them. When Saul was pursuing of David, the Philistims invaded the Land, 1 Sam. 23.27. And when Elisha was dead, the Moabites did so, 2 King. 13.20. So Haman, because Mordecai would not bow to him, sought advantages to destroy all the Jewes, Esth. 3.6. The wicked are so strong, spightfull, and vigilant, to seek and take advantages against Gods people, that it were impossible for them to be in safety, had they not a gracious God to take care of them. They are weak, and look not to arms of flesh, but unto Jehovah the Rock of ages, who is their shield and safety; they dwell without walls, but God is a wall of fire round about them, Zech. 2.5.
Fourthly, Observe.
Wicked ones will undertake great matters, and venture their lives to satisfie their lusts.
Gog and the rest undertake a Warr, march many a mile, and put their lives in their hands, and wherefore? to take a spoyl, to get the prey, to carry away Silver, Gold, Cattle and Goods. All was to satisfie a base, covetous humor; Libido Dominandi & cupido Divitiarum, the lust after ruling, and desire of riches, hath stimulated many to attempt great matters, to hazard their lives and souls to all eternity. Wherefore did the children of Ammon, Moab, and Mount Seir, undertake a difficult and dangerous Warr? Jehoshaphat tells you, It was for Dominion and Wealth, 2 Chron. 20.11.
Fifthly, Observe.
The wicked, confederate and combine together, to mischief the Church of God.
Shebah, Dedan, the Merchants of Tarshish, with all the young Lyons thereof, fall in with Gog and his design. The seed of the Serpent are unanimous to destroy the seed of the Woman. Ps. 83. Edomites, Ishmaelites, Moabites, Hagarens, Gebalites, Ammonites, Amalekites, Philistims, Tyrians and Ashurites, joyn'd all together against Gods people, and said, Come, let us cut them off from being a Nation, Ezra 4.7, 8, 9, 10. Bishlam, Mithredath, Tabeel, Rehum the Chancellor, Shimshai the Scribe, and the rest of their Societies, the Dinaites, the Apharsathlites, the Tarpelites, the Apharsites, the Archevites, the Babylonians, the Susanchites, the Debanites, the Elamites, and the rest of the Nations, did all conspire together, to hinder the building of Jerusalem, and the Walls thereof. Wicked men are Thorns, and they cleave together, to scratch and vex the righteous.
Vers. 14, 15, 16.
14 Therefore, Son of man, prophesie and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; In that day, when my people Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou not know it?
14 And thou shalt come from thy place out of the North parts, thou and many people with thee, all of them riding upon Horses, a great Company, and a mighty Army.
16 And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a Cloud to cover the Land: it shall be in the latter dayes, and I will bring thee against my Land, that the Heathen may know me when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes.
IN these words we have the place whence Gog should come, the manner of his coming, the persons he should come against, the author, and event of his coming.
Vers. 14. In that day, when my people Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou not know it?
When my people are come to their Land, dwell safely in Towns, without walls, gates or barrs? shalt thou not know it? Yes, thou wilt take notice thereof, and be incouraged thereby to come against them. The Septuagint saith, [...], thou wilt be stirred up; this sense of the words some make: Others thus, Thou hast a wicked thought in thy heart, and doest purpose to invade my people, being unarm'd, and dwelling safely, and shalt thou not know? that is, Thou shalt know what it is to invade my people, thou shalt feel my judgments, my fury will appear and fall upon thee, to thy destruction, v. 16, 18. [Page 212] Piscator renders the word thus, Annon experieris? Shalt thou not have experience?
Vers. 15. Thou shalt come from thy place out of the North parts, thou and many people with thee, &c.
Some conceive, that Gog with his great Army, came out of Scythia, others out of Babylon, which lay Northwards from Jerusalem. That he came from those parts, is not clear: but most certair, that he came from the Northern parts, or sides of the North; and having drawn many to his assistance, they all came riding upon Horses. They were all Horse-men for speed; the charges of such an Army, being all Horse-men, must be exceeding great: This Army came into the Land of Israel, and cover'd it like a Cloud, as we heard, v. 9.
Vers. 16. It shall be in the latter dayes.
In the 8 vers. it was said, in the latter years, and here it's said, in the latter dayes, or, as Montanus reads them, in novissimo dierum; or as Piscator, in novissimis diebus, in the last dayes. In the latter dayes did Antiochus vex the Jewes, and in the last dayes shall Antichrist vex them and the Church.
When I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog.
God is said to be sanctified, when he manifests himself to be an holy and just God, by inflicting punishment upon evil doers, whereby others are made to fear and say, O what an holy, what a just, what a dreadfull God is he who executes such judgments! Ezek. 28.22. we had the same words.
First, Observe,
When Gods people are in Canaan, then have they safety.
In Babylon they had none, in Egypt they had none, in [Page 213] the Wilderness they had little; but when in Canaan, then they had their greatest safety. In that day when my people Israel dwelleth safely: They had a day, a time of safety, which was when they were setled in Canaan. In Canaan was the Church; and where that is in safety, there God is City, Walls, G [...]tes and Barrs, himself: He is the keeper of Israel, Ps. 112.4.5.
Secondly, Observe,
Th [...]se that design and attempt mischief against the people of God, they shall experimentally know, that God is their Protector and the Revenger of their wrongs.
Gog thought evil against Israel, and came up against it; And what saith God, shalt thou not know it? This I'le make thee to know, that I am Israels Keeper, and that thou hast done wickedly to invade them. God made Senacherib know, what it was to design and attempt evil against Jerusalem, when he smote 185000 of his Souldiers in one night, Isa. 37.36. When the Ammonites, Moabites, and Seirites, thought and attempted mischief against the Jewes, viz. to cast them out and possess their Land, did not God avenge his people of them, and manifest himself to be their Protector, 2 Chron. 20.23, 24?
Thirdly, Observe,
The secret Plots and deep Designs of men, do at length break out into Action.
Gog had long thought of invading Israel, and at length he comes from his place out of the North parts and puts his design into execution. Hidden things of dishonesty sleep not alwayes, they may be dissembled long, but at last they issue into action. The Spanish-plot lay in the dark long, but at last it visited our English Coasts; where they were made to see that their Armado was not invincible. The Massacres of France and Ireland, were secret, though, Plotts, at first, but in process of time they came to bloud.
Fourthly, Observe.
The great enemies of the Church, have many Helpers and Adhaerents, and those fitted to further their wicked Designs.
Gog had many people with him, and all of them riding upon Horses, a great company and a mighty Army: so numerous they were, that like a Cloud they covered the Land: So Antichrist now hath many Assistants to promote his wicked and bloudy designs against the Saints. Rev. 19.19. I saw the Beast, and the Kings of the Earth, and their Armies gathered together to make warr against him that sate on the Horse, and against his Army, that is, against Christ and his Church.
Fifthly, Observe,
Though all people and Lands in the World be the Lords, yet some people and Lands are his in a more peculiar manner.
Thou shalt come up against my people, and against my land. Where God is own'd, his Ordinances and Worship set up, maintain'd in purity and power, His interest and glory advanced; there is a people God calls his people, and a land God calls His land; there God dwells, peculiarizing both People and Land to himself.
Sixthly, Observe,
God takes occasion from the attempts of the wicked, to execute his just judgements upon them, and so to get glory to his Name even from Heathens.
Gog took occasion from the Jewes weakness, (they were in unwalled Villages) to invade and destroy them; and God takes occasion from his unjust invading the Jewes, to inflict dreadfull judgments upon him and his, that the Heathen might know him, when he should be sanctified in Gog: They seeing such just judgments upon Gog, should fear the God of Israel, and learn righteousness. God is known by executing of judgment, Ps. 9.16. Thereby he is known to be the most High over all the Earth.
Vers. 17.
17 Thus saith the Lord God, Art thou he of whom I have spoken in old time by my servants the Prophets of Israel, wh [...]ch prophesied in those dayes many years, that I would bring thee against them.
THe things concerning Gog, were neither Novelties, nor Incertainties, but such as God foreknew would be, and the Prophets had Prophesied of, and that long before; and not once or twice, but often, even many years. It is of grand importance to inquire what Prophets h [...]ve spoken of Gog and his proceedings: Some would have Moses to speak of him, Numb. 24.7. where it's said, his King shall be higher then Agag, that is, Jacobs King shall be higher then Gog: The S [...]ptuagint reads it Gog, and so doth Symmachus, [...]: His King shall be exalted above Gog: Though Gog be great, yet shall he be greater. But in the Original it is Agag, not Gog. Jerom hath it Gog, and interprets it of Antichrist. Some make David to be the Prophet prophesying of Gog, Ps. 9.5. Thou hast destroyed the wicked one; that is, thou shalt destroy Gog, that, or the wicked one, call'd by some Antichrist, whom Gog was a type of. To this accords that in Isa. 11.4. With the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked; Gog in the Type, and Antichrist in the Antitype, 2 Thess. 2.8. Beside this place in Isa. some fix upon Isa. 17.12, 13, 14. and make that a Prophesie of Gog. Some took Ps. 68.14. When the Almighty Scattered Kings, i. e. Gog and Magog. Rivet, in [Lat.] in locum. Jerem. 1 14. Out of the North an evil shall break forth upon all the Inhabitants of the Land: It's granted Gog was to come out of the North quarters, v. 15. of this 38 of Ezek. and so was Nebuchadnezzar, Jer. 10.22. He speaks rather of Nebuchadnezzar, than of Gog: Moreover, his Prophesie was but a little before Ezekiels dayes, and much of it in his dayes, [Page 216] whereas, here it's said, Of whom I have spoken in old time by my servants the Prophets of Israel: Others therefore referr it to the Prophesie of Enoch, mentioned Jude 14. who spake of the Lords coming with 10000 of his Saints: but nothing of Gog is there specified. That in Joel 3 is more satisfying as to the business in hand, Viz. v. 2.9.11.14. I will gather all Nations, and will bring them down into the Valley of Jehoshaphat, and will plead with them there for my people, and for my heritage Israel, whom they have scattered among the Nations, and spoyled my Land, &c. This we may conceive was prophesied of Gog.
1. Because the Jewes were to come out of Captivity into their own Land, before this was done. It's probable, that therefore Gog and the Nations conspir'd together to invade and destroy them, because they were setled safely in their Land, v. 1.
2. Because Gog was to fall upon the Mountains of Israel, to perish in the Land of Judaea, Ezek 39.4. Thou shalt fall upon the Mountains of Israel, thou and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee. To which agrees that of Joel 3.12, 13. Let the Heathen be wakened, and come up to the valley of Jehoshaphat: for there will I sit to judge the Heathen round about; put ye in the sickle, for the harvest is ripe, &c.
3. Because of the like effects. Ezekiel saith, when Gog and his Army shall be destroyed, there shall be a great shaking in the Land of Israel, v. 19. So Joel 3.15, 16. at the destruction of the Nations and their Princes, the Sun and the Moon shall be darkned, and the Stars shall withdraw their shining: The Lord also shall roar out of Sion, and utter his voice from Jerusalem, and the heaven and the earth shall shake: but the Lord will be the hope of his people, and the strength of the Children of Israel.
If it be said, Joel is but one Prophet, and the Text speaks of Prophets, and so of them, as if it were a common thing amongst them, to prophesie of or against Gog. To this may be answered, that most of the Prophets might speak of Gog, though they writ not of him; for, all which the [Page 217] Prophets prophesied, did neither themselves nor others alwayes pen; and here it's said, by whom I have spoken, not by whom I have written: Moses spake what was not written, Hebr. 11.24, 25, 26, 27. So Enoch, Jude v. 14, 15. as Christ himself did, Joh. 21.25. By my servants, in Hebrew is, In or by the hand of my servants; and for, in those dayes many years, it's in the dayes of those years they did prophesie of Gog, that God would bring him upon the Jewes.
First, Observe,
The Lord doth infallibly k [...]ow things to come.
He revealed to the P [...]ophets of old this Gog here spoken of, hundreds of years before he was; neither was God deceived, for in the time appointed, he came. He whose understanding is infinite, Psal. 147.5. must needs know all things, past, present, and to come; should any thing be unknown to God, his understanding should not be infinite. Mans knowledge is borrowed from Creatures, to which he gives neither beeing, nor operation; but, God's knowledge is from himself: He knows all that is possible in his Power, and all that is future in his Will. Creatures can neither bee, nor operate, without Him. He hath such clear vision of all things, that his knowledge must needs be certain: Should he be deceived in any particular, there should be darkness in him; but, He is light, and in him there is no darkness at all, 1 Joh. 1.5.
Secondly, Observe,
The Prophets delivered many things which were not recorded.
The Prophets of Israel spake of Gog, and yet we cannot find any direct satisfying place in holy Writ, concerning him. In Mat. 27.9. you have words cited for Jeremie's which you cannot find in all his Prophesies; the words are these, Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the Prophet, saying, And they took the 30 pieces of silver, the price of him that was valued, whom they of the children of Israel did value. Matthew saith not, that which was written; [Page 218] but, that which was spoken. Jeremy had delivered these words, and many other, doubtless, which are no where to be found. And if any ask, How came Matthew by them? He had them by Tradition, say some; others, by Revelation, which is safest to say. Solomon he spake of Trees, from the Cedar-tree that is in Lebanon, even unto the Hysop that springeth out of the wall: He spake also of Beasts, and of Fowls, and of Creeping things, and of Fishes, 1 King. 4.33. but what he said of these, is not to be found or known. Had not Paul helped us to that blessed truth of Christ, It is more blessed to give than to receive, Act. 20.35. we had never met with it.
Thirdly, Observe,
Those God sends to make known his mind to men, he owns, honours, and protects.
My servants the Prophets of Israel. Those had spoken against Gog, and made known his mind, teaching him; God owns for his servants, honours them with this Title, Prophets of Israel; and being his, he hath a special care of them, Psal. 105.15. Do my Prophets no harm. If the servants and Embassadors of Earthly Princes be honourable, and have protection from them; much more are the servants and Embassadors of the King of Glory honorable and under Divine Protection. If David would not put up the wrong done to his servants he sent to Hanun, 2 Sam. 10. Neither will God let the wrongs done to his servants the Prophets of Israel go unpunished, 2 Chron. 36.16.
Fourthly, Observe;
Its not an accidental or casual thing, that enemies do come against the Church.
The Lord brought Gog against this People, and the Prophets had prophesied many years, that God would do so. They made it known to the world what God had decreed to do. Gog could not have stir'd or mov'd one foot towards the Land of Israel, unless God had appointed and commanded it to be so, Lam. 3.37. Who is he that saith, and it cometh to pass. When the Lord commandeth it not?
Vers. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22.
18. And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel, saith the Lord God, that my fury shall come up in my face.
19. For in my jealousie and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken: surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel.
20. So that the fishes of the sea, and the fouls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the men that are upon the face of the earth shall shake at my presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground.
21. And I will call for a sword against him thorowout all my mountains, saith the Lord God: every mans sword shall be against his brother.
22. And I will plead against him with pestilence, and with bloud, and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire and brimstone.
THe time and manner of Gods proceedings with Gog, is set forth in these five Verses.
Vers. 18. At the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel.
Time is not to be taken strictly for a day, or an hour; [Page 220] as if God should that very day Gog set out, or invaded the Land, fall upon him by his judgements, and destroy him; but largely, for the time of that enterprise, whilest he should be upon that design, when he had fill'd up the measure of his iniquities.
My fury shall come up in my face.
Some read the words thus, My anger shall come up in my face; that is, I will be furious, and manifest hot displeasure; for furor is fervor irae, the heat and highth of anger. We read the words, My fury shall come up in my face. [...] Af, signifies Anger, the face, the nose also, because Anger appears chiefly in them. God speaking here after the manner of men, saith, My fury shall come up in my face. Luther by Fury or Anger, understands Gog himself, who was Vas Irae Divinae, by whom God powred out wrath upon the Jews. Maldonate also makes the Fury here mentioned, to be against the Church, but rather its against Gog; for at the same time that Gog should come against Israel, at that time should Gods fury come up in his face, he would be exceedingly displeased with Gog for attempting the destruction of his people. And ver. 21. God will call for a Sword against him.
Vers. 19. For in my jealousie, and in the fury of my wrath have I spoken.
The Lord being jealous over his people for their good; and seeing what malicious designes Gog and his Confederates had against them, was provoked much thereby, and said in his Jealousie and Fury; that is, Promised, or rather Threatned the Destruction of Gog: and not only so, but confirmed it with an Oath in the next words.
Surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the Land of Israel.
These words Im lo carry the form of an O [...]th with them, as thus, If not, that is if there be not a great shaking, let me not be God, let me not be faithful; so sure as I am God and faithful, so sure and certain it is that there shall be a great shaking in the Land of Israel, [...] raash signifies a Commotion, an Earth-quake, and in that day when Antiochus invaded Canaan, there was a great commotion, a great shaking. And so there will be when Antichrist, who is Gog mystical, shall invade the Church, which Maldonate saith, will be in the end of the world.
Vers. 20. So that the Fishes of the Sea, and the Fowls of the Heaven, the Beasts of the Field, and all creeping things that creep upon the Earth, and all the Men that are upon the face of the Earth, shall shake at my presence.
Here is shewn the greatness of his shaking, it should be such as should affect and astonish all creatures, even the sensible and senseless. As Gog should come like a storm, so Gods judgements should come upon him and his like a storm. When storms are, the winds blow terribly, so that the Air and Fowls in it are troubled, the Sea works and rages, so that the fishes in it are disquieted; yea, some storms do so afflict the Earth, that Beasts, creeping things, and Men themselves are made to quake. When God comes in a way of judgement, it's grievous. All these expressions are ad significandam calamitatis vehementiam. God would appear in some dreadful judgement against Gog, and thereby shake all.
The Mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep places shall fall.
Sometimes in Scripture by Mountains are meant Men in eminent places, as Dan. 2.35. Isa. 40.4 Sometimes the Church and Kingdoms, as Isa. 2.23. But here some take it literally, and affirm there should be such an Earth-quake as should shake down Mountains. Lavater by Mountains understands Towers built upon Mountains, which then should be demolished. The word for steep places is Hammadregoth, which Cant. 2.14. is translated stairs, the Septuagint hath it [...], valleys, the Vulgar is sepes, the fences; the translation▪ Vatablus follows, saith aggeres, Bulwarks. Piscator and the French say turres, Towers. OEcolampad. and Lavater render it gradus, the steps, stairs, or ascents, whereby they went up. Junius varies from them all, and turns the word prcaeipitia, which is Steep places, by which he intends Rocks hanging as it were in the Air. The sense is, that all Places of refuge and safety, seemed they never so strong, should fail.
And every wall shall fall to the ground.
So terrible shall be the shaking, that the walls of Cities shall be overthrown; all the Towers, Forts, and Defences whatsoever, shall be levell'd with the ground and made useless. Some understand this of Gogs prevailing against the Church, laying all waste, so that the people of God shall be in that distress, till God come and execute judgement upon Gog and all his company.
Vers. 21. And I will call for a Sword against him throughout all my Mountains, saith the Lord God.
Sword here is put for Sword-men. God would call forth men, and stir up their spirits to oppose Gog and his company, who filling all with fear, thought to swallow up all; [Page 223] but throughout Judea, that mountainous Counrey, he should meet with those would give check to his proceedings. Judas Macchabaeus, Jonathan, Eleazer, and others, withstood Antiochus and his Forces, as you may see in the Book of the Macchabees, and therein was this Prophesie made good say Interpreters.
Every mans Sword shall be against his Brother.
Those of Gogs Army should, through the just judgement of God upon them, change their thoughts, counsels, intentions; and, instead of killing their Enemies, they should sheath their Swords in one anothers bowels. God would order it so, that one should dest [...]oy another, as the Philistines did, 1 Sam. 14, 16. Behold, the multitude melted away and they went on beating down one another, and Vers. 20. Every mans sword was against his fellow. They being full of discontent and perplexity, thought it more honourable to dye then to fall into the hands of Enemies.
Vers. 22. And I will plead against him with Pestilence and with Bloud.
He shews here what judgements God would bring upon Gog and his Armies, judgements from beneath, and judgements from above. The first sort here are Pestilence and Bloud, by the sword and slaughter. The Hebrew is, I will be judg'd with him by Pestilence and Bloud; they shall declare that I am a strong and just God.
And I will rain upon him and upon his Bands, &c. an over-flowing Rain, and great Hailstones, Fire, and Brimstone.
The second sort of judgements are Rain, Hailstones, Fire, and Brimstone. These words over-flowing showers and great Hailstones, we had, Chap. 13.11, 13. In the 10. of Joshuah, we read how God did cast down great Stones from [Page 224] Heaven upon the Amorites, and slew more with Hail [...]tones then the Israelites slew with the Sword, vers. 10. To this place it's conceiv'd our Prophet alludes, foretelling, that the Lord would deal with the Goggites as he did with the Amorites, sl [...]y them with extraordinary great H [...]lstones from Heaven; and not only so, but with Fire and Brimstone, which is poena damnatorum, the punishment of the damn'd in Hell, and was the punishment of Sodom and Gomorrha.
Some by these expressions understand manifold and grievous calamities, which befell Gog and his; and will not have them to be understood litterally, that so the verification of them may fall upon Antiochus and his Forces, who suffered very sad things: for he was smitten by God with an incurable and invisible plague and torment in his bowels, he fell from his Chariot, and was bruised with his fall; worms came out of his body in abundance, his rottenness and stink was such as none could bear the same; and while he was alive his flesh fell off for pain, 2 Macc. 9. Let it be granted that these words are not to be taken literally, but metaphorically for heavy judgements befalling Gog and his, it will not follow thereupon that Antiochus was the man, though he suffered such grievous things: for it's said of Gog, that he should fall upon the Mountains of Israel, he and all his Bands, that he and his slain should have graves in Israel, Ezek. 39.4, 11. But as for Antiochus he dyed in his bed, and that either in Babylon, as 1 Macc. 6. or at Ecbatane in India, as it's 2 Macc. 9. Neither was there any such vast destruction of Antiochus Forces, which came into Judaea under Lysias, as these words hold out, and is more clearly expressed in Ch. 39.12. Seven moneths shall the house of Israel be burying of them. There must be a wonderful great slaughter which required so much time for their burial. I conceive therefore, that these words may be taken in the literal sense, and are yet to be fulfill'd; and that induceth so to judge, is, what you have, Rev. 20.8, 9. where it is said, Satan shall gather Gog and Magog together to battail, the number of whom is as the [Page 225] sand of the Sea, and they went up on the breadth of the Earth, and compassed the Camp of the Saints about, and the beloved City, and fire came down from Heaven and devoured them; John saw this in Vision, and spake of it as to come, and puts it after the Saints rising and reigning a thousand years with Christ; That time being expired, some grand Enemies shall arise against the Jews and people of God, whom he will destroy, not only in an ordinary way, but miraculously also by fire from Heaven.
First, Observe.
When wicked men are plotting and attempting the ruine of the Church, Gods wrath is kindled against them.
When Gog comes up against the land of Israel, Gods fury comes up in his face. Gog manifests himself to be an Enemy to Sion, and God manifests himself to be an Enemy to Gog. Wicked men plot, act, proceed far oft-times, and afflict the servants of God greatly; but, when they think to carry all, God appears, and that in fury. In Nah. 1.2. it is said, He reserveth wrath for his Enemies; and when they declare their enmity against him and his, he discovers his wrath against them. Zerah had been long plotting against the Jews, at last he comes against them with a thousand thousand, and three hundred Chariots, and thought to devour Asa his Army and Land in a day, and whilest he had such apprehensions, the Lord smote him before Asa, and Judah, 2 Chron. 14.8.12.
Secondly, Observe.
When mischief is intended against Gods people, his love and indignation are manifested then; his love to his people, his indignation towards their Enemies.
In my jealousie and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken. When Gogs Armies were to harm the Jews, then was he jealous. In jealousie, there is ardent love, and vehement indignation; the one is towards his people, the other towards them that wrong his people. Zechar. 8. I was jealous for Zion with great jealousie, and I was jealous for her with [Page 226] great fury. He had strong love to Zion, and great fury against the Enemies of Zion; as a man hath ardent love to his wife, and indignation against any should offer her violence. God is jealous over his Church, and therefore will never suffer it to be made a prey of, by the wicked. Gods love, and indignation at such a time are so ardent, that he swears he will be avenged on them that would wrong his, Surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the Land of Israel. Gog and all his Forces shall fall.
Thirdly, Observe.
The judgements of God are dreadful, they affect all Creatures, the Fishes of the Sea, the Fowls of Heaven, the Beasts of the Field, all that creeps upon the Earth; all men upon the face of the Earth shall shake; Mountains, Rocks, Walls, shall fall.
This judgement upon Gog shall be such, as to astonish and trouble all sensible and insensible creatures; so much of God shall be seen in it. When the Lord destroyed Tyrus, it was a dreadful judgement, the Isles did shake at the sound of her fall, the Princes of the Sea did tremble and were astonished, Ezek. 26. But at the destruction of Gog, Heaven, Earth, Sea, all men, other creatures, shall shake. There will be more of God seen in that judgement then in most before; his presence, power, and severity will appear eminently in that Judgement; it will speak aloud and fill the world with astonishment.
Fourthly, Observe.
God can easily raise Forces against his and the Churches Enemies, he can do it without any trouble.
I will call for a Sword against him throughout all my Mountains; The Mountains of Israel were the Lords, and all the Inhabitants of them, and if he did but call, they came to his Standard presently. The Princes of the Earth find it an hard business to get a great Army together, and wait long for it after great consultation how to effect the same; but the Lord, only calls, and i [...]'s done, He is the [Page 227] Lord of Hosts; he hath command of spirits, and can with ease in a little time gather a vast Army. The Centurion when he said to his servant, Come, he came; and when God shall say to men, Come, they will come, they must come, out of all parts, from all mountains.
Fifthly, Observe,
As God can easily gather Armies for the good of his Church; so he can as easily ruine Armies which are against his Church: he can mingle a perverse spirit amongst them, so divide them that they shall execute one another.
Every mans sword shall be against his brother. One Goggite should destroy another; they thought to have destroyed Gods people, and they fell one upon the other. 2 Chron. 20.22, 23. The children of Ammon, Moab, and mount Seir, came against Judah, and thought to destroy them, and take their possessions, but God soon ruined their enemies, he set them one against another; for the children of Ammon and Moab, stand up against the inhabitants of Mount Seir, utterly to slay and destroy them: and when they had made an end of the Inhabitants of Seir, every one helped to destroy another; the Ammonites destroyed the Moabites, and the Moabites the Ammonites. This great multitude (for so they are called, ver. 2.) did the Lord cause to fall by their own swords. How easily did God scatter the Army of the Syrians, which besieged Samaria! He made them to hear a noyse of Charets, and Horses, whereupon they fled for their lives, and left bag and baggage, 2 King. 7.6, 7. Did not God at the prayers of a Christian Legion, in the Army of Marcus Aurelius, Emperour, scatter and destroy that vast Army of the Marcomanni and Quadi, which consisted of 977 thousand? He sent rain at the same time to relieve the Emperours Army, which was in danger of perishing by thirst; and also, thunder, lightning, and [Page 228] fiery hail, which ruined the enemies. God can with great facility overthrow the greatest Armies.
Sixthly, Observe,
God hath variety of means and wayes whereby to destroy Armies, and punish Enemies.
He hath the pestilence, bloud, an overflowing rain, great hailstones, fire and brimstone, to do the same by. He had an Angel to destroy Sennacheribs Army, Isa. 37.36. Stars to fight against Sisera, Judg. 5.20. The shining of the Sun upon the water, undid the Moabites, 2 King. 3.22, 23, 24. The sound in the tops of the Mulbery-trees did the Philistines no good, 2 Sam, 5.24 God hath Natural, Casual, and Divine means, to plague his enemies with, though they be in great Armies.
Seventhly, Observe,
Those who joyn with Great ones in wicked enterprises, must look to suffer grievous things with them.
I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him. They thought themselves safe under Gog, that they should get honour and wealth in that enterprize; but, the undertaking was unwarrantable, Gog could not justifie his act, nor protect them: They were Co-actors in wickedness, and so should be Co-sufferers. It's dangerous to adhere to Greatness in wicked designs. Though hand joyn in hand, the wicked shall not be unpunished, Prov. 11, 21. Let multitudes take Gog, and Great men by the hand; let them follow their counsels, tread in their steps, do their wills; this cannot secure them, they shall be punished. God is no respecter of persons, in every Nation he that doth wickedly, and they that joyn with him, shall be punished.
Vers. 23.
23. Thus will I magnifie my self, and sanctifie my self; and I will be known in the eyes of many nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord.
THis Verse shews the end of Gods destroying Gog, and in such a manner, viz. That God may be honoured and known.
Thus will I magnifie my self.
The Septuagint, and some others read the words passively, [...], I will be magnified; but, Hith gaddilti, is, I will magnifie my self, or, I will make my self great; and that is done, when God doth such things as declare his Power, his Faithfulness, and his Justice; when the Lord should execute his dreadful threatned-Judgements upon Gog, then his great Power would appear, that he had the Command of all Creatures; that vast Armies are nothing to him: so, his Faithfulnesse to his people, who owned him for their God, and his Justice in destroying those would have destroyed his.
And sanctifie my self.
God is not unholy or polluted at any time; but, he is said to Sanctifie himself, when he declares himself to be not Impotent, not Unfaithfull, not Unjust; but, a Powerfull, Faithfull, Righteous, and Holy God.
Observe.
The end of Gods judgements upon the wicked is, that he may be known and acknowledged among the Nations, and so have a great and holy Name.
God is known by executing of judgements, Psal. 9.16. Known not to be like unto men, as they conceived, Psal. 50.21. or, a God that sees not, as they said, Ezek. 8.12. or, a God countenancing and preferring evill-doers, as they affirm'd, Mal. 3.15. But, to be a dreadfull God, as when he visited Ananias and Sapphira for their sins, Great fear came upon all that heard thereof, Act. 5.11. To be an holy God, as 1 Sam. 6.20. when he smote the Bethshemites, 50000 of them, with sudden death, it was said, Who is able to stand before this holy Lord God, by his judgements he hath made his Name dreadful among the Heathen! What a great and holy Name did the Lord make to himself, by the destruction of Pharaoh and his host in the Red-sea?
CHAP. XXXIX.
Vers. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.
1. Therefore, thou son of man prophesie against Gog, and say, Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I am against thee, O'Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal.
2. And I will turn thee back, and leave but the sixth part of thee, and will cause thee to come up from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel.
3. And I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and will cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand.
4. Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee, I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and to the beasts of the field to be devoured.
5. Thou shalt fall upon the open field, for I have spoken it, saith the Lord God.
6. And I will send a fire on Magog, and them that dwell carelesly in the isles, and they shall know that I am the Lord.
7. So will I make my holy Name known in the midst of my people Israel, and I will not let them pollute my holy Name any more, and the heathen shall know that I am the Lord, the holy One in Israel.
EZekiel having begun a Prophesie concerning Gog and Magog, in the former Chapter, he proceeds in this also therein, and tells you,
In these Verses, we have,
Vers. 1. Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal.
These very words we had in the former Chap. ver. 2. & 3. He was a great Prince, had great Command, many Confederates to take his part; yet, being wicked and an enemy to Gods people, God declares himself to be an enemy to him.
Vers. 2. I will turn thee back, and leave but the sixt part of thee.
These words, and leave but a sixt part of thee, are variously Interpreted. Some say, I will kill five parts of thine Army, and leave but a sixt. Some, I will seduce thee. Others, I will judge thee with six Judgements, viz. the Plague, Bloud, Rain, Hailstones, Fire, and Bimstone, as it's in the former Chapter, ver. 22. The Hebrew Shis shethica, Montanus renders sextabo te, I will sixt thee. For the meaning whereof, consider what has be said, Ch. 38.4. I will turn thee back, and put hooks into thy chaws; the sense whereof was this, I will not turn thee back, but bring thee out; and because of Objections, Difficulties, and [Page 233] Remoraes, I will draw thee forth, I will put hooks in thy chaws, and deal by thee as men do by fish in the Seas, or things fallen into wells, draw thee out by hooks. The reason its conceived of this expression, is, for that they used irons with six hooks upon them, to catch hold of things fallen into waters, and to draw them out thereby. Hence it is, that the Lord saith, I will sixt thee, as the word signifies, or, draw thee out with hooks, as the sense is.
And will cause thee to come up from the North parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel.
Of Gog's coming from the North parts we heard, Chap. 38.15. God would cause him to come out of those parts unto the Mountains of Israel; which we may take Literally, though some doe take them Metaphorically for the places where the Church of God should be.
Vers. 3. And I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand.
Bows and Arrows were much used in former dayes, both amongst the Jews and Heathens also, as Isa. 66.19. Jer. 46.9. 1 Chr. 5.18. and when they handled them, they held the Bows in their left hands, and Arrows in their right ones. Now when these Goggites should attempt to shoot, and do execution by shooting, God would disappoint them; causing a fear and faintness to fall upon them, so that not only their Bows and Arrows, but all their Military Instruments, should be useless; for by these mentioned, are meant all the rest: To smite or break the Bow, imports the weakning of Forces, or making of warlike Instruments inefficacious, as Psal. 37.15. Psal. 46.9. Hos. 1.5. Jer. 49.35. In these places, Breaking of the Bow, notes, Blasting of their power, and making frustrare all Military instruments.
Vers. 4. Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee.
Not in places conspicuous to the whole Church, as some would have it; but in the Land, and on the Mountains of Israel, which Antiochus Epiphanes did not, as I shewed formerly. And this verse gives warrant to depart from our Translation of those words in the 2. verse, And leave but the sixt part of thee: For, Gog and all his Bands, and Confederates were to fall upon the Mountains of Israel; no sixt part of them were left.
I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and to the beasts of the field to be devoured.
When great Armies are overthrown, sometimes their Carkasses lie unburyed, and so are exposed to the fowls of heaven, and beasts of the field which pray upon them; so should it be with Gog and his for a season: after they had layen a season, they had burial, as appears, v. 11 The word for Ravenous bird is, [...], Aiil, which signifies, a bird of prey, and differs from Tzippor, which is, a small bird.
Vers. 5. Thou shalt fall upon the open field.
The Hebrew saith, Thou shalt fall upon the faces of the field; that is, the superficies, and so lie in open view. We had the same words in Chap. 16.5. & 32.4.
Vers. 6. And I will send a fire on Magog.
Some by Magog understand the Land of Gog: when Others, a distinct person and Prince from Gog. Let Magog denote a Place or Person, God would send a fire, not Metaphorical fire only, but Material fire, and so its said, Rev. 20.9.
And them that dwell carelesly in the Isles.
Pliny saith, there be many Islands in the Scythian Sea, and it's likely such people as dwell therein are careless, secure, fearing no dangers, yet God would visit them with fire: But there be Islands nearer then those upon the Egae [...]n and Mediterranean Seas which dwell confidently, as the word is.
Vers. 7. So will I make my holy Name known in the midst of my people Israel.
When great men go forth to Warr and obtain some eminent victory thereby they become famous: so God by smiting Magog and all his Forces, would make his holy Name known, that his people should confess him to be a holy God, and his Name a Name of holiness; for so it is in the Original.
And will not let them pollute my holy Name any more.
When men say those things which are derogatory to the Name of God, as that he sees not, he hath forsaken the Earth, that he is unfaithful, unjust, &c. or do such things as cause others to blaspheme and speak dishonourable of Himself, his Word, Worship, and Providences; then are they said to pollute his holy Name. After the destruction of Gog and Magog, God would order things so, that his Name should not suffer.
First, Observe.
Those are Enemies unto the Church, God is an Enemy unto them.
Gog's thought and design was to invade the Land of Israel, and what saith the Lord, Behold I am against thee, O Gog; Hadst thou been a friend to my Church, I would have [Page 236] been a friend to thee; but seeing thou art malitious and intendest mischief against the Saints; loe I, even I the Lord of Hosts, that can shake Heaven and Earth, and destroy the most puissant and politick Army in a moment, am against thee. When thou touchest my people, thou touchest the Apple of mine Eye, and I neither can nor will bear it, Exod. 23.22. I will be an Enemy unto thine Enemies, and an Adversary unto thine Adversaries; Whoever set themselves against Israel, have the God of Israel against them.
Secondly, Observe.
Wicked men may be in great honour and have great power.
Gog here, one whom the Lord declared himself against, was a Prince, a chief Prince of Meshech and Tubal. Ahashuerus, an Heathen Idolater, had honour and power enough, when he had 127. Princes under his command, Esther 1.1.
Thirdly, Observe.
There be seeming contradictions in holy Scriptures.
In one, God saith, Behold I am against thee O Gog; In another, I will cause thee to come up from the North parts, or sides, and will bring thee upon the Mountains of Israel. God was with Gog, and against Gog; with him by his Providence, to bring him forth to manifest his spleen and gall against the Land of Israel; and against him, by his Power and Justice to destroy him for his cruelty and bloudiness. Gen. 14.14. It's said, Abraham pursued the Enemies unto Dan. And Josh. 19.47. There was no Dan in Abraham's dayes, for it was so call'd from Dan the son of Jacob, who was long after him; Moses who writ the Book of Genesis, speaks of it as it was call'd in his days, not as it was call'd in Abraham's dayes: Joh. 1 21. When John was asked the question whether he were Elias, he said, I am not; but Mat. 11.14. Christ saith of John, This is Elias which was for to come; John denies himself to be Elias personally, which was the sense of the Questionists, and Christ affirms that he was Elias mystically, that Elias, Malachy spake of chap. 4.5. There [Page 237] be many Scriptures seeming to destroy one another; but if rightly understood, they do sweetly comply and shake hands together.
Fourthly, Observe.
Gods hand is in the undertakings of Enemies against the Church.
I will cause thee to come and bring thee upon the Mountains of Israel; and if thou lingerest, I have uncum seu avium, a sixt hooked-hook to draw thee. Warrs are not fortuitous but by a special hand of God; he brings forth Enemies as to correct his Church by them, so to destroy them in the presence and view of his Church, being corrected. Were not Gods hand there, they would ruine the Church, and because his hand is in such things, therefore are they ruin'd. After Pharaoh had afflicted the Jews the time appointed, God drew him on into the Red-Sea, and there, in the face and view of them, sunk him like lead into the bottom of the deeps.
Fifthly, Observe.
It's in the Lord to disable and disappoint Warriours when they are ready for battle.
When Gog and his Souldiers should have the Bow in the left hand, and the Arrow in the right hand, then I will smite the Bow out of the one, and the Arrow out of the other hand, saith the Lord. All military strength he can easily blunt, and make all weapons of warr inefficacious, he can take off the wheels of Charriots, Exod. 14.25. He breaks the Bow, he blunts the Sword, and makes all weapons form'd against Israel unprosperous at his pleasure. Isa. 54.17. God stopt Rhehoboam when he was going with a great Army to fight Jeroboam, and bring the ten revolted Tribes to himself, 1 King. 12. God hath oft put such fear into the hearts of Souldiers, that, when it hath come to a pitch'd Battail, they have presently thrown down their weapons and call'd for quarter.
Sixthly, Observe.
That in the same place where G d shews rich mercy to the godly, even there he executes severe judgements upon the Enemies.
Thou shalt fall upon the Mountains of Israel. Upon those Mountains in that Land the Lord had shew'd marvellous kindness to his people, Psal. 76 1, 2, 3, 4. and there should Gog fall. In the Red-Sea God preserv'd the Israelites, and destroyed the Egyptians; where the one met with signal mercy, there the other had severe judgement; so Joel 3.2. I will gather all Nations, and will bring them down into the Valley of Jehoshaphat, and will plead with them there for my people; God would punish them even there where he had done much for his, 2 Chron. 20 26. The Valley where Jehoshaphat blessed God for a Victory, it's conceived to be here meant and call'd the Valley of J [...]hoshaphat. The powers of darkness have oft and still do invade the Mountains of Israel, the places and persons among whom God doth record his Name, and there God overthrows them.
Seventhly, Observe.
That Armies and others are exposed to publick shame and miserable ends, is of God.
Thou shalt fall upon the open field, and I will give thee to the ravenous Birds of every sort, and to the Beast of the field to be devoured. Want of buryal is amongst Gods judgements, Jer. 8.2. & 14.16. To lye in open view dead, and to be mangled, torn by Fowls, Beasts, Swine, and Dogs, is a dishonourable and lamentable thing; but how dishonourable or lamentable so ever it be, it's the Lords doings; He makes wicked Armies and Persons sometimes as dung upon the face of the Earth; They lye unburyed, rotting and stinking.
Eighthly, Observe.
What the Lord speaks, that shall certainly take place.
Thou shalt fall upon the open field, for I have spoken it, saith [Page 239] the Lord God: With God is not yea and nay; what he saith, is truth, & must infallibly be effected. As nothing can be done, unless the Lord speak; so nothing can fail of being done when the Lord hath spoken; Josh. 21.45. There failed not ought of any good thing which the Lord had spoken unto the house of Israel: all came to pass. God promised them to root out the Nations, to plant them in Canaan, and to do much for them, and all God had spoken was made good; so, when God threatens evil, whatsoever he speaks in that kind must be fulfilled, because he is faithful and able to make good his word, whoever opposes.
Ninthly, Observe.
When God begins to visit the Enemies of his Church, he makes progress therein.
Not only shall Gog fall and all his Bands, and people, but God will send a fire on Magog also, and upon the Isles that dwell carelesly: they thought themselves invincible, being fortified by the Sea; but when God arises to punish the Inhabitants of the Earth, who are Enemies to his, he goes from Countrey to Countrey at Land, and from Isle to Isle at Sea. When God draws the Sword, and gives it Commission, it proceeds from place to place, and is restless till all at Sea and Land be cut off, who are numbered out for destruction, Jer. 47.6, 7. O thou Sword of the Lord, how long will it be ere thou be quiet? put up thy self into thy scabbard, rest and be still. How can it be quiet, seeing the Lord hath given it a charge against Askelon, and against the Sea-shore? there hath he appointed it. God appoints the Sword to visit at Land and at Sea: when he begins with the Enemies of his People, he will make an end with them.
Tenthly, Observe.
When God shews mercy to his Church, and destroyes the Enemies of it, then he provides for his own honour, sanctifies his Name, and makes himself to be known, distinct from all other gods.
When the Jews Church shall be at peace, Gog and Magog be destroyed, then God will be glorious, all speak honourable [Page 240] of him, and acknowledge him to be the holy One of Israel. When God led the Israelites through the Red-Sea, and took off the wheels of the Egyptian Chariots, the Egyptians said, Let us flee from the face of Israel, for the Lord fighteth for them against the Egyptians. Here they acknowledged Gods power, and that he was a God distinguished from all their Idol-gods; a God fulfilling his promises and threats, a God able to save and destroy, even the Holy one of Israel.
Vers. 8.
Behold, it is come, and it is done, saith the Lord God, this is the day whereof I have spoken.
HEre the certainty of Gog's overthrow, and the rest, with the time thereof is pointed out, It is come, it is done, i e. This Prophesie is so certain, as if it were come and done already. It's usual among the Hebrews to put preter-tenses for future, and to speak of things as past, which are certainly to come.
This is the day whereof I have spoken.
God had spoken of Gog and Magog by his Prophets formerly, as was shew'd from the 17. verse of the 38. Chapter, that they should come against Israel, and utterly be destroyed in that attempt: which the Lord speaking of here as done, saith, This is the day, not designing the prefixed day when it should be; It shall be, but when, that is hid.
First, Observe.
There is a certain time determin'd for the destruction of the Churches Enemies, which God looks upon as present, and done.
Behold, it is come, it is done; that is, the day of Gog and Magog's ruine. God fore-sees things to come as if they were present, not by a presence of Existency from Eternity; but, in his Decree: on that, his fore-knowledge and the certainty of things [Page 141] is founded; we should therefore firmly believe the same, and not give way to dubious opinions thereabout.
Secondly, Observe.
The particular time is hidden from m [...]n, and known only unto God.
M [...]n cannot say, This is the day, but the Lord can; He knew the very moment when Gog and his should be destroyed, and the Church set at liberty. The thing and time indefinitely were revealed to the Prophet, but not the particular punctual time. The Lord kept that in his own breast, his Infinite Wisdom saw it not meet to particularize the time; the Prophets had spoken of a day that would be for Gog's invading the Land of Israel, and of his falling upon the Mountains thereof, but the exact time they knew not. John, unto whom the Lord Christ revealed much, tells you, that after 1000. years reign of the Saints with Christ, it shall be, Rev. 20.7, 8, 9.
Vers. 9, 10.
9. And they that dwell in the Cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the Weapons, both the Shields and the Bucklers, the Bows and the Arrows, and the Hand-staves▪ and the Spears; and they shall burn them with fire seven years.
10. So that they shall take no Wood out of the Field, neither cut down any out of the Forrests: for they shall burn the Weapons with Fire, and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord God.
THe great victory over Gog and Magog, begins in these verses, which is set out by the burning of the Weapons, and spoyling them of their Goods. Who gate the victory, is not mentioned; it's only said, the Jews shall go [Page 242] out of their Cities and g [...]ther up the weapons, and burn them, &c. It's conceiv'd, the Lord will deal with Gog and his Forces in some extraordinary way. Vers. 3. it's said, I will smite the Bow out of thy hand. And Rev. 20.9. Fire came down from God out of Heaven, and devoured them; but notwithstanding Gods extraordinary dealing with them, the Jews were used of the Lord in this victory, for Chap. 38.21. I will call for a Sword against him throughout all my Mountains, saith the Lord God: so that all Israel shall be in the field against him, and be the Conquerors.
Vers. 9. They that dwell in the Cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the Weapons.
After this great and famous Victory, the Citizens which dwell in the Cities of Israel will go forth, Visendi & Spoliandi gratia, to see the slain, and to get spoil; and among other things, they should take of their Weapons, and make themselves Fire thereof. The word for Weapons is [...], Neshek, which notes any kind of Weapon to oppose the Enemy. It's not from nasak, to burn; but from noshak, to [...]rm.
Both the Shields and the Bucklers, the Bows and the Arrows, and the Hand-staves and the Spears.
These latter were combustible; but how they should burn the Shields and Bucklers, is not apparent, they being of solid metals. It's like, something combustible was annexed unto them.
And they shall burn them with Fire seven years.
It must needs be a numerous, or rather numberless Army, whose weapons should suffice the Jews seven years for fireing. John saith, their Number shall be as the sand of the Sea, Rev. 20.8. which exceeds all Arithmetick. Some [Page 143] make it an Hyperbolical expression, to shew the greatness of their overthrow, and multitude of their warlike Instruments. Others mind us of a certain time, put here for an uncertain, viz. seven years put for a long time. The Jewish Writers do take the words literally, concluding they shall have such a Victory over their Enemies, as that for seven years they shall need no other materials to burn then their weapons; and think their Messiah not come, because they have not yet obtain'd such a Victory. Sanctius thinks not, that they were seven years in burning the weapons, but that they had such store which might have served them for seven years fuel; great store, and therefore it's said, they should burn them with fire seven years. How this was verified in Antiochus, is hard to shew. It's nearer to truth, to judge that this Scripture remains still to be fulfill'd.
Vers. 10. So that they shall take no Wood out of the Field, neither cut down any out of the Forrests.
These words taken absolutely, do strengthen the literal acceptation of the former. We may take them comparatively thus, That in respect of what they did use to take out of the Field, and cut out of the Forrest, they should now cut and take little: And why?
For they shall burn the Weapons with Fire.
They should so supply them for fuel, that little other wood should serve. This burning of Enemies Weapons conduceth much to peace. Where warlike weapons are broken and burnt, not reserved; there Wars cease and Peace follows.
They shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them.
It's incident to all People and Nations to spoil and rob the People of God; and so these Goggites and their Confederates, [Page 244] they compassed the Camp of the Saints, and the beloved City, saith John, Rev 20.9. In all ages, the Church hath been made a prey of by one or other; but the time shall be when it shall spoyl her spoylers, and rob her robbers.
First, Observe.
God will give Victories to his Church and People, which seem incredible.
Here is pointed out such a Victory as is full of wonders and matters incredible. Their number is as the Sand of the Sea, and all of them Horsemen, and cloth'd with all sorts of Arms, Chap 38.4. yet conquer'd. Their weapons serve for seven years firing, and their bodies are seven moneths in burying, as it follows in vers. 12. Will not this be a wonderful Victory? Do not these things seem incredible? God of old g [...]ve great and strange V ctories to his People, as the drowning of Pharaoh in the Red Sea; the slaying of Senacherib's vast Army in a night by an Angel. Great Victories, since Christ his time, have been. The Christians have had signal Victories against the Turk: And Sanctius tells you of a wonderful Victory which the Spaniards had against the Saracens, when at one Battail they slew two hundred thousand of them, and lost but twenty five men; but when ever this overthrow of Gog shall be, it will exceed all former Victories.
Secondly, Observe.
The Lord makes that advantageous to his People, which their Enemies intended to damnifie and ruine them by.
The Bows, Arrows, Hand-staves and Spears, shall serve the Saints for fuel with which the Goggites thought to destroy them. The Sword of Goliah with which he thought to have slain David, and many Israelites was afterwards given into the hand of David, and serviceable unto him, 1 Sam. 21 9. The wise and wonderful Providence of God so over-rules and orders things, that it makes Instruments of death the comforts of life. The Chariots of Sisera▪ that came [Page 145] for destruction, were to the Jews for use and recreation.
Thirdly, Observe.
After the over-throw of Gog and M [...]gog, Antichrist and his Adherents; the Church of God shall have great peace.
All their weapons of warr shall be burnt; they shall make head no more against the Saints. After the devouring of Gog and Magog by fire from Heaven, Rev. 20.9. The gates of the New Jerusalem were never shut, Rev. 21.25. They feared no Enemies, they had great peace.
Fourthly, Observe.
The People of God shall have a day of recompence for the wrongs and injuries they have sustained.
They shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them. The Goggites of the world do fleece the Servants of God, eat their flesh, suck their bloud, and gnaw their bones; but the day is coming, when the wicked shall be a spoil and prey unto them; which sets out the righteousness of God in his wayes and judgements. What can be more equal then that he who spoils, should be spoyled? See Isa. 33.1. Woe to thee that spoilest and thou wast not spoiled; and dealest treacherously, and they dealt not treacherously with thee: when thou shalt cease to spoil, thou shalt be spoyled; and when thou shalt make an end to deal treacherously, they shall deal treacherously with thee.
Vers. 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16.
11. And it shall come to pass, at that day, that I will give unto Gog a place there of graves in Israel, the Valley of the passengers on the East of the Sea: and it shall stop the Noses of the Passengers, and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude, and they shall call it, The Valley of Hamon-Gog.
12. And seven months shall the House of Israel be burying of them, that they may cleanse the Land.
[Page 246]13. Yea, all the people of the Land shall bury them, and it shall be to them a Renown, the day that I shall be glorified, saith the Lord God.
14. And they shall sever out men of continual imployment, passing through the Land, to bury with the passengers those that remain upon the face of the Earth, to cleanse it: after the end of seven moneths shall they search.
15. And the passengers that pass through the Land, when any seeth a mans bone, then shall he set up a sign by it, till the Buryers have buryed it in the Valley of Hamon-Gog.
16. And also the name of the City shall be Hamonah: thus shall they cleanse the Land.
HAving spoken of the great over-throw which Gog and his should have, and the great spoil the Israelites should get thereby: Now the buryal of the dead carkasses and their bones, comes under consideration; where we have the place of the buryal, the time how long they shall be burying, the persons by whom the name of the place.
Vers. 11. And it shall come to pass at that day, that I will give unto Gog a place there of Graves in Israel.
When Gog and his Forces shall be slain, lye exposed to the Fowls of Heaven, and Beasts of the Field for a season; then will the Lord give unto them a burying place: they shall not alwayes lye putrifying above ground, but they shall be laid in graves; so that they shall neither be a prey to Fowls and Beasts, nor offensive to Man alwayes. This was favour, that God should give his Enemies Sepulchres in Israel. The Vulgar and Septuagint have it, A place of [Page 147] Name or Renown, putting Shem for Sham. It was honour enough for them to have graves there in Israel. This honour had not Antiochus.
The Valley of the Passengers on the East of the Sea.
What Valley this was, is not agreed upon by Interpreters. Some affirm it to be a Valley near unto the Lake of Gennezareth, or Sea of Tiberias; others inform us it's about Jordan; some say it's on this side Jordan, some say on that side. It's most probable to be a Valley near the Salt or Dead-Sea, where the five Cities, Admah, Zeboim, Segor, Sodom and Gomorrah, were consumed by Fire and Brimstone; now call'd Lacus Asphaltites. There, as Junius notes, men passed from Syria, Mesopotamia, Babylon, and other Countries, into Arabia foelix, and Egypt: whereupon it was call'd the Valley of Passengers, and lay Eastward from Jerusalem, as the next words shew; on the East of the Sea, that is, on the Eastern Sea. The Sea of Tyberias lay Northward, but Mare M [...]tuum lay Eastward.
And it shall stop the Noses of the Passengers.
Such a stink shall be in that Valley as shall cause the Passengers to stop their Noses or Mouths, or both. The Spirit of God may have some respect unto the Lake Asphaltites, which sent forth poysonous and suffocating vapors: so should the dead bodies of Gog and his, send out such a loathsome infecting savour, as Travailers should stop their Noses as not being able to indure the same.
There shall they bury Gog and all his multitude.
Though Gog had a buryal in the Land of Israel, yet it was not in the Sepulchres of the Kings or Prophets; it was in the Valley of Passengers, near the place of Gods remarkable judgement upon the sinful Cities.
And they shall call it, The Valley of Hamon-Gog.
In Jeremy, you read of a Valley of Slaughter, Jer. 19.6. Chap. 7.32. and it was so call'd from the persons slain there by Nebuchadnezzars Forces, when Jerusalem was besieged, and taken: And here's a Valley call'd the Valley of Hamon-Gog, that is, of the multitude of Gog: so great a multitude were slain and buryed there, as gave denomination to the Valley. This Valley, Joel in his dayes was pleased to call, The Valley of Decision or Threshing, as the word Rechamte imports, Joel 3.14.
Vers. 12. And seven Moneths shall the House of Israel be burying of them.
Not some few, but the House of Israel, who were a great number, should be imployed seven Moneths in burying of them, which sets out the greatness of the Victory; such a number slain as should set many thousands on work so long to bury them: seven years in burning their weapons, and seventh moneths in burying their dead. If a certain number be put here for an uncertain, as some will have it, yet they were a long time about this work.
That they may cleanse the Land.
When a multitude are slain, their putrified bodies are apt to corrupt the Air and Earth, and so to indanger the living. The Israelites therefore to prevent such a mischief shall take great pains to bury them, and that without any intention of honouring the dead thereby: When men bury the dead, usually it's for an honour to them, but not so here; the end was, to cleanse the Land, which was defil'd with the Carkasses of these Goggites.
Vers. 13. Ye all the people of the Land shall bury them.
Before, he had said, the House of Israel; now he adds, all the men of the Land: Some should give counsel, some should dig the graves or pits, and some should bring and put the dead bodies into them. Some understand by the House of Israel, and people of the Land, Christian people; who shall extinguish the name of Antichrist, and bury it with all his stinking Errors, in the Grave of Oblivion: and that they make the sense, of burying Gog and his.
And it shall be to them a Renown.
The Hebrew is, for a Name; They shall be renowned for this Victory, and for their Humanity in burying of the dead. Their Enemies shall speak honourably and well of them.
The day that I shall be gloryfied.
The Tigurine Translation hath it thus; That day, wherein I shall be glorified, shall be famous unto them; they shall have cause to remember that day for ever. What day I shall destroy Gog and Magog with all their Forces, and so get glory to my self, that day shall be a day of Name, of Renown, and of Memorial unto them; that day shall be put into their Chronicles. The Hebrew stands thus, In the day of Me to be glorified: and so may point at their glorifying God for that great destruction of their Enemies.
Vers. 14. And they shall sever out men of continual imployment.
Gog, and his, being beaten; divers were scattered up and down the Land, and by reason of their wounds, fell and lay unburyed in many places; whereupon they chose out men of continuance, (so the Hebrew is,) who [Page 250] might go up and down from one part of the Land to the other, to find out the dead.
To bury with the Passengers those that remain upon the face of the Earth, to cleanse it.
As those Searchers went up and down, they mett with Passengers, whom they caused to assist them in the buryal of the dead they found. It's probable, they made the Passengers to take the bodies or bones of the dead, and to bury them; because it was matter of defilement unto the Jews to touch dead bodies, Numb. 19.11. They that did so, were unclean seven dayes. These being to cleanse the Land, would not defile themselves.
After the end of seven Moneths, shall they search.
Seven Moneths were the people of the Land in burying their Enemies, they were busied about those that fell by heaps; When these Moneths were at an end, they sent out their Searchers to examine Woods, Hills, Caves, Valleys, High-wayes, and Ditches, where any dead corps might lye; so careful were they to prevent Infection.
Vers. 15. When any seeth a mans bone, then shall he set up a sign by it.
Some bodies lying long, the Fowls of the Heaven, or Beasts of the Field devoured their flesh, eat their bones, and left some fragments of them, which if the Passengers and Searchers found, they were to set up a sign or mark by them, to give notice thereof. Mans bone, is a singular number, put for a plural, Mens bones. The word a sign is Tzijan, which signifies a Statue, a Title, or Sign, setting near to a Grave, or a Way-mark; as Jer. 31.21. Set thee up way-marks; the word is Tzijunim, and they were to direct people; so here, They set up signs to direct the buryers what to do concerning those bones.
Till the Buryers have buryed it in the Valley of Hamon-Gog.
Those appointed to bury, were to take the bones of men so discovered, and to carry them to the Valley of Ham [...]n-gog, and bury them there. There were the multitude of the slain buryed, which gave that denomination to the place; and with them, must the scattered and collected bones be buryed.
Vers. 16. Also the Name of the City, shall be Hamonah.
What City shall be so call'd, is not set down; and therefore Interpreters do vary thereabouts. Some believe there was a City near that Valley which had another name, and upon this occasion of slaying Gog and his multitude, lost that, and had this imposed by Hamonah, Her multitude; because a multitude of Enemies were slain therre. The Septuagint calls it [...], Upon occasions names have been given to places, as appears, Gen. 16.13. Ch. 26.20, 21, 22. Act, 28.19. Hos. 4.15. 2 Sam. 5.9. Chap. 6.8. Others judge this City to be Jerusalem, reading the words thus, And her multuitde shall be a Name, (or for a Name) to the City; so Junius: Or, The Name of the City shall be from her Multitude; that is, the City Jerusalem; or, the Church shall be famous for her Inhabitants, which slew such a multitude of Goggites: so Piscator. This sense hath more of truth in it then the other; for we find not any City call'd Hamonah, since this Prophesie: yet those of that opinion say, It was fulfill'd in the time of Antiochus.
Thus shall they cleanse the Land.
The words are read by some, After they have cleansed the Land; by others, When they have cleansed the Land, which is the same for sense. Gods giving them so great a [Page 252] Victory over such a multitude of Enemies, and their not abusing, but cleansing the Land after it, should be to them for a name, for their great glory and renown.
First, Observe,
God disappoints the expectation of the wicked while living, yet sometimes affords favour when they are dead.
Gog, and all his, expected to have had the Land of Israel in possession, with all the desirable things thereof: but God disappointed his expectation; slays him and his; and after death, gives him and the rest a place of buryal in that Land; which was favour. Though they had not what they hoped for, yet they had more then they deserv'd; for such grand Enemies to have a burying place in that Land, which was Emanuel's Land, out of which they would have driven his people, was no small favour; especially, if we add to it, that the place was nam'd after his name, The Valley of Hamon-Gog, and this recorded in the Book of God, and to remain forever.
Secondly, Observe,
After great Victories, wherein many are slain, people should for publick good be careful to bury the dead; though it require time, be troublesome, and chargeable.
Here they were seven moneths in burying the dead carkasses; they appointed men to go throughout the Land to search for corps and bones, which was a chargeable business; and where-ever they found any, to bring them unto the Valley of Hamon-Gog, which was very troublesome, These things they were to do for publick good, that the Land might not be infected with those bodies, and so infect the living.
Thirdly, Observe,
By great Victories over Enemies, God honours his own Name, and makes his people to have a name.
It shall be to them a Renown, the day that I shall be glorified. [Page 253] That day, my Power, my Faithfulness, my Justice, my Mercy, will be seen, acknowledged, and so I shall be praised, made glorious; And in that day my People will be spoken of for their Valour, Faith, and Humanity in burying the dead, and so will be renowned. When God destroyed Senacherib's Army, God did not only make himself a name, but he also made Hezekiah a name, 2 Chron. 32.23. He was magnified in the sight of all Nations from thenceforth: and that which was his magnification, was the magnification of all his People. The honor of the Head is the honor of the whole Body: How renowned will New Jerusalem be, when Gog and Magog, Antichrist and all that adhere to them, shall be taken away? When the Lord shall destroy them by fire from Heaven, and multitudes be cut off by the Sword, then shall those multitudes be for a name to the City.
Fourthly, Observe,
After conquering, there ought to be cleansing.
When Gog and his shall be subdued, then they must cleanse the Land; not a dead corps, not a bone must be left in it; such things did defile: We have had many Victories; but, What cleansing hath there been in this Land? Dead bodies, limbs, and bones, of men have been buryed; but, What dead works are cleansed out of this Land? Do not all sorts of sins abound, yea, super-abound? Had we cleansed the Land, for each Victory God hath given us, but of one common sin; by this time we had been spotless, we should not have had any visible iniquities amongst us; but now we are like Golgotha, a place of sculls and dead-men; like Sodom and Gomorrah, or the Valley of Hamon-Gog; we stink so through our Blasphemies, Errors, and wicked Practises, that passengers stop their noses, and shake their heads.
Vers. 17, 18, 19, 20.
17. And thou son of Man, Thus saith the Lord God, Speak unto every feathered Fowl, and to every Beast of the Field; Assemble themselves, and come, gather themselves on every side to my Sacrifice that I do Sacrifice for you, even a great Sacrifice upon the the Mountains of Israel, that ye may eat Flesh, and drink Bloud.
18. Ye shall eat the flesh of the Mighty, and drink the bloud of the Princes of the Earth; of Rams, of Lambs, and of Goats, of Bullocks, all of them fatlings of Bashan.
19. And ye shall eat Fat till ye be full, and drink Bloud till ye be drunken, of my Sacrifice which I have sacrificed for you.
20. Thus shall ye be filled at my Table with Horses and Chariots, with Mighty men, and with all men of Warr, saith the Lord God.
THese Verses speak of a great Feast, and the Invitation of Guests unto the same: strange Guests! the Fowls of the Heaven, and the Beasts of the Field: And they have as strange Dishes provided for them, even the flesh of Mighty men and Princes.
Vers. 17. Speak unto every feathered Fowl, and to every Beast of the Field.
The Hebrew for every feathered Fowl, is, Lezippor col canaph, To the Fowl of every wing; that is, to what Fowl soever hath wing, Let that Fowl be invited to come and eat of the Feast prepared; and likewise, Every Beast of the Field, which is a Beast of prey.
Assemble themselves, and come, gather themselves on every side.
The Fowls and Beasts being void of reason, could not understand what the Prophet said; but God who had command over them as well as other creatures, would cause them to come, as if they had had reason and understanding. This shews the certainty and greatness of the Victory; the Fowls and Beasts are call'd to come, and their coming shall not be in vain, they must come on every side, and therefore great provision shall be made for them.
To my Sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, even a great Sacrifice upon the Mountains of Israel.
The Hebrew word for Sacrifice [...] Zebach, which signifies Sacrificium ex mactata pecude: When a Beast was kill'd & to be offered up to God, that was a Sacrifice properly. Sometimes it notes the killing of Men and Beasts, as here, which metaphorically is call'd a Sacrifice: Gog with his Men and Horses were slain, and these God calls his Sacrifice; a great Sacrifice which he prepar'd for the Fowls and Beasts; a great Feast or Supper, and the place where this should be, is, upon the Mountains of Israel.
That ye may eat Flesh and drink Bloud.
In the former verse, he spake of Gog's Funeral, and those that were slain with him, even the dead bodies and the bones: How is it now that he speaks, of eating their Flesh, and drinking their Bloud, after the seven Moneths were expired, and the Searchers had gone through the Land? It's not probable, that some were left unburyed, and so the Fowls and Beasts i [...]ted to eat their flesh and drink their bloud; but having touched a little upon this in the 4. v. he re-assumes the Argument again in this, and the three next Verses, and speaks more fully to it.
Vers. 18. Ye shall eat the Flesh of the Mighty.
The Septuagint saith [...], of Gyants, by these Mighty men, or Gyants, the Chief ones in the Army are pointed out, men of Power and Command.
And drink the Bloud of the Princes of the Earth.
In this vast Army of Gog, there were the Princes of divers Countries his Confederates, Chap. 38.5.6. Their bloud should the Fowls of Heaven and Beasts of the Earth drink, being shed and spilt upon the ground. They should feed upon not the vile and base ones, but the chiefest, and so drink their bloud.
Of Rams, of Lambs, and of Goats; of Bullucks, all of them Fatlings of Bashan.
By these Metaphorical expressions are set out the dead carkasses of men, who were of several dispositions and qualities: some were like Rams and Lambs; others like Goats and Bullocks; some were sweeter and more tender flesh then others. Rams and Goats, or great Goats, as the Hebrew word signifies, were Leaders; Lambs, and Bullocks, were those under the Leaders. All of them were well flesh'd and fat like the Kine of Bashan. Bashan was an high Hill, Psal. 68.15. beyond Jordan, which yielded strong Oaks, and fat Cattle, Ezek. 27.6. Amos 4.1.
Vers. 19. And ye shall eat Fat till ye be full, and drink, &c.
The Fowls of Heaven and Beasts of the Field are resembled unto Men at a F [...]st; where having meat and drink which likes them, [...] eat and drink plentifully. The fat, flesh, and bloud of men is sweet; and so pleasing to Fowls and Beasts, which should cram and fill themselves therewith.
Vers. 20. Thus ye shall be filled at my Table.
The word for Table is Shulcan from Shalach, to send, because it's sent out, or extended at length: so that it may contain many dishes, and guests may sit down thereat to feed upon those dishes. The Mountains of Israel were the Table here, the Carkasses of Men were the Dishes, the Fowls of Heaven, and Beasts of the Field the guests. Such plenty and variety of dishes they should have, as had not been seen at any Table before; every Guest should be fill'd.
With Horses and Chariots, with Mighty Men, and all Men of Warr.
In the Hebrew it is, With Horse, with Chariot, with Mighty Man, and all Man of War, all singulars, put for plurals; here is declared, who are meant by Rams, Lambs, Goats, and Bullocks in the 18. verse, Horse-men, Chariot-men, Men of Might, yea, all Men of Warr.
Saith the Lord.
Lest it should be thought an incredible thing, the Lord ratifies it, saying, Thus saith the Lord God. Jehovah, who is able to make such preparations for the Fowls of Heaven, and Beasts of the Earth, hath said it, and will do it.
First, Observe,
That all Creatures are at the command of God, and ordered to do this or that, according to his wise Providence.
Speak to every feathered Fowl, and to every Beast of the Field; Were not these creatures at the beck of the Lord, and subject to his over-ruling Providence, it had been in vain for Ezekiel to have spoken so unto them? In the 1 King. 17.4. God commanded the Ravens to feed Elijah, and they did come and bring him meat; Morning and Evening duly, v. 6. [Page 258] Psal. 50.11. It's said, God knows all the Fowls of the Mountains; and he calls them to what service he pleases; He call'd tor Quails to satisfie the lustings of the Israelites, Numb. 11.31. God asked Job the question, Whether the Eagle moun-fed up at his command, Job 39.27. implying, that though man hath no command over the Fowls of Heaven, yet himself hath. And so over Fishes and Beasts, Jon. 1.17. Chap. 2.10. The Whale came and went at Gods command, and did the service he appointed. Levit 26.22. I will send wild Beasts amongst you, which shall rob you of your children; And this he did, 2 King. 2.24 The Lord caused two shee-Bears to come out of the Wood and destroy 42. of their children. God is the Lord of Hosts, and can command an Army of Creatures at his pleasure, to benefit his Servants, or to plague their Enemies.
Secondly, Observe,
God doth execute some great and signal Judgement, when he summons the Creatures to eat the Flesh, and drink the Bloud of the Slain.
Oft-times the Bodies of Jews and Gentiles have been given for meat unto the Fowls and Beasts, as Jer. 7 33. and Chap. 34.20. Ezek. 29.5. But they have not been summon'd and call'd by open Proclamation, as here it is: The Prophet must speak to every feathered Fowl, and to every Beast of the Field, and say, Assemble your selves, and come, Gather your selves on every side. Such a Proclamation you have but twice more in all the Scripture, once in Jer. 12.9. Come ye, assemble all the Beasts of the Field, come to devour; he speaks of that great destruction of the Jews by Nebuchadnezzar. The other place is, Rev. 19.17. I saw an Angel standing in the Sun, and he cryed with a loud voyce, saying to all the Fowls that flie in the midst of Heaven, Come and gather your selves together, to the great Supper of the great God, that ye may eat the flesh of Kings, and the flesh of Captains, and the fl sh of Mighty Men, and the flesh of Horses, and of them that sit on them; and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great. This place runs parallel with Ezekiel, and sets out the greatness [Page 259] and signalness of Gods Judgements upon the Enemies of the Church: And it's conceiv'd by some to be the very same Judgement Ezekiel speaks of, viz. that of Gog and Magog.
Thirdly, Observe,
It's matter of delight and pleasure unto God, to destroy the Enemies of his Church and People.
Come to my Sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you. The Jews took great pleasure in sacrificing of Creatures unto God, 1 Chron. 29.21, 22. And God was well pleased with Sacrifices, Gen. 8.20, 21. Here he calls the destroying of Gog and Magog his Sacrifice, his Feast, or Table; he took as much delight in their slaughter as in any Sacrifice, or in any Feast. Wicked men are Bryers and Thorns, and God hath as much pleasure in the cutting down the one, as the Husbandman hath in cutting down the other. God delights in acts of Judgement, as well as in acts of Mercy, Isa. 48.14. He will do his pleasure on Babylon, and his arm shall be on the Chaldaeans; The destruction of Babylonians and Chaldaeans, God calls, His pleasure; the Hebrew is Chephzo, Voluntatem ejus, his will. It's Gods will to destroy all the Enemies of Sion; and the doing of it pleases him.
Fourthly, Observe,
God is impartial in his Judicial Dispensations, he punisheth the great Delinquents as well as the lesser.
Mighty men, Princes, those that ride in Chariots; Rams, great Goats, are slaughtered and given to the Fowls, and Beasts, aswell as the inferior sort, the men of War, Lambs and Bullocks; They were all in the same confederacy, in the same warr against the Land of Israel; and God winked not at the greatest, nor spared the meanest, but made them all a Sacrifice. God is a righteous God, and executes his judgements without respect of persons. Let not great men flatter themselves, they will not be exempted when God comes forth to judgement, though they be Princes.
Fifthly, Observe,
Great men, and vulgar ones also, may be a prey to the Creatures, and lye without burial for a season.
Princes, Mighty men, and others, after their death, lay upon the Mountains of Israel, and had their flesh eaten, and bloud drunk by Fowls and Beasts, which was another judgement added to the former; and the greater to the Heathen, because they thought their souls did wander up and down upon the Earth, nisi corpora fuissent humata, as Tertullian saith. The Athenians had the buryal of the dead in such honour, that if a Captain neglected to bury the dead which fell in warr, they punished him with death for it. It is a great ignominy to lye unburyed. Hence the Beast, when the Witnesses were kill'd, would not suffer their bodies to be buryed, but let them lye in the Streets, that so they might be the more ignominious.
Sixthly, Observe,
God provides for the brute and dumb Creatures, and that abundantly.
Every feathered Fowl, and every Beast of the Fi [...]ld shall be filled at my Table. God doth not only feed the Creatures, but sometimes feasts them. This World is Gods Family, whercin are millions of living Creatures, and not one of them is neglected of God, Psal. 145.15, 16. The Eyes of all wait upon thee, and thou givest them their meat in due season; they have their Break-fast, Dinner, and Supper; and lest we should conceit, one hath too much, another too little, it follows; Thou openest thy hand, and satisfiest the desire of every living thing; he satisfies the Fishes of the Sea, the Beasts of the Earth, and Fowls of Heaven. How should this teach men to depend upon God, not giving way to distrust, or discontent, Matth. 6.26. Behold the Fowls of the Air, saith Christ, for they sow not, neither do they reap, nor gather into Barns, yet their heavenly Father feedeth them. Are ye not much better then they? He saith not the Fowls of the House, they are cared for; but, The Fowls of the Air, that [Page 261] have none to look after them, (unless it be Fowlers to take away their lives;) neither do they know where to get the next meal, when they have gotten one, nor what hole or bush to lodge in at night, yet their heavenly Father provides for, and feeds them. Does he take care of such Creatures, and will he not take care of you? Yes, certainly he will, and why? ye are better then they; ye are rational, they irrational; ye are his sons, they his servants.
Vers. 21, 22.
21. And I will set my Glory among the Heathen, and all the Heathen shall see my Judgement that I have executed, and my Hand that I have laid upon them.
22. So the House of Israel shall know, that I am the Lord their God from that day and forward.
THe Lord having declared what destructive judgements he would bring upon Gog and Magog; he comes here to make known the end of his so dealing with them, viz. the manifestation of his glory amongst Heathens, and his own People.
Vers. 21. I will set my Glory among the Heathen.
I will give my Glory, saith the Hebrew, that is, I will cause it to be evident amongst them. By Glory understand the glory of his Justice and Power.
All the Heathen shall see my Judgement that I have executed.
These words give light to the former: The Heathen seeing the dreadful judgements of God upon Gog and [Page 262] his, should acknowledge the Justice and Power of God.
And my Hand that I have laid upon them.
They shall not only have a bare sight, but experimental knowledg; they shall find themselves concern'd therein, and feel the hand of God heavy upon them; for the strength, wealth, liberty, and glory of the Heathen will be much impaired, if not totally ruin'd by the overthrow of Gog.
Vers. 22. So that the House of Israel shall know that I am, &c.
They did know the Lord to be their God before: but this signal stroke of God upon their Enemies, being a signal mercy unto them, should so ingage them unto God, that from that time forward they should afresh and eminently acknowledge God to be their God, and none to be like unto him; that he will not desert them in their streights, but be their Deliverer.
First, Observe,
The great end of Gods judgements upon sinful men, is, his Glory.
I will set my glory among the Heathens, and all the Heathen shall see my judgement, &c. God doth therefore execute judgement, that he may be glorified. When sinful people will not give glory to God for his Mercies, he will fetch glory out of them by his Judgements. They are the work of his hand, and what ever that be, it's honourable and glorious, Psal. 111.3. Not only his works of Creation, but those of Judicial Providence. Upon what Nation soever, Army, or Navy the Lord shall lay his hand, he will work out his glory thereby; that is the end of all his works and judgements.
Secondly, Obsérve,
Dreadful judgements upon the wicked, are ingaging mercies unto the godly.
So shall the h [...]use of Israel know that I am the Lord their God from that day and forward. The hand of God upon Gog and his, should so affect their hearts, that they should experimentally know, and say, The Lord is our God, he hath laid low our enemies: he hath freed us from their Insultations, Threats, Oppressions: he is our Deliverer, our Saviour, our Redeemer, Isai 25.9. It shall be said in that day, Lo, this is our God: we have waited for him, and he will save us. This is the Lord, we have waited for him: we will be glad and rejoyce in his salvation. When God executed severe judgements upon the enemies of his people, then were their hearts thus affected, and engaged unto the Lord: then they rejoyced in God their Saviour, and said, He will save. He hath saved us, and he will save us. When the godly see, that great judgements upon their enemies, are great mercies unto them, their faith is advanced thereby, and they are perswaded God will never leave them: their hearts are warmed, and they cannot but own and praise him.
Vers. 23, 24.
23. And the heathen shall know that the house of Israel went into captivity for their iniquity, because they trespassed against me: therefore hid I my face from them, and gave them into the hand of their enemies, so fell they all by the sword.
24. According to their uncleanness, and according to their transgressions, have I done unto them, and hid my face from them.
THe Heathen had base and blasphemous thoughts of God; they imagined he was not able to keep his people out of the hands of Nebuchadnezzar, and his gods: to [Page 264] vindicate himself, therefore, the Lord tells them the true cause why they were carried into Captivity, namely for their iniquity. It was not Impotencie in God, but Iniquity in them which caused it.
23. The house of Israel went into captivity for their Iniquity.
The Hebrew is, the house of Israel were led into Captivity in their Iniquities. God took them in their Iniquities and carried them away into Captivity in them, or, for them. Boavonam, the Septuagint saies, [...], for their sins, their crooked and perverse doings.
Because they trespassed against me.
The word Magnal, or Maal, signifies▪ Stubbornly and Contemptuously to sin: to oppose him one ought to be subject unto: such transgsessours were the Jews: they opposed God.
Therefore hid I my face from them.
To hide the face from them, imports, 1. The denying of them his Favour, his Counsel, his Help: and Secondly, Declaring his Anger and Severity by sharp judgements, Ps. 80 3. Cause thy face to shine, and we shall be saved. God's face was clouded, and hid from his Church; so that it had neither Favour, Counsel, nor Help from him, but sad afflictions and judgements; for he was angry with the Prayers of his people, he fed them with thc bread of Tears, and gave them Tears to drink in great measure: therein he sorely afflicted them.
And gave them into the hand of their enemies.
This followed upon God's hiding his face: they felt acts of his displeasure: he gave, or delivered them up into the [Page 265] hands of their enemies: he caused Nebuchadnezzar to come, besiege Jerusalem, and to take it: and then God gives into the hand of others, when his Providence acts and orders things, so, that men come under their power.
So fell they all by the sword.
Some were carried into Captivity, some fled, some were left in the Land after Nebuchadnezzar and his Forces returned to Babylon: How then is it said, They all fell by the sword? The sense is, They were all brought under by the Power of the sword, not all kill'd that were made subject; and some of all sorts kill'd.
Verse 24. According to their uncleanness, and according to their transgressions have I done unto them.
Here God anticipates what Jews and Gentiles might Object, viz. That he dealt very harshly, yea cruelly with them in breaking them to pieces, in un-Churching and un-Stating of them: but he tells them, What he did, was according to their uncleanness, and their transgressions; he did nothing, but what they had deserved.
First, Observe.
God doth with-hold Mercies from his people, and lay sad judgements upon them for their sins.
The house of Israel went into Captivity for their iniquities. Because they trespassed against God, Therefore did he hide his face from them: Therefore did he give them into the hand of their enemies: Therefore they fell by the sword, and were brought into subjection. If God's own people sin, they shall smart for it: he will not countenance them, hear their Prayers, give them Counsel, nor put forth his hand to help them, Isai 59.1, Behold, the Lords hand is not shortned, that it cannot save, neither his ear heavy that it cannot hear: but your iniquities have separated between you and your God, and your [Page 266] sins have hid his face from you, that he will not hear. Sin is of that nature, that it turns away God's face from his own people, that it stops his ear against their prayers, and shrinks up his arm, so that there is no help for them; And not onely doth it keep good things from them, Jer. 5.25. but draw evils upon them, Neh. 13.18. It was Israels sins brought judgement upon them, and their City.
Secondly, Observe.
God will convince his enemies of the true cause of his executing dreadful judgements upon his people.
Thc Heathen shall know that the house of Israel went into Captivity for their Iniquity, They thought there were other grounds for it, That God could not preserve them against such a potent adversary as Nebuchadnezzar was; that his Power and Wisdom was not such, as was in their gods: but the Lord made them know, these were not the grounds why the house of Israel suffered such grievous things, but that it was their Iniquities, Transgressions, and Uncleannesses which brought Judgements upon them. When Heathens saw what was done to Jerusalem, and being unsatisfied, asked the Question, Wherefore hath the Lord done this unto this great City? What, is he unfaithful to his people? Could he preserve it no longer? Are our gods stronger then the God of Israel? No, no; these things are not the cause: Tell them, saith he, what's the true cause; It's, Because they have forsaken the Covenant of the Lord their God, and worshipped other gods, and served them, Jer. 22.8, 9.
Thirdly, Observe.
None have just ground of complaint whatsoever Judgements are upon them, howsoever God deal by them.
According to their uncleannesses, and according to their transgressions have I done unto them: their sins have been great, and I have executed great judgements upon them. They fill'd up the Ephah with wickedness, and I fill'd up the Vial with wrath. They drove me out of my Sanctuary, and I drove them out of my Land: they turn'd their hearts from [Page 267] me, and I hid my face from them. Gods judgements are righteous; he wrongs no man, no Nation; men have cause to complain of their sins, not his judgements, see Lament. 3.39. & Psal. 145.17.
Vers. 25, 26, 27, 28, 29.
25. Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Now will I bring again the Captivity of Jacob, and have mercy upon the whole House of Israel, and will be jealous for my holy Name.
26. After that they have born their shame, and all their trespasses whereby they have trespassed against me, when they dwelt safely in their Land, and none made them afraid.
27. When I have brought them again from the people, and gathered them out of their Enemies Lands, and am sanctified in them in the sight of many Nations:
28. Then shall they know that I am the Lord their God, which caused them to be led into Captivity among the Heathen: but I have gathered them into their own Land, and have left none of them any more there.
29. Neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out my Spirit upon the House of Israel, saith the Lord God.
THe gracious goodness of God towards his people, appears in these verses, where we have
Vers. 25. Now will I bring again the Captivity of Jacob.
If we referr these words to the Captive Jews in Babylon, the time was drawing nigh of their deliverance, and therefore the Lord saith, Now will I bring again the Captivity of Jacob, that is, the Posterity of Jacob being in Captivity: but, if we referr these words to what went before in the Chapter, the sense is Gog: and Magog being destroyed, and their Funeral over; Now will I bring again the Captivity of Jacob, the dispersed Jews, or Believers, who were the seed of Jacob. A spiritual Reduction is here understood by some.
And have mercy upon the whole House of Israel.
Then God will have mercy, not, on two Tribes, but all the Tribes, on the whole House of Israel; hitherto it hath not been, but it shall be. God will forgive the sins of the Jews in general, and bring them out of their forlorn condition to glorious injoyments and liberty. This word Richamti is from Racham, which signifies Intimo commiserationis affectu aliquem amplecti, to imbrace one with a most inward affection of bowels, mercy, or compassion. God would be as merciful to them, as a Mother to the fruit of her womb.
And will be jealous for my holy Name.
In the Hebrew it is, I will be jealous, or, zealous for the Name of my Holiness; I will not suffer my Name to be polluted, as it's vers. 7. The mercies I have promised shall be performed, whatever obstacle is in the way, my holy Name is ingaged for it; and the jealousie I have for my Name will [Page 269] provoke me to do the same. Jealousie is such an ardent affection as will break through all, would retard or frustrate an undertaking. It is given to God more humano, and nothing shall let him from accomplishing what he hath promised.
Vers. 26. After that they have born their shame.
The Jews being a people distinguished from other Nations by their laws and worship, should have so liv'd, as never to have given God occasion to have cast them off; but they sinning above the Nations, were scattered of God into several parts of the World, and there they were reproached by the Heathens for their God, their Worship, and their Laws, and so did bear shame: Or thus, Shame may be put for the punishment of their shame, viz. their sin, that was their shame; and sad judgements did they bear for the same, which was also their shame.
And all their Trespasses whereby they have trespassed against me.
Trespasses here notes punishment; they trespassed against God in Canaan, and he punished them for those trespasses in Babylon, and other places. After they had born their shame and punishment the appointed time, God would visit them in mercy, bring them back to Sion, and do great things for them.
When they dwelt safely in the Land, and none made them afraid.
They had much peace, were secure, feared no Enemies, nor Judgements, and thereupon sinn'd freely, and multiplyed transgressions without number. The word for making afraid, is Charad, which signifies to be moved in body or mind. Fear doth distemper both; but the Jews had [Page 270] none to disaffect either, by frighting of them.
Vers. 27. When I am sanctified in them in the sight of many Nations.
In Chap. 38. vers. 9. God saith, he will sanctifie himself, that is, declare himself to be an holy God; and here the word is passive, When I am sanctified, that is, when I am openly acknowledged to be just in punishing of them, and merciful in delivering of them. Piscator carries the words actively, thus, I will demonstrate my Holiness and Majesty, both by afflicting and by freeing of them.
Vers. 28. Then shall they know, that I am the Lord their God, which caused them to be led into Captivity, among, &c.
After their suffering grievous and long afflictions, and receiving choyse mercies, they shall know and confess that it was the hand of God which led them into captivity, and not the hand of man: before, their eyes were upon men, Nebuchadnezzar and his Forces, they looked not at God: but, when they should be throughly purged in the furnace of affliction, and be brought out thence to partake of special mercies; then they should see, know, and acknowledge that God did all, that it was his hand did it; that Nebuchadnezzar could not have done ought against them, nor Cyrus ought for them, without his Commission. So, when the Jews shall be gathered out of all parts they are now in, they shall know it to be the hand of God: The Hebrew, for which caused them be led into Captivity among the Heathen, is, In my transferring them, or causing them to be transferred to the Heathen.
And have left none of them any more there.
At the first gathering of the Jews out of Babylon, many were left there, Ezra 1.5. Not all the Fathers of Judab [Page 271] and Benjamin; but, the chief of the Fathers, and such whose spirits God had stirred, came thence; not the rest: But here is mention of such a gathering, as that none shall be left; None de praedestinatis, saith Maldonate. Not any one, V [...]lentem in Patriam redire, saith Mariana. But these senses do not come up fully to the words, which are, I will not leave of them any more; formerly, many have been left, but there shall be such a gathering as none shall be left; whole Tribes were then left in captivity.
Vers. 29. Neither will I hide my face any more from them.
God hid his face seventy years from them in Babylon: and, since their crucifying of Christ, he hath hid it from them 1600. years. But he hath a time to let them see his face again, and never more to hide it from them; they shall have his favour, his counsel, his help, and protection. They shall not be under severe judgments, but injoy sweet mercies.
For I have poured out my Spirit upon the House of Israel.
Junius hath the words, Quum effudero, When I shall pour out my Spirit upon them. In the Hebrew, it's a pretertense for a future, which is usual therein, to shew the certainty of the thing. The Septuagint saith, [...], Because I have poured out my wrath upon them; their sense is, Seeing I have uttered and accomplished all my displeasure against them, they shall henceforth have my face and favour. The word for my Spirit is Ruchi, the same with that in Chap. 36.27. which the Septuagint render there [...], my Spirit; and it's so to be taken here. God makes the House of Israel a great promise, he will pour out his Spirit upon the same. It shall have all spiritual blessings in abundance, and the continuation of them.
First, Observe.
The afflictions of Gods People they may be long, and sharp; yet they shall not be alwayes, they shall have an end.
There is a time when they shall cease; Now will I bring again the Captivity of Jacob. God brings his into captivity, and out again in due time. Some Vessels must be longer in the fire then others, their dross and rust is so incorporated into them, that they must not only be heatt, but melted; and, when they are melted, then they are taken out of the furnace and new moulded. The Jews were long in the Wilderness, but at length they were brought into the Land of the Amorites, Josh. 24.7, 8. The Gentiles must tread down the Holy City 42 moneths, or 1260. dayes, and then it shall be freed, Revel. 11.2, 3. God may be wroth with the Sheep of his Pasture, his wrath may be hot, may be long, but it shall not be for ever, Psal. 103.9. Let us be patient under long afflictions, and wait for deliverance, it's drawing nigh dayly, and the set time will come ere long, Heb. 10.37.
Secondly, Observe,
There is a day of mercy to come for the Jews, even all of them.
I will have mercy upon the whole House of Israel; not one Tribe, two, or ten, but upon the whole House of Israel, I will pardon their sins, gather them out of the Nations, and make them a glorious people. This promise was but in part fulfilled, when Judah, Benjamin, and some of Levi, return'd out of Babylon; the compleat fulfilling of it remains yet. The Jews do expect the making of it good to this day, saying, they are in vilissima & durissima Captivitate, and look for such a gathering as none shall be left. Doubtless there is a time when God will smile upon the Jews, shew them mercy, and bring them unto Christ, and make him Salvation unto them, Hos. 1.10, 11. Rom. 11.15, 24, 25, 26, 27. Zech. 10.6, 7.
Thirdly, Observe,
The great things God doth for his People, are not done for their worth, or merits, but for his holy Names sake.
The bringing Jacob out of captivity, and having mercy upon the whole House of Israel, is upon that account; I will be zealous, or jealous, for my holy Name. God doth all for his Name sake, Ezek. 36.32. Not for your sakes do I this, saith the Lord God, be it known unto you: lest they should think there was something in them deserved at Gods hands, and mov'd him to do for them, he openly declares against it, Be it known unto you, and to all the world, that it is not for your sakes, for any excellency or good I see in you; but it is for mine Own sake, for the honour of mine own holy Name, which is so dear and pre [...]ious unto me, that I am jealous of any thing tends towards the disparagement of it, and zealous to do whatever I have promised, and may promote the Glory thereof, Isa. 9.7. The zeal of the Lord of Hosts will perform this, Kinath, the zeal or jealousie of the Lord will do it; he had made many great promises before, of Christ and his Government for ever; and if any thing should rise up to hinder the same, the Lord of Hosts would be zealous to see it performed, otherwise his holy Name would suffer. Gods Name is the great motive to him, to do for his. This Jeremie knew full well, and therefore presseth God to do for them upon that account, Chap. 14.7. O Lord, though our Iniquities testifie against us, do thou for thy Names sake; there was a great Famine, and they deserved not a drop of rain, or bit of bread; but Gods Name was a strong Argument to provoke him to do for them.
Fourthly, Observe.
Sin brings men to shame and punishment, which they must undergo one where or other.
After they have born their shame and trespasses. They sinned in Canaan, and were sham'd and punished in Babylon, and other places. It's only sin which makes men blush and smart.
Fifthly, Observe,
In times of peace and safety, usually men forget God, and sin against him.
When the Jews dwelt safely, and none made them afraid, then they trespassed against God. At such times, men are scornful and proud, Psal. 123.4 they trust in Mountains, Amos 6.1. they live sensually, vers. 4, 5, 6. they increase the affl ctions of the afflicted, Z [...]ch. 1.15. When men are in peace, and without danger, they have opportunities for hearing of Gods Word by his Servants: but Jer. 22.21. saith God, I spake unto thee in thy prosperity; but thou saidst, I will not hear. Jerusalem and her children had deaf ears, and obstinate hearts, in their prosperity. Solomon who had peace on all sides round about him, 1 King. 4.24. forgat the Lord, marryed strange wives, and did strange things for them; he built high places for their Idol-gods, and went himself after other gods, 1 King. 11.15. & 7.10. Great is the danger of Prosperity, yet all desire it. That caution which God gave his people, when they were to come into Canaan, where they should have peace and plenty, is needful for all in a prosperous condition, Deut. 6.12. Beware, lest thou forget the Lord: Men are very apt then to forget him.
Sixthly, Observe,
The Lord by open delivering of his People from an afflicted condition, doth sanctifie his own Name, and hath it sanctified by others.
His gathering them out of Enemies hands, declared his power, his faithfulness, his mercy; and thereby, he sanctified his own Name; and these Attributes being acknowledged by those that are delivered, and by the Nations from whom they are delivered, his Name is sanctified. Gods People are oft under great and long afflictions, and when ever he sets them at liberty, he sanctifies his Name, and his Name is sanctified; he declares himself, and is declared by others, to be a gracious God. When the Jews were brought out of Babylon, they said, The Lord hath done great [Page 275] things for us; and the Babylonians said, The Lord hath done great things for them, Psal. 126.2, 3. Thus did God sanctifie, and men sanctifie; the one, by declaring his Omnipotency▪ Faithfulness, and Goodness; the other, by acknowledging the same.
Seventhly, Observe,
There is a time, when the Jews shall not only have mercy, but abundant and lasting mercy.
God will gather them, pour out his Spirit upon them, and never hide his face from them any more. This time will be an happy and glorious time: for the house of Israel, to be enriched with the gifts and graces of Gods Spirit, which are excellent; and to have the light of Gods countenance shining upon them, and that alwayes; What can be more desirable? This condition, as Paul saith, will be life from the dead, Rom. 11.15. Now they are like dead trees, without any sap in them; but, then they will be like Trees well-rooted, full of sap, and in their greatest glory; full of branches, leaves, blossoms, fruit; and the Sun shining upon them.
The EXPOSITION continued upon the Remaining Chapters of EZEKIEL. CHAP. XL.
THat there be [...] in the Sacred Scriptures, these nine last Chapters as well as the beginning of Ezekiel do abundantly testifie; and such difficult things are in these last, that they have made many men of the greatest parts to tremble at the thought of Interpreting them. The Rabbins say, that the first of Ezekiel, and these last Chapters, are, Arcana inexplicabilia & à nemine intellecta; and therefore forbid Theirs to read them, adding, Cum venerit Elias, solvet omnia. Jerome, that great light in his time,In Pr [...]oemio ad Eustochium. professes his trepidation hereat, that he did clausam pulsare januam. Gregorie the Great, when he went about this work,Prooem. in 2. l. super Ezek. praefat. ad c. 40. said, Nocturnum iter agimus. Maldonate affirms, that this last Prophesie of Ezekiel, is so difficult and dark, ut vix intelligi posse videatur, Oecolampadius tells us, that in the 42. Chapter, there is, Summa difficultas, which ancient Expositors understood not, and he brings in Rabbi Solomon, who writ upon the whole Talmud: saying, that he thinks there is not any thing extant, Quod hujus adjuvet intelligentiam; and professes, that neither by his own study, aid of Ministers, or by his own reading, he attain'd any help, in Aedificio hco intelligendo, but only what he had from Heaven: and of himself, he saith, Chap. 45. Hoc loco praecipuè pauperem meum intelligentiam profiteor. Hujus loci mysteria tacitus vereor, &c. It is good to tremble at the Word of God, both what we understand, and what we understand not, for all is of equal authority; and to him that trembles thereat, the Lord looketh, and will let in light. The Vision is dark, but God dwells in darkness; the Temple, and City, are dark, but Jehovah-Shammah, The Lord is there, [Page 278] whom we most humbly desire to let out some beams of light, whereby we may come to understand something of the incredible sweetness of these dark and deep things.
It's not to be expected that I should proceed here as in the former Chapters, by speaking to every verse. Some I shall pass over,Oecol. in c 42. and say with Jerome, Scio quod nescio.
Some would have this Temple represented to Ezekiel, to be that built by Zorobabel and the Jews, after the Captivity: but there is much to be said to prove it not to be so.
1. That Temple was built in Jerusalem, in the place where Solomon's Temple stood; but, this Temple Ezekiel saw, was to be without the City, as Interpreters observe from the 45. and 48. Chapters.
2. That Temple was for the two Tribes of Judah, and Benjamin. This of Ezekiel, is for the whole body of the Jews, all the Tribes are mentioned, Chap. 47, & 48. And strangers had Inheritance here amongst the Israelites, Ch. 47.22. Which was not so in Moses, Solomon's, or Zorobable's time.
3. In Zorobabel's Temple there was no such River nor Trees yielding new fruit every moneth, as is spoken of Ezekiel's, Ch. 47.12.
4. God promised Ch. 43.7. to dwell among the Israelites of this Temple for ever, which cannot be verified of Zorobabel's Temple and City; for the Lord forsook both, and delivered them up to the Romans, who destroy'd them.
5. The Temple our Prophet speaks of, was not to be defiled; nor the holy Name of God, by the House of Israel, which should then be, Chap. 43.7, 8. But Zorobabel's Temple was defiled, as you may read in the Macchabees; and the J [...]ws who returned from Babylon, defiled the Name of God by their Iniquities, as appears▪ Neh. 13.
6. The twenty five thousand Reeds being the length of the holy Portion, offered to the Lord, and the breadth ten thousand Reeds, Ezek. 45.1 cannot be understood of any City or Temple which the Jews should build after their captivity; for the twenty five thousand Reeds make [Page 279] forty five miles in length, say some; fifty and upwards, say others: and the ten thousand, sixteen or eighteen miles in breadth; never was any such City built.
There be many other things differing from what was in Moses, Joshuah, and Solomon's dayes. The measures differ much from those of the Tabernacle and Temple: The Land was not divided in Joshuah's time, as here it is to the Tribes. The Priests and Levites had no portion of Land, as here they have; There was no such Portion or Oblation for the Prince: Their Sacrifices and Oblations are not after the same manner. The Altar, Chap. 41.22. differs from the Altar of Incense, Exod. 30, 2. The cleansing of the Sanctuary, and putting the bloud of the young Bullock upon the posts and corners of the settle of the Altar, Chap. 45.18, 19. is a new Ordinance, not to be found in Moses Law. In Ezekiels division of the Land were no Cities of refuge appointed, there would be no need of them, Ezek. 44.25.
This Vision therefore points out the Introduction of a better hope, viz. the Church of Christ under the Gospel. Alapide tells us, that many Rabbins and Jews referr this Temple, and City, to the Messi [...]h, expecting that he should build them; and, because, this third Temple, and new City, are not yet built, they think the Messiah is not yet come.Quod Messias nondum venerit quia tertium Templum nondum est aedificatum. In Apocal. 12. Sect. 33. This argument was objected by the Jews to Galatinus, who answers it in his 5. Book, Ch. 10. and concludes thus, Jerusalem & Templum de quibus loquitur Ezekiel, mysticè intelligenda esse. Of that mind is Viega, who saith, This Vision of Ezekiel's Temple and City, nullo pacto ad materialem illam Hierosolymorum Ʋrbem, Templum (que) illud à Salomone aedificatum; sed ad Ecclesiam à Christo in terris fundatam, pertinere: at (que) adeo non mysticè sed secundum litteram omnia quae de ejusmodi aedificiis à Propheta describuntur, de Ecclesia esse intelligenda; quamvis in multis ad Civitatem illam materialem, Templum (que) Salomonis, fiat allusio.
It's conceived therefore, that in this Vision is represented the restitution of the Jewish Church, their Temple, City, [Page 280] and Worship, after the captivity, not simply, but as they were Types of the Church under the Gospel; for, as we must not exclude these, so we must know, this is not the principal thing intended. That which the Vision doth chiefly hold out unto us, is, the building of the Christian Temple, with the worship thereof, under Jewish expressions, which began to be accomplished in the Apostles days, Act. 15.16. And that the spiritual Temple, consisting of believing Jews and Gentiles, is chiefly intended; we may see from that correspondency between Ezekiel, and John in his Gospel and Revelation. There be many parallel places in them; as
There is one thing more also intended, viz. the restoring of the Christian Church after its Apostasie and suffering in Spiritual Babylon under Antichrist: Many are the breaches, rents, and ruines of the Christian Church to this day; and we may see the Tabernacle of Christ is fallen. But it is expected, that he, Whose appearance was like the appearance of brass, with a measuring line in his hand, Ezek. 40.3. should come and raise it up, and build the ruines thereof, bringing in the fulness of Jew and Gentile, that so the state of the Church may answer those Prophesies made of it, Isa. 60.17, 18. Ezek. 45.8. There shall be no violence, no oppression by Princes, or others. Hitherto there hath been little else but oppression in all lands; and the new Heaven, and new Earth, wherein dwells Righteousness, have not yet been created, but are to be expected as things intended in this Vision.
Vers. 1, 2, 3, 4.
1. In the five and twentieth year of our Captivity, in the beginning of the year, in the tenth day of the moneth, in the fourteenth year after the City was smitten, in the self same day the hand of the Lord was upon me, and brought me thither.
2. In the Visions of God brought he me into the Land of Israel, and set me upon a very high Mountain, by which was as the frame of a City on the South.
3. And he brought me thither, and behold, there was a Man, whose appearance was like the appearance of Brass, with a line of Flax in his hand, and a measuring Reed, and he stood in the Gate.
4. And the Man said unto me, Son of Man, behold with thine eyes, and hear with thine ears, and set thine heart upon all that I shall shew thee: for to the intent that I might shew them unto thee, art thou brought hither: declare all that thou seest to the House of Israel.
WE are come now to the last part of Ezekiel's Prophesie which is a Typical prophesie concerning Christ and his Church, set forth under the Vision of the new Temple, City, and Kingdom, comprehended in these nine last Chapters: In which we have,
1. The building of the new Temple, with the several appurtenances thereof, in the 40, 41, and 42. Chapter.
2. The Ministery, Worship, and Ordinances of this new Temple, in the 43. & 44. Chapters.
3. The Restitution or Reformation of the whole Land, the Common-wealth, Kingdom, and City, with several Ordinances for the Prince and People, in the 45, 46, 47, and 48. Chapters.
In describing of these, the Prophet useth, saith Huff [...]nrefferus, words and phrases suitable to the state of the Jews; he describes, as it were, the Temple, Worship, and Land of the Jews: Whereas he aims at no such thing, but intends the spiritual Kingdom of Christ and the Gospel.
The scope of this Vision was to comfort the afflicted Jews, who being in captivity, lamented the desolation of the Temple, City, and Common-wealth of Israel. To the Prophet therefore, the Lord shews in a Vision the restauration of them again; and not only so, but greater things are held out and promised under them, as the greatness and glory of the Church under Christ in time of the Gospel, of which John speaks, Revel. 21.22. It's not an earthly City, Temple, Jerusalem, we are to look at here; but a spiritual City, Temple Jerusalem viz. the Church of Chr [...]st, whose Name is Jehovah-Shammah.
In this Chapter, you have
1. A Preface, or Introduction, to the Vision.
2. A Narrative of the Wall, several Courts, Gates, the Porch, of this new Temple; and the measures of them.
In the Preface are five things. The Time, the Manner, the Place, the Author, and End of the Vision.
Vers. 1. In the five and twentieth year of our Captivity, in the beginning of the year, in the tenth day of the Moneth.
Here the time is pointed out, when this Vision was presented to Ezekiel, which was in the 25. year of his captivity; so long it was since he with Jehoiakim was carryed into Babylon, and kept there. His first Vision was in the fift year of his captivity, Ezek. 1.2. And this his last Vision was twenty years after, in the beginning of the year, the tenth day of the moneth; which some make to be in the Autumn, others in the Spring.
The fourteenth year after the City was smitten.
After Jehoiakim had been eleaven years in captivity, the City was smitten and utterly laid waste, which was in the eleventh year of Zedekiah, 2 King. 25.2. Jer. 39.2. & 52.5. From this period or Epoclea, is the Vision reckoned; fourteen years after the desolation of the City, Ezekiel had it. Some would prove this year to be the year of Jubilee, because it was the 50. from the 18. of Josiahs reign, when the Book of the Law was found. But that year appears not to be a Jubilaean year. Mestlinus makes the year of Jubilee to be in the 10. of Zedekiah's reign; and if so, this year of the Prophets V [...]sion was but 16. years after the year of Jubilee, and 34. years before the next Jubilee.
In the self same day.
The Hebrew is Beetzem haiom, in the bone, or essence of the day, in the body of the day, or in the strength of the day, when the heat and light were greatest; the same words are in Gen. 7.13. where the words are rendered, the self same day, being an Hebrew form of speech.
The hand of the Lord was upon me, &c.
The Chaldee saith, A Prophetical Spirit from the face of Lord resided upon me; others, The strength, or divine virtue of the Lord was upon me. These words we had in Chap. 1. v. 3. where they were opened. Here the manner of the Vision is set forth: it was by the Spirit of God upon the Prophet enlightning and informing his mind.
And brought me thither.
I was brought in mind, not in body, by the Spirit; thither, that is, to the City that had been smitten, but now seem'd to be re-built: and so it follows;
Vers. 2. In the Visions of God, brought he me into the Land of Israel.
In those great, glorious, and wonderful Visions of God, wrought in the Prophet by the Spirit of God, he apprehended that he was in the Land of Israel, beholding not only with the eyes of his mind, the things presented unto him, but also with the eyes of his body.
And set me upon a very high Mountain.
The place where the Prophet had this Vision, was in the Land of Israel, and upon Mount Sion, or Mount Moriah, where the Temple was built. Moriah is from raah, to see; this Mount was the Mount of Vision, and on it had Ezekiel this glorious Vision. Kimohi saith, This Mountain is the Mountain of the Temple, and this City is Jerusalem on the South. Lightfoot on the Temple, ch. 4. v. 13. The Rabbins conceive the Land of Israel to be the highest of all Lands, and Mount Sion, or Moriah, the highest of all the Mountains in that Land. It was a Type of the Church of Christ, Heb. 12.22. and therefore it's represented here to be a very high Mountain; and so it was unto John also, Rev. 21.10. which words allude to these of Ezekiel. The Hebrew for set me, is, caused me to rest; when the Prophet was brought to this Mountain, he had rest: there is no true rest but in the Church, in the Mount of Vision.
By which was as the frame of a City on the South.
The Mount it self was South from Babylon, and the Cities was on the Southside of the Mount, which was smitten there; now the Prophet sees in Vision, as it were, the model or frame of a City; he had seen before the ruine of the City, and now he sees the raising of it.
Vers. 3. And he brought me thither.
That is, the Spirit of God carryed him in Vision to that Mountain, where he saw an Idaea of a City.
And behold, there was a Man whose appearance was like the appearance of Brass.
Here the Author of the Vision is specified and described from his appearance, the Instruments he had, and the place where he stood. This Man is made by some, an Angel; by others, Christ. It was the Son of God appeared in the first Vision unto Ezekiel, and so he doth in this last; he was a Master-builder, and appointed of God to build the House, Zech. 6.12, 13. Thus speaks the Lord of Hosts, saying, Behold the Man whose Name is the Branch, that is, Christ, he shall grow up out of his place, and he shall build the Temple of the Lord, even he shall build the Temple of the Lord, and he shall bear the glory: And that this Man was Christ, his appearance declares; for it was like the appearance of Brass; and so Christ, Revel. 1.15. is said to appear, His feet were like unto fine Brass; and here his countenance, or whole body, appeared like unto Brass, that is, free from spot, beautiful, bright, and shining: Christ was without blemish, or spot, 1 Pet. 1.19. He was holy, harmless, undefiled, Heb. 7.26. He was fairer then the children of men, Psal. 45.2.
With a line of Flax in his hand, and a measuring Reed.
These be the Instruments which this man had; a Line, and a measuring Reed. Such Instruments are proper to Architects, and Master-Builders; and being in the hand of Christ, do demonstrate him to be the chief Builder of the Church. The line of Flax was to measure the great spaces of the ground viz. the Floors, Court, and Compass of the Buildings, and Walls: The Reed was to measure the Buildings; the thickness, length, and breadth of them. Of [Page 286] such a Line and Reed is spoken of, in Zech. 2.1, 2. Rev 11.1. Chap. 21.15. A Reed is smooth, round, and light, and therefore fit for measuring; they were plentiful in those parts.
And he stood in the Gate.
The Hebrew is, he standing in the Gate; His posture wasStabat, quasi ad Ministerium, accinctus. Standing, his place was in the Gate: He stood there to direct the Prophet, to shew him the measures of the Temple, and other things, to manifest, he hath command of the Temple, and may keep out, and let in, whom he pleased.
Vers [...] 4. And the Man said unto me, Son of Man, Behold with thine eyes, &c.
In this verse, the end of the Vision is held forth, which is that Ezekiel throughly understanding the things comprehended in it, might communicate them to others. Here the Lord Christ is call'd Man, for that in time he was to be incarnate, and the Son of Man, speaks to Ezekiel, and commands him two things,
1. To give the most diligent and best attention, as possible might be, and therefore calls for not only the eyes and ears, but the heart also, Behold with thine eyes, and hear with thine ears, and set thine heart upon all that I shall shew thee: his heart must go with his senses, and seriously ponder what was presented. Some things were to be seen, some things were to be heard, and all to be considered: and why? he was brought thither for that end.
2. To make known what he should see, hear, and observe, Declare them to the House of Israel; he must not keep things to himself, but publish them to others, to the Church and People of Israel.
First, Observe.
The Lord keeps an exact account of the time of his Church and Peoples sufferings.
He is the best and most punctual Chronologer of all in Heaven and Earth. Men and Angels may mistake, misreckon; but the Lord doth not, cannot. In the 25. year of our captivity, in the beginning of the year, in the 10. day of the month, in the 14. year after the City was smitten, in the self same day, Here, the Years, the Months, and Days, of the Jews captivity was observed of the Lord. When we are in misery, and suffering conditions, we think God forgets us, Psal 79.5. Psal. 89.46. but he takes notice of every Hour, Day, Month, and Year.
Secondly, Observe,
When the Church is low, in the worst, most desperate, and deplorable condition, even then, the Lord hath a care of his Church.
Now the Temple, City, and Land of Canaan, were utterly laid wast, the people many of them destroyed, the rest in Babylon without hope of ever seeing their own Country, ch. 37.11. In this condition the Lord appears to Ezekiel, and gives him a most singular and excellent Vision, concerning the Restauration of the Church, the Extent, Dignity, and Glory of it; whereby he shewed both the Prophet and the People whose hearts were fill'd with sorrow. When the Church is in the Wilderness, under persecution, in Egypt, or Babylon, the Lord is solicitous for it. Zech. 1.14. I am jealous for Jerusalem and for Zion, with a great jealousie.
Thirdly, Observe,
The Church is Mount Sion, or Mount Sion is the Church, wherein God makes known his mind for the comfort of his.
Ezekiel was carried in spirit into the Land of Israel, and set there upon a very high Mountain, viz. Mount Sion, which typed out the Church of God; and there he had this glorious vision, there sweet consolation was given forth for the afflicted. The Church is sometimes call'd a Garden and Fountain sealed, as Cantic. 4.12. Sometimes a Vineyard, Mat. 20.1. Sometimes an House, 1 Tim. 3.15. [Page 288] Sometimes a City, Psal. 46.4. Isai. 60.14. Sometimes a Mountain, Psal. 2.6. And it's so call'd for the hieghth, the glory, and the strength of it. Mountains are high, conspicuous and strong, and so is the Church. On Mountains is good aire, so likewise is in the Church; Hills are nearer heaven then other places; they are below, the Church is above the World.
Fourthly, Observe,
The Church is well seated and well ordered.
Ʋpon which was as the frame of a City: it's seated upon a Mountain, the Mountain of Gods Decree, Power, and Truth; it's well ordered, for it's as the frame of a City, where every thing is in his right place, and all fitly joyned together, Psal. 122.3. Jerusalem is builded as a City, that is compacted together: and the Church is a body fitly joyned together, and compacted, Ephes. 4.16. Hence strength and beauty are to the Church, it being so seated and so united. The one made Christ say, The gates of hell shall not prevail against it, Mat. 16. and the other made Salomon to say, It was beautiful as Tirzah, and comely as Jerusalem, Cant. 6.4.
Fifthly, Observe,
The Man Christ, who is sinless and glorious, is the chief Builder, and exact Measurer of the Church, and things belonging to it.
Behold a Man whose appearance was like the appearance of Brass, with a Line of Flax in his hand, and a Measuring-reed. Christ without spot, full of glory, and wisdome, is the Master-builder Mat. 16.18. chap. 21.33. Hab. 3.3. Prophets, Apostles, Ministers, are his Servants, Under-officers, instructed, directed, and rewarded by him. He is Architectus, the Line and Reed are in his hand, he measures all the Trees and Stones used in this Building, the outward and inward Courts with all their appurtenances: He was the Son of Joseph a Carpenter, and some mystery might lye in that.
Sixthly, Observe,
The way into Sion, and unto the Father, is by Christ: he stands in the gate of the Temple, ready to receive any should come and be found fit for entrance; he had his Line and Reed in his hand to measure them. None unmeasured might enter.
Hence it is that Christ saith, Joh. 14.6. I am the way, and no man comes to the Father, but by me. And Joh. 10 9. I am the Door, by me if any man enter in, he shall be saved, and shall go in and out, and find Pasture. Christ is the Lord of the fold, and field; by him, they enter in; by him, they are led out to the good Pastures, and led in again. He will not suffer any thing that defileth, to enter into the Fold, the Temple, the New-Jerusalem, Rev. 21.27.
Seventhly, Observe,
The Lord Christ, when Divine things are presented unto us, would have us Attent, Intent, and Apply the whole heart unto them.
Such things as are of weight, slightness and trifling about them are intolerable; therefore it's said here, Son of man, behold with thine eyes, and hear with thine ears, let thy senses be wholly taken up with these things, and set thine heart upon all that I shall shew thee; thine heart also must be fixed upon every thing shewn thee, thou must let nothing pass without due observation. As Ezekiel was to do thus, about the things of his Vision; so should all Ministers and Christians about the things of the Gospel, which are Revelations of the mind of God by Christ. It's oft said therein, Who hath eares to hear, let him hear, Mat. 13.9, 43. Mark. 7.16. Luke 14.35. and in other places: intimating that if men have either inward or outward eares, they should hearken to the things of God. They are Divine, and may infinitely advantage, or infinitely prejudice us, if they be not well heeded; if we be not attent unto them, intent upon them, and heartily closing with them, better we had never had them. It will be easier for Sodome and Gomorrha at the day of judgement, then for such; [Page 290] let us mind therefore, and mind to purpose, all things shewn us of Christ; let us set our senses and whole hearts upon them.
Eightly, Observe,
What the Lord Christ reveales unto his servants the Prophets and Ministers, they must not reserve to themselves, but communicate to others for their Instruction, Edification, and Comfort.
Declare all that thou seest to the House of Israel; he must not see, hear, observe for himself, but for the House of Israel, for the Church and People of God. Mat. 10.27. saith Christ to his Disciples, What I tell you in darkness, that speak ye in the light; and what ye hear in the ear, that preach ye upon the house-tops: whatever I have imparted unto you, that do ye impart unto others; take the best advantages ye can, to make the same known. The servants of God and Christ, must not onely utter what they receive, but utter All they receive, Act. 20.27. Paul kept back Nothing was profitable for them, but declared to them all the Councel of God.
Vers. 5. And behold a Wall on the outside of the house round about; and in the mans hand a measuring-reed of six Cubits long by the Cubit, and an hand breadth; so he measured the breadth of the building one reed, and the height one reed.
Great houses and Cities have walls 1 King. 3.1. and 6.5. so this house had a Wall round about it. By this wall we may understand the wall of Gods protection, which is round about the Church. This wall was in height and thickness alike, 6 Cubits high, and 6 Cubits thick; it was strong securing the house, Ezek. law: God who is stronger then all, is the defence of the Church, Psal. 125.2. Babylons wall which was 100. Cubits high, and 30. Foot broad, sufficed not to preserve her from ruins; that wall was battred and level'd with the ground: but Jehovah, the Lord of Hosts is [Page 391] the wall about this building, and such a wall as all the powers of the World and Hell cannot shake or batter. Zech. 9.8. I will encamp about thine house. And Zech. 2.5. I will be unto Jerusalem a wall of fire r [...]und about, saith the Lord. The Church of God having such a wall, is secure and invincible.
The Church is call'd an House, not a Tabernacle, because of Gods inhabitation of it, and his fixed abiding there, Psal. 132.13, 14. The Lord hath chosen Sion, he hath desired it for his habitation: This is my rest for ever; here will I dwell, for I have desired it. Sion, notes the Church in all ages; there is Gods house, there is the desire of his soul, there he rests, he hath no rest in all the world but in Sion.
The measuring reed in the hand of the man, is the same with the reed in John's hand, Rev. 11.1. Those that exercise Architecture, use lines and reeds to measure things therewith; and so doth Christ here. The line and reed in his hand, is the Word or Everlasting Gospel, which Rev. 21.15. is call'd a golden-reed, right, strong, and inflexible; with this he measures the Church, and all things belong unto it; by the Word he sets out the nature, greatness, power. priviledges, and characters of the Church; by this, he measures out the qualifications, liberty, and power, of Members and Officers therein. Hence the Word is call'd, a Rule or Canon, Phil. 3.16.
The Hebrew is Kene hammiddah shesh ammoth baammah vetophath, a reed of measure of six cubits in a cubit, and of a hand breadth. Whether these words an hand breadth, should be joyn'd to the 6. cubits taken joyntly, or to each cubit distinct by it self, is doubtful: that in the 43. Chap. v. 13. seems to make the hand's breadth to be added to each cubit, for it saith a cubit is a cubit, and a hands breadth. This we may understand of the Legal or Sanctuary cubit, not the common one, which was less by a hands breadth then the other, this being 5. th' other 6. hands breadth. Hence some deny that the hands breadth must be added to each cubit, for then there will be 7. cubits, those 6 hands breadth making another cubit. They will have the reed 6 cubits long, and an hands breadth over, the 6. part of a cubit [Page 292] more. A cubit is that length between the elbow and top of the middle finger; now this space being longer in some men, and shorter in others, no certainty can be determin'd: especially, when men differ in their heads more then in their armes; for some make a cubit to be 5. handfulls, some 6. some a yard, and some an ell or ells, some a foot and half.
The line and reed are in Christs hand, the virtue and benefit of them is from Him. This line and reed being the Word, hath it's efficacy from Christ, out of his hand it's un-efficacious, un-beneficial: but being in his hand, his power and spirit going with it, it measures out, and fits materials for this spiritual Building. The book written within, and sealed with 7. seals, could none open but Christ, Rev. 1.3, 5. and as none could open it but he, so none can make it efficacious besides him. All the efficacy of the Word is from Christ by his Spirit, 2 Cor. 10.4. Our weap [...]ns are mighty through God.
All things in the Church must be exact and according to Divine order; things must not be jumbled, but fitly framed and joyn'd together, Ephes. 2.21. Chap. 4.16. nothing is left in this house to the Wills, Inventions, and Humors of men; all things must be measured, and measured by the line and reed of Christ; no men may bring their own reeds or lines to measure ought. Mat. 15.9. In vain do they, &c. this is dangerous. Mat. 17.5. Hear him. Act. 3.23. Every soul that will not &c. Timothy must not do what he pleas'd in the House of God, but he must proceed according to rule, according to what Paul the Servant of Christ had writ unto him, 1. Tim. 3.14, 15.
The breadth of the building one reed, and the heighth one reed.
Here were small beginnings at first, the building was but one reed in breadth and height. This seems to point out the smallness of the Christian Church at first, it was onely in Judaea and Jerusalem. Of little breadth, and low in gifts and graces; it knew little of the Mysteries of the Gospel: and so as little in height, but after it extended in bredth and height.
Vers. 6. Then came he unto the Gate which looketh toward the East, and went up the Stairs thereof, and measured the Threshold of the Gate which was one read broad, and the other Threshold of the Gate which was one read broad.
There is frequent mention of the Gates belonging to this Temple, and the Courts of it; as the East-gate, vers. 6, 32, 44. the North-gate, vers. 20, 35, 40, 44. the South-gate, vers, 24, 27, 28. And there were divers East-gates, North-gates, and South-gates, as there were divers Walls and Courts; so in Solomons Temple; and in that built after the Captivity.
Christ came from the Gate of the outward Wall where he first stood, vers. 3.5. and came to an inward Gate, which Expositors make to be the Gate of the Temple. He passed through the first Court which some call the Court of the Gentiles, and came unto the next Gate.
Why Christ came to the East-gate, rather then to the North gate, this being nearer the Gate of the Wall which he entred by then the other, is questioned? It's probable 'twas, because the face of the house looked that way, as it's Chap. 47.1. The forefront of the house stood towards the East; and that Gate is counted the principal, which stands before the face of an house.
The outward Wall had but one Gate, the other Walls of the inward Courts had 3. Gates a piece, one East-ward, one North-ward, and one South-ward, but no Gate was West-ward. The Jews call'd the East anterior pars coeli, the forepart of heaven; and the West, posterior pars coeli, the backpart of heaven: by the first, they note spiritual things; by the second, temporal and earthly things. Those that come into this Temple must mind spiritual things, they must not let out their hearts unto the world and worldly delights, they are Western things, and there was no door in the West. They must go upwards, not downwards; keep within, not go out.
The Prophet being to measure the Gates, was brought first to those of the outward Court, and first to the East-gate; then to the North-gate; and lastly, to the South-gate: but when he came to the Gates of the inner Court, he begins with the South-gate, then the East-gate, and last of all the North-gate. There was a differing order in measuring these Gates, ver. 28, 32, 35.
These Gates doe hint unto us the readiness in Christ, and God, to receive comers; and the confluence of them from all parts. This Temple hath many Gates, and those looking to the several quarters of the world. If men come from any of them, there is a Gate before them, and admittance for them, Isa. 60.3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. The Gentiles shall come to thy light, and Kings to the brightness of thy rising: Lift up thine eyes round about, and see; all they gather themselves together, they come to thee: thy sons shall come from far, and thy daughters shall be nursed at thy side, &c. He goes on there, and shews what flowing, and flocking, shall be to the Church, even as doves to a window; and vers. the 11. it's said of this Jerusalem, Her Gates shall be open continually, they shall not be shut day nor night: and that this is meant of New Jerusalem, John satisfies us, Rev. 21.25. where he brings in these words, speaking of the New Jerusalem; The Gates of it shall not be shut. It had 12. Gates, vers. 13. and not one of them should be shut.
Went up the Stairs thereof.
There be Stairs, and Steps spoken of in the 6, 22, 26, 31, 34, 37, 49. verses. The Temple being upon a Mountain, the ascent must needs be by Stairs, and Steps; for the number of them, in the 6. vers. the Septuagint saith they were 7. but the Hebrew mentions not the number in that place. In the 22. and 26. verses, you hear of 7. Steps, and in the 31, 34, and 37. of 8. Steps; but these were in several places, and served for several ascents. For that is the use of Stairs and Steps.
Three things I conceive are bereby held out unto us,
[Page 295]1. That we come to the knowledge of Spiritual things by degrees; they are not known at once, but successively. Temple-Mysteries we come unto by Steps. Christ leads his on from one thing to another, from faith, to faith; from strength, to strength. Those that come to the Temple proceed by degrees, first one step, then another; Ezekiel was carried on in the sight of his Vision, gradatim; he had not the sight of all at once, but one thing after another.
2. The knowledge of Divine things is not attain'd without labour and difficulty. There be Steps, and Stairs, in this Temple; and those will behold the glory, and understand the Mysteries of it, must go upward, first one step, then another; and it's difficult to go up Stairs, and Steps: it hath cost many hot water who have been going up these Steps, to find out the Secrets comprehended in this Vision.
3. In Temple-work we must make progress. It's not sufficient to go up a Step, a Stair, or two, and then stand still, or descend; we must go forward, go up higher, to the top. It's not enough to go up two or three Rounds in Jacobs ladder, and look about; but if ever men will get into heaven, they must go to the top of the Ladder, Rev. 3.21. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne. Christ overcame the difficulties, he went up all the Stairs; and persevering to the end, was Crown'd.
And measured the Threshold of the Gate, which was one read broad, and the other Threshold of the Gate which was one read broad.
Here were two Thresholds, the lower, and upper, which the Grecians call [...] and [...]; that the foot goeth over, and that the head goeth under; and they were very broad, each a reed or 6. cubits broad, and were to adorn, and strengthen the Gate. Christ is the Gate, and Door of [Page 296] the Church, his humane, and divine natures are the ornament and strength thereof.
Vers. 7. Very little chambers.
In this vers. and the 10, 12, 13, 16, 17, 21, 29, 33, 36, 38, 44, 45, 46, verses of this Chapter, you read of Chambers. In middoth, it's said, the Chambers were one above another, and so it's evident they were, Ch. 41.6. OEcolampad. saith, they were Domunculae, vel Mansiunculae, in usum Templi factae; they were little Lodgings, made for the use of those served in the Temple. Their number was great. In some of them, those that either kept the Temple, or ministred, dwelt; in others, were laid up those things pertained to the service of the Temple.
In the Chambers, they laid the Meat-offerings, the Frankincense, and the Vessels, and the Tythes of the Corne, the New Wine, and the Oyle, which was commanded to be given to the Levites, and the Singers, and the Porters, and the Offerings of the Priests. Neh. 13.5. the Tythes were laid up in Treasuries, and Store-houses of the Courts, or in the Chambers thereof, Mal. 3.10.
Ezek. 42.13, 14. The use of the Chambers North-ward and Southward, is said to be for the Priests; They be holy Chambers where the Priests who approach unto the Lord, shall eat the most holy things: there, shall they lay the most holy things, and the Meat-offerings, and the Sin-offerings, and the Trespass-offerings, for the place is holy. When the Priests enter therein, then shall they not go out of the holy place, into the outer court, but there shall they lay their garments, wherein they minister: for they are holy, and shall put on other garments, and shall approach to those things which are for the people.
These Chambers may represent unto us. 1. The Mansions which are in heaven, Joh. 14.2. In my Fathers house are many Mansions saith Christ; he shew'd Ezekiel these Chambers in this Visional-temple, and he told his disciples of those caelestial Mansions, which he would prepare for them.
2. That intertainment, rest, and comfort, the Saints [Page 297] injoy, and shall have in the Church under Christ. If a man come to his friend's house, and he have never a Chamber for his repose, it's poor intertainment, cold comfort, and little ease, if he must lye on the ground; but, if he have variety of Chambers, and Beds for him, his intertainment, rest, and comfort will be good; he shall not need to fear wind or weather: when men come to the New Jerusalem, and are Citizens thereof, they shall have good accommodation, sweet rest, and sound comfort; There shall be no voice of weeping, or crying, Isa. 65.19. There shall be no tears, no death, no sorrow, no crying, no pain, Rev. 21.4. In the world is tribulation, but in Christ is peace, in Sion is peace; under the New Jerusalem, the Divels shall be bound up, and there will be great peace, and spiritual comfort in aboundance.
3. These Chambers, less and greater, may note out the several Congregations, or Churches, of the Gospel-times, be they little or great, all which are in the Church of Christ, as these Chambers were in this Visional-temple.
Vers. 8. He measured also the Porch of the Gate within, one reed.
The Thresholds, and the Porch, were all of one measure, viz 6 cubits, and a hands breadth. The word for Porch here is Ʋlam, and in the 10. v. is rendred Posts, it signifies both. Porches were for the dignity of the house, and commodation of strangers.
Vers. 9. Then measured he the Porch of the Gate eight cubits, and the Posts therein two cubits.
In the verse before, it's said, The Porch was one reed, that is, 6. cubits; and here we find the measure of it 8. cubits: In the former vers. he spake of the bredth, here of the length of it. The Posts, were the Pillars; artificially placed on the one side, and on the other.
The Porch of the Gate was inward.
It was within the Wall, looking towards the house it self.
Vers. 10. And the little Chambers of the Gate East-ward, were three on this side, and three on that side; they three were of one measure: and the Posts had one measure, on this side, and on that side.
The Eastern-gate as it had it's Porch, and Pillars, on each side of it: so it had it's 3. Chambers on each side of it, and they were uniform, as the Posts or Pillars were.
Vers. 11. And he measured the breadth of the Entry of the Gate, 10. Cubits, and the length of the Gate 13. cubits.
The Hebrew word for Entry, is Pethach, and rendred a Door, vers. 13. and so it's mostly taken in Scripture. If by Entry, be meant the Door; how is it said, that its 10. cubits in breadth? when the Door is never wider then the threshold; which in the 6. and 7. vers. is said to be but one reed broad, or 6. cubits; Either it was some other Door, or the Posts to which the Door was fasten'd, and shut to, were added to the measure. If we hold to the word Entry, it may be the breadth of the space, between the outward Gate, and the inward.
The length of the Gate 13. cubits.
Length here, is the height of the Gate, it was 13. cubits high.
Vers. 12. The space also before the little Chambers was one cubit, and the space one cubit on that side, &c.
There was gebul, a border, or space of a cubit, on each side of the Chambers; and yet before them: and the Chambers on each side were alike, 6. cubits a piece.
Vers. 13. He measured then the Gate from the Roof of the one little Chamber, to the Roof of another: the breadth was 25. cubits, door against door.
These Chambers were not continued, nor contigual, there was the space of 5. cubits between them; and of 25. cubits, in that breadth was between them, as they stood opposite one to another.
Vers. 14. He made also Posts of 60. cubits, even unto the Post of the Court round about the Gate.
Posts of this length some think incredible, and therefore divide these cubits, between the Posts on each side the Porch, which reach up unto the Posts of the outward Court, making them 30. cubits a piece. Some make these Posts of 60. cubits, to be the Cloister, which being supported by Posts, was 60. cubits long.
Vers. 15. From the face of the Gate of the entrance unto, &c.
From one Gate to the other were 50. cubits, and the Porch of the Inner-gate 10. cubits: We are to make progress in the Temple, and not to stand still.
Vers. 16. Of the Windows.
There were several Windows in this Structure which was presented to our Prophet, as appears vers. 16, 22, 25, 29, 33, 36. and Chap. 41.16, 26. These Windows were narrow Windows, that is, narrow without, and broad within, that they might receive, and let in the light more fully. Such Windows were in Salomons Temple, 1 King. 6.4. skewed Windows.
By these Windows, is signified the Spiritual light should be in the Church of Christ. He is called Mal. 4.2. The Sun. Isa. 9.2. A great Light. Joh. 8.12. The light of the world. And by those Windows, the Apostles, Prophets, Evangelists, Pastors, and Teachers, he bath, and still doth let in light into the Church. The Promise was, that The earth should be full of the knowledge of the Lord, Isa. 11.9. That he would pour out his Spirit upon all flesh, Joel, 2.28, 29. So that their Sons, and Daughters should Prophesie, their Old men dream Dreams, and their Young men see Visions; yea, Servants and Hand-maids should have the Spirit, and be full of light. This is in part fulfill'd, and shall be more and more; for when the New Jerusalem comes down from God out of Heaven, as it's Rev. 21.2. then will the light be greater, And the Nations of them which are saved, shall walk in the light of it, vers. 24. Then will the Lamb be the light thereof.
Also, that spiritual joy should be in the Church, Act. 13.52. The Disciples were fill'd with joy. Act. 9.31. The Churches walked in the comfort of the Holy Ghost.
To the little Chambers.
The least Churches, and least Saints, shall not be without Windows; they shall have light and joy, teaching, and comfort.
In the 17. vers. and 18. of this Chap. and 3. vers. of the 42. mention is made of the Pavement of the outward Court. The Hebrew word for Pavement, is ritzpah, which signifieth [Page 301] a burning-coal. Isa. 6.6. The Seraphim had a live-coal, ritzpath, in his hand; the Pavement was of stones that seemed like burning-coals. If the Pavement of this Temple were so glorious, what was the Temple it self? Salomons Chariot was pav'd with love; this Temple with love, and zeal. These Stones which made the Pavement, may shew what the meanest, and lowest in the Christian Church should be, viz. shining, living, and lively stones; humbly submitting to the cross, and content to be under, as a Pavement.
Of the outward and inward Court.
Thirty five times the tearms of Court, outward and inward Court are repeated, in the 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, and 46. Chapters.
The outward Court was for the People, the inward Court was for Priests, and was holy; Ezek. 42.14. it's call'd the holy place. There was another Court, it's observ'd by some, viz. the Court of the Gentiles; which it may be Ezekiel points at, when he distinguisheth the Sanctuary from the prophane place, Chap. 42.20. But it's evident from the Scripture, that Salomons Temple had an outward and inward Court, and so had This. The outward Court there, was great, 2 Chron. 4.4. and the compass of this Temple, and City which Ezekiel saw, was eighteen thousand measures, Chap. 48.35.
The Courts of Salomons Temple were very large, which comprehended most of the people of Israel, who came thrice a year into them to worship. 2 Chron. 23.5. All the people shall be in the Courts of the house of the Lord. This Court, call'd also the great Court, 2 Chron. 4.9. was between the Court of the Gentiles the outward Court, and the Court of the Priests the inward Court, and that great Court or Court of Israel, was the Court of Aid; so the word Haazerah signifies. Thither they came, there they pray'd for Aid; and had it from the Lord, 2 Chron. 20.4.
There seems to be another Court, belonging to the Temple of Salomon; for 2 Chron. 20 5. mention is made of a new [Page 302] Court. Some think this, the Priests Court; so call'd, because of the Altar renewed therein by Asa, 2 Chron. 15.8. But others make it to be the Court of the women: the great Court of the people being divided into two; one for the men, and th' other for the women. It was not so from the beginning.
In the outward Court, the people stood; and it represented the Nations, which are out of the Church. In the inward Court, where was the Candlestick, the Shew-bread, and Altar of perfumes, were the Levites, and Priests; and this Court represented the Church, where the Word of God doth inlighten, and nourish us, and Christ is our Altar of perfumes. The Sanctum Sanctorum represented Heaven, into i [...] the High Priest onely entred; typifying our High Priest, the Lord Christ, his entrance in there alone by his own power, to bring us thither. So that the 1. signified the state of nature. The 2. the state of grace. The 3. the state of glory.
Hereby, the greatness of the Church in the time of the Gospel, and especially in time of the New Jerusalem, is pointed out. These Courts were of great Compass, and had Gates looking to the several parts of the world. In Peters time, many thousands were added to the Church; there were Graecians as well as Jews, Act. 6.1. The extent and largeness of the Church, is set out fully by Isa. in his 60. Chap. So Rev. 7. from the 4. to the 10. and Chap. 21.24, 25, 26. The Nations of them that be saved, shall walk in the light of it: and the Kings of the earth do bring their glory, and honour into it. And the Gates of it shall not be shut at all, &c. This Church must needs be great; For, from the rising of the sun, even unto the going down of the same, my name shall be great among the Gentiles, and in every place incense shall be offered unto my name, and a pure offering: for my name shall be great among the heathen, saith the Lord of hostes, Mal. 1.11.
In Salomons time many Gentiles came to the Jewish Church, 153600. were found there at once, 2 Chron. 2.17. Which shaddowed out the great access should come to the Christian Church.
Of the Palm-trees.
There were many Palm-trees seen by Ezekiel in this Temple, vers. 16, 22, 26, 31, 34, 37.
Palm-trees are Trees of great height, and sink not with the weight of burthens; but feruntur sursum, they are carried upwards; and being cut down, grow up again from the root. The branches are fair, and always green: Philo saith, It is Arborum praestantissima, quae aspectu pulcherrima fructum quoque fert optimum, & vitalem vim habet non in radicibus defossam, ut caeterae; sed in summum, quasi cor, sitam in ramorum medio, à quibus circumquaque stipatur, ceu Princeps à suis satellitibus. vid. Philo. l. 1. de vita Mosis. Plut. saith,Plut. in. Theseo. Palmam esse [...]: Folia habere firma. & perpetuò durantia, That the leaves of it are firm, and always lasting. It was sigum Victoriae. When Theseus instituted games in Delos, he gave the Conquerors Palmes. The Proverb among the Latines Palmam reportare, or obtinere, was used pro Vincere, to Overcome. It notes out a flourishing condition.
These Palm-trees, were for ornament of this Temple, and the Saints in Gospel-times being victorious, and flourishing, are to be the ornament of the Church. Rev. 7.9. I beheld, and loe, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all Nations, and Kindreds, and People, and Tongues, stood before the Throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white Robes, and Palms in their hand. Psal. 92.12. The righteous shall flourish like the Palm-tree. Rev. 3.12. Him that overcometh, will I make a Pillar in the Temple of my God, and he shall go no more out.
Vers. 19. An hundred cubits East-ward and North-ward.
The Floor, or Pavement, of the peoples Court, was an 100. cubits square.
Vers. 20. The measures of the North-gate, the Chambers, Windows, and Arches thereof, were after the measure of the first Gate. vers. 21. that is, after the measure of the Gate that looketh toward the East. vers. 22.
Vers. 23. The Gate of the Inner Court, was over against, &c.
There were Gates in the Priests Court, and Gates in the Peoples Courts; and they were one over against the other; and a 100. cubits distant, each from another.
Vers. 24. After he brought me toward the South.
When we are in Temple-work, we must move according to the mind of the Master-Builder, and not of our own heads.
Behold a Gate towards the South.
The measures of this Gate, the Posts, Windows, and Arches, vers. 25, 26. were as the former measures of the Gates; they were uniform.
Ʋers. 26. The South-gate had 7. Steps to go up to it, and so had the North-gate, vers. 22. and the East-gate, had it's Stairs. See before, v. 6.
Vers. 27, 28. The Prophet from the outward Court, is brought to the Inner Court, and first to the South-gate; and the measures from Gate to Gate, as before, were an 100. cubits, and the measures of the little Chambers, Posts, Arches, and Windows belonging to the South-gate, vers. 19, 30, 31. to the Eastgate, vers. 32, 33, 34. and to the North-gate, vers. 35, 36. were the same, and without difference. There was neither defect, nor excess in these measures, but equality.
Vers. 37. The going up to the North-gate of the Inner Court had 8. Steps, so had the East-gate, vers. 34. and the Southgate, vers, 31. The Gates of the Outward Court had but 7. Steps.
The people that came thither were to be holy; but the Priests who came into the Inner Court, were to be more holy. They who are nearest God, should be most holy. They are to be a step, at least, above others.
Vers. 38. The Burnt-offering was washed.
Some by this washing of the Burnt-offering, do think Baptism to be prefigured; which denotes the washing away the filthiness of sin, by the bloud Christ. It may note out to us the purity of that which is to be presented to the Lord: Nothing unclean will be acceptable to h [...]m.
Vers. 39. Of the Table-offerings, and Sacrifices.
From the beginning of the 39. vers. to the 44. Ezek. tells you of the Tables seen in this Temple; their number, situation, description, and use. Their number was 8. some make them 12. Their situation was, by the side of the Porches and Gates, 4. on one side, and 4. on another side. For the description of them, They were of Hewen stone, a Cubit and half long, a Cubit and half broad, and one Cubit high. The use of them was, to slay the Burnt-offering, the Sin-offering, and the Trespasse-offering thereon, and to lay their flesh thereon.
It's not to be imagined, that under the Times of Christ, the Jewish worship should be revived. These expositions of Tables, Offerings, and Sacrifices, import some other thing, viz. the good, and plentiful provision should be in the Gospel-church. Isa. speaks of the same, Chap. 25.6. The Lord of Hosts shall make unto all people, a feast of fat things, a feast of wines on the lees; of fat things full of marrow, of wines [Page 306] on the lees well refined. And Isa. 55.1, 2. Christ hath water, wine, milk, bread, and fatness in his house. The Gospel is call'd A great supper, Luk. 14.16. There was variety of dainties to satisfy the souls of his. Ps. 22.36. The meek shall eat and be sati [...]fied: Christ hath a table well furnished, Prov. 9.2. Luk. 22.29, 30. I appoint unto you a Kingd me, as my Father hath appointed unto me; that ye may eat, and drink at my table, in my Kingdome. It's a Marriage Supper Christ prepares for his. Rev. 19.9. In the New Jerusalem is a Tree of Life, which bears 12. manner of fruits, and yields her fruit every month.
Of the Singers.
In the 44. vers. and onely there, the Singers of this Temple are mentioned. There were Chambers of Singers.
There were Singers in Salomons Temple, 1 King. 10.12. 2 Chron. 5.12. and the number of them was great, 1 Chron. 25. and they were to sing praises daily, 1 Chron. 23.30.
Some play'd on Instruments, some sang with Voices. Some conceive the Israelites had a part in the Instrumental-musick; but none in the Vocal, that was performed by the Levites onely. Less then 12, their number was not at any time,Lightfoot on the Temple. but they might be as many as they would above 12.
These set out the Spiritual Joy, and Songs should be in the Church of Christ, Isa. 65.14, 17, 18. Behold, my servants shall sing for joy of heart: For behold, I create new heavens, and a new earth: Be you glad, and rejoyce for ever in that which I create; For behold, I create Jerusalem a rejoycing, and her people a joy. Her walls shall be salvation, and her gates praise, Isa. 60.18. In this Jerusalem will be an Holy Priest-hood, to offer up Spiritual praise, 1 Pet. 2.5. The Revelations speaks of Singers, Chap. 14.1, 3. There were 144000 stood on Mount Sion, singing as it were a new song. And Chap. 15.2, 3. Those that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name; sung the song of [Page 307] Moses, and of the Lamb. Conquerors are full of joy, and much in singing praises; especially, Spiritual Conquerors: Such are they, who, the Apostle John saith, shall reign with Christ 10 [...]0. years, for they shall be Priests of God and of Christ, Rev, 20.6. And wherefore Priests? but to offer up Spiritual Sacrifices, to sing forth the praises of God and Christ, who hath advanced them to a reigning condition.
Vers. 45, 46. Of the Priests.
This Temple had it's Priests, who were The keepers of the charge of the house, vers. 45. And keepers of the charge of the Altar, vers 46. In time of the Tabernacle, there were men appointed to take charge of it, and the things pertaining to it, Numb. 3.25. There were 8600. to keep the charge of the Sanctuary, vers. 28. And what many of them did, you may see 1 Chron. 9.27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32. Chap. 23. 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32. So, in the Temple of Solomon, the Priests had the charge of the things thereof, 2 Chro. 13.10, 11. When Ʋzziah went into the Temple to burnt Incense, the Priests who had the charge of things, thrust him our, 2 Chron. 26. These are said to be the Sons of Zadock. Zadock was the first High Priest, who served in Temple of Solomon, 1 King. 2.35. And of such worth was he among the Priests, and of such esteem with God, ut ex eo omnes posteri nominarentur. All in this Temple are call'd the sons of Zadock; both Priests and Levites, Ezek. 44 15.
By these Priests, may be understood the Ministers of the Gospel, who have the charge of the holy things, and persons. 1 Tim. 6.13, 14. I give thee charge in the sight of God, that thou keep this Commandement without spot. All the rules he had given him, concerning the House of God, the Offices, Officers, and Inhabitants thereof, he calls a Commandment; and lays upon them the charge of keeping of it: So in Act. 20. Paul calls for the Elders of the Church of Ephesus. vers. 17. and charges them to take heed to all the flock, v. 28. They are the watch-men, the charge of souls is committed to them, and they must be accountants for them, Heb. 13.17.
Or by these Priests all the godly (Isa. 61.6. Ye shall be named, The Priests of the Lord) may be pointed out, who are the Sons of Zadock, that is, of the Just one. Christ our High Priest, is Zadock, the just one, Act. 7.52. Chap. 22.14. And he hath not onely made us Sons, Joh. 1.12. But Priests also, Rev. 16. Chap. 5.10. So that true Christians are Priests in this Temple, and have some charge of the Holy things, and persons therein.
Vers. 45, and 46. The Chambers towards the South, and North, were for the Priests, they were peculiar to them; they had their Garments, and Anointing Oyle, which others might not meddle with; and so their Chambers.
46. This coming near of these Priests unto the Lord, to minister unto Him, points out the Priestly Office of Christ; who drew near to the Father, to make attonement, and to intercede for us.
Vers. 47. So be measured the Court, &c.
The Lord Christ lets nothing pass without measuring, he doth all things exactly in his House, and his Servants should imitate him.
Vers. 48. He brought me to the Porch of the House.
This Porch joyned to the Doors of the Temple, into which none might enter but the Priests; saith Alapide, it was cover'd, ut tutiessent àpluvia, grandine aestu, &c. Christ is a Porch to his, Isa. 32.2.
It's Jerom's judgment, that whilst we are in this life we are in a Porch-state; for Videmur Jeronymo in porticu agere, donec in corpore degimus, saith OEcolampad. Here we have a body of death, see all things imperfectly; but when we enter into the Heavenly Temple, we shall be free, and know as we are known.
The EXPOSITION continued upon the Remaining Chapters of EZEKIEL. CHAP. XLI.
Vers. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.
1. Afterward he brought me to the Temple, and measured the Posts, six Cubits broad on the one side, and six Cubits broad on the other side, which was the breadth of the Tabernacle.
2. And the breadth of the Door was ten Cubits, and the sides of the Door were five Cubits on the one side, and five Cubits on the other side; and he measured the length thereof fourty Cubits, and the breadth twenty Cubits.
3. Then went he inward, and measured the Posts of the Door two Cubits, and the Door six Cubits, and the breadth of the Door seven Cubits.
4. So he measured the length thereof twenty Cubits, and the breadth twenty Cubits before the Temple, and he said unto me, This is the most Holy place.
5. After he measured the Wall of the House six Cubits, and the breadth of every Side-chamber four Cubits, round about the House on every side.
6. And the Side-chambers were three, one over another, and thirty in order, and they entred into the Wall which was of the House, for the Side-chambers [Page 310] round about, that they might have hold, but they had not hold in the Wall of the House.
7. And there was an enlarging, and a winding about, still upward to the Side-chambers, for the winding about of the House, went still upward round about the House; therefore the breadth of the House was still upward, and so increased from the lowest Chamber to the highest by the midst.
THe measuring of the outward and inward Court being finished, here our Prophet is brought to, and shewed, the measures of the Temple it self, and the things pertaining thereunto.
Vers. 1. He brought me to the Temple.
The Gates, Courts, and Porch, hitherto had taken up the Prophet; but now he is at the Temple: from lower things he is carried to more sublime.
The Posts six Cubits broad.
The Posts themselves could not be so broad, but the Posts together with the Cloysters, which they supported, were so.
The word Temple, is chiefly used in this Chapter, once it's mention'd in the 42. Chap. vers. 8. here seven times in the 1, 4, 15, 20, 23, 25. verses. It's convenient therefore to speak in this place of the Temple.
There be three considerable parts of the Temple. 1. The Porch. 2. the Body, or Temple it self. 3. The Sanctum Sanctorum.
1. For the Porch, of that Ezekiel speaks in the two last verses of the 40. Chap. And he brought me to the Porch of the House, &c. This Porch was twenty Cubits in length, and eleaven in breadth; of the same length was the Porch of [Page 311] Solomons Temple; and Ezekiel's exceeded it in the breadth thereof one Cubit, 1 King. 6.5. For the breadth of Solomons Temple was but ten Cubits. Nothing is spoken of the height of this Porch; Solomon's was 120. Cubits, 1 Chron. 3.4. and doubtless this was not short of it. The Hebrew calls the Porch [...] Ʋlam.
2. The Body, House, or Temple, it self (it's in the 1. vers.) was that part which stood between the Porch, and the Sanctum Sanctorum. The length of this was 40. Cubits, and the breadth 20. Cubits. Solomon's was 60. Cubits long, 20. Cubits broad, and 30. Cubits high, 1 King. 6.2. But when it's said, Solomons was 60. Cubits long, the length of the Sanctum Sanctorum is reckoned in, for that was 20. Cubits long, and so upon that account Ezekiel's Temple was 60. Cubits long. They call the Temple [...] Hecal.
3. The Sanctum Sanctorum: Then went he inward, and measured the most Holy Place, vers. 3. so it's call'd, and it was 20. Cubits in length, and 10. Cubits in breadth; so that the Temple being as long again as broad, was quadrangulum; and this being as broad as long, was quadratum, a perfect square. This they call [...] Oraculum.
As the Court before the Temple was four-square, 100. Cubits long, and 100. Cubits broad, Chap. 40.47. So the Temple it self, taken with all the appendices of it, was so; the breadth of the Temple-courts, and thickness of the Walls, &c. make 100. Cubits: and likewise the length of the Temple-courts, &c. make 100. Cubits, as Haffenrefferus exactly demonstrates.
Of the signification of this Temple.
Some make the Court belonging to it, to represent the World; and the Temple, to represent Heaven. It may be considered, whether the Porch do not point out the common Professor; the Temple true Saints, who are Temples of the Spirit, and the Sanctum Sanctorum, the Saints in glory, the condition of those made perfect.
The true representation of this Temple, I take it, is the [Page 312] Body of our Lord Jesus Christ; both his Body Natural, and his Body Mystical, viz. the Church.
1. It's a representation of his Natural Body, Solomons Temple, and Zorobabells, or the 2d. Temple was so. Joh. 2.19. saith Christ, Destroy this Temple, and in three days I will raise it up: And why Ezekiels Temple, should not type out Christ, I see no cause. There be many things wherein it fitly doth so.
1. This Temple was holy, vers. 3. This is the most holy place; hence it's evident, the other part of the Temple was holy. The Hecal was holy, though not so holy as the Devir; and the body of Christ was holy, Luk. 1.35. That holy thing, &c. Act. 13.35. Thou shall not suffer thine H [...]ly one, &c. 1 Pet. 2.22. Chap. 1.19. Heb. 7.26. He was holy, harmless, und [...]filed, separate from sinners.
2. It was very lightsome and beautiful within; it was adorned with Cherubims, and Palm-trees, vers. 18.19. so the Lord Christ was full of light: Col. 2.3. In him were hid all the treasures of wisdome, and knowledge: He was adorned with all the graces of the Spirit; He was full of grace, and truth. Joh. 1.14. Cant. 5.10. Psal. 45.2. Thou art fairer then the children of men.
3. By the Temple, they came to know the mind of God; one part of it was call'd Devir, the Word, or Oracle; there God spake: so by Christ, we come to know the mind of God. Joh. 1.1. He is [...] the Word. He brought the mind of God to us, and declared it to the world, Heb. 1.2. God hath in these last days spoken unto us by his Son. Christ was an Embassador sent from God, to acquaint us with the mind of the King of Nations: and he did it faithfully, Joh. 15.15. All things which I have heard of my Father, I have made known unto you.
4. The Temple was God's delight: it's call'd an House, for God dwelt in it, and manifested his glory there; Ezek. 43.4, 5. The glory of the Lord came into the house: yea, the glory of the Lord filled the house. And Psal. 29.9. In the Temple doth every one speak of his glory. There God's glory is seen: Is not Christ such a Temple? Did not God come into the [Page 313] Temple of his Body. 1 Tim. 3.16. Col. 2.9. There the glory of God was seen fully. Joh. 1.14. The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, and we beheld his glory, the glory, as of the only begotten of the Fath [...]r, full of grace and truth. The glory of God never appeared so evidently, as in this Temple; and God delighted therein. Mat 3.17. This is my bel [...]ved Son, in whom I am well pleased. See Rev. 3.12. Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the Temple of my God, and he shall go no more out: And I will write upon him the Name of my God, and the Name of the City of my G [...]d, which is New Jerusalem. God is establishing, and will establish New Jerusalem, with Pillars daily, more, and more; and therein is strength to be found: not in the World, or in Babylon, 1 Tim. 3.15.
5. There were Cherubims, and Palm-trees in the Visional Temple, vers. 18, 19, 20, 25, 26. and in the Church of Christ there are Cherubims, and Palm-trees. These Cherubims, may note the presence of the Angel in the Church, 1 Cor. 11.10. There were Angels in the Church of Corinth. And so in the Temple John speaks of, Rev. 14.15, 17. Each Cherubim had two faces, one of a Man, another of a Young Lion; to signifie the wisdome, strength, and zeal of the Angels, which are imploy'd for the good of the Church. Or, by Cherubims, understand those Christians, who were wise, stout, and zealous for the truth, and cause of God; such as loved not their lives to the death, Rev. 12.11. But were beheaded for the Witness of Jesus, and for the Word of God, Rev. 20.4. These Cherubims looked to the Palm-trees, they were patient under all crosses, afflictions, in hope of certain victory, Rom 8.35, 36, 37. Who shall separate us from the love of Christ; shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword, &c. Nay, in all these things, we are more then Conquerors, &c. Their eyes were upon the Palm-trees. And Rev. 9.7. they had Palms in their hands, they were certain of victory, whereof Palms, and Palm-trees are emblems.
There be several things, wherein the Saints do resemble Palm-trees.
1. They are always green, and growing; so are the Saints, [Page 314] Psal. 92.12, 14. The righteous shall flourish like the Palm-tree: They shall still bring forth fruit in old age.
2▪ Palm-trees cannot endure dung: Magnopere abhorrent à fimo, they hate it: So the Saints, they hate Superstition, Idolatry, and all sin, as dung; they will dye rather then worship the Beast, or his Image; rather then receive his Mark in their foreheads, or their hands. Rev. 20.4. they watch and keep their garments undefiled.
3. The Palm-tree bears up against all weight laid upon it; and the Saints do the like in all their troubles, and afflictions: Paul met with sharp tryal's, yet he fainted not, but found more strength, 2 Cor. 4.16. And Chap. 7.4. He saith, I am filled with comfort, I am exceeding joyful in all our tribulation: And Rom. 5.3. We glory in tribulation.
4. These Cherubims, and Palm-trees were the ornament of the Temple; and Christians, who are wise, couragious, and patient under all tryals, are the ornaments of the Church of Christ.
5. This Temple, with the Porch, and Buildings belonging to it, was great, and large, vers. 12, 13, 14, and 15. 100. Cubits in breadth, 100. Cubits in length. So the Church of Christ is great, and large. In the Apostles times, there were thousands of the Jews believed, Act. 21.20. It was Prophesied in Isays days, that all Nations should flow unto the Mountain of the Lord, that is, the Church, Isa. 2.2. And in Daniels days, Chap. 7.14. That all people, languages, and nations, should serve Christ. And John in the vision saw it made good, Rev. 7.9. I beheld a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, kindred, people, and tongues which stood before the Throne, and the Lamb.
2. It's the representation of Christs Body Mystical, and that in several things.
1. All things in this Temple were measured, as in the 40. also the 41, 42, 43, and 47. Chapters appears: So in the Church, the Mystical Body of Christ, Ephes. 2.21. Paul tells the Ephesians, that the Saints are a Building; and such a building, as is fi [...]ly framed together: and so framed together, as to make a Temple; all which could not be done [Page 315] without measuring. Psal. 45.10, 11. Hearken (O Daughter) and consider, and incline thine ear: forget also thine own people, and the Fathers house. So shall the King greatly desire thy beauty; for he is the Lord, and worship thou him. Here was measuring of the Church and fitting of her, for her beloved: So Rev. 11.1. John must measure the Temple of God, and the Altar, and them that worship therein: All in the Church must be measured by the Word.
2. Christ was in this Temple, and did all therein, and shew'd all to the Prophet, (as in reading the former, this, and subsequent Chapters, is clear.) So in the Church, Christ is there, and doth all, Col. 1.18. He is the Head of the Body, the Church, and the Head doth all. All influence, all dominion, all direction, is from him. Christ is in the midst of the Golden Candlestieks, and walks up, and down, doing, and declaring, what he pleases there, Rev. 2.1. Chap. 21.3. Behold the Tabernacle of God is with Men, and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God.
3. In this Temple were Chambers, Galleries, and Stories, noe above another, as vers. 6, and 16. of this Chap. and vers. 3, and 6. of the 42. Chap. So in the Church, there are several ranks, and degrees of Officers, and Members, 1 Cor. 12.28. Ephes. 4.11. There be Apostles, Prophets, Evangelists, Pastors, Teachers, Elders. 1 Tim. 5.17. Deacons. 1 Tim. 3.8. So for Membes, some are Babes, 1 Cor. 3.1. some are little Children some Young men, some Fathers, 1 Joh. 2.12, 13. In the Church of Christ, fome are higher then others, in gifts and graces.
4. In this Temple were Posts and Pillars, strong and great; Chap. 40.9, 10, 14, 16, 21, 24, 26, 29, [...], 33, 34, 35, 37, 48, 49. and Chap. 41.1, 3, 21. Chap. 43.8. Chap. 45.19. Chap. 46.2. In Solomons Temple there were Pillars, Jachin, and Boaz, by which was noted God's establishment of the Temple, and the strength that was in it, 1 King. 7.21. 2 Chron. 3.17. And in the Church of Christ are Posts, and Pillars. James, Cephas, and John, were Pillars, Gal. 2.9 And was not Paul a great, and strong Pillar, who had the Care of all the Churches upon him, 2 Cor. 11.28. Are there not [Page 316] many Posts, and Pillars in the Church of Christ?
Of it, also, Chap. 44.13, 45.Of the Most Holy place.
In the 4 vers. it's described to be 20. Cubits long, and 20. Cubits broad; parallel to the Sanctum Sanctorum in Solomons Temple, 2 Chron. 3.8. Which was 20. Cubits broad, and 20. Cubits long, and 20. Cubits high, 1 King. 6.20. And though there be no mention of the height of this Most Holy place, it's propable it was of the same height with Solomon's, as well as of the same breadth, and length. This was call'd the inward, or inward house, or house within, 1 King. 6.15. Ezek. 41.3. The Oracle, 1 King 6.20. And the Most Holy place, 1 King. 7.5. the inner house, the Most Holy place.
This place leads us to the consideration of Heaven, which is the Most Holy Place. Psal. 20.6. Deut. 26.15. Heaven is Holy, and God's Holy habitation, and our happiness is there. Into this place the High Priest entred once a year, and made intercession for the people, Heb. 9.7. And Christ is passed into the Heavens, and there intercedes for his, Heb. 9.24. Chap. 7.25. From the Most Holy place was the mind of God revealed. Psal. 60.6. God hath spoken in his Holiness, in his Sanctuary, or Most Holy place. Some render it, There God dwelt, between the Cherubims, and opened himself unto them, Psal. 99.1. Num. 7.49. Moses heard the voice of one speaking to him, from off the Mercy Seat, that was upon the Arke of Testimony, from between the two Cherubims. So from Heaven, the Most Holy place, God makes known his mind. Nehem. 9.13. Thou spakest with them from Heaven. Dan. 4.31. There fell a voice from Heaven. So Mat. 3.17. Loe, a voice from Heaven. From thence came both Law and Gospel, which is call'd the Word of God. Rev. 20.4.
In the Most Holy place the Glory of God appeared most, between the Cherubims, and in the Highest and Most Holy Heavens. There the Glory of the Lord is most conspicuous, most eminent among the Angels, and glorified Saints.
Again they used to pray, and lift up their hands towards the Most Holy place. Psal. 28.2 David pray'd, and lifted up [Page 317] his hands towards the Holy Oracle, that was, the Most Holy place; as is clear from 1 King. 8.6. And do not the Saints in their Worship, especially in prayer, lift up their hands, and eyes unto Heaven, that Holy place. Psal. 141.2. Let my prayer be set forth before thee as Incense, and the lifting up of my hands, as the Evening Sacrifice.
Or, this Most Holy place, may prefigure the New Jerusalem; which was to be so Holy, that nothing, staind corrupt and defiled, might come there. Ren. 21, 27. There shall in no wise enter into it, any thing that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lye; but they which are written in the Lambs Book of Life. When Aaron entred into the Holy place he must be wash'd with water, and be clad with Holy garments, Levit. 16. And all those that enter into the New Jerusalem, must be cleansed from their sin, and clothed with righteousness. Rev. 14.4. Those that stood with the Lamb, were not defiled ones, but such as were clothed with white robes, Rev. 7.9.
Vers. 5, 6, 7. The side Chambers were in three ranks, one above another, and the breadth of the house increased upward; there were winding-stairs, and the higher they ascended, the wider was the house. Those in the Church are not all of one rank, whether Officers, or others; some are of the lower rank, some in the middle, and some uppermost: There be children, young men, and old men; and the higher any get, the more inlargement, and greater breadth do they see in the things of God, and this Temple; and notwithstanding this difference among them, there is a sweet harmony between them, and they serve one another.
Vers. 8. The foundations of the side-chambers were a full reed of six great cubits.
Of the great Cubit, see before, Chap. 40.5. Here was good measure. In things belonging to the Temple, the Lord should have not common cubit measure, but the great-cubit measure.
Vers. 9. The thickness of the Wall was five cubits.
The breadth, or thickness of the Wall, say some, was so many cubits from the Wall of the House, not so thick in it self. But the Hebrew is, The thickn [...]ss of the Wall was five cubits. It was substantial, and so should Temple-work be.
That which was left.
Quod derelictum domus, saith Montanus; the empty, or void place, locus derelictionis. There will be some void, and empty rooms, in the Church of God.
Vers. 10. Between the chambers, was the widness of twenty cubits.
Not between the side-chambers themselves, but between them, and those over against them. Some had better entertainment then others; some were to be in the chambers, others in the widness, or empty place.
Vers. 11. Toward the place that was left.
See before, vers. 9. It was five cubits round about.
Vers. 12. The building that was before the separate place.
Piscator makes the separate place to be, Spatium resectum. The Hebrew is ante faciem segmenti, before the face of the Partition; for it was particula respecta è suo atrio.
Toward the West.
Hebrew i, s the Sea, that is, the Mediterranean-sea, which lay Westward.
Vers. 13 14, 15. Containing the measures of the house, the building before the seperate place, the Walks, Galleries, and Porches of the Court, and they were 100. cubits in length, [Page 319] and 100. cubits in breadth. Every thing here was measured, and nothing neglected; so exact was the Lord in Temple-work.
Vers. 16. The Windows were covered.
Solomon made for the Temple, Windows of narrow lights, but not covered. Sanctius saith, they were covered, Quia in retis modum erant fabricatae cancellato ordine, aut in pertuso ligno frequentibus perfossae foraminibus. They might be covered with lettises, shuttings, or curtains, which might be remov'd at pleasure.
Vers. 17. Within and without by measure.
Hebrew is measures. Not onely the outside, but inside also is measured, the heighth, breadth, and length. The Lord Christ will measure Christians of what heighth, breadth, and depth they are. Their actions, affections, and graces, will be measured, Rev. 11.1.
Vers. 18. And it was made with Cherub [...]ms.
The Cherubims import the presence of the Angels in the Church, 1 Cor. 11.10. Their Communion with the Saints in worship, 1 Cor. 10.20. Rev. 5.11. & 7.11, 12. Their Ministration unto, or for them, Heb 1.14. They are for the Lord of the Temple, and those wait upon him there. They look towards the Palm-trees, and their wisdome, and strength is laid out for their good.
Vers. 19. So that the Face of a Man was toward the Palm-tree on the one side, and the Face of a Lion, &c.
Of the Cherubims faces, see Chap. 1.10. what is said there. In the 18, 19, 20, 25, 26. the Palm-trees are mentioned again, which are ever green, growing, tending [...] wards though pressed down with weight, and signs of victory, and great joy, being carried in the hand, or worn on [Page 320] the head; and are ornaments to the place where they are, figuring what the persons in this Temple should be, Psal. 92. 12, 13, 14. Joh. 12.13. Rev. 7.9. by sufferings, and pressures they mount upwards, overcome, are fill'd with joy, 2 Cor. 1.5. Acts 5.41. and so are great ornaments to the Church of God.
Of the Altar.
In the 22. vers. it's said, The Altar of wood was three Cubits high, and the ength thereof two Cubits; and the corners thereof, and the length thereof, and the walls thereof were of wood: and he said unto me, This is the Table that is before the Lord.
This Altar, was the Altar of Incense, and stood before the Oracle, or Sanctum Sanctorum. Such an Altar was in Moses days made for the Tabernacle, Exod. 37.25. He made the Incense Altar. In the Temple of Solomon also, there was an Altar of Incense, 2 Chron. 26.16. Ʋzziah went into the Temple of the Lord, to burn Incense upon the Incense-Altar.
This Altar was a representation, or Type, of Christ, who is said to be our Altar, Heb. 13.10 and in many things it did represent him.
1. Though it were of wood, yet it was Of Shitten wood, Exod. 30.1. which the Septuagints render [...], of incorruptible wood. So Christ his humane nature was incorruptible, [...], it saw no corruption, Act. 13.35.
2. This Altar of Incense which Ezek. saw, was larger then that under the Law, it was two Cubits in length, that but one; it was three Cubits in height, that but two; as appears Exod. 37.25. This held out that the worship of God in Christs time should be inlarged, it was among the Jews onely before, but then it should be among the Gentiles also. Mal. 1.11. From the rising of the sun, unto the going down of the same, my Name shall be great among the Gentiles, and in every place Incense shall be offered to my name. 1 Tim. 2.8. I will that men pray every where; Under Christ, the Incense-Altar was to be every where.
[Page 321]3. Sweet Incense was offered up to God, pure Incense Exod. 37.29. upon this Altar, Exod. 30.7, 8. where the people pray'd, the Priest offered Incense, Luk. 1.9, 10. and when we pray, Christ offers up our prayers, with the Incense, and perfume of his merits, Rev. 8.3, 4. The prayers of the Saints, ascend up before God, out of the Angel's hand, who was Christ. The Golden Altar, for so the Altar of Incense is call'd, Num. 4.11. Christ perfumes the prayers, and services of his Saints, with his merits, and so presents them unto his Father. It's said Eph. 5.2. Christ hath given himself for us, an offering, and a sacrifice to God, for a sweet smelling savour. So that what ever he presents to the Father, or is presented in his Name from the Saints, is pleasing, and acceptable to him. All the imperfections, and impurities of them, are done away by him.
4. Upon this Altar was incense, morning and evening; it was a perpetual Incense, Exod. 30.7, 8. So Christ, our Altar, offers up prayers perpetually for us, Heb. 7.25. He ever liveth to make intercessiom for his.
5. This Altar of Incense had horns, Exod. 30.2, 3. At every corner thereof was an horn, which sets out the strength, and power of Christ. Rev. 9.13. I heard a voice from the four horns of the Golden Altar, which was Christ, whose power is in all the quarters of the World. Christ's intercession with the Father, is powerful to descry the enemies of his people, and to deliver them.
This Altar is said to be the Table that is before the Lord. There is something in this expression worthy consideration.
1. That poor, sinful, weak, unworthy creatures, may come to Christ, not onely as an Altar, to have their prayers presented unto God, but as a Table, to have refreshing for their souls. There the hungry may have meat▪ and the thirsty drink: He is the bread, and water of life, His flesh is meat indeed, his blood is drink indeed, Joh. 6 35.55. He hath a Kingdome, and a Table for his, Luk. 22.30. He feeds them, and leads them to living fountains of water, Rev. 7.17. He hath hidden Manna for his, and a Tree of Life to refresh them with, Rev. 2.7, 17.
[Page 322]2. That the Lord himself is delighted, and satisfied in, and with Christ; as we are with a Table full of dainties, having the choisest meats, and choisest drinks. Mat 3.17. This is my beloved Son, in wh [...]m I am well pleased; with his person, with his graces, with his offices, with his actions, with his sufferings, with his meri s and with the prayers of the Saints he presents unto me, I am well pleased: Christ is the Altar, the Table, the Sacrifice, and the meat and drink upon the same. So is the Lord taken with the intercession, and merits of Christ, that his soul delights in him, Isa. 42.1. If any of the children of God sin, and thirst for pardon, and peace; we have an Altar, a Table before the Lord. 1 Joh. 2.1. If any man sin, we have an Advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous; and he is the propitiation for our sins. The Father is so pleased with him, that for his sake presently he grants us pardon, and peace.
Of the doors of the Temple.
Vers 23. The Temple, and the Sanctuary had two doors, which are described in the 24. and 25. vers.
These doors were to open, and shut at pleasure; and by them the entrance was into the Temple, and Sanctuary, or Most Holy place. What else do these suggest unto us, but the Media salutis, the means whereby we come to be in, and of, the Church of God? The Gospel, and it's ordinances, faith, repentance, and baptism, are the means to salvation; by them we obtain entrance into the communion of Saints, the Favour of God, and the Kingdome of Heaven. Christ is said to be the way, Joh. 14 6. and the door, Joh. 10.7. because he hath given us the means, which are the way, and door to the Church, and unto life. These doors are to be open for the sheep, and to be shut against the goats: We may also understand by these doors, the Ministers dispensing the Gospel. and the ordinances thereof; who are to be holy, vigilant, and zealous, as the Cherubims; and constantly green, growing, and flourishing, as the Palm-trees, vers. 25.
Vers. 26. On the Windows, Posts, Chambers, and thick Placks, were Palm-trees, on the one side, and on the other.
They had Palm-trees wrought, or ingraven on them on both sides; implying that the materials of Christs Temple must not be common, but curious, and carved work; if all the Walls of Solomons house, were carved round about with carved figures, of Cherubims, and Palm-trees, and open flowers, within, and without, 1 King. 6.9. much more must the house of Christ, and every thing in it, have carved work upon it, viz. the ingravings of God's Spirit, Psal. 45.13. Rev. 21.18, 19.
The EXPOSITION continued upon the Remaining Chapters of EZEKIEL. CHAP. XLII.
Vers. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.
1. Then he brought me forth into the outward Court, the way towards the North, and he brought me into the Chamber that was over against the separate place, and which was before the building towards the North.
2. Before, the length of an hundred Cubits was the the North door, and the breadth was fifty Cubits.
3. Over against the twenty Cubits, which were for the inward Court, and over against the pavement, which was for the outer Court, was Gallery against Gallery in three Stories.
4. And before the Chambers, was a Walk of ten Cubits breadth inward, a Way of one Cubit, and their Doors toward the North.
5. Now the upper Chambers were shorter, for the Galleries were higher then these, then the lower and then the middlemost of the building.
6. For they were in three Stories, but had not Pillars, as the Pillars of the Courts: therefore the building was straitned, more then the lowest, and the middlemost from the ground.
[Page 326]7. And the Wall that was w [...]thou [...], [...]v r agai [...]st the Chambers, towards the outer Court, on the fore-part of the Chambers, the length thereof was fifty Cub [...]ts.
IN this Chapter, progress is made in the descrip [...]ion of the Temple, Chambers, Walks, Waies, Galleries, Walls, Priests, Garments, Holy Things, and the outward Courts, are here spoken of.
Vers. 1. Then he brought me forth into the outer Court.
Difference there is amongst Expositors, what Court this was; whether the utmost Court of all, which w [...]s the Court of the people, or the next Court to that which was the Priests Court, or the Court the Temple stood in, where the separate building was; call'd the outer Court, in respect of the Temple, into which he was brought out of the Temple: The 7, 8 9, 14. verses speak of outer Court, and this outward Court was that where the Temple stood, as Sanctius, and others, observe.
Formerly hath been spoken of the outward Court, representing the amplitude of the Church; here it's conceiv'd to hold forth the visibility of the Church; that which is outward is visible. The Church whilest it's in this world, is the outward Court. It's not the outward Court which is the profane place: It's not the world, but the outward Court; which is a place separate from the world, yet visible in the world. The Church of Christ is prefigured in Scripture, and set out by visible things. Sometimes by the Arke of Noah, as 1 Pet. 3.20. sometimes by a Mount [...]in, as Is. 2.2. sometimes by a Vineyard, and Vine, Isa. 5.1. Psal. 80.8, 9. sometimes by a City, Psal. 122.3. Rev. 21.2. sometimes by a Ship, Luke 5.3. sometimes by a Candlestick, Rev. 1.20. sometimes by a Dove-house, Isa. 60.8. sometimes by a Garden, and by a Spring, Cant. 4.12. sometimes [Page 327] by a Bird, Ezek 16.8. sometimes by a Flock, and a Fold, Psal. 78.52. Joh. 10.16. sometimes by a Temple, 2 Cor. 6.15. All these are visible things, and set out the visibility of the Church eminently.
Vers. 3. For the inner Court.
As the Church visible, is by the outward Court represented; so the Church invisible, the Mystical Body of Christ, is by the inner Court.
Vers. 4. Before the Chambers, was a Walk of ten Cubits breadth inward, a Way of one Cubit.
There is a broad way, and a narrow way; a ten Cubit-way, and an one Cubit-way. The Church in this world is under various dispensations: at one time it hath prosperity, and freedome; it's in a Walk of ten Cubits br [...]adth. It's not straitened at all, as in Salomons, Hezekiahs, and Josiahs days; So in part of the Apostles days, the Church had rest throughout all Judaea, Galalaea, and Samaria, and were edified, and, walking in the fear of the Lord, and in the comfort of the Holy Spirit, were multiplyed, Act. 4.31. At that time the Churches had liberty, and prosperity, they had ten Cubits breadth; and the time will come, when the Church shall have greater latitude, liberty, and prosperity, than ever she yet had.
At another time, the Church is in streights, afflictions, darkness, temptations, persecutions, &c. it's in a Way of one Cubit, vers. 4. Such a way is narrow, and streight, and that is the way the Church is oft, if not most, in. Was not the Church in the way of a Cubit, when Elijah could see none but himself in that way?
The Lord Christ told his Disciples of such a way. Mat. 7.14 Narrow is the way which leadeth unto life. it's a way of one Cubit, and few do find it; there be sharp afflictions Fiery Serpents. Wild Beasts, Thorns, Bryars, Pits, Stones, Rocks, Thieves, and Robbers, in this way; all which the Church [Page 328] of God meets with sooner or later. Rev. 7.14. These are they came out of great tribulation, these suffered heavy, and many things for Christs sake; they were in the one-Cubit-way.
Vers. 5. The Galleries were higher then these.
The Hebrew is, did eat up, or prevaill; that is, as Montanus renders the word, Capiebant angulos ex ipsis, they took away some room from the uppermost Chambers. There is difference between particular Churches; some are higher, some are larger then others.
Vers. 6. Had not Pillars.
The strength of this Temple was not every where a like, some parts had Pillars, some had none, or not equal to others; the Chambers had not Pillars, as the Pillars of the Court. So in the Church of Christ, some parts of it have strong Pillars, eminent Teachers, whereas other parts are destitute, wholly, or have such as are weak; the Church at Jerusalem had strong Pillars in it, all the Apostles who were full of the Spirit, and taugh infallibility. Other Churches had not such Pillars. Those in Macedonia wanted help, and therefore Paul had a vision of a Macedonian in the night, begging of him to come thether, and help them, Act. 16.9. The Primitive Churches had able, gratious, and wise Officers, such as were Pillars of a truth; in them and sometimes since have been strong Pillars in some parts of the Church, Pillars of Marble, Brass, yea, Gold; but in others, none, or weak ones.
The Building was straitned more then the lowest, and the middlemost from the ground.
Some Buildings are broadest at the top, this was not so, but more strait upwrtds. It's harder with some parts of the Church then others. Those are highest in the Church, [Page 329] meet with more storms, troubles, temptations, then those are lower; the upper parts of the house are more obnoxious to winds, and weather. Paul was high in the Church, and what hardships, what tempests did he meet with? See 1 Cor. 4.11, 12, 13. 2 Cor. 4.8, 9. Chap. 11.23, 24, 25, 26, 27.
These Chambers were some greater, some lesser, vers. 5, 6. plainly intimating that in the Church of Christ, from what part soever men came, there should be entertainment, and suitable accommodation for them. If the Kings of the East come in, Rev. 16.12. there shall be Chambers for them. Let men come from North, South, or West, there be Gates to let them in, and Chambers to receive them when they are in. Isa. 60 8. Men shall come flying from all parts, as Doves to a Dove-house, in which are many Lookers, Holes, or Chambers, for all the Doves: So in the Church of Christ when men come thither, they shall find Chambers, good accommodation.
Vers. 7. The Wall over against the Chambers, the length thereof was fifty Cubits.
This Wall was answerable to the Chambers, which were fifty Cubits in length, vers. 8. The Wall of God's protection extends as far as the Church doth, or any part thereof.
Vers. 8. Before the Temple were an hundred Cubits.
Fifty Cubits in the inner Court, and fifty in the outer Court, saith Junius.
Vers. 9. The entry on the East-side.
Some read the words thus, When he that brought me from the East. The Prophet was led by a Divine hand, from one place to another, Chap. 40.3.
Vers. 10, 11, 12. There, Chambers towards the East, [Page 330] North, and South are mentioned. These Chambers were some greater, &c.
Vers. 13, 14.
13. Then said he unto me, The North-chambers, and the South-chambers, which are before the separate place, they be Holy chambers, where the Priests that approach unto the Lord shall eat the most Holy things: there shall they lay the most Holy things, and the Meat-offering, and the Sin-offering, and the Trespass-offering; for the place is Holy.
14. When the Priests enter therein, then shall they not go out of the Holy place into the outward Court, but there they shall lay their garments, wherein they minister, for they are holy: and shall put on other garments, and shall approach to those things which are for the people.
Of the Chambers, and the Priests, in the 13, & 14. verses.
The Chambers, and the Priests, are the two principal things in these verses.
1. For the Chambers, they are described,
2. For the Priests, here is
The building, where these Chambers were, was very large, as appeareth from Chap. 41.12. it was seventy Cubits broad, and the Wall of the Building five Cubits thick round about, and the length thereof ninety Cubits, and it was before the separate place. Some make the separate place the Temple, but it's better understood of the space of ground at the West-end of the Temple; and lay next to the Chambers joyned to the Temple, or between those Chambers, and the Priests-chambers.
In time of the Gospel, great numbers in the Western parts, from Jerusalem, have come in to Christ, and imbraced the Gospel; which was prefigured by the great Building, and the separate place, which were at the West-end of Ezek. Temple, and ever since the Gospel came into these Western parts; and Christ hath had a Church here: there hath been a thick wall of protection about it, so that neither Heathenish, nor Anti-Christian Powers could destroy it.
Here be many things considerable about the Ministers of the Gospel, who are represented by the Priests, what they did, and had.
The Priests did approach unto the Lord: it was their office to do so, and to minister unto him, Ezek. 43.19. Aaron and his Sons ministered unto God in the Priests office, Exod. 28.1, 41, 43. And it's the office of the Ministers under the Gospel to approach unto the Lord, to offer up prayers unto him for the people, 1 Tim. 2.1. They are so near unto God, that they are call'd his Stewards, Tit. 1.7. H s Servants, Act. 16.17. They approach unto God as Stewards and Servants, to their Lords and Masters. The Elders were near the Lamb, and had golden vials full of odours, [Page 332] which are the prayers of the Saints, Rev. 5.8. they presented the requests of the Saints unto the Lord: In all administrations of the Gospel, the Ministers appro [...]ch near unto God; and in all their approaches, he looks to be sanctified by them.
The Priests who were in God's service, had good accommodations; they had Chambers, and were to eat of the most holy things: this signified, the care God would have of the Ministers in the days of Christ, and the good provision he would make for them, they should not be without accommodations, and means; Gal. 6.6. Let him that is taught in the word, communicate unto him that teacheth, in all good things. Here is large Provision made for the Gospel Ministers, Whatever good things people possess, they ought to communicate a part thereof to their Teachers; something is due to the Teachers, and it's duty in the Taught, to pay it. The Ministers are to have Meat; and Chambers, accommodations to eat their Me [...]t in. 1 Cor. 9 13, 14. Do ye not know, that they which Minister about holy things, live of the things of the Temple? and they which wait at the Altar, are partakers with the Altar? Even so hath the Lord ordained, that they which Preach the Gospel, should live of the Gospel. Here is a Divine Ordinance for Minister's maintenance. It's also here hinted to us, that the Priests were to eat of the best of the most holy things; that it, the Tythes, and Offerings, which were to be of the best, Mal. 1.8, 14. And certainly, under the Gospel, the Ministers of it, are not to be turn'd off with the meanest, and worst of things; if you have choise spirituals from them, is it not equal they should have answerable temporals from you?
Holy things were to be laid in holy places; holy offerings, and holy garments, were not to be laid any where, but in the holy place. Under the Law, some places were holy; but under the Gospel, holiness of places is taken away, according to what was Prophesied, Mal. 1.11. From the rising of the sun, even unto the going down of the same, my Name shall be great among the Gentiles, and in every place Incense shall be offered unto my name, and a pure offering: And according [Page 333] to that Paul gave out, 1 Tim. 2.8. I will that men pray every where, lifting up holy hands; he makes all places alike, for the outward Celebration of Worship; yet the Truths, and things of the Gospel, are to be laid up in holy places, that is, in holy Hearts. James 4.8. Draw nigh to God, and he will draw nigh to you, cleanse your hands ye sinners, and purify your hearts, ye double minded. Holy hearts are fit places for God, Christ, Spirit, Gospel, and all the Ordinances of it, James 1.21. 1 Pet. 2.1, 2. 1 Cor. 11.28. Heb. 10.22. These pl [...]ces shew that holy hearts are requisite for holy things. So, that of Christ, Mat. 7.6. Give not that which is holy unto the dogs, neither cast ye your pearls before swine; their hearts are foul, and so uncapable of holy things; they are not fit repositories for such things.
Here is, in the 13. verse, mention made of three Offerings, The Meat-offe [...]ing, the Sin offering, and the Trespass-offering.
1. The Meat-offering, it was of fine Flower, Oyle, and Frankincense, or onely of fi [...]e Flower, and Oyle; and then it was to be B [...]ked, Fryed, or Sodden; no Leaven, or Honey was to be used therewith; but every Meat-offering was to be seasoned with salt, see Levit. 2. per totum. Or it was of Ears of Corn, the first-fruits, Ears dryed by the fire, even Corn beaten out of full Ears, vers. 14. Part of this Meat-offering the Priests were to burn upon the Altar, for a sweet savour; and the rest they were to eat in the holy place, Levit. 6.15, 16.
2. The Sin-offering, whether a Bullock, or any other beast, was most holy, yea, whatsoever touched the flesh thereof, was holy. Some of the blood of it, was to be brought into the Tabernacle of the Congregation, to reconcile withall, in the most holy place, which was not to be eaten, but burnt. The Priests, and all the Males among the Priests, were to eat of this sacrifice, &c. Levit. 6.25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30.
3. The Trespass-offering. There was one and the same Law for this, and the Sin-offering; it was to be kill'd where the Burnt-offering was, and the blood to be sprinkled round about upon [Page 334] the Altar; what was to be burnt, and what to be eaten by the Priests, you may see Levit. 7.1, 2, 3, 4, 5▪ 6, 7.
These Offerings were types of Christ, who is our true Meat-offering, the bread of life, the nourishment of every hungry, and thirsty soul. His flesh, and his blood, are meat and drink indeed; at his Table we feed upon him crucified, and so our Meat-offering; he is our Sin-offering, and Trespass-offering, 2 Cor. 5.21. He was made sin for us, that is, a Sin offering, that we might be made the righteousness of God in him. See, Heb. 10.12, 14.
In the 14. vers. it's said, The Priests must not go out of the holy place, into the outward Court, which comprehends this mystery in it, viz. That the Ministers of the Gospel, those have given up themselves to Christ, and the Church, ought not go out from their spirituall imployment unto the world, and worldly affaires, but to mind that great work they are call'd unto. For, who is suffici [...]nt for such things, 2 Cor. 2.16. Paul instructed Timothy, and in him, all others in this truth, 2 Tim. 2.4. No man that warreth intangleth himself with the affairs of this life, that he may please him who hath chosen him to be a Souldier. When men are call'd to be Souldiers, they must mind their Souldiery, not other things; it will not please their Captains, and Comm [...]nders, they cannot discharge their trust: So Ministers, having a great Captain, and Commander, the Lord Christ who hath chosen them to be his Souldiers; they must mind their spiritual Souldiery, they must not trouble, or distract themselves with the cares, or affairs of the world; if they do, they can neither be faithful to their interest, nor please their Lord, and Master. Rom. 12.7. Those that Minister, must wait on their Ministring, and those that teach, on their teaching; they must not wait upon, or meddle with other things, Col. 4.17. Publicis insudare debent, qui nomen dedêre militiae, Souldiers might not intangle themselves about Husbandry, Cattle, Merchandising, or other affairs, but they were to mind the publick.
The Priests when they approached to God, had other garments on, then at other times; they had holy garments on them; they might not come nigh God, but in holy [Page 335] garments: afterwards they changed their garments, when they were to deal with the people. Which informs us, that the Ministers of the Gospel ought to have other frames of Spirit in them, when they are nearer unto God in the duties of his worship, then at other times; then they are to put on holy garments, they should be cloath'd with zeal, fear, and other holy affections. They are to discharge their office with gravity, and authority, that their Ministery be not despised. God will be s [...]nct [...]fied in them, that come near unto him; they must not come in their old garments, with old ordinary spirits: but with holy garments, holy spirits, s [...]nctifying God in their hearts, making him their fear, and dread, and car [...]y themselves as Ambassadors of God, standing, and pleading for him. But when they are out of publique administrations, they may put on other garments; they must be cloathed with humility, love, bowels of mercy, meekness, long-suffering, as 2 Tim. 2.24, 25. In common conversation, and converse with the people, they ought not to be high, and haughty, lording it over Gods heritage, 1 Pet. 5.3. but to be ensamples to the flock, of wisdom, charity, patience, faith, and holiness They are to become all things to all men, that they may win some to Christ.
Vers. 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20.
15. Now when he had made an end of measuring the inner house, he brought me forth toward the Gate, whose prospect is toward the East, and measured it round about.
16. He measured the East-side with the measuring reed, five hundred reeds with the measuring reed round about.
17. He measured the North-side, five hundred reeds, with a measuring reed round about.
18. He measured the South-side five hundred reeds, with the measuring reed.
[Page 336] 19. He turned about to the West-side, and measured five hundred reeds, with the measuring reed.
20. He measured it by the four sides, it had a Wall round about five hundred reeds long, and five hundred broad, to make a separation between the Sanctuary, and the prophane place.
THe 15. vers. shews us, how exact a Building the Church is, it's an house measured within, and without; When Christ had done measuring the inner house, he comes forth and measures the outward parts. Nothing is left unmeasu [...]ed; Solomons House, or Temple, was not so exactly built, and measured, as the Church of Christ is. That is God's Building, 1 Cor. 3.9. and he exceeded Solomon in wisdome, and so in building. See what a structure the New Jerusalem is, Rev. 21.10. &c. which makes good that Psal. 102.16. When the Lord shall build up Sion he shall appear in his glory.
There is difference among Interpreters about the reeds, mentioned in the 16, 17, 18, 19. vers. Some would have them to be so many cubits onely, from that in Ezek 40.47. where it's said the Courts was an hundred cubits long, and an hundred cubits broad. Others would not have five hundred reeds, or cubits to be on any one side, but that all the sides measured, made up the sum; be it five hundred cubits, or five hundred reeds. But most interpreters are of the mind that, each side was not onely of five hundred cubits, but five hundred reeds.
The words for measuring reed, are Bickushi hamiddah, In calamo mensu [...]ae, which was the great reed, saith Alapide, of six cubits, whereas the vulgar reed was onely of five cubits; that this reed was six cubits is clear from Chap. 40.5. So that the five hundred reeds, were three thousand cubits, and the four sides came to twelve thousand cubits; which shews how spatious, and vast, the Temple was: From these verses are presented to us,
1. The Extent, and latitude of the Church which should be, in all quarters of the world, under Christ: He measur'd [Page 337] the Gate to the East, and the East-side, to make known the Eastern people should be of the Christian Church. He measured the North-side, shewing thereby that the Northern parts should come thither. He measured the South, and West-sides, assuring us thereby, that the people of those parts should come unto Sion. Christ sent his Apostles to all N [...]tions Mat. 28.19. They went East, West, North, and South, inlarging the borders of the Gospel, inviting, and bringing in the Gentiles daily, Mark. 16.15. Goe into all the world, and Preach the Gospel to every creature: The Church of Christ is all the world over, The sound of the Apostles went into all the earth, that is, all parts of the earth, and their words to the end of the world, Rom. 10.18.
2. The Stability, and Firmness of the Church. The Temple here measured was a perfect square, five hundred reeds on the East-side, five hundred reeds on the West-side, five hundred reeds on the North-side, and as many on the South-side. Buildings which are four square, are most stable, firm, and lasting: Things, or persons, who are firm, constant, and compleat, are tearm'd [...]. Such is the Church, 'tis stable, and permanent; The gates of Hell cannot prevail against it, Mat. 16.18. It's built upon Christ the chief corner stone, Ephes. 2.20. And is established in righteousness, Isa. 54.14.
3. The Lustre, and Beauty of the Church. Great buildings in the form of a Square are beautiful, and gloriors; such was that Ezekiel saw, it was a Quadrature, every side proportionable, holding forth beauty, and glory. Cant. 6.4. saith Christ of his Church; Thou art beautiful, O my Love, as Tirzah, comely as Jerusalem. Tirzah, and Jerusalem were chief Cities in Canaan; for at one, Kings of Israel kept their Courts, 1 Kings 14.17. And at the other, Kings of Judah dwelt. These Cities had much beauty, and comeliness in them, and unto them Christ likens his Church. Certainly, the Church is the most beautiful, and glorious thing in the world, to them who have eyes to see it; many saw no beauty in Christ, Isa. 53.2. but Christ was beautiful, and glorious, to them who had eyes to see it, Joh 1.14. [Page 338] And many see no beauty, no glory in the Church of Christ; but where spiritual eyes are, there they are seen. The Church it set out by a Golden Candlestick, Rev. 1.20. and that hath lustre, beauty, and glory. It's set out by a woman cloathed with the Sun, Rev. 12.1. and what lustre, beauty, and glory can there be wanting? It's set out by a Bride, the Lambs Wife. When the Bride of a great Prince, hath on her royal apparel, and is deck'd with all her Ornaments, and Jewels; Is she not beautiful, glorious and shining? Such is the Church arayed with fine linnen, the righteousness of Saints, Rev. 19 8. Such is New Jerusalem, having the glory of God, Rev. 21.9, 10, 11.
4. The Safety of the Church. This Temple had a wall round about, five hundred reeds long, and five hundred reeds broad, sufficient for the defence of it on every side. And the Church in the Gospel-times hath a wall about it, long, and broad; a wall thai reacheth from East, to West; from North, to South; a wall higher then the Heavens, deeper then Hell, and broader then the Earth, viz. The power, and providence of God. Isa. 27.3. I the Lord do keep it, lest any hurt it, I will keep it night, and day. Here is a wall better then that of Wood, Ezek. 41.22. then that of Stone, Prov. 24.31. then that of Iron, Ezek. 4.3. then that of Brass. Jer. 1.18. Such walls have been battered, and broken, undermin'd, or climb'd over; but this wall is not subject to any of them. The wall of New Jerusalem, is great, and high, Rev. 21.12. sufficient to secure all that be within.
5. The Sanctity of the Church. This wall, as it was a wall of security, so of separation; it was, to separate between the Sanctuary, and the profane place; that those in the profane place might not come into the Sanctuary, where the holy ones, and holy things were. The Church of God is a company call'd out of, and separate from, the world; who have given up themselves unto God, and Christ. The Corrinthians were called out of the world to be Saints, 1 Cor. 1.2. And the Macedonian Churches gave up themselves to the Lord, 2 Cor. 8.5. So that all the Churches of God are a [Page 339] chosen generation, an holy nation, 1 Pet. 2.9. Cant. 4.7. Unholy ones, who are without in the profane world, should not enter into the Church. God hath set a wall of discipline to keep them out, that the Church may not be defiled by them. It's said of the New Jerusalem, That there shall in no wise any thing enter into it, that defileth: the Angels will keep them out, for at the twelve Gates thereof will be twelve Angels, Rev. 21.12. who will let none in but Saints, so that all her people shall be righteous, Isa. 60.21.
The EXPOSITION continued upon the Remaining Chapters of EZEKIEL. CHAP. XLIII.
Vers. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
1. Afterwards he brought me to the Gate, even the Gate that looketh toward the East.
2. And behold, the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the East: and his voice was like a noise of many waters, and the earth shined with his glory.
3. And it was according to the appearance of the vision which I saw, even according to the vision that I saw, when I came to destroy the City: and the visions were like the vision that I saw by the river Chebar; and I fell upon my face.
4. And the glory of the Lord came into the house by the way of the Gate, whose prospect is towards the East.
5. So the spirit took me up, and brought me into the inner Court; and behold, the glory of the Lord filled the house.
6. And I heard him speaking unto me out of the house, and the man stood by me.
THIS Chapter, and the next in general speaks of the Ministery, and Sacred Worship of the new Temple; [Page 342] more particularly in this 43. Chapter we have
Concerning the New Vision, things considerable are;
For the 1. When it was that Ezekiel had this Vision. Not at his first coming to the Temple, but after he had been led from place to place, seen the several Gates, Courts, Chambers, Parts, Appurtenances, Ornaments of the Temple, and all exactly measured within, and without, after those things he had this Vision. Which insinuates thus much, that, after men have waited upon Christ, followed him, and learned the nature, and condition of the Church invisible, and visible; then the Lord affords Visions of himself, and his glory: when men come first to Sion, enter into Church-fellowship, they must not think to see the glory of God, till they are acquainted with the inward glory, and outward beauty of the Church, till they understand the measuring of Christ therein. Those that are in the Church, in due time see glory. It's good to be there, and to wait being there.
[Page 343]2. The place was at the East-gate. He was brought from the West-side of the Temple to the East-gate, where he had this Vision coming out of the East. Christ is Sol justitiae, the Sun of righteousness; and the Sun's motion is from the East, Westward; So here, this glorious Vision came out of the East, and entred by the East-gate, which led directly to the Sanctum Sanctorum. It's the Lord Christ brings us out of darkness to light, and shews us the way into the Temple, and Most Holy place.
3. The object, Glory. Behold! the glory of the God of Israel! That was, some figure, image, or manifestation, representing the glory of God: In Chap. 1.26, 27. Ezek. saw the likeness of a Throne, of a man of fire. And Chap. 8.4. Chap. 10.18. There were visions, where he beheld the glory of the God of Israel, and the glory departing; that is, some representation of his glories, which was leaving the Temple, and them; signifying that God was wroth with them, and departing from them. But here the glory was coming to them, importing that God's wrath was laid down, their sins pardoned, and he gratiously reconciled unto them. It was sin caus'd the glory to depart; mans wickedness draws the glory away, but nothing in, or of man, caus'd the glory to return. It's said, the glory came, it came freely, un-deservedly, un-expectedly; there was cause of great mourning, when it departed; and there was as great cause of rejoycing, when it returned.
Whence came it? from the way of the East. Christ's star was seen in the East, Mat. 2.2. His coming was from thence, Zechar. 3.8. Chap. 6.12. Christ is call'd Tzemach, which the Septuag. render [...], the Vulg. Oriens, that is, the East: Because Christ should come from heaven, and inlighten the dark world, as the Sun doth, when it riseth in the East. Luke in his 1. Chap. vers. 78. calls Christ [...], which we render the Day-spring, and may be rendred the East, for the day springs in the East first; be it East, or day-spring, it's from on High. Christ came from heaven to bring light into the blind world. Hence saith Christ, Joh. 8.12. I am the light of the world, the great light, the Sun [Page 344] of it; which, r [...]sing in the East, shines into the utmost parts of the West.
The next thing it, the sign of the glory. And that was a voice, such a voice, as was like the noise of many waters; in the 1 Chap. vers. 24. When the Cherubims went, the noise of their wings, was like the noise of great waters. As the voice of the almighty waters, use to roar, and make a great noise, Jer. 31.35. and 51.55. Such waters are strong, and there is no resistance of them; men cannot row, or sail against them. This voice minds us of the voice of Christ, in the Gospel; The sound whereof went into all the earth, Rom. 10.18. & Rev. 1.18. Christ's voice is said to be as the sound of many waters; it was strong, and irresistible. He taught them with Majesty, and Authority, Mat. 7.29. They were not able to answer him, Mat. 22.46. Joh. 8.9. not to withstand the wisdome, and truths he put into his disciples, Luk. 21.15. Act. 6.10. Rev. 11.5. Christ's voice in the Gospel, is an efficacious voice.
The Effects of it, were two. First, The earth shined with his glory. Before the coming of Christ, the world was full of Heathenish, and Hellish darkness; and Canaan was full of Types, Ceremonies, and Shadows; there was little light, or lustre, There. But, when Christ came, the Oracles of the Heathen ceas'd, and the Jewish shadows vanished, and the earth shined with the glory of the Gospel. Mat. 4.16. The people which sate in darkness, saw great light: and to them which sate in the region, and shadow of death, light hath sprung up. When the Jews were under clouds, and darkness; then Christ came, and brought the glorious Gospel to them. When Christ was born, Luk. 2.9. there was glory shone round about the shephards; signifying, that the glory of the Lord would fill the earth, yea, all the world.
Or, this may refer to the destruction of Mystical Babylon, and coming down of the New Jerusalem from Heaven: for of the one, it's said, Rev. 18.1, 2. An Angel came down from heaven, having great power, and the earth was lightened with his glory. And he cryed mightily, with a strong voice, Babylon is fallen, &c. And Chap. 21. of New Jerusalem, it's said v. 23. The [Page 345] glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof. When these things be, the earth will be fill'd, and shine with glory.
2. Ezekiel fell upon his face. The lustre of Divine glory, sense of his own frailty, and weakness, caused him to fall upon his face; here I might inlarge, but of this falling on his face, was spoken Chap. 1.28. and the Observations rising thence are there to be seen.
The 4. thing concerning this glory, is the resemblance of it, vers. 3. And it was according to the appearance of the Vision which I saw, even according to the Vision that I saw, when I came to destroy the City, &c. The Prophet being sent of God to prophesie the destruction of Jerusalem, saith here, when I came to destroy the City. The Chaldee is, when I prophesied, then had he such a vision as this was, Chap. 1. That which he declared to be done, he saith he d [...]d. The Prophet was in Babylon, when the City was destroyed, he did not put forth a finger towards destruction of it, he onely prophesied against it. So Jeremie was set over Nations, and Kingdomes, to root out, to pull down, and to destroy; this he did by prophesying against them, not otherwise.
The same Vision, which at first appeared to the Prophet in a way of judgment, appears now to him in a way of merit; before, it prefigured the destruction, here the restauration of the Temple, City, and Land. The Vision for outward appearance, was like what he saw in the 1, 8, 9, 10. Chapters; but in the end, and use, totally differing from, yea, contrary unto, the same. There he saw God angry, the glory departing from the Temple, and going out at the East-gate: Here he sees God smiling, and the glory returning the same way it went out; Here he beholds sweet reconciliation between God, and the Church, made up by Christ.
The 5. thing is the Receptacle of this glory, and that was the Temple, or House which had been measured, vers. 4. And the glory of the Lord came into the House. This House, or Temple, as hath been shew'd before, signified both the Body, and Church of Christ; for his Body-natural, [Page 346] that was the Receptacle of glory, Col. 2.9. Joh. 1.14. 1 Tim. 3.16.
For the Church, his Mystical body; that is a Receptacle of Glory also. Isa. 60.1. The glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. And vers. 19. The Lord shall be unto thee an everlasting light, and thy God, thy glory. There is an estate of the Church to come, wherein it shall be very glorious In Solomon's Temple there was glory, but glory in a cloud, 1 King. 8.10, 11. But in Ezekiel's Temple, there was glory without a cloud, a greater glory, even such a glory as made the earth to shine. This is the glory which the Saints look for, and shall see in due time: Rev. 21.3. Behold! the Tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God.
What is said of the Church, is to be understood also of every believer, who is a Receptacle of glory, a Temple of the spirit of Christ, and God, 1 Cor. 6.19. 1 Cor. 3.16. 2 Cor. 13.5. Who ever Christ hath measured out to be a Temple, shall receive glory. 2 Cor. 4.6. God who commanded the light to shine [...]ut of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, saith Paul, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God, in the face of Jesus Christ. The Gospel is a Glass; in it we see the face of Christ, and in his face the glory of the Lord: and are changed into the same image, from glory to glory, 2 Cor. 3.18. It's observable here, that when the glory of God departs from a Church, or people, it's not for perpetuity, but for a season. The glory went out of the Temple, and City, at the beginning of Ezek. prophesie; but he saw the same returning, before the end of his prophesie. The Arke, when taken by the Philistines, caused Phinehas wife to name her Son Ichabod, saying, The glory of departed from Israel, 1 Sam. 4.21. But after seven Moneths, the glory return'd again to Israel, Chap. 6. The Arke was sent home, God caus'd it to return again. Long have the Jews now been without an Arke, and without glory: but in due time the glory of the God of Israel will return unto them, for Rom. 11.26. There shall come out of Sion the Deliverer, and shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob. And when the scaling of the 144000. [Page 347] out of all the Tribes shall be, Rev. 7. then shall they stand on Mount Sion with the Lamb, and so the glory will be in the midst of them, Rev. 14.1.
The consequents of this Vision, or Glory returning, come next to be considered: and the first is, the Prophets raising, vers. 5. So the spirit took me up. He was fallen upon his face, as not able to behold the brightness of that glory appeared; and being in that posture, the spirit took him up, In Chap 2.1, 2. the Spirit spake to Ezekiel, being down upon his face, entred into him, and set him upon his feet. But here he took him up, he dealt with him, as a man doth with his friend fallen: Hence springs this consideration, that those are humbled, and humble, with sense of their own vileness, and weakness, through apprehension of glory, and greatness; shall soon be raised, and comforted. Sight of glory is an humbling thing. Ezek. Chap. 1.28. And here again, he was humbled upon that account; he saw so much lustre in that glory, so much greatness in the Lord, that, convinc'd of his own vileness, and nothingness, he falls down upon his face, as being wholly unworthy to behold such a sight, to partake of such mercy; but presently the spirit being full of love, bowels, and compassion, steps to him, and takes him up. He suffers him not to lye affrighted with glory, or affected with misery, but is a speedy comforter unto him. The humble find mercy, and are raised; when the proud meet with judgment, and are thrown down.
The 2. consequent is, The Spirit leading of him, and that was into the inner Court. He had led him into several places, and now leads him into the inner Court; whereby he came to understand the mysteries of, and behold the glory in the Temple, which none are able to do, without the leading of the Spirit. None, destitute of the Spirit, can enter into the Church, to understand the things thereof, and behold the glory thercin. 1 Cor. 2.14, 15. 2 Cor. 3.18. It's the Spirit makes men discern spiritual things, it's the Spirit that leads us from knowledge to knowledge, from mystery to mystery, and from glory to glory; he leads into the Temple, and into the [Page 348] inner Court, he reveals the deep, and glorious things of God unto the Saints.
The 3. is the filling of the house, and that with glory, vers. 3. Behold, the glory of the Lord filled the house. There was aboundance of glory in it, the Temple, and Sanctum Sanctorum, were full of it. This leads us to consider, not onely the Temple, re-built after the Babylonish Captivity, which the Lord said by Haggai, Chap. 2.7. that he would fill it with glory: And that the glory of it sh uld be greater then of the former house, vers. 9. which was fulfilled in Christ's bodily presence there; but it leads us also unto Christ, who was fil [...]'d with the glory of the Spirit, and fullness of the Deity, Col. 2.9 and unto the Church of Christ, which is fill'd with the glory of the Gospel; (for it is glorious, and hath shining light in it, 2 Cor. 4.4.) but chiefly unto the New Jerusalem, wherein a greater glory is expected to be seen, then hath ever yet been; there will be aboundance of grace, and glorious effusions of the spirit. See how glor [...]ous the New Jerusalem is, Rev. 21.
The 4. thing, is the Lord speaking unto Ezekiel vers. 6. And I heard him speaking unto me. The Hebrew is, I heard a Saying to me from the house, a saying from the glory, or from the Lord; being in that Glory which fill'd the house. The Temple saith Vatablus, the Sanctum Sanctorum saith Maldonate; but we understand it of both. As the glory was in the Temple, so the voice came from the Temple. The Lord spake not of the Temple, as Lyra would have it; but from, or out of, the TempIe.
The thing pointed out hereby, is this; That God reveals, and makes known his mind in his house, in the Church; he speakes from the Temple unto his, Isa. 66.6. A Voice from the Temple, a voice of the Lord. There God discover'd his displeasure towards his enemies, and his good will towards his servants. In Judah is God known, Psal. 76. There his mind is known, The law goes forth out of Zion, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem, Isa. 2.3. Where his Church is, there is his presence, there he utters his voice, there he opens his mind. Why did David desire to dwell in the house [Page 349] of the Lord, all days of his life; but to behold the beauty of the Lord, which appeared there eminently; and to inquire in his Temple, because the Lord there spake, and answered the desires of his servants, Psal. 27.4. When he was troubled at the prosperity of the wicked, what did he then? but, enter into the Sanctuary of God, and there he was resolved, he understood their end, Psal. 73.17. The Spirit, and Christ, spake in the Churches, and to the Churches, Rev. 2. and 3 Chap. And in the 16. Chap. vers. 1. A great voice was heard out of the Temple.
And the Man stood by me.
The Hebrew is, And a Man was standing by me. Some make this Man, to be an Angel; but it was he, mentioned Chap. 40.3. The Man whose appearance was like the appearance of brass, with a line of flax in his hand, and a measuring-reed. This was Christ, the Master-builder. Zech. 6.12. Behold the Man whose name is the Branch, he shall grow up out of this place, and he shall build the Temple of the Lord. This Man stood by Ezek. to assist, incourage, and interpret things unto him.
Whence cometh this Observation,
That the Lord Christ, who is the chief Architech in Temple-work, stands by his Prophets, and Servants who are imployed therein.
When the Temple was first built, many were imploy'd therein, but they were not left to their own wisdom, and skill. Solomon was princip [...]l therein; he was present, counselled, directed, and assisted; therefore it's said, he built the house of the Lord, 1 King. 6.2. So in Ezekiel's Temple, a Type of the Gospel-Temple, Christ was present, he counselled, directed, assisted; he stood by the Prophet, he stood by the Apostles. Mat. 28.20. Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world. He stood by Paul, Acts 18.10. I am with thee, so Chap. 23.11. And Paul doth acknowledge it, 2 Tim. 4.16, 17. All men forsook me, they shew'd their unfaithfulness; Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me, and [Page 350] strengthened me; he was about Temple-work, for it follows, that by me the Preaching might be fully known, and that all the Gentiles might fully hear. Christ was with him, to instruct, incourage, and bless him, and his labors. Christ walkes in the midst of the Churches, and holds the stars thereof in his right hand, Rev. 2.1. And Chap. 5.6. it's said, In the midst of the Elders sto [...]d a Lamb.
There be two things worthy notice, from the 5, and 6. verses considered together.
The 1. Is the distinction of Subsistences, in the Divine Nature, and Essence. Here are 3. distinct Ones named. 1. The Spirit which took up Ezekiel. 2. The glory of the Lord, whom he heard speaking out of the house, which was the Father. 3. The Man standing by him, which was Christ. Here is the Spirit, Father, and Son, who as they have distinct personalities, so distinct operations. The Spirits work, is raising up; the Fathers, speaking; and the Sons, assisting, or standing by.
The 2. thing, is the gradual proceedings of God, in carrying on his, from mercy to mercy. Here be 5. steps of mercy.
The 1. Is the Spirit taking up the Prophet, being fallen upon his face. Had any one come, and raised the Prophet, being down; it had been kindness. Especially, if Daniel, Zorobabel, or some Elder of Israel had done it; but one greater, and better then them all did it, viz. the Spirit of God. This was great mercy.
The 2. Is the Spirit leading of him into the inner Court. He did not raise him, and then leave him, but led him. And whither? not into the outward Court, but into the inner Court. This was a further mercy, a choise mercy, to be brought so near the Temple.
The 3. Step, was a sight of glory, he saw the glory of the Lord filling the house; this was a grand mercy, which none of the Jews besides himself saw: As when Christ was transfigured, and the Mountain shin'd with the glory of his transfiguration, Peter, and John saw it, whch was a favour unto them, to see such glory, and the greater, [Page 351] because none of the other Apostles did see the same.
The 4. Step, is the Lords speaking unto him, being compassed about with glory. To have heard the voice of an Angel had been mercy; but to hear the voice of the great, and glorious God, out of the Temple; this was a height of mercy, such as Moses had, Exod. 33.11.
The 5. and last Step, is the presence of Christ; he stood by him. Here was another mercy, and no mean one; Christ In whom were hid all treasures of wisdome, and knowledge, Col. 2.3. So then here was the whole Trinity imploy'd at once about Ezekiel; which was transcendent, and superlative mercy. Those are call'd to be agents in Temple-work, have need of the whole Trinity: help of the Spirit to raise, or led them; of a sight of glory, to darken all humane, and mundane glory before their eyes; of hearing God speak, that they may be taught of him; and of having Christ present with them, that they may be inabled to go through their work. John in the Revel. was led from mercy to mercy, from vision to vision, as appears throughout that book, and especially in the 21. Chap. 1, 2.3 &c. The time will come when the Spirit will lead the Saints into the inner Court, where they shall see the glory of God, hear his voice, and find Christ standing by them.
Vers. 7, 8, 9.
7. And he said unto me, Son of man, the place of my throne, and the place of the soles of my feet, where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel for ever; and my holy name shall the house Israel no more defile, neither they nor their Kings by their whoredome, nor by the carkeises of their Kings in their high places.
8. In their setting of their threshold by my thresholds, and their post by my posts, and the wall between me, and them, they have even defiled my holy name [Page 352] by their abominations, that they have committed: wherefore I have consumed them in mine anger.
9. Now let them put away their whoredome, and the carkeises of their Kings far from me, and I will dwell in the midst of them for ever.
The 2. part of this Chap. being the speech of God to the Prophet, begins at the words read: and in them we have,
The promise of Divine presence, and continuance, is partly in the 7. verse, viz. in these words, The place of my Throne, and the place of the soles of my feet, where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel for ever; and partly in the 9. verse, the last words of it, viz. I will dwell in the midst of them for ever.
By the place of God's throne, and of the soles of his feet, is meant the Temple, and City of Jerusalem, where God had formerly dwelt. Jer. 17.12. A glorious high Throne, from the beginning is the place of thy Sanctuary; it was God's Throne, and it was the footstool of God, 1 Chron. 28.2. It's granted by all, that Jerusalem having the Temple in it, represented the Church of God under the Gospel, in which the promise here is, that God will dwell for ever. The Christian Church shall have the presence of God in it, and abiding with it for ever: Mat. 28.20. I am with you always, even unto the end of the world. John fixes this presence of God in the New Jerusalem, Rev. 21.2, 3. When New Jerusalem came down from heaven, then he heard a voice, saying, behold! the Tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God. So Chap. 22.3. The Throne of God, and of the Lamb, [Page 353] shall be in it: There both God, and Christ will be, and dwell.
This sets out the great esteem God had of, and the great complacency he had in, Jerusalem; he esteem'd it as his Throne, and took delight in it, as in his chiefest dwelling. Isa 69.1. God saith, Heaven is his Throne, and earth his Footstool; this is the honour he puts upon heaven, and earth, and the same he puts upon Jerusalem, and now puts upon the Christian Church; It's his Throne, his Footstool, the place he esteems above all others, the place he takes more complacency in then all others. Such shall be the presence of the Lord in it, that it shall be call'd Jehovah-Shammah, that is, The Lord is there, Ezek. 48.1. And such shall be his content, and delight therein, that Jeremy tells you, it shall be call'd the Throne of the Lord, Jer. 3.17. At that time they shall call Jerusalem the Throne of the Lord, and all the Nations shall be gathered unto it.
The effect of God's presence, viz. sanctification, is comprehended in these words, My holy name shall the house of Israel no more defile, neither they, nor their Kings by their whoredome, &c.
Of prophaning, and defiling God's holy name, was spoken Chap. 36.20. To let that pass, the sense here is, they shall avoid all things which do defile; and sanctifie God's holy name, they should keep the worsh p of God, keep from idolatry, and all arbitrary inventions of men, which Jerome, and Maldonate refer to the state of heaven, ad Templum Coeleste, and not to the Temple built after the Babylonian captivity, because that was oft defiled by Antiochus, Pompey, and Titus, and deserted by the Lord. Others refer it, as is here said, to that Temple; because, the Jews after their captivity, did for ever hate idolatry, and serve the true God, though not in a right manner. If these words do in part refer to the state of the Church after the captivity, yet principally they refer to the state of it after Christ, and that time too when New Jerusalem shall be extant; for Anti-christ hath greatly defiled the holy name of God with his idols, and will-worship; but then, nothing that defileth shall enter, Rev. 21. [Page 354] 27. then shall be made good that in Zech. 14.21. In that day there shall be no more the Canaanite in the house of the Lord; they shall be all true Israelites.
Nor their Kings by their whoredome.
By whoredome, the Prophet understands Idolatry, which is spiritual whoredome, of which hath often been spoken. Not onely the people, but even Kings, and Princes were given much to idolatry in Israel, and in Judah: they caused idols, and altars to be set up in most places and countenanced them; they imitated the very heathens, and became like, yea worse then them, Ezek. 5.6, 7. Chap. 16.47. 2 King. 21.2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9. It's said of Jehoahaz or Jehoiakim, and Jehoiakim, that they did evil in the sight of the Lord, according to all that their Fathers had done, they defiled Jerusalem what lay in them: But of the New Jerusalem, it's written, Kings shall bring their glory, and honour into it, Rev. 21.24.
Nor by the Carkeises of their Kings in their high places.
The word for Carkeises is Pegerim, from Pigger, which signifies to be without strength, sloathful; so Carkeises are deprived of all strength, and move not; they lye where they are fallen; cadaver à cadendo. The Rabbies tell us, that the Kings of Judah had an house near to the Temple, yea, joyning to it, and that they were wont to bury their dead in a Garden belonging to it. There they say, Manasses and Amon were buried, which they gather from 2 King. 21.18, 26. and that by their Carkeises being so nigh the Temple, it was defiled. But the places cited doe not say, it was in the Garden of the House of the Lord, they say it was in the Garden of Ʋzzah; neither do they affirm that this Garden joyn'd to the Temple.
The Vulgar reads the words in ruinis Regum, in the ruins of [Page 355] the Kings; and so some Expositors refer it to what we find done by J [...]siah, 2 King. 23.12, 13. The Altars which were on the top of the upper chamber of Ahaz, which the Kings of Judah had made, and the Altars which Manasseh had made in the two Courts of the house of the Lord, did the King beat down, and broke them down from thence, and cast the dust of them into the brook Kidron: And the High Places, which were before Jerusalem, which were on the right hand of the mount of corruption, which Solomon the King of Israel had builded for Ashtoreh the abomination of the Z [...]donians, and for Chemosh the abomination of the Moabites, and for Milchom the abomination of the children of Ammon, d [...]d the King d file: And he brake in pieces the images, and cut down the groves, and filled their places with the bones of men, vers. 14. These Altars, and H [...]gh Places which Ahaz, Manasseh, and Solomon made, were utterly destroy'd by Josiah, and thereupon call'd, The ruins of Kings.
Another exposition of these words, is to understand them of the Children which were sacrificed to Idols, and passing through the fire: Both K [...]ngs, and others, did so by their children, 2 King. 16.3. Chap. 17.17. Chap. 21.6. Jerem. 19.5. Chap. 32.35. Ezek. 16.20, 21. This p [...]ctise of theirs greatly provoked God, and therefo [...]e he saith Jerem. 16.18. I will recompense their iniquity and the r sin double, because they have defiled my land, they have [...] [...]ine inheritance with Carkeises of their detestable, and [...]b [...]minable things. They are call'd Carkeises of their Kings, either from the example of Kings, who offered their children; or from their authority, commanding it; or from the names of their Idols, which were call'd Mol [...]ch, Milcom, and Malchum, 1 King. 11.7. 2 King. 23.13 Zeph. 1.5. which signifies a King. Moses calls Idols Carkeises, Levit. 26.30. and such they are because liveless, Psal. 115.5, 6, 7. and loathsome Gillubin, Ezek. 22.3. dunghill-gods, and Ehikkutzim, 2 Chron. 15.8. abominations in the abstract. The Carkeises therefore of their Kings, it's not amiss to expound of those Idols, they caused to be set up, and countenanced.
The Annotations on this place, say, The Jews did deifie their dead Kings, and kept their bodies for adoration, but [Page 356] as Sanctius saith, Nullum, quod ego viderim, extat in Scriptura, tam impiae atque insanae adorationis vestigium. That place they cite Psal. 106.28. is impertinent, They ate the sacrifices of the dead, that is, things offered to Baal Peor, a dead God.
Vers. 8. In their setting of their Threshold by my Thresholds, and their Post by my Posts.
The latter part of the former verse, Neither they, nor their Kings, &c. together with this verse, declare the cause of God's former departing from them; God did not account the Temple defiled, because the Kings had houses near unto it, in which they did wickedly, whereas they should have been more holy, for their proximity to the Temple. This sense some fasten upon the words. But that hath more weight in it, is, Manasses built Altars in the house of the Lord, and set a graven image of the grove there, 2 King. 21.4, 7. In, or near the house of God, there was the image of jealousie, Tammuz, and other abominations, Ezek. 8.5, 10, 14, 18. so 2 King 16.11, 12, 14. Ezek. 23.39 These were the Threshold by God's Thresholds, and the Post by God's Posts; these things caused God to go far off from his Sanctuary, vers. 6.
The precepts, and traditions of men, with their inventions, and additions to the worship of God, are styl'd Posts, and thresholds. The Authors of them, do lean, and stand much upon them, and set them in the way, to hinder others from injoyment of Temple-priviledges, unless they will own, and comply with them; but such Posts, and Thresholds are rotten, and faulty. The Lord's institutions, and appointments, are sound and good; they bear up his name, and worship; they are strong, and standing things; and by them we have entrance into his presence.
To make any thing like the institutions, and appointments of God, is prohibited, Exod. 30.32, 33, 37, 38. None might make anointing oyle, like the holy anointing Oyle, which God had appointed; if they did, they were to be cut off: And men may not make Thresholds, and Posts, like the Lord's [Page 357] Thresholds, and Posts; much less set them up with the Lord's impose them upon the conscience, as the Lord's, giving them equal honour, and authority with them. This is defiling the worship, and holy name of God, which he will avenge; for he will admit no rival, or proprietorie in the things of his worship; he saith, My Thresholds, My Posts; he will have no adding to, or diminishing from what is his, Deut. 12.32.
The scope of God in these words is this, that the worshippers in the new Temple, shall do nothing of their own private spirits, of their own heads; there shall be no superstition, idolatry, or humane invention, added to the worship of God; there shall be no heresie, no false doctrines, no traditions, or devices of men. Such Thresholds, and Posts, shall not be set up by the Lord's, they are defiling things, and such things must not enter into the New Jerusalem, Rev. 21.27. neither shall they by their sins cause God to depart from them; but shall do all things according to the line of his word, and apply themselves wholly to do his good pleasure.
And the wall between me and them.
There is but the wall between my Sanctuary, and their houses, I am but a little distanced from them, and yet they have done these things; they have forgotten me, and defiled my holy name; or, their Altars, Idols, Traditions, Inventions are a wall between me and them, so that they neither come at me, nor I at them. Isa. 59.2. Your iniquities have separated between you, and your God; they are a partition-wall, so thick, and high, that there is no seeing, or hearing one another.
Wherefore I have consumed them in my anger.
By their will-worship, and idolatry, they so displeased the Lord, that he departed from them, was wroth with them; and so wroth, that he consumed them by sad, and [Page 358] severe judgments: but under the new Temple, or Gospel-Church it should not be so; being reconciled to his people therein by the Lord Jesus, he will not leave them, be wroth with them, or consume them. Sin causes separation, wrath, and consumption.
Vers. 9. Now let them put away their whoredome, and the carkeises of their Kings, &c.
Junius reads the words in the future tense, Nunc longè amovebunt scortationem suam, Now they shall remove their whoredome far off. The Lord tells Ezekiel what converted Jews, and others, under the Gospel should do, They should put all superstition, idolatry, and will-worship away, and serve the Lord in all purity, and so he would dwell amongst them for ever, Rev. 14.1, 4, 5. Rev. 7.14, 15. God is holy, and he will dwell amongst holy ones. 2 Cor. 6.16, 17, 18. God will not leave this Temple as he left the former, but be in it, and dwell in it for ever. This is his promise, and it's a great, and pretious one. The Sun's presence in the day is a great mercy, but it's gone in the night, and then all is dark, and doleful. In the Church of Christ, the New Jerusalem, there will be no night, Rev. 21.25. There the sun will always shine, God will be present, and perpetually present in it, everlasting light, and glory unto it, Isa. 60.19.
Vers. 10, 11, 12.
19. Thou son of man, shew the House to the house of Israel, that they may be ashamed of their iniquity, and let them measure the pattern.
11. And if they be ashamed of all that they have done, shew them the form of the house, and the fashion thereof, and the goings out thereof, and the comings in thereof, and all the forms thereof, and all the ordinances thereof, and all the forms thereof, and [Page 359] all the laws thereof: and write i [...] in their sight, that they may keep the whole form thereof, and all the ordinances thereof, and do them.
12. This is the law of the house, upon the top of the mountain; the whole limit thereof round about shall be most holy: behold! this is the law of the house.
In these verses we have given out,
Vers. 10. Thou son of man, shew the house to the &c.
The Lord commands Ezekiel to shew the house to the house of Israel; he had seen the house, with all the forms, ordinances, and adjuncts of it; he had seen the measuring of it, within, and without; he well understood both the frame, and the house, and the things belonging to it, and so must shew it to the Jews. The Prophets must first see themselves, before they shew to others; they must first be taught of Christ, before they teach others; they must be well acquainted with Temple-work, know the inside and outside, the forms, and laws thereof, first themselves, and then make the same known to others. John first saw New Jerusalem, and the measurings of it, and after that revealed it to others, Rev. 21. And what they have seen, that they reveal, that they shew, and nothing of their own. Ezekiel must shew the house he had seen, and onely that. Ministers under the Gospel should [Page 360] know the form, and ordinances of Christ's house, and shew them, and them onely to the people.
That they may be ashamed of all their iniquities.
This Vision was to be shown unto the Jews in captivity, to let them know that there should be a restauration of the Temple, and Church-state, again; and under it, the state of the Church under Christ was typed out, and this was done to bring them to repentance. The word for Shame is Calam, which notes, shame for things in themselves shameful, filthy, and loathsome: The words may be read, And they shall be ashamed; or thus, And let them be ashamed.
Observe,
When God reveals mercy, and shews kindness to a sinful people, they ought to be ashamed, and repent of all their former iniquities. See Ezek. 16.60, 61, 63. Chap. 36.25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31. And here they must be inform'd of this Vision, and the mercy held out in it towards them, that they might consider their idolatries, superstitions, and other iniquities, and so be asham'd, and confounded in themselves. The house of Israel, all Israel, were to be ashamed of their iniquities, of all they had done amiss in Church, and State. And so should the House of England be asham'd of all done amiss in Church, and State; of all corruptions, abominations, and oppressions, which are in the same, we should be asham'd of them,
When our shame is of this nature, it's right; if upon other grounds, and considerations, it's worthless.
Let them measure the pattern.
uJnius reads the words, Ʋt metiantur universè, that they may measure universally. Others, let them measure: Fabricam, saith the Vulgar; Exemplar, saith Montanus. The shewing of them the house, was that they might measure it; that is, that they might endeavour to understand the measures of it, and so have the knowledge of it, and the Christian Church, exactly in their minds. It was a spiritual measuring, which Ezekiel had; and such a measuring they were to make, to look at the true marks of the Church, which are essential, and spiritual; not external, and accidental.
Observe,
Those have humbled themselves for their former sins, are fit to be spiritual Mathematicians.
The house of Israel must first be asham'd of her iniquities, and then measure the pattern. When we reflect upon our sinful ways, and are broken-hearted, that we have displeased the Lord; then are we fittest for the knowledge, and understanding of spiritual things. Daniel 9.13. It's clear, that humbling of the soul for sin,Vetus homo exundus est, ut nova sint omnia, & rationem hujus Templi possimus assequi. Vatab. and turning from it, makes way for understanding of the truth: The old man is to be put off, that all things may be new, and so we may attain to the knowledge of this Temple. Men of corrupt minds, and practices, are unfit for Temple-work, and the measurings thereof, which must be according to the Word.
Vers. 11. And if they be ashamed of all that they have done, shew them the form of the house, and the fashion thereof, &c.
These words seem to contradict what is in the former, ver. where it's said, Shew them the house, that they may be ashamed of their iniquities; And here it's, If they be ashamed of all that they have done, shew them the form of the house. In the first; sight of the house is required, as precedaneous to humiliation; and here, humiliation is required as precedaneous to sight of the house. The answer to this seeming contradiction is easie: The sight of the house first, was mercy, and that made way for humiliation; and then their humiliation upon that, made way for further mercy. First, they had a general sight of the house, which caused shame; and being throughly ashamed, they had a more distinct and particular knowledge of the same.
The forms, and fashions of the house.
In an house, there be several parts, as Walls, Windows. Doors, Posts, Lintels, Galleries, Stairs, Chambers, &c. And these are of several forms, and fashions, which he must shew to the house of Israel, even all the forms; which is twice mentioned: and notes the outward, and inward forms, of the Church.
The outward, lies in profession, in the union, and harmony of the parts; in the greatness, and extent of the whole; in the discipline, and government of it.
The inward forms consist in those gratious principles; and qualifications are in those professors, make up the house, and body of Christ, in the power of godliness, and the cordial closing one with another, in the life, spirit, purity, and power of Ordinances. There is beauty, and glory in the outward forms, but most in the inward. Psal. 45.13. The King's daughter is all glorious within, and her cloathing is of wrought gold: The Church shines without, but is very [Page 363] glorious within, all-glorious. The Kingdome of God is within men, Luke 17.21. and that is, in righteousness, peace, and joy. Paul had an eye to both forms, when he told the Colossians, He rejoyced to see their order, and faith, Col. 2.5.
And the goings out thereof, and the comings in thereof.
There were several Gates in this Temple, and they were to come in at one, and go out at another. Those came in at the North-gate, must go out at the South-gate; and they came in at the South-gate, must go out at the North-gate, and not at the Gates they come in by, Ezek. 46.9. In this Temple there was no turning back, but going forward; when the Tabernacle was up, there was looking, and turning back to Egypt: When Solomon's Temple stood, there was of them who went backward, and not forward, Jer. 7.21. Isa. 1.4. Jer, 15.6. But in this Temple they were to go forward, and not backward. Isaiah Prophesied that the People of this Temple should be all righteous, Isa. 60.21. And the righteous hold on their way, Job 17.9.
All the ordinances, and all the laws thereof.
The Hebrew word for Ordinances, is Choak, from Chakak, to ingrave upon Wood, or Stone, and that for Law, is Torah, from Jarah, to instruct, or teach; so that this latter imports the instruction of the mind, the former the impression of truth upon the hearts, and affections. Suarez saith,De legib. lib. 1. c. 5. that a Law, properly so call'd, is illuminative; reforming, and directing the judgement; and impulsive, moving the heart, and will to action. Some by these Ordinances, and Laws, understand the rites, and rules they were to observe in re sacrificali; for it's probable being 70. years in captivity, they had forgotten them in part, if not wholly: but not onely these are here intended, for then the scope of the vision would extend no further then Zorobabel's Temple, whereas it refers chiefly to the Temple, and worship of [Page 364] Christ under the Gospel, as hath been shewed. The Ordinances, and Laws thereof are here likewise included, and what the worshipers are to do; when, and how, and which, belong to the Temple.
First, Observe.
That to repentant men asham'd of all their evil doings, the ways of God's house are to be made known by the Prophets, and Ministers.
If they be asham'd, shew them the form, and fashion of the house, &c. If they were not humbled for, and ashamed of, their abominations, which caused the destruction of the first Temple; they must not be informed in the mysteries of this Temple, either by word, or writing. Impenitency excludes from Temple-mercies; but shame, and hearty sorrow for sin, makes way for such mercies. To them so affected, must the forms, and fashions, the comings in, and goings out of the house; all the outward and inward forms, all the ordinances, and laws thereof, be made known, by word, or writing, or both; they are to be admitted to the mysteries, and secrets of the Temple: As for dogs, holy things are not to be communicated unto them.
Secondly, Observe.
Temple, and Church-work, must not be according to mens phansies, but according to the mind of God, and that pattern He gives forth.
God set a pattern before Ezekiel, he must set it before the house of Israel, and they must build, and order the Temple answerably; they must keep the whole form thereof, and all the ordinances thereof; they might not adde to, nor detract from, what God had prescribed. Moses in the Tabernacle-work, must do all after the pattern given him, Exod. 25.40. Chap. 39.42, 43. Noah, in his Ark-work, must keep to what God appointed, Gen. 6.14, 15, 16. 1 Chron. 28.11, 12. 13. Solomon, in his Temple-work, was tied to the pattern given out by the Spirit to David. In the Gospel-Church [Page 365] it is so, Mat. 28.20. Teaching them to observe all things which I have commanded you. Nothing is left to their liberty, God's appointments onely must be in his house, neither antiquity, nor custome, nor convenience, nor prudential considerations, nor shew of holiness, nor any pretext whatsoever, will warrant any humane invention, brought into the Church, and Worship of God.
Thirdly, Observe,
That the Temple, and Church of Christ, hath distinct, and peculiar laws of it's own.
Ezekiel must shew them the Laws, and O [...]dinances of the house; not those of nature, or nations. Aliae sunt leges Caesarum, aliae Christi; Caesars, and Christ's laws do differ; his are Civil, and Christ's are Sacred; He rules in Sion, and man's laws have no place there.
Fourthly, Observe
The Church in due time shall be such a Temple as here it's represented by this Visio [...].
It shall be one large, strong, and full of glory, as this visional Temple was. When God gives forth visions, it's in the thoughts of his heart to make them good. How shall the house of Israel, the true Christians, keep the laws, and ordinances of his house, if it never be built? God hath not onely purposed, but promised to build it, Ezek. 37.26, 27. I will set my Sanctuary in the midst of them for evermore: My Tabernacle also shall be with them; yea, I will be their God, and they shall be my people. And John saw it accomplished in vision, hearing God uttering parallel words, Rev 21.2, 3. And doubtless the time is drawing near for the building of it. Now, men see a difference between the stones of Babylon, (which must neither be corner, foundation, or wall-stones, Jem. 51.26.) and the stones of Sion, which are pretious, and living; they begin to creep out of the dust of contempt, and to appear like the stars of the morning; now, there is a spirit of prayer more then formerly, and more then ordinary, [Page 366] for the accomplishment of this vision, and great expectation raised in many to see such a spiritual Temple.
Fifthly, Observe,
The end of making known the laws, and ways of God's house is, that they may be observed, and practised.
Ezekiel must shew them, and write, in their sight, the forms, laws, and ord [...]nances of the house, that they may keep, and do them. God propounds not divine things onely to be known, but chiefly to be done. It's not enough to know virtue, but men must endeavour to have it, and to do virtuously. Did a man know all the forms, comings in, and goings out of God's house, all the laws, and ordinances thereof, and not observe them, it would not advantage him at all, but make his condemnation the greater. The end of humane laws, and ordinances is observation, else they are no better then cyphers: So the end of God's laws is keeping, and doing of them; it's not knowing, nor hearing, nor praising, but practise which commends them. Disobedience is a dishonour to God, to his house, to his laws; Let us hearken to James in this case Chap. 1.22. his counsel is good, Be ye doers of the word, and not hearers only, deceiving your own selves.
Vers. 12. This is the law of the house, upon the top of the mountain, the whole limit thereof round about shall be most holy, &c.
Sanctius reads the words thus, This is the law of the house, upon the top of the mountain and there makes the distinction from the following words. Others make it before, and refer the words upon the top of the mountain, to the latter words, not the former. There is no considerable difference, whether the note of distinction be in the one, or the other place, For the house was upon the top of a mountain, Chap. 40.2, 6.
The law of this house, viz. the fabrick, mountain, and whole compass thereof was holiness; It's here said to be most holy. [Page 367] The Hebrew is Sanctitas sanctorum, The holiness of holiness. The Hebrews do double the word when they intend a superlative, as a Servant of Servants, Gen. 9.25. that is, most servile; a King of Kings, Ezra 7.12. that is, the most eminent, and greatest of Kings; and here the holiness of holiness, that is, the most holy. Such was this house, and the mountain whereon it stood, and the compass of it round about, which was by a wall of 500. reeds long, and so many broad, or, thereby was the separation made, between the Sanctuary, and the prophane place, Chap. 42.20. This house was to be the habitation of God his Throne; a representation of New Jerusalem, and Heaven it self; therefore it is styl'd not onely hold, but most holy.
First, Observe.
The Church of God hath a good Foundation.
It's an house upon a mountain, and that is strong, Job. 39.28. Rocks, and mountains are strong places, they stand immovable. The rock, or mountain, on which the Church is founded, and built, is the Lord Christ himself, 1 Cor. 3.11. call'd a mountain, Dan. 2.35. A precious corner stone, a sure foundation, Isa. 28.16. A rock, 1 Cor. 10. 4. The strength of Israel, 1 Sam. 15.29. The root of David, Rev. 22.16. and upholder of all things, Heb. 1.3. He upholds the world, and the Church.
Secondly, Observe,
The Church of God is eminent, and conspicuous.
It's on the top of a mountain, and that mountain was very high, Chap. 40.2. where he saw this Temple: which holds forth the visibility, and eminency of the Church under the Gospel. Isa. 2.2. It shall come to pass in the last days, that the mountain of the Lord's house shall be established in the top of the mountains, and shall be exalted above the hills, and all nations shall flow unto it. When one mountain is laid upon another, the uppermost must be very eminent; the Church here is call'd a mountain, and this mountain is seated upon the top [Page 368] of another mountain, even that mountain that fills all the earth, Dan. 2.35. It must therefore of necessity be high, and be seen of the nations; for it's Prophesied that all nations shall flow unto it. This suits with that, Rev. 21.24.
Thirdly, Observe.
The whole Church of God is to be made up of holy materials.
The house upon the top of the mountain, the whole circuit thereof round about, shall be m [...]st holy. There must not be one part of the house profane, another part holy; but the whole house, and every part thereof must be holy. Isa. 35.8. There shall be the way of holiness, the unclean shall not pass over it; the purity of that way will be such, as wicked ones will not dare to tread in it. Joel 3.16, 17. The Lord shall roar out of Sion, and utter his voice from Jerusalem, and the heavens, and the earth shall shake: terrible doings there shall be, but the Lord will be the hope of his people, and the strength of the children of Israel. So shall ye know that I am the Lord your God, dwelling in Zion, my holy mountain: then shal [...] Jerusalem be holy, that is, all Jerusalem shall then be holy, and there shall no strangers pass thorow her any more, to pollute and defile her. Then shall every pot in Jerusalem, and Judah be holiness unto the Lord, as Zech. speaks Chap. 14.21. Then shall be shut out all dogs, sorcerers, whoremongers, mu [...]derers, Idolaters, and lovers with makers of lies, as John saith Rev. 22.15. and whatever defileth, Rev. 21.27. Peter calls them of this Temple lively stones, 1 Pet. 2.5. John calls them seal'd ones, Rev. 7.4. Such as had the Fathers name written in their foreheads, Rev. 14.1. Precious stones, Rev. 21.19. Ephes. 2.19, 20, 21.22.
Fourthly, Observe,
The law of this house which is holiness, is specially to be observed.
The verse begins, and ends alike. This is the law of the house, bebold! This is the law of this house. Hujus domus, so Vatablus. Istius domus, so Junius. As the house is emphatical, so is the law of it set out with an Ecce, Behold! This is the law of it, holiness of holiness. All in this house hath a [Page 369] law of holiness writ in it, or upon it. If any thing, or person could come in here without holiness; such things, and persons would be cast out as unclean, as the man was who came into the Marriage-Supper without a Wedding Garment, Mat. 22.12, 13. They violate the law of holiness, and must suffer for it: but such shall not be suffered to enter, Rev. 21.27. There shall in no wise enter into it any thing that defileth; no false doctrine, no humane inventions, or will-worship shall be there, no profane person, no formalist, or hypocrite shall get in there, but they who are written in the Lambs book of life, vers. 12. there is an Angel at every gate to keep out the unworthy, Isa. 52.11.
Vers. 13, 14, 15, 16, 17.
13. And these are the measures of the Altar after the Cubits; the Cubite is a Cubite, and an hands breadth; even the bottome shall be a Cubite, and the breadth a Cubite, and the border thereof by the edge thereof round about shall be a span, and this shall be the higher place of the Altar.
14. And from the bottome upon the ground, even to the lower settle, shall be two Cubites, and the breadth one Cubite; and from the lesser settle, even to the greater settle, shall be four Cubites, and the breadth one Cubite.
15. So the Altar shall be four Cubites, and from the Altar and upwards shall be four horns.
16. And the Altar shall be twelve Cubites long, twelve broad, square in the four squares thereof.
17. And the Settle shall be fourteen Cubites long, and fourteen broad in the four squares thereof, and the border about it shall be half a Cubite, and the [Page 370] bottome thereof shall be a Cubite about, and his stairs shall look towards the East.
IN the 41. Chapt. 22. vers mention was made of an Altar, which was of the Altar of Incense: Here another Altar is presented to the Prophet, which is, Altare Holocausti, the Altar of Burnt-offering, which with the appurtenances of it is described, and measured by the Cubit; not the common Cubit, which consisted of twenty four fingers breadth; but the large, or Royal Cubit, which was an hands breadth more, and is here said to be the Cubit that is a Cubit and a hands breadth, by some call'd palmae Cubitus. This Altar was a perfect square, in length and breadth equal, each was twelve Cubits; the bottome, breadth, and border, with the lesser, and greater Settles, have their several measures, and distances; it had Horns, and Stairs.
The 15. verse in Hebrew is thus, And the mount of God, four Cubits, and from the Lion of God and upwards four Horns, so it is in the Margent Hareel, the Mountain of God. Some understand Focus Altaris, the space where they put the wood which burn'd the Sacrifice: Others make it the body of the Altar, which being between two Settles, or Benches; was so tearm'd, appearing like a little Mountain. Haariel, the Lion of God, or of the strong God, it's conceiv'd was the Grate upon which the Holocaust was laid; and this Grate was of the form of a Lion, as Villalpandus saith; but rather it was so call'd, because, as a Lion tears, and devours the prey, so the fire of this Altar did eat up the Sacrifices laid upon this Grate. Whether the Apostle hath not some respect unto this, or Solomon's Altar for Burnt-offerings, when he saith, Our God is a consuming fire, Heb. 12.29. is considerable.
This Altar had Stairs to go up unto it, yet God had forbid Steps, or Stairs to be make unto his Altar, and gives a reason for it, Exod. 20.26. which was to be observed of men when they made Altars unto God; but when the Lord prescribed the form of an Altar for himself, he might according [Page 371] to his own good pleasure, have it with Steps, or without. It's probable Solomon's Altar had Steps, being ten Cubits high, as Sanctius, and the Annotators observe: the Priests also were to wear linnen breeches when they were sacrificing.
These Stairs looked toward the East. That so when they sacrificed, and worshipped God, their backs might be towards the East, and their faces Westward, which the wise God ordered so, that he might keep his people from conforming to, and symbolizing with, the Idolatrous Nations, who with their faces Eastward worshipped the Sun-rising.
This Altar for Burnt-offerings was a type of Christ, as those of Moses, and Solomon were, Exod. 27.1. 2 Chron. 4.1.
1. This Altar was but one, so Christ is our Altar, and our onely Altar, Heb. 13.10. The Christian Church knoweth no other.
2. It had a Grate, whereon the Sacrifice was laid; and fire put to it, whereby it was burnt. So Christ had a cross, whereto he was fastened; and there the fire of God's anger did fall upon him, which was due to us for our sins, Isa. 53.5. Mat. 27.46.
3. It had four Horns at the four corners thereof, which signified the strength, and sufficiency of Christ, for all who should come unto him from the four corners of the earth. When men were in danger of their lives, they fled to the Altar, and took hold on the Horns thereof, 1 King. 2.28. Exod. 21.14. and if they were not willful, and presumptuous sinners, they were safe. What sinners soever shall come from any part of the world unto Christ, and take hold of him by the hand of faith, he shall be safe. The four corners of his Altar are his wisdome, righteousness, sanctification, and redemption, 1 Cor. 1.30. and He is able to save them take hold of him to the uttermost, Heb. 7.25.
4. This Altar was to be seven days cleansed, and purified, vers. 26. of this Chapt. and Exod. 29.37. and so it was holy, and whatsoever touched it was holy. Herein is figured the perfect holiness of Christ, who was most holy, Dan. 9.24. and sanctified himself for the service of the Church, [Page 372] and whoever toucheth him by faith is made holy, and whatever is offered up to God upon his Altar likewise is holy. This Altar sanctifieth the gift, Mat. 23.19. Heb. 13.15.
5. It was glorious, and durable, being of Shittim-wood, and Brass, Exod. 27.12. Of Cedar, and pure Gold, 1 King. 6.20. And herein it represented the Diety of Christ, which is most glorious, and eternal, Heb. 1.3. Chap. 9.14.
6. It was call'd the mountain of God, being on Mount Sion; he did as it were dwell there, and took pleasure in the sacrifices offered on it: And is not Christ Hariel, the mountain of God, is not he the Altar in the mountain of the Lord's House, Mat. 10 11. Heb. 13.10. Isa. 2.2. Doth not God dwell in him, Col. 2.9. Was he not a Sacrifice well pleasing to God, Ephes. 5.2. Are not we the righteousness of God in him, 2 Cor. 5.21. Ephes. 5.20.
And not onely so, but the Lion of the strong God: And is not Christ Haariel the Lion of the mighty God, He is the Lion of the Tribe of Judah, Rev. 5.5. The Lion of God, to whom God hath given all power in heaven, and earth, Mat. 28.19. This Lion hath rescued us out of the mouth of that roaring Lion, who intended, and endeavoured to make a prey of all mankind, 1 Pet. 5.8. Heb. 2.14. This Lion hath spoiled principalities, and powers, Col. 2.15. Purged away sin, Heb. 1.3. Made reconciliation to God, Dan 9.24. Abolished death, and brought life, and immortality to light, 2 Tim. 1.10.
The exact measuring of this Altar dictates this, that Ministers should have, and hold forth the full knowledge of Christ, and especially of him crucified, as an offering for sin; for therein lieth the benefit of sinners to know Christ crucified. Hence Paul 1 Cor. 2.2. professeth he determined not to know any thing among the Corinthians, (that is, to make known any thing, to preach any thing) save Jesus Christ, and him crucified. That should be his work to measure out Christ to them: So Philip preached Christ to the Samaritans, Act. 8.5. And Peter preached Christ unto the Jews, and others, Act. 2. The virtue of Christ crucified is to be made known fully.
Vers. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27.
10. And he said unto me, Son of man, thus saith the Lord God: These are the ordinances of the Altar, in the day when they shall make it to offer Burnt-offerings thereon, and to sprinkle blood thereon.
19. And thou shalt give to the Priests, the Levites that be of the seed of Zadock, which approach unto me, to minister unto me, saith the Lord God, a young Bullock for a Sin-offering.
20. And thou shalt take of the blood thereof, and put it on the four horns of it, and on the four corners of the settle, and upon the border round about: Thus shalt thou cleanse, and purge it.
21. Thou shalt take the Bullock also of the Sin-offering, and he shall burn it in the appointed place of the house without the Sanctuary.
22. And on the second day, thou shalt offer a Kid of the Goats without blem [...]sh for a Sin-ffering, and they shall cleanse the Altar, as they did cleanse it with the Bullock.
23. When thou hast made an end of cleansing it, thou shalt offer a young Bullock without blemish, a Ram out of the flock without blemish.
24. And thou shalt offer them before the Lord, and the Priests shall cast salt upon them, and they shall offer them up for a Burnt-offering unto the Lord.
25. Seven days shalt thou prepare every day a Goat for a Sin-offering, they shall also prepare a young Bullock, and a Ram out of the flock without blemish.
26. Seven days shall they purge the Altar, and purifie [Page 374] it, and they shall consecrate themselves.
27. And when these days are expired, it shall be that upon the eighth day, and so forward, the Priest shall make the Burnt-offerings upon the Altar, and the Peace-offerings, and I will accept you, saith the Lord God.
HAving prescribed the form of the Altar, the L [...]rd gives out to Ezekiel, the Ordinances thereof, the L [...]ws, and Rites which concern'd the Sacrifices, and Priests, shewing him what Priests he would have imployed in the service of this Altar, as also what Sacrifices, and how the Altar is to be purified, which things extend to the 27. vers. and therein the daily work, and worship of the Altar is appointed.
Although the chief scope of this Vision be to set out the glory, and greatness of the Church under the Gospel, and among the Gentiles; yet, because the Jews at this time being in Babylon were to return unto Jerusalem, therefore the Lord alludes to Ordinances▪ Rites, and Ceremonies which were well known among the Jews holding out under them the spiritual worship of the Gospel.
The Priests to be in the service of this Altar, and to draw near to God, were to be of the seed of Zadock. David being on his death-bed, Abiathar the High-priest sided with Adonijah the eldest Son, to make him King, but Zadock was for Solomon; whereupon after the death of David, Solomon obtaining the Kingdome, Abiathar was put out of his place, and Zadock made High-priest, 1 King. 2.36. Zadock was constant and faithful, a just and upright man, as his name signifies; and such men were to serve at this Altar, such as are constant to Christ, faithful, just, sincere, ought to be in Gospel administration, and to draw near to God in these Ordinances which belong to the Gospel, which differ from the Judaical.
Here are three sorts of Sacrifices mentioned, the Burnt-offering, the Sin-offering, and the Peace-offering, vers. 18, [Page 375] 19, 27. of which, and their different Rites you may read, Levit. 1. per totum, Levit. 6. from the 24. to the end, Levit. 3. per totum, with Chapt. 7. from the 11. to the 22. These Sacrificee were not sufficient to expiate sin, but they were media cultus, leading them unto Christ. So Baptisme, and the Supper are not of great validity, as to purge away sin, but they are means of worship leading unto Christ, who onely is the expiatory Sacrifice for sin, Heb. 7.27. Chap. 10.10, 11, 12, 14.
Concerning the Bullock for the Sin-offering, two things are proposed,
1. That the blood thereof be taken, and put upon the four Horns of the Altar, and upon the f ur Corners of the Settle, and upon the Border round about, v [...]rs. 20. And the like w [...]s to be done with the Kid of the Goats, vers. 22. This presignified the abundant shedding of the blood of Christ, which cleanseth from all sin, 1 Joh. 1.7. Rev. 1.5. [...]nd that Christ crucified should be preached to the four corners of the earth, Mat. 28.19. 1 Cor. 1.23.
2. This Bullock was to be burnt in the appointed place of the house without the Sanctuary, which shadowed out the place of Christ's suffering, as it's written Heb. 13.11, 12. The Sin-offering was burnt without the Camp. Wherefore Jesus also that he might sanctifie the pe ple with his own blood, suffered without the Gate, even in the place appointed, Luk. 23.33.
As for the Burnt-offering of a young Bullock, and a Ram out of the flock, both without blemish, the Priests were to cast salt upon them, vers. 23, 24. In Leviticus they were commanded with all their Offerings to offer salt, Chap. 2.13. Salt makes all things savory, and preserveth from corruption, by the heat, and sh [...]rpness of it; and therefore salt was accounted an embleme of duration, and eternity, 2 Chron. 13.5. Num. 18.19. We read of a covenant of salt which notes an inviolable, incorruptible, and perpetual covenant. Sanctius thinks salt was used in Sacrifices, because it notes prudence, and wisdome; without which, Sacrifices are unsavory. Without question it notes the wholesome doctrine of the Gospel, gratious words, and seasonable reproofs, [Page 376] Col. 4 6. Eph. 4.29 which are savory to God, and Man. This salting the Sacrifices by the Priests, types out the office of Gospel Ministers, who are styled by the Lord Christ, The salt of the earth, Mat. 9.13. and are to season others with wholsome doctrine, and sharp reproofs. Titus must rebuke the Cretians sharply, that they may be sound in the faith, Tit. 1.13. The salt of the Gospel will eat out those ill humors are in men. Christ saith Mark. 9.49. Every [...]ne shall be salted with fire, that is, with the fire of the Spirit, the fire of affl [...]ctions, or the fire of hell; and every Sacrifice shall be salted with salt, that is, with grace, and especially the grace of mortification, which will eat out, and consume those lusts which are offensive to God, to themselves, and others; and the grace of zeal which will make the affections mount up to the Lord. True Christians are sacrifices well season'd, uncorrupt doctrines will make uncorrupt souls, and bodies, the salt makes both immortal: men soundly salted with Gospel-truths shall never perish.
Vres. 26. They shall consecrate themselves.
The Hebrew is, They shall fill their hands. Some by hands understand the sides of the Altar, because Jad signifies both a hand, and a side; others take hands for the hands of the Priests, which should be fill'd with Sacrifices, that is, with sacrificing-work, and so prefigured the full imployments the Gospel-Ministers should have. But the Hebrew word [...] sometimes signifies to consecrate, as learn'd Hebricians observe, Exod. 28.41. Thou shalt anoint them, and consecrate them; the Hebrew is, thou shalt fill their hand, so Exod. 29.9. Nu [...]. 3.3. 1 King. 13.33. Judg. 17.5. In these places the Hebrew is, fill'd the hand, which notes consecration according to the Hebrew dialect, and so it imports the Ministers consecrating, and dedicating themselves unto the work of Christ, under the Gospel.
The 27. verse speaks of the daily sacrifices, and work of the Altar. One Sacrifice, or other, was to be offered daily. Two Lambs, one in the morning, another in the evening, [Page 377] were to be offered daily, Exod. 29.38, 39. these were for the Burnt-offering, vers. 42. Besides which, here is mention of a Peace-offering, of which they were neither to eat the fat, nor the bloud, Levit. 3.17. signifying, that those who are at peace with God through Christ, ought neither to be carnal, nor cruel; but to mortifie their carnal lusts, and to be meek as Christ was. The daily sacrificing of the Priests here, shew'd the daily, and constant work of the Ministers under the Gospel; Preaching, Administring of Sacraments, Praying, and Praysing of God, is to be their daily work; which being done according to rule, and in the name of Christ, makes them, and the people accepted.
Here is foretold, saith Master Shepheard, the continuance of the Sabbath in Gospel-days. The eighth day from the Creation being the first of our Redemption, Noah is call'd the eighth, 2 Pet. 2.5. who was the first in regard of his years, and dignity of person, and first entred into the Ark, Gen. 7.7. And so the Lord's day may be the eighth in one sense, and the first in another.
The EXPOSITION continued upon the Remaining Chapters of EZEKIEL. CHAP. XLIV.
Vers. 1, 2, 3.
1. Then he brought me back the way of the gate of the outward Sanctuary, which looketh toward the East, and it was shut.
2. Then said the Lord unto me, This gate shall be shut, it shall not be opened, and no man shall enter in by it, because the Lord the God of Israel hath entred in by it, therefore it shall be shut.
3. It is for the Prince, the Prince he shall sit in it to eat bread before the Lord, he shall enter in by the way of the Porch of that Gate, and shall go out by the way of the same.
THIS Chapter treats of the Priests, and divers Ordinances concerning them.
Vers. 1. Then he brought me, &c.
The Prophet having seen the Altar for Burnt, Sin, and Peace-offerings, with the Ordinances thereof, is brought back to the East-gate, or Gate of the outward Sanctuary, that which separated the Priest's Court from the peoples, or the outmost Gate of all. We must follow Christ, which way so ever he leads us, be it backward, or forward, he hath something to reveal unto us which will be for our use.
Vers. 1, 2. It was shut.
What Gate so ever this was, it was shut; and therefore shut, because the Lord had entred in by it, and no man might, but the Prince only.
Some take Prince literally for the governour of the people, but the best Expositors take it for the High-priest, who was preferr'd above, and so Prince of all the rest: For in this Chapter he speaks of the orders of the Priests. This Prince, or High-priest, was a type of Christ. The High-priest was to be without blemish, anointed with holy oyle, to be covered with clean linnen, and cloathed gloriously; on him was a plate ingraven with holiness to the Lord, he had the Ʋrim, and Thummim, he bare the names of the 12. Tribes of Israel upon his Breast, and Shoulders; as appears, Levit. 22.13 Exod. 29.7. Exod. 28.2. & 42.36. & 30.9. So Christ, our High-priest was without blemish, Heb. 7.26. Anointed with the Spirit, Isa. 61.1. He was holy, glorious, yea, Holiness altogether, Luk. 1.35. Mark. 1.24. He had all perfection, Col, 1.19. Chap. 2.3. He bears all Israel in his Breast, and on his Shoulders, Isa. 40.11. Heb. 7.25.
What is meant by the Gate shut, is necessary to inquire. It was not the Womb of the Virgin which was shut up after [Page 381] the birth of Christ, as Popish Interpreters expound it. Some of the Antients make it to be Heavenly mysteries, which none know: but [...] the Father, and the Son: Some make it the Scripture, or Book sealed with seven seals, Rev. 5.1. which none could open but Christ. This Gate shut, rather notes the Gate or Entrance into heaven, which Adam by his fall had shut, so that no man whatsoever being sinful could open it, or enter; onely Jesus Christ our High-priest hath opened it, and entred, Heb. 4.14. We have a great High-priest, who is passed into the heavens: He hath broken all the bars, locks, and bolts, which kept it shut, and hath opened the same; so that now sinners may have access to God. The High-priest once in a year entred into the Most Holy place, the door opened to none but him; this typified Christ's opening of heaven, and entrance in thither, as is clearly exprest, Heb. 9 7, 8, 11, 12, 24. The Tabernacle, and Temple, were representations of heaven, and so was this Vision of Ezekiel; and as the Gate here was shut, so was the Gate of heaven, till the Lord Christ, the Arch-bishop of our souls, opened the same, and entred. No man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down from heaven, even the Son of Man which is in heaven, Job. 3.13. No man ever by his own virtue, or power, ascended up to heaven, but Christ; Henoch, and Elijah, neither ascended, nor entred by their own strength, grace, or goodness. Christ's merits were the Key which opened heaven for them, and others. Christ is the door, and the way, and no man comes to the father, but by him, Job. 14.6. It's by Christ alone, that we come to the knowledge, and fruition of the Father; he reveals him, and his mysteries, and brings us unto the injoyment of him.
Quest. If Christ have entred in by this Gate, why is it still shut, why stands it not open? for vers. 2. It's said This Gate shall be shut, it shall not be opened, and no man shall enter in by it: and why? because, the God of Israel hath entred in by it; therefore it shall be shut.
Answ. 1. It is shut In Principis dignitatem, for the honour of the Prince: Great persons, and Princes have their Gates shut, all must not come at, and see them; it was an honour [Page 382] to the Spouse, that she was A Garden inclosed, a Spring shut up, a Fountain sealed, Cant. 4.12.
2. In Principis usum, that he might go in, and out, at his pleasure; that he might let in, and keep out, whom he pleased; the wise Virgins were let in by the Bridgroom, but the foolish were kept out, for the door was shut, Mat. 25.10, 11. In the New Jerusalem, no unclean thing could enter, though the Gates stood open: and out of heaven no clean thing shall be kept, though the Gate be shut. Christ hath the key to open it for Saints: He opened it for Stephen, Act. 7.56. Behold! I see heaven opened, and the Son of Man standing at the right-hand of God. He opened it for Peter, Act. 10.11.
3 It may be said to be shut, in regard of Christ's long continuance there before his return: It's said vers. 3. He shall enter by the way of the Porch of the Gate, and shall go out by the way of the same. Christ will come again, he is entred into heaven, and there he will, and must abide, till the time of restitution of all things. Act. 3.21. Act. 1.11. Heb. 9.28.
Christ who entred by this Gate, was not onely Man, but God: he was the Lord God of Israel, Jehovah, that he might open heaven for sinners; and man, that he might enter himself.
This Gate was for the Prince, that he might sit in it to eat bread before the Lord. Aaron the High-priest, was to eat sacred flesh, and bread, in the door of the Tabernacle, Levit. 8.31. Exod. 29.32. This sitting, and eating bread there, and that before the Lord, leads us to a double consideration of Christ.
1. His sitting in heaven at the right-hand of Majesty, Heb. 1.3. Having finished the work was given him to do, he ascended oh high, and had the greatest glory; he sat at God's own right-hand in heavenly places, far above all principalities, and powers, and might, and dominion, and every thing that is named, not onely in this world, but also in that which is to come, Ephes. 1.20, 21.
2. His communion with, and happiness in the Lord; which is held forth in his eating bread before the Lord. The [Page 383] communion, and happiness the Saints have with, and in Christ, is set out by eating, and drinking, Luk. 22.29, 30. I appoint unto you a kingdome, as my Father hath appointed unto me, that ye may eat, and drink at my Table, and sit on Thrones, &c. so Mat. 26.29. That is, that ye may have sweet communion with me, and be happy in the fruition of me, as I am in the fruition of my Father, and communion with him.
Vers. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
4. Then brought he we the way of the North gate before the house, and I looked, and behold, the glory of the Lord filled the house of the Lord, and I fell upon my face.
5. And the Lord said unto me, Son of man, mark well, and behold with thine eyes, and hear with thine ears, all that I shall say unto thee, concerning all the Ordinances of the house of the Lord, and all the Laws thereof; and mark well the entring in of the house, with every going forth of the Sanctuary.
6. And thou shalt say to the rebellious, even to the house of Israel. Thus saith the Lord God, O ye house of Israel; Let it suffice you of all your abominations.
7. In that ye have brought into my Sanctuary, strangers uncircumcised in heart, and uncircumcised in flesh, to be in my Sanctuary to pollute it; even my house, when ye offer my bread, the fat, and the bloud, and they have broken my covenant, because of all your abomination.
[Page 384]8. And ye have not kept the charge of my holy things: but ye have set keepers of my charge in my Sanctuary for your selves.
BEfore, the reproof of the Priests, the 2d. thing considerable in the Chapter: Here, be 3. things to be minded concerning Ezekiel.
1. For the sight of Glory, being brought to the North-gate, he saw the glory of the Lord fill'd the house; that was some visible sight of his glorious presence: touching this, was spoken in the 43. Chap. vers. 5.
The effect was, He fell upon his face, as before; the sight of glory humbles, and prepares to receive the commands of the Lord. When the glory, and M [...]jesty of God is seen, and apprehended, the heart is stricken with awe, and reverence of God; and the party so affected, is humbled before God, and so made fit for impression of Divine commands: As here it follows.
Vers. 5. And the Lord said unto me, Son of man, mark well, and behold, &c.
In the 40. Chap. vers. 4. we had the substance of this verse, and partly the very words. Here God requires the inward, and outward parts, the heart, and senses. Those words, Mark well, are in the Hebrew, Set thine heart: so that the heart, the ears, and eyes, are to be attentive, and incentive, on what God commands. The heart must not wander, the ear be heavy, nor the eye rove, when God speaks, and Temple-work is in hand. The holy God, and holy things, are exactly to be observed, and heeded by all; but, especially by those are officers in his house, as Ezekiel [Page 385] was; they must attend to all the Ordinances, and Laws of God's house; for they must make them known to others, and walk by them themselves; they must know how to behave themselves in the house of God, and te [...]ch others so to do. Especially, they must mark well, the en [...]ing of the house; that is, they must be careful who they admit to be in it, and to partake of the Ordinances of it, lest both it, and they be defiled; they must mark every going forth of the Sanctuary, so that none go out at the same door they entr [...]d; that they go forwards, not backwards, that they leave not the house of God, but be looked after.
Vers. 6. And thou shalt say to the rebellious, even to the house, &c.
Ezekiel being prepared, must go, and execute the command of God; which was to reprove the house of Israel, and chiefly the Priests. The sins they are reproved of, be
Of the Rebellious house of Israel, and their abominations, formerly hath been spoken. It's said here vers 6. Let it suffice you of all their abominations; that is, they are not few, or leight; but many, and grievous: And it's time now, that ye should be asham'd of, and humbled for them, and turn to the Lord from them. Him have you provoked bitterly by them, and he hath made you suffer long, and sharply for them. O sin no more, cease from idolatries, and unjust practises; let what is past suffice: So Peter 1. Epist. 4. Chap. 3. vers. saith, The time past of our life [Page 386] may suffice us to have wrought the will of the Gentiles.
The 3. sin, was the introduction of strangers into the Sanctuary, and they were men uncircumcised in heart, and in flesh. The Gentiles were not circumcised in flesh, they ought not to have entred into the Sanctuary, Lament. 1.10. Paul was accused for bringing Greeks into the Temple, Act. 21.28. The Heathen might come into the outward Court, or prophane place, as Ezekiel styles it, Chap 42.20. But into the Temple they might not come, it was a polluting of it. Sanctius thinks, the Priests receiv'd Sacrifices, and Oblations from the hands of the Heathen, which they offered to God in the Temple, which was contrary to the Law, Levit. 22.25. The Jews were circumcised in flesh, but many of them were uncircumcised in heart; they were without faith, they followed their own lusts, and imitated the Heathens. Such Priests were admitted into the Sanctuary, as were profane. The Priests, saith God, have violated my law, and have profaned mine holy things, they have put no difference between the holy, and profane, Ezek, 22.26. Elies sons were wicked, even sons of Belial, 1 Sam. 2.12. Ʋrijah the Priest made an Altar like that of Damascus, and sacrificed on that, according to the command of the King, 2 King. 16.11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 but contrary to the command of God. Such should not have had any place in the house of God, because they were abomination unto him; they polluted the Sanctuary, and Sacrifice, by taking the bread, fat, and blood to themselves, which was against the Law, Levit. 39.10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 17. Chap. 21.8. or by offering them with defiled hands, and hearts; they also broke the Covenant, that is, the Laws which God had given them, concerning the way, and manner of sacrificing; they kept not, but violated the same; their own wills were set up, and God's Laws laid aside.
The last sin, is their neglect of their charge, vers. 8. Ye have not kept the charge of my holy things. All things belonging to the Tabernacle, and Temple, were holy; and the charge of such things was committed to the Priests, and Levites, 1. Chron. 9.27, 28, 29, 39, 31, 32. & 1 Chron 23. [Page 387] 28, 29 30, 31, 32. and they ought to have had special care of them themselves, but they have suffered strangers, and uncircumcised ones to be in the Sanctuary, to meddle with the holy vessels, and to offer Sacrifice, and this they did for their own ease, and ends, not for God's glory; for they did the same of their own heads, contrary to the rules, and laws of the Sanctuary; which, by so doing, they made no better then a den of thieves, or wild beasts; which place was onely for whom, and what, God himself appointed, and so for his honour, and glory alone.
Observe hence,
That those have the charge of holy things, ought to be exact, ohserving the order, and rules God hath given, and not to deviate from them, doing any thing of their own heads.
These men did not keep the charge of the holy things, they should have observ'd the laws of God's house, which they neglected; themselves should have done all things according to Divine order, they set others about the work. God's work must be done by those he appoints, and in the manner he prescribes. Jeh [...]iadah observ'd what was written in the law of Moses, and appointed offices, and officers in the house of God acordingly; he durst not vary from what God had given out by Moses, 2 Chron. 23.18, 19. Timothy was charged to keep the command given him by Paul concerning the house of God, and the holy things thereof, without spot, un-rebukeable▪ until the appearing of our Lord Jesus, 1 Tim. 6.13, 14. He might not spot the same with his inventions, additions, or detraction. It's great presumption in men, to take upon them to alter what the infinite wise God hath prescribed; as if they were wiser then God, and knew what were fitter for his worship, and service, then himself: Men in so doing, do equalize their will-worship, to his Divine worship; they set their Posts by his, Ezek. 43.8. But this provokes, and makes way for judgement; when Nadab, and Abihu brought strange fire, such as God commanded not; Kitchen-fire, not Altar-fire; their own fire, not God's fire: though it were for nature [Page 388] the same, and would have done what the other did; yet, because it was not the appointed fire, God was wroth, and sent out fire which devoured them, Levit. 10.12. When they carted the Ark (which should have been carried upon the Levites shoulders, Num. 4.15.) and Ʋzzah without warrant from God, staid it up with his hand, did not the Lords anger kindle to such an heighth, that he smote him dead, 2 Sam 6.6, 7. David acknowledged this evil, 1 Chron. 15.23. saying, The Lord our God, made a breach upon us, for that we sought him not after the due order. Men may seek God, and yet if they seek him not in a due order, even that order he hath prescribed, they may be far from mercy, and near unto judgment.
Vers. 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14.
9. Thus saith the Lord God, No stranger uncircumcised in heart, nor uncircumcised in flesh, shall enter into my sanctuary, of any stranger that is among the children of Israel.
10. And the Levites that are gone away far from me, when Israel went astray, which went astray away from me after their idols, they shall even bear their iniquity.
11. Yet they shall be ministers in my Sanctuary, having charge at the Gates of the house, and ministring to the house; they shall slay the Burnt-offerings, and the Sacrifices for the people, and they shall stand before them to minister unto them:
12. Because, they ministred unto them before their idols, and caused the house of Israel to fall into iniquity: therefore have I lift up mine hand against them, saith Lord God, and they shall bear their iniquity.
13. And they shall not come near unto me to do the [Page 389] office of a Priest unto me, nor to come near to any of my holy things, in the Most Holy place: but they shall bear their shame, and their abominations which they have committed.
14. But I will make them keepers of the charge of the house, for all the service thereof, and for all that shall be done therein.
IN the 9. vers. strangers are excluded from the Sanctuary, and the service of it. In the rest of the verses those had abused the Priestly office are deposed from it, yet admitted into inferior services.
In Deuteronomy there was a law which prohibited the Ammonites, and Moabites from entring into the house of God, which was grounded upon special reasons, Deut. 23.3, 4. But here s a general law, prohibiting all strangers whatsoever to enter into the Sanctuary, and bear office there; none ungodly, uncircumcised in heart, or flesh would he have to enter, or minister unto him. And not onely so, but the Levites themselves which were corrupted, must be put from their offices. Many of the Priests after the ten Tribes revolted, set up Calves, and Idolatrized; complyed much with them, and the sinful practises of the Times, and were defil'd with the pollutions of them; and so went far from God, and his pure ways, hearkening to the commands of wicked Kings, 2 Kings 16.11. therefore they must be thrust from the dignity of Priest-hood, into the covert service of the Sanctuary, they must bear their iniquity, the punishment of their sins, viz. loss of their places; they must no longer minister unto God, be Sacerdotes Dei, but Ministri populi; they must be Porters of the Gates, Slayers of the Sacrifices, and Keepers of the Utensils belonged unto the Sanctuary. These were inferior, and mean offices. Their departing from God's ways, their drawing the people to sin, and offending the Church, made God swear against them, (for so that expression, I lift up my hand against them, is to be understood,) lay shame upon them, and cause them to serve in [Page 390] the basest sevices; wherein mercy appeared also, in that he did not absolutely reject them. Those sin through infirmity, and repent, do find mercy.
Vers. 15, 16.
15. But the Priests, the Levites, the sons of Zadock, that kept the charge of my Sanctuary, when the children of Israel went astray from me; they shall come near to me to minister unto me, and they shall stand before me, to offer unto me the fat, and the bloud, saith the Lord God.
16. They shall enter into my Sanctuary, and they shall come near to my Table to minister unto me, and they shall keep my charge.
THE other Priests being said aside from all Priestly performances, for their Apostasie from God, and for their pollutions; here it's declar'd what Priests God would accept of, viz. The sons of Zadock, who was the first High-priest in Solomon's Temple, whose posterity was faithful, and constant, in evil, and Apostatizing times. When the ten Tribes went a whoring from God, and many Priests, the sons of Ishamar were led aside, by the commands of Ahaz, and Manasseh. These kept the charge of the Sanctuary, and would not for fear, flattery, or favour, depart from the laws, and rites of God's house; these were the men must come near to God, and minister unto him in the Sanctuary.
Come near to my Table.
By Table is meant the Altar, Ezek. 41.22. The Altar of wood is said to be the Table before the Lord, and not onely the Altar for Incense was God's Table, but that also which was for Burnt-offerings, Mal. 1.7, 12. that was a Table for God's bread, and meat.
First, Observe,
The Lord takes notice of those serve in his house, who are false, and who are faithful, in corrupt and apostatizing times.
The sons of Zadock, they kept the charge of my Sanctuary, when the children of Israel went astray from me. Those forsoke me followed Jeroboam, and the Calves; but the others would not leave my house, my service, they kept their stations, and were constant. This was their honour, that they were stedfast in the way, and work of the Lord; and it was a blot, and reproach to them that fell off: for Lord brands them to be Revolters, Hos. 5.1, 2.
Secondly, Observe,
God takes pleasure in, and honours those are faithful, and constant in his service.
The sons of Zadock were such, and God saith of them They shall enter into my Sanctuary, they shall come near unto me, they shall stand before me, they shall minister to me at my Table, they shall keep my charge. By these expressions they are much honour'd, and God's pleasure in them much manifested: Those Priests, Prophets, Ministers, who are back-sliders, revolters, Apostates, are a dishonour to God, and burden to his Spirit. Of such, though they repented, it's said v 13. They shall not come near unto me, to do the office of a Priest unto me, nor to come near to any of my holy thing, in the Most Holy place: but they shall bear their shame, and their abominations, which they have conmitted. God will neither honour them, nor have any pleasure in them; he honours, and takes pleasure in those have been true to him, and faithful.
Vers. 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22.
17. And it shall come to pass, that when they enter in at the Gates of the inner Court, they shall be cloathed with linnen garments, and no wool shall come upon them, whilst they minister in [Page 392] the Gates of the inner Court, and within.
18. They shall have linnen bonnets upon their heads, and shall have linnen breeches upon their loyns: they shall not gird themselves with any thing that causeth sweat.
19. And when they go forth into the outer Court, even into the outer Court to the people, they shall put off their garments, wherein they ministred, and lay them in the Holy Chambers; and they shall put on other garments, and they shall not sanctifie the people with their garments:
20. Neither shall they shave their heads, nor suffer their locks to grow long, they shall onely poll their heads.
21. Neither shall any Priest drink wine, when they enter into the inner Court.
22. Neither shall they take for their wives a widow, or her that is put away: but they shall take maidens of the seed of the house of Israel, or a widow that had a Priest before.
HEre, and in the following verses, are certain rules, and instructions given forth for the Priests: and the first is Concerning their Vestures, and attire: When the sons of Zadock come to minister unto the Lord, they must be cloathed all in linnen, no woollen garments must be upon them, as it was in Moses days, Exod. 28 42, 43. Exod. 39.27, 28, 29. Levit. 16.4. They had linnen bonnets, linnen breeches, linnen girdles, and linnen coats; woollen was not permitted them, because, Quod l [...]neum est minus purum est, quàm quod lineum: And as those linnen garments which Aaron, and his sons had, noted out the purity, and innocency of Christ; so these the sons of Zadock had, noted out the purity, and innocency of the Ministers under Christ, and the Gospel. The twenty four Elders were cloathed in white rayment, Rev. 4.4. And those served [Page 393] the Lord in his Temple, were arayed with white robes, Rev. 7.13, 15. The Ministers of Christ ought to be holy, chast, unblameable, and patterns of virtue unto others, 1 Tim. 4.12. 2 Tim. 2.22. Tit. 1.7, 8. When they savour the things of the flesh, they are brutish, and have on woollen garments, which should not be. They are to avoid all things may make them infamous, and to hear ill; Sweat is an unsavory thing, they must not wear any thing causeth that, signifying they must do nothing may justly cause an ill savour. Their loyns must be girt with sincerity, and their conversations such as may be in offensive before God, and men.
Of putting off their garments, and putting on others, when they go out from their ministration, wss spoken, Chap. 42.14. And they shall not sanctifie the people in their garments. Common things were made holy, by the touching of holy things, according to the Law, Exod 29.37. The Priest's therefore put them off, lest going out in them, the people might touch them, and so being sanctified, be necessitated to leave their callings, Vid. Diodate. OEcolampad. saith, Sanctificare hoc loco est velle haberi sanctum: And so the Priests were not to go forth in their garments, that the people might esteem them holy. The Chalde is, Non commiscebuntur cum populo, They shall not mingle with the people, being in those holy garments, and so profane them. Pintus hath it to good purpose, thus, Non exibunt in vestibus sacerdotalibus ad benedicendum populo; They shall not go out in their Priestly garments to bless the people, but do it in their common garments. They must be in another frame of spirit in their approaches to God, than in common dealings with the people.
The 2. Rule given them, is concerning their heads, They must not shave them nor wear long locks, but poll their heads▪ Ths Heathens used to shave their heads, especially their idolatrous Priests; and God would not have those ministred unto him, to conform unto idolaters. His must not shave their hair, then it would be too short; nor nourish it, then [Page 394] it would be too long; but poll the same, keep a medium between both. The Ministers of Christ must not shave their heads, lest they shouid symbolize with Anti-christian Monks, and Friars; nor wear it long, which is the garb of luxurious, barbarous, and military men; they must neither neglect their hair, nor be effeminate, in the length, powdering, or curling of the same; but have such a care of that, and their habit, as becomes the Gospel, and the servants of Christ.
A 3. Rule is, the prohibition of Wine: nor simply, but when they enter into the inner Court. This was a law laid upon Aaron, and his sons, Levit. 10.9. Do not drink wine, nor strong drink, thou nor thy sons with thee, when ye go into the Tabernacle of the Congregation, lest ye die: It shall be a statute for ever, throughout y [...]ur generations. Notwithstanding this law, the Priests, and Prophets were faulty, and complaint is made, Isa 28.7. The Priests and theProphets have erred through strong drink, they are swallowed up of wine; they are out of the way through strong drink, they erre in vision, they stumble in judgement. The Jewish Priests were absolutely forbidden wine, it's conceiv'd, lest it should cause them to speak, or do undecently in their ministrations; but wine is not wholly prohibited to the Ministers of the Gospel, Paul bids Timothy drink wine, 1 Tim. 5.23. Here temperance, and sobriety are commanded, and commended unto the Ministers of Christ, they must not be men given to wine, Titus 1.7. but sober, vers. 8.
A 4. Rule is, touching their marriage; they are not forbidden to marry, but are caution'd about the same, and shew'd who they must not marry, not a widow, or one d [...] vorced: And Moses mentions two more, Levit. 21.14. a profane one, and a harlot, which they might not take; a Virgin or a Priest's widow they might, and these must be of the seed of the house of Israel. Strange virgins, or strange widows, they might not joyn themselves unto. The scope of the words is, that they should marry them were modest, chast, pious, sober, and well educated, that so they might be a comfort, [Page 395] a [...]d an honour to their husbands in that office. The Preists were Types of Christ, and the Ministers of the Gospel are in Christ's stead unto the people; and marriage represents the mystical union and marriage between Christ and his Church; therefore of all men they should see to it what wives they take, even such as will be subject in all things, as the Church is unto Christ, Ephes. 5.24. and so mind others of their duty.
Vers. 23, 24, 25, 26, 27.
23. And they shall teach the people the difference between the holy, and profane, and cause men to d scern between the unclean, and the clean.
24. And in controversie they shall stand in judgement, and they shall judge it according to my judgement: and they shall keep my laws, and my statutes in all mine assemblies, and they shall hallow my sabbaths.
25. And they shall come at no dead person to defile themselves: but for father or mother, or for son or for daughter, for brother or for sister that hath had no husband, they may defile themselves.
26. And after he is cleansed, they shall reckon unto him seven days.
27. And in the day that he goeth into the Sanctuary, unto the inner Court to minister in the Sanctuary, he shall offer his Sin-offering, saith the Lord God.
MOre Rules are prescribed here, for the Priests of this new Temple.
The 1. is, that they, putting difference in things, and persons; between the holy, and profane; the clean, and the unclean, should teach the people the same. This was the Priest's duty of old, Levit. 10.10, 11. And because it was neglected, God [Page 396] complains of the Priests, Ezek. 22.26. They have violated my law, they have profaned my holy things: they have put no difference between the holy, and profane, neither have they shewed (that is, to the people) difference between the clean, and the unclean. But now it should be otherwise, the Ministers of the Gospel should teach the people sound, and discriminating doctrine, so that they should know truth from error; men sound in the faith from such as were corrupt, and heretical. Paul taught Timothy to discern between men having a form of godliness, and the power of it, 2 Tim. 3.2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. And Titus he taught to distinguish of persons, Chap. 1.10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16. And John put difference between the clean, and the unclean, Rev. 21.27. And Christ taught his Apostles, and in them all others, that holy things must not be given unto dogs, Mat. 7.6.
The 2. Rule is, about Controversies, and what they are to do therein: When controversies arise, they are to hear, judge, and determine them by the law of God. vers. 24. In controversies they shall stand in judgement, and shall judge according to my judgements; not according to their own wills, desires of others, or laws of men, but as God's laws direct, and command. Christians should bring their differences to theis Ministers, and Church-officers, that they may make, and maintain peace between them, judging, and determining their controversies according to the Word of God. Paul blamed the Corinthians, that brother went to law with brother, and that before unbelievers, and brought not their cases unto the Church, 1. Cor. 6.6. Ecclesiastical differences onght to be decided by Ecclesiastical persons, and other differences too, Deut. 17.8, 9, 10, 11.
The 3. Rule, is about the solemn assemblies, and Sabbaths, they shall keep my laws and my statutes in all mine assemblies, and they shall hallow my Sabbaths. God would not allow the Priests, though never so knowing, or holy, to do ought of their own heads in his worship: as they might not prescribe worship it self, so they might not alter it, nor the laws, rites, or manner of performing the same. Religion, and worship are such sacred things, that nothing humane must [Page 397] be intermingled with them, all things therein must be done according to the mind of God exactly, they shall keep my laws, and statutes. This the Ministers of Christ are to do themselves, and to teach others to do the same; they are to sanctifie the Sabbaths, and to see others do so too: Sanctè observabunt, & observari curabunt, saith Sa upon the place.
A 4. Rule is, direction about their dead kindred, whom they might bury, and mourn for, viz. Father or mother, son or daughter, brother or sister, a virgin. To these six they were limited, and forbidden to be at the funerals of all others: Ne quid ex mortuis contrahant, quod aliis fastidio futurum sit. For those of their consanguinity they might mourn: God would not have them unnatural; yet in their mourning they might not be immoderate, nor disfigure themselves by baldness, shaving their beards, or cutting their flesh, Levit. 21.5. They must be patterns of patience unto others, and quietly submit unto the hand of God, in pulling away their near relations; and because it's hard in such cases to keep within bounds, and not transgress; therefore they were to offer a Sin-offering before they came to publique administrations, shewing that singular purity is required in the Ministers who are to draw near unto God.
Vers. 26. After he is clensed, &c.
The Lord indulged them so far that they might defile themselves, vers. 25. that is, touch and mourn for their near kinred, but after this they must cleanse themselves according to law, Num. 19, 11, 12, 13. And Num. 6.9, 10, 11. they were to be holy, especially when they came to minister before the Lord.
Vers. 27. He shall offer a Sin-offering.
When we have indulgence from God in any thing, especially in matter of our affections we are apt to exceed our bounds, therefore here the Lord provides a remedy.
Vers. 28, 29, 30, 31.
28. And it shall be unto them for an inheritance; I am their inheritance: and ye shall give them no possession in Israel; I am their possession.
29. They shall eat the Meat-offering, and the Sin-offering, and the Trespass-offering, and every dedicate thing in Israel shall be theirs.
30. And the first of all the first fruits of all things, and every oblation of all of every sort of your oblations shall be the Priests: ye shall also give unto the Priest the first fruit of the dough, that he may cause the blessing to rest in thine house.
31. The Priests shall not eat of any thing that is dead of it self, or torn, whether it be foul, or beast.
THe Priests, and Levites were to have no inheritances in the land of Canaan, Num. 18.20. Deut. 10.9. & 18.2. God was their inheritance, and provided for them, he gave them the sacrifices which were due to himself, Josh. 13.14. Onely unto the Tribe of Levi he gave no inheritance: The Sacrifices of the Lord God of Israel made by fire are their inheritance. And so here God was the inheritance of the Priests of this new Temple, and gave them the offerings due unto him, and all the dedicate things; yea, he ordered that the first fruit of all the first fruits of all things, and all the oblations should be the Priests, and the first of their very dough, hereby pre-signifying that the Ministers of the Gospel ought to be maintain'd by the people they preach unto. It's a Divine Ordinance, that one of their estates, and means, the Ministers should be provided for. See Mat. 10.10, 11. Luk. 10.7, 8. Gal. 6.6. 1 Cor. 9.13, 14. 2 Cor. 11.8.
Here is a special reason given, why they should be maintained, and that comfortably; it's in the 30. vers. That he may cause the blessing to rest in thine house. Junius reads it, Ʋt statuam, [Page 399] And Piscator, Ʋt collocem; that I may appoint, or settle a blessing in their house. Where the faithful Ministers of Christ are well provided for by the people, there God singles out blessings for their families, and causes them to rest there. Prov. 3.9, 10. Honour the Lord with thy substance, and with the first fruits of all thine increase: So shall thy barns be fill'd with plenty, and thy presses shall burst with new wine, so Mal. 3.10. God had bl [...]ssings for them under the law, who were forward to uphold his worship, and maintain his servants; and so he hath for those in these Gospel-times, who do the like, 2 Cor. 9.6. He that soweth sparingly shall reap sparingly, and he that soweth bountifully, shall reap bountifully.
For the last verse which forbids the Priests to eat fouls, or beasts which dyed of themselves, or were torn by others; The same was prohibited the people also, Exod. 22.31. Levit. 17.15. Deu.t 14.21. God would have both Priests, and people holy, and not defile themselves with such meats. And here it may present unto us the care Ministers should have of what they eat. Though all creatures be good, and lawful to eat, yet all are not wholesome, and expedient for them who are imployed in sacred things to feed upon. Or thus, they are to be hospital, and should not provide of the worst to intertain the people of God. Such creatures dyed of themselves, are torn by dogs, beasts, or vermim, what ever is unsightly, unwholesome, or unsavory, should not be at their Tables, or distributed at their doors.
Or thus, this not eating such things may note sanctification in the Priests: they were not to be covetous, or cruel, but to be unblameable, abstaining from evil, and the appearances thereof.
The EXPOSITION continued upon the Remaining Chapters of EZEKIEL. CHAP. XLV.
Vers. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
1. Moreover, when ye shall divide by lot the land for inheritance, ye shall offer an oblation unto the Lord, an holy portion of the land; the length shall be the length of five and twenty thousand reeds, and the breadth shall be ten thousand: this shall be holy in all the borders thereof round about.
2. Of this there shall be for the Sanctuary five hundred in length, with five hundred in breadth, square round about; and fifty Cubits round about, for the suburbs thereof.
3. And of this measure shalt thou measure the length of five and twenty thousand, and the breadth of ten thousand, and in it shall be the Sanctuary, and the Most Holy place.
4. The holy portion of the land shall be for the Priests, the Ministers of the Sanctuary, which shall come near to minister unto the Lord, and it shall be a place for their houses: and an holy place for the Sanctuary.
5. And the five and twenty thousand of length, and the ten thousand of breadth, shall also the Levites [Page 402] the Ministers of the house have for themselves, for a possession for twenty Chambers.
6. And ye shall appoint the possession of the City five thousand broad, and five and twenty thousand long, over agatnst the oblation of the holy portion: it shall be for the whole house of Israel.
HAving laid down the Platform, and Measures of the Temple he comes now to the division, and measureings of the Land. Wherein things are dark, difficult, and deep, not to be attempted by humane strength, but by the help of Christ's Spirit, which maketh dark things light, difficult things easie, and sounds the greatest depths.
In this Chapter are two principal parts,
For the First; the division of the Land is fourfold.
For the Second, The Political Ordinances which concern the Prince, are from the 9. verse to the 13.
The Ecclesiastical, which concern the People, the Prince, and the Priests; are from the 13. to the end of the Chapter.
There was a distinction of the Land of Canaan in Moses, and Joshuah's days, Num. 34. & 35. Chap. Josh. 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. & 21. Chap. But this division differs [Page 403] much from the same, And when the Jews return'd from Babylon, there was no such division made of the land. Had it been, Ezra or Nehemiah would have made mention thereof. This division therefore, is not to be understood litterally, but spiritually; and the compleating thereof to be look'd for in the Church of Christ, not in the Jewish State, or Temple. Here then seems to be a spiritual lotting, and bringing men out of Judaisme, and Heathenisme, into the Kingdome of Christ, and fellowship of the Gospel.
These words, When ye shall divide by lot, the land for inheritance, are thus in the Hebrew, When ye shall make the land to fall into inheritance; that is, when ye shall make the lot to fall upon the land, to divide it into inheritances. He alludes herein to the antient division of the land by lot. That which is by lot, is free; when the lot fell upon Matthias it was free, and declared whom God had chosen, Act. 1.24, 26.
The work of grace, and bringing of men into the Church, is free; nothing in man, or from man, procures it, 2 Pet. 1.1. To them who have obtained like precious faith with us. The word for obtain, is [...], which notes, Aliquid sine debito cuipiam obveniens; That which comes freely to a man, that which, being no debt, nor desert, is lotted out to a man; as, God gives faith to whom he pleases: We have nothing disposes us for grace, or intitles us to any heavenly inheritance. Col. 1.12. It's the Father who makes us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the Saints in light. He regenerates, adopts, and sanctifies, and so makes us meet for spirtual, enjoyments and priviledges, and then lots them out for us, and us for himself; so that true believers are God's lot, portion, and inheritance.
Ye shall offer an oblation unto the Lord, an holy portion of the land.
The Hebrew is, Ye shall Elevate an Elevation unto the Lord; that is, consecrate, or dedicate a portion of the land unto the Lord, that it may be holy. This portion of land was large, five and twenty thousand reeds in length: not so [Page 404] many Cubits, as some would have it; For the measuring was by a reed of six Cubits, Chap. 40.5. And ten thousand reeds in breadth: And of these, five hundred in length, and five hundred in breadth, were for the Sanctuary, with fifty Cubits round for the Suburbs thereof. This holy portion of land, as it was for the Sanctuary, so for the Priests, and their houses; the Levites, and their Chambers.
Here the first care is for the house-service, and servants of the Lord. It's the duty of Christians to promote the worship of God in the first place, and to provide for those are officers in his house, who are not to be non-resident, but to live in the houses near to their charge.
Some Expositors, as Junius, and Polanus, inform us, that a new form, and state of the Church is here represented unto us, viz. the abrogation of the Jewish, and bringing in of the Christian; which was done by Christ, and his Apostles.
By the portion of land, the holiness, and amplitude of it; we may understand the Church under the Gospel, with the holiness, and largeness thereof.
1. The Church is holy, and an holy Offering unto God, Ye shall offer an oblation unto the Lord. Sanctitatem de terra, Holiness from the earth, that it separate from the same; or, Holiness of earth, that is, holy earth. Such is the Church, holiness from the earth, or holy earth, Ephes. 5.27. It's the most glorious, and pure part of the world, it consists of those are virgins redeemed from the earth, whose mouths are guileless, and persons faultless, before the Throne of God, Rev. 14.4, 5.
2. The largeness of it; under Christ the Church is greatly inlarged, and extends to all parts. The Thessalonians faith spread far, 1 Epist. 1.8. And Paul saith, That in every place they called upon the name of Jesus Christ, 1 Cor. 1 2. Peter brings Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bythinia, within the bounds of the Church, 1 Pet. 1.1. Not onely Asia, Europe and Africa, but even America, hath Sanctitatem de terra, some holy ones to be an Offering to the Lord: Rev. 7 9. there were some out of all Nations.
We may also here Observe,
That in the Church of Christ, there is provision, and protection for his.
There is a portion for the Priests, possessions for the Levites, and the whole house of Israel; there be portions of land for them▪ with Houses, Chambers, and a City. Those who come to Sion shall not be destitute, but meet with maintenance, and safety. Jer. 31.12. They shall come, and sing in the height of Sion, and shall flow together to the goodness of the Lord. He will be their shepheard, and provide for them wheat, wine, and oyle; that is, bread, and water of life, with the comforts of the Spirit, and make their souls as a watered garden; green, and growing; fat, and flourishing; fruitful, and very fruiful; and being in that condition, he will defend them from wild beasts, and spoyl of any: they are his garden inclosed, and fenced about with his power, see Ezek. 34.26, 27, 28.
Again Observe,
The true Church-state takes not away propriety, neither consists of levelling principles; it preserves mens rights, and the different degrees, and orders that are set amongst men.
Here was a portion of land for the Priests, a portion for the Levites, and a portion for the Citizens, the one might not seize upon the others: here be distinct orders of Men▪ Priests, Levites, People, and Prince. The order of the Gospel is to preserve order, not to bring in confusion, or levelling, Act. 5.4. Chap. 28.30. Philem. 1.8. 1 Cor. 12.28, 29, 30. 1 Tim. 2.2. 1 Pet. 2.13, 14.
Vers. 6. And ye shall appoint the possession of the City.
Provision being made for the Church, and these served in it; the next care here is for the People, they must have their portion, and possession: The Lord's goodness extends to them, as well as those are nearest to him in office.
Vers. 7, 8.
7. And a portion shall be for the people on the one side, and on the other side of the oblation of the holy portion, and of the possession of the City, before the oblation of the holy portion; and before the possession of the City front the West-side Westward, and from the East-side Eastward, and the length shall be over against one of the portions, from the West-border unto the East-border.
8. In the land shall be his possession in Israel, and my Prince shall no more oppresse my people, and the rest of the land shall they give to the house of Israel, according to their Tribes.
THe Prince was to have a portion as well as the rest, and it was to be on both sides, on the West-side, and on the East-side; it was to compass in the other portions, intimating to us thereby, that the Prince, and his estate, should be for the preservation of the whole. A Prince is to be Reipulicae defensor, & murus, The Defendor, and bulwark of the Common-wealth; himself, and his estate, should rather suffer then it.
Who this Prince was is doubted; for, after their return from Babylon, they had neither Kings, nor Princes. Zerubbabel was Governour of Judah, not King, or Prince, Hagg. 2.21. Some make him to be the High-priest, and the 17. ver. induceth to believe so▪ for it saith, It shall be the Princes part to offer Burnt-offerings, and Meat-offerings, and Drink-offerings, in the Feasts, and in the New Moons, and in the Sabbaths, in all solemnities of the house of Israel: He shall prepare the Sin-offering, and the Meat-offering, and the Burnt-offering, and the Peace-offering, to make reconciliation for the house of Israel. To sacrifice was Priest-work, not Prince-work; Civil Princes might not sacrifice; had they had them. In the time of the Macchabees, [Page 407] they had High-priests, who were over them both in Church, and State-affairs, and these here it's conceiv'd are honour'd with the Title of Prince. But it's questionable, whether the High-priest be the Prince here spoken of, because in Chap. 46.2. the Prince there is distinguished from the Priest. It is better to understand it of Christ, who was the great High-Priest, Heb. 4.14. And Prince of the Kings of the earth, Rev. 1.5. Rabbi David, in his commentary upon this place saith, that the Hebrews interpret this Prince to be the Messiah; so doth Jerom, and some late Expositors: And Chap. 34.24. God had promised the Jews, that his servant David should be a Prince among them, that was Messiah.
This insinuates thus much unto us, that the Church is Christ's portion, and Christ the Protector of it. His possession lieth in the land of Israel: the Saints, the true Israelites, are his portion, his possession; he is on the one side, and on the other of them, even from West to East: He reigns, and is round about the Church, he compasses it with his favour, and his power. New Jerusalem had a wall about it, Rev. 21.17. Christ the Prince he is the wall to the whole Church, and all he parts of it; to Apostles▪ Pastors, and People: Not Peter, Popes, or Priests, are Protectours thereof.
My Prince shall no more oppress my people.
These Princes (whether, those be chief in the Church of Christ, or those be chi [...]f in the Civil State) they shall not be covetous, and oppress the people. This was too common before the Captivity, as appears, Mic. 3.1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11. Zeph. 3.3. Amos. 4.1. Jerem. 6.13. Ezek. 1.22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. And after the Captivity, the Nobles, and Rulers exacted upon their brethren, and oppress'd them, Nehem. 5.7, 8. But there must be a time for fulfilling this truth, that Princes shall no more oppress the people. Hitherto it can hardly be made out, that ever there were such Princes, or times, wherein the people were not oppressed. But such are promised, as shall be far from oppression, as shall not take away, but give unto, the house [Page 408] of Israel according to her Tribes. The house of Israel is the whole Church of Christ, and the Tribes thereof are the particular Churches therein; and those Princes are the Lord's (for he saith my Princes) shall give unto Him their Titles, Rights, and Priviledges; they shall acknowledge the Lord Christ to be Prince, and submit unto him, Rev. 21.24.
Vers. 9, 10, 11, 12.
9. Thus saith the Lord God, Let it suffice you, O Princes of Israel: remove violence and spoyl, and execute judgment and justice, and take away the exactions from my people, saith the Lord.
10. Ye shall have just ballances, and a just Ephah, and a just Bath.
11. The Ephah, and the Bath shall be of one measure, that the Bath may contain the tenth part of an Homer, and an Ephah the tenth part of an Homer: the measure thereof shall be after the Homer.
12. And the Shekel shall be twenty Gerahs, twenty Shekels, and twenty Shekels, fifteen Shekels shall be the Maneh.
THese verses contain Political Ordinances, which are for just, and righteous proceedings between Prince and people, and people amongst themselves.
Vers. Let it suffice you, O Prince of Israel.
Ye have been long given to covetous practises, and thereby increased your revenues to the prejudice of others; but now let what is past suffice you, let there be no more such doings amongst you: The Political Estate must be reform'd, and with you Princes the reformation must begin. The Princes of Israel were very covetous, Isa. 1.23. Thy [Page 409] Princes are rebelli [...]us, and companions of thieves, every one loveth gifts, and followeth after rewards. They were no better then thieves, robbing the people, perverting all justice through their covetousness. This God complain'd of them, and minds them of it here, saying, Let it suffice; or, thus the words may be taken, Be content with the revenues, legal tributes, and customes; thirst after no more, rest satisfied with what you have, and covet no more; let the portion you have please you.
Remove violence and spoil.
When Princes use violence to fetch in their Revenues, Taxes, Customes, and to satisfie their desires, spoyl follows upon it; men suffer in their estates by those who are imploy'd by them, and, oft are undone. Naboth loses his Vineyard, and life too, through the violence of Ahab, Jezabel, and the instruments they set on work; but in this new Political estate it must be otherwise, Isa. 60.18. Violence shall no more be heard in thy land; wasting, nor destruction within thy borders.
Execute judgment and justice.
Princes and Magistrates are God's deputies, they ought to be like unto him, and to act for him; they should be men of knowledge, able to judge in controversies, to discern where the right lies, Deut. 1.16, 17. And men of courage to rule for God, executing judgment, and justice impartially. As David did, 2 Sam 8.15. He raigned over all Israel, and executed judgment, and justice, unto all his people, and this was one of his last words, He that ruleth over men must be just, ruling in the fear of God, 2 Sam. 23.3. And when men rule so, there will be no place for injustice, and oppression. Such we have warrant to expect; for the Lord hath said, I will make thine officers peace, and thine exactors righteousness, Isa. 60.17.
Take away the exactions from my people.
The Vulgar reads the words, Separate confinia vestra à populo meo, Separate your confines from my people. When Princes, and great men have fields, and inheritances lying near to their inferiors grounds, as Ahabs did to Naboths, they covet the same, and find out ways to get the same, and in time eat up their possessions; therefore, to prevent this, the Lord calls upon them to separate their borders from their neighbours. Junius, and Polanus, read the words, Tollite depastiones vestras. They force men out of their houses, and inheritances; as it is Mic. 2.2. They covet fields, and take them by violence; and houses, and take them away: So they oppress a man, and his house; even a man, and his heritage: These were exactions as we read it. And of the great ones exactions, you may see 2 King. 15.20. Ch. 23.35. sometimes under pretence of law, and necessity, they did exact of the people. But these must cease, and when the new heavens, and new earth come, there shall righteousness be in them, no exaction, or oppression, 2 Pet. 3.13.
Vers. 10. Ye shall have just ballances.
In this, and the other two verses, Ordinances are given out, about Weights, Measures, and Money.
1. Concerning Weights, the ballances must be just: In former days they did pervert, or falsifie the ballances, by deceit, Amos 8.5. Which was abomination to the Lord, Prov. 20.10. There was a law in Deut. against the same, Chap. 25.13, 14, 15. it was against diverse weights, and diverse measures, tying them to one, and that perfect, and just; so here just ballances are required; God wou [...] have the people just, and equal in their dealings, not defrauding one another.
A just Ephah, and a just Bath, &c.
The Measures of the Hebrews were of dry, & liquid things, both which are here mention'd. To begin with the Homer, [Page 411] which was the greatest measure they had, and signifies an Heap it held so much. Some make the quantity to be what a Camel, or an Asse could bear, and carry. The Homer is the same with that measure call'd Cor, or Corus, as the 14. verse shews; each of them containing ten Baths, or ten Ephahs. A-lapide makes the Bath, and Ephah, to contain three Bushels a piece, and so the Homer to be thirty Bushels: But if we make M [...]dius to be but half a Bushel, then the Ephah, and Bath, contain one Bushel and an half a piece; and the Homer fifteen. But Ainsworsh upon Levit. 27.16. makes the Homer to be ten Ephahs, that is, ten Bushels; so that the Ephah, and the Bath, held the measure of a Bushel.
The Ephah was a measure for dry things Wheat, Barley, Meal, Flower, 1 Sam. 17.17. Judg. 6.19. Num, 5.15. And it was the common-measure, & reliquarum omnium mensurarum, quasi fundamentum.
There is a seeming contradiction, between what you have in Exod. 16.36. where it's written, An Omer is the tenth part of an Ephah; and what you have here in Ezek. who saith, An Ephah is the tenth part of an Homer. For answer; Know, the words Omer, and Homer, in the Hebrew differ: The first, is [...], Omer with Ain, which signifies an Handful, Levit. 23.10. Ye shall bring a sheafe of the first fruits. The Hebrew is an handful, an Omer. It's conceiv'd the wheat beaten out of that sheafe did fill the Omer, which contain'd above a pottle, about five points; and so was the tenth part of an Ephah, which contain'd of our English-measure seven gallons, and an half, which makes our Bushel.
The second word, Homer, is written with [...] Cheth, and is that great-measure containing ten Ephahs, of which is spoken.
The measure call'd a [...] was of liquid things, and contain'd as much as the Ephah, seven gallons, and an half, the tenth part of an Homer; Wine, and Oyl were usually measured by it, as 2 Chron. 2.10. & Ezra 7.22. In Isa. 5.10. we find these words, Ten acres of vineyard shall yield one Bath. God would so blast their vines, that ten acres planted with [Page 412] vines should not yield ten gallons, they should fill but one Bath; and the seed of an Homer, that is, ten Bushels, should yield an Ephah, that is, one Bushel. Here the Bath is the measure of Wine, and the Ephah the measure of Corn.
And the Shekel shall be twenty Gerahs.
Having spoken of the measures, he proceeds to the Money, that it might be of a just value. The Shekel must be twenty Gerahs; a Gerah was to weigh sixteen Barley-corns, so that twenty Gerahs amounted unto three hundred and twenty barley corns, and so much the Shekel was to weigh; of it was spoken Chap. 4. v. 10. & 8.60. Shekels made the Maneh, or pound. Some pieces of their money were twenty Shekels, some twenty five, some fifteen, and these together made their Maneh.
First, Observe,
Princes, and Magistrates commonly are covetous, and cruel.
The Princes of Israel used violence, and spoil; they exacted upon the people. Zeph. 3.3. Jerusalem's Princes were roaring lyons, her Judges evening wolves, they were greedy of the prey. Nero was a lyon to the people of God, 2 Tim. 4.17. Nebuchadnezzar was both a lyon, a bear, and a dragon, Jerem. 51.34. saith Jerusalem, He hath devoured me, he hath crushed me, he hath made me an empty vessel, he hath swallowed me up like a dragon, he filled his belly with my delicates, he hath cast me out. His belly was so bigg, his desires so inlarged, that he eat up Citties, Kingdomes, and Nations.— As it was said of Pompey, Nostra miseria, tu es Magnus; so of most Princes in the world may the peo [...]le say, By our miseries ye are become great.
Secondly, Observe,
Christianity doth not overthrow, but establish Magistracy.
The Lord here speaking what reformation should be under the Messiah, doth not take Magistrates away, but [Page 413] corrects their exorbitances, saying Remove violence, and spoyle, take away exactions. He abridges them not of just power, but decrys their Tyranny; Paul approov's of Magistrates, Rom. 13. & 1 Tim. 2.1, 2. and tells us, They are the Ministers of God for good, they are appointed for publique good, to be a terrour to the wicked, a shield to the godly, a husband to the widow, a father to the orphan, a patron to the poor, and a refuge to the oppressed. Such Magistrates we expect, and pray for.
Thirdly, Observe,
The great thing required of them, is to do justice, execute judgment and justice, do wrong to none, neither suffer wrong to be done.
They should see, there be no false weights, measures, or monies, to deceive the people withal. Magistrates are in God's stead, and they should be righteous as God is; He rules so, that he makes appeal to his people, saying, What have I done to thee, wherewith have I wearied thee, testifie against me, Mic. 6.3. So did Samuel, Behold! here I am witness against me, before the Lord, and before his Anointed, Whose oxe have I taken? or whose asse have I taken? or whom have I defrauded? whom have I oppressed! or of whose hand have I received any bribe, to blind mine eyes therewith, and I will restore it, 1 Sam. 12.4. Here was a righteous judge, a man of integrity. Such an one was Nehemiah, Chap. 5.14, 15. When Magistrates are righteous, and do righteous things; respecting every mans cause, and no mans person: they are the glory of heaven, the ornament of the earth, the joy of the just, the desire of all, and blessed themselves, Psal. 106.3.
Fourthly, Observe.
Princes are not to rule by prerogative in an arbitrary way, but they themselves are tyed to the laws of God, and bound up by them.
The Lord, who is the great law-giver, saith, Let it suffice you, O Princes of Israel, remove violence, &c. He gives them Laws here, and his Word; which are binding, and ought not to depart from them. If they proceed by their own wills, [Page 414] and lusts, they become Tyrants, and shall have their reward, Psal. 55.22. Prov. 28.17. & 14.11. Job. 18.15. Therefore Kings are commanded to be wise, Judges to be instructed, to serve the Lord, kiss the son, Psal. 2.10, 11, 12. and to keep to the law of God, Deut. 17.18.
Vers. 13, 14, 15, 16, 17.
13. This is the oblation that ye shall offer, the sixt part of an Ephah of an Homer of wheat, and ye shall give the sixt part of an Ephah of an Homer of barley.
14. Concerning the ordinance of oyle, the Bath of oyle, ye shall offer the tenth part of a Bath, out of the Cor, which is an Homer of ten Baths, for ten Baths are an Homer.
15. And one lamb out of the flock out of two hundred, out of the fat pastures of Israel, for a Meat-offering, and for a Burnt-offering, and for Peace-offerings, to make reconciliations for them, saith the Lord God.
16. All the people of the land shall give this oblation for the Prince in Israel.
17. And it shall be the Princes part to give Burnt-offerings, and Meat-offerings, and Drink-offerings, in the Feasts, and in the New-moons, and in the Sabbaths, in all solemnitie of the house of Israel: he shall prepare the Sin-offering, and the Meat-offering, and the Burnt-offering, and the Peace-offerings, to make reconciliation for the house of Israel.
THe Political Ordinances being declared, now he comes to the Ecclesiastical, wikh concern Sacrifices, and Oblations. [Page 415] Of the Homer, Ephah, and Bath, hath been spoken in the former verses. The Cor is the same measure for quantity with the Homer.
1. Here is laid down the things to be offered, Wheat, Barley, Oyle, a Lamb, and other offerings.
2. The proportion of the dry, and liquid things, the sixt part of an Ephah of Wheat, and Barley, and the tenth part of a Bath of Oyle, and so of the Lambs, one out of two hundred, and so of other cattle; and these must not be poor lean ones, but such as came from the fat pastures of Israel, and might be fit for offering up to God. The sixtieth part of dry things, the hundredth of liquids, and two hundredth of cattle, were to be given.
3. The persons who were to give them, and that is, All the people, vers. 16. The Hebrew is, All the people of the land shall be in that Oblation to the Prince in Israel. And then the person who is to offer them, vers. 17. and that is the Prince, or High-priest.
By the Wheat, Barley, Oyle, and Lambs, the Oblations, Offerings to be given to the Prince in Israel, are intended the spiritual Sacrifices, which the Saints under the Gospel do give to Christ, 1 Pet. 2.5. Rev. 5.8, 9, 10. Chap. 7.10. Chap. 14.3. Heb. 13.10. Chap. 8.3. Rom. 12.1. Chap. 15.16. The persons, prayers, and prayses of the Saints, are to be given up to Christ, and by him to the Father.
It is a dispute amongst Expositors, who is meant by Prince; some would have it the Secular, or Civil Prince; some the High-priest, because of his offering Sacrifices, the Jews are here at a stand, not knowing which to determine. But OEcolampadius points out very resolutely who it is, saying, Nos de rege Messia, qui idem est summus Sacerdos non dico arbitramur, sed scimus, intelligendum: nam penes, inquit, Principem erit, non penes sacerdotem. He understands it of the Messiah, he was both a Prince, and High-priest; not a common Prince, for he would not be made King by men, Joh. 6.15. Not a Levitical High-priest, after the order of Aaron; but an extraordinary one, after the order of Melchizedeck, Heb. 7.11, 12, 13. And of another tribe then Aaron was [Page 416] viz. the tribe of Judah, vers. 14. which imported that Christ should put down Levitical worship, and set up another way of worship in the place thereof, which was prefigured in this Vision of Ezekiel.
All the Oblations here, and Sacrifices, were types of Christ. The Wheat, the Barley, the Oyle, the Lamb, the Sin-offering, the Meat-offering, the Burnt-offering, and the Peace-offering, all represented Christ, and were fulfilled in him. He was the expiatory sacrifice, and purg'd away our sins, Heb. 1.3. He was the Propitiatory sacrifice, and made the attonement for us, Rom. 3.25. & 5.11. He was the Pacificatory sacrifice, he made peace between us, and God, Rom. 5.10. Col. 1.20. He is the Eucharistical sacrifice, or Thank-offering, he gave thanks to God for his favour, mercy, and goodness to us, Mat. 11.25. Joh. 11.41. He had the virtue of all the sacrifices in him, and far more. Heb. 9.23. the words [...], Better sacrifices, are spoken of Christ. He was the one, and onely Sacrifice, and once offered, Heb. 10.12. Chap. 7.27. and yet was sacrifices, because they all signified him, and he had the strength, worth and benefit of them all in himself; yea, he was better sacrifices then they all: for they were imperfect for a season, and of little efficacy, but Christ was a perfect Sacrifice for ever, and most efficacious, Heb. 9.11, 12, 13, 14. Chap. 10.12. He hath made reconciliation for the house of Israel, and maintains it; for he appears in the presence of God for us, Heb. 9.24. And lives for ever to make intercession for us, Heb. 7.25. He doth that always which the Priests did in the Feasts, New-moons, Sabbaths, and Solemnities; the virtue of this sacrifice is ever useful.
Vers. 18, 19, 20.
18. Thus saith the Lord God, In the first month, the fi [...]st day of the month, thou shalt take a young Bullock without blemish, and cleanse the Sanctuary.
[Page 417]19. And the Priest shall take of the blood of the Sin-offering, and put it upon the posts of the house, and upon the four corners of the settle of the Altar, and upon the posts of the gate of the inner Court.
20. And so thou shalt do the seventh day of the month, for every one that erreth, and for him that is simple: so shall ye reconcile the house.
HEre we have an ordinance for cleansing the Sanctuary, much like that ordinance in the 43. Chap. for cleansing the Altar of Burnt-offerings. There was no su [...]h [...]rdinance among the Mosaicals, as Jerome, Sanctius, and others observe. This was a new ordinance which the Levitical-law knew not, and speaks out the newness of all under the Gospel, the cleansing of the Church by the bloud of Christ, who in due season, being without sin, was made sin for us, 2 Cor. 5 21. And by his bloud wash'd away the sins of his, Rev. 1.5. Heb. 13.11. and [...] it made way for entring into the Holiest, Heb. 10 19. And whereas the posts of the house, and posts of the gate, and four corners of the settle of the Altar, were all sprinkled with bloud; It tells us that all, great, or small, whencesoever they come, from East, West, North, or South, cannot be cleansed, or saved, but by bloud, even the bloud of Christ, Heb. 9.22, 23. It's nothing in man, or from man himself; not his righteousness, free-will, or sufferings, which doth cleanse him from his sin; that onely is from the virtue of Christ's bloud, 1 Joh. 1.7.
The 20. verse leads to speak of sins of ignorance: Under the law there was a sacrifice for the men sin'd ignorantly, Levit. 5.17, 18. He was to bring a ram to the Priest, and by the sacrificing of that, his sin was forgiven him; and peace made. Here the ordinance differs from that. In stead of a Ram, must be a young Bullock sacrificed; signifying that the bloud of Christ is for the erroneous, simple, ignorant, as well as others. When men sin wilfu [...]ly, it's dangerous, Heb. 10.26, 27. But for those are simple, and through [Page 418] ignorance do erre, there is a remedy provided, 1 Joh. 2.7. My little Children I write unto you that ye sin not, (that's impossible they might have replyed, For in many things we sin all, James 3.2) And if any man do sin (that is, through weakness, ignorance, simpleness, strength of corruption, or temptation) we have an advocate with the father Jesus Christ the righteous, and he is the propitiation for our sins. This remedy Christ holds out in the Gospel to such sinners, and would have his Ministers do the like, Gal. 6.1. If a man be overtaken in a fault▪ ye which are spiritual restore such an one; bring him to Christ, cause him to look upon H [...]m crucified, and expiating his sin with His own bloud, and then he will weep for his error, his simplicity; and so he is restor'd.
Vers. 21, 22, 23, 24.
21. In the first month, in the fourteenth day of the month, ye shall have the passeover a feast of seven days, uncleavened bread shall be eaten.
22. And upon that day [...]hall the Prince prepare for himself, and for all the people of the land, a bullock for a Sin-offering.
23. And seven days of the feast he shall prepare a Burnt-offering to the Lord, seven Bullocks, and seven Rams without blemish daily, the seven days; and a Kid of the Goats daily, for a Sin-offering.
24. And he shall prepare a Meat-offering of an Ephah for a Bullock, and an Ephah for a Ram, and an Hin of Oyle for an Ephah.
IN these verses are ordinances for keeping the Passover, &c. Of the Mosaical, you may see Exod. 12. and Levit. 23. from which, this diffe [...]s in many things, as Polanus notes, and presents unto us. Christ our Passover who was sacrificed for us, 1 Cor. 5.7. The Passover was In the first Month, the fourteenth day, when the Moon was at the Full, and the Sun ascending, [Page 416] all things began to revive; which shew'd, that Christ was not to be sacrificed presently after his birth, but when the fullness of ceremonial light was come; and that by his death Jewish shadowes being abolished, true light, life, and reviving, came into the world. The feast of unleavened-bread shew'd how we are to keep the feast of the Christian-Passover, viz. not with old leaven, that is, our old corrupt hearts; neither with the leaven of malice, and wickedness, but with the unleavened-bread of sincerity and truth: Men should not come to his Ordinance with old, malitious, or wicked hearts, but with hearts sincere, and true; all corrvution of nature, doctrine and manners, should be purg'd out. And Christians should live their whole life, (noted by the seven dayes here) free from hypocrisie, lying, malice, and unrighteousness; they should study, and endeavour to be holy, as God is holy.
It's said vers. 22. that the Prince must prepare for himself, and for all the people, a Bullock for a Sin-offering. This Prince therefore seems not to be Christ, but the High-priest, who was sinful, and offered first for himself, and then for the people, Heb. 7.27. Christ had no sin, and so could not offer Sacrifice for himself.
For answer hereunto, know, that Christ considered in himself was an immaculate Lamb without blemish, 1 Pet. 1.19. An High-priest, holy, harmless, undefiled, Heb. 7.26. But consider him as our surety, as head of the body, so he had sin; His own self did bear our sins in his own body, 1 Pet. 2.24. He was made sin for us; 2 Cor. 5.21. He was offered to bear the sins of many, Heb. 9.28. The Lord laid upon him the iniquities of us all, Isa. 53.6. And was numbred with transgressors, vers. 12. Our sins were imputed to him, so that he stood as a sinner, and malefactour in our stead; and offered up himself a Sacrifice for himself, that is, for his body the Church. Thus nothing hinders, but by Prince here we may understand Christ.
The Burnt-offering, and Sin-offering, which were to be daily, set out the virtue of Christ's death, and intercession, which is not for a day, or a few years, but for ever; or they may acquaint us with the Saints their total, and constant dedication of themselves unto God, and his service,
An Hin of oyle.] Of the Ephah, Bath, Homer, and Cor, was spoken in the former part of the Chapter. An Hin was for liquid things, and contain'd as much as twelve Logs, and each Log contain'd six Eggs; so that an Hin held as much Wine, or Oyle, as seventy two Eggs; and according to some is three quarts of our English-measure.
Vers. 25. In the seventh month, in the fifteenth day of the month, shall he do the like in the feast of the seven days, according to the Sin-offering, according to the Burnt-offering, and according to the Meat-offering, and according to the Oyle.
Passing over the feast of Pentecost, without any mention thereof, he comes to the feast of Tabernacles, which was to begin The fifteenth day of the seventh month, Levit. 23.34. And as it was in the feast of the Passover, so it must be here; but it was not so in the time of Moses, Levit. 23.39, 40.
This feast of Tabernacles, or Booths, cannot be understood literally, for there is a Prophesie in Zach. 14.16. That those left of the Nations which came against Jerusalem, should come to worship the King, the Lord of Hosts, and to keep the feast of Tabernacles; which in the litteral sense was peculiar to the Jews, It figures out therefore the gathering of the elect into particular Churches in this world, into which they should come, and in which they should have fellowship with the Saints, and partake of the grace of God.
By these feasts, and sacrifices also, we are minded of the spiritual joy the Saints have in their communion together under the Gospel, and spiritual-sacrifices they offer up to God by Christ The primitive Christians continued daily with one accord in the Temple, and breaking bread from house to house, did eat their meat with gladness, and singleness of heart, praising God, Act. 2.46, 47.
CHAP. XLVI.
Verse 1. Thus saith the Lord God, The gate of the inner Court, that looketh toward the East, shall he shut the six working days; but on the Sabbath it shall be opened, and in the days of the new-moon it shall be opened.
2. And the Prince shall enter by the way of the porch of that gate without, and shall stand by the post of the gate; and the Priest shall prepare his burnt-offering, and his peace offering, and he shall worship at the threshold of the gate: Then he shall go forth, but the gate shall not be shut untill the evening.
3. Likewise the people of the Land shall worship at the door of this gate before the Lord, in the Sabbaths, and in the New-Moons.
4. And the burnt-offering that the Prince shall offer unto the Lord in the Sabbath day, shall be six Lambs without blemish, and a Ram without blemish.
5. And the meat-offering shall be an Ephah for a Ram; and the meat-offering for the Lambs as he shall be able to give, and an hin of oyl to an Ephah.
6. And in the days of the New-Moon, it shall be a young Bullock without blemish, and six Lambs and a Ram, and they shall be without blemish.
7. And he shall prepare a meat-offering, an Ephah for a Bullock, and an Ephah for a Ram; and for the Lambs according as his hand shall attain unto, and an hin of oyl to an Ephah.
[Page 416] [...] [Page 417] [...] [Page 418] [...] [Page 416] [...] [Page 420] [...] [Page 529] [...] [Page 530]8. And when the Prince shall enter, he shall go in by the way of the porch of that gate, and he shall go forth by the way thereof.
THis fourty sixth Chapter contains,
The first Verse speaks of the East-gate in the inner Court, that was the gate next to the Temple: By this gate the glory of the Lord, came into the Temple, Chap. 43.1, 2, 4. and it was to be kept shut all the six working days, and onely to be opened on Sabbaths and New-Moons. In Chap. 44. we have the reason why it was to be kept shut, ver. 2. Thus saith the Lord, This gate shall be shut, it shall not be opened, and no man shall enter in by it; because the Lord, the God of Israel hath entred by it, therefore it shall be shut: That is for the Prince, &c. and here it is, The Prince shall enter by the way, &c.
The things here required, are not to be found in the Mosaical Law; they represented things under the Gospel; that Jewish Worship should go down when Christ appeared in the flesh.
The shutting of the gate the six working days tells us, that on those days we are to follow our callings, and earn our daily bread: Christianity doth not open a door to idleness; We command and exhort, saith Paul, that with quietness men work and eat their own bread, 2 Thess. 3.12. [Page 531] Under Moses God allowed them six days to work, Exod. 20.9. and the same allowance they have under the Gospel, Luke 13.14. Some pervert Gods Order, and make all days alike, either all working days, or all Sabbaths, resting days; but God hath distinguished them: As there be working days wherein we must not rest; so there be Sabbaths wherein we must not Work.
The opening of the gate on Sabbath days and New-Moons, signifies unto us, that the gate of Heaven is open unto us, when we have solemn and publique Meetings on the Lords day, and other special occasions to worship God: When all the Disciples were gat together to serve and seek God, then came a sound from Heaven, and the Spirit fell upon them like fiery tongues, Acts 2. So when Peter preached unto the great multitude, the gate of Heaven was opened, and power came down from above to convert three thousand, ver. 41. So when there was a solemn Meeting in the Centurions house, the Word being preached by Peter, the gate of Heaven was opened, and the Holy Ghost fell on all that heard the Word, Acts 10.44. Such times are times of grace and mercy, God opens Heaven, and gives out blessings.
These six days may denote the term of mans life here, which is a time of labour and sorrow Job 5.7. and 14.1. He tumbles, or is tumbled up and down from condition to condition, and hath no rest; but at the end of his life Heaven gate is opened, and he hath a Sabbath, an eternal rest, where is no labour, sin nor sorrowing, Heb. 4.9, 10. Then the gate of the inner Court is opened unto him, and then he shall see as he is seen, and know as he is known, 1 John 3.2. 1 Cor. 13.12. Here we see and know little, and that little darkly, as in a glass; but then shall we see clearly, and know perfectly the mysteries of this and other Visions and things.
The second Verse tells us of the Prince his entring by the way of the porch, and standing by the post of the gate; where he was to worship, but come into the Court he might not.
If we understand this of the Secular Prince, four things are here considerable:
1. That the Prince must not enter into the inner Court; he must not meddle with the Priestly Office, or things of God. Princes may not change any thing in the Worship of God, abrogate or institute ought by their wills or power: Ʋzziah was smitten with the leprosie for medling, 2 Chron. 26. and Ahaz for his adding, 2 Kings 16. his altering, detracting and abrogating, 2 Chron. 28. was branded for his wickedness: They kept not at the post and threshold of the gate, but entred into the inner Court.
2. They are to countenance and maintain the Worship of God: The Prince must stand at the post of the gate, and see the Priests do their Office. He found the Burnt, Peace, and Meat Offerings; and the Priests prepared them, that is, fitted them for Sacrifices. The Princes and Powers of the Christian World should countenance, preserve, propagate and maintain the true VVorship of God in their Territories. VVhen Joash was made King, he had the Testimony given unto him, 2 Chron. 23.11. that was, the Book of the Law; And why was this given him? It was to inform Princes, that they should rule according thereunto; that they should countenance, preserve, propagate, and maintain the same, and the VVorship it held forth.
3. That Princes must worship the Lord publiquely on Sabbath days, and when special occasions are, as well as other people.
He shall worship at the threshold of the gate:
Let Princes be never so great, rich, learned, wise, yet they must fall down at Gods foot-stool, serve him with fear, and kiss the Son; they must observe the times of Gods VVorship, bow to him, and not leave all to their inferiors.
[Page 533]4. They must not impede the Worship of God: The Prince shall go forth, but the gate shall not be shut where he hath worshipped, he must not hinder oth [...]rs. It was a vile practice in those who shut up the doors of the Lords house, and would not let the people or Priests come there to worship, 2 Chron. 28.24. Princes should see to it, that the door be open for publique Worship, not onely at the appointed times, but upon special occasions.
If we take the Prince here to be Christ, as Oecolampad. and Polanus do, then his coming to, and standing by the post of the gate, his sacrificing and worshipping, do prefigure his coming in the flesh, and his standing at the gate of Heaven for us, offering up Prayers and Supplications for us, with strong crys and tears, Heb. 5.7. Luke 22.44. and whereas it is said, The Priests shall prepare his burnt-offering, and his peace-offering; this presignified the Priests delivering up Christ to be crucified for us, Luke 24. [...]0. The chief Priest and Rulers delivered him to be condemned to death, and crucified him who was the Prince of life, Acts 3.15. yet he laid down his life freely, Joh. 10.17, 18. And for his worshipping at the threshold of the gate, it may point out that time when Christ being on the Cross, said, It is finished, and so bowed his head, and gave up the Ghost, John 19.30. Now was he at the threshold of the gate; for he said to the Thief immediately before, This day shalt thou be with me in Paradise, Luke 23.43. Then his soul went forth of its earthly tabernacle; and shortly after reassuming that, he left the world, and went to his Father, John 16.28.
The gates standing open until evening, that so the people might come and worship at the door of the gate before the Lord; this some interpret of the door of Mercy and Reconciliation which Christ hath set open for sinners, during this life; and if they come not thither before death and worship God, then its shut for ever against them. On Sabbath days men should draw near to God, seek Reconciliation with him; for on such days the gate is widest open for Grace and Mercy: On the six days its shut, that [Page 234] is, comparatively shut. Christians do celebrate Sabbaths and New-Moons, when they have inward spiritual rest in their souls, through faith in Christ, and do receive light from him to see what is evil, and so to avoid it; and what is good, and so to practice it.
In Vers. 4, 5, 6, 7. the Offerings, Oblations and Sacrifices of the Prince, for the Sabbath days and New-moons are mentioned: The Ola [...], or Burnt-Offering for the Sabbath was to be six compleat Lambs without blemish, and one Ram, which differs much from the appointment in Moses days, Numb. 28.9. then there were but two Lambs, here six are appointed: And so the Meat-Offering is larger here then there; but for the Offering in the day of the New-Moon, it was short of that in Moses time; for then two Bullocks, seven Lambs, and one Ram were appointed; and here one Bullock, six Lambs, and one Ram are nominated for the Offering; which shews, the Levitical VVorship was to be changed.
And taking the Prince for one of the Princes of the earth, it tells us, he ought to provide for the VVorship of God; But if we take this Prince to be Christ, then it imports that Christ hath ordained more spiritual, pure, and efficacious VVorship on Sabbaths under the Gospel, then was under the Law, and more extensive then was before; also, that Jewish shadows are fled away by the coming in of the glorious light of the Gospel; that old things are past away, and all things become new, Neomen [...] nostra est spiritualis, est novum in Christo seculum, saith Polanus.
These Sacrifices do point out Christ; he was instar omnium; he was the Lambs, the Rams, the Bullock, the Meal, the Flowre, and the Oyl: This Prince sacrificing of himself, did more by that one and once Sacrifice, then all the Sacrifices from the first to the last, Hebr. 10.14.
Verse 5. As he shall be able to give.
The Hebrew is, the gift of his hand, and so its in the [Page 535] Margent; in Verse 7. it is thus, as his hand shall attain unto; and in the eleventh, as he is able, that is, as God hath blessed him: God in that dispenced with mens disabilities in Moses Law, Lev. 5.11. and 14.21. if they were poor, and not able to bring Lambs, or two Turtle Doves, they must bring one Lamb, or the tenth part of an Ephah of flower; something he would have, and to such a proportion: But here its left to mans liberty, to give according to his ability, no proportion is prescribed; so men give freely, what ever it be, it shall be accepted. God looks not for much where little is: The grace and favour of God under the Gospel, exceeds what was under the Law.
Verse 6. And in the day of the New moon.
New-moon days were holy, and had special Sacrifices, as in this, ver. 8. Numb. 28.11. on those days they might not buy or sell, or do worldly work, Amos 8.5. but they were to look unto Christ, of whom those days were shadows, Col. 2.16, 17. and to meditate of that light, grace and comfort comes by him. The gate of the inner Court was to stand open on these days, as well as on Sabbaths, ver. 1. And Isaiah prophesied, Isa. 66.23. That all flesh should come to worship before the Lord, from one New-moon to another, and from one Sabbath to another; intimating thereby, that God in times of the Gospel, would accept of true and spiritual Worship, performed in the name of Christ, in all places, and at all times, as he did the Jewish VVorship at Jerusalem, and on the Solemn Feast days.
Or these New-moon days and Sacrifices, may point out the renewing of the Church, and the joy thereupon. The Church after Christs time, was oft in the wane, in a suffering and declining condition; but when it hath rest, edification, comfort, and multiplication, Acts 9.31. then its New-moon with it, and in a short time it becomes fair as the Moon, Cant. 6.10. and shall be fill'd with light and joy, as saith Isaiah, Chap. 60.20.
The eighth Verse is an Ordinance about the Princes going in by the porch of the gate, and going out by the same way. There were divers gates to enter into the inner Court, by the North-gate, the South-gate, as well as the East-gate; and this gate was both for the Prince and the Priests to go in and out at.
Hence two things are observable:
1. That Princes are to walk according to Divine Appointment, especially in matters of VVorship; they must look unto God, who hath prescribed the way they should walk in; it had been sinful for them to have gone to the North-gate, or South-gate and worshipped; their Princes must not do ought of their own wills in the things of God: It might seem a bondage to be tied up to the East-gate onely, and never to have ingress and egress at the other; but however, Princes themselves must be subject to the Ordinances of Heaven.
2. That Princes and Priests, Magistrates and Ministers, should mutually minde and care for the things of God; countenance and encourage one another therein, and each put to their helping hand to preserve the purity and power of Religion: VVhen the Pavers go one way, and the true Ministers of God another way, Religion doth not shine; when Josiah and the Priests went together hand in hand one way, then there was great Reformation in Israel, the VVorship of God was pure, and Religion did flourish.
Supposing this Prince to be the Lord Christ, whose ingress and egress was at the same gate, then it notes his coming from Heaven, and returning thither again, according to that of John 6.62. and 3.31. and 16.28. Acts 1.11.
Verse 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15.
But when the people of the land shall come before the Lord in the solemn Feasts, he that entreth in by the way of the North-gate to worship, shall go out by the way of the South-gate; and he that entreth by the way of the South-gate, shall go forth by the way of the North-gate; he shall not return by the way of the gate whereby he came in, but shall go forth over against it.
And the Prince in the midst of them when they go in, shall go in; and when they go forth, shall go forth.
And in the Feasts and Solemnities, the meat-offering shall be an Ephah to a Bullock, and an Ephah to a Ram, and to the Lambs as he is able to give, and an hin of oyl to an Ephah.
Now when the Prince shall prepare a voluntary burnt-offering, or peace-offering voluntarily unto the Lord, one shall then open the gate unto him that looketh towards the East; and he shall prepare his burnt-offering, [...]nd his peace-offerings, as he did on the Sabbath day: Then he shall go forth, and after his going forth, one shall shut the gate.
Thou shalt daily prepare a burnt-offering unto the Lord of a Lamb of the first year, without blemish; thou shalt prepare it every morning, or as the Hebrew, morning by morning.
And thou shalt prepare a meat-offering for it every morning, the sixth part of an Ephah, and the third part of an hin of oyl, to temper with the [Page 538] fine flower; a meat-offering continually by a perpetual Ordinance unto the Lord.
Thus shall they prepare the Lamb, and the meat-offering, and the oyl, every morning for a continual burnt-offering.
THe ninth Verse contains an Ordinance concerning the peoples coming to, and departing from the publique Worship; they must not come to the East-gate, but the side-gates, the North and South they might; and this order they were to observe; viz. to go out at that gate was over against the gate they came in at; he that entred by the North-gate, must go out by the South-gate; and he that entred by the South-gate, must go out by the North-gate.
Hence observe,
1. The Lord expects not onely Prince and Priests to worship him in a publique way, but the people also.
When the people of the land shall come before the Lord in the solemn Feasts.
God looks not for great ones, learned ones, rich ones, but all sorts, and all of all sorts to come before him, to acknowledge him to be their God, Cre [...]tor, and Law-giver; he is honored by the worship of the meaner, if sincere, as well as by the worship of [...]e Prince or Priest; he is no respecter of persons.
2. That the way of Gods servants is a strait and right-forth way: There is no crookedness in it, Isa. 26.7. the way of the just is uprightness; there is no turning aside to the temptation of Satan, to the beggarly elements of the world, to the inticing delights of the flesh, or any vanity whatsoever: That soul that is in Gods way, must not look back to Sodom, as Lots wife did, and suffer for it, but it must go forward: Matthew being called from the receit of Custom, into the way of Christ, Mat. 9.9. might [Page 539] not return, but follow Christ; For whosoever puts his hand to the plough, and looks back, is not fit for the Kingdom of God, Luke 9.62. Such an one must not look back to his old courses, customs, company, principles or errours; but leaving them, must go strait on in the way of God, from darkness to light, from imperfection to perfection: Those that come to be the Lords servants, must continue in his service, and perfect holiness in his fear, 2 Cor. 7.1. Heb. 12.1, 2, 3. Phil. 3.13, 14.
3. The shortness of mans life is here represented unto us; he enters into the world, goes on a little way, and then goes out of it again: So that mans life is quasi transitus quidam a porta una ad alteram; they came in at a North-gate, went on a little while, and a little way, and then went out at a South-gate, &c. its no long passage from the doors of the womb, to the gates of death, Psal. 103.15, 16, Job 14.1, 2.
The tenth Verse is an Ordinance for the Prince, shewing when he is to come to the publique Worship, and when he is to depart from it: When the people go in at the gate appointed for them, then must he go in at the gate appointed for him; and so when they go out, he must go out. Those words, In the midst of them, are not to be taken as if the Prince went in the midst of the people to the Sanctuary; but they denote, that he went at that time, and when come thither, he was there with them, or among them, or at the East-gate, which is between the Nort [...] and South.
1. Here we may see Princes are bound to be present at the publique Worship of God; and not onely to be present, but to be present at the beginning, and to stay till the end thereof: They may not come and go at their own pleasure, but at Gods appointment. The presence of great persons at the Worship of God, is of much concernment, and hath great influence into the people; it encourages them to come to hear, to stay, when greater then themselves do so; people are led much by example of Superiors; therefore Kings and Judges are [Page 540] commanded to serve the Lord with fear, and to kiss the Son, Psal. 2.
2. Here we are informed, taking the Prince for Christ, that he is in the Assemblies of his people; when the Saints meet together to worship the Lord, he is in the midst of them. He made a precious promise when he was here on earth, and makes it good daily, though he be in Heaven; its that Mat. 18.20. Where two or three are gathered together in my name, I am there in the midst of them; to observe, to reward and punish. The Church is call'd Christ, 1 Cor. 12.12. and Christ is said to sing praise unto God in the midst of the Church, Heb. 2.12. He being King of Saints, loves to be with and among them, he was in the midst of the 144000, Rev. 14.1.
The eleventh Verse treateth of the Meat-offering, which was to be at Feasts and Solemnities, directing the particulars and quantities. In Moses time the tenth part of an Ephah of flower, and the fourth part of an hin of oyl was required, Numb. 28.5. Exod. 29.40. but here its otherwise, an whole Ephah of meal or flower is appointed to a Bullock, an whole Ephah to a Ram, and an whole hin of oyl to each, onely the Lambs, flewer or oyl to be offered, was left to liberty or ability.
This may teach us, that seeing our light and mercies are greater under the Gospel, then theirs was under the Law, therefore our obedience and service to the Lord should exceed theirs; if they gave him but the tenth part of an Ephah, we ought to give him an whole Ephah; if they gave him the fourth part of an hin, we must give him an whole hin: The more God communicates to us, the greater returns should be to him.
The twelfth Verse mindes us of the Princes Freewil-offerings: Besides what was enjoyned, he might voluntarily prepare a Burnt-offering, or a Peace-offering at his pleasure; and at his coming one was to open the East-gate unto him, and at his going forth one was to shut the gate. God looks for more from Princes and great ones, then what is ordinary, then what is commanded; he looks [Page 541] for voluntary Sacrifices, Freewil-offerings at their hands. Its said of Josiah, that he gave three thousand Bullocks, three thousand Lambs and Kids for Passover-offerings, and all of the Kings substance; and that the Princes gave willingly, 2 Chron. 35.7, 8. so free and bountiful they were, that the Lord took notice of it, and hath recorded it in his Word, that there was no Passover like to that kept in Israel, from the days of Samuel the Prophet, neither did all the Kings of Israel keep such a Passover as Josiah, Vers. 18.
We may interpret this Verse of Christ, and so it presents to us not onely that Christ hath freely and voluntarily offered up himself a Sacrifice to God for us, Hebr. 9.14. and 10.9, 10. but that he is the substance and quintessence of all Sacrifices; and that the Father hath opened the gate of Heaven unto him; and that by vertue of his merits and intercession, the door of Reconciliation stands open unto us continually; but should he leave Heaven, that door should be shut. No Patriarch, no Prophet, no Apostle, no Martyr, no Saint, no Angel, ever had this honor, to have the door of Mercy and Grace opened and shut at their pleasure: This is an honor peculiar to Christ.
The thirteenth, fourteenth and fifteenth Verses, declare what the daily Sacrifices should be every morning, viz. A Lamb of the first year without blemish for a Burnt-offering, and a Meat-offering with it, the sixth part of an Ephah, and the third part of an hin of oyl. The daily Sacrifice here, differs from that in Numb. 28.3, 4, 5, 6. Moses requires two Lambs, the tenth part of an Ephah of flower, and the fourth part of an hin of oyl: Ezekiel speaks but of one Lamb, the sixth part of an Ephah of flower, and the third part of an hin of oyl: And here is no mention of the evening, which alterations imports that Mosaical Rites and Sacrifices should expire; and that notwithstanding, God would have a daily Sacrifice in the days of Christ; that he would be worshipped, not onely on the Christian Sabbath, but other days also, as was fore-prophesied, [Page 542] Psal. 72.15. Prayer shall be made unto him continually, and daily shall he be praised.
Verse 16, 17, 18.
Thus saith the Lord God, If the Prince give a gift unto any of his Sons, the inheritance thereof shall be his Sons; it shall be their possession by inheritance.
But if he give a gift of his inheritance to one of his servants, then it shall be his to the year of liberty; after it shall return to the Prince, but his inheritance shall be his Sons for them.
Moreover, the Prince shall not take of the peoples inheritance by oppression, to thrust them out of their possessions; but he shall give his Sons inheritance out of his own possession, that my people be not scattered every man from his possession.
THese Verses contain Laws to direct the Princes bounty, and to keep him from oppression. 1. Here is a Law about giving to his Sons, ver. 16. What he gives them, must be their inheritance and possession for ever. 2. Here is a Law about giving to his servants, ver. 17. If the Prince give a gift to any of his servants or subjects of his inheritance, it must not be theirs for ever, but onely to the year of Liberty, that was the year of Jubilee; for among the Jews, every fifty year was a year of Jubilee, Levit. 215.10. Ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout all the land, unto all the inhabitants thereof; it shall be a Jubilee unto you, and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family. Whatsoever of mens possessions were sold or [Page 543] morgaged, returned to the owners in the year of Jubilee; see ver. 13. and Levit. 28.25. and whatever the Prince here should give away to any but his own sons, should return to him again at the year of Jubilee.
The Law to prevent oppression in the Prince, is in ver. 18. When Princes give gifts of inheritance to their sons and servants, and are expensive in their buildings, feastings and revellings, usually they fetch it out of the people, by squeezing and oppressing them; but the Law is, the Prince shall not take of the Peoples inheritance, lest he should alienate the inheritance come by Parents, from their posterity, unto strangers, and so cause them to desert their Countrey, and to scatter abroad. God would have Princes to live upon, and give of their own, and by no means to oppress the people. These Laws were not amongst the Mosaical ones. And if the Prince here be taken for the Princes of this world, where, when, and by whom hath this Prophesie been fulfilled? where dwells the Prince, and what is his name, who hath not oppressed the people? We may finde the accomplishment of it in Christ, rather then in any of them: But for them we may observe here;
1. That Princes should be liberal and bountiful; and not onely to their children, but to their servants and subjects, they may deserve well at their hands, and if they be not rewarded and encouraged, men will have no hearts to publique, honorable, and difficult imployments. When David shall have Sauls Daughter, he will venture upon the Philistines, 1 Sam. 18.
2. That Princes being bountiful, must give of what is their own: It's injustice and dishonorable to them, to give away what is anothers.
3. They ought to be well content with their own estates, and not to covet and take away from others their goods, houses, or possessions; they should not spoil their subjects of their right, thrust them out of their possessions, take away their Priviledges, to make themselves great, rich, dreadful: When Princes do so, [Page 544] they become Tyrants, and Oppressors, and their ends will be breaking, Psal. 72.4. He shall break in pieces the oppressor.
To speak somewhat of this Prince, as pointing out Christ: He hath sons and servants, to the one he gives graces, to the other common gifts: To his sons he gives a Kingdom, Luke 22.29. to the wicked who are his servants, he gives a portion in this life, Psal. 17.14. And at their death the time of liberty, and at the time of Restitution of all things, the gifts return to the Prince again; but the Graces and the Kingdom are the Saints for ever, they are their inheritance. This Prince gives of his own; for all that the Father hath are his, John 16.5. and he is heir of all things, Heb. 1.28. and he gives bountifully, he pours out his Spirit upon his Sons, and fills them with joy glorious and unspeakable.
Verse 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24.
After he brought me through the entry which was at the side of the gate, into the holy Chambers of the Priests, which looked towards the North, and behold there was a place on the two sides Westward.
Then said he unto me, This is the place where the Priest shall boyl the Trespass-offering, and the Sin-offering, where they shall bake the Meat-offering, that they bear them not out into the utter Court to sanctifie the people.
Then he brought me forth into the utter Court, and caused me to pass by the four corners of the Court, and behold in every corner of the Court there was a Court.
[Page 545]In the four corners of the Court, there were Courts joyned of forty cubits long, and thirty broad; these four corners were of one measure.
And there was a new building round about in them, round about them four; and it was made with boiling places under the rows round about.
Then said he unto me, These are the places of them that boil, where the Ministers of the house shall boil the sacrifices of the people.
THe Courts and places where the Priests and Levites boiled, baked, and made ready the Sacrifices, are here described unto us. On the North-side of the Priests Court, into which the Prince and People were not to enter, were the holy Chambers; and Westward from them was a place as far from the East-gate as might be, where all things were fitted for boiling and baking the Sacrifices; in that place were the Kitchins for such service. Hither was the Prophet brought to see these, and from hence he was carried into the utter Court. Some make this utter Court the Gentiles or Peoples Court; others, the middle Court, called the utter Court, because it was so to the inner Court.
And in the four corners thereof, there were four Courts.
According to the Hebrew thus, A Court in a corner of a Court, a Court in a corner of a Court; and these little Courts were for the Levites, where was a building with boiling places, and there the appointed Officers boiled the Sacrifices of the people.
That they bear them not out to sanctifie the people.
In Chap. 44. ver. 19. They shall not sanctifie the people with their garments, was laid down: What may serve here, unless by sanctifying we understand defiling, as Sanctum doth? for the Hebrew word Kadash signifies sometimes to pollute, as Deut. 22.9. Thou shalt not sow thy vineyard with divers seeds, lest the fruit of thy seed which thou hast sown, and the fruit of thy vineyard be defiled.
The holy Chambers here spoken of, and the four Courts in the four corners of the Court, do seem to hold out the particular Churches which are in all parts of the World; and that these being committed to the Ministers of the Gospel, they ought to preach Christ unto them, and especially Christ crucified, who is the Trespass-offering, the Sin-offering, and Meat-offering: They must be careful to whom they give holy things; they might not [...]ear out the Offerings into the utter Court, where all sorts of people were; they would have thought themselves holy, by touching holy things, though they had defiled them: As many now by having the Supper of the Lord, think themselves holy, whenal they have defiled the Ordinance and themselves the more, by their unworthy receiving. The Ministers of the Gospel therefore should be very circumspect and careful to whom they give holy things; the prophane, ignorant hypocrites should not share in them; those who are true Repentants, and true Believers, are meet to partake of them: Holy things must be kept intra limites sanctitatis, and not extended further then God hath appointed.
Again, its the Ministers who must boil and bake; they are spiritual Cooks, and must prepare wholesome food for the people: The people might bring Sacrifices, but not prepare those themselves were in part to feed upon, that was the work of the Priests and Levites: And now under the Gospel, it's the work of Pastors and Teachers [Page 547] to prepare boiled and baked meat, boil'd in the furnace of Meditation, and bak'd in the oven of the heart by spiritual heat. Such meat will nourish and strengthen, make fat and flourishing.
CHAP. XLVII.
Verse 1.
Afterward he brought me again unto the door of the House, and behold waters issued out from under the threshold of the House Eastward: for the forefront of the House stood toward the East, and the waters came down from under, from the right side of the house, at the South-side of the Altar.
2. Then brought he me out of the way of the gate Northward, and led me about the way without, unto the utter gate, by the way that looketh Eastward, and behold there run out waters on the right side.
3. And when the man that had the line in his right hand went forth Eastward, he measured a thousand cubits, and he brought me through the waters; the waters were to the ancles; or, waters of the ancles.
4. Again, he measured a thousand, and brought me thorow the waters; the waters were to the knees: Again, he measured a thousand, and brought me thorow; the waters were to the loyns.
5. Afterward he measured a thousand, and it was a River, and I could not pass over; for the waters were risen, waters to swim in a River, that could not be passed over.
IN this Chapter are two principal parts:
Concerning the waters, they are described,
The man with the measuring line in his hand, having led our Prophet up and down to view the Temple, the parts, and appurtenances of it, brings him again to the door of the House, that is, to the door of the Temple or Sanctuary.
And behold waters issued out from under, &c.
Vilalpandus makes these waters to be those subterraneal waters which were carried in pipes under ground, and issued forth into the Priests Court, to wash the Sacrifices, and purge away the blood, excrements and filth, occasioned by the slaying so many Sacrifices; for certainly had there not been aquaeducts about Solomons Temple, to have cleansed the places where the Sacrifices were slain and prepared, it would have been an unsavoury and unhealthful place. These waters issued forth, some from the threshold, some from the South-side of the Altar, and so ran away. From these waters, the Lord takes occasion to speak of spiritual waters.
The Water came down from under, from the right side of, &c.
The Temple was upon an high Mountain, Ezek. 40.2. therefore the waters are said to come down; and they came from the right side of the House, that was the South-side; for the front of the House standing towards the [Page 549] East, when a man stood and lookt East-ward, his right hand or side was towards the South.
The Altar for Burnt-offering was before the porch of the Temple, and at the South-side thereof did these waters run.
Our Prophet having seen the spring and rice of the waters, is led out of the inner Court, by the way of the North-gate, and brought to the uttermost East-gate, where he first entred; and it was to behold how the waters ran out there on the right side also: The words in Hebrew are, Maiim mepaccim, aquae phialantes; peccah, signifies to flow, but lente tanquam e phiala manando, he saw the waters run there gently and pleasingly; they run not fiercely as a torrent, but gently, as oyl poured out of a vial.
These waters, though they run gently, yet increased mightily; for upon Christs measuring out a thousand cubits, they became waters of the ancles; upon his measuring out the two thousand cubits, they rose to be waters of the knees; upon his measuring out the third thousand of cubits, they ascended to be waters of the loyns; and upon measuring the fourth thousand, they became waters for swimming, they could not be waded through, they were so deep, even a great River impassible.
What these waters do signifie is worthy enquiry: Some make these wate s to signifie the prosperity of the Church, that great happiness which the Jews had after their return from Babylon. This was an outward mercy, and but for a little season, for they suffered great and grievous things by Antiochus and others, in the Maccabees times: But here some spiritual mercy is intended by the waters; others therefore understand by them, the waters of Baptism, which Christ instituted, and so came from the Altar, viz. the side of Christ; but these waters are too shallow to be Ezekiels waters. A third sort make them to be the Spirit, and gifts of the Spirit: Its true, the Spirit is said to be poured out, Joel. 2.28. but its not to be understood of the person of the Spirit, which is [Page 550] infinite, indivisible and immoveable; but of the gifts and graces of the Spirit, with such, with him who saith, Per aquas istas gratiae, & benedictiones divinae quibus in Ecclesia dei frumitur, designantur. A fourth sort interpret these Waters of the Gospel, the glad tidings touching mans salvation by Christ, which is compared to water frequently in Scripture, Isa. 11.9. The earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the Sea: The knowledge of the Lord Jesus shall abound, as the waters of the Sea; see Joel. 3.18. Zech. 14.8. We may take the Gospel, with the gifts and graces of the Spirit to be these waters; for the Gospel is veliculum Spiritus, the ministration of the Spirit, as the Apostle saith, 2 Cor. 3.8. And the Spirit, with the graces and gifts, are oft compared to water as well as the Gospel; See Ezek. 36.2. Isa. 44.3. and 41.18. Acts 2.17. John 4.14. and 7.37, 38, 39. Now it remains to shew wherein they are like unto water.
1. Water cleanseth, it purges away the filth of the body, and other things: So doth the Gospel, with the gifts and graces of the Spirit, cleanse the souls of men, and purge their hearts from sin and filthiness, John 15.3. Now ye are clean through the word which I have spoken unto you. Christ spoke unto them the Gospel, and that was the word, together with the Spirit, which made them clean from their unbelief, disobedience, and other sins, 1 Pet. 1.22. Seeing ye have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit: The Spirit accompanying the Gospel, purified their souls, and made them obedient to the truth, Ezek. 10.36.25.
2. Water moistens and softens the earth, which before was dry and hard, so that there was no entrance for the plow; but being well watered with the rain of Heaven, its soft, and fit for the plow: So the Gospel, the Doctrine of Christ, moistens and mollifies hard and heavy hearts. Those that put Christ to death, were hard-hearted sinners; but when they heard Peter preach the Gospel, and some of that water fell upon their hearts, they were [Page 551] softned, and became sensible of what they had done; They were pricked in their hearts, and said, Men and Brethren, what shall we do? Acts 2.37. So Paul was a stout and stubborn fellow, but the water of the Gospel did so supple him, that it made him yield and say, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? Acts 9.6.
3. Water cools heat; the heat of the earth and air in Summer, and heat of the body in hot weather: Many bathe themselves in the water, to cool them: Dives begg'd a little water to cool his tongue, Luke 16.24. The waters of the Gospel have a cooling vertue in them, they cool the heat of persecution, Mat. 5.11, 12. they cool the heat of our passions▪ James 3.20. Mat. 5.22. they cool the heat of temptations, Rom. 16.20. 1 Cor. 10.13. James 12.12. they cool the heat of our lusts, 1 Pet. 2.11. Rom. 8.13. 1 Tim. 6.9, 10. they cool the scorchings of a guilty Conscience, and fire of Hell, Matth. 12.31. and 11.28. 1 John 1.7.
4. Water makes the earth fruitful: When they wanted rain, there was barrenness and famine, Jer. 14. but when they had the former and latter rain, all things flourished and abounded, Ezek. 34.26, 27. I will cause the shower to come down in his season, there shall be showers of blessings; and the tree of the field shall yield her fruit, &c. Litterally these words are true, and spiritually also, and set out the fruitfulness of those who were to live under the sweet showers of Gospel Doctrine. They should be like a watered garden, Jer. 31.12. The doctrine of the Lord is as the rain and dew, which falling upon the tender herbs and grass, causes them to grow, Deut. 32.1. When Zacheus was watered with this water, he became very fruitful, and gave half of his goods to the poor, Luke 19.8. others sold all, and laid the money down at the Apostles feet, Acts 4.35. They were abundant in love, and in good works.
5. Water quencheth thirst, satisfies and revives the thirsty soul: It was their drink in the infancy of the World, and is still in some hot Countreys. Sampson, [Page 552] when like to perish for thirst, having some water out of the jaw-bone of an Ass, he revived, and was satisfied, Judg. 15.18, 19. The waters of the Gospel have this property also, when the soul is a thirst, there is no water quenceth that thirst, but the water of life, which the Gospel sheweth and conveyeth unto us. The Gospel hath this water of life in it: Christ and the Spirit, which it makes men partakers of. The great and precious promises are satisfying things; the righteousness and Spirit of Christ are satisfying and reviving things. Peter found it so, when he said to Christ, Lord, to whom should we go? thou hast the words of eternal life: Let others go to what Brooks, Pits, or Cisterns they will, to quench their thirst, we will never go from thee, who hast the words of eternal life; who art the Fountain of living Waters, and canst satisfie us for ever, John 6.68. This Water quencheth unlawful desires, and satisfieth Spiritual desires.
6. Some waters have a curing and healing vertue: The Pool of Bethesdah healed all manner of diseases, Joh. 5.4. There be waters in our Land which have healing vertue in them: Such be the waters here mentioned, for they healed other waters, v. 8. Gospel waters will heal sick souls and bodies. The Centurion said to Christ, Lord, speak thou but the w [...]rd onely, and my servant shall be healed, and it was so, Mat. Mat. 8.8, 13. Christ cast out Devils with his word, and healed all that were sick, ver. 16. The Gospel is not onely a pattern of wholesome words, but of healing words; also there is no spiritual disease in the soul, but the Gospel hath healing vertue to cure it, therefore it is called the Gospel of Salvation, Ephes. 1.13. and the power of God unto Salvation, Rom. 1.16.
7. Some waters are very cordial, and do greatly comfort the spirits of man: None more then the waters of the Gospel, by which the Spirit, the true, solid & eternal Comforter flows into the heart. The Gospel, and good things of it, are set out by Water, Milk and Wine, Isa. 55.1. all which are comforting things: The Gospel is glad-tidings, [Page 553] and affords strong and everlasting consolation to the soul, 2 Thess. 2.16. 2 Cor. 3.5. Jeremiah saith, the Word of God was the joy and rejoycing of his soul, chap. 15.16. David professes, he had perished in his affliction, had he not drunk of these Cordial Waters, Psalm 119.92.
To come to those Observations which we may pick out of these Verses.
Observ. 1. That as it is Christ who makes known the things of the Temple; so he doth the same not all at once, but he makes known some at one time, some at another.
Formerly Christ had revealed much to the Prophet, and here he brings him again to the door of the House, and shews him waters he had not seen before. We are not capable of much at once; like children, we must have line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little, and there a little. Ezekiel is instructed a little in one place, and a little in another place, as he was capable: So Christ the wise and chief Builder of the Temple, deals with him, and revealed one thing after another unto him; and so he dealt with his Disciples, John 16.12.
Observ. 2. The waters of the Gospel, the gifts and graces of the Spirit, do fl [...]w from Sion, from Jerusalem, where Ezekiel had his vision, Chap. 40.2.
The bitter waters of the Law flowed from Mount Sinai, but the sweet waters of the Gospel flowed from Mount Sion. Isaiah long before prophesied whence these waters should come, Isa. 2.3. Out of Sion shall go forth the Law; that is, the Law of Faith, not of Works, and the Word of the Lord from Jerusalem. So in Zach. 14.8. And it shall be in that day, that living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them towards the former sea, that is East-ward; and half of them towards the hinder sea, that is West-ward: In Summer, and in Winter shall it be, there shall be no time wherein these Jerusalem-waters shall cease flowing. It [Page 554] is not Rome, or any other City in the World, which hath the honor to send out these waters, but Jerusalem onely, where was the true Church of God.
Observ. 3. These spiritual waters, although they flowed from Sion and Jerusalem, yet Christ himself was the Fountain and Original of them; they came from the door and threshold of the house.
Christ tells us, He is the the door, John 10.7. All spiritual water is in him, all Heavenly Doctrine, all gifts and graces: When the Spirit moved holy men to speak, as it is 2 Pet. 1.21. it received of Christ, and shewed unto them, John 16.14. and all the waters which flowed from the Apostles, they received from Christ: The Spirit was given them to fill their vessels, and fitted them to carry these living waters from Jerusalem to all parts, Acts 2.8. and Christ sent them forth to preach the Gospel; all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are in him, Col. 2.3. and he that believes in him, receives living waters from him; all gifts, graces and divine truths, are from him: The waters of the Sanctuary, flow from the Lord of the Sanctuary.
Observ. 4. God would not have his Worshippers to conform to, and comply with the Worlds Worshippers.
They worshipped with their faces towards the East, that was the Nations practice. The Heathen Idolaters had their backs to the West; but here the front of the House stood East-ward, that when they came to worship the true God, their backs might be toward the East, and their faces towards the Sanctum Sanctorum, which was West-ward. When some Jews, degenerated into Heathenish customs, did worship with their faces towards the East, Ezek. 8.16. and their backs towards the Temple, God counted it an abomination, it did greatly provoke him, causing him to deal in fury with them, and to shew them no pity, Ezek. 8.17, 18. God must be worshipped according to his own order, and not after the rites and customs of others.
Observ. 5. The Gospel spread first into the Eastern and Southern parts of the World; it is said, the waters issued out Eastward, and came down from the South-side: They were dry and hot Countreys, and God took special care of them, that they should be first watered. In Galilee did Christ first preach the Gospel, Mat. 4.23. and so all Judea over; and after from Jerusalem, these Gospel-waters flowed into all Nations, Mat. 28.19. Go and teach all Nations, Mark 16.15. Go ye into all the world, and preach the Gospel to every creature: The Apostles were spiritual clouds, and they were to water, not onely Jerusalem and Samaria, but the uttermost parts of the earth, Acts 1.8.
Observ. 6. Those who are Preachers of the Gospel, must look for hardship, for travel and trouble, for much heat, much cold, for many storms and tempests.
They that carry these waters, must travel into all quarters, East, South, North, where be fierce winds, parching heats, terrible storms: Preachers must expect temptations, persecutions, reproaches, accusations, imprisonments, &c. And notwithstanding these, they must go on and carry Sanctuary-waters to all places. Endure hardness, saith Paul to Timothy, as a good Souldier of Jesus Christ: Gospel Preachers must not be dismaid at Northern or Eastern blasts, nor faint at Southern heats.
Observ. 7. Sanctuary-waters, are no common, but choice Mercies, they are Right-side Mercies, South-side Blessings.
The Gospel is a right-hand mercy: Some mercies are left-hand, and left-side mercies, they are those of an inferior nature: Others are right-hand mercies, and such are those of the highest nature, amongst which is the Gospel, Rev. 5.1. I saw in the right-hand of him who sate upon the Throne, a book written within, and on the back-side sealed with seven seals; and ver. 7. Christ, who was the Lamb, [Page 556] took this Book out of the right-hand of God, and so handed it over to us, acquainting us with the mysteries and mercies in it.
Observ. 8. The glorious and blessed truths of the Gospel, do come from Christ Jesus, as Mediator, and making Reconciliation for us with God the Father.
These waters are said to flow from the Altar, which was a type of Christ: The Sacrifices offered upon the Altar, were for Reconciliation; and Christ being both Altar and Sacrifice, hath reconciled man to God; and as he doth this, so the Waters flow from him, so Gospel-truths are given out by him. The Gospel is the purchase of the death of Christ, seal'd with his blood, and holds out strong arguments of our being reconciled to God; and therefore it is called The Gospel of peace, Ephes. 6.15.
These are the Observations from the two first Verses: Now for those that flow from the other three Verses.
Observ. 1. The Lord Christ, as he is the Ahchitector of the Church, so the Measurer of all things belonging unto it.
He is the Man in this Vision with the line in his hand, nothing is to be done in his spiritual Temple, but according to his will and direction. Moses measured out all in the Tabernacle, David and Solomon all in the Temple, but Christ is the onely Measurer in this House. Gospel-measurings are committed to the Son, Heb. 1.2. God hath in these last days spoken unto us by his Son; and he is over his own House, Heb. 3.6. to order and dispose all things as himself pleaseth.
Observ. 2. The motion of Sanctuary-waters is not accidental, or Humane, but according to Divine Appointment.
Christ goeth forth Eastward, measures a thousand cubits, and then the waters flow that way; and then he measures a thousand cubits more, and so they flow another way: That way Christ went with his line measuring, the waters still flowed; which imports, that the preaching of the Gospel in one place, and not in another, is not casual, or as man will, but the Appointment of Christ: He forbad his Disciples to go into the way of the Gentiles, and into the Cities of the Samaritans, but rather go to the lost sheep of the house of Israel, Mat. 10.5, 6. Christ here measured out the cubits, where these Gospel waters should flow. Paul and those with him, being forbidden to carry these waters into Asia, and not suffered to go with them into Bythinia, whither their wills were bent, at length by a Vision they are directed into Macedonia, assuredly gathering, that the Lord had called them to preach the Gospel there, Acts 16.6, 7, 8, 9, 10. Christ had measured out a thousand cubits there, for these spiritual Waters to flow. It is at the Appointment of Christ what Countreys, what Cities, what Towns, and what Families shall have these waters.
Observ. 3. That as it is at Christs Appointment to what places these waters shall flow, so likewise how far therein they shall flow.
So many cubits as Chr [...] measures out, so far they shall flow, and not further: If he measure out a thousand cubits, they shall extend so far; if he measure out but five hundred cubits, or one hundred onely, the waters shall run to the borders thereof, and not one cubit beyond, nor one short: So far as Christs line is stretched over any place, so far the waters of the Sanctuary will and must flow.
Observ. 4. The Doctrine of the Gospel is never rightly understood, unless we be taught it by Christ.
He led Ezekiel into the waters of the Sanctuary; so is the Hebrew bammaiim, and we read it, through them: [Page 558] He instructed him in the nature and qualities of them. Whosoever understands the Gospel savingly, is led into that knowledge by the Spirit of Christ: The Apostles themselves had not understood the Gospel, had not Christ sent them his Spirit, John 16.13. When he the Spirit of truth is come, he will guide you into all truth; that is, he will make you know all truth savingly. The truths of Christ are spiritual, and without the Spirit they are not discerned, 1 Cor. 2.14, 15. Many wade into these spiritual waters without Christ and his Spirit, and they are of those who are said to be ever learning, and never able to come to the knowledge of the truth, 2 Tim. 3.7.
Observ. 5. The Doctrine of the Gospel, conversion of sinners, and graces of the Spirit, proceedeth gradually.
1. For the Doctrine of the Gospel, that went out gradually, like water out of a fountain, which may be covered with ones hand, or a dish, but running a little way encreases; the waters hereafter a little time and motion, were up to the ancles, after to the knees, and then to the loyns: The Gospel was not given out all at once, but one truth thereof after another: Christ himself first preached one part of the Gospel, and then another; he was four years and upwards in letting that sacred water run out of his lips, it came from him by degrees: And so the Apostles, who were Co [...]uits of this Fountain, let out that water little by little; they went up and down preaching here and there, writing an Epistle to one place, and an Epistle to another place, till they fill'd the World with these waters. If you read the Book of The Acts of the Apostles, you may see how the Gospel spread from place to place, and what great progress it had in the world. Paul saith, Rom. 10.18. their sound went into all the earth, and their words unto the ends of the world; and to the Colossians, Chap. 1. v. 6. he declares, the Gospel was come unto them, and to all the world; from small beginnings here was great encrease.
[Page 559]2. The conversion of sinners is a gradual work: Now one is converted, then another, afterward a third, not all at once. Though the Waters of the Sanctuary be living waters, yet they do not beget life in all who taste of them: Many Scribes, and Pharisees, and others, heard Christ preach the glad tidings of the Gospel, and speak as never man spake, yet were not converted; some few were wrought upon in Christs time, in Judea and Jerusalem; some by the Apostles in several places where they came, as at Rome, Corinth, Galatia, Ephesus, Philippi, and other places; but the most part remained unconverted, even in Jerusalem it self; which made Christ weep over it, Luke 19.41. and say, O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, how oft would I have gathered thy children together, even as an Hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not! Mat. 23. Conversion-work went out slowly in Christs days; it was quicker in Peters time then ever since, three thousand souls converted at a Sermon; now three thousand Sermons hardly convert one soul. Paul gat at one time a Lydia, at another a Jaylor, at a third time a Fugitive servant; and so by degrees the waters of the Sanctuary did good.
3. The graces of the Spirit have a gradualness in them: Their knowledge, their faith, their hope, their love, are little at first; but in time they encrease, they grow from knowledge to knowledge, from faith to faith, from hope to hope, and from love to love: None are fill'd with Sanctuary-water at first, they come into us little by little, drop by drop: Apollos was more perfectly instructed in the way of God by Aquila and Priscilla, Act. 18.26. There be several ages in Christianity, Babes, Children, Young Men, Fathers: Babes are onely sprinkled with these waters; in Children, they are come to their ancles; in young men, to their knees; and in Fathers, they are up to their loyns, and drawing near to their chins, they are almost come to perfection; but they and the others must still grow in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, till they all come to a Perfect [Page 560] Man, unto the measure of the Stature of the fulness of Christ, Epes. 4.14.
Observ. 6. The Gospel hath such depths and mysteries in it, as no Humane understanding can sound or comprehend.
The waters of the Sanctuary did rise so high, become so deep, that they could not be passed over: Swim in them Ezekiel might, but he could neither finde the bottom of them, nor get over them. The Gospel is among the deep things of God, 1 Cor. 2.10. it is the richest box of the knowledge and wisdom of God, and there is a depth in those riches, Rom. 11.33. it is the unsearchable riches of Christ, Ephes. 3 8. it is wisdom from above, Jam. 3.17. it is a Doctrine of heavenly things, John 3.12. Heb. 8.5. it is not known without the Spirit of Wisdom and Revelation, Eph. 1.17. neither Christ nor his Doctrine are known without Revelation, Mat. 16.17. Gal. 1.16. The flesh taught the Pharisees to call Christ Samaritan, and to say, he had a Devil, John 8.48. but it is the Spirit which teaches men to own and acknowledge Christ for a Lord, 1 Cor. 12.3. Are not these mysteries and depths in the Gospel, that three should be one, 1 John 5.7. that two should be one, and yet continue two still! that the Maker should be one with the thing made! that he who blesseth all, should himself be a curse! that the Prince of life should dye! that the debt should be paid, and yet pardoned; the fault be punished, and yet remitted! that the Head and Members of the same Body should be in Heaven, and on Earth, and in the several quarters of the World, at the same time! that God who is infinite, should dwell in man! These, and such like deeps are in the Gospel. Is not the Revelation alone a great River, which none of our spiritual Mariners can sound or sail over! That one place, Rev. 13.18. hath put the skilfullest of them to it: Let him that hath understanding count the number of the Beast, for it is the number of a man, and his number is 666. In Daniel there be depths; and [Page 561] Peter saith, That in the Epistles of Paul, there be [...], things hard to be understood, 2 Pet. 3.16.
Observ. 7. The Doctrine of the Gospel is pure, and sufficient of it self, it needs no tradition or invention of men.
The waters of the Sanctuary are holy waters, and a River great and deep, which none can pass over: No waters are like these for purity and perfection; they are not like the muddy waters of Egypt, or puddle waters of Rome; they are pure, without all mixture, and sufficient for all that belong to the Sanctuary: So that men need not run to pits or cisterns of their own, or others. The Doctrines of men are muddy waters, compared to these, and not sufficient to quench the thirst of any thirsting soul; but these Gospel-waters are most pure, sufficient and satisfying.
Observ. 8. From this Vision of the waters, That Sanctuary-waters afford comfort unto the Saints in their afflictions, yea in their deepest distresses.
Ezekiel had this Vision in the time of his captivity, and it was to comfort him and the Captives in Babylon with him; and so to presignifie to us, that the waters of the Gospel would yield choice comfort to the Saints in their sad, yea saddest conditions: they are living waters, and do refresh dying souls; the promises are bottles of this water; and when those that are in the greatest afflictions, drink the cordial water contained in them, they forget their misery, and are like Gyants refreshed with wine. The comfort of the Scriptures, is choice comfort, Rom. 15.4. That in Psal. 46.4. is verified in these Gospel-waters; There is a River, the streams whereof shall make glad the City of God: Let the City of God be in never so great straights or distresses, the River of the Sanctuary, Gospel-waters, will make it glad.
Verse 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12.
And he said unto me, Son of man, hast thou seen this? then he brought me, and caused me to return to the brink of the River.
Now when I had returned, behold at the bank of the River, were very many trees on the one side, and on the other.
Then said he unto me, These waters issue out towards the East Countrey, and go down into the Desart, and go into the Sea; which being brought forth into the Sea, the waters shall be healed.
And it shall come to pass, that every thing that liveth, which moveth, whithersoever the Rivers shall come, shall live, and there shall be a very great multitude of fish, because these waters shall come thither: for they shall be healed, and every thing shall live whither the River cometh.
And it shall come to pass, That the fishes shall stand upon it, from Engedi, even unto Eneglaim; they shall be a place to spread forth nets; their fish shall be according to their kindes, as the fish of the great Sea, exceeding many.
But the miry places thereof, and the marishes thereof, shall not be healed, they shall be given to salt.
And by the River, upon the bank thereof, on this side, and on that side, shall grow all Trees for meat, whose leaf shall not fade, neither shall the fruit thereof be consumed; it shall bring forth new fruit according to his moneths, because their waters, they issued out of the Sanctuary; and the [Page 563] fruit thereof shall be for meat, and the leaf thereof for medicine.
VVE have heard whence these Visional waters did spring, and of their great encrease into a River; and here we have a description of this River.
In Verse 6. the Lord puts a question unto Ezekiel, and it is this, Son of man, hast thou seen this? Hast thou seen these waters whence they spring? Hast thou seen which way they flow? Hast thou seen their great encrease and unpassibleness? If thou hast not, see now fully, and observe them more exactly; that is the intent of the question. There is a Corporal fight, and there is an intellectual sight; see with the eye of thy body, and with the eye of thy minde.
Note hence, That the waters of the Sanctuary have that in them which is observable to be considered, and seriously weighed.
Hast thou seen this? How suddenly these waters break forth? how they have followed the measuring line, which way soever it went? how in a little time they have risen up to a River, and such a River as is impermeable? Hast thou seen the mysteries contained in these waters? As the waters abound, so the mysteries thereof abound. The Gospel is full of mysteries and depths; the beginnings, encrease, and success of it are wonderful things, and ought to be minded; the spreading, converting, and edifying power of the Gospel, Christians should take special notice of, rejoyce at, and bless God for: It is a choice mercy to have the waters of the Gospel in a land, [Page 564] or in a town; and what a mercy is it when these waters prove waters of life, to convert and edifie those that are there? If Middletons and Thames waters are observable, much more mystical waters.
After this question comes action; the Lord brought him, and caused him to return to the brink of the River, or tip of it. Hitherto he had seen the waters; now the Lord would have him to see what was upon the banks or sides of the River; for as there were things considerable in the waters, so on the banks.
Observ. 1. Christ reveals and makes known the mysteries of the Sanctuary by degrees, and one after another.
Ezekiel sees the waters, and being taught something concerning them, he is brought to the brink of the River, and hath new mysteries presented to him; he is held from seeing the waters of the Sanctuary, to behold the trees thereof.
Observ. 2. The Scholars of Christ ought to be content with what it pleases the Lord Christ to make known unto them, and to rest satisfied therewith.
Ezekiel troubles not himself or Christ about the depth of the River, the multitude of waters, and several measurings; but being set down on the brink of the River, he is content to see and hear what the Lord should shew him, and speak unto him. There is an itch in man to know things kept secret and hidden: Many through curiosity prying into such things, have prejudiced themselves and others; Gen. 3.6. Eve did so. Let us acquiesce in what Christ reveals, and not thirst after hidden secrets, lest we meet with Satanical delusions, and be given up to believe lyes.
In Verse 7. the River is described from the multitude of trees on each side of it. There was [...] Etz cab meodh, lignum multum valde, or arbor multa valde; very much wood, or very many trees, as Piscat. or very great trees, as Junius and Tremellius hath it. As the [Page 565] watres were mystical, so are these trees, and they have a mysticall and spiritual signification: They signifie the Saints under the Gospel, those that are true Christians, and such are not unfitly compared to trees, for they resemble them in many respects.
1. Trees have life in them; so true Christians have life in them. When the Romans were become Christians; then they were alive unto God through Jesus Christ, Rom. 6.11. before they were dry and dead trees, as the Ephesians were, Ephes. 2.1. When men are once true Christians, they have life from Christ, John 10.10. & 20.31. 1 John 5.12. Gal. 3.20.
2. Trees are rooted in solido, in the firm earth, in Rocks and Mountains; and true Christians are rooted in Christ, who is a firm and solid Rock. The Colossians were ooted in Christ; not in Plato, Aristotle, or Humane Philosophy, but in Christ and his Doctrine; they were established in the faith of Christ, so that none could pull them from him, John 10.28.
3. Trees draw sap, moisture and vertue from the earth, and the waters they are near unto, Jer. 17.8. Psal. 104.16. The trees of the Lord are full of sap, they draw strongly: And so it is with true Christians, Metaphorical trees, they draw sap from Christ, Vertue from his Promises, and Moisture from his Ordinances. Faith and Love are like the little fibres which are upon roots; those strings, veins or sinews draw mightily, and communicate to the whole; so doth Faith and Love abundantly bring in spiritual sap into the soul, John 1.16. Of his fulness have we all received, John 15.5.
4. Trees do grow upwards, Gen. 2.9. every tree grew: and the Saints are of a growing n [...]ture, Psal. 92.12. The righteous shall flourish like the Palm-tree, he shall grow like a Cedar in Lebanon. Palm-trees and Cedars especially grow very high, Amos 2.9. their tops reached to Heaven: And did not the Thessalonians grow exceedingly in Faith and Charity? 2 Thess. 1.3. Did not Paul grow greatly, when h [...]s Conversation was in Heaven [Page 566] daily? Phil. 3.20. The Saints grow up into Christ in all things, Ephes. 4.15.
5. Of Trees, some are strong, some are weak; some are high, some are low: So is it with Saints, some are strong and high, as the Centurion, Mat. 8.10. the Woman of Canaan, Mat. 15.28. James, Cephas and John: Gal. 2.9. some are low, and weak, as the Corinthians, 1 Cor. 3.1. and the Hebrews, Heb. 5.12, 13. John hath ranked these spiritual trees into three sorts, 1 John 2.12, 13, 14. Little Children, Young Men, and Fathers.
6. They are fruitful, and bear several kindes of fruit. Hence the tree of the field is said to be mans life, Deut. 20.19. that is, it brings forth fruit of several kindes, whereby the life of man is preserved; and true Christians are not barren trees, or trees which bring forth sowre or corrupt fruit; but they are fruitful, and their fruit is good fruit. The Philippians were filled with fruits of righteousness, Phil. 1.11. Dorcas was full of good works and alms-deeds which she did, Acts 9.36. the Churches of Macedonia abounded in liberality, 2 Cor. 8.2. and the Church of Corinth in every thing, v. 7. some had tongues, some interpreted, some wrought miracles, and some prophesied. Those Widows which were to be taken into the Church had fruit, much and variety of it; they brought up children, they lodged strangers, they washed the Saints feet, they relieved the afflicted, and they diligently followed every good work, 1 Tim. 5.9.
7. Some trees are very fragrant, well sented; they perfume the air where they grow, Hos. 14.6. His smell shall be as Lebanon. In Lebanon, which was a great Mountain and fruitful Forrest, were fair trees, Cedars, and Almuggin trees, which filled the air with a sweet sent; and like unto Lebanon Israel should be: And Christ saith of his Spouse, Cant. 4.11. The smell of thy garments is as the smell of Lebanon: The Churches garments are the graces and gifts with which the Spirit hath adorned her, as Knowledge, Faith, Love, Humility, Zeal, Wisdom, &c. These yield a good savour: From the Church of [Page 567] Philippi was an odour of a sweet smell, Phil. 4.18. The Church of Rome in Pauls days had a good sent, her faith was spoken of throughout the whole World, Rom. 1.8. Gaius was a tree very fragrant, 3 John 2, 5, 6. and Demetrius alone had the smell of Lebanon, of Firre-trees, Cedars, and Almuggins; for he had good respect of all men, and of the truth it self, v. 12.
8. Trees are exposed to all winds, weathers, storms, to heat and cold; so are Saints, Jer. 17.8. The man that trusts in God, shall be as a tree planted by the waters; and what though heat and drought come? he shall be prejudiced by neither; his branch is green before the Sun, Job 8.16. There will be scorching heat and terrible blasts: Christians do meet with Satans fiery darts, & the Dragons floods, reproaches, afflictions, tempations, troubles of all sorts they are exposed unto, Psal. 34.19. 2 Tim. 3.12.
Verse 8. These waters issue out towards the East-Countrey, and go down into the Desart.
These are the places into which the waters of the Sanctuary did run. Some render the Hebrew words Haggelilah hakadmonah, into Galilee of the East; Montanus Arith ad revolutionem orientalem, or terminum orientalem, to the Eastern border. Galilee was Eastward from Jerulem, and in it was Lacus Asphaltites, the Lake of Sodom, or Mare mortuum, so called, because no fish could live in it, nor birds fly over it, but dyed, so deadly were the waters and vapors thereof. Hither the Sanctuary waters came, and they went down also into the Desart, that is, say some Expositors, into the Mediterranean Sea, which was in the West, suitable to which interpretation seems that in Zach. 14.8. where living waters are said to go out from Jerusalem, half of them toward the former sea, that is, the Salt or dead sea; and half of them towards the hinder sea, that is, the Mediterranean sea. Others conceive these waters of Ezekiel did run onely East-ward, first into the dead sea, and then out of that into the Desarts or Plains of Moab; for here is not mention of several [Page 568] seas, but there is of rivers, ver. 9. Nachalaim, duo torrentes.
The effects of these waters are,
1. Healing: When they came into the dead sea, they healed the waters thereof; the Sanctuary waters made those deadly waters salubres & utiles, wholesome and profitable, as the bitter waters of Marah were healed by a tree thrown in, Exod. 15.25. and the waters of Jericho by a cruse of salt, 2 Kings 2.20, 21.
2. Production of Fishes, and them in abundance: These waters were fruitful waters, ver. 9. they begat life in dead creatures, and caused Fish to abound as the Fish of the Sea, exceeding many, as it is in the end of ver. 10. By Fish understand, those that are wrought upon, and brought in by the Gospel: And they are so called,
1. Because as Fish are generated of Spawn, or Seed and Water; so Believers are born of Water and the Spirit, John 3.5.
2. Fish its conceived were not under the curse that fell upon the earth, and things upon it, not on the waters and fish therein; so Believers are not under the curse of the Law: Unbelievers are under condemnation and wrath, John 3.18, 36. but Believers are free from both.
3. They keep fresh in salt and brackish waters; and true Converts do so: When there are brackish, corrupt doctrines abroad, hot and fierce persecutions, by reason of them, the sound Believer is not tainted with them; Arianism, Pelagianism, Familism, Rantism and Quakerism do not corrupt them; and the greater troubles they meet with, the more lively they are.
4. Some Fish swim constantly against the stream: Such are true Christians, they swim against the stream, they are not led by the multitude: There be several streams, one of Prophaness, another of Flattery, a third of Superstition, a fourth of Lukewarmness and Formality, a fifth of Carnal policy, a sixth of Self-seeking: Against all these, and many others, doth the sincere Christian swim and row daily.
[Page 569]5. Fish live in and by the waters, they cannot live in arido, they presently dye without water: And true Christians they live in and by the waters of the Sanctuary, they live in and by the Spirit, they drink in the waters of the Gospel: These spritual Fish cannot live without them, Rev. 22.1. there is a pure River of water of life, wherein these live and swim.
6. Fish of the same kinde do sort together: It is so with true Converts, they leave their old company, and sort with those that are regenerate and godly. David saith, Psal. 119.63. I am a companion of all them that fear thee. Christs Disciples gate together, Acts 1.15. Peter and John went to their own company, Acts 4.23.
Verse 10. The fishers shall stand upon it from Engedi, even unto Eneglaim.
Engedi was a Town neer unto the Dead Sea, upon the coast of it, having strong-holds, 1 Sam. 23.29. called Hazazon-Tamar in Jehoshaphats days, 2 Chron. 20.2. which A lapide interprets urbs Palmarum, a City of Palm-trees, because they flourished there: [...]t had several Vineyards belonging to it, Cant. 1.14. From this place to Eneglaim, should the Fishers spread their nets.
Eneglaim was seated at the mouth of the Dead Sea, where Jordan emptied it self into it, as Junius and Piscator observe; and it was in the Eastern part, as Engedi was in the Western.
Before we proceed further, take some Observations from Verse 7, 8, 9, 10.
Observ. 1. The waters of the Sanctuary, the Doctrine of the Gospel, doth powerfully and speedily beget and bring men to God.
Such was the vertue of the waters Ezekiel saw, that presently they brought forth trees on each side their banks: There were trees of Righteousness presently, viz. true Christians. When Christ preached and the Apostle [...], their Doctrine was received, and divers believed, [Page 570] John 4.41. & 7.31. & 8.30. & 12.42. Acts 17.11, 12 & 18.8. The waters of the Gospel turn Thorns and Thistles into Vines and Fig-trees, and make an Orchard for God, where none was. This was foretold by Isaiah, Isa. 41.18, 19. I will open rivers in high-places, and fountains in the midst of the valleys: I will make the wilderness a pool of water, and the dry land springs of water: I will plant in the wilderness the Cedar, the Shittah-tree, and the Myrtle, and the Oyl-tree: I will set in the Desart the Fir-tree, and the Pine, and the Box-tree together. The meaning is, God would cause the Gospel to be preached in dry and barren places, and there should some of all sorts come in, believe and grow up like trees of God: Isa 44, 3, 4. I will pour water upon him that is thirsty, and floods upon the dry ground: I will pour my Spirit upon thy seed, and my blessing upon thine off-spring; and they shall spring up as among the grass, as willows by the water-courses. This water brings forth trees, and makes them good being brought forth.
Observ. 2. The waters of the Gospel have, and will have their course; they issue out; who can keep them in? and being out, they go toward the East Countrey, and go down into the Desart, and so into the Sea; who can stop them?
When the Gospel began first to be preached, it spread, Mark 1.27, 28. What new Doctrine is this? for with authority commandeth he even the unclean spirits, and they do obey him: And immediately his fame spread abroad throughout all the Region round about Galilee: The Gospel did run like water, from Countrey to Countrey, and from Sea to Sea, 2▪ Thess. 9.1.
Observ. 3. That people without the Gospel, are like unto the Dead Sea, that lake of Sodom, into which by our Apostasie from God, we have cast our selves.
The Dead Sea in a spiritual sense is the lake of our sins, where all things are loathsome, dead and deadly; whence nothing but corrupt and pestilent vapors do flow. Men are children of wrath by nature, dead in sins and [Page 571] trespasses, Ephes. 2.1, 3, 5. All men are gone astray, and altogether become filthy: Psal. 14.3. Their throat is an open Sepulchre, &c. See Rom. 3.10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. they send forth mire and dirt as the Sea doth, Isa. 57.20. and nothing that is good lives in them; they stifle all good motions, being dead in sin, abominable and reprobate to every good work.
Observ. 4. The waters of the Sanctuary have curing and quickning vertue in them.
Where they came, the waters were healed, and every thing lived: When they flowed into the Dead Sea, that was healed by them, ver. 8. and every thing lived whither the River came, ver. 9. People in Scripture are compared to waters, Rev. 17.1, 15. but they are unsavoury, corrupt waters, like the Dead Sea, sending out noysome vapors; but when the Doctrine of the Gospel comes in power, with the merits of Christ, and graces of the Spirit, it purges the head from infectious errors, the conscience from dead works, the heart from vile lusts, and the life from base practices, and begets life in the dead soul. The Corinthians were a Sodomitical people, given to uncleanness, and all manner of wickedness: 1 Cor. 6. having reckoned up a catalogue of sinners in ver. 9, 10. he saith in ver. 11. Such were some of you, but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus, and hy the Spirit of our God. How came they to be so? it was by Pauls Preaching the Gospel, Acts 18.1, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11. he brought Sanctuary waters unto them, which cured and quickned these Corinthians. In the Pool of Bethesda God put forth his power, and healed by those waters all manner of bodily diseases, John 5. and in these Sanctuary or Gospel waters, he puts forth his power, and heals all spiritual diseases, and quickens those that are spiritually dead, ver. [...]5. These waters are living waters, Zach. 14.8. and they beget life, and encrease life, John [...] 14. and 10.10.
Observ. 5. The waters of the Sanctuary are fruitful waters, they breed trees on each side, and abundance of fish.
The Doctrine of the Gospel breeds Christians and Believers in abundance, Acts 1.15. the number of Disciples was about a hundred and twenty; Acts 2.41. Three thousand souls were added unto them; Acts 4.4. the number of believers were about five thousand; Acts 5.14. multitudes both of men and women were added to the Lord; Acts 21.20. Thou seest how many thousand Jews there are which believe, [...], how many ten thousands; and Rev. 7.9. I beheld, and lo a great multitude, which no man could number. The trees and fishes multiplied so much in a little time, that they exceeded mans Arithmetick.
Observ. 6. The Preachers of the Gospel are fishers.
Verse 10. The fishers shall stand upon it, that is, the river and fish there. Ye know Christ chose Fishmen to be his Apostles, and told them, That he would make them fishers of men, Mark 1.17. Men are the fish, and the Gospel is the net; the Promises are the bait, and Preachers a [...]e the Fishers. Peter threw the net on the right side, when he caught three thousand fishes at once, Acts 2.41. which was prefigured in the great draught of fishes he took, Luke 5.56. The preaching of the Gospel is compared to a net, Mat. 13.47. its good casting this net into the waters where there be store of fish, and wise is that man who can catch them, Prov. 11.30. he that winneth souls, is wise: Some Fishers toil all night and catch nothing; but where there is wisdom to handle the net, and bait the hooks well, some fish will be caught.
Observ. 7. These spiritual fishers have large waters to fish in, and are to be frequent in fishing from Engedi even to Eneglaim.
They shall be a place to spread forth nets from East to West: They are to fish the whole Sea; Go and teach all Nations. The whole world is a Sea of fish, and the nets must be [Page 573] spread, not lie still: The Fishers may dry and mend their nets, but then they must throw them into the deep, and be fishing for their Lord and Master. Paul charges Timothy, to preach the Word, to be instant in season, and out of season, to take all opportunities to catch fish with the net of the Gospel, 2 Tim. 4.2.
Observ. 8. These Gospel Fishers do catch some fish of all sorts, some great, some small; some old, some young.
When they spread forth their nets, their fish shall be according to their kinde; some of every kinde shall be caught in their nets: Mat. 13.47. saith Christ, The Kingdom of Heaven is like unto a net cast into the Sea, and gathereth of every kinde. The Gospel preached gains upon all sorts of people; the Priests, Acts 6.7. and Sergius Paulus, Acts 13.12. were great fishes caught in this net; but Lydia and the Damsel, Acts 1.6. with Onesimus and many others, were little fishes: Nicodemus, John 3. the Eunuch, Acts 8. and the Elect Lady, 2 John. were great fishes; and though not many wise men after the flesh, not many mighty, not many noble are called, and caught with this net, yet some are: Some Jews, some Gentiles, some Bond-men, &c.
Verse 11. But the myrie places thereof, and the marishes thereof, &c.
Near unto Rivers and Seas are myrie places, and marishes, and they being at a distance from the channel where in these waters of the Sanctuary run, were not healed, made wholesome and useful for fish, but they are left to barrenness; which is the sense of these words, They shall be given to salt; for salt causeth barrenness, and is a sign thereof, Deut. 29.23. Judg. 9.45. Psal. 107.34. He turns a fruitfull land into barrenness; the Hebrew is, saltness. Those that are slothful, impenitent, that go on in filthy practices, trust to their own righteousness, refusing and neglecting [Page 574] these waters, shall never be healed, but be barren, fruitl [...]ss, and accursed.
Verse 12. Ʋpon the bank shall grow all trees for meat.
It is a known thing to Historians and Travellers, that on the banks of the Dead Sea, or Lacus Asphaltites, the place where Sodom and the other Cities were destroyed, do grow trees which in shew yield goodly fruit, yet not edible; for being touched, it proves ashes and smoak, deceiving the expectation of him that gathers the same; but these waters coming hither, beget better trees, and better fruit, even trees for meat: Neither tree nor fruit should disappoint them, for the leaves of these trees should not fade; they should always be green and flourishing, neitheir should the fruit be consumed; they should always have fruit upon them: For as the sap and greeness of those trees continued, so the fruit would continue, no rottenness would cause it to fall, no winds or storms should blow it down.
It shall bring forth new fruit according to its moneths.
Every moneth should these trees bring forth new fruit: The word jebaccer is rendred by some primo genita edeut aut primo genitabunt, they shall yield their first-begotten; not onely shall they yield fruit monethly, but excellent and choice fruit, ripe fruit, fit for meat: And because this seems strange and impossible, that trees every moneth should have ripe fruit, he shews in the next words whence it is.
Because their waters, they issued out of the Sanctuary.
These waters were no ordinary waters, but such as had a fructifying vertue in them, beyond all other waters, and made the trees about it to bear twelve times a year; representing that chrystal River that proceeded out of the [Page 575] Throne of God and of the Lambs, on either side of which grew the tree of life, which bore twelve manner of fruits, and yielded fruit every moneth, Rev. 22.12.
And the fruit thereof shall be for meat, and the leaves thereof for medicine.
He shews the excellency of these trees: They shall have nothing useless, Their fruit is for meat, and their leaves for medicine. The good works and holy lives of Believers are for meat and medicine unto others.
Observ. 1. Wicked men are myrie and muddy Creatures.
Those that are ungodly, are no better then myrie places, and marishes, which are unsavoury, loathsome, and dangerous, breeding Frogs, Toads, and other Vermine. Such are all wicked men; their throat is an open Sepulchre, Rom. 3.13. their words are corrupt, deceitful, and poysonous, themselves are loathsome, Prov. 13.5. they trust in their own righteousness, which is as filthy rags, Isa. 64.6. they have corrupt mindes, as Jannes and Jambres had, 2 Tim. 3.8. they are full of noysom lusts, subtilty and all malice, as Elymas was, Act. 13.10. they have eyes full of adultery, 2 Pet. 2.14. they are swine, and love to wallow in the mire, ver. 22. they breed nothing but vermine, base thoughts, vile affections, and produce onely what is evil. Paul describes them fully unto us, Rom. 1.29, 30, 31. and in 2 Tim. 3.2, 3, 4, 5.
Observ. 2. Those places and persons to which the waters of the Sanctuary do not come; or coming, do not heal, are designed to barrenness, and so to destruction.
Verse 11. But the myrie places thereof, and the marishes thereof shall not be healed: Either the waters came not to them; or if they did, they refused, they neglected them, and so were given to salt, made like Sodom, barren and accursed. Some places have not the waters of the Sanctuary, [Page 576] the Doctrine of the Gospel, and they are barren, and perish for want of the same, as Tyre and Sidon: Some places have them, and because they are impenitent, unbelieving, and will not receive the truth with the love of it; because they will not drink these waters, therefore they are given to salt, they are barren, and must perish. So it was with Capernaum and Jerusalem, Mat. 11.23. and 23.37, 38. and so is it with many places in this Nation, I fear: John 3.19. This is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men love darkness rather then light, because their deeds are evil: They stick in the mud and filth of their own sins, and will not receive the soul-saving truths of the Gospel.
Observ. 3. That the Saints, true Christian Believers, are not barren, but fruitful trees.
Every one of them is a fruitful tree, and yields good fruit: All the trees are for meat, their fruit is for meat; For whom? for Christ, Cant. 4.16. Let my Beloved come into his garden, and eat his pleasant fruits: Cant. 6.2. He is gone to feed in the gardens; that is, to feed upon the fruit of his Churches: And for others, even all men, Gal. 6.10. their fruit is good, Mat. 5.16. and 7.17. they are acceptable to God and man, through their fruitfulness, Phil. 4.18. and an honor to the place where they grow.
Observ. 4. True Christians are always fruitful, and nothing can hinder their fruitfulness.
They are trees that bring forth fruit according to their moneths and seasons; neither heat nor cold doth blast their leaves; no wind or weather doth consume their fruit, but they go on, and are fat and flourishing, and still bring forth fruit in old age, Psal. 92.14. they are daily adding to their faith, vertue; to their vertue knowledge; to their knowledge temperance; to their temperance patience; to their patience godliness; to [Page 577] their godliness, brotherly kindeness, and to that charity: These things are in true Saints, and abound in them, 2 Pet. 1.5, 6, 7, 8. The Corinthians abounded in the work of the Lord, 1 Cor. 15.58. Christians must always profess godliness, and always practice it; their leaf must always be green, and their fruit always ripe; there should not be a day, or an hour, wherein they should not be doing good, or ready to do good, and bear new fruit, Jer. 17.8.
Observ. 5. The true cause of fruitfulness, and such fruitfulness in Christians, is the Doctrine and Grace of the Gospel.
Every tree brought forth fruit according to his moneth, because the waters issued out of the Sanctuary: Other waters had not such vertue, such efficacy in them; those sit under the heavenly dews and droppings of the Gospel, they feel the influences of the Spirit, they are most fruitful.
Observ. 6. The holy profession, and gracious language of true Saints are medicinable, they heal the sores and bruises of sinners.
Their examples, their savoury speeches, do good like a medicine: Prov. 12.18. The tongue of the wise is health; and Prov. 15.4. A wholesome tongue is a tree of life, it yields good fruit: And Women who are gratious, win their husbands to the faith, 1 Pet. 3.1, 2. by their examples and good conversations, and so they are healed, and brought to Christ; their leaves are for medicine.
Verse 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23.
Thus saith the Lord God, This shall be the border whereby ye shall inherit the land, according to the twelve Tribes of Israel: Joseph shall have two portions.
And ye shall inherit it, one as well as another: Concerning the which, I lifted up mine hand to give it unto your fathers: And this land shall fall unto you for inheritance.
And this shall be the border of the land toward the North-side, from the great Sea, the way of Hethlon, as men go to Zedad.
Hamath, Berothah, Sibraim, which is between the border of Damascus, and the border of Hamath, Hazar, Hatticon, which is by the coast of Hauran.
And the border from the Sea shall be Hazar-enan, the border of Damascus, and the North Northward, and the border of Hamath; and this is the North-side.
And the East-side ye shall measure from Hauran, and from Damascus, and from Gilead, and from the land of Israel by Jordan, from the border unto the East Sea; and this is the East-side.
And the South-side Southward from Tamar, even to the waters of Strife in Kadesh, the River to the great Sea; and this is the South-side Southward.
The West-side also shall be the great Sea from the [Page 579] border, till a man come over against Hamath; this is the West-side.
So shall ye divide this land unto you, according to the Tribes of Israel.
And it shall come to pass, that ye shall divide it by lot, for an inheritance unto you, and to the strangers that sojourn among you, which shall beget children among you; and they shall be unto you, as born in the Countrey among the children of Israel; they shall have inheritance with you among the Tribes of Israel.
And it shall come to pass, that in what Tribe the stranger sojourneth, there shall ye give him his inheritance, saith the Lord God.
THese Verses are the second part of the Chapter, and contain,
Something was said of the Land, Chap. 45. and here that subject is proceeded in. Verse 13. speaks in the general, and saith, the order whereby they were to inherit the Land, must be according to the twelve Tribes of Israel, East, West, North and South. It is true, that Levi had no border, no possession, Ezek. 44.28. yet twelve lots are spoken of, because the Sons of Joseph, Ephraim and Manasseh, come in for portions, Josh. 14.4. The children of Joseph were two Tribes, Manasseh and Ephraim, therefore they gave no part unto the Levites in the Land: See Josh. 17.17, 18. 1 Chron. 5.12. They had two portions, the Hebrew is, Lines, because the portions were measured out by lines.
Verse 14. And ye shall inherit it one as well as another.
The Hebrew for one as well as another, is, a man as his Brother, which is usual among the Hebrews: For when they speak of two or more in the masculine gender, they say, vir & frater ejus; and when they speak of two or more in the faeminin gender, they say, uxor & soror ejus; the sense here is, that they should all aequo jure possess the Land, and each Tribe have an equal portion, which differs much from the division made of old; for Numb. 33.54. Ye shall divide the Land by lot, for an inheritance among the families; and to the more ye shall give the more inheritance; and to the fewer ye shall give the less inheritance: And if we grant with some, that it was so here, that a greater portion of land was given to the greater Tribe, yet it is conceived from these words of Ezekiel, that every one in each Tribe had an equal portion, which was not so of old.
Concerning the which, I lifed up mine hand, to give it, &c.
Of the Lords lifting up his hand, mention was made, Ezek. 20.56. & 15.28.42. and 36.7. and 44.12. and it notes Gods swearing, that he would give the Land of Canaan unto their Fathers, as Exod. 6.8. I will bring you in unto the Land concerning which I did swear to give it to Abraham, to Isaak, and Jacob; the Hebrew is, I did lift up my hand.
Vers. 15. This shall be the border of the land toward the North-side, from, &c.
He describes first the borders of the whole Land, and so makes way to the division of it more particularly: He begins with the North border, which was from that part of the great Sea, viz. the Mediterranean Sea, which [Page 581] lay Northward, and so proceeded to Mount Hor, and from thence to Hamah, and so to Zedad-Ziphron, and terminated in Hozar-enan, Numb. 34.7, 8, 9. which was in the North-East. In this description of the Northern border, more Towns are mentioned then in Numbers, as Hethlon, Berothah, Sibraim, Hazer, Hatticon, Henram, and Damascus, but the extension is the same, from the great Sea to Hazar-enan, ver. 15, 16, 17.
The East border is laid down ver. 18. and that is, that space which lies between Hauran, Damascus, Gilead, and the Land of Israel by Jordan, from the border to the East Sea; that is the Lake of Sodom, or Dead Sea, as some interpret it: But Numb. 34.11. it is extended to the Sea of Chinnereth Eastward, which is the Sea of Tiberias, or Lake of Genesaret, John 6.1. Luke 5.1.
The South border is set forth unto us in ver. 19. and it is from Tamar, which Maldonate makes Jericho: Others a Town near the Dead Sea; and from hence to Meribah, or the waters of Strife in Kadeh, in the Wilderness of Zin, Numb. 20.13. & 27.14. and so to the River which led to the great Sea; that River is called Sihor, Josh. 13.3. Jer. 2.18. and the River of Egypt, Numb. 34.5. and di [...]tinguished the Tribes of Simeon and Judah from Egypt, as Sinetius saith, and ran into the Mediterranean Sea, which is the great Sea; so called, in respect of the Sea of Galilee, or Tiberias, and of the Dead Sea, which were little ones to that: To this great Sea came the South border.
The West border is in ver. 20. from the border of the great Sea, that is, from the place where the River of Egypt exonerates it self into the Mediterranean Sea, which by Geographers is called Rhinocura, and so to Hamah in the North-West towards Mount Hor. This tract by the Sea was the West border, Numb. 34.6.
The Prophet being shewn the borders of the Land in the fore-going Verses, is brought here to see the division of it in the three last Verses: And the division was to be according to the Tribes, ver. 21. and this division was to be not ad placitum, but per sortem, the lot was to [Page 582] fall upon it, ver. 22. Ye shall divide it by lot; the Hebrew is, ye shall make it fall, that is, under lot: They might not pick and chuse what part of the Land they had a minde unto, but take their portion where the lot fell; and here it is ordered, that strangers and their children shall not be excluded from inheriting: Not all strangers were to have this priviledge; but those that should come and dwell amongst them, and beget children: It was not so in the division of the Land by Moses and Joshua, strangers might not inherit amongst them; which clearly intimates there was to be a change of the Mosaical state.
Strangers might come into any of the Tribes, which Sanctius understands of Proselytes, whose number was great, as he saith: And into what Tribe soever they come, there they were to have inheritance; so that now the difference between strangers and natives, Jews and Gentiles, was to cease, and they both had the same priviledge.
Having given you the litteral sense of the words, now let us see what may be the spiritual sense of them; for in the letter they were not fulfilled after the return fro [...] Babylon, but mystically under the Gospel they were.
1. Then here is held out unto us, The great extent and largeness of the Church under Christ and the Gospel. The Land mentioned, signifies the Churches state; and the bordering of it out, North, East, South, West, the extent of it into all parts. The Christian Church is larger then the Jewish; that was shut up in one Nation, now it reaches to all Nations, Mat. 28.19. neither Asia, Africa, Europe nor America are excluded, Mat. 24.14. Luke 20.47. Rev. 15.4. The Church under the Gospel is universal and invisible.
2. Those that are Subjects or Members of this Church, are not Hypocrites, but Israelites. Those that were not Israelites, [Page 583] and true Israelites, were not to be in this Church: Hypocrites, scandalous, ignorant, and unregenerate persons, are often in, if not the major part of particular visible Churches; but of the universal Church of Christ they are not; that consists of true Israelites, such as Nathaniel was, John 1.48. of Jews inwardly, such as are circumcised in heart and spirit, Rom. 2.29. of such as are enrolled in Heaven, Heb. 12 23. of sealed ones, Rev. 7. and these stood with the Lamb on Mount Sion, Rev. 14.1. These made up the Church and body of Christ.
3. The priviledges of this Church do equally belong to all the members of it, ver. 14. Ye shall inherit it one as well as another: None hath preheminence above others in the things of Christ and God: As the Jews could not say, This Land is more mine then yours, I have the priviledges, you have not; so a Saint, a Christian, a true member of the universal Church, cannot say, The Church, or priviledges of it, are more mine then others who are in the same; for all are one in Christ Jesus, Gal. 3.28. and there is but one Body, one Spirit, one hope, one Lord, one Faith, one Baptism, one God and Father of all, Ephes. 4.4, 5, 6. it is one and the same grace of God, one and the same righteousness of Christ, one and the same eternal life which they are interested in.
4. The state of Christians in the Church, and all the spiritual blessings they have therein, are of free grace, and meer mercy. This land shall fall to you for inheritance, verse 14. and, ye shall divide it by lot for an inheritance verse 22. It was freely given them, and what good soever was there, in all the milk and honey thereof: In like manner, the bringing of men into Sion, to be members of Christs Body, and all the spiritual milk and honey they enjoy in that state, is of meer grace and good pleasure: Saith Christ himself, No man cometh unto me, except the Father draw him, John 6.45. God hath given unto Christ some men, John 17.2. and those God hath given to Christ, he [Page 584] brings them to Christ, from whom they have milk, wine and honey.
5. The Church of God under the Gospel, consisted of Gentiles as well as of Jews. This appears from this, That strangers might sojourn amongst them. The Gentiles were strangers, being neither of the seed of Abraham, nor of the Commonwealth of Israel, Ephes. 2.12. but they were under Ch ist to be in Canaan, that is, in the Church, John 10.16. Of these Christ spake when he said, Other sheep I have which are not of this fold; them also I must bring, that is, into the fold. It was prophesied in Isa. 49.22. that the Gentiles should come in, Thus saith the Lord God, behold I will lift up my hand to the Gentiles, and set up my standard to the people, and they shall bring thy sons in their arms, and thy daughters shall he carried upon their shoulders, &c. The Gentiles and their children should believe, and come into the Church of Christ: And Isa. 56.6, 7. Also the sons of the stranger that joyn themselves to the Lord to serve him, and to love the name of the Lord, to be his servants, &c. eve [...] them will I bring to my holy Mountain, and make them joyful in my house of Prayer. Isa. 65.1. Zach. 2.11. Many Nations shall be joyned unto the Lord in that day, and shall be my people: T [...]ese Prophesies, and many other to the same purpose, are made good, and the Gentiles are in and of the Church of God: The Gentiles had repentance granted to them unto life, Acts 11.18.
6. The tenders of mercy, and invitations to Sion, were first to the Jews, and after to the Gentiles. The Land of Canaan was first for Israelites, and then for Sojourners. Christ first tendred himself, and all Gospel means unto the Jews, John 1.11. Mat. 23.37. he sent his Disciples first to them, Matth. 10.5, 6, 7. afterwards to the Gentiles, Mat. 28.19. Hence said Paul and Barnabas, Acts 13.46. It was necessary that the Word of God should first be spoken unto you▪ but seeing ye put it from you, lo we turn to the Gentiles. [Page 585] The Jews were the seed of Abraham, the friend of God, Isa. 41.8. They were his first-born, Exod. 4.22. They were the children of the Prophets and of the Covenant; and to them God first sent his Son to bless them, Acts 3.25, 26.
7. That one and the same inheritance belongs to the beleiving Jew and Gentile; the same land was both the Jews and the strangers to inherit, which prefigured their being in one and the same Church, their having the same priviledges, the same interest in Christ; there is one and the same inheritance to both, Col. 1.12. Give thanks to the Father who hath made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the Saints in light. All the Saints have but one inheritance, and that is reserved in heaven, 1 Pet. 1.4. This inheritance was typified by the [...] and of Canaan: So then the partition wall is broken down between Jews and Gentiles, all former differences are taken away, and they are no more two but one; they are both one, one new man, one body, Ephes. 2.14, 15, 16. Jew and Gentile are so united as if there had been no distinction between them, Col. 3.11. There is neither Greek nor Jew, circumcision nor uncircumcision, Barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free, but Christ is all and in all. The Lord Christ by his death and sufferings hath reconciled those who were at the greatest enmity.
CHAP. XLVIII.
Verse 1. Now these are the names of the Tribes from the north end to the coast of the way of Hethlon, as one goeth to Hamath, Hazar-enan that border on Damascus northward to the coast of Hamath (for these are his sides, east and west) a portion for Dan.
2. And by the border of Dan from the east side to the west, a portion for Asher.
3. And by the border of Asher, from the east-side even unto the west, a portion for Naphtali.
4. And by the border of Naphtali, from the east-side unto the west-side, a portion for Manasseh.
5. And by the border of Manasseh, from the east-side unto the west-side, a portion for Ephrahim.
6. And by the border of Ephrahim, from the east-side unto the west-side, a portion for Reuben.
7. And by the border of Reuben, from the east-side unto the west-side a portion for Judah.
BEing come, through the assistance of God, to open the last Chapter of Ezekiels prophesie, we have in it three parts;
1. An assignation or destribution of particular portions to each Tribe, in the first seven verses, and in 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28.29, verses.
2. A description of the offering or holy portion of Land (as it it is called chapter 45.1.) with the bounds and parts allotted,
Thirdly, A description of the City.
Concerning the destributions of the Land to particular Tribes, they differ much from those were made in Joshuahs days; then the Tribe of Benjamins lot was between Judah and Joseph, as it is Josh. 18.11. but in this Chapter Benjamins lot is between Judah and Simeon, vers. 22, 23, 24. Then the Tribe of Simeon had its lot within Judah, Josh. 19.19. Here it is out of Judah and next to Benjamin, v. 24. And so of other Tribes, their lot is otherwise in this visional destribution of Ezekiel then it was formerly, and many things he had concerning the Temple, Sacrifices, the lot of the Prince, Priests and Levites, which Solomon never had, and never were had under the second Temple, and therefore pointed out the change of Mosaical and Levitical ways, and led to a new state of the Church.
Vers. 1. These are the names of the Tribes from the North end, &c.
Of the Twelve Tribes seven were in the North and five in the South, as they are set down in this Chapter, and the portion of the Sanctuary, Priests, Levites, Cities and Prince lay between the Tribes thus divided.
Dan is the first Tribe mentioned in Ezekiels division; it was not so in Joshua's; then Dan was the last Tribe which had his portion, as is evident, Josh. 19.40, 49. and because it was too little for them, the men of Dan took Leshem, or Laish, named it Dan, and so enlarged their borders. This Tribe first fell from God and imbraced Idols; for [Page 588] after they had gotten Laish, they set up a graven image, Judg. 18.29, 30, 31. and therefore this Tribe is left out of the catalogue, when the other Tribes are mentioned, 1 Chron. 7. and Rev. 7. In the prophetical blessings of Jacob, Dan and Issachar were in the midst, Gen. 49.14, 16. Here Dan is in the front, which gives us to consider,
1. The truth of what our Lord Christ hath given out, Matth. 19.30. The last shall be first; Dan was the last, and here he is the first; he hath the honor and preheminence above the rest. David was the youngest and last of Jesses sons, and he was made the first, being anointed to be King by Samuel, 1 Sam. 16.11, 12, 13, 14. Those workers in the vineyard, the Lord ordered that his Steward should pay the last first, and the first last, Matth. 20.8, 16. Mark. 10.31. Luk. 13.30. There are last which shall be first; the Gentiles were last in the Jews account, but God made them first: and there are first which shall be last; the Jews were first in their own eyes, but they were made last and of no esteem in the eyes of God. Luk. 18.14. The publican who was last in the account of the Pharisee, was first in the account of God.
2. Those that have deserted God and his ways, gone far and long from him, may find mercy, repent and be received to favour. These Danites met with mercy from God, repented them of their Idolatry, and returned to him again, else they had never been honored so far as to be set in the first place. When great sinners come unto God, who were looked upon as the last and worst of men, God doth not onely pardon them, but oft-times honors them and makes them the first; as Paul, Acts 9.15. He is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and Kings, and the children of Israel: He had been a great persecutor, blasphemous, injurious, but when he embraced the Faith of Christ, he was made the cheif of the Apostles.
3. God of his good pleasure and free grace, calls and recalls whom he will. These Danites had nothing in them [Page 589] to move God to own them for his people at first; nothing to move him to recall them, being degenerate and fallen into idolatrous passages, unless we make wickedness an argument thereunto; and if so, there is sufficient of that in the Devils to move the Lord to shew mercy; but wickedness provokes to destroy, not to shew mercy. The best thing in man induceth not God to shew mercy; that is from his will, Rom. 9.15. It was Gods free grace which took Abraham at first out of an Idolatrous Counrry and Fa [...]ily, Josh. 24.23. It was free grace that he took Isaac, not Ishmael; Jacob, not Esau; and so that he took Dan at first, and recalled him at last; and so the Prodigal.
Dan and the rest of the Tribes had their several portions (being all in captivity, both Judah and Benjamin at this time) allotted unto them, which may represent unto us what the condition of the Jews shall be under Christ; however now they be scattered, yet doubtless there is a time whe [...] they shall come to Sion, and have their several portions in the Church of Christ. Johns Vision Rev. 7. add [...] great weight to this Tenet, He saw twelve thousand sealed out of every Tribe, which he distinguishes from those of other nations who are not said to be sealed, hereby strongly intimating they were Jews, whose conversion Paul had spoken of, Rom. 11.26. So all Israel shall be saved, that is, all the twelve Tribes shall come in and stand with the Lamb on mount Sion, Rev. 14.1.
These Tribes had their portions from East to West all of them, which was the length of this Land of Canaan, and their breadth from North to South; which informs us of the large extent of the Church of Christ; it reaches to the ends of the earth; for the Father gave him the Heathen for his inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for his possession, Psal. 2.8. His dominion was to be from sea to sea, and from the river to the ends of the earth, Psa. 72.8. He was to be Governour among the Nations, Psal. 22.28. and not onely of some few or many of them, but of all [Page 590] them that shall inherit all Nations, Psal. 82.8. And be King over all the earth, Zech. 4.9. He was from eternity appointed heir of all things, Heb. 1.2. And he must have possession of all, which John in his vision saw accomplished, Rev. 11.15. The Kingdoms of this world are become the Kingdoms of the Lord and of his Christ; So that Christs Church and Kingdom is large and extends to all quarters.
The Portion here given to the seven Tribes, Dan, Asher, Naphtali, Manasseh, Ephraim, Reuben, Judah, and to the other five Tribes, Benjamin, Simeon, Issachar, Zebulun, Gad in the 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, and 29, verses of this chapter, besides the largeness and unlimitedness of the Church, do here inform us,
1. That there is sufficiency of me [...]ns and mercies for all that have part in the Church and Kingdom of Christ, Rev. 7.15, 16, 17.
2. That what portion soever any one hath, is by divine appointment. The Lord allots every one his portion of what kind soever, Rom. 12.3. Luke 19.19. and 22.29.
3. That there ought to be communion between those who are of Christs Kingdom: The Tribes lay near together, and their portions, and were to have communion one with another, Eph. 2.19.
4. That as there be several portions here for the Tribes, so there are several Mansions for them in the Heavens, Joh. 14.2. And not onely for beleeving Jews, but Gentiles also, Rev. 7.9.
Verse 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14.
And by the border of Judah, from the East side unto the West side, shall be the offering which they shall offer of five and twenty thousand reeds in breadth, and in length as one of the other parts, from the [Page 591] East side unto the West side, and the sanctuary shall be in the midst of it.
The oblation that ye shall offer unto the Lord shall be of five and twenty thousand in length, and of ten thousand in breadth.
And for them, even for the Priests shall be this holy oblation, toward the North five and twenty thousand in length, and toward the West ten thousand in breadth, and toward the South five and twenty thousand in length, and the sanctuary of the Lord shal be in the midst thereof.
It shall be for the Priests that are sanctified, of the sons of Zadok, which have kept my charge, which went not astray when the Children of Israel went astray, as the Levites went astray.
And this oblation of the Land that is offered, shall be unto them a thing most holy by the border of the Levites.
And over against the border of the Priests, the Levites shall have five and twenty thousand in length, and ten thousand in breadth, and the length shall be five and twenty thousand, and the breadth ten thousand.
And they shall not sell of it, neither exchange nor alienate the first fruits of the Land: for it is holy unto the Lord.
THe offering of five and twenty thousand reeds of land in length and breadth for the Sanctuary, the Priests, the Levites, the City and the Prince, we had in the five and fortieth Chapter, [...]nd therefore shall say little unto these things.
Verse 8. The Sanctuary shall be in the midst of it.
The Sanctuary is the habitation of God, and its in the midst, that all may equally have access unto it.
Ver. 9. The oblation to the Lord was five and twenty thousand reeds in length, and ten thousand in breadth] which was a great compass, and sets out the largeness of the Church in the times of the Gospel.
The Priests had a large portion, ver. 10. five and twenty thousand reeds of land in length, both Northward and Southward, and ten thousand in breadth both Eastward and Westward. This large provision was made for the Priests who were holy, from Zadock which had kept Gods charge, and been faithful and constant in Apostatizing times. Verse 11. The Levites also had the same length and breadth of Land assigned them, vers. 13. Now neither Priests nor Levites might sell, exchange, or alienate the first fruits of the Land, because it was holy, ver. 12, 14. So that holy things which are the Lords and not mens, are not to be bought and sold and diverted to other uses: Those who sell holy things, sell what is the Lords, not their own, and there is no justice in that.
By these portions of the priests and Levites is prefigured the increase and maintenance of the preachers of the Gospel; for as maintenance was due to the Priests by the Levitical Law, so now it is due by the light of nature, 1 Cor. 9.9. The mouth of the Ox that treadeth out the corn must not be muzled; and by the light of the Gospel, vers. 14. the Lord hath ordained that they who preach the Gospel should live of the Gospel.
Verse 11. The Priests that are sanctified.
The Priests were first to be separated, Numb. 8.14, Deut. 10.8. Heb. 5.1. and their separation was from common persons, things and ends. They were to be for an holy God, holy services, and for holy ends.
[Page 59]2. They were to be sanctified and consecrated unto God, Exod. 30.30. Levit. 21.10.
3. They were to approach and come near unto God, Levit. 31.17. Numb. 4.19. Ezek. 43.19.
4. They were to offer the sacrifice which the people were to bring unto them; otherwise they were not accepted, Levit. 5.8.10.
Verse, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20.
And the five thousand that are left in the breadth over against the five and twenty thousand, shall be a prophane place for the City, for dwelling and for suburbs, and the City shall be in the midst thereof.
And these shall be the measures thereof; the North side four thousand and five hundred, and the South side four thousand and five hundred, and on the East side, four thousand and five hundred, and the West side four thousand and five hundred.
And the Suburbs of the City shall be towards the North two hundred and fifty, and towards the South two hundred and fifty, and towards the East two hundred and fifty, and towards the West two hundred and fifty.
And the residue in length over against the oblation of the holy portion, shall be ten thousand Eastward, and ten thousand Westward: and it shall be over against the oblation of the holy portion, and the increase thereof shall be for food unto them that serve the City.
And they that serve the City, shall serve it out of all the Tribes of Israel.
[Page 594]All the oblation shall be five and twenty thousand by five and twenty thousand: ye shall offer the holy oblation four square, with the possession of the City.
THe place where the City was to be, is called a prophane place, not simply and absolutely so, but respectively as compared with the possessions of the Priests and Levites; for in Scripture sence that is counted common, uncircumcised or prophane, which is compared with that is more holy; in Levit. 19.23. Israel prophanus est ad sacerdotem. This place then though it were prophane in respect of the portion of the Priests and Levites, yet was it holy in part; for it was part of the holy portion, Chap. 45.1. and a type of the Heavenly Jerusalem; The City was to be in the midst of it, and was four square having four thousand and five hundred Cubits, say some, reeds say others, and so was of vast extent. The Suburbs also on each part of it were alike, of two hundred and fifty measures a piece.
Its said verse 18. that the increase of the ten thousand measures East-ward, and West-ward, shall be for food to them that serve the City. God is careful of, and bountiful to those shall serve him; if any shall come to this City, the Church of God, and serve him and his people, there they are provided for before hand; God hath allotted out ten thousand reeds of land, East and West, which he will blesse so as it shall increase, and that increase shall be for them; in the Apostles times, when the Church was grown numerous, there was not any among them which lacked; God provided for them by stirring up the hearts of owners to sell lands and houses, Act. 4.34, 35. and not onely here are we to look at the temporary provision God makes for the faithful, but that eternal reward also which they shall have in [Page 595] Heaven, the citie which hath foundations, Heb. 11.10. where they shall have an exceeding and eternal weight of glory, 2 Cor. 4 17.
The 19. vers. dictates three things unto us; First, that the Citizens of this City are holy men, not common, prophane men; they are Israelites not Gibeonites; Sanctam urbem communes homines non inhabitabunt. Oecol. Rev. 21.27. There shall in no wise enter into it any thing that shall defile, those that keep the Comands of God, shall enter into this City, Rev. 22.14. Dogs, Sorcerers, Whoremongers, Murderers, [...]dolaters, Lyars, shall be shut out, ver. 15.
Secondly, that they are men chosen, not out of one or two Tribes, but out of every Tribe; they that serve this City, must be out of all the Tribes; God did not take some onely out of Judah and Ephraim, the great and more honourable Tribes, but some out of the other and lesser Tribes: God is a free Agent and may take where, when, and whome he pleases, Rev. 7. some were sealed out of every Tribe.
Thirdly, those that are of this City, are to be serviceable; they are to improve their Talents, what ever they be, for the good of the City; they that serve the City, shall serve it out of all the Tribes of Israel; the Apostles were servants to this City, and they went up and down into all the Tribes of Israel to serve this City; Ministers and Christians should now expend themselves for the Church of God, and labour to bring some into it out of all parts; God gives gifts and graces to Ministers and others for this end, that they should be serviceable to the City of God, 1 Pet. 4.10. as every one hath received the gift of God, even so minister the same one to another, as good Stewards of the manifold grace of God.
Vers. 20. The whole of the holy oblation made a four-square, every square being five and twenty thousand reeds. The City which John saw, lay four-square, Rev. 21.16. such a figure hath beauty and stability in it, and represented [Page 596] the beautifulness and stableness of the Church, Cant. 6.16. Mat. 16.18.
Verse, 21, 22.
And the residue shall be for the Prince on the one side and on the other of the holy oblation, and of the possession of the City over against the five and twenty thousand of the oblation towards the East borders, and Westward over against the five and twenty thousand towards the West borders, over against the portion for the Prince, and it shall be the holy oblation, and the Sanctuary of the house shall be in the midst thereof.
Moreover, from the possession of the Levites, and from the possession of the City, being in the midst of that which is the Princes, between the border of Judah, and the border of Benjamin, shall be for the Prince.
THe Prince here spoken of, is the same with him, Chap. 45.7, 8. interpreted to be neither any civil Prince, nor the high Priest, but the Lord Christ who is King of Sion. Whatever of the holy oblation was not for the Sanctuary, Priests, Levites and the City, was the Princes, and what was beyond the holy oblation, was his; His Territories extend far, and such is the dignity of his person, as that the father hath given him the ends of the Earth to possess, Psal. 2.8. Not only Canaan which typed out the Church, was his Dominion, bu even the Nations and whole earth, Psal. 82.8. Zach. 14.9.
The Sanctuary, the City, the Priests and the Levites, were in the midst; the Princes portion was on both sides of them; he was their security and defence; Christ [Page 597] is the defence of his Church and people; he is on both sides of them, round about them, he is a wall of fire round about Jerusalem, Zech. 2.5. He is the Watchman thereof, and keeps it night and day, Isa. 27.3. That is his glory, and himself is the defence of his glory, Isa. 4.5.
Verse, 28. By the border of Gad, at the Southside South-ward, the border shall be, &c.
When Jacob did prophetically bless the Tribes, Dan and Gad went together, Gen. 49.17, 19. but here they are placed opposite; Dan in the utmost part of the North, ver. 1. Gad in the utmost part of the South; for Tamar, (which signifies a Palm Tree, and after was called Palmira) was the furthest. Town South-ward in Judea near the Lake Asphaltites, or the Dead Sea. This portion of Gad reached unto Meribah Kadesh which was in the Wilderness of Zin, Deut. 32.51. There was another Meribah in Rhephidim, Exod. 17.7. where the Israelites did chide with Moses for want of w [...]ter, after they came out of the Wilderness of Zin, ver. 1.2. The Lord may dispose of Tribes, and Families, and seat them in North, or South, or whereever he please, in hot or cold Countries, in Fruitful or baren Lands.
Verse, 29. This is the Land which ye shall divide by lot unto the Tribes of Israel for inheritance.
The Hebrew is thus, This is the Land which ye shall make or cause to fall from, or for the inheritance, to the Tribes of Israel.
That is, by lot you shall make the inheritance fall unto every Tribe; none were to choose what inheritance they would have, but to take that where the lot fell. This as Oecolampadius saith, is the conclusion of the whole Chap. and that which follows is the Situation and measures, [Page 598] the gates and Ministers of the City, their maintenance and use.
These are their portions, saith the Lord God, the Hebr. is Adonai Jehovah, the Lord Lord, the Lord who is Soveraign of all, the Lord who gives being to all things, and to his word.
Verse, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35.
And these are the goings out of the City on the North side, four thousand and five hundred measures.
And the gates of the City shall be after the names of the Tribes of Israel, three Gates northward; one Gate of Ruben, one Gate of Judah, and one gate of Levi.
And at the East side four thousand and five hundred, and three gates; one gate of Joseph, and one gate of Benjamin, and one gate of Dan.
And at the South-side four thousand and five hundred measures and three gates; one gate of Simeon, one gate of Issachar, one gate of Zebulun.
At the West side four thousand and five hundred, with their three gates: one gate of Gad, one gate of Asher, one gate of Napthali.
It was round about eighteen thousand measures, and the name of that City from that day shall be, The Lord is there.
Verse 30. These are the goings out of the City.
Some understand by the goings out, the gates; but Jerom makes them to be the compass of the City, a quatuor ejus lateribus, from its four fides; for not the gates, but the sides had four thousand and five hundred measures; at these goings out was the utmost term and extent of the City.
Verse 31. The gates of the City shall be after the names of the Tribes of Israel, &c.
In the distribution of the portions of land Levi was left out (he must not be troubled with the things of this world) but in the assignment of the gates, there is one of Levi or for Levi; he had right to the City and all the priviledges of it, as much as the other Tribes.
In the 45. chapter, and several verses of this 48. mention is made of the City, but in the sixteenth verse, and these last six verses, is the fullest description of the City; and its described, 1. From the measures which were on each side; for as the goings out of the City northward were four thousand and five hundred measures, so were the goings out of the South, East and West; and that we may not question it, the sixteenth verse asserts it in terminis, These shall be the measures thereof; the North side four thousand and five hundred, and the South side four thousand and five hundred, and on the East side four thousand and five hundred, and on the West side four thousand and five hundred; they were all alike in their measures. What these measures were, is of moment to enquire. We have onely two mentioned in this vision. Reeds and Cubits; by these the Temple, City, and thingr pertaining unto them were measured, chap. 40.5. The measu [...]ing reed in the mans hand was six cubits long and a handful breadth; and if we take measures here for reeds, viz. four thousand and five hundred reeds, in all they come to eighteen thousand [Page 600] reeds, which make one hundred and eight thousand cubits, and eighteen thousand hands breadth; and after this account every side of the City is eight miles, and one hundred paces; for eighteen thousand reeds make thirty two miles and four hundred paces, as A Lapide observes. So that this City was very large. Others lessen the City greatly, and make the measures to be onely cubits, and so each side of the City comes to be a mile and almost a half long, which was no great length nor breadth, being both equal. Naffenrefferus makes the measures to be cubits, and insists upon it much; but others are of a different judgement from him. And seeing the City in the Revelations was measured by the reed, it seems also more then probable that this also was measured by the same measure. Rev. 21.15, 16. he measured the City with a reed twelve thousand furlongs. As Ezekiels City exceeded the former City much, so Johns City exceeded Ezekiels far more; for being square, as the other was, it had three thousand furlongs on each side, which make three hundred seventy and fivemiles, reckoning eight furlongs to a mile; So that this City being three hundred seventy and five miles in length, and as many in breadth, was the best City that ever was.
2. Its discribed from the gates of it. This City had twelve gates, three on every side; and these gates were according to the names of the Tribes of Israel; Ruben, Judah, Levi had the North-gates; Joseph, Benjamin, Dan, had the East gates; Simeon, Issachar, Zebulon, had the South gates; Gad, Asher, Naptali, had the west gates; The several names of the Tribes were written upon the gates. Herein Ezekiels and Johns City, the new Jerusalem, do fully agree; for Johns had twelve gates, three on each quarter, and the names of the twelve Tribes written upon them, Rev. 21.12.
3. Its discribed from the compass of it, ver. 35. It was round about eighteen thousand measures; Take measures for Cubits, and then it was not above six Miles in compass, [Page 601] but if we take them for reeds as divers do, then the compass of this City is thirty two miles and almost an half. But far short of the compass of the new Jerulalem, that great City, which was fifteen th [...] [...] miles about, for so many miles do twelve thousand furlongs amount unto; both the City which John saw measured, and that Ezekiel saw measured, were four square, comely, firm and durable; the Court is four-square, Ezek. 40.47. the holy oblation was so, Ezek. 48.20. and so was the City.
4. Its discribed from the name, verse. 35. The name of the City from that day shall be Jehovah Shammah, The Lord is there.
From the day of its building and inhabitation it shall be called so; Many Cities have had glorious and significant names, as Nicopolis, Tit. 3.12. which signifies the Victorious City; Nazareth, Luk. 4.16. notes sanctified or separated; Bethsaida, Mat. 11.21. the house of fruits or meats; Bethlehem, Luke 2.4. the house of bread; Jerusalem, the Vision of peace; but they fall short of this name, Jehovah Shammah.
Some make the meaning of these words, the name of the City shall be, The Lord is there, to be this, that God would be in the City; not that the City was, or shall be ever called so, as it is said of Christ, his name shall be called Wonderful, Councellor, the Mighty God, the Everlasting Father, the Prince of Peace; he was so, but not called by those names; and so this City, it shall have God in it there present; yet not be so named; but I see nothing hinders, but it may both be so called and have God in it, and because God is there, therefore to be so called.
The name Jehovah is a glorious and fearful name, Deut. 28.58. Junius hath the words thus, nomen gloriosissimum & summe reverendum istud, that name most gloriously and highly to be reverenced. Bernard calls it Nomen Majestatium, a Majestical name, & Philo lib. 3. de vita Mosis [Page 602] saith, quod si quis nomen Dei blasphemaverit▪ hominum deorumque domino abusus fuerit, vel nomen ejus intempestive protulerit, noxam luat capite; and presently after, Quomodo meretur veniam, qui [...] abutitur sanctissimo dei nomine, tantum ad explendum sermonem, non aliter quam prophanis vocibus! Some observe that the Jews after their return from Babylon, had such high & reverential thoughts of the Name Jehovah, that they thought it not fit to be pronounced, but used the name Adonai in the stead thereof, least it should be prophaned. This glorious majestical and most holy name is given to this City.
What is meant by this City, is of concernment to know. Some by it understand Jerusalem litterally, as it was rebuilt by the Jews after their return, together with the civil state in which the Prince governed by civil Laws, just Weights and measures; but such a City as is here described, was never built by the Jews after their captivity. To let that opinion pass, some do make this City Ezekiel saw to be a moddle and platform of that City, the Jews (who should be called, converted, and brought to their own land again) should build and inhabit; but because the Jews return to their own land is denyed by some, questioned by many, and doubted by most, whither ever a City as that here is held out, viz. of thirty two miles compass, shall be built by them, it is safest to interpret this City typically, and in this sense Interpreters are not all of a mind; for some make it to be a representative of Heaven, and the amplitude or graces thereof; others make it to be a representation of the Church under the Gospel, in the former times thereof especially, yet short of that City the Heavenly Jerusalem which John saw, Chap. 21. for though this City and that agree in some things, yet they differ in many; I shall shew you some difference between them.
1. The gates of Ezekiels City, had no Angels to keep it in; but at the twelve gates of Johns City, there were twelve Angels to keep them, Rev. 21.12.
[Page 603]2. In Ezekiels City there was a Temple, but in Johns there is none, Rev. 21.22.
3. The materials of Ezekiels Cities were inferiour to those of Johns, which were gold, pearl, and precious stones, Rev. 21.18, to 22.
4. The Waters of this City came from under the Threshold of the Temple, and from the Southside of the Altar; but Johns City had a pure River of Water of life, clear as chrystal, which proceeded from the throne of God, and of the lamb. Rev. 22.1.
5. Ezekiels City had all trees for meat, and medicine on both sides of the banks of the River; Johns had one by the tree of life, which bears twelve manner of fruits, Rev. 22.2.
6. The light and glory of Ezekiels City fell short of that which Johns had, Rev. 21.23. for it had no need of the Sun nor of the Moon, to shine in it; for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof.
7. Ezekiels City was not half so great as Johns, the one being onely eighteen thousand measures in compass, and the other twelve thousand furlongs in length, breadth and height, Rev. 21.16.
8. Johns City had a Wall of twelve foundations, and in them the names of the twelve Apostles; Ezekiels City had a Wall, Chap. 40.5. but no names in it of Prophets or Apostles.
Now, notwithstanding this City John saw, the new Jerusalem exceeded that our prophet saw very much, yet they both represent the Church of Christ here on earth, and it will not be denyed but that they may in part represent it in Heaven.
By this City of Ezekiel I conceive is pointed out into us the glorious state of the Christian Church in the latter days; it hath been a long time said to war under Antichrist and his instruments, the breaches and ruines of it at this day are great, and the face of such a City hardly visible; [Page 604] but when the times of Antichrists destruction, and the Jews conversion do come, then shall this City be built, then shall Sion be in her glory; the Christian Church shall be then in a greater glory then formerly. If the coming in of the Gentiles at first began the foundation of this City, what will the fulness of the Gentiles be when that is come, Rom. 11.25. but a glorious addition to this City? and then when the fulness of the Jews shall be added to the Christian Church, to this City, what will that be but life from the dead? vers 15. The perfecting of this City, wherein shall be a Temple suitable, which John minds us of, Rev. 11.1. Where the Temple, Altar and Worshippers are measured; and its observable where there is mention of measuring, and so building a Temple, respect is had unto the Jews; and the one thousand two hundred and sixty days put for years are drawing to an end, and God is about some great things to be done in the world, and will ere long break forth.
That by this City is represented the Church, some Rabbins themselves do acknowledge; for though they deny our Christ to be the Messiah, because he never built them such a Temple and City as Ezekiel describes; yet they acknowledge this City and Temple to be understood not corporally or literally, but mystically and spiritually: And the Talmudists affirm, That by Jerusalem we are to understand the gathering of the Gentiles to Christ, or the whole body of Christians.
There be several things observable concerning this City or Church of Christ.
1. That it is well and strongly founded; usually Cities are built upon hills and mountains, which are the strongest parts of the earth, and so was this City, chap. 40.2. Ezekiel saw the frame of this City upon a very high mountain, and on such a mountain is the Christian Cfiurch built; on the mountain of Gods Decree and Power, on the mountain of Righteousness and Truth; its built upon Christ the rock of ages; such a rock as the gates of hell cannot shake [Page 605] or shatter. John tells us of this City the new Jerusalem, that it had twelve foundations, three on every square, which were sure, firm and would never fail: The Lord Christ, the holy Scriptures, and the Doctrine of the holy Prophets and Apostles must fall to the ground before the Church shall be ruined, 2 Tim. 2.19.
2. It is comely and beautiful; Cities which are built four square especially are so, and such was this City, it had four thousand and five hundred measures on each quarter; there was nothing unfightly on any of the four quarters, they were all parallel, and had gates alike in them, which presented it very delightful to the eye; the Church of Christ is comely and beautiful; its built not of unhewen stones or timber, but such as are well hewen and orderly laid together. Hence the Church of Corinth is called Gods building, 1 Cor. 3.9. and the Church in general the City of the living God, Heb. 12.22. The Church is such a building, such a City as is full uf comeliness and beauty; its a congregation of Saints, Psal. 149.1. Its the garden of Christ, Cant. 4.12. his Kingdom, Matth. 13.41. his Spouse, whom himself saith is fair, yea the fairest among women, Cant. 1.8. pleasant, verse 16. and beautiful 7.1. the Church is Christs body, Eph. 1.23. the Spirits Temple 1 Cor. 3.16. and therefore hath curious work in it, very glorious and beautiful. What David said of Sion, Psal. 50.2. that it was the perfection of beauty, is most true of the Church under Christ and in Christ; its the perfection of beauty, Heb. 10.14. By one offering he hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified.
3. The greatness and amplitude of this City; it had four thousand and five hundred measures Eastward, West, North and Southward; it was eighteen thousand measures in compass, which sets out the greatness and vast extent of the Church of Christ, Zach. 10.10. God saith he will bring the Jews from Egypt and Assyria, and so multiply them that place shall not be found for them Isa. 49.20. The children shall say in thine ears, that is, in the ears of the [Page 606] Church, the place is too strait for me; give place that I may dwell. The Christian Church is spoken of, which should multiply so, that their habitation must be enlarged, as it is Isa. 54.1, 2, 3. Now the tents and curtains of Sions habitation are stretched to the ends of the earth, Psal. 2.8. Mal. 1.11. From the rising of the sun unto the going down thereof.
4. The City hath access unto it from all parts; great Cities have many gates; East gates, West gates, North gates and South gates; so had this City twelve gates; in every quarter three, which signifies unto us the great access should be unto the Church of Christ from all parts; not onely Jews should come out of the twelve Tribes to enter and dwell in this City, and be under the Government of it, but multitudes of Gentiles out of all nations and quarters of the world should do so, Rev. 7. John saw not onely twelve thousand Jews enter in at each gate, but a great multitude also which no man could number, of all Nations, kindreds, peoples, Tongues. The Jews were numerable, forty four thousand, but the Gentiles were above so many millions; the number of them which entered by the gates was innumerable.
5. The happiness of this City, which is from the Lords inhabiting there, and giving it its denomination; the name of it shall be Jehovah Shammah, The Lord is there. Alexandria was not so happy in Alexander, nor Constantinople so happy in Constantine, nor Jerusalem in Solomon, as this City shall be in Jehovah. We read in sacred Scripture of a golden City, Isa. 14.4. of a Royal City, 1 Sam. 27.5. of a renowned City, Ezek. 26.17. But their glory and happiness was a shadow to the glory and happiness of this City; they were cities without God, Jehovah was not there; but here will the Lord himself be.
These words Jehovah Shammah import,
1. The presence of God in the Church, and that is a happiness to have his presence; when God left the Temple and City of Jerusalem, that was their great misery, Hos. 9.12. [Page 607] His presence in Heaven makes it Heaven; and his presence in the Church makes it happy; Thus saith the Lord, I am returned unto Sion, and will dwell in the midst of Jerusalem, and Jerusalem shall be called a City of truth, and the mountain of the Lord of Hosts, the holy mountain: Gods presence makes it a City of Truth, and an holy mountain; and that City is happy which hath truth and holiness in it, Zech. 8.3.
2. His continuance in it; he will not be ut hospes in diversorio, sed ut haeres in patrimonio; he will dwell there; he will not leave this city, nor depart from it, as he did from Jerusalem of old, and as he did from the Jews after their captivity, Jer. 32.40. I will not turn away from them to do them good. Ezek. 37.26. I will set my sanctuary in the midst of them for evermore. Rev. 7.15. He that sitteth upon the throne shall dwell with them: It is the happiness of a Saint to have the Comforter, and his great happiness to have the same abide with him, and that for ever, Joh. 14.16. So its the happiness of the Christian to have Christs presence, and exceeding happiness to have it for ever.
3. His upholding and preserving of it; the Church is Gods building, 1 Cor. 3.9. He said in Isaiahs days, I will lay thy stones with fair colours, and lay thy foundations with Saphires; I will make thy wind [...]ws of Agates, and thy gates of Carbuncles, and all thy border of pleasant stones, Isa. 54.11, 12. and when the Lord shall do this, he will be Jehovah Shammah, he will uphold and preserve that building; Matth. 16.18. Ʋpon this rock will I build my Church, and the gates of hell shall not prevail. In ecclesia est Deus, qui est suum esse & omnium rerum esse & praeservare. He is the keeper of Israel, Ps. 121.4. I will keep this city from being besieged, stormed or plundered.
4. His making himself and his mind known in an especial manner, as he did to Moses, Exod. 6.3. I appeared to Abraham, unto Isaac and unto Jacob by the name of God Almighty: but by my name Jehovah was I not known unto them; but unto Moses he was known by that name, and imparted [Page 608] his mind unto him above others: So shall it be in this city; Isa. 11.9. The earth shall be full of the knowledge of Jehovah; Isa. 52.6. My people shall know my name; Isa. 60.16. Thou shalt know (that is the Church) that the Lord, I Jehovah am thy Saviour: They in Judah, Israel, Salem and Sion, had other knowledge of God and his Name then the Nations had; and they of this city shall have peculiar knowledge of God; what others had in the ear, they shall have in the eye; what others had in the head, they shall have in the heart: Christ will make great and glorious discoveries of himself and of his mind unto the citizens of this city; Rev. 11.19. The temple of God was opened in Heaven, and there was seen in his Temple the Ark of the Testament. Christ is the Temple of God, and his Temple was opened in Heaven, that is the Church, frequently called Heaven, in this Book of the Revelation: The Ark in the Old Testament-Temple, which had the Table of the Law, and the pot of Manna in it, typed out Christ, the Gospel, and mysteries thereof; which held out that Christ the spiritual Ark shall not be hid. Jehovah Shammah, God is present in Christ, and Christ will so open himself to this city, that himself, Father and mysteries of the Gospel will be more plain and manifest then ever.
5. His ruling and governing of this City; and its a happy city which hath Jehovah, Christ the King of Righteousness to govern it, Zech. 14.9. Jehovah shall be King over all the earth; and in that day there shall be one Lord, not many Lords, but one Lord, even the Lord Jesus Christ, Ezek. 37.22. One King shall be King to them all, to all the converted Jews and Gentiles which make this city of God. Zech. 6.13. it is said of Christ there, that he shall build the Temple of the Lord, and he shall hear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon his Throne; Christ shall bear the glory not onely for building the Temple and the city, but also for ruling, because he will rule righteously and faithfully to the satisfaction of all; Isa. 11.5. Righteousness [Page 609] shall be the girdle of his loins, and faithfulness the girdle of his reins. This girdle he never puts off, but is girt therewith always, shewing his readiness to be faithful and righteous in his government.
6. The pouring out of his Spirit. Jehovah is there to pour that out more fully; what men had formerly was onely the first fruits of the Spirit, Rom. 8.23. A few had it poured out upon them, but then will be a more plentiful effusion, all the Citizens of this City shall be filled with the Spirit, Zech. 12.8. He that is feeble among them at that day shall be as David; and the house of David shall be as God, and the Angel of the Lord before them: then shall the weakest by the Spirit of Christ abound in gifts and graces, and be as David who excelled all in his days, and his house shall be as God, that is, full of the Spirit; or as the Angels, that is, having such grace, qualities, and estimation.
7. The making the City and Citizens honorable and glorious; then shall it be the renowned, royal and golden City, guilded with the beams of Christs glorious presence; from the head commeth glory to the body. A Wife shineth radiis mariti; Christ, gloria patris sui; and this City with the glory and beauty of Christ. His presence made the glory of the latter Temple and City greater then the glory of the former; and this presence in this Temple and City will make the glory of it grrater then that of the larter Temple and City, for then he was there in a state of humiliation, but he shall not be so in this, he will be in his reigning state, and his citizens will be honorable, Zech. 9.16. They shall be as the stones of a Crown lifted up; not as common stones, but as the stones of a Crown; and not as stones of a Crown falling to the earth, but as stones of a Crown lifted up to be put on the head of a King: O quanta dignitas horum civium! How great is the honour of these Citizens! They are brought in Rev. [Page 610] 5.10. speaking of it themselves; Thou hast made us unto our God Kings and Priests, and we shall reign on the earth: And this is not all the honour, for besides this, they shall have every one three honourable names; for Christ Rev. 3.12. will write upon them the name of his God, and the name of the City of God, and his own new name.
8. The keeping them in unity and love. The Citizens shall then be of one minde, Zech. 14.9. In that day there shall be one Lord, and his name one: the invocation and Worship of his Name shall be one; then shall that be fulfilled, Zeph. 3.9. Then will I turn to the people a pure language, that they may all call upon the name of the Lord, to serve him with one consent. The Hebrew is, with One shoulder; A metaphor taken ftom Oxen in the Yoke which draw together, as with one shoulder; so these Citizens shall joyntly and unanimously knit together and worship the Lord Christ. There shall be no Schisms, names of distinction, as now there are; far if when Christ left the World, the Saints were all of one heart, Act. 2.32. Much more so shall it be in this City, when Christ shall be in the midst thereof, and guide them by his Spirit into all truth.
9. These words Jehovah Shammah, import the great delight the Lord will take in this City and the Citizens threof, in the Church and members thereof, Isa. 60.4. She shall be called Hephzi-bah, that is, my delight is in her: Then it will appear the Church is his pleasant portion, Jer. 12.10. And the dearly beloved of his soul, Verse 7. His glory, Isa. 46.13. The throne of his glory, Jer. 14.21. Yea, the crown of his glory, Isa. 62.3. He will delight in them to do them good, to communicate himself unto them, Revel. 7.15, 16, 17. He that sitteth on the Throne [Page 611] shall dwell among them. They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more, neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb which it in the midst of the Throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of water, and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes. Nothing shall disturb or harm them, they shall have no want, but enjoy all spiritual good, and abound in joy.